Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 7, 2010.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CDW CORPORATION*

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   5961   26-0273989

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Telephone: (847) 465-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christine A. Leahy

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Telephone: (847) 465-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

James S. Rowe

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Telephone: (312) 862-2000

 

*

The co-registrants listed on the next page are also included in this Form S-4 Registration Statement as additional registrants.

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public : Each exchange will occur as soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

 

Large accelerated filer

  

   ¨

   

Accelerated filer

 

   ¨

 

Non-accelerated filer

  

   x

 

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B

  $890,000,000   100%   $890,000,000   $63,457.00(1)

11.50%/12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B(3)

  $316,974,000   100%   $316,974,000   $22,600.25(1)

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B

  $721,500,000   100%   $721,500,000   $51,442.95(1)

Guarantees on 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B

  $890,000,000       (2)

Guarantees on 11.50%/12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B(3)

  $316,974,000       (2)

Guarantees on 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B

  $721,500,000       (2)
 
(1)

Calculated in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no separate fee is payable with respect to the guarantees being registered hereby.

(3)

The registrants also register hereunder an indeterminate amount of such notes that may be issued in an election by CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation to make payments of additional interest in kind by increasing the principal amount of the notes or issuing additional notes.

 

 

The registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Exact Name of

Additional Registrants*

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Number
   Jurisdiction of
Formation
   I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.

CDW LLC

   5961    Illinois    36-3310735

CDW Finance Corporation

   5961    Delaware    90-0600013

CDW Technologies, Inc.

   5961    Wisconsin    39-1768725

CDW Direct, LLC

   5961    Illinois    36-4530079

CDW Government LLC

   5961    Illinois    36-4230110

CDW Logistics, Inc.

   5961    Illinois    38-3679518

 

*

The address for each of the additional registrants is CDW Corporation, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061. The name, address and telephone number of the agent for service for each of the additional registrants is Christine A. Leahy, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of CDW Corporation, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, telephone: (847) 465-6000.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the SEC is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 7, 2010

 

 

PROSPECTUS

  

LOGO

CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

Exchange Offers for

11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015,

11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 and

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017

 

 

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, up to $890,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our new 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, up to $316,974,000 in aggregate principal amount of our new 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B and up to $721,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of our new 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B (collectively, the “exchange notes”), each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of our outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 and 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “outstanding notes,” and such transactions, collectively, the “exchange offers”).

We are conducting the exchange offers in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange the unregistered notes you hold for freely tradable notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

The principal features of the exchange offers are as follows:

 

   

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offers are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes.

 

   

You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time before the expiration of the exchange offers. We will exchange all of the outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn.

 

   

Based upon interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), we believe that subject to some exceptions, the exchange notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided you are not an affiliate of ours.

 

   

The exchange offers expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on         , 2010, unless extended.

 

   

The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offers.

 

   

There is no existing public market for the outstanding notes or the exchange notes. We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange.

Except in very limited circumstances, current and future holders of outstanding notes who do not participate in the exchange offers will not be entitled to any future registration rights, and will not be permitted to transfer their outstanding notes absent an available exemption from registration. Except in very limited circumstances, upon completion of the exchange offers, we will have no further obligation to register and currently do not anticipate that we will register outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

 

 

For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before participating in the exchange offers, see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 19 of this prospectus.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offers, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                , 2010


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. The prospectus may be used only for the purposes for which it has been published. We have not authorized anyone to provide any information not contained herein. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Industry and Market Data

   i

Trademarks and Trade Names

   i

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   19

Forward-Looking Statements

   35

Exchange Offers

   36

Use of Proceeds

   43

Capitalization

   44

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

   45

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   49

Business

   82

Management

   90

 

     Page

Executive Compensation

   95

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

   109

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   111

Description of Certain Indebtedness

   113

Description of the Notes

   116

Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance

   177

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

   179

Plan of Distribution

   180

Legal Matters

   180

Experts

   180

Where You Can Find More Information

   181

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 

 

This prospectus contains summaries of the terms of several material documents. These summaries include the terms we believe to be material, but we urge you to review these documents in their entirety. We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of that person, a copy of any and all of these documents. Requests for copies should be directed to: CDW Corporation, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061; Attention: Investor Relations (telephone (847) 465-6000).

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks such as “CDW,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of CDW Corporation or its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes related to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to participate in the exchange offers. On October 12, 2007, CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“Target”), was acquired by CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation formerly known as VH Holdings, Inc. (“Parent”), a then-newly formed entity indirectly controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“Madison Dearborn”) and Providence Equity Partners Inc. (“Providence Equity”), in a transaction valued at approximately $7.4 billion, including fees and expenses (the “Acquisition”). For financial reporting purposes, we refer to Target and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition as the “Predecessor” and we refer to Parent and its subsidiaries (including Target) following the Acquisition as the “Successor.” On December 31, 2009, Target merged into CDWC LLC, a limited liability company wholly owned by Parent, with CDWC LLC as the surviving company in the merger (the “CDW LLC Merger”). On December 31, 2009, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC and on August 17, 2010, VH Holdings, Inc. was renamed CDW Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “the Company,” “our,” “CDW” and other similar terms refer to the business of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Business

CDW is a leading multi-brand technology solutions provider to business, government, education and healthcare customers in the U.S. and Canada. We provide comprehensive and integrated solutions for our customers’ technology needs through our extensive hardware, software and value-added service offerings. We serve over 250,000 customers through our experienced and dedicated sales force of more than 3,300 coworkers. We offer over 100,000 products from over 1,000 brands and a multitude of advanced technology solutions. Our broad range of technology products includes leading brands such as Hewlett-Packard, Cisco, Microsoft, Lenovo, EMC, IBM and VMware. Our offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to complex technology solutions such as virtualization, collaboration, security, mobility, data center optimization and cloud computing. Our sales and operating results have been driven by the unique combination of our large and knowledgeable selling organization, highly skilled technology specialists and engineers, extensive range of product offerings, strong vendor partner relationships, and fulfillment and logistics capabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $7,162.6 million and $465.4 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, our net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $4,157.4 million and $292.3 million, respectively.

We have two reportable segments.

Corporate . Our Corporate segment customers are primarily in the small and medium business (“SMB”) category, which we define as customers with up to 1,000 employees at a single location. We also serve larger customers, including FORTUNE 1000 companies, to help our vendor partners maximize their sales coverage. We have over 200,000 active accounts, well diversified across numerous industries. Our Corporate segment is divided into a small business customer channel, primarily serving customers with up to 100 employees, and a medium-large business customer channel, primarily serving customers with more than 100 employees. Our Corporate segment sales team is primarily organized by geography and customer size. We believe this enables us to better understand and serve customer needs, optimize sales resource coverage, and strengthen relationships with vendor partners to create more sales opportunities. Our Corporate segment generated net sales of $3,818.2 million and $2,310.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Public . Our Public segment is divided into government, education and healthcare customer channels. The government channel serves federal as well as state and local governments. Our education channel serves higher education and K-12 customers. The healthcare channel serves customers across the healthcare provider industry. We have built sizable businesses in each of our three Public customer channels as net sales are approaching or exceeding $1 billion for each customer channel on an annualized basis. Our Public segment sales teams are organized by customer channel, and within each customer channel, they are generally organized by geography, except our federal government sales teams, which are organized by agency. We believe this enables our sales teams to address the specific needs of their customer channel while promoting strong customer relationships. Our Public segment generated net sales of $3,035.5 million and $1,651.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Other . We also have two other operating segments, CDW advanced services and Canada, which do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.” The CDW advanced services business consists primarily of customized engineering services delivered by CDW professional engineers and managed services, including hosting and data center services. The services components of solutions sales, including custom configuration and other third party services, are recorded in our Corporate and Public segment net sales. Advanced services provided by CDW professional engineers are recorded in CDW advanced services. Our CDW advanced services and Canadian businesses generated net sales of $98.0 million and $210.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our CDW advanced services and Canadian businesses generated net sales of $53.6 million and $142.5 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

The Acquisition Transactions

On October 12, 2007, Parent acquired Target in the Acquisition, a transaction having an aggregate value of approximately $7.4 billion, including fees and expenses. Parent is owned directly by CDW Holdings LLC (“CDW Holdings”), a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity (collectively, the “Equity Sponsors”). The Acquisition was effected through the merger of VH MergerSub, Inc. (“MergerSub”), a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, with and into Target, which was the surviving corporation. Immediately following the merger, Target became a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Parent.

Substantially all of the equity interests of CDW Holdings are owned by investment funds affiliated with the Equity Sponsors, certain other co-investors and certain members of our management (the “Management Investors,” and together with the Equity Sponsors and certain other co-investors, the “Equity Investors”).

In connection with the Acquisition, the following events occurred, which we collectively refer to as the “Acquisition Transactions”:

 

   

the purchase by the Equity Investors of units of CDW Holdings for approximately $2,089.3 million in cash, which cash was thereafter contributed by CDW Holdings to Parent and used by Parent to fund a portion of the Acquisition;

 

   

the acquisition by the Management Investors of an aggregate of $52.6 million in units of CDW Holdings through purchases for cash, roll-overs of some or all of their equity value in Target and/or deferral of certain 2007 compensation, which cash was thereafter contributed by CDW Holdings to Parent and used by Parent to fund a portion of the Acquisition;

 

   

the entering into by MergerSub of an $800.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, $460.0 million of which was funded at closing, and a $2,200.0 million senior secured term loan facility, which we collectively refer to as our “Senior Credit Facilities”;

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

the entering into by MergerSub of a senior bridge loan agreement providing for (i) senior bridge loans aggregating $1,040.0 million at closing, which we refer to as the “Senior Bridge Loans”, and (ii) a senior subordinated bridge loan agreement providing for senior subordinated bridge loans aggregating $940.0 million at closing, which we refer to as the “Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans” and collectively with the Senior Bridge Loans as the “Bridge Loans”;

 

   

the merger of MergerSub with and into Target, with Target as the surviving corporation, and the payment of the related merger consideration; and

 

   

the payment of approximately $216.6 million of fees and expenses related to the Acquisition Transactions.

As a result of the merger, all obligations of Merger Sub under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Bridge Loans became obligations of Target, and as a result of the CDW LLC Merger, became obligations of CDW LLC.

The Amendments

On March 14, 2008, we amended and restated the senior secured term loan facility to modify the manner by which we calculate the interest we pay, to add a senior secured leverage ratio covenant and to modify certain existing covenants and prepayment provisions. We also amended and restated the senior bridge loan agreement, the senior subordinated bridge loan agreement and the Bridge Loans, among other things:

 

   

to adjust certain covenants to make them substantially equivalent to the covenants contained in the indentures relating to the outstanding notes;

 

   

to increase the outstanding principal under the Senior Bridge Loans by $150.0 million; and

 

   

to convert $220.0 million of the original outstanding principal on the portion of the Senior Bridge Loans under which we may elect to pay PIK interest to the portion of the Senior Bridge Loans under which we are required to pay cash interest.

As a result of these changes, (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans (as defined below) was equal to $1,190.0 million and (2) the principal portion of the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans under which we are required to pay cash interest was equal to $890.0 million and the principal portion under which we may elect to pay PIK interest was equal to $300.0 million.

On March 14, 2008, we prepaid $190.0 million of outstanding principal of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, using funds from the additional $150.0 million borrowed under the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans and $40.0 million of cash on hand, which brought the outstanding principal amount of the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans (as defined below) to $750.0 million.

On April 2, 2008, we further amended the Bridge Loans to establish interest rate caps equal to the interest rates on the outstanding notes.

We refer to the senior bridge loan agreement, the Senior Bridge Loans, the senior subordinated bridge loan agreement and the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, each as amended and restated as of March 14, 2008 and as further amended on April 2, 2008, as the “Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement,” the “Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans,” the “Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement” and the “Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans”, respectively; we refer to the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, collectively, as the “Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements”; we refer to the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans and the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, collectively, as the “Amended and Restated Bridge Loans”; and we refer to each of the actions described above collectively as the “Amendments.” See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The Conversion of Bridge Loans to Extended Loans and the Exchange to Outstanding Notes

On October 10, 2008, as required by the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements, we entered into a Senior Exchange Note Indenture (the “Senior Indenture”) and a Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture (the “Senior Subordinated Indenture,” and together with the Senior Indenture, the “Indentures”). As of the same day, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements, all of the Amended and Restated Bridge Loans automatically converted into extended loans having terms substantially identical to the Amended and Restated Bridge Loans they replaced. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to Amended and Restated Bridge Loans in this prospectus include the extended loans into which they were so converted.

Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures, holders of the extended loans may exchange all or a portion of their extended loans for notes under our Indentures by providing us with ten business days’ notice. Beginning in April 2010, several holders of the extended loans delivered notices to us requesting to exchange their extended loans for notes, and as of August 16, 2010, we have received exchange requests for and have issued or will soon issue approximately $885.1 million of Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, approximately $317.0 million of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 and approximately $525.0 million of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017. $28.5 million of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes have been surrendered to the trustee for cancellation by one of our wholly owned subsidiaries.

At the time a holder exchanges its extended loans for a note, it may request either an “increasing rate note” or a “fixed rate note” under the Indentures. An increasing rate note, like the extended loan for which it may be exchanged, bears interest at a rate that increases every three months until reaching a cap equal to 11.00% for the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, 11.50% / 12.25% for the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 and 12.535% for the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017. The interest rates on the extended loans and the increasing rate notes reached these caps on July 10, 2010, so that since that date there is no longer a distinction in interest rates payable on the increasing rate notes and the fixed rate notes. A fixed rate note bears interest at the rate in effect when issued.

A holder of increasing rate notes may exchange its increasing rate notes for fixed rate notes at anytime. A holder of fixed rate notes may not exchange its fixed rate notes for increasing rate notes.

We received no requests for fixed rate notes to be issued prior to July 10, 2010. As of August 16, 2010, we have received exchange requests for and have issued $790.8 million of fixed rate Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, $317.0 million of fixed rate Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 and $525.0 million of fixed rate Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017. $28.5 million of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes have been surrendered to the trustee for cancellation by one of our wholly owned subsidiaries.

We may prepay the extended loans and may redeem any increasing rate notes at any time without premium or penalty. We are subject to a number of restrictions on our ability to redeem fixed rate notes, and may not currently redeem them without payment of a premium. For a description of the differences in redemption provisions between increasing rate notes and fixed rate notes, see “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.”

On August 23, 2010, we amended the Indentures to provide, among other things, for a corporate co-issuer for the outstanding notes and the exchange notes as an accommodation to current and future holders of the notes. The corporate co-issuer is CDW Finance Corporation, a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent with no assets, liabilities or operations of its own.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following chart summarizes our current corporate structure and our indebtedness as of June 30, 2010.

LOGO

 

 

(1)

Investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity, along with two limited partnerships created by the Equity Sponsors to facilitate an investment in CDW Holdings, own approximately 97% of the outstanding voting interests of CDW Holdings as of June 30, 2010.

(2)

We had approximately $255.1 million of outstanding borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility and $43.4 million of issued and undrawn letters of credit as of June 30, 2010. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

(3)

CDW Finance Corporation is a co-issuer of the outstanding notes and the exchange notes offered hereby. CDW Finance Corporation is a newly formed company that was formed for the sole purpose of acting as a co-issuer of the outstanding notes and the exchange notes. CDW Finance Corporation will not hold any material assets or engage in any business activities or operations.

(4)

Our non-guarantor subsidiary, CDW Canada, Inc., held approximately 1.5% of our total assets as of June 30, 2010 and generated approximately 3.4% of our net sales and approximately 2.2% of our Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below in “—Summary Historical Financial Data”) for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Equity Sponsors

Madison Dearborn, based in Chicago, is one of the most experienced and successful private equity investment firms in the United States. Madison Dearborn has raised over $18 billion of capital since its formation in 1992 and has invested in more than 100 companies. Madison Dearborn-affiliated investment funds invest in businesses across a broad spectrum of industries, including basic industries, communications, consumer, energy and power, financial services and health care.

Providence Equity is a leading global private equity firm focused on media, entertainment, communications and information investments. Providence Equity has over $22 billion of equity under management and has invested in more than 100 companies over its 20-year history. Providence Equity is headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island and has offices in New York, Los Angeles, London, Hong Kong and New Delhi.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offers

 

The Initial Issuance of Outstanding Notes   

On October 12, 2007, we entered into the senior bridge loan agreement and the senior subordinated bridge loan agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. These lenders subsequently transferred all or a portion of the Bridge Loans or Amended and Restated Bridge Loans to other lenders. Several of these subsequent lenders have since exchanged their loans for outstanding notes under the Indentures. See “—The Conversion of Bridge Loans to Extended Loans and the Exchange to Outstanding Notes.”

Registration Rights Agreements   

In connection with entering into the Indentures, we entered into a senior registration rights agreement and a senior subordinated registration rights agreement (together, the “Registration Rights Agreements”) with respect to the outstanding notes. In the Registration Rights Agreements, we agreed, among other things, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC, and cause to become effective, a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the outstanding notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes with terms identical to the outstanding notes. The exchange offers are intended to satisfy your rights under the Registration Rights Agreements. Except in limited circumstances, after the exchange offers are complete, current holders of outstanding notes and any future holders of outstanding notes issued in exchange for Amended and Restated Bridge Loans will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to current or future-issued outstanding notes.

The Exchange Offers   

We are offering to exchange:

 

•      up to $890,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act (“Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes”), for any and all of our outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (“Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes”);

 

•      up to $316,974,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act (“Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”), for any and all of our outstanding 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (“Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes”); and

 

•      up to $721,500,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act (“Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes”), for any and all of our outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (“Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes”).

 

 

5


Table of Contents
  

The aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes would, if the holders of all of the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest (as defined below) (the “Senior PIK Election Loans”) were to exchange their loans for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes, be greater than the original aggregate principal amount of Senior PIK Election Loans in March 2008 because of our election to pay PIK Interest for the period from October 15, 2009 to April 14, 2010.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes would, if the holders of all of the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans were to exchange their loans for Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, be less than the original aggregate principal amount of Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans in March 2008 because in May 2010, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries purchased $28.5 million in aggregate principal amount of those loans in a privately-negotiated transaction, subsequently exchanged those loans for Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes and then surrendered those notes to the trustee for cancellation.

 

In order to be exchanged, an outstanding note must be properly tendered and accepted. All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offers.

 

Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange in the exchange offers will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the exchange notes. The exchange notes will bear interest from the date of issuance, and such interest will be payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange, on the first interest payment date following the closing of the exchange offers. Interest will continue to accrue on any outstanding notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offers and on any Amended and Restated Bridge Loans that remain outstanding following the closing of the exchange offers.

Resales   

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act provided that:

 

•      the exchange notes are being acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business;

 

•      you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offers; and

 

•      you are not an affiliate of ours.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  

If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer any exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offers without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes from these requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we indemnify you against, any such liability.

  

Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes in the exchange offers for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of the exchange notes issued to it in the exchange offers.

Expiration Date   

The exchange offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2010, unless we decide to extend the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offers   

Each exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See “Exchange Offers—Conditions.”

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes   

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes for exchange in the exchange offers, you must transmit to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date either:

 

•      an original or a facsimile of a properly completed and duly executed copy of the letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, together with your outstanding notes and any other documentation required by the letter of transmittal, at the address provided on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

 

•      if the outstanding notes you own are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in book-entry form and you are making delivery by book-entry transfer, a computer-generated message transmitted by means of the Automated Tender Offer Program System of DTC (“ATOP”), in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and which, when received by the exchange agent, forms a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer. As part of the book-entry transfer, DTC will facilitate the exchange of your outstanding notes and update your account to reflect the issuance of the exchange notes to you. ATOP allows you to electronically transmit your acceptance of the exchange offers to DTC instead of physically completing and delivering a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent.

 

In addition, you must deliver to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date:

 

•      a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding notes into the account of the exchange agent at DTC if you are effecting delivery of book-entry transfer, or

 

 

7


Table of Contents
  

•      if necessary, the documents required for compliance with the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners   

If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC as the holder of the book-entry interests or if you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the book-entry interest or outstanding notes in the exchange offers, you should contact the person in whose name your book-entry interests or outstanding notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.

Withdrawal Rights   

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2010.

Effect of Not Tendering in the Exchange Offers   

Any notes now outstanding or later issued in exchange for Amended and Restated Bridge Loans that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and the Indenture under which they were issued. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they may bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon completion of the exchange offers, we will have no further obligation to register, and currently we do not anticipate that we will register, the outstanding notes under the Securities Act except in limited circumstances with respect to specific types of holders of outstanding notes.

Federal Income Tax Considerations   

The exchange of outstanding notes will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes.

Use of Proceeds   

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. We will pay all of our expenses incident to the exchange offers.

Exchange Agent   

U.S. Bank National Association is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offers.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain the registration rights and liquidated damage provisions contained in the outstanding notes. The exchange notes represent the same debt as the outstanding notes. Both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes are governed by the same Indentures. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the term “notes” in this prospectus to collectively refer to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.

 

Issuers   

CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, and CDW Finance Corporation, a newly formed Delaware corporation, as co-issuers.

Securities   

Up to $890,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes; up to $316,974,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes; and up to $721,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.

Maturity   

The Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will mature on October 12, 2015 and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will mature on October 12, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates   

We will pay interest on each series of exchange notes on April 15 and October 15 of each year until maturity, beginning on                 .

Interest on the Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes   

From April 15, 2010 to July 9, 2010, our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans that are not Senior PIK Election Loans (the “Senior Cash Pay Loans”) and the Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged accrued interest, payable in cash, at a rate of 10.91313% per annum, as each Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Note was an increasing rate note during that period accruing interest at a rate equal to the rate applicable to our Senior Cash Pay Loans. Beginning on July 10, 2010, our Senior Cash Pay Loans and the Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged began to accrue, and will accrue in the future, interest, payable in cash, at a rate of 11.00% per annum. The Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes, like the Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes for which they are exchanged, will accrue interest in cash at a rate of 11.00% per annum.

Interest on the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes   

For the period from April 15, 2010 to October 14, 2010, we elected to pay interest on our Senior PIK Election Loans and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged in cash. From April 15, 2010 to July 9, 2010, our Senior PIK Election Loans and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged accrued interest at a rate of 11.28813% per annum, as each Outstanding Senior PIK Election Note was an increasing rate note during that period accruing interest at a rate equal to the rate applicable to our Senior PIK Election Loans. Beginning on July 10, 2010, our Senior PIK Election Loans and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged began to accrue, and will accrue in the future, cash interest at a

 

 

9


Table of Contents
  

rate of 11.50% per annum and PIK Interest (as defined below), if any, at a rate of 12.25% per annum. The Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, like the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes for which they are exchanged, will accrue cash interest at a rate of 11.50% per annum and PIK Interest, if any, at a rate of 12.25% per annum. For any interest period commencing on October 15, 2010 through April 15, 2011, we may elect to pay interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes (a) entirely in cash, (b) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or by issuing new Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes (“PIK Interest”) or (c) 50% in cash and 50% in PIK Interest. After October 15, 2011, all interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be payable in cash.

  

If we elect to pay all or 50% of accrued interest in PIK Interest, we will increase the principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or issue new Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes in an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) to holders of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes on the relevant record date.

Interest on the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes   

From April 15, 2010 to July 9, 2010, our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged accrued interest at a rate of 12.28813% per annum, as each Outstanding Senior Subordinated Note was an increasing rate note during that period accruing interest at a rate equal to the rate applicable to our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans. Beginning on July 10, 2010, our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes for which they have been or could be exchanged began to accrue, and will accrue in the future, interest, payable in cash, at a rate of 12.535% per annum. The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, like the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes for which they are exchanged, will accrue interest in cash at a rate of 12.535% per annum.

Calculation of Interest for Notes issued between April 15, 2010 and October 14, 2010   

For any outstanding note issued in exchange for any Amended and Restated Bridge Loan after October 1, 2010 but before October 15, 2010, interest shall not begin to accrue on such outstanding note until October 15, 2010, and interest for the period from April 15, 2010 through October 14, 2010 shall instead accrue on the applicable Amended and Restated Bridge Loan. For any outstanding note issued in exchange for any Amended and Restated Bridge Loan on or before October 1, 2010, interest shall accrue on such outstanding note for the full period from April 15, 2010 through October 14, 2010, and no interest shall accrue for that period on such Amended and Restated Bridge Loan.

Optional Redemption   

In the case of increasing rate notes:

 

•      We may redeem some or all of the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes at any time at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

•      We may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes at any time at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  

 

In the case of fixed rate notes:

 

•      We may redeem some or all of the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes at any time prior to October 15, 2011 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus the “Applicable Senior Premium,” and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of redemption. “Applicable Senior Premium” means the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and (ii) the excess, if any, of the present value of 100% of the redemption price at October 15, 2011, plus all required interest payments due through October 15, 2011 (calculated using a cash interest rate for the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes), computed using a discount rate equal to the treasury rate plus 50 basis points, over the then outstanding principal amount of such notes.

 

•      We may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes at any time prior to October 15, 2012 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus the “Applicable Subordinated Premium,” and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of redemption. “Applicable Subordinated Premium” means the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and (ii) the excess, if any, of the present value of 100% of the redemption price at October 15, 2012, plus all required interest payments due through October 15, 2012, computed using a discount rate equal to the treasury rate plus 50 basis points, over the then outstanding principal amount of such notes.

 

•      We may redeem some or all of the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes at any time on or after October 15, 2011 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect (calculated based on a cash interest rate for the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes), which premium shall decline ratably on each October 12 to zero on October 12, 2013.

 

•      We may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes at any time on or after October 15, 2012 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect, which premium shall decline ratably on each October 12 to zero on October 12, 2015.

 

•      We may redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes, Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes any time on or prior to October 15, 2010, in each case, at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus using the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Mandatory Offers to Purchase   

If we experience a change of control as described under “Description of the Notes—Change of Control,” we must make an offer to repurchase all of the notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount (100% in the case of increasing rate notes), together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

  

Certain asset dispositions will be triggering events which may require us to use the proceeds from those asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the notes at 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase if such proceeds are not otherwise used within 365 days:

  

•      to repay secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities (with a corresponding permanent reduction in commitment, if applicable), and certain other indebtedness; or

  

 

•      to invest or commit to invest in one or more businesses, assets, property or capital expenditures used or useful in a similar business or that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of the asset sale.

Mandatory Principal Redemption of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes   

If the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes would otherwise constitute applicable high yield discount obligations (“AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), at the end of each tax accrual period beginning with the first tax accrual period ending after October 12, 2012 (each, an “AHYDO Redemption Date”), we will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Senior PIK Election Exchange Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (as defined below) (each such redemption, a “Mandatory Principal Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Senior PIK Election Exchange Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, thereon on the date of redemption. The “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means the portion of a Senior PIK Election Exchange Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Senior PIK Election Exchange Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes prior to an AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of the Senior Indenture will alter our obligation to make the Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes that remain outstanding on each AHYDO Redemption Date.

Guarantees   

On the issue date, our obligations under the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis, and our obligations under the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, by Parent and each of our U.S. direct or indirect restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor under our Senior Credit Facilities. Subject to certain

 

 

12


Table of Contents
  

exceptions, any U.S. restricted subsidiary that in the future guarantees our indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities, or indebtedness of any other guarantor will also guarantee our obligations under the notes. Each guarantee will be released upon the release of the guarantor from its guarantee under our Senior Credit Facilities and our Amended and Restated Bridge Loans and/or the repayment of the indebtedness that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the notes. If we fail to make payments on any series of the notes, our guarantors must make the payments instead. Each person that guarantees our obligations under the notes and the Indentures is referred to as a “Guarantor.”

  

As of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiary represented 1.5% of our total assets, 0.3% of our total liabilities, including trade payables, 3.4% of our net sales and 2.2% of our Adjusted EBITDA, in each case after intercompany eliminations.

Ranking   

The Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof will be our and the Guarantors’ unsecured senior obligations and will:

  

•      be effectively subordinated to all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including our Senior Credit Facilities, and to our two trade financing agreements we have entered into with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of certain inventory, in each case to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt or other obligations;

  

•      be structurally subordinated to any liabilities of a subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

  

•      rank equally in right of payment with all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior debt; and

  

•      be senior in right of payment to all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future subordinated debt, including the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the related guarantees.

   The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof will be our and the Guarantors’ unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will:
  

•      be subordinated in right of payment to all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, including our Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Cash Pay Exchange Notes, the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and the related guarantees, our two trade financing agreements referenced above and any Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes not exchanged in the exchange offers;

  

•      be structurally subordinated to any liabilities of a subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

 

13


Table of Contents
  

•      rank equally in right of payment with any Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes not exchanged in the exchange offers and all of our and the Guarantors’ future senior subordinated debt; and

  

•      rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the Guarantors’ future debt that is by its terms subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.

  

In addition, the exchange notes and the guarantees of our obligations under the exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities and obligations (including trade payables, but excluding intercompany liabilities) of each of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

Covenants   

The Indentures under which the outstanding notes were issued will govern the exchange notes. These Indentures contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to:

  

 

•      incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

  

 

•      incur debt that is junior to senior indebtedness and senior to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes;

  

 

•      pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders;

  

 

•      repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

  

 

•      make investments or acquisitions;

  

 

•      incur restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us;

  

 

•      enter into transactions with affiliates;

  

 

•      create liens;

  

 

•      merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

  

 

•      transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and

  

 

•      prepay, redeem or repurchase debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes.

  

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of the Notes.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Financial Data

The following table sets forth our summary historical financial data for the periods ended and as of dates indicated below. The application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition resulted in a new entity for financial reporting purposes. We refer to Target and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition as the “Predecessor.” We refer to Parent and its subsidiaries (including Target) following the Acquisition as the “Successor.” We have derived the summary historical financial data presented below as of October 11, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and for the periods January 1, 2007 through October 11, 2007 and October 12, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2007 have been derived from Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements as of that date, which are not included in this prospectus. As part of the Acquisition on October 12, 2007, we entered into various financing arrangements and, as a result, we now have a different capital structure than we had prior to the Acquisition. Accordingly, the results of operations for the Predecessor periods will not necessarily be comparable to the Successor periods. Our summary historical financial data may not be a reliable indicator of future results of operations.

The summary historical financial data set forth below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
     Historical  
     Predecessor          Successor  
     Period from
January 1,
2007 to
         Period from
October 12,
2007 to
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 

(in millions)

   October 11,
2007
         December 31,
2007
    2008     2009     2009     2010  

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Net sales

   $ 6,344.3         $ 1,800.2      $ 8,071.2      $ 7,162.6      $ 3,234.7      $ 4,157.4   

Cost of sales

     5,320.8           1,505.8        6,710.2        6,029.7        2,705.7        3,491.7   
                                                   

Gross profit

     1,023.5           294.4        1,361.0        1,132.9        529.0        665.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

     656.0           221.8        894.8        821.1        396.1        454.0   

Advertising expense

     97.3           27.0        141.3        101.9        51.9        44.8   

Goodwill impairment

     —             —          1,712.0        241.8        235.0        —     
                                                   

Income (loss) from operations

     270.2           45.6        (1,387.1     (31.9     (154.0     166.9   

Interest income (expense), net

     16.8           (104.6     (390.3     (431.7     (209.1     (183.5

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     —             —          —          —          —          9.2   

Other income (expense), net

     (0.6        0.2        0.2        2.4        2.3        0.1   
                                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     286.4           (58.8     (1,777.2     (461.2     (360.8     (7.3

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (112.1        18.5        12.1        87.8        49.7        2.5   
                                                   

Net income (loss)

   $ 174.3         $ (40.3   $ (1,765.1   $ (373.4   $ (311.1   $ (4.8
                                                   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 664.3         $ 15.6      $ 94.4      $ 88.0      $ 364.0      $ 26.1   

Working capital

     1,418.3           836.0        877.6        923.2        898.0        725.4   

Total assets

     2,615.2           8,296.4        6,276.3        5,976.0        6,173.7        6,005.8   

Total debt and capitalized lease obligations (1)

     0.3           4,617.7        4,633.5        4,621.9        4,628.7        4,362.9   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     1,737.4           2,068.9        262.2        (44.7     (26.4     (49.4

Other Financial Data:

               

Capital expenditures

   $ 38.7         $ 8.0      $ 41.1      $ 15.6      $ 8.3      $ 10.5   

Depreciation and amortization

     33.7           46.3        218.4        218.2        109.9        105.1   

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales

     16.1        16.4     16.9     15.8     16.4     16.0

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)

     63:1           (a     (a     (a     (a     (a

EBITDA (3)

     303.3           92.1        (1,168.5     188.7        (41.8     281.3   

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

     456.9           125.0        570.6        465.4        209.9        292.3   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

   $ 213.5         $ (171.2   $ 174.2      $ 98.5      $ 299.4      $ 260.3   

Investing activities

     200.0           (6,399.6     (60.3     (82.6     (25.3     (55.8

Financing activities

     101.2           6,586.5        (34.6     (22.8     (4.7     (266.2

 

(1)

Excludes borrowings of $122.8 million, $75.3 million, $34.1 million, $25.0 million, $87.6 million and $123.5 million, as of October 11, 2007, December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively, under our trade financing agreements. We do not include these borrowings in total debt because we have not in the past incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense or late fees under these agreements. For more information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

(2)

For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes minus income from equity investees plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and the portion of rental expense we believe is representative of the interest component of rental expense.

 

  (a)

For the period October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, earnings available for fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $58.8 million, $1,777.2 million, $461.2 million, $360.8 million, and $7.3 million, respectively.

 

(3)

EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss) before interest income (expense), income tax benefit (expense), depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our credit agreements, is calculated by adjusting EBITDA for certain items of income and expense including (but not limited to) the following: (a) non-cash equity-based compensation; (b) goodwill impairment charges; (c) sponsor fees; (d) certain consulting fees; (e) debt-related legal and accounting costs; (f) equity investment gains and losses; (g) certain severance and retention costs; (h) gains and losses from the early extinguishment of debt; (i) gains and losses from asset dispositions outside the ordinary course of business; (j) Acquisition-related costs; (k) equity compensation payroll taxes; and (l) non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses or expenses.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities.

The following unaudited table sets forth reconciliations of GAAP net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Historical  
     Predecessor          Successor  
     Period from
January 1,
2007 to

October 11,
2007
         Period from
October 12,
2007 to

December 31,
2007
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 

(in millions)

            2008     2009     2009     2010  

Net income (loss)

   $ 174.3         $ (40.3   $ (1,765.1   $ (373.4   $ (311.1   $ (4.8

Depreciation and amortization

     33.7           46.3        218.4        218.2        109.9        105.1   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     112.1           (18.5     (12.1     (87.8     (49.7     (2.5

Interest (income) expense, net

     (16.8        104.6        390.3        431.7        209.1        183.5   
                                                   

EBITDA

     303.3           92.1        (1,168.5     188.7        (41.8     281.3   
                                                   

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     7.5           4.2        17.8        15.9        8.2        8.4   

Acquisition-related costs (a)

     144.4           26.7        —          —          —          —     

Sponsor fees

     —             2.0        5.0        5.0        2.5        2.5   

Goodwill impairment

     —             —          1,712.0        241.8        235.0        —     

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     —             —          —          —          —          (9.2

Other adjustments (b)

     1.7           —          4.3        14.0        6.0        9.3   
                                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 456.9         $ 125.0      $ 570.6      $ 465.4      $ 209.9      $ 292.3   
                                                   

 

(a)

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $25.3 million related to the Acquisition is included in Acquisition-related costs in the Predecessor period.

(b)

Includes equity compensation payroll taxes, certain severance and retention costs, certain consulting fees, debt-related legal and accounting costs, equity investment gains and losses and the gain related to the sale of the Informacast software and equipment.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for the periods presented:

 

     Historical  
     Predecessor         Successor  
     Period from
January 1,
2007 to

October 11,
2007
        Period from
October 12,
2007 to

December 31,
2007
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 

(in millions)

           2008     2009     2009     2010  

EBITDA

   $ 303.3        $ 92.1      $ (1,168.5   $ 188.7      $ (41.8   $ 281.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     (33.7       (46.3     (218.4     (218.2     (109.9     (105.1

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (112.1 )          18.5        12.1        87.8        49.7        2.5   

Interest income (expense), net

     16.8          (104.6     (390.3     (431.7     (209.1     (183.5
                                                  

Net income (loss)

     174.3          (40.3     (1,765.1     (373.4     (311.1     (4.8
                                                  

Depreciation and amortization

     33.7          46.3        218.4        218.2        109.9        105.1   

Goodwill impairment

     —            —          1,712.0        241.8        235.0        —     

Equity-based compensation expense

     32.8          4.2        17.8        15.9        8.2        8.4   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     —            13.4        38.6        16.2        7.9        9.0   

Deferred income taxes

     (24.1       (12.6     (39.9     (94.4     (39.4     (29.3

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

     —            —          18.6        103.2        41.7        12.8   

Gross excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation

     (73.6       —          —          —          —          —     

Changes in assets and liabilities

     73.7          (182.3     (27.1     (27.1     248.3        166.1   

Other non-cash items

     (3.3       0.1        0.9        (1.9     (1.1     (7.0
                                                  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 213.5        $ (171.2   $ 174.2      $ 98.5      $ 299.4      $ 260.3   
                                                  

 

 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus prior to participating in the applicable exchange offer. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. They are not, however, the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe not to be material may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. If that were to occur, the trading price of the notes would likely decline and we may not be able to make payments of interest and principal on the notes, and you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risk Factors Associated with the Exchange Offers

Because there is no public market for the exchange notes, you may not be able to resell your exchange notes.

The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, but will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market, and there can be no assurance as to:

 

   

the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;

 

   

the ability of holders to sell their exchange notes; or

 

   

the price at which the holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.

If a trading market were to develop, the exchange notes might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

Any holder of outstanding notes who tenders in the exchange offers for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Your outstanding notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures and, as a result, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

We will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange if you do not follow the proper exchange offer procedures. We will issue exchange notes as part of the exchange offers only after a timely receipt of your outstanding notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your outstanding notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your outstanding notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offers, we will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of outstanding notes, we may not accept your outstanding notes for exchange. For more information, see “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering.”

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

We did not register the outstanding notes, nor do we intend to do so following the exchange offers, except in the case of outstanding notes held by any of our affiliates. Outstanding notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, you will lose your right to have your outstanding notes exchanged for exchange notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold outstanding notes after the exchange offers, you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We are a highly leveraged company, and our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate sufficient cash to pay amounts due in respect to our indebtedness. As of June 30, 2010, we had $4,362.9 million of total debt and capitalized lease obligations outstanding. Subject to the limits contained in our Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures, we may be able to incur additional debt from time to time, including drawing on our senior secured revolving credit facility, to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our business associated with our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including the following:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt;

 

   

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service payments on our and our subsidiaries’ debt, which reduces the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

making it more difficult for us to obtain vendor financing from our vendor partners;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate;

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any of our less leveraged competitors;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions; and

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements and increasing our cost of borrowing.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $431.7 million. Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would be successful and permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including the Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements or the Indentures. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds which we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Description of the Notes.”

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result:

 

   

our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

the lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities could terminate their commitments to lend us money and foreclose against the assets securing our borrowings from them; and

 

   

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation, which could result in holders of notes losing their investment in the notes.

Despite our indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, including secured debt. This could further increase the risks associated with our leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. Under the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures, in addition to specified permitted indebtedness, we are able to incur additional indebtedness so long as on a pro forma basis our fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Indentures) is at least 2.0 to 1.0. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks (i) equally with the notes, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with holders of the notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of us or (ii) senior to the notes in the case of the notes issued under the Senior Subordinated Indenture, the holders of that debt will be entitled to be paid in full with any proceeds prior to the holders of the notes issued under the Senior Subordinated Indenture receiving any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding up of us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to holders of the notes. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could increase. As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately $463.2 million available for additional borrowing under our senior revolving credit facility (net of $43.4 million of issued and undrawn letters of credit). See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Restrictive covenants under our Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures may adversely affect our operations and liquidity.

Our Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures contain, and any future indebtedness we incur may contain, various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

incur debt that is junior to senior indebtedness and senior to the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions to holders of our capital stock or to make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

   

repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

   

make loans, capital expenditures or investments or acquisitions;

 

   

incur restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes.

 

21


Table of Contents

As a result of these covenants, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs. In addition, the restrictive covenants in our amended and restated senior secured term loan facility require us to maintain a specified senior secured leverage ratio. A breach of any of these covenants or any of the other restrictive covenants would result in a default under our Senior Credit Facilities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our Senior Credit Facilities, the lenders:

 

   

will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

 

   

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding thereunder, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;

 

   

could require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; or

 

   

could prevent us from making payments on the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture;

any of which could result in an event of default under the notes.

If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure our borrowings thereunder. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our Senior Credit Facilities. If the lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay our Senior Credit Facilities and our other indebtedness, including the notes, or borrow sufficient funds to refinance such indebtedness. Even if we were able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

In addition, under our senior secured revolving credit facility we are permitted to borrow an aggregate amount of up to $800 million; however, our ability to borrow thereunder is limited by a borrowing base, which at any time will equal the sum of up to 85% of eligible accounts receivable (up to 25% of eligible accounts receivable consisting of federal government accounts receivable) plus the lesser of (i) up to 65% of eligible inventory (valued at the lower of cost (FIFO) or market) and (ii) the product of up to 85% multiplied by the net orderly liquidation value percentage multiplied by eligible inventory (valued at the lower of cost (FIFO) or market), less reserves. Our borrowing base in effect as of June 30, 2010 was $905 million. One of the lenders under this facility has failed to fund its pro rata share since 2008. As a result, actual availability is $38.3 million less than it would otherwise be, and as such our effective maximum ability to borrow under our senior secured revolving credit facility is limited to $761.7 million. In addition, our ability to borrow under this facility is limited by a minimum liquidity condition, which provides that, if excess availability is less than the lesser of (i) $80 million or (ii) the greater of (A) ten percent (10%) of the borrowing base or (B) $50 million for more than 10 business days, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts under the senior secured revolving credit facility (i) unless our pro forma consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement for our senior secured revolving credit facility) is at least 1.0 to 1.0 or (ii) until the availability exceeds the lesser of (i) $80 million or (ii) the greater of (A) ten percent (10%) of the borrowing base or (B) $50 million for 30 business days. Moreover, our senior secured revolving credit facility provides discretion to the agent bank acting on behalf of the lenders to impose additional availability reserves, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to us. We cannot assure you that the agent bank will not impose such reserves or, were it to do so, that the resulting impact of this action would not materially and adversely impair our liquidity.

Variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Certain of our borrowings, primarily borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities, are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease. Although we have entered into interest rate swaps on our senior secured term loan facility, involving the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments, to reduce interest rate volatility, we cannot assure you we will be able to do so in the future on acceptable terms or that such swaps or the swaps we have in place now will be effective.

 

22


Table of Contents

The notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt and secured debt of the Guarantors and if a default occurs, we and the Guarantors may not have sufficient funds to fulfill our obligations under the notes and the guarantees.

The notes and the related guarantees are general unsecured obligations but our obligations under our Senior Credit Facilities and each Guarantor’s obligations under its guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets and the assets of the Guarantors. The notes are effectively subordinated to all of our and our Guarantors’ secured indebtedness, including our Senior Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness, and are effectively subordinated to obligations owing under our two trade financing agreements we have entered into with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of certain inventory, to the extent of the value of the inventory or related accounts receivable is secured under these agreements. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities” and “—Trade Financing Agreements.” As of June 30, 2010, we and the Guarantors had approximately $2,557.8 million of senior secured indebtedness, including $255.1 million of indebtedness under our senior secured revolving credit facility (net of $43.4 million of issued and undrawn letters of credit), all of which is effectively senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. The $2,557.8 million of senior secured indebtedness also includes $123.5 million of obligations owing under our two trade financing agreements, all of which is effectively senior to the notes, and $1.3 million of indebtedness under our capital lease obligations. In addition, subject to some limitations, the Indentures permit us to incur additional secured indebtedness and the notes and any related guarantees will be effectively junior to any additional secured indebtedness we may incur.

In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, our assets that secure our secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all secured indebtedness and, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, all senior indebtedness, together with accrued interest, has been repaid in full from those assets. Because our Senior Credit Facilities are secured obligations, if we fail to comply with the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and those creditors accelerate the payment of all the funds borrowed thereunder and we are unable to repay such indebtedness, they could foreclose on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our Guarantors which serve as collateral. In this event, our secured creditors would be entitled to be repaid in full from the proceeds of the liquidation of those assets before those assets would be available for distribution to other creditors, including holders of the notes. Holders of the notes will participate in our remaining assets ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the notes, and potentially with all of our other general creditors. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the notes and any related guarantees then outstanding. The guarantees of the notes will have a similar ranking with respect to secured and unsecured indebtedness of the Guarantors as the notes do with respect to our secured and unsecured indebtedness, as well as with respect to any unsecured obligations expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees.

The notes are effectively subordinated to all indebtedness of our existing or future subsidiaries that do not become Guarantors of the notes.

Holders of the notes do not have any claim as a creditor against any of our existing subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the notes or against any of our future subsidiaries that do not become Guarantors of the notes. Indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will be structurally senior to claims of holders of the notes against those subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiary had approximately $20.0 million of total liabilities, all of which were effectively senior to the notes.

The notes are not guaranteed by our foreign subsidiary and will not be guaranteed by any future foreign subsidiaries. Our non-guarantor subsidiary is a separate and distinct legal entity and has no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due under the notes, or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of this non-guarantor subsidiary or any future subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of the notes, these non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts, holders of preferred equity interests and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us (except to the extent we have a claim as a creditor of such non-guarantor subsidiary). Any right that we or the subsidiary Guarantors have to receive any assets of any non-guarantor subsidiaries upon the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of those subsidiaries, and the consequent rights of holders of notes to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries’ assets, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of those subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors and holders of preferred equity interests of those subsidiaries.

 

23


Table of Contents

As of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiary represented 1.5% of our total assets, 0.3% of our total liabilities, including trade payables, 3.4% of our net sales and 2.2% of our Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, in each case after intercompany eliminations.

In addition, the Indentures, subject to some limitations, permit these subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and do not contain any limitation on the amount of certain other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be incurred by these subsidiaries.

The right of holders of notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture to receive payments are junior to all of our and the Guarantors’ senior indebtedness, including our and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities, the notes issued under our Senior Indenture, obligations under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, our two trade financing agreements and other existing and future senior debt.

The notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture are general unsecured obligations that are junior in right of payment to all our existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Senior Credit Facilities, the notes issued under our Senior Indenture, obligations under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, and our two trade financing agreements. The senior subordinated guarantees are general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors that are junior in right of payment to all of the applicable Guarantor’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including its guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities, the notes issued under our Senior Indenture and Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement. We and the Guarantors may not pay principal, premium, if any, interest or other amounts on account of the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture or the senior subordinated guarantees in the event of a payment default or certain other defaults in respect of certain of our senior indebtedness, including debt under our Senior Credit Facilities, the notes issued under our Senior Indenture, obligations under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and our two trade financing agreements, unless the senior indebtedness has been paid in full or the default has been cured or waived. In addition, in the event of certain other defaults with respect to the senior indebtedness, we or the Guarantors may not be permitted to pay any amount on account of the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture or the senior subordinated guarantees for a designated period of time.

Because of the subordination provisions in the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture and the senior subordinated guarantees, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of us or any Guarantor, our or the applicable Guarantor’s assets will not be available to pay obligations under the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture or the applicable senior subordinated guarantee until we or the applicable Guarantor has made all payments on our or its senior indebtedness, respectively. We cannot assure you that sufficient assets will remain after all these payments have been made to make any payments on the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture or the applicable senior subordinated guarantees, including payments of principal or interest when due.

As of June 30, 2010, we and the Guarantors had approximately $2,557.8 million of senior indebtedness (excluding $463.2 million of unused availability under the senior secured revolving credit facility), including $123.5 million of obligations owing under our two trade financing agreements, all of which were senior in right of payment to the notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture, in each case, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

Our ability to service our debt and meet our cash requirements depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to satisfy our obligations and meet our cash requirements for the foreseeable future will depend on our future operating performance and financial results, which will be subject, in part, to factors beyond our control, including interest rates and general economic, financial and business conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to our Business.” If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt, we may be required to:

 

   

refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the notes;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

obtain additional financing;

 

   

sell some of our assets or operations;

 

   

reduce or delay capital expenditures and/or acquisitions; or

 

   

revise or delay our strategic plan.

If we are required to take any of these actions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments, including our Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures. In addition, our Senior Credit Facilities, the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures restrict our ability to sell assets and to use the proceeds from the sales. Moreover, borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets and those of most of our subsidiaries. We may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations, including our obligations on the notes. Furthermore, the Equity Sponsors have no obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing. Therefore, it may be difficult for us to make required payments on the notes in the event of an acceleration of the maturity of the notes.

Our ability to make payments on the notes depends on our ability to receive dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries.

Our principal assets are the equity interests that we hold in our operating subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent on dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including the payment of principal and interest on our outstanding debt. Our subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable us to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes. In addition, any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances to us by our subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on dividends or, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, restrictions on repatriation of earnings under applicable local law and monetary transfer restrictions in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate. In addition, payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings. Our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of our indebtedness, including the Indentures, to incur additional indebtedness that may restrict payments from those subsidiaries to us. We cannot assure you that agreements governing current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit those subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient cash to fund payments on the notes when due.

Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and, except for our existing and future subsidiaries that will be Guarantors of the notes, have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due on our debt or to make funds available to us for such payment.

If we default on our obligations to pay our indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our Senior Credit Facilities that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and substantially decrease the value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in the Indentures and our Senior Credit Facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including our Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder and cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation and the subordination provisions in the Senior Subordinated Indenture may prevent us from paying any obligation with respect to such notes. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our Senior Credit Facilities and seek a waiver,

 

25


Table of Contents

we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our Senior Credit Facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Description of the Notes.”

We may be unable to purchase the notes upon a change of control which would result in a default in the Indentures and would adversely affect our business.

Upon a change of control, as defined in the Indentures, we are required to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding for cash at 101% of the principal amount (100% in the case of increasing rate notes) thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any. If a change of control occurs under the Indentures, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the change of control purchase price, and we may be required to secure third party financing to do so. We may not be able to obtain this financing on commercially reasonable terms, or on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Further, we may be contractually restricted under the terms of our Senior Credit Facilities and, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture, under the terms of our other senior indebtedness, from repurchasing all of the notes tendered by holders of the notes upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our Senior Credit Facilities and in the case of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, under the terms of our other senior indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the Indentures and a cross-default under the Senior Credit Facilities. Our Senior Credit Facilities also provide that a change of control, as defined in such agreement, will be a default that permits lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder and, if such debt is not paid, to enforce security interests in the collateral securing such debt, thereby limiting our ability to raise cash to purchase the notes.

The change of control provisions in the Indentures may not protect holders of the notes in the event we consummate a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar transaction, unless such transaction constitutes a change of control under the Indentures. Such a transaction may not involve a change in voting power or beneficial ownership or, even if it does, may not involve a change in the magnitude required under the definition of change of control in the Indentures to trigger our obligation to repurchase the notes. Except as otherwise described above, the Indentures do not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require us to repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. If an event occurs that does not constitute a “Change of Control” as defined in the Indentures, we will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes and holders may be required to continue to hold notes despite the event. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and adversely affect the validity and enforceability of the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received.

The issuance of, and payments made under, the notes and the guarantees may be subject to review under federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, generally under such laws the incurrence of an obligation (such as under the notes or guarantees) or the making of a payment or other transfer will be a fraudulent conveyance if (1) we or any of our Guarantors, as applicable, incurred such obligation or made such payment with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of our Guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for incurring such obligation or making such payment and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true:

 

   

we or the applicable Guarantor were insolvent at the time of or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of the obligation or the making of such payment; or

 

   

the incurrence of the obligation or the making of such payment of the consideration left us or the applicable Guarantor with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on our or its business; or

 

   

we or the applicable Guarantor intended to, or believed that we or it would, incur debts beyond our or its ability to pay them as they mature.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or guarantees, or a payment made under the notes or guarantees, was a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such guarantees or subordinate the notes or such guarantees to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or any

 

26


Table of Contents

such Guarantor, and require the holders of the notes to repay particular amounts or any amounts received with respect to the notes or such guarantees. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voiding of the notes or the guarantees could result in an event of default with respect to our other debt and that of our Guarantors that could result in acceleration of such debt.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. In general, however, a court would consider an issuer or a Guarantor insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than all of its property, at a fair valuation;

 

   

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent unliquidated liabilities, as they become absolute and matured; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they became due.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the Guarantors were solvent at the relevant time, or regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the notes and the guarantees would not be subordinated to our or any Guarantor’s other debt.

If the guarantees were legally challenged, any guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the Guarantor, the obligations of the applicable Guarantor were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantees, subordinate them to the applicable Guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes.

Each guarantee contains a provision intended to limit the Guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce or eliminate the Guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee worthless.

You may be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes even if we do not pay cash interest.

Because the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes provided us with the option to pay PIK interest and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes provide us with the option to pay PIK Interest for any interest payment period after October 15, 2010 and prior to October 15, 2011, none of the interest payments on the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes was “qualified stated interest” and none of the interest payments on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be “qualified stated interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This would have been the case regardless of whether we ever exercised our option to pay PIK interest with respect to the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes and regardless of whether we ever exercise our option to pay PIK Interest with respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. Consequently, the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes were issued with original issue discount (“OID”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will also have OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and certain holders of our notes that are subject to U.S. federal income tax will continue to be required to include OID in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as it accrues, potentially in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income.

We are controlled by the Equity Sponsors who will be able to make important decisions about our business and capital structure; their interests may differ from the interests of noteholders.

Substantially all of the common stock of Parent is held indirectly by investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles controlled by, the Equity Sponsors. As a result, the Equity Sponsors control us and have the power to elect all of the members of Parent’s board of directors and approve any action requiring the approval of the holders of Parent’s stock, including approving acquisitions or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. The directors appointed by the Equity Sponsors have the ability to control decisions affecting our capital structure,

 

27


Table of Contents

including the issuance of additional debt and capital stock, the declaration of dividends, and to appoint new management. The interests of the Equity Sponsors and our other equity holders may not be aligned with those of the holders of the notes. If we encounter financial difficulties, or we are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of the Equity Sponsors and our other equity holders might conflict with those of the holders of the notes. In that situation, for example, the holders of the notes might want us to raise additional equity from the Equity Sponsors or other investors to reduce our leverage and pay our debts, while the Equity Sponsors might not want to increase their investment in us or have their ownership diluted and instead choose to take other actions, such as selling our assets. The Equity Sponsors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of the notes. Additionally, the Equity Sponsors are in the business of investing in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Equity Sponsors may also separately pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Since our equity securities are not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and are not listed on any U.S. securities exchange, we are not subject to any of the corporate governance requirements of any U.S. securities exchange.

The trading prices for the notes will be directly affected by many factors, including our credit rating.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow or discontinue rating companies, including us. Any ratings downgrade or decisions by a credit rating agency to discontinue rating us could adversely affect the trading price of the notes, or the trading market for the notes, to the extent a trading market for the notes develops. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future and any fluctuation may impact the trading price of the notes.

Risk Factors Related to our Business

General economic conditions could negatively affect technology spending by our customers and put downward pressure on prices, which may have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Weak economic conditions generally, sustained uncertainty about global economic conditions or a prolonged or further tightening of credit markets could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on technology products or services or put downward pressure on prices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. For example, during the economic downturn at the end of 2008 and in 2009, due to a number of factors, including declines in the availability of credit, weakening consumer and business confidence and increased unemployment, we experienced significantly reduced revenue and gross margins when our customers and potential customers reduced their spending on technology and put downward pressure on prices.

Our financial performance could be adversely affected by decreases in spending on technology products and services by our Public segment customers.

Our sales to our Public segment customers are impacted by government spending policies, budget priorities and revenue levels. Although our sales to the federal government are diversified across multiple agencies and departments, they collectively accounted for 12.6% of 2009 net sales. An adverse change in government spending policies, budget priorities or revenue levels could cause our Public segment customers to reduce their purchases or to terminate or not renew their contracts with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Our business depends on our vendor partner relationships and the availability of their products.

We purchase products for resale from vendor partners, which include original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and software publishers, and wholesale distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased approximately 46% of the products we sold directly from vendor partners and the remaining amount from wholesale distributors. We are authorized by vendor partners to sell all or some of their products via direct marketing activities. Our authorization with each vendor partner is subject to specific terms and conditions regarding such things as sales channel restrictions, product return privileges, price protection policies, purchase discounts and vendor incentive programs, including purchase rebates, sales volume rebates and cooperative advertising reimbursements. However,

 

28


Table of Contents

we do not have any long-term contracts with our vendor partners and many of these arrangements are terminable upon notice by either party. In addition, a reduction in the amount of credit granted to us by our vendor partners could increase our need for, and the cost of, working capital and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

From time to time, vendor partners may terminate or limit our right to sell some or all of their products or change the terms and conditions or reduce or discontinue the incentives that they offer us. For example, there is no assurance that, as our vendor partners continue to sell directly to end users and through resellers, they will not limit or curtail the availability of their products to resellers like us. Any such termination or limitation or the implementation of such changes could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Although we purchase from a diverse vendor base, in 2009, products we purchased from distributors Tech Data, Ingram Micro and SYNNEX represented approximately 16%, 11% and 8%, respectively, of our total purchases. In addition, sales of Cisco, EMC, Hewlett-Packard, Lenovo and Microsoft products comprise a substantial portion of our sales, representing approximately 50% of net sales in 2009. Sales of products manufactured by Hewlett-Packard represented approximately 24% of our 2009 net sales. The loss of, or change in business relationship with, any of these or any other key vendor partners, the diminished availability of their products, or backlogs for their products leading to manufacturer allocation, could reduce the supply and increase the cost of products we sell and negatively impact our competitive position. Additionally, the relocation of key distributors utilized in our purchasing model could increase our need for, and the cost of, working capital and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. Further, mergers among manufacturers could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Our sales are dependent on continued innovations in hardware, software and services offerings by our vendor partners and the competitiveness of their offerings.

The technology industry is characterized by rapid innovation and the frequent introduction of new and enhanced hardware, software and services offerings. We have been and will continue to be dependent on innovations in hardware, software and services offerings, as well as the acceptance of those innovations by customers. A decrease in the rate of innovation, or the lack of acceptance of innovations by customers, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, if we are unable to keep up with changes in technology and new hardware, software and services offerings, for example by providing the appropriate training to our account managers, sales technology specialists and engineers to enable them to effectively sell such new offerings to customers, our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

We also are dependent upon our vendor partners for the development and marketing of hardware, software and services to compete effectively with hardware, software and services of vendors whose products and services we do not currently offer or that we are not authorized to offer in one or more customer channels. To the extent that a vendor’s offering that is highly in demand is not available to us for resale in one or more customer channels, and there is not a competitive offering from another vendor that we are authorized to sell in such customer channels, our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely impacted.

Substantial competition could reduce our market share and significantly harm our financial performance.

Our current competition includes:

 

   

direct marketers, such as Insight Enterprises, PC Connection, PC Mall, Softchoice and GTSI;

 

   

value-added resellers, including larger ones such as Logicalis, Agilysis, Sirius and many regional and local value-added resellers;

 

   

manufacturers, such as Dell, Hewlett-Packard and Apple, who sell directly to customers;

 

   

e-tailers, such as Tiger Direct, Buy.com, Amazon and Newegg;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

large service providers and system integrators, such as IBM, Accenture, HP/EDS and Dell/Perot; and

 

   

retailers, such as Best Buy, Office Depot, Office Max, Staples, Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club and Costco.

We expect the competitive landscape in which we compete to continue to change as new technologies are developed. While innovation can help our business as it creates new offerings for us to sell, it can also disrupt our business model and create new and stronger competitors.

Some of our hardware and software vendor partners sell, and could intensify their efforts to sell, their products directly to customers. In addition, traditional OEMs are increasing their services capabilities through mergers and acquisitions with service providers, which could potentially increase competition in the market to provide comprehensive technology solutions to customers. Moreover, newer, potentially disruptive technologies exist and are being developed that deliver technology solutions as a service, for example, software as a service (SaaS) and hardware as a service (HaaS). These technologies could increase the amount of sales directly to customers rather than through resellers like us, or could lead to a reduction in our profitability. If any of these trends becomes more prevalent, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We focus on offering a high level of service to gain new customers and retain existing customers. To the extent we face increased competition to gain and retain customers, we may be required to reduce prices, increase advertising expenditures or take other actions which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, some of our competitors may reduce their prices in an attempt to stimulate sales, which may require us to reduce prices. This would require us to sell a greater number of products to achieve the same level of net sales and gross profit. If such a reduction in prices occurs and we are unable to attract new customers and sell increased quantities of products, our sales growth and profitability could be adversely affected.

The success of our business depends on the continuing development, maintenance and operation of our information technology systems.

Our success is dependent on the accuracy, proper utilization and continuing development of our information technology systems, including our business systems, Web servers and voice and data networks. The quality and our utilization of the information generated by our information technology systems, and our success in implementing new systems and upgrades, affects, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

conduct business with our customers;

 

   

manage our inventory and accounts receivable;

 

   

purchase, sell, ship and invoice our hardware and software products and provide and invoice our services efficiently and on a timely basis; and

 

   

maintain our cost-efficient operating model.

The integrity of our information technology systems is vulnerable to disruption due to forces beyond our control. While we have taken steps to protect our information technology systems from a variety of threats, including computer viruses and malicious hackers, there can be no guarantee that those steps will be effective. Furthermore, although we have redundant systems at a separate location to back up our primary systems, there can be no assurance that these redundant systems will operate properly if and when required. Any disruption to or infiltration of our information technology systems could significantly harm our business and results of operations.

Breaches of data security could impact our business.

Our business involves the storage and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including personal information of coworkers, customers and others. In addition, we operate three customer data centers which may contain both business-critical data and confidential information of our customers. In connection

 

30


Table of Contents

with our services business, our coworkers also have access to our customers’ confidential data and other information. We have privacy and data security policies in place that are designed to prevent security breaches; however, breaches in security could expose us, our customers or other individuals to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, resulting in litigation and potential liability for us, as well as the loss of existing or potential customers and damage to our brand and reputation. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant. Such breaches, costs and consequences could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

The failure to comply with our Public segment contracts or applicable laws and regulations could result in, among other things, fines or other liabilities, and changes in procurement regulations could adversely impact our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Revenues from our Public segment customers are derived from sales to governmental departments and agencies, educational institutions and healthcare customers, through various contracts and open market sales. Sales to Public segment customers are highly regulated. Noncompliance with contract provisions, government procurement regulations or other applicable laws or regulations (including but not limited to the False Claims Act and the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Statute) could result in civil, criminal and administrative liability, including substantial monetary fines or damages, termination of government contracts or other Public segment customer contracts, and suspension, debarment or ineligibility from doing business with the government and other customers in the Public segment. In addition, generally contracts in the Public segment are terminable at any time for convenience of the contracting agency or upon default. The effect of any of these possible actions by any governmental department or agency could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the adoption of new or modified procurement regulations and other requirements may increase our compliance costs and reduce our gross margins, which could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

If we fail to provide high-quality services to our customers, or if our third-party service providers fail to provide high-quality services to our customers, our reputation, business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our service offerings include field services, managed services, warranties, configuration services and partner services. Additionally, we deliver and manage mission critical software, systems and network solutions for our customers. Finally, we also offer certain services, such as implementation and installation services and repair services, to our customers through various third-party service providers engaged to perform these services on our behalf. If we or our third-party service providers fail to provide high quality services to our customers or such services result in a disruption of our customers’ businesses, our reputation with our customers and our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

If we lose any of our key personnel, or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our business could be disrupted and our financial performance could suffer.

Our success is in part dependent upon our ability to attract, develop and retain key personnel to manage and grow our business, including executive, management, sales, service and technical coworkers. If we are unable to do so, our operating results could be negatively impacted. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to attract, develop and retain personnel as and when necessary in the future. Further, we make a significant investment in the training of our sales and services personnel. Our inability to retain such personnel or to train them effectively to meet our needs could cause a decrease in the overall quality and efficiency of our sales and services personnel, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

The interruption of the flow of products from international suppliers could disrupt our supply chain.

A significant portion of the products we sell are manufactured or purchased by our vendor partners outside of the United States, primarily in Asia. Political, social or economic instability in Asia, or in other regions in which our vendor partners purchase or manufacture the products we sell, could cause disruptions in trade, including exports to the United States. Other events that could also cause disruptions to exports to the United States include:

 

   

the imposition of additional trade law provisions or regulations;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

the imposition of additional duties, tariffs and other charges on imports and exports;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

   

the financial instability or bankruptcy of manufacturers; and

 

   

significant labor disputes, such as strikes.

We cannot predict whether the countries in which the products we sell are purchased or manufactured, or may be purchased or manufactured in the future, will be subject to new or additional trade restrictions imposed by the United States or foreign governments, including the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Trade restrictions, including new or increased tariffs or quotas, embargos, safeguards and customs restrictions against the products we sell, as well as foreign labor strikes and work stoppages or boycotts, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of product available to us and adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

A natural disaster or other adverse occurrence at one of our primary facilities or customer data centers could damage our business.

Substantially all of our corporate, warehouse and distribution functions are located at our Vernon Hills, Illinois facilities and our second distribution center in North Las Vegas, Nevada. If the warehouse and distribution equipment at one of our distribution centers were to be seriously damaged by a natural disaster or other adverse occurrence, we could utilize the other distribution center or third-party distributors to ship products to our customers. However, this may not be sufficient to avoid interruptions in our service and may not enable us to meet all of the needs of our customers and would cause us to incur incremental operating costs. In addition, we operate three customer data centers and numerous sales offices which may contain both business-critical data and confidential information of our customers. A natural disaster or other adverse occurrence at any of the customer data centers or at any of our major sales offices could negatively impact our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We are heavily dependent on commercial delivery services.

We generally ship hardware products to our customers by FedEx, United Parcel Service and other commercial delivery services and invoice customers for delivery charges. If we are unable to pass on to our customers future increases in the cost of commercial delivery services, our profitability could be adversely affected. Additionally, strikes or other service interruptions by such shippers could adversely affect our ability to deliver products on a timely basis.

We are exposed to accounts receivable and inventory risks.

We extend credit to our customers for a significant portion of our net sales, typically on 30-day payment terms. We are subject to the risk that our customers may not pay for the products they have purchased, or may pay at a slower rate than we have historically experienced, the risk of which is heightened during periods of economic downturn or, in the case of public segment customers, during periods of budget constraints.

We are also exposed to inventory risks as a result of the rapid technological changes that affect the market and pricing for the products we sell. We seek to minimize our inventory exposure through a variety of inventory management procedures and policies, including our rapid-turn inventory model, as well as vendor price protection and product return programs. However, if we were unable to maintain our rapid-turn inventory model, if there were unforeseen product developments that created more rapid obsolescence or if our vendor partners were to change their terms and conditions, our inventory risks could increase. We also periodically take advantage of cost savings associated with certain opportunistic bulk inventory purchases offered by our vendor partners or we may decide to carry high inventory levels of certain products that have limited or no return privileges due to customer demand. These bulk purchases could increase our exposure to inventory obsolescence.

 

32


Table of Contents

We could be exposed to additional risks if we make acquisitions or enter into alliances.

We may pursue transactions, including acquisitions or alliances, in an effort to extend or complement our existing business. These types of transactions involve numerous risks, including finding suitable transaction partners and negotiating terms that are acceptable to us, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, extending our product or service offerings into areas in which we have limited experience, entering into new geographic markets, the potential loss of key coworkers or business relationships and successfully integrating acquired businesses, any of which could adversely affect our operations.

Our future operating results may fluctuate significantly.

We may experience significant variations in our future quarterly results of operations. These fluctuations may result from many factors, including the condition of the technology industry in general, shifts in demand and pricing for hardware, software and services and the introduction of new products or upgrades.

Our operating results are also highly dependent on our level of gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Our gross profit percentage fluctuates due to numerous factors, some of which may be outside of our control, including pricing pressures; changes in product costs from our vendor partners; the availability of price protection, purchase discounts and incentive programs from our vendor partners; changes in product, order size and customer mix; the risk of some items in our inventory becoming obsolete; increases in delivery costs that we cannot pass on to customers; and general market and competitive conditions.

In addition, our cost structure is based, in part, on anticipated sales and gross margins. Therefore, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure quickly enough to compensate for any unexpected sales or gross margin shortfall, and any such inability could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We may have higher than anticipated tax liabilities.

We are subject to various taxes in the United States and Canada. Our effective income tax rate and overall tax expenses may be adversely impacted by various factors, many of which our outside or our control, including:

 

   

changes in the proportion of pre-tax income in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory rates;

 

   

changes in the jurisdictions in which we operate;

 

   

changes in our corporate structure that would change the amount of pre-tax income subject to taxation in various jurisdictions;

 

   

changes in tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax;

 

   

changes in tax laws, regulations, and/or interpretations of such tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax;

 

   

imposition of new taxes;

 

   

resolutions of tax issues that are being disputed or under examination and any related interest and penalties;

 

   

expiration of tax incentives or changes in our business that reduce the level of activity or base subject to the tax incentive and changes in the level of our business that impact the amounts received under; and

 

   

tax effects related to purchase accounting for acquisitions.

We report our results based on our determination of the amount of taxes we owe in various tax jurisdictions in which we operate. The determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax related liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is subject to review or examination by tax authorities in various tax jurisdictions. Any adverse outcome of

 

33


Table of Contents

such review or examination could have a negative impact on our results and financial condition. The resolution of various tax examinations, audits and disputes may differ from the liabilities recorded in our financial statements and may adversely affect our financial results and cash flows.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, and we may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims.

We rely on copyright, trademark, trade secret and patent laws, as well as confidentiality, invention assignment, nonsolicitation and noncompetition agreements to protect our intellectual property. There can be no assurance that these laws and agreements will provide sufficient protection of our intellectual property, and it is possible that third parties may obtain and use our confidential information and trade secrets without authorization or infringe on our intellectual property rights, which could impair our competitive position and adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

From time to time in the ordinary course of business, parties assert various intellectual property infringement claims against us, including allegations of patent infringement, either because of our business systems or because we resell allegedly infringing hardware, software or services. If there is a determination that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others, we could incur substantial monetary liability, be forced to stop selling infringing products or providing infringing services, be required to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements, if available, or be prevented from using the intellectual property rights, which could force us to change our business systems or hardware, software or services offerings in the future.

We are exposed to risks from legal proceedings and audits.

We are party to various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. We are also subject to audits by federal, state and local authorities, by various customers, including government agencies, relating to sales under certain contracts and by vendors. Current and future litigation, governmental proceedings and audits that we face may result in substantial costs and expenses and significantly divert the attention of our management regardless of the outcome. In addition, current and future litigation, governmental proceedings or audits could lead to increased costs or interruptions of our normal business operations. Litigation, governmental proceedings and audits involve uncertainties and it is possible that the eventual outcome of any litigation, governmental proceeding or audit could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

 

34


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to analyses and other information, which are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies.

These forward-looking statements are identified by the use of terms and phrases such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions. However, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. These statements are contained in many sections of this prospectus, including those entitled “Summary,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that we will achieve those plans, intentions or expectations. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors,” as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

35


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFERS

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers

We and the Guarantors entered into a senior registration rights agreement and senior subordinated registration rights agreement (together, the “Registration Rights Agreements”) on October 10, 2008. Under the Registration Rights Agreements, we have agreed that we will:

 

   

use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC and cause to become effective a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the outstanding notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes with terms identical to the outstanding notes (except that the exchange notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate as described below);

 

   

keep the exchange offers open for at least 20 business days after the date we mail notice of such exchange offers to holders; and

 

   

file and use our reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a shelf registration statement for the resale of outstanding notes in certain circumstances.

We will pay additional interest on the outstanding notes for the periods described below if the exchange offers with respect to the outstanding notes are not completed on or before the date that is 270 days after the issue date of the outstanding notes (or 360 days if the registration statement is subject to review by the SEC). Where there is a registration default, the annual interest rate borne by the outstanding notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such date and by 0.50% per annum thereafter until the exchange offers are completed or the shelf registration statement is declared effective.

Terms of the Exchange Offers

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offers. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offers. Any holder may tender some or all of its outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers. However, outstanding notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that:

 

   

the exchange notes bear a Series B designation and a different CUSIP Number from the outstanding notes;

 

   

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof; and

 

   

the holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreements, including the provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offers, all of which rights will terminate when the exchange offers to which this prospectus relates are terminated.

The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture relating to the outstanding notes.

As of August 16, 2010, approximately $885.1 million, $317.0 million and $496.5 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes, Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes and Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, respectively, are outstanding or will soon be outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offers.

 

36


Table of Contents

Holders of outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Indentures in connection with the exchange offers. We intend to conduct the exchange offers in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us.

If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, the certificates for any unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof promptly following the expiration date of the exchange offers.

Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offers will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offers. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2010, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend one or more of the exchange offers, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which such exchange offer is extended.

In order to extend one or more of the exchange offers we will make a press release or other public announcement and notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (1) to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend one or more of the exchange offers or to terminate one or more of the exchange offers if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of any delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent or (2) to amend the terms of the exchange offers in any manner. Such decision will also be communicated in a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following such decision. Any announcement of delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

The exchange notes will bear interest from their date of issuance. Holders of outstanding notes that are accepted for exchange will receive accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of the exchange notes. Such interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the exchange notes on                 . Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the exchange notes.

Interest on the exchange notes is payable semi-annually on each April 15 and October 15, commencing on                 .

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender outstanding notes in the exchange offers. To tender in the exchange offers, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal or transmit an agent’s message in connection with a book-entry transfer, and mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. To be tendered effectively, the outstanding notes, letter of transmittal or an agent’s message and other required documents must be completed and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Delivery of the outstanding notes may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of the book-entry transfer must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

 

37


Table of Contents

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility to, and received by, the exchange agent forming a part of a confirmation of a book-entry, which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in the book-entry transfer facility tendering the outstanding notes that the participant has received and agrees: (1) to participate in ATOP; (2) to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; and (3) that we may enforce the agreement against the participant.

To participate in the exchange offers, each holder will be required to make the following representations to us:

 

   

Any exchange notes to be received by the holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business.

 

   

At the time of the commencement of the exchange offers, the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of Securities Act, of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act.

 

   

The holder is not our affiliate as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

   

If the holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of exchange notes.

 

   

If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, the holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. We refer to these broker-dealers as participating broker-dealers.

 

   

The holder is not a broker-dealer tendering outstanding notes directly acquired from us for its own account.

 

   

The holder is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

The tender by a holder and our acceptance thereof will constitute an agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal or agent’s message.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes and the letter of transmittal or agent’s message and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for them.

Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner’s behalf. See “Instructions to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner” included with the letter of transmittal.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System unless the outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the letter of transmittal are tendered (1) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of a member firm of the Medallion System. In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a member firm of the Medallion System.

 

38


Table of Contents

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed in this prospectus, the outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by a member firm of the Medallion System.

If the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person signing should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to us of its authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offers, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account with respect to the outstanding notes in accordance with DTC’s procedures for the transfer. Although delivery of the outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, unless an agent’s message is received by the exchange agent in compliance with ATOP, an appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period provided under the procedures. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance of tendered outstanding notes and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right in our sole discretion to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes, provided however that, to the extent such waiver includes any condition to tender, we will waive such condition as to all tendering holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offers, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give the notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until the defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

Holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes and (1) whose outstanding notes are not immediately available, (2) who cannot deliver their outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or (3) who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, prior to the expiration date, may effect a tender if:

 

  1.

the tender is made through a member firm of the Medallion System;

 

  2.

prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from a member firm of the Medallion System a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of the outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof together with the certificate(s) representing the outstanding notes or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the member firm of the Medallion System with the exchange agent; and

 

39


Table of Contents
  3.

the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal of facsimile thereof, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request to the exchange agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offers, either a notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus or you must comply with the appropriate withdrawal procedures of DTC’s ATOP. Any notice of withdrawal must be in writing and:

 

  1.

specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

  2.

identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the outstanding notes, or, in the case of outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited;

 

  3.

be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the outstanding notes register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

  4.

specify the name in which any outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person depositing the outstanding notes to be withdrawn.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the notices will be determined by us, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offers and no exchange notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to the holder promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offers. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Conditions

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange notes for, any outstanding notes, and may, prior to the expiration of the exchange offers, terminate or amend the exchange offers as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the outstanding notes, if:

 

  1.

any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offers which we, in our sole judgment, believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offers; or

 

  2.

any material adverse development has occurred with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries which we, in our sole judgment, believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offers; or

 

40


Table of Contents
  3.

any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC is proposed, adopted or enacted, which we, in our sole judgment, believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offers or materially impair the contemplated benefits of the exchange offers to us; or

 

  4.

any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we, in our sole judgment, believe to be necessary for the consummation of the exchange offers as contemplated by this prospectus.

If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of the conditions are not satisfied, we may (1) refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered outstanding notes to the tendering holders, (2) extend the exchange offers and retain all outstanding notes tendered prior to the expiration of the exchange offers, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw the outstanding notes (see “—Withdrawal of Tenders”) or (3) waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offers and accept all properly tendered outstanding notes which have not been withdrawn.

Exchange Agent

U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offers. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Overnight Courier or Registered/Certified Mail:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, MN 55107

Attention: Specialized Finance Department

  

Facsimile Transmission:

 

 

(651) 495-8145

 

 

For information or to confirm receipt of facsimile by telephone (call toll-free):

(800) 934-6802

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telephone, in person or by other means by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offers and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offers. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with these services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred by us in connection with the exchange offers. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is face value, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as a result of the exchange offers.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The outstanding notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers (or any outstanding notes issued subsequent to the expiration date) will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the outstanding notes may be resold only:

 

  1.

to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

 

41


Table of Contents
  2.

so long as the outstanding notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

 

  3.

outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

 

  4.

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,

in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

After completion of the exchange offers, we will have no further obligation to provide for the registration under the Securities Act of any outstanding notes (or notes subsequently issued) except in limited circumstances with respect to specific types of holders of outstanding notes and we do not intend to register any remaining outstanding notes (or subsequently issued notes) under the Securities Act.

Resale of the Exchange Notes

With respect to resales of exchange notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives exchange notes, other than a person that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, in exchange for outstanding notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes, will be allowed to resell the exchange notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the exchange notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder of outstanding notes acquires exchange notes in the exchange offers for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offers are intended to satisfy certain of our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive outstanding notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the exchange notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The outstanding notes were issued in 2010 in exchange for outstanding Amended and Restated Bridge Loans, the terms of which were the same as the outstanding notes for which they were exchanged. The Amended and Restated Bridge Loans were originally issued in 2007 to fund a portion of the Acquisition.

 

43


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2010. This information should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(in millions)

   As of
June 30, 2010
 
     (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26.1   
        

Total debt (including current portion):

  

Senior secured revolving credit facility (1)

   $ 255.1   

Senior secured term loan facility

     2,178.0   

Senior Cash Pay Loans and Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes (2)

     890.0   

Senior PIK Election Loans and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes (3)

     317.0   

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes (4)

     721.5   

Capital leases

     1.3   
        

Total debt (including current portion) (5)

     4,362.9   

Shareholders’ deficit

     (49.4
        

Total capitalization

   $ 4,313.5   
        

 

(1)

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, we entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility, which consists of a five-year senior secured revolving credit facility maturing on October 12, 2012 providing for borrowings of up to $800 million. As of June 30, 2010, there were $43.4 million of issued and undrawn letters of credit outstanding, which reduce availability under the senior secured revolving credit facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

(2)

Includes $344.3 million of increasing rate Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes issued under our Senior Indenture and $545.7 million of Senior Cash Pay Loans under which we are required to pay cash interest under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement. Such loans may be exchanged for Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes (either increasing rate notes or fixed rate notes) at the option of the lender upon at least 10 business days’ notice.

(3)

Includes $137.4 million of increasing rate Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes issued under our Senior Indenture and $179.6 million of Senior PIK Election Loans under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement. Such loans may be exchanged for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes (either increasing rate notes or fixed rate notes) at the option of the lender upon at least 10 business days’ notice.

(4)

Includes $496.5 million of increasing rate Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes issued under our Senior Subordinated Indenture and $225.0 million of loans under our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement. Such loans may be exchanged for Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes (either increasing rate notes or fixed rate notes) at the option of the lender upon at least 10 business days’ notice.

(5)

The amount does not include any outstanding obligations under our trade financing agreements. We do not include these borrowings in total debt because we have not in the past incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense or late fees under these agreements. For more information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

44


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated below. The application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition resulted in a new entity for financial reporting purposes. We refer to Target and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition as the “Predecessor.” We refer to Parent and its subsidiaries (including Target) following the Acquisition as the “Successor.” We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data presented below as of October 11, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and for the periods January 1, 2007 through October 11, 2007 and October 12, 2007 through December 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2007 have been derived from Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements as of that date, which are not included in this prospectus. As part of the Acquisition on October 12, 2007, we entered into various financing arrangements and, as a result, we now have a different capital structure than we had prior to the Acquisition. Accordingly, the results of operations for periods subsequent to the Acquisition will not necessarily be comparable to prior periods.

The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and our historical financial statements and the related notes and other information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following are some of the items affecting comparability of the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods presented:

 

   

In connection with the Acquisition, the purchase price of Predecessor was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair market values on October 12, 2007. This purchase price allocation resulted in significant changes to certain balance sheet items, including deferred income tax assets and liabilities, property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill.

 

   

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into various financing arrangements on October 12, 2007, of which $4,640.0 million was funded at closing of the Acquisition. This resulted in significantly increased interest expense for all periods subsequent to the Acquisition. See “Summary – The Transactions – The Acquisition Transactions.”

 

   

In connection with the Acquisition, we recorded customer relationships, trade names, internally developed software and other intangible assets with an estimated fair value of $2,323.8 million. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from five to twenty years. This resulted in significantly increased amortization expense for all periods subsequent to the Acquisition.

 

   

In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred certain Acquisition-related costs. This included investment banking, legal and other third-party costs, along with non-cash equity-based compensation expense resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Acquisition. During the periods January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, and October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 we incurred $144.4 million and $26.7 million, respectively, of these Acquisition-related costs.

 

   

During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $1,712.0 million, $241.8 million and $235.0 million, respectively. These impairments were primarily attributable to deterioration in macroeconomic conditions and overall declines in net sales.

 

45


Table of Contents
    Predecessor         Successor  

(in millions)

  Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
January 1, 2007 to
October 11, 2007
          Period from
October 12, 2007 to
December 31, 2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
  2005     2006           2008     2009     2009     2010  

Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Net sales

  $ 6,291.8      $ 6,785.5      $ 6,344.3          $ 1,800.2      $ 8,071.2      $ 7,162.6      $ 3,234.7      $ 4,157.4   

Cost of sales

    5,324.2        5,715.7        5,320.8            1,505.8        6,710.2        6,029.7        2,705.7        3,491.7   
                                                                   

Gross profit

    967.6        1,069.8        1,023.5            294.4        1,361.0        1,132.9        529.0        665.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

    433.5        530.1        656.0            221.8        894.8        821.1        396.1        454.0   

Advertising expense

    114.5        118.3        97.3            27.0        141.3        101.9        51.9        44.8   

Litigation settlement

    —          25.0        —              —          —          —          —          —     

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          —              —          1,712.0        241.8        235.0        —     
                                                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    419.6        396.4        270.2            45.6        (1,387.1     (31.9     (154.0     166.9   

Interest income (expense), net

    15.2        19.8        16.8            (104.6     (390.3     (431.7     (209.1     (183.5

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

    —          —          —              —          —          —          —          9.2   

Other income (expense), net

    (1.8     (1.8     (0.6         0.2        0.2        2.4        2.3        0.1   
                                                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    433.0        414.4        286.4            (58.8     (1,777.2     (461.2     (360.8     (7.3

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (160.9     (148.3     (112.1         18.5        12.1        87.8        49.7        2.5   
                                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 272.1      $ 266.1      $ 174.3          $ (40.3   $ (1,765.1   $ (373.4   $ (311.1   $ (4.8
                                                                   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                   

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 610.9      $ 391.6      $ 664.3          $ 15.6      $ 94.4      $ 88.0      $ 364.0      $ 26.1   

Working capital

    1,133.5        1,020.2        1,418.3            836.0        877.6        923.2        898.0        725.4   

Total assets (1)

    1,697.0        2,008.1        2,615.2            8,296.4        6,276.3        5,976.0        6,173.7        6,005.8   

Total debt and capitalized lease obligations (2)

    —          0.8        0.3            4,617.7        4,633.5        4,621.9        4,628.7        4,362.9   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    1,264.6        1,387.2        1,737.4            2,068.9        262.2        (44.7     (26.4     (49.4

Other Financial Data:

                   

Capital expenditures

  $ 49.1      $ 85.6 (3)    $ 38.7          $ 8.0      $ 41.1      $ 15.6      $ 8.3      $ 10.5   

Depreciation and amortization

    21.5        28.1        33.7            46.3        218.4        218.2        109.9        105.1   

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales

    15.4     15.8     16.1         16.4     16.9     15.8     16.4     16.0

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)

    115:1        84:1        63:1            (a     (a     (a     (a     (a

EBITDA (5)

    439.3        422.7        303.3            92.1        (1,168.5     188.7        (41.8     281.3   

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    439.1        471.4        456.9            125.0        570.6        465.4        209.9        292.3   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                   

Net cash provided by (used in):

                   

Operating activities (1)

  $ 320.1      $ 219.5      $ 213.5          $ (171.2   $ 174.2      $ 98.5      $ 299.4      $ 260.3   

Investing activities

    (4.0     (99.6     200.0            (6,399.6     (60.3     (82.6     (25.3     (55.8

Financing activities (1)

    (263.7     (173.0     101.2            6,586.5        (34.6     (22.8     (4.7     (266.2

 

(1)

Reclassifications have been made to historical amounts to conform to the current presentation.

(2)

Excludes borrowings of $43.8 million, $108.1 million, $122.8 million, $75.3 million, $34.1 million, $25.0 million, $87.6 million and $123.5 million, as of December 31, 2005, December 31, 2006, October 11, 2007, December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively, under our trade financing agreements. We do not include these borrowings in total debt because we have not in the past incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense or late fees under these agreements. For more information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

(3)

Includes $29.6 million for the purchase of our North Las Vegas, Nevada distribution center in December 2006.

(4)

For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes minus income from equity investees plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and the portion of rental expense we believe is representative of the interest component of rental expense.

 

46


Table of Contents
  (a)

For the period October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, earnings available for fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $58.8 million, $1,777.2 million, $461.2 million, $360.8 million, and $7.3 million, respectively.

 

(5)

EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss) before interest income (expense), income tax benefit (expense), depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our credit agreements, is calculated by adjusting EBITDA for certain items of income and expense including (but not limited to) the following: (a) non-cash equity-based compensation; (b) goodwill impairment charges; (c) sponsor fees; (d) certain consulting fees; (e) debt-related legal and accounting costs; (f) equity investment gains and losses; (g) certain severance and retention costs; (h) gains and losses from the early extinguishment of debt; (i) gains and losses from asset dispositions outside the ordinary course of business; (j) Acquisition-related costs; (k) equity compensation payroll taxes; and (l) non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses or expenses.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures, and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities.

The following unaudited table sets forth reconciliations of GAAP net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

(in millions)

   Historical  
   Predecessor            Successor  
   Year Ended
December 31,
    Period  from
January 1,
2007 to
October 11,
2007
           Period from
October 12,
2007 to
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2005     2006            2008     2009     2009     2010  

Net income (loss)

   $ 272.1      $ 266.1      $ 174.3           $ (40.3   $ (1,765.1   $ (373.4   $ (311.1   $ (4.8

Depreciation and amortization

     21.5        28.1        33.7             46.3        218.4        218.2        109.9        105.1   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     160.9        148.3        112.1             (18.5     (12.1     (87.8     (49.7     (2.5

Interest (income) expense, net

     (15.2     (19.8     (16.8          104.6        390.3        431.7        209.1        183.5   
                                                                     

EBITDA

     439.3        422.7        303.3             92.1        (1,168.5     188.7        (41.8     281.3   
                                                                     

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     —          15.8        7.5             4.2        17.8        15.9        8.2        8.4   

Acquisition-related costs (1)

     —          —          144.4             26.7        —          —          —          —     

Sponsor fees

     —          —          —               2.0        5.0        5.0        2.5        2.5   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          —               —          1,712.0        241.8        235.0        —     

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     —          —          —               —          —          —          —          (9.2

Litigation settlement

     —          25.0        —               —          —          —          —          —     

Other adjustments (2)

     (0.2     7.9        1.7             —          4.3        14.0        6.0        9.3   
                                                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 439.1      $ 471.4      $ 456.9           $ 125.0      $ 570.6      $ 465.4      $ 209.9      $ 292.3   
                                                                     

 

(1)

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $25.3 million related to the Acquisition is included in Acquisition-related costs in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007.

(2)

Includes certain severance and retention costs, certain consulting fees, debt-related legal and accounting costs, equity investment gains and losses and the gain related to the sale of the Informacast software and equipment for periods subsequent to the Acquisition. Includes equity compensation payroll taxes, accelerated vesting of options, incentive program accrual adjustments, and certain severance costs for periods prior to the Acquisition.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for the periods presented:

 

     Historical  
     Predecessor            Successor  

(in millions)

   Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
January 1,
2007 to
October 11,
2007
           Period from
October 12,
2007 to
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2005     2006            2008     2009     2009     2010  

EBITDA

   $ 439.3      $ 422.7      $ 303.3           $ 92.1      $ (1,168.5   $ 188.7      $ (41.8   $ 281.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     (21.5     (28.1     (33.7          (46.3     (218.4     (218.2     (109.9     (105.1

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (160.9     (148.3     (112.1          18.5        12.1        87.8        49.7        2.5   

Interest income (expense), net

     15.2        19.8        16.8             (104.6     (390.3     (431.7     (209.1     (183.5
                                                                     

Net income (loss)

     272.1        266.1        174.3             (40.3     (1,765.1     (373.4     (311.1     (4.8
                                                                     

Depreciation and amortization

     21.5        28.1        33.7             46.3        218.4        218.2        109.9        105.1   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          —               —          1,712.0        241.8        235.0        —     

Equity-based compensation expense

     3.9        15.8        32.8             4.2        17.8        15.9        8.2        8.4   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     —          —          —               13.4        38.6        16.2        7.9        9.0   

Deferred income taxes

     1.1        (13.7     (24.1          (12.6     (39.9     (94.4     (39.4     (29.3

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

     —          —          —               —          18.6        103.2        41.7        12.8   

Gross excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation

     —          —          (73.6          —          —          —          —          —     

Changes in assets and liabilities

     11.0        (59.5     73.7             (182.3     (27.1     (27.1     248.3        166.1   

Other non-cash items

     10.5        (17.3     (3.3          0.1        0.9        (1.9     (1.1     (7.0
                                                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 320.1      $ 219.5      $ 213.5           $ (171.2   $ 174.2      $ 98.5      $ 299.4      $ 260.3   
                                                                     

 

48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” and our historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a leading multi-brand technology solutions provider to business, government, education and healthcare customers in the United States and Canada. We provide comprehensive and integrated solutions for our customers’ technology needs through our extensive hardware, software and value-added service offerings. Our breadth of offerings allows our customers to streamline their procurement processes by partnering with us as a complete technology solutions provider. Our hardware offerings include products with leading brands across multiple categories such as network communications, notebooks/mobile devices, data storage, video monitors, printers, desktops, and servers, among others. Our software offerings include licensing, licensing management and software solutions and services that help our customers to optimize their software investments. We offer a full-suite of value-added services, which typically are delivered as part of a technology solution, to help our customers meet their specific needs. Our solutions range from configuration services for computer devices to fully-integrated solutions such as virtualization, collaboration, security, mobility, data center optimization and cloud computing. We also offer complementary services including installations, sales of warranties and managed services such as remote network and data center monitoring. We believe both software and service offerings will be important growth areas for us in the future.

We have two reportable segments: Corporate, which is comprised primarily of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and education and healthcare institutions. Our Corporate segment is divided into a small business customer channel, primarily serving customers with up to 100 employees, and a medium-large business customer channel, primarily serving customers with more than 100 employees. We also have two operating segments, Canada and our CDW advanced services business, that do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.” Our advanced services business consists primarily of customized engineering services delivered by CDW professional engineers and managed services, including hosting and data center services. Revenues from the sale of hardware, software, custom configuration and third party provided services are recorded within our Corporate and Public segments.

Our business is well-diversified across customers, product and service offerings and vendors from whom we purchase products for resale. We have aligned our sales and marketing functions around customer channels to retain and increase our sales to existing customers and to acquire new customers. We have an experienced and dedicated direct selling organization consisting of account managers who provide inside sales coverage, and field account executives who work within an assigned territory and interact with customers in person. Our direct selling organization is supported by a team of technology specialists who design solutions and provide recommendations in the selection and procurement processes. We purchase products for resale from OEMs and distributors. We believe that effective purchasing from a diverse vendor base is a key element of our business strategy. We are authorized by OEMs to sell via direct marketing all or selected products offered by the manufacturer. We also operate as a reseller for major software publishers that allows the end-user customer to acquire packaged software or licensed products and services. Our authorization with each OEM or software publisher may include one or more of the following: product return privileges, price protection policies, purchase discounts and vendor incentive programs, such as volume rebates and cooperative advertising reimbursements.

We market the CDW brand on a national basis through a variety of public and community relations and corporate communications efforts, and through brand advertising that includes the use of print, broadcast, online, social and other media. We also market to current and prospective customers through integrated marketing programs that include print and online media, events and sponsorships. As a result of our relationships with our vendors, a substantial portion of our advertising and marketing expenses are reimbursed through cooperative advertising reimbursement programs. Such programs are at the discretion of our vendors and are typically tied to sales or purchasing volumes or other commitments to be met by us within a specified period of time.

An important factor affecting our ability to generate sales and achieve our targeted operating results is the impact of general economic conditions on our customers’ willingness to spend on information technology. During the recent economic downturn beginning in late 2008 and into 2009, we experienced significantly lower sales and gross profit as our customers generally reduced spending on information technology products and services. During 2010,

 

49


Table of Contents

we have experienced significant increases in sales, gross profit and operating income compared to 2009. While general economic conditions and our recent operating results have generally improved, competitive pricing pressures continue to have a negative effect on gross profit margins. Downturns in the global economy, declines in the availability of credit, weakening consumer and business confidence or increased unemployment could result in reduced spending by our customers on information technology products and services and increased competitive pricing pressures. Our Public segment sales are impacted by government spending policies, budget priorities and revenue levels. Although our sales to the federal government are diversified across multiple agencies and departments, they collectively accounted for 12.6% of our net sales in 2009. Further, our sales to state and local governments accounted for 5.1% of our net sales in 2009. An adverse change in any of these factors could cause our Public segment customers to reduce their purchases or to terminate or not renew contracts with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to our Business” for further discussion.

Our management monitors a number of financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis in order to track the progress of our business and make adjustments as necessary. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include average daily sales, gross margin, operating margin, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, cash and cash equivalents, net working capital, cash conversion cycle (defined to be days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable), debt levels including available credit and leverage ratios, and coworker turnover. These measures and ratios are compared to standards or objectives set by management, so that actions can be taken, as necessary, in order to achieve the standards and objectives. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities.

Background and Basis of Presentation

Corporate and Capital Structure

On October 12, 2007, Parent completed the Acquisition pursuant to which it acquired Target. For financial reporting purposes, we refer to Target and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition as the “Predecessor” and we refer to Parent and its subsidiaries (including Target) following the Acquisition as the “Successor.”

Upon completion of the Acquisition, the outstanding common stock of Target was converted into the right to receive cash, the common stock was delisted and deregistered and Target became a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Parent is owned directly by CDW Holdings. CDW Holdings is controlled by investment funds affiliated with the Equity Sponsors, certain other co-investors and the Management Investors. On December 31, 2009, Target merged into CDWC LLC, a limited liability company wholly owned by Parent with CDWC LLC as the surviving company in the merger. This change had no impact on operations or management. On December 31, 2009, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC. On August 17, 2010, Parent was renamed CDW Corporation.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “the Company,” “our,” “CDW” and similar terms refer to Parent and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Acquisition, and, for periods prior to October 12, 2007, Target and its subsidiaries.

Accompanying Financial Statements

Throughout management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, data for all periods are derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which include:

 

   

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements: the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Successor as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (the “Unaudited Interim Financial Statements”);

 

   

Audited Financial Statements:

 

   

the audited consolidated financial statements of the Successor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the period October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (the “Successor Audited Financial Statements”); and

 

50


Table of Contents
   

the audited consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor as of October 11, 2007 and for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 (the “Predecessor Audited Financial Statements”).

Effects of the Acquisition on our Financial Statements

Purchase Accounting

We accounted for the Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. As a result, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their respective fair values as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the identifiable net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which is not amortized for accounting purposes but is subject to testing for impairment at least annually. The allocation of the purchase price of the assets acquired in the Acquisition resulted in an increase in amortization and depreciation expense relating to our acquired intangible assets and a step-up in the recorded amount of fixed assets. Depreciation and amortization are recorded over the estimated useful lives of the related fixed and intangible assets. See Note 4 to the Successor Audited Financial Statements for details on our allocation of the purchase price.

Increased Leverage

Our capitalization, liquidity, and capital resources changed substantially upon the completion of the Acquisition Transactions. Upon our assumption of the Senior Credit Facilities and Bridge Loans, we became highly leveraged with significant debt service requirements. Our substantial indebtedness may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and future business opportunities because a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations must be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness, and this may place us at a competitive disadvantage as many of our competitors are less leveraged. Our leverage may make us more vulnerable to a downturn in our business, industry or the economy in general. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes.”

Aggregated Financial Results of the Predecessor and Successor

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we have separated our historical financial results for Predecessor and Successor. The separate presentation is required under GAAP as a result of the Acquisition because the consolidated financial statements of Predecessor prior to the Acquisition are presented on a different accounting basis than the consolidated financial statements of Successor subsequent to the Acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the assets and liabilities of Successor were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the Acquisition. The purchase price allocation resulted in significant changes to our balance sheet accounts, including property and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. In addition, due to the Acquisition Transactions as described in Note 3 to the Successor Audited Financial Statements, we experienced other changes in our results of operations for the period subsequent to the Acquisition. These changes included increased amortization and depreciation expense as discussed above due to the allocation of purchase price, and interest expense related to the debt obligations. There were no material changes to the underlying operations or customer relationships of our business as a result of the Acquisition.

For purposes of management’s discussion and analysis of the results of operations in this prospectus, we aggregated the results of operations for the period from January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 of Predecessor with the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 of Successor. We believe the aggregated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 provide a more meaningful perspective on our financial and operational performance than if we did not aggregate the results of operations of Predecessor and Successor in this manner. Similarly, we aggregated the financial results of Predecessor and Successor when discussing segment information for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

51


Table of Contents

The aggregated results of operations are non-GAAP financial measures, do not include any pro forma assumptions or adjustments, and should not be used in isolation or substitution of the results of operations of Predecessor and Successor for 2007. The following table presents an aggregating schedule of our results of operations for periods allocable to Successor and Predecessor and the aggregated presentation for the year ended December 31, 2007 that we use throughout the discussion of results from operations:

 

     Predecessor            Successor     Aggregated  

(in millions)

   Period from
January 1, 2007
to October 11, 2007
           Period from
October 12, 2007
to December 31, 2007
    Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 

Net sales

   $ 6,344.3           $ 1,800.2      $ 8,144.5   

Cost of sales

     5,320.8             1,505.8        6,826.6   
                             

Gross profit

     1,023.5             294.4        1,317.9   

Selling and administrative expenses (1)

     656.0             221.8        877.8   

Advertising expense

     97.3             27.0        124.3   
                             

Income from operations

     270.2             45.6        315.8   

Interest income (expense), net

     16.8             (104.6     (87.8

Other income (expense), net

     (0.6          0.2        (0.4
                             

Income (loss) before income taxes

     286.4             (58.8     227.6   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (112.1          18.5        (93.6
                             

Net income (loss)

   $ 174.3           $ (40.3   $ 134.0   
                             

 

(1)

Selling and administrative expenses included non-recurring expenses of $144.4 million, $26.7 million, and $171.1 million in Predecessor, Successor, and Aggregated 2007, respectively, related to the Acquisition.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the table below. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows, including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities. The following table presents an aggregating schedule of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for periods allocable to Successor and Predecessor and the aggregated presentation for the year ended December 31, 2007 that we use throughout the discussion of results from operations. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flows from operating activities.

 

52


Table of Contents
     Predecessor          Successor     Aggregated

(in millions)

   Period from
January 1, 2007
to October 11, 2007
         Period from
October 12, 2007
to December 31, 2007
    Year Ended
December 31,  2007

Net income (loss)

   $ 174.3         $ (40.3   $ 134.0

Depreciation and amortization

     33.7           46.3        80.0

Income tax (benefit) expense

     112.1           (18.5     93.6

Interest (income) expense, net

     (16.8        104.6        87.8
                         

EBITDA

     303.3           92.1        395.4

Adjustments:

         

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     7.5           4.2        11.7

Acquisition-related costs (1)

     144.4           26.7        171.1

Sponsor fee

     —             2.0        2.0

Other adjustments (2)

     1.7           —          1.7
                         

Total adjustments

     153.6           32.9        186.5
                         

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 456.9         $ 125.0      $ 581.9
                         

 

(1)

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $25.3 million related to the Acquisition is included in Acquisition-related costs in the Predecessor period.

(2)

Other adjustments include payroll taxes on share-based compensation.

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2009

The following table presents our results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2010     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
     Dollars in
Millions
    Percentage of
Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
    Percentage of
Net Sales
 

Net sales

   $ 4,157.4      100.0   $ 3,234.7      100.0

Cost of sales

     3,491.7      84.0        2,705.7      83.6   
                            

Gross profit

     665.7      16.0        529.0      16.4   

Selling and administrative expenses

     454.0      10.9        396.1      12.2   

Advertising expense

     44.8      1.1        51.9      1.7   

Goodwill impairment

     —        —          235.0      7.3   
                            

Income (loss) from operations

     166.9      4.0        (154.0   (4.8

Interest expense, net

     (183.5   (4.4     (209.1   (6.5

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     9.2      0.2        —        —     

Other income, net

     0.1      —          2.3      0.1   
                            

Loss before income taxes

     (7.3   (0.2     (360.8   (11.2

Income tax benefit

     2.5      0.1        49.7      1.6   
                            

Net loss

   $ (4.8   (0.1 )%    $ (311.1   (9.6 )% 
                            

 

53


Table of Contents

Net sales

The following table presents our net sales by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of total net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2010     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009        
     Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage of
Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage of
Net Sales
    Percent
Change (1)
 

Corporate

   $ 2,310.1    55.6   $ 1,795.4    55.5   28.7

Public

     1,651.2    39.7        1,297.1    40.1      27.3   

Other

     196.1    4.7        142.2    4.4      37.8   
                                

Total net sales

   $ 4,157.4    100.0   $ 3,234.7    100.0   28.5
                                

 

(1)

There were 127 selling days in both the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

The following table presents our net sales by customer channel for our Corporate and Public segments and the dollar and percentage change between periods in net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

       Six Months Ended June 30,            

(in millions)

   2010    2009    Dollar Change    Percent Change  

Corporate:

           

Medium / Large

   $ 1,857.6    $ 1,404.4    $ 453.2    32.3

Small Business

     452.5      391.0      61.5    15.7   
                           

Total Corporate

   $ 2,310.1    $ 1,795.4    $ 514.7    28.7
                           

Public:

           

Government

   $ 623.6    $ 483.0    $ 140.6    29.1

Education

     565.9      479.7      86.2    18.0   

Healthcare

     461.7      334.4      127.3    38.1   
                           

Total Public

   $ 1,651.2    $ 1,297.1    $ 354.1    27.3
                           

Total net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased $922.7 million, or 28.5%, to $4,157.4 million, compared to $3,234.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. There were 127 selling days in both the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009. The increase in total net sales was the result of general growth and increased demand in the information technology industry overall, in addition to our focus on growing our market share. The most significant driver of sales growth for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was the rebound by our Corporate segment, which was most significantly impacted by the recent economic downturn.

Corporate segment net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased $514.7 million, or 28.7%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009. Within our Corporate segment, net sales to medium / large customers increased 32.3% between periods, while net sales to small business customers increased 15.7%. Public segment net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased $354.1 million, or 27.3%, between periods driven by growth across all customer channels. Within our Public segment, net sales to government customers increased $140.6 million, or 29.1%, between periods driven by net sales to federal customers, and to a lesser extent, state and local governments. Net sales to healthcare customers increased $127.3 million, or 38.1%, between periods driven by volume increases and additional sales from an expanded relationship with a group purchasing organization beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $136.7 million, or 25.8%, to $665.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to $529.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, driven by increased hardware sales which reflected both unit growth and favorable price/mix. As a percentage of total net sales, gross profit was 16.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2010, down from 16.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in gross profit margin between periods was primarily due to lower product margin driven by competitive pricing pressures.

 

54


Table of Contents

The gross profit margin may fluctuate based on various factors, including vendor incentive and inventory price protection programs, cooperative advertising funds classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product mix, net service contract revenue, commission revenue, pricing strategies, market conditions, and other factors, any of which could result in changes in gross profit margins.

Selling and administrative expenses

Selling and administrative expenses increased $57.9 million, or 14.6%, to $454.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to $396.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher payroll costs of $52.9 million as a result of higher sales compensation and increases in other variable compensation costs such as incentive bonuses consistent with higher sales and gross profit. In addition to an increase in payroll-related costs, we expensed an incremental $11.6 million for profit sharing/401(k) costs for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the prior period. The six months ended June 30, 2009 included a $6.8 million benefit from the reversal of a profit sharing/401(k) contribution previously accrued in 2008. We continue to cautiously make selective investments in our coworkers as our outlook improves. Our sales force increased slightly to 3,360 coworkers at June 30, 2010, compared to 3,312 coworkers at June 30, 2009. The increases in selling and administrative expenses noted above were partially offset by lower depreciation expense of $4.3 million and lower bad debt expense of $4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009.

Advertising expense

Advertising expense decreased $7.1 million, or 13.6%, to $44.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to $51.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. As a percentage of net sales, advertising expense decreased to 1.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to 1.7% for the same period in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to lower national advertising, as well as lower spending on catalog and direct mail.

Goodwill impairment

Deterioration in macroeconomic conditions and the overall decline in our net sales during the first half of 2009 indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of certain of our reporting units was reduced to below the respective carrying amount. We considered this a triggering event under GAAP and performed an interim evaluation of goodwill as of June 1, 2009. As a result of that goodwill impairment evaluation, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $235.0 million in the second quarter of 2009. This charge was comprised of $207.0 million for our Corporate segment, or 14% of the total goodwill for that segment, and $28.0 million for the CDW advanced services business, or 38% of the total goodwill for that operating segment.

 

55


Table of Contents

Income (loss) from operations

The following table presents income (loss) from operations by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in income (loss) from operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2010     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009        
     Dollars in
Millions
    Operating
Margin
Percentage
    Dollars in
Millions
    Operating
Margin
Percentage
    Percent
Change
 

Segments: (1)

          

Corporate

   $ 125.4      5.4   $ (137.5   (7.7 )%    191.2

Public

     89.2      5.4        54.3      4.2      64.3   

Other

     7.0      3.6        (25.5   (17.9   127.4   

Headquarters (2)

     (54.7   N/A        (45.3   N/A      (20.7
                                  

Total income (loss) from operations

   $ 166.9      4.0   $ (154.0   (4.8 )%    208.3
                                  

Goodwill impairment included in loss from operations:

          

Corporate

   $ —        —     $ (207.0   (11.5 )%    N/A   

Public

     —        —          —        —        N/A   

Other

     —        —          (28.0   (19.7   N/A   
                                  

Total goodwill impairment

   $ —        —     $ (235.0   (7.3 )%    N/A   
                                  

 

(1)

Segment income (loss) from operations includes the segment’s direct operating income (loss) and allocations for Headquarters’ costs, allocations for logistics services, certain inventory adjustments and volume rebates and cooperative advertising from vendors.

(2)

Includes Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments.

Income from operations was $166.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $320.9 million compared to a loss from operations of $154.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to the prior period containing the previously discussed goodwill impairment charge of $235.0 million. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating income increased $85.9 million, or 106.0%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was driven by higher net sales and gross profit dollars, partially offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, although we continued to contain our selling and administrative expenses through tight cost control.

Corporate segment income from operations was $125.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $262.9 million, or 191.2%, compared to a loss from operations of $137.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The operating loss for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was due to the goodwill impairment charge of $207.0 million. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, Corporate segment income from operations increased $55.9 million, or 80.4%, between periods. Public segment income from operations was $89.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $34.9 million, or 64.3%, compared to $54.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in income from operations for both our Corporate and Public segments reflected higher net sales and gross profit dollars, while we continued to control selling and administrative expenses. The increase in the loss from operations of Headquarters between periods reflected additional investments in coworkers primarily for profit sharing and incentive compensation.

Interest expense, net

At June 30, 2010, our outstanding long-term debt, excluding capital leases, totaled $4,361.6 million. Net interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $183.5 million, compared to $209.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to the net non-cash gain of $25.9 million recognized in earnings related to hedge ineffectiveness on the $1,500.0 million interest rate swap as described in Note 6 to the Unaudited Interim Financial Statements. For the interest period from October 15, 2009 through April 14, 2010, we elected to defer interest payments on the $300.0 million principal amount of loans under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest, and to add the deferred interest to the principal balance so that the deferred interest, together with the principal, would be due at maturity of such loans. The principal amount of these senior loans, some of which have subsequently been exchanged for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes, increased by $17.0 million on April 15, 2010 and we will incur incremental

 

56


Table of Contents

interest expense of $10.7 million over the remaining term as a result of this election. In March 2010, we elected to pay all interest in cash for the interest period from April 15, 2010 through October 14, 2010 on both our loans under the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes.

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

On March 10, 2010, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries purchased $28.5 million of principal amount of loans under our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement for a purchase price of $18.6 million. Since this transaction involved two members of the same consolidated group, our consolidated financial statements reflect the accounting for the transaction as if CDW LLC had acquired its own debt. As such, for purposes of financial reporting in our consolidated financial statements, this debt is accounted for as if extinguished, and we recorded a gain of $9.2 million on the extinguishment in our consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2010. The gain represents the difference between the purchase price, including expenses paid to the debt holders and agent, and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs.

Income tax benefit

The income tax benefit was $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to $49.7 million for the same period of the prior year. The effective income tax rate, expressed by calculating the income tax benefit as a percentage of loss before income taxes, was 34.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. This rate differs from the rate of 13.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2009 primarily due to the nondeductible nature of the goodwill impairment charge in that period.

Net loss

The net loss was $4.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to a net loss of $311.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $292.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $82.4 million, or 39.3%, compared to $209.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 7.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to 6.5% for the same period of 2009.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 in the table below. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures, and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flows from operating activities.

 

57


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended June 30,  

(in millions)

   2010     2009  

Net loss

   $ (4.8   $ (311.1

Depreciation and amortization

     105.1        109.9   

Income tax benefit

     (2.5     (49.7

Interest expense, net

     183.5        209.1   
                

EBITDA

     281.3        (41.8
                

Adjustments:

    

Goodwill impairment

     —          235.0   

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     8.4        8.2   

Sponsor fee

     2.5        2.5   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     5.0        6.8   

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     (9.2     —     

Other adjustments (1)

     4.3        (0.8
                

Total adjustments

     11.0        251.7   
                

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 292.3      $ 209.9   
                

 

(1)

Other adjustments include certain severance and retention costs, equity investment gains and losses and the gain related to the sale of Informacast software and equipment in 2009.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

The following table presents our results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
     Dollars in
Millions
    Percentage of
Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
    Percentage of
Net Sales
 

Net sales

   $ 7,162.6      100.0   $ 8,071.2      100.0

Cost of sales

     6,029.7      84.2        6,710.2      83.1   
                            

Gross profit

     1,132.9      15.8        1,361.0      16.9   

Selling and administrative expenses

     821.1      11.4        894.8      11.1   

Advertising expense

     101.9      1.4        141.3      1.8   

Goodwill impairment

     241.8      3.4        1,712.0      21.2   
                            

Loss from operations

     (31.9   (0.4     (1,387.1   (17.2

Interest expense, net

     (431.7   (6.0     (390.3   (4.8

Other income, net

     2.4      —          0.2      —     
                            

Loss before income taxes

     (461.2   (6.4     (1,777.2   (22.0

Income tax benefit

     87.8      1.2        12.1      0.1   
                            

Net loss

   $ (373.4   (5.2 )%    $ (1,765.1   (21.9 )% 
                            

 

58


Table of Contents

Net sales

The following table presents our net sales by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of total net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009     Year Ended December 31, 2008        
     Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage of
Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage of
Net Sales
    Percent
Change (1)
 

Corporate

   $ 3,818.2    53.3   $ 4,852.2    60.1   (21.3 )% 

Public

     3,035.5    42.4        2,894.7    35.9      4.9   

Other

     308.9    4.3        324.3    4.0      (4.7
                                

Total net sales

   $ 7,162.6    100.0   $ 8,071.2    100.0   (11.3 )% 
                                

 

(1)

There were 254 selling days in 2009, compared to 255 selling days in 2008. On an average daily basis, total net sales decreased 10.9%.

The following table presents our net sales by customer channel for our Corporate and Public segments and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

       Years Ended December 31,             

(in millions)

   2009    2008    Dollar Change     Percent Change  

Corporate:

          

Medium / Large

   $ 3,014.8    $ 3,898.6    $ (883.8   (22.7 )% 

Small Business

     803.4      953.6      (150.2   (15.7
                            

Total Corporate

   $ 3,818.2    $ 4,852.2    $ (1,034.0   (21.3 )% 
                            

Public:

          

Government

   $ 1,270.7    $ 1,114.7    $ 156.0      14.0

Education

     1,040.5      1,034.7      5.8      0.6   

Healthcare

     724.3      745.3      (21.0   (2.8
                            

Total Public

   $ 3,035.5    $ 2,894.7    $ 140.8      4.9
                            

Total net sales in 2009 decreased $908.6 million, or 11.3%, to $7,162.6 million, compared to $8,071.2 million in 2008. There were 254 selling days in 2009, compared to 255 selling days in 2008. On an average daily basis, total net sales decreased 10.9%. The decline in total net sales between years was primarily the result of soft demand within our Corporate segment due to the general economic conditions that existed in the United States. On a sequential quarterly basis, the year-over-year percentage decline in total net sales lessened each quarter as we progressed through the first three quarters of 2009, and we experienced modest net sales growth of 1.7% for the fourth quarter of 2009.

Corporate segment net sales in 2009 decreased $1,034.0 million, or 21.3%, compared to 2008. Within our Corporate segment, net sales to our medium / large customers decreased 22.7% between years, while net sales to our small business customers decreased at a lesser rate of 15.7%. The decline in Corporate segment net sales was the result of overall weak customer demand as hardware sales in particular succumbed to a widespread recession beginning in late 2008. Public segment net sales in 2009 increased $140.8 million between years, or 4.9%, almost entirely due to sales growth within our government channel. The increase in government net sales was driven by an increase in large orders (defined to be in excess of $100,000) to our federal customers.

Gross profit

Gross profit decreased $228.1 million, or 16.8%, to $1,132.9 million in 2009, compared to $1,361.0 million in 2008. This decrease was driven by a decline in hardware sales which reflected both lower volumes and unfavorable changes in price/mix. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 15.8% in 2009, compared to 16.9% in 2008. The decrease in gross profit margin between years was driven by lower product margin and, to a lesser extent, lower cooperative advertising from vendors as a percentage of net sales. The decline in product margin was driven by competitive pressures in the marketplace. Product margin also generally declines as the proportion of Public segment net sales to total net sales increases. On a sequential quarterly basis, gross profit margin declined each quarter as we progressed through the first three quarters of 2009, and moderated at 15.4% in the fourth quarter of 2009.

 

59


Table of Contents

Selling and administrative expenses

Selling and administrative expenses decreased $73.7 million, or 8.2%, to $821.1 million in 2009, compared to $894.8 million in 2008. This was driven by a decrease of $61.7 million in payroll costs that resulted primarily from lower sales commissions and lower other variable incentive compensation, as well as a decrease in the number of sales and non-sales coworkers. Our sales force decreased to 3,307 coworkers at December 31, 2009, compared to 3,593 coworkers at December 31, 2008. In addition to implementing cost saving actions such as cancelling certain merit compensation increases and suspending the 401(k) match for 2009, we eliminated approximately 200 coworkers in mostly non-sales force positions in January 2009. Selling and administrative expenses in 2009 also reflected reduced profit sharing/401(k) expense. For 2008, the amount charged to expense for the profit sharing/401(k) plan totaled $11.9 million. Of this amount, we reversed $8.0 million to income in the second quarter of 2009, as the payout of this amount was partially based upon certain financial objectives in 2009 that were not achieved. This reversal was partially offset by $6.4 million of plan expense recorded in 2009, resulting in a net credit of $1.6 million attributed to the profit sharing/401(k) plan for 2009. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $9.9 million in consulting and advisory fees and expenses in 2009 compared to 2008.

Advertising expense

Advertising expense decreased $39.4 million, or 27.9%, to $101.9 million in 2009, compared to $141.3 million in 2008. As a percentage of net sales, advertising expense decreased to 1.4% in 2009, compared to 1.8% in 2008. The decrease in advertising expense was primarily the result of less national TV and magazine advertising.

Goodwill impairment

We recorded goodwill impairment charges of $241.8 million in 2009 and $1,712.0 million in 2008. Deterioration in macroeconomic conditions and the overall decline in our net sales during the first half of 2009 indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of certain of our reporting units was reduced to below the respective carrying amount. We considered this a triggering event under GAAP and performed an interim evaluation of goodwill as of June 1, 2009. As a result of that goodwill impairment evaluation, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $235.0 million in the second quarter of 2009. This charge was comprised of $207.0 million for our Corporate segment and $28.0 million for the CDW advanced services business. For financial reporting purposes, the CDW advanced services business is combined with Canada and shown as “Other.” We performed our annual evaluation of goodwill for 2009 as of December 1. Our Public segment, Canada and the CDW advanced services business reporting units passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 9%, 30%, and 35%, respectively) while our Corporate segment reporting unit did not pass the first step. Accordingly, we performed the second step of the goodwill evaluation for our Corporate segment reporting unit, the results of which did not require us to record an impairment charge as the implied fair value of goodwill of this reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of goodwill by 10%.

In addition to the goodwill evaluations noted above, we recorded an adjustment of $6.8 million to goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2009 to correct errors in accounting for certain trade credits for periods prior to the Acquisition and expensed the $6.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2009 as an impairment charge. See Note 6 to the Successor Audited Financial Statements for further information on our adjustment to correct the accounting for trade credits. The goodwill balances at December 31, 2009 for our Corporate, Public and Other segments were $1,223.0 million, $907.3 million and $77.1 million, respectively.

The total goodwill impairment charge of $1,712.0 million in 2008 was comprised of $1,359.0 million for our Corporate segment and $353.0 million for our Public segment, and was primarily the result of deteriorating macroeconomic conditions during the fourth quarter of 2008. See Note 6 to the Successor Audited Financial Statements for further information on goodwill and the related impairment charges. The goodwill balances at December 31, 2008 for our Corporate, Public and Other segments were $1,430.0 million, $907.3 million and $104.7 million, respectively.

 

60


Table of Contents

Loss from operations

The following table presents loss from operations by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in loss from operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009     Year Ended December 31, 2008        
     Dollars in
Millions
    Operating
Margin
Percentage
    Dollars in
Millions
    Operating
Margin
Percentage
    Percent
Change
 

Segments: (1)

          

Corporate

   $ (56.7   (1.5 )%    $ (1,104.2   (22.8 )%    94.9

Public

     150.7      5.0        (216.4   (7.5   169.6   

Other

     (23.2   (7.5     10.2      3.1      (328.2

Headquarters (2)

     (102.7   N/A        (76.7   N/A     (34.0
                                  

Total loss from operations

   $ (31.9   (0.4 )%    $ (1,387.1   (17.2 )%    97.7
                                  

Goodwill impairment included in loss from operations:

          

Corporate

   $ (212.4   (5.6 )%    $ (1,359.0   (28.0 )%    84.4

Public

     (1.1   —          (353.0   (12.2   99.7   

Other

     (28.3   (9.2     —        —        N/A  
                                  

Total goodwill impairment

   $ (241.8   (3.4 )%    $ (1,712.0   (21.2 )%    85.9
                                  

 

(1)

Segment loss from operations includes the segment’s direct operating income (loss) and allocations for Headquarters’ costs, allocations for logistics services, certain inventory adjustments and volume rebates and cooperative advertising from vendors.

(2)

Includes Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments.

The loss from operations was $31.9 million in 2009, compared to a loss of $1,387.1 million in 2008. The operating losses were due to the previously discussed goodwill impairment charges of $241.8 million in 2009 and $1,712.0 million in 2008. Excluding goodwill impairment charges, operating income decreased $115.0 million, or 35.4%, in 2009 compared to 2008. This decrease was driven by lower gross profit from lower margins on the 11.3% net sales decline for 2009 due to the economic slowdown, partially offset by reduced advertising costs and lower selling and administrative expenses as a result of our overall cost savings strategy.

Corporate segment loss from operations was $56.7 million in 2009, compared to $1,104.2 million in 2008. The operating losses were due to the goodwill impairment charges of $212.4 million in 2009 and $1,359.0 million in 2008. Excluding goodwill impairment charges, operating income decreased $99.1 million, or 38.9%, in 2009 compared to 2008. Our Corporate segment was most significantly impacted by the economic slowdown as ensuing competitive pricing pressures resulted in lower margins on the 21.3% net sales decline for 2009. This was partially offset by lower selling and administrative expenses, mainly payroll costs for our sales force that resulted from reduced commissions and lower other variable incentive compensation and a lower number of sales coworkers.

Public segment income from operations was $150.7 million in 2009, compared to a loss from operations of $216.4 million in 2008. Public segment goodwill impairment charges were $1.1 million in 2009 and $353.0 million in 2008. Excluding goodwill impairment charges, income from operations increased $15.2 million, or 11.2%, in 2009 compared to 2008. While pricing pressures and an increase in low margin large orders for our Public segment resulted in lower gross profit between years, this impact was largely offset by reduced selling and administrative expenses. Our Public segment income from operations benefited in 2009 from an increase of $15.3 million in income allocations from our logistics operations compared to 2008. This allocation was primarily based on our Public segment’s proportionate share of total net sales, which increased between years.

The loss from operations within our Other segment was $23.2 million in 2009, compared to income from operations of $10.2 million in 2008. The operating loss for 2009 was a result of the goodwill impairment charge of $28.3 million for the CDW advanced services business.

 

61


Table of Contents

The loss from operations for our Headquarters’ function of $102.7 million in 2009 was $26.0 million higher than the loss of $76.7 million in 2008. The incremental loss of $26.0 million in 2009 reflected an increase in costs of $5.0 million and lower intercompany allocations to the segments of $21.0 million compared to 2008. The $5.0 million cost increase in 2009 was primarily due to an increase of $9.9 million in consulting and advisory fees and expenses previously discussed and $5.3 million of higher occupancy expenses related to sales office expansion, partially offset by reductions in other areas as a result of cost savings actions.

Interest expense, net

At December 31, 2009, our outstanding long-term debt, excluding capital leases, totaled $4,620.4 million. Net interest expense in 2009 was $431.7 million, compared to $390.3 million in 2008. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to increasing interest rates under the Amended and Restated Bridge Loans. This increase was partially offset by lower interest rates under the senior secured revolving credit facility, which is based on LIBOR. For interest periods beginning prior to October 15, 2009, we had made all interest payments in cash. For the interest period from October 15, 2009 through April 14, 2010, we elected to defer interest payments on the $300.0 million principal amount of loans under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest, and to add the deferred interest to the principal balance so that the deferred interest, together with the principal, would be due at maturity of such loans. The principal amount on the loans, some of which have subsequently been exchanged for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes, will increase by approximately $17.0 million on April 15, 2010, and we will incur incremental interest expense of $10.7 million over the remaining term as a result.

Income tax benefit

The income tax benefit was $87.8 million in 2009 compared to $12.1 million in 2008. The effective income tax rate, expressed by calculating the income tax benefit as a percentage of loss before income taxes, was 19.0% in 2009. This rate differs from the rate of 0.7% in 2008 primarily due to the nondeductible nature of the goodwill impairment charges of $241.8 million and $1,712.0 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective income tax rate was also lower in 2008 due to adjustments to deferred state income taxes primarily to reflect a change in tax filing status of one of our subsidiaries and tax expense in certain jurisdictions where various subsidiaries were taxable.

Net loss

Net loss was $373.4 million in 2009, compared to $1,765.1 million in 2008. The year-over-year change was primarily due to the impairment charges discussed above.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $465.4 million in 2009, a decrease of $105.2 million, or 18.4%, from $570.6 million in 2008. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 6.5% in 2009, compared to 7.1% in 2008.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for 2009 and 2008 in the table below. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows, including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flows from operating activities.

 

62


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2009     2008  

Net loss

   $ (373.4   $ (1,765.1

Depreciation and amortization

     218.2        218.4   

Income tax benefit

     (87.8     (12.1

Interest expense, net

     431.7        390.3   
                

EBITDA

     188.7        (1,168.5
                

Adjustments:

    

Goodwill impairment

     241.8        1,712.0   

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     15.9        17.8   

Sponsor fee

     5.0        5.0   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     14.7        4.3   

Other adjustments (1)

     (0.7     —     
                

Total adjustments

     276.7        1,739.1   
                

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 465.4      $ 570.6   
                

 

(1)

Other adjustments include certain severance costs, and the gain related to the sale of the Informacast software and equipment in 2009.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007 (Aggregated)

The following table presents our results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008     Aggregated
Year Ended  December 31, 2007 (1)
 
     Dollars in
Millions
    Percentage of
Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
    Percentage of
Net Sales
 

Net sales

   $ 8,071.2      100.0   $ 8,144.5      100.0

Cost of sales

     6,710.2      83.1        6,826.6      83.8   
                            

Gross profit

     1,361.0      16.9        1,317.9      16.2   

Selling and administrative expenses

     894.8      11.1        877.8      10.8   

Advertising expense

     141.3      1.8        124.3      1.5   

Goodwill impairment

     1,712.0      21.2        —        —     
                            

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,387.1   (17.2     315.8      3.9   

Interest expense, net

     (390.3   (4.8     (87.8   (1.1

Other income (expense), net

     0.2      —          (0.4   —     
                            

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (1,777.2   (22.0     227.6      2.8   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     12.1      0.1        (93.6   (1.1
                            

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,765.1   (21.9 )%    $ 134.0      1.7
                            

 

(1)

Our aggregated results for the year ended December 31, 2007 represent the addition of the Predecessor period from January 1, 2007 through October 11, 2007 and the Successor period from October 12, 2007 through December 31, 2007. This aggregation does not comply with GAAP or with the rules for pro forma presentation, but is presented because we believe it provides a more meaningful and relevant comparison of our results.

 

63


Table of Contents

Net sales

The following table presents our net sales by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of total net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008     Aggregated
Year Ended  December 31, 2007
       
     Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage of
Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage of
Net Sales
    Percent
Change (1)
 

Corporate

   $ 4,852.2    60.1   $ 5,191.5    63.8   (6.5 )% 

Public

     2,894.7    35.9        2,674.1    32.8      8.2   

Other

     324.3    4.0        278.9    3.4      16.3   
                                

Total net sales

   $ 8,071.2    100.0   $ 8,144.5    100.0   (0.9 )% 
                                

 

(1)

There were 255 selling days in 2008, compared to 254 selling days in 2007. On an average daily basis, total net sales decreased 1.3%.

The following table presents our net sales by customer channel for our Corporate and Public segments and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Years Ended December 31,             

(in millions)

   2008    Aggregated
2007
   Dollar
Change
    Percent
Change
 

Corporate:

          

Medium / Large

   $ 3,898.6    $ 4,164.5    $ (265.9   (6.4 )% 

Small Business

     953.6      1,027.0      (73.4   (7.1
                            

Total Corporate

   $ 4,852.2    $ 5,191.5    $ (339.3   (6.5 )% 
                            

Public:

          

Government

   $ 1,114.7    $ 1,030.8    $ 83.9      8.1

Education

     1,034.7      966.5      68.2      7.1   

Healthcare

     745.3      676.8      68.5      10.1   
                            

Total Public

   $ 2,894.7    $ 2,674.1    $ 220.6      8.2
                            

Total net sales in 2008 decreased $73.3 million, or 0.9%, to $8,071.2 million, compared to $8,144.5 million in 2007. There were 255 selling days in 2008, compared to 254 selling days in 2007. On an average daily basis, total net sales decreased 1.3%. The decline in total net sales was largely the result of soft demand within our Corporate segment due to the general economic conditions that existed in the United States.

Corporate segment net sales in 2008 decreased $339.3 million, or 6.5%, compared to 2007. Within our Corporate segment, net sales to our medium / large customers decreased 6.4% between years, while net sales to small business customers decreased 7.1%. The decline in Corporate segment net sales was the result of weakening customer demand as hardware sales in particular succumbed to a widespread recession beginning in late 2008. Public segment net sales in 2008 increased $220.6 million, or 8.2%, compared to 2007 driven by net sales growth in all of our Public segment customer channels.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $43.2 million, or 3.3%, to $1,361.0 million in 2008, compared to $1,317.9 million in 2007. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 16.9% in 2008, compared to 16.2% in 2007. The gross profit margin was positively impacted by the mix of products and services sold during 2008, which included increases in net service contract revenue and commission revenue. In addition, slightly higher amounts of cooperative advertising funds were classified as a reduction of cost of sales.

 

64


Table of Contents

Selling and administrative expenses

Selling and administrative expenses increased $17.0 million, or 1.9%, to $894.8 million in 2008, compared to $877.8 million in 2007 as a result of several factors, including the impact of the Acquisition. We incurred incremental amortization expense of $128.3 million for 2008 compared to 2007 related to intangible assets recorded as a result of the Acquisition. In addition, payroll costs increased $26.5 million from 2007 to 2008, primarily as a result of the continued investment in our sales force. Our sales force increased to 3,593 coworkers at December 31, 2008, compared to 3,172 coworkers at December 31, 2007. Other coworker-related costs, including health care and profit sharing/401(k) costs, increased $5.5 million from 2007 to 2008, primarily reflecting the increase in the number of coworkers we added to our sales force between years. Occupancy costs, including rent and depreciation expense, increased $14.1 million from 2007 to 2008, of which $9.8 million related to incremental depreciation expense as a result of the Acquisition step-up in the recorded value of fixed assets. Bad debt expense and sponsor fees increased $4.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively, from 2007 to 2008. The impact of these increases for 2008 was partially offset by $171.1 million of expenses incurred in 2007 related to the Acquisition that did not recur in 2008. These expenses included $55.4 million related to establishing the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, $17.4 million of contributions expense related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, $25.3 million of acquisition-related share-based compensation expense, and $73.0 million of other acquisition-related costs, which included financial advisory fees, professional fees and certain coworker-related costs.

Advertising expense

Advertising expense increased $17.1 million, or 13.8%, to $141.3 million in 2008, compared to $124.3 million in 2007. As a percentage of net sales, advertising expense increased to 1.8%, compared to 1.5% in 2007. This increase was primarily due to additional national advertising and sponsorships.

Goodwill impairment

We performed our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill as of October 1, 2008, which was within one year of the date of the Acquisition. Both our Corporate and Public segments failed the first step of the evaluation, and accordingly, we performed the second step to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment. Due to rapidly deteriorating macroeconomic conditions in the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined that a triggering event had occurred as of December 31, 2008 that required us to update our initial test. Accordingly, we recorded a total goodwill impairment charge of $1,712.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. This charge was comprised of $1,359.0 million for our Corporate segment and $353.0 million for our Public segment. See Note 6 to the Successor Audited Financial Statements for further information on goodwill. The goodwill balances at December 31, 2008 for our Corporate, Public and Other segments were $1,430.0 million, $907.3 million and $104.7 million, respectively. The goodwill balances at December 31, 2007 for our Corporate, Public and Other segments were $2,797.8 million, $1,263.2 million and $111.8 million, respectively.

 

65


Table of Contents

(Loss) income from operations

The following table presents (loss) income from operations by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in (loss) income from operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008     Aggregated
Year Ended  December 31, 2007
       
     Dollars in
Millions
    Operating
Margin
Percentage
    Dollars in
Millions
    Operating
Margin
Percentage
    Percent
Change
 

Segments: (1)

          

Corporate

   $ (1,104.2   (22.8 )%    $ 386.6      7.4   (385.6 )% 

Public

     (216.4   (7.5     141.3      5.3      (253.1

Other

     10.2      3.1        2.3      0.8      347.8   

Headquarters (2)

     (76.7   N/A        (214.4   N/A      64.2   
                                  

Total (loss) income from operations

   $ (1,387.1   (17.2 )%    $ 315.8      3.9   (539.3 )% 
                                  

Goodwill impairment included in loss from operations:

          

Corporate

   $ (1,359.0   (28.0 )%    $ —        —     N/A   

Public

     (353.0   (12.2     —        —        N/A   

Other

     —        —          —        —        N/A   
                                  

Total goodwill impairment

   $ (1,712.0   (21.2 )%    $ —        —     N/A   
                                  

 

(1)

Segment (loss) income from operations includes the segment’s direct operating income (loss) and allocations for Headquarters’ costs, allocations for logistics services, certain inventory adjustments and volume rebates and cooperative advertising from vendors.

(2)

Includes Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments.

The loss from operations was $1,387.1 million in 2008, compared to income from operations of $315.8 million in 2007. The operating loss in 2008 was due to the previously discussed goodwill impairment charge of $1,712.0 million. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating income increased $9.1 million, or 2.9%, from 2007 to 2008. While net sales decreased 0.9%, a higher gross profit margin based on a favorable mix of products and services sold resulted in an increase in gross profit from 2007 to 2008. The increase in gross profit was partially offset by increased advertising expense and slightly higher selling and administrative expenses.

Corporate segment loss from operations was $1,104.2 million in 2008, compared to income from operations of $386.6 million in 2007. The operating loss in 2008 was due to the goodwill impairment charge of $1,359.0 million. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating income decreased $131.8 million, or 34.1%, from 2007 to 2008. This decrease was primarily due to incremental amortization expense of $67.6 million in 2008 related to the customer relationships intangible asset recorded as a result of the Acquisition. Other factors contributing to the decrease in operating income were a decrease in gross profit, as higher margins did not offset the 6.5% net sales decline, and an increase in payroll costs as a result of the investment in our sales force.

Public segment loss from operations was $216.4 million in 2008, compared to income from operations of $141.3 million in 2007. The operating loss in 2008 was due to the goodwill impairment charge of $353.0 million. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, income from operations decreased $4.8 million, or 3.4%, from 2007 to 2008. Our Public segment incurred incremental amortization expense of $37.7 million in 2008 related to the customer relationships intangible asset recorded as a result of the Acquisition, and higher payroll costs, resulting from higher sales commissions and the investment in our sales force. Offsetting the majority of these cost increases was higher gross profit driven by the 8.2% increase in net sales and improved margins related to product mix.

The loss from operations for our Headquarters’ function was $76.7 million in 2008, compared to a loss from operations of $214.4 million in 2007. Included in the 2007 operating loss was $171.1 million of expenses related to the Acquisition that did not recur in 2008. In addition, included in the loss from operations in 2008 was higher depreciation and amortization expense of $24.5 million related to the step-up in fixed assets and intangible assets recorded as a result of the Acquisition.

 

66


Table of Contents

Interest expense, net

At December 31, 2008, our outstanding long-term debt, excluding capital leases, totaled $4,631.4 million. Net interest expense in 2008 was $390.3 million, compared to $87.8 million in 2007, as the debt obligations were not incurred until the date of the Acquisition. We had the option to defer interest payments on the $300.0 million principal amount of our loans under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest and to add the deferred interest to the principal balance so that the deferred interest, together with the principal, would be due at maturity of such loans. During 2008, we chose to pay all interest in cash.

Income tax benefit (expense)

The income tax benefit was $12.1 million in 2008 compared to income tax expense of $93.6 million in 2007. The effective income tax rate, expressed as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes, was 0.7% in 2008. This rate differs from the rate of 41.1% in 2007 primarily as a result of the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2008.

Net income (loss)

Net loss was $1,765.1 million in 2008, compared to net income of $134.0 million in 2007. This change was primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge in 2008 and the impact of the Acquisition which resulted in an increase in depreciation and amortization expense and higher net interest expense as described above.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $570.6 million for 2008, a decrease of $11.3 million, or 1.9%, from $581.9 million for 2007. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 7.1% for both years.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for 2008 and 2007 in the table below. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA also provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows, including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flows from operating activities.

 

67


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,

(in millions)

   2008     2007 Aggregated

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,765.1   $ 134.0

Depreciation and amortization

     218.4        80.0

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (12.1     93.6

Interest expense, net

     390.3        87.8
              

EBITDA

     (1,168.5     395.4
              

Adjustments:

    

Goodwill impairment

     1,712.0        —  

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     17.8        11.7

Sponsor fee

     5.0        2.0

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     4.3        —  

Acquisition-related costs (1)

     —          171.1

Other adjustments (2)

     —          1.7
              

Total adjustments

     1,739.1        186.5
              

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 570.6      $ 581.9
              

 

(1)

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $25.3 million related to the Acquisition is included in Acquisition-related costs in 2007 Aggregated.

(2)

Other adjustments include payroll taxes on share-based compensation.

Seasonality

While we have not historically experienced significant seasonality throughout the year, sales in our Corporate segment, which primarily serves business customers, are typically higher in the fourth quarter than in other quarters due to customers spending their remaining technology budget dollars at the end of the year. Additionally, sales in our Public segment have historically been higher in the third quarter than in other quarters primarily due to the buying patterns of the federal government.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We finance our operations and capital expenditures through a combination of internally generated cash from operations and from borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility. We believe that our current sources of funds will be sufficient to fund our cash operating requirements for the next year. In addition, we believe that, in spite of the uncertainty of future macroeconomic conditions, we have adequate sources of liquidity and funding available to meet our longer-term needs. However, there are a number of factors that may negatively impact our available sources of funds. The amount of cash generated from operations will be dependent upon factors such as the successful execution of our business plan and general economic conditions.

 

68


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were as follows:

 

       Successor     Predecessor
       Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
    Period from
October 12,
2007 to
December 31,
    Period from
January 1,
2007 to
October 11,
2007

(in millions)

   2010     2009     2009     2008     2007    

Net cash provided by (used in):

            

Operating activities

   $ 260.3      $ 299.4      $ 98.5      $ 174.2      $ (171.2   $ 213.5

Investing activities

     (55.8     (25.3     (82.6     (60.3     (6,399.6     200.0

Financing activities

     (266.2     (4.7     (22.8     (34.6     6,586.5        101.2

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (0.2     0.2        0.5        (0.5     (0.1     1.5
                                              

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (61.9   $ 269.6      $ (6.4   $ 78.8      $ 15.6      $ 516.2
                                              

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 decreased $39.1 million compared to the same period for the prior year. This reduction was driven primarily by changes in our investment in working capital between periods. For the first six months of 2010, the reduction in net working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents, was $166.1 million compared to a reduction in working capital of $248.3 million for the first six months of 2009. Our investment in working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents, was higher at June 30, 2010 compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable based on an increase of 28.5% in net sales for the first six months of 2010 compared to the same period of 2009, and an increase in days sales outstanding primarily within our Public segment. Partially offsetting this was an increase in accounts payable as of June 30, 2010 which reflected the build up to a normalized level of accounts payable following our taking advantage of early pay discounts as of the prior year end. Accounts payable also increased more significantly in the first six months of 2010 compared to the same period of the prior year to support the growth of the business and increased inventory levels. Net income as adjusted for non-cash items also increased $43.1 million between periods given the improved operating performance in 2010.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2009 decreased $75.8 million compared to 2008. This decrease was the result of a $75.7 million decrease between years in net income as adjusted for non-cash items, as the 11.3% decline in net sales for 2009 led to lower earnings in 2009 compared to 2008. The impact of our investment in working capital on cash was essentially flat between years; however, there were significant changes in the relative levels of certain components. Accounts receivable increased $131.3 million during 2009 which reflected the fourth quarter 2009 increase in net sales of 1.7% between periods and an increase in days sales outstanding primarily for our Public segment. Accounts receivable decreased $116.7 million during 2008 primarily due to a fourth quarter 2008 decline in net sales of 9.4% between periods, reflecting the slowdown in the economy. Inventory levels similarly increased slightly during 2009 to support year-end sales growth and decreased $78.6 million during 2008 in response to the economic slowdown. Partially offsetting these factors were changes in accounts payable. Accounts payable increased $67.4 million during 2009 primarily as a result of lower early pay discounts taken than as of the previous year end. Accounts payable decreased $199.1 million during 2008 in response to lower inventory levels as sales declined and payments made to take advantage of incremental early pay discounts.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 11, 2007 (“Predecessor 2007”) was $213.5 million. Net income as adjusted for non-cash items contributed $139.8 million to cash and changes in net working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents, contributed $73.7 million to cash. Accounts receivable increased in Predecessor 2007 as a result of increased net sales during the period. A higher inventory balance was required to support this growth and contributed to the increase in accounts payable. The increase in accrued expenses was primarily due to liabilities recorded during the Predecessor 2007 period for Acquisition-related payments under the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II. Net cash used in operating activities for the period from October 12, 2007 through December 31, 2007 (“Successor 2007”) was $171.2 million. Net income as

 

69


Table of Contents

adjusted for non-cash items contributed $11.1 million to cash and changes in working capital reduced cash by $182.3 million. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of payments. The decrease in accrued expenses was driven by Acquisition-related payments primarily related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II and the payment of payroll taxes upon settlement of outstanding stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants.

In order to manage our working capital and operating cash needs, we monitor our cash conversion cycle, defined as days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory, less days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable. The following table presents the components of our cash conversion cycle (in days):

 

     June 30,
2010
    June 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Days of sales outstanding (DSO) (1)

   43      40      46      44   

Days of supply in inventory (DIO) (2)

   14      15      15      15   

Days of purchases outstanding (DPO) (3)

   (25   (24   (20   (20
                        

Cash conversion cycle

   32      31      41      39   
                        

 

(1)

Represents the rolling three month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable, net at the end of the period divided by average daily net sales. Also incorporates components of other miscellaneous receivables.

(2)

Represents the rolling three month average of the balance of inventory at the end of the period divided by average daily cost of goods sold.

(3)

Represents the rolling three month average of the balance of accounts payable, excluding cash overdrafts, at the end of the period divided by average daily cost of goods sold.

The Successor 2007 and Predecessor 2007 periods have been excluded from the table above, as these statistics are not meaningful due to the impact of the Acquisition.

The cash conversion cycle increased to 32 days at June 30, 2010 compared to 31 days at June 30, 2009. A three-day increase in DSO was primarily driven by higher federal government sales within the Public segment. This increase was partially offset by a one-day decrease in DIO and a one-day increase in DPO.

The cash conversion cycle increased from 39 days at December 31, 2008 to 41 days at December 31, 2009. The two-day increase was a result of an increase in DSO from 44 days to 46 days at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This increase in DSO was also primarily driven by higher federal government sales within the Public segment.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased $30.5 million compared to the same period of the prior year. This was primarily due to an increase of $17.2 million in cash payments under our interest rate swap agreements in the first six months of 2010, as a result of increases in the spread between the variable rate of the underlying debt and the fixed rate of the swap agreements. Capital expenditures were $10.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, primarily for improvements to our information technology systems during both periods. We made premium payments totaling $5.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010 for four forward-starting interest rate cap agreements. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we received cash proceeds of $5.2 million from the sale of the Informacast assets as discussed in Note 11 to the Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2009 increased $22.3 million compared to 2008. An increase of $53.0 million in cash payments under our interest rate swap agreements in 2009 was partially offset by lower capital expenditures of $25.5 million in 2009 compared to 2008. The increase in cash payments under the swap agreements was primarily due to increases in the spread between the variable rate of the underlying debt and the fixed rate of the swap agreements. Capital expenditures were lower in 2009 as part of the overall focus on cost containment during 2009.

 

70


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by investing activities was $200.0 million for Predecessor 2007, reflecting net proceeds of $243.4 from redemptions and sales of marketable securities in connection with the Acquisition, partially offset by capital expenditures of $38.7 million and a final working capital adjustment payment of $4.7 million in early 2007 related to our acquisition of Berbee Information Networks Corporation in 2006. Net cash used in investing activities was $6,399.6 million for Successor 2007, representing funds used in the Acquisition of $6,391.6 million and capital expenditures of $8.0 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities increased $261.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period of 2009. This change was primarily due to net repayments of $236.3 million that reduced our outstanding balance under our senior secured revolving credit facility. In the same period of 2009, we did not make any repayments under that facility.

Net cash used in financing activities decreased $11.8 million for 2009 compared to 2008. We repaid $11.0 million under our senior secured term loan facility in 2009, compared to net debt proceeds of $13.9 million from borrowings in 2008. In addition, we paid $11.3 million of deferred financing costs related to the amendment of our senior secured term loan facility in 2009, compared to $45.5 million of costs paid in 2008 in connection with the conversion of the Bridge Loans into extended loans.

Net cash provided by financing activities for Predecessor 2007 was $101.2 million, consisting of $43.7 million of proceeds from issuance of common stock and $73.6 million of gross excess tax benefits related to the Predecessor equity-based compensation plans. Partially offsetting these amounts was $16.1 million used in early 2007 to purchase shares of Predecessor common stock. Net cash provided by financing activities for Successor 2007 was $6,586.5 million, primarily related to debt and equity funding of the Acquisition. To fund the Acquisition, we received $2,071.7 million in invested cash from CDW Holdings and obtained $4,640.0 million in proceeds from our debt arrangements, partially offset by the payment of $102.7 million in deferred financing costs. Subsequent to the Acquisition, we made net repayments of $22.5 million under our senior secured revolving credit facility during the remainder of Successor 2007.

Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements

Long-term debt, excluding capital leases, was as follows:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Senior secured revolving credit facility

   $ 255.1      $ 491.4      $ 491.4   

Senior secured term loan facility

     2,178.0        2,189.0        2,200.0   

Senior Bridge Loans, Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes

     1,207.0        1,190.0        1,190.0   

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes

     721.5        750.0        750.0   

Total long-term debt

     4,361.6        4,620.4        4,631.4   

Less current maturities of long-term debt

     (22.0     (22.0     (15.2
                        

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

   $ 4,339.6      $ 4,598.4      $ 4,616.2   
                        

As of June 30, 2010, we were in compliance with the covenants under our Senior Credit Facilities, which are described below.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

At June 30, 2010, we had an $800.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility available for borrowings and issuance of letters of credit of which we had outstanding borrowings of $255.1 million (at an effective weighted-average interest rate of approximately 1.51% per annum) and $43.4 million of undrawn letters of credit.

 

71


Table of Contents

Borrowings under this facility bear interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin. The variable interest rate is based on one of two indices, either (i) LIBOR, or (ii) the Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) with the ABR being the greater of (a) the prime rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points. The applicable margin varies (1.00% to 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.00% to 0.75% for ABR borrowings) depending upon our average daily excess cash availability under the agreement. The senior secured revolving credit facility matures on October 12, 2012. Availability under this facility is limited to the lesser of the revolving commitment of $800.0 million or the amount of the borrowing base. The borrowing base is based upon a formula involving certain percentages of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable owned by us. At June 30, 2010, the borrowing base was $904.8 million as supported by eligible inventory and accounts receivable balances as of May 31, 2010. One of the lenders under this facility has failed to fund its pro rata share of several outstanding loan advances under this facility since 2008. As a result, actual availability under this facility is $38.3 million less than it would otherwise be if the defaulting lender was honoring its commitments under this facility. Assuming non-funding by the defaulting lender, we could borrow up to an additional $463.2 million under this facility as of June 30, 2010.

All obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings under this facility are collateralized by a first priority interest in inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the trade financing agreements as described in Note 3 to the Unaudited Interim Financial Statements), deposits, and accounts receivable, and a second priority interest in substantially all other assets. The senior secured revolving credit facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on our ability and that of our subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. This facility also includes maintenance of a minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement. Should we fall below the minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement for ten consecutive business days, we become subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio until such time as the daily excess cash availability requirement is met for 30 consecutive business days.

Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

At June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of our amended and restated senior secured term loan facility was $2,178.0 million. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility matures on October 10, 2014. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at either (a) the ABR plus a rate spread or (b) LIBOR plus a rate spread. The applicable rate spread varies (2.50% to 3.00% for ABR borrowings and 3.50% to 4.00% for LIBOR borrowings) based on our senior secured leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement evidencing this facility.

The effective weighted-average interest rate, without giving effect to the interest rate swap agreements (see Note 6 to the Unaudited Interim Financial Statements), on the principal amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2010 was 4.41% per annum, with an effective weighted-average interest rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 of 4.18% per annum. The effective weighted-average interest rate, including the effect of the interest rate swap agreements, on the principal amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2010 was 7.79% per annum, with an effective weighted-average interest rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 of 7.64% per annum.

We started making required quarterly principal payments on the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility in the amount of $5.5 million, beginning in September 2009, with the remainder due upon maturity. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility provides, in addition to such required repayment, for the mandatory prepayment of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including a prepayment in an amount equal to 50% of our excess cash flow (as defined in the governing agreement) for the year then ended. Excess cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, plus items such as reductions in working capital, less items such as increases in working capital, certain taxes paid in cash, interest that will be paid in cash, capital expenditures and repayment of long-term indebtedness. Any such payments are applied against the remaining scheduled principal payment installments. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we made a mandatory prepayment based on excess cash flows of $4.5 million in March 2009. The payment reduced the September 30, 2009 scheduled quarterly principal payment to $1.0 million. We had no prepayment obligation based on excess cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009.

All obligations under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility is collateralized by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory (excluding

 

72


Table of Contents

inventory collateralized under the trade financing agreements as described in Note 3 to the Unaudited Interim Financial Statements), deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on our ability and that of our subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility also includes a senior secured leverage ratio requirement. The senior secured leverage ratio is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis and is defined as the ratio of senior secured debt (including amounts owed under trade financing agreements and capital leases) less cash and cash equivalents, to trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA. Compliance may be determined after giving effect to a designated equity contribution to us to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA.

On November 4, 2009, we amended certain terms with respect to the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. As part of this amendment, the senior secured leverage ratio that is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis was revised as follows:

 

     Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio

Not to Exceed

Four Quarters Ending

   Previous    Amended

December 31, 2009

   6.75    7.25

March 31, 2010

   5.75    7.75

June 30, 2010

   5.75    7.75

September 30, 2010

   5.75    7.75

December 31, 2010

   5.75    8.00

March 31, 2011

   4.75    7.50

June 30, 2011

   4.75    7.50

September 30, 2011

   4.75    7.50

December 31, 2011

   4.75    7.25

March 31, 2012

   3.75    7.00

June 30, 2012

   3.75    7.00

September 30, 2012

   3.75    6.75

December 31, 2012

   3.75    6.75

March 31, 2013

   3.75    6.50

June 30, 2013

   3.75    6.50

September 30, 2013

   3.75    6.00

December 31, 2013

   3.75    5.75

March 31, 2014 and

each fiscal quarter thereafter

   3.75    5.50

For the four quarters ending June 30, 2010, the senior secured leverage ratio was 4.62.

Also, as part of this amendment, the applicable interest rate spread on principal amounts increased by 100 basis points. As such and as noted above, the spread varies from 2.50% to 3.00% for ABR borrowings and from 3.50% to 4.00% for LIBOR borrowings, based on our senior secured leverage ratio.

Certain other terms were also amended, including the placement of additional restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness and the addition of a requirement that we maintain an interest rate hedge to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility through maturity, subject to certain limitations. With the interest rate swap agreements currently in effect as

 

73


Table of Contents

described in Note 6 to the Unaudited Interim Financial Statements, we will be in compliance with this requirement through January 14, 2011. In April 2010, we entered into four forward-starting interest rate cap agreements with a combined notional amount of $1,100.0 million, which will extend the compliance with this requirement through January 14, 2013.

We incurred total fees and expenses of approximately $12.2 million in connection with this amendment. Of this amount, $11.3 million was capitalized as deferred financing costs and is being amortized over the remaining term of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility.

We evaluated this amendment and determined that the existing debt was not considered extinguished under GAAP and no gain or loss was recognized in connection with the modification.

Amended and Restated Bridge Loans and Notes Outstanding Under our Indentures

As of June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of our senior unsecured debt was $1,207.0 million, including $725.3 million principal amount under our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and $481.7 million principal amount in Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes. Our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and Senior Indenture have a maturity date of October 12, 2015. We are required to pay cash interest on $890.0 million of the outstanding principal amount of our Senior Cash Pay Loans and the Outstanding Senior Notes which have been or could be exchanged and can elect to pay cash or PIK Interest on $317.0 million of the outstanding principal amount of our Senior PIK Election Loans and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes which they have been or could be exchanged (the “PIK Election Debt”). For PIK Election Debt, we may elect for any interest period prior to the interest period beginning on October 15, 2011 to either (i) pay the interest on amounts outstanding in cash, (ii) pay the interest in PIK Interest, or (iii) pay 50% of the interest in cash and 50% as PIK Interest. Elections are due not less than 30 days prior to the start of the interest period and the method of payment for the prior period will apply if no election is filed.

For all interest periods beginning prior to October 15, 2009, we had elected to pay interest on all PIK Election Debt in cash. We made a PIK election with respect to these loans for the interest period from October 15, 2009 through April 14, 2010. The principal amount on the PIK Election Debt increased by approximately $17.0 million on April 15, 2010 and we will incur incremental interest expense of $10.7 million over the remaining term as a result.

In March 2010, we made an election to pay interest in cash on all PIK Election Debt outstanding during the interest period from April 15, 2010 through October 14, 2010.

As of June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of our senior subordinated debt was $721.5 million, including $225.0 million principal amount under our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and $496.5 million principal amount of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. Our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and Senior Subordinated Indenture have a maturity date of October 12, 2017. On March 10, 2010, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries purchased $28.5 million of principal amount of loans outstanding under our Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement for a purchase price of $18.6 million. Since this transaction involved two members of the same consolidated group, our consolidated financial statements reflect the accounting for the transaction as if CDW LLC had acquired its own debt. As such, for purposes of financial reporting in our consolidated financial statements, this debt is accounted for as if extinguished, and we recorded a gain of $9.2 million on the extinguishment in our consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2010. The gain represents the difference between the purchase price, including expenses paid to the debt holders and agent, and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs. We also recorded an adjustment of $0.7 million to interest expense to reduce the long-term accrued interest liability, representing the difference between interest expense previously recognized on the extinguished debt under the effective interest method and actual interest paid. In May 2010, our wholly owned subsidiary exchanged the $28.5 million in principal amount of such loan that it held for Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes and subsequently surrendered those notes to the trustee for cancellation.

 

74


Table of Contents

The senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt bear interest on the principal balances outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the per annum LIBOR and applicable margin in effect prior to the conversion to extended loans (which occurred on October 10, 2008) plus (2) the conversion spread plus (3) the PIK margin of 75 basis points applicable to PIK Election Debt during interest periods in which an election to pay PIK Interest is made.

The conversion spread increases 50 basis points every three months until the maximum interest rate is reached on July 10, 2010.

 

     Senior Cash
Pay Loans /
Outstanding
Senior Notes
    PIK Election
Debt
    Senior
Subordinated
Debt
 

Maturity

     10/12/2015        10/12/2015        10/12/2017   

Outstanding principal (in millions)

   $ 890.0      $ 317.0      $ 721.5   

Extended loan interest rate (per annum)

     2.78813     2.78813     2.78813

Applicable margin (in basis points)

     462.5        500.0        600.0   

Conversion spread (in basis points)

     350        350        350   

Interest rate in effect at June 30, 2010 (per annum)

     10.91313     11.28813     12.28813

Maximum interest rate (per annum) (1)

     11.0     11.5 % (2)      12.535

 

(1)

Effective July 10, 2010.

(2)

Does not include the PIK margin of 75 basis points applicable during interest periods in which an election to pay PIK Interest is made.

Obligations under the senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor under our Senior Credit Facilities. The senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt contain negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on our ability and that of our subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt do not contain any financial covenants.

Outstanding Notes

As required by our Amended and Restated Bridge Loans, we entered into a Senior Exchange Note Indenture and a Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture in October 2008. Under the terms of our Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements and the Indentures, holders of our loans may exchange those loans for notes under the applicable Indentures by providing us with ten business days’ notice. The lenders can choose either increasing rate notes or fixed rate notes. The interest rate associated with increasing rate notes continues to increase up to the caps in the same manner as it does for the loans. The interest rate for the fixed rate notes is fixed at the rate then applicable to the corresponding loan at the time of exchange. The fixed rate notes have certain call protection features which are not provided for the increasing rate notes. Holders of increasing rate notes may subsequently convert into fixed rate notes. As of June 30, 2010, we had received requests for and issued $344.3 million principal amount of Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes, $137.4 million principal amount of Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes and $525.0 million principal amount of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes ($28.5 million of which have been surrendered to the trustee for cancellation by one of our wholly owned subsidiaries). As of June 30, 2010, we had not issued any fixed rate notes.

As of August 16, 2010, we have received requests for and issued or will soon issue $885.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes, $317.0 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes and $525.0 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes ($28.5 million of which have been surrendered to the trustee for cancellation by one of our wholly owned subsidiaries).

 

75


Table of Contents

Under the Senior Registration Rights Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, each dated as of October 10, 2008, we are obligated to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) within 180 days of the initial issuance of the notes, registering the offer to exchange the outstanding notes for freely tradable exchange notes having substantially equivalent terms. After this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC, we will make the exchange offers to all holders of loans who have exchanged their loans for outstanding notes. We are not required and do not intend to conduct any other registered exchange offers for the outstanding notes, so holders who do not participate in the exchange offers will not generally be entitled to any further registration rights, and therefore will not be permitted to transfer their outstanding notes absent an available exemption from registration.

Trade Financing Arrangements

We have entered into security agreements with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions. At June 30, 2010, the agreements allowed for a maximum credit line of $134.5 million collateralized by the inventory purchases financed by the financial institutions and certain other assets. We do not incur any interest expense associated with these agreements, as we pay the balances when they are due. At June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, we owed the financial institutions $123.5 million, $25.0 million, and $34.1 million respectively, which is included in trade accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheets.

Contractual Obligations

We have future obligations under various contracts relating to debt and interest payments, capital and operating leases, and asset retirement obligations. The following table presents our estimated future payments under contractual obligations that existed as of December 31, 2009, based on undiscounted amounts.

 

(in millions)

   Payments Due by Period
   Total    < 1 year    1-3 years    4-5 years    > 5 years

Senior secured revolving credit facility (1)

   $ 491.4    $ —      $ 491.4    $ —      $ —  

Senior secured term loan facility (2)

     2,709.0      193.9      231.6      2,283.5      —  

Senior unsecured debt (3)

     1,991.8      119.8      268.7      268.7      1,334.6

Senior subordinated debt (3)

     1,498.6      95.3      188.0      188.0      1,027.3

Operating leases (4)

     134.9      19.2      28.7      27.0      60.0

Capital leases (5)

     1.7      0.7      1.0      —        —  

Asset retirement obligations (6)

     1.1      0.1      0.5      —        0.5
                                  

Total (7)

   $ 6,828.5    $ 429.0    $ 1,209.9    $ 2,767.2    $ 2,422.4
                                  

 

(1)

Includes only principal payments. Excludes interest payments and fees related to the revolving credit facility because of variability with respect to the timing of advances and repayments.

(2)

Includes future cash interest payments on long-term borrowings through scheduled maturity dates. Also includes the impact of interest rate swaps that convert $2,200.0 million of the variable rate debt to fixed rates. The swaps terminate on January 14, 2011. Interest payments for the variable rate debt and the associated interest rate swaps were calculated using interest rates as of December 31, 2009. Excluded from these amounts are the amortization of debt issuance and other costs related to indebtedness.

(3)

Includes future cash interest payments on long-term borrowings through scheduled maturity dates. Interest on our senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt is estimated using the stated interest rate, which increases 50 basis points every three months until the maximum interest rate is reached in July 2010. Excluded from these amounts are the amortization of debt issuance and other costs related to indebtedness.

(4)

Includes the minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases for properties and equipment used in our operations.

(5)

Includes both principal and interest components of future minimum capital lease payments.

 

76


Table of Contents
(6)

Represent commitments to return property subject to operating leases to original condition upon lease termination.

(7)

Excludes $8.0 million of reserves related to uncertain tax positions as the timing of such cash payments, if any, is uncertain.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.

Outlook for Remainder of 2010

Our net sales increased 28.5% for the first six months of 2010, compared to the first six months of 2009. We expect to experience a year-over-year net sales increase in the high teens for the full year 2010 when compared to 2009, with higher relative percentage increases occurring in the first half of the year. Adjusted EBITDA increased 39.3% for the first six months of 2010, compared to the first six months of 2009. Adjusted EBITDA margin, expressed by calculating Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales, was 7.0% for the first six months of 2010, compared to 6.5% for the same period of 2009. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the full year 2010 is expected to be slightly higher when compared to the full year 2009 Adjusted EBITDA margin of 6.5%, as we continue to manage selling and administrative expenses while making select investments to drive future growth. Capital expenditures for the first six months of 2010 were $10.5 million, primarily for improvements to our information technology systems. We expect capital expenditures for the full year 2010 to total approximately $40.0 million.

Contingencies

We are party to legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, including various pending litigation matters. We are also subject to audits by federal, state and local authorities, by various customers, including government agencies, relating to sales under certain contracts and by vendors. In addition, from time to time, certain of our customers file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the United States bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by us could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

We do not believe that any current audit or pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Litigation and audits, however, involve uncertainties and it is possible that the eventual outcome of litigation or audits could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations for a particular period.

Under the terms of our Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans, upon the request of investment banks affiliated with the original lenders under the Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements (a “securities request”), we were obligated, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, to publicly or privately issue long-term debt securities prior to October 10, 2008 (the date upon which the Amended and Restated Bridge Loans converted into extended loans) to refinance our outstanding bridge debt. The banks issued a securities request to us on April 18, 2008 and stated that they believed all conditions to the issuance of a securities request had been satisfied. However, we did not believe that all of the conditions to the issuance of a securities request had been satisfied and, accordingly, did not proceed with the issuance of long-term debt securities. The banks also requested in their securities request that if we did not issue the long-term debt securities, then interest accrue, beginning on April 18, 2008, on both of our then outstanding Senior Bridge Loans and Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans at the same interest rates that would have been applicable to the debt securities contemplated by the securities request. The amount of such additional interest from April 18, 2008 through July 10, 2010 (the date upon which the interest rate would reach the maximum under the agreements) would be approximately $93.0 million. We would have been entitled to a rebate of approximately $12.4 million of certain fees paid under the Amended and Restated Bridge Loans had we proceeded with the issuance of long-term debt securities on April 18, 2008. While the outcome of this matter is uncertain, we do not believe that we were required to issue any long-term debt securities in 2008. We, therefore, do not believe that we owe any additional amounts and have not accrued any amounts with respect thereto as of June 30, 2010.

 

77


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

In Note 1 to the Successor Audited Financial Statements, we include a discussion of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We believe the following are the most critical accounting policies and estimates that include significant judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements. We consider an accounting policy or estimate to be critical if it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time they were made, and if changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We are a primary distribution channel for a large group of vendors and suppliers, including OEMs and first–tier wholesale distributors. We record revenue from sales transactions when title and risk of loss are passed to our customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Our usual shipping terms are F.O.B. destination, at which time title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. At the time of sale, we record an estimate for sales returns and pricing disputes based on historical experience. Our vendor OEMs warrant most of the products we sell.

Revenues from the sale of hardware products or software products and licenses are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recorded as cost of sales. Software products and licenses can be delivered to customers in a variety of ways, including (i) as physical product shipped from our warehouse, (ii) via drop-shipment by the vendor, or (iii) via electronic delivery.

Revenue from professional services is either recognized as incurred for services billed at an hourly rate or recognized using the percentage of completion method for services provided at a fixed fee. Revenue for managed services such as web hosting and server co-location is recognized over the period service is provided. From time to time, the sale of professional services may be bundled with hardware or software products to better meet the needs of our customers. In cases where this occurs, we allocate revenues to each element of the sale based on its relative fair value using vendor-specific objective evidence.

We also sell certain products for which we act as an agent. Products in this category include the sale of third party services, extended warranties, or software assurance (“SA”). SA is an “insurance” or “maintenance” product that allows customers to upgrade, at no additional cost, to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the SA is in effect. These sales do not meet the criteria for gross sales recognition, and thus are recognized on a net basis. Under net sales recognition, the cost to the vendor or third-party service provider is recorded as a reduction to sales, resulting in net sales being equal to the gross profit on the transaction.

Our larger customers are offered the opportunity by certain of our vendors to purchase software licenses and SA under enterprise agreements (“EAs”). Under EAs, customers are considered to be compliant with applicable license requirements for the ensuing year, regardless of changes to their employee base. Customers are charged an annual true-up fee for changes in the number of users over the year. With most EAs, our vendors will transfer the license and bill the customer directly, paying resellers such as us an agency fee or commission on these sales. We record these fees as a component of net sales as earned and there is no corresponding cost of sales amount. In certain instances, we bill the customer directly under an EA and account for the individual items sold based on the nature of the item. Our vendors typically dictate how the EA will be sold to the customer.

We record freight billed to our customers as net sales and the related freight costs as a cost of sales.

 

78


Table of Contents

Deferred revenue includes (i) payments received from customers in advance of providing the product or performing services, and (ii) amounts deferred if other conditions of revenue recognition have not been met.

We estimate the revenues associated with products that have shipped but that have not yet been received by our customer and record an adjustment to reverse the impact of these sales and related cost of sales out of our results for the current period and into our results for the subsequent period. In doing so, we perform an analysis to determine the estimated number of days that product is in transit, using data from commercial delivery services and other sources. Changes in delivery patterns may result in a different number of business days used in making this adjustment and could have a material impact on our revenue recognition for the current period.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using a weighted-average cost method. We decrease the value of inventory for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon an aging analysis of the inventory on hand, specifically known inventory-related risks, and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If future demand or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Vendor Programs

We receive incentives from certain of our vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates, bid programs, price protection, and other programs. These incentives generally relate to written agreements with specified performance requirements with the vendors and are recorded as adjustments to cost of sales or advertising expense, as appropriate. Vendors may change the terms of some or all of these programs, which could have an impact on our results of operations.

We record receivables from vendors related to these programs when the amounts are probable and reasonably estimable. Some programs are based on the achievement of specific targets, and we base our estimates on information provided by our vendors and internal information to assess our progress toward achieving those targets. If actual performance does not match our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables. We record reserves for vendor receivables for estimated losses due to vendors’ inability to pay or rejections by vendors of claims; however, if actual collections differ from our estimates, we may incur additional losses that could have a material impact on gross margin and operating income.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as our operating segments. We are required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The annual test for impairment is conducted as of December 1. We changed our annual goodwill evaluation date to December 1 from October 1, effective in the fourth quarter of 2009, to better align with the completion of our annual budgeting process. Testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the reporting units’ fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the income approach, we determine fair value based on estimated future cash flows of a reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Under the market approach, we utilize valuation multiples derived from publicly available information for peer group companies to provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. We have weighted the income approach and the market approach at 75% and 25%, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit (and the allocation of that fair value to individual assets and liabilities within the reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the event a step two analysis is required) is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include primarily, but are not limited to, discount rate, terminal growth rate, selection of appropriate peer group companies and control premium applied, and forecasts of revenue growth rates, gross margins, operating margins, and working capital requirements. The allocation requires analysis to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities including, among others, customer relationships, trade names, and property and equipment. Any changes in the judgments, estimates, or assumptions used could produce significantly different results. Although we believe our assumptions are reasonable, actual results may vary significantly and may expose us to material impairment charges in the future.

Intangible assets include customer relationships, trade names, internally developed software, and other intangibles. Intangible assets with determinable lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of software developed or obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. These intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recorded for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We take into consideration historical loss experience, the overall quality of the receivable portfolio, and specifically identified customer risks. If actual collections of customer receivables differ from our estimates, additional allowances may be required which could have an impact on our results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We perform an evaluation of the realizability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. This evaluation requires us to use estimates and make assumptions and considers all positive and negative evidence and factors, such as the scheduled reversal of temporary differences, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

We account for uncertain tax positions based upon our assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. We report a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Measurements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance to amend and expand the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The guidance requires new disclosures about transfers in and transfers out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and presentation of the activities within Level 3 fair value measurements (presented gross in a roll forward of activity). The guidance also clarifies existing disclosures about the level of disaggregation of fair value for each class of assets and liabilities and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Except for the disclosures in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, this guidance was effective for us as of January 1, 2010. Because it only requires additional disclosure, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The disclosures in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements will become effective for us as of January 1, 2011. As this guidance also only requires additional disclosure, the adoption of this guidance will not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

80


Table of Contents

Revenue Arrangements

In October 2009, the FASB issued amendments to authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements. The amended guidance amends the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements, establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, eliminates the residual method of allocation, and expands the disclosures related to multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The amended guidance also modifies the scope of authoritative guidance for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements to exclude from its requirements (1) non-software components of tangible products, and (2) software components of tangible products that are sold, licensed, or leased with tangible products when the software components and non-software components of the tangible product function together to deliver the tangible products essential functionality. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and will become effective for us beginning January 1, 2011. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risks

Our market risks relate primarily to changes in interest rates. The interest rate on borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility and our amended and restated senior secured term loan facility is floating and, therefore, is subject to fluctuations. In order to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates on borrowings under our amended and restated senior secured term loan facility, we have entered into interest rate derivative agreements to hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with the facility. Our objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations.

As of December 31, 2009, we had two interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $2,200.0 million that effectively converted the outstanding principal amount under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility from a floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate debt. Under the first swap agreement, a monthly net settlement is made for the difference between the fixed rate of 4.155% per annum and the floating rate based on one-month LIBOR on the $1,500.0 million notional amount of the swap. Under the second swap agreement, a monthly net settlement is made for the difference between the fixed rate of 3.9125% per annum and the floating rate based on one-month LIBOR on the $700.0 million notional amount. The notional amount on the second swap agreement was reduced to $500.0 million on January 14, 2010. Both swap agreements terminate on January 14, 2011. At December 31, 2009, we were in a liability position for both of the interest rate swaps noted above, the aggregate fair value of which was $70.6 million.

In April 2010, we entered into four forward-starting interest rate cap agreements for the purpose of limiting future exposure to interest rate risk on our floating-rate debt under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. Under these agreements, we made premium payments totaling $5.9 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2011 through January 14, 2013 and have a total notional value of $1,100.0 million.

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations” for information on cash flows, interest rates, and maturity dates of our debt obligations.

 

81


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

CDW is a leading multi-brand technology solutions provider to business, government, education and healthcare customers in the U.S. and Canada. We provide comprehensive and integrated solutions for our customers’ technology needs through our extensive hardware, software and value-added service offerings. We serve over 250,000 customers through our experienced and dedicated sales force of more than 3,300 coworkers. We offer over 100,000 products from over 1,000 brands and a multitude of advanced technology solutions. Our broad range of technology products includes leading brands such as Hewlett-Packard, Cisco, Microsoft, Lenovo, EMC, IBM and VMware. Our offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to complex technology solutions such as virtualization, collaboration, security, mobility, data center optimization and cloud computing. Our sales and operating results have been driven by the unique combination of our large and knowledgeable selling organization, highly skilled technology specialists and engineers, extensive range of product offerings, strong vendor partner relationships, and fulfillment and logistics capabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $7,162.6 million and $465.4 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, our net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $4,157.4 million and $292.3 million, respectively.

We have two reportable segments.

Corporate . Our Corporate segment customers are primarily in the SMB category, which we define as customers with up to 1,000 employees at a single location. We also serve larger customers, including FORTUNE 1000 companies, to help our vendor partners maximize their sales coverage. We have over 200,000 active accounts, well diversified across numerous industries. Our Corporate segment is divided into a small business customer channel, primarily serving customers with up to 100 employees, and a medium-large business customer channel, primarily serving customers with more than 100 employees. Our Corporate segment sales team is primarily organized by geography and customer size. We believe this enables us to better understand and serve customer needs, optimize sales resource coverage, and strengthen relationships with vendor partners to create more sales opportunities. Our Corporate segment generated net sales of $3,818.2 million and $2,310.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Public . Our Public segment is divided into government, education and healthcare customer channels. The government channel serves federal as well as state and local governments. Our education channel serves higher education and K-12 customers. The healthcare channel serves customers across the healthcare provider industry. We have built sizable businesses in each of our three Public customer channels as net sales are approaching or exceeding $1 billion for each customer channel on an annualized basis. Our Public segment sales teams are organized by customer channel, and within each customer channel, they are generally organized by geography, except our federal government sales teams, which are organized by agency. We believe this enables our sales teams to address the specific needs of their customer channel while promoting strong customer relationships. Our Public segment generated net sales of $3,035.5 million and $1,651.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Other . We also have two other operating segments, CDW advanced services and Canada, which do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.” The CDW advanced services business consists primarily of customized engineering services delivered by CDW professional engineers and managed services, including hosting and data center services. The services components of solutions sales, including custom configuration and other third party services, are recorded in our Corporate and Public segment net sales. Advanced services provided by CDW professional engineers are recorded in CDW advanced services. Our CDW advanced services and Canadian businesses generated net sales of $98.0 million and $210.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our CDW advanced services and Canadian businesses generated net sales of $53.6 million and $142.5 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

 

82


Table of Contents

History

CDW was founded in 1984. In 2003, we purchased selected U.S. assets and the Canadian operations of Micro Warehouse, which extended our growth platform into Canada. In 2006, we acquired Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a provider of technology products, solutions and customized engineering services in advanced technologies primarily across Cisco, IBM and Microsoft portfolios. This acquisition increased our capabilities in customized engineering services and managed services. In 2007, we were acquired by Parent. For a description of the Acquisition, see “Summary—The Acquisition Transactions.”

Industry Overview

According to International Data Corporation (“IDC”), the overall U.S. technology market generated approximately $503 billion in sales in 2009, including $158 billion in hardware sales, $135 billion in software sales and $210 billion in services sales. The U.S. technology market is highly fragmented and served by a multitude of participants. These participants include original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), software publishers, wholesale distributors and business-to-business resellers. Wholesale distributors, such as Ingram Micro Inc., Tech Data Corporation and SYNNEX Corporation, act as intermediaries between OEMs and software publishers and resellers, providing logistics management and supply-chain services. Resellers, which include direct marketers, value-added resellers, e-tailers and retailers, sell products and/or services directly to the end-user customer, procuring products sold to their customers directly from OEMs and software publishers or from wholesale distributors. CDW is a technology solutions provider with both direct marketer and value-added reseller capabilities.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate CDW from our competitors and have contributed to our success:

Significant Scale and Scope

We are a leading multi-brand technology solutions provider in the U.S and Canada. Based upon publicly available information, we believe that our net sales are significantly larger than any other multi-brand direct marketer or value-added reseller in the U.S. Our significant scale and scope create competitive advantages with:

 

   

Breadth of solutions for customers . The breadth and depth of knowledge that our direct selling organization, specialists and engineers have across multiple industries and technologies position us well to anticipate and meet customer needs. Our size allows us to provide customers with a broad, multi-brand selection of technology products and solutions at competitive prices. We leverage our scale to provide a high level of customer service, including providing various options to procure technology, making it easy for customers to conduct business with CDW.

 

   

Broad market access for partners . We are an attractive route to market for vendor partners by providing access to a cost effective sales and marketing system that reaches over 250,000 customers. Our vendor partners recognize that, in addition to providing broad customer reach, our scale and scope enables us to sell, deliver and implement their products and services to customers with a high level of knowledge and consistency.

 

   

Unique coworker culture . We adhere to a core philosophy known as the Circle of Service, which places the customer at the center of all of our actions and fosters customer loyalty. Our size allows us to cost effectively invest in broad and deep coworker training, provide resources that help our coworkers be successful, and offer broad career development opportunities for coworkers. Our culture, together with these resources and opportunities, promote coworker knowledge and engagement, which ultimately benefits customers.

 

83


Table of Contents
   

Operational cost efficiencies and productivity . Our large scale provides us with operational cost efficiencies across our organization, including purchasing, operations, IT, sales, marketing, and other support functions. These scale and scope advantages, which we leverage through our two state-of-the-art distribution centers, efficient business processes with a constant focus on productivity improvements, and proprietary information systems, have driven and sustained our attractive Adjusted EBITDA margin through the economic cycle.

Large and Knowledgeable Direct Selling Organization

The size, knowledge, capabilities and experience of our direct selling organization differentiates us from our competitors. We have more than 2,700 coworkers in our direct selling organization, consisting of account managers and field account executives. Including over 600 additional customer-facing coworkers, such as our technology specialists, our total sales force exceeds 3,300. Account managers provide inside sales coverage to customers, including developing customer relationships by calling existing and potential customers, providing advice on products and services, and partnering with specialists to develop and sell more complex solutions. Field account executives work within an assigned territory and interact with customers in-person, usually focusing on solutions that require a face-to-face interaction to sell to customers. Together, account managers and field account executives help us combine the benefits of a national technology solutions provider with a local presence.

Our mission is to maximize our customers’ technology investments by simplifying the complexities of technology across design, selection, procurement, integration and ongoing management. Our goal is to be viewed as an indispensible extension of our customers’ IT staffs, regardless of their size. We achieve this objective by providing superior service, industry-specific knowledge and technical expertise with experienced sales people. Multiple customer surveys administered by independent parties consistently show that customers view CDW as a leader in customer service compared to other multi-brand resellers and solution providers. The scale of our business allows us to segment our sales teams into customer channels so that we better understand the unique needs of customers and to provide extensive, targeted technical training to our direct selling organization.

Highly-Skilled Technology Specialists and Engineers

Our direct selling organization is supported by a team of technology specialists and engineers with more than 3,500 industry-recognized certifications who bring deep product and solution knowledge and capabilities to the technology challenges of our customers. Our technology specialists work with customers and our direct selling organization to design solutions and provide recommendations in the selection and procurement process. We have more than 600 highly-qualified and certified specialists, supporting numerous solutions and product categories, including: unified communication, security, networking, wireless, server/storage, virtualization, mobility, power and cooling, desktop, notebook, point-of-sale, managed print services, digital signage and software. Our team of more than 600 engineers, project managers, consultants and technicians in 18 offices across the U.S. support design, implementation and long-term solution management. These coworkers are continually developing and implementing customized solutions which are leveraged so that multiple customers can benefit from our implementation innovation and experience.

Large and Established Customer Channels

We have grown our customer channels within the Corporate and Public segments to sizeable businesses. Our government, education, healthcare and small business channels each has net sales that approach or exceed $1 billion. The deep industry knowledge of our dedicated sales, marketing and support resources within each of our customer channels allows us to understand and solve the unique challenges and evolving technology needs of our customers. In addition, our scale allows us to effectively replicate the benefits of large customer channels across multiple customer markets. Our vendor partners value our scale and capabilities within these customer channels and provide us with customer leads and support.

The size of our customer channels provides diversification benefits. Our Public segment, which is comprised of our government, education and healthcare channels, has historically been less correlated to economic cycles as evidenced by its 5% net sales growth in 2009 while overall technology spending declined in the U.S. market, according to IDC.

 

84


Table of Contents

Strong, Established Vendor Partner Relationships

Our strong vendor partner relationships differentiate us from other multi-brand technology solutions providers. In addition to providing a cost-effective route to market for vendor partners, many of our competitive strengths – significant scale and scope, large and knowledgeable direct selling organization, highly-skilled technology specialists and engineers, scaled customer channels – enhance our value proposition to our vendor partners. We believe we are an important extension of our vendor partners’ sales and marketing capabilities and that we are the largest U.S. reseller for many of our vendor-partners, including Hewlett-Packard. As such, we are able to provide technology resources and insights to our customers that might otherwise be difficult for them to access independently or through other technology providers. Our direct selling organization, technology specialists and large customer channels allow us to develop intimate knowledge of our customers’ environments and their specific needs. Frequently, vendor partners will select CDW as a partner to develop and grow new customer solutions.

In addition, we are regularly recognized with top awards from our vendor partners. We were recently named Microsoft’s Worldwide Large Account Reseller Partner of the Year and Cisco’s Partner Summit global award for U.S. and Canada Partner of the Year.

Hardware, Software and Value-Added Service Offerings

Our broad offering of multi-brand products and services includes over 100,000 discrete hardware and software products as well as comprehensive solutions. Solutions generally have hardware, software and/or service components to them. For example, a virtualization solution could include assessment and design advice, sales of servers, storage, desktops and virtualization software, a services implementation and ongoing support. While we believe customers increasingly view certain technology purchases as solutions rather than product categories, the following table sets forth our net sales by major category, based upon our internal category definitions, as this presentation is more consistent with how industry sources and competitors generally categorize technology sales.

 

85


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Year Ended
December 31, 2008
       
     Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage
of Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage
of Net Sales
    Percentage
Change
 

Hardware:

            

NetComm Products

   $ 960.9    13.4   $ 1,091.2    13.5   (11.9 )% 

Notebook/Mobile Devices

     831.8    11.6        970.2    12.0      (14.3

Data Storage/Drives

     815.2    11.4        838.4    10.4      (2.8

Other Hardware

     3,026.2    42.3        3,497.9    43.4      (13.5
                                

Total Hardware

   $ 5,634.1    78.7   $ 6,397.7    79.3   (11.9 )% 

Software

   $ 1,268.0    17.7   $ 1,373.9    17.0   (7.7 )% 

Services

   $ 180.2    2.5   $ 200.8    2.5   (10.2 )% 

Other (1)

   $ 80.3    1.1   $ 98.8    1.2   (18.7 )% 
                                

Total net sales

   $ 7,162.6    100.0   $ 8,071.2    100.0   (11.3 )% 
                                

 

(1)

Includes items such as delivery charges to customers and certain commission revenue.

Hardware

Through our broad portfolio of hardware products and strong relationships with industry leading vendor partners, we are able to provide our customers with multi-brand solutions across multiple product categories. We currently offer our customers a comprehensive selection of hardware from leading brands such as Hewlett-Packard, Cisco, Lenovo, EMC and IBM. Our hardware offerings include products across multiple categories such as network communications, notebooks/mobile devices, data storage, video monitors, printers, desktops, and servers, among others. Our multi-brand approach enables our sales force to identify the right products or combination of products to best address each customer’s specific organizational challenges, without being constrained by a particular brand. Key advantages of this strategy include the ability to satisfy customer-specific preferences and requirements, to meet compatibility needs of a customer’s existing technology infrastructure, and to offer best pricing and product availability options. In addition, our scale, strong vendor partner relationships and highly efficient sales and delivery model enable us to consistently offer competitive prices. Our strategically-located distribution facilities allow us to meet even the most challenging customer requests. We also leverage drop-ship arrangements with many of our OEMs and distributors that allow us to offer even greater selection to our customers without having to physically hold the inventory.

Software

CDW helps customers maximize their software investment by supporting them through the complexities of the entire software lifecycle. We offer software solutions from the largest and category-leading software publishers, including Microsoft, Adobe, Symantec, Oracle, VMware and IBM. Our software lifecycle services include assessment and validation, procurement, deployment and contract management. We work closely with our customers to evaluate their software needs, navigate them through various complex licensing options, and procure the best software arrangements for their business. We help customers optimize software license procurement by consolidating vendors and recommending the most appropriate licensing contracts. In addition to deployment and migration services, we assist our customers in realizing the value of their purchases through ongoing contract management to ensure they maximize their contract benefits and renew on a timely basis. For example, many of our customers purchase maintenance contracts which allow them to receive new versions, upgrades or updates of software products released during the maintenance period. As part of our contract management services, we help our customers in tracking these upgrade benefits.

 

86


Table of Contents

Value-Added Services and Solutions

We believe customers are increasingly looking for solutions from their technology providers in order to optimize their technology investments and best achieve their business objectives. CDW offers a full suite of value-added services, which typically are delivered as part of a technology solution, to help our customers meet their specific needs. CDW solutions can range from the expert configuration and delivery of 100 laptops overnight, to specialized technical advice and product procurement, including associated warranties, for an enterprise network, to very complex, fully-integrated technology solutions such as virtualization, collaboration, security, mobility, data center optimization, and cloud computing. We also offer a complementary set of services, including installations, sales of warranties and managed services, such as remote network and data center monitoring.

Customers

We serve over 250,000 customers in the United States and Canada. Excluding sales to the federal government, which are diversified across multiple agencies and departments and collectively accounted for 12.6% of 2009 net sales, we are not reliant on any one customer as our next five largest customers comprised less than 2.0% of net sales in 2009.

Inventory Management/Distribution

We utilize our information technology systems to manage our inventory in a cost-efficient manner, resulting in a rapid-turn inventory model. We generally only stock items that have attained a minimum sales volume.

Our distribution process is highly automated. Once a customer order is received and credit approved, orders are automatically routed to one of our distribution centers for picking and shipping as well as configuration and imaging services. We operate two distribution centers: an approximately 450,000 square foot facility in Vernon Hills, Illinois, and an approximately 513,000 square foot facility in North Las Vegas, Nevada. We ship over 35 million units annually on an aggregate basis from our two distribution centers. We believe that the location of our distribution centers allows us to efficiently ship products throughout the United States and provide timely access to our principal distributors. Our locations enable us to obtain and ship non-stocked items quickly and efficiently. We believe that competitive sources of supply are available in substantially all of the product categories we offer. We continue to improve the productivity of our distribution centers as measured by key performance indicators such as units shipped per hour worked and bin accuracy.

 

87


Table of Contents

Information Technology Systems

Our proprietary information technology systems are a key element in our ability to be a leading multi-brand technology solutions provider. Our customized information technology and unified communication systems enhance our ability to provide prompt, efficient and expert service to our customers. In addition, these systems enable centralized management of key functions, including purchasing, inventory management, and billing, collection of accounts receivable, sales and distribution. Our systems provide us with thorough, detailed and real-time information regarding key aspects of our business, enabling us to continuously enhance productivity, ship customer orders quickly and efficiently, respond appropriately to industry changes and provide high levels of customer service. Our websites, which provide electronic order processing and many advanced tools, such as order tracking, reporting and asset management, make it easy for customers to transact business with us and ultimately enhance our customer relationships. Online revenues were approximately $1,500 million and $850 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Purchasing, Vendor Partner and Distributor Relationships

We purchase products for resale from vendor partners, which include OEMs and software publishers, and wholesale distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased approximately 46% of the products we sold directly from vendor partners and the remaining amount from wholesale distributors. Purchases from wholesale distributors Tech Data, Ingram Micro and SYNNEX represented approximately 16%, 11% and 8%, respectively, of our total purchases. Sales of products manufactured by Hewlett-Packard comprised approximately 24% of our total net sales. We are authorized by OEMs to sell via direct marketing all or selected products offered by the manufacturer. Our authorization with each OEM provides for certain terms and conditions, which may include one or more of the following: product return privileges, price protection policies, purchase discounts and vendor incentive programs, such as purchase or sales rebates and cooperative advertising reimbursements. We also operate as a reseller for major software publishers that allows the end-user customer to acquire packaged software or licensed products and services. Vendor incentive programs are at the discretion of our vendor partners and usually require the achievement of a specified sales volume or growth rate within a specified period of time to qualify for all, or some, of the incentive programs.

Competition

The market for technology products and services is highly competitive. Competition is based on the ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and breadth of product and service offerings, knowledge and expertise of sales force, customer service, price, product availability, speed of delivery and credit availability. Our competition includes:

 

   

direct marketers such as Insight Enterprises, PC Connection, PC Mall, Softchoice and GTSI;

 

   

value-added resellers, including larger ones such as Logicalis, Agilysis, Sirius, and many regional and local value-added resellers;

 

   

manufacturers such as Dell, Hewlett-Packard, and Apple, who sell directly to customers;

 

   

e-tailers such as Tiger Direct, Buy.com, Amazon and Newegg;

 

   

large service providers and system integrators such as IBM, Accenture, HP/EDS and Dell/Perot;

 

   

retailers such as Best Buy, Office Depot, Office Max, Staples, Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club and Costco.

We expect the competitive landscape in which we compete to continue to change as new technologies are developed. While innovation can help our business as it creates new offerings for us to sell, it can also disrupt our business model and create new and stronger competitors. For a discussion of the risks associated with competition, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Substantial competition could reduce our market share and significantly harm our financial performance.”

Coworkers

As of June 30, 2010, we employed more than 6,100 coworkers, none of whom is covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our coworker relations to be good.

Properties

As of June 30, 2010, we owned or leased a total of approximately 2.1 million square feet of space throughout the United States and Canada. We own two properties: a combined office and an approximately 450,000 square foot distribution center in Vernon Hills, Illinois, and an approximately 513,000 square foot distribution center in North Las Vegas, Nevada. In addition, we conduct sales, services and administrative activities in various leased locations throughout North America, including data centers in Madison, Wisconsin and Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Intellectual Property

The CDW trademark and certain variations thereon are registered, or subject to pending trademark applications. We believe our trademarks have significant value and are important factors in our marketing programs. In addition, we own domain names, including cdw.com and cdwg.com, for our primary trademarks. Finally, we have unregistered copyrights in our website content.

 

88


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are party to legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, including various pending litigation matters. We are also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, by various customers, including government agencies, relating to sales under certain contracts and by vendors. In addition, from time to time, some of our customers file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the United States bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by us could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

We do not believe that any current audit or pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Litigation and audits, however, involve uncertainties and it is possible that the eventual outcome of litigation or audits could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations for a particular period.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Managers and Executive Officers

The directors of Parent, the managers of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and our executive officers are set forth below:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

John A. Edwardson

   61    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of CDW Holdings, CDW LLC and Parent

Thomas E. Richards

   55    President and Chief Operating Officer

Dennis G. Berger

   45    Senior Vice President and Chief Coworker Services Officer

Douglas E. Eckrote

   46    Senior Vice President—Strategic Solutions and Services

Ann E. Ziegler

   52    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Christine A. Leahy

   46    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Jonathan J. Stevens

   40    Senior Vice President—Operations and Chief Information Officer

Christina V. Rother

   47    Senior Vice President—Sales

Matthew A. Troka

   40    Vice President—Product and Partner Management

Steven W. Alesio

   56    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC

Barry K. Allen

   61    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC

Benjamin D. Chereskin

   51    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC

Glenn M. Creamer

   48    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC

Michael J. Dominguez

   41    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and Director of Parent

George A. Peinado

   40    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and Director of Parent

Robin P. Selati

   44    Manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC

John A. Edwardson serves as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and a director of Parent. Mr. Edwardson has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since joining us in 2001. Prior to joining CDW in 2001, Mr. Edwardson served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Burns International Services Corporation from 1999 until 2000. Mr. Edwardson previously served as a Director and President from 1994 to 1998 and Chief Operating Officer from 1995 to 1998 of UAL Corporation and United Airlines. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of FedEx Corporation. Mr. Edwardson is a graduate of Purdue University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the University of Chicago where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Edwardson possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations, which strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Thomas E. Richards serves as our President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Richards joined CDW in September 2009, and is responsible for sales, services, product and partner management, marketing and e-commerce. Prior to joining CDW, Mr. Richards held leadership positions with Qwest Communications, a telecommunications carrier. From 2008 to 2009, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, where he was responsible for the day-to-day operation and performance of Qwest Communications, and before assuming that role, was the Executive Vice President of the Business Markets Group from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Richards has also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Clear Communications Corporation and as Executive Vice President of Ameritech Corporation. Mr. Richards is a graduate of the University of Pittsburgh where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Massachusetts Institute of Technology where he earned a Master of Science in Management as a Sloan Fellow.

Dennis G. Berger serves as our Senior Vice President and Chief Coworker Services Officer. Mr. Berger joined CDW in September 2005 as Vice President—Coworker Services. In January 2007, he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Coworker Services Officer. Mr. Berger is responsible for leading CDW’s programs in coworker learning and development, benefits, compensation, performance management, coworker relations and talent acquisition. Prior to joining CDW, he served as Vice President of Human Resources at PepsiAmericas, a beverage

 

90


Table of Contents

company, from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Berger has also held human resources positions of increasing responsibility at Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., Pepsico, Inc. and GTE Corporation. Mr. Berger serves on the Board of Directors for the Human Resources Management Association of Chicago, Glenwood School for Boys and Girls, Chicago SCORES and Anti-Defamation League of Chicago. Mr. Berger is a graduate of Northeastern University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Washington University in St. Louis where he earned a Master of Business Administration.

Douglas E. Eckrote serves as our Senior Vice President of Strategic Solutions and Services and is responsible for our technology specialist teams focusing on servers and storage, unified communications, security, wireless, power and cooling, networking, software licensing and mobility solutions. He also holds responsibility for CDW Canada, Inc. Mr. Eckrote joined CDW in 1989 as an account manager. Mr. Eckrote was appointed Director of Operations in 1996, Vice President of Operations in 1999 and Senior Vice President of Purchasing in April 2001. In October 2001, he was named Senior Vice President of Purchasing and Operations. He was named Senior Vice President of Operations, Services and Canada in 2006 and assumed his current role in 2009. Prior to joining CDW, Eckrote worked in outside sales for Arrow Electronics and Cintas Uniform Company. From 2003 to 2009, Mr. Eckrote served on the Board of Directors for the Make-A-Wish Foundation of Illinois, completing the last two years as Board Chair and currently serves on the Make-A-Wish Foundation of America National Chapter Performance Committee. Mr. Eckrote also served on the Board of Directors for the Center for Enriched Living from 2002-2008, serving as Vice President from 2004-2005, President from 2006-2008 and currently serves as Board Emeritus. Mr. Eckrote is a graduate of Purdue University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management where he earned an Executive Master of Business Administration.

Ann E. Ziegler joined the Company in April 2008 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining CDW, Ms. Ziegler spent 15 years at Sara Lee Corporation (“Sara Lee”), a global consumer goods company, in a number of executive roles including finance, mergers and acquisitions, strategy and general management positions in both U.S. and international businesses. Most recently, from 2005 until April 2008, Ms. Ziegler served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Administration for Sara Lee Food and Beverage. Prior to joining Sara Lee, Ms. Ziegler was a corporate attorney at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom. Ms. Ziegler serves on the boards of directors of Hanesbrands, Inc., Unitrin, Inc. and The Chicago Shakespeare Theatre. Ms. Ziegler is a graduate of The College of William and Mary where she earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the University of Chicago Law School where she earned her Juris Doctor.

Christine A. Leahy serves as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and is responsible for our legal, corporate governance and compliance functions. Ms. Leahy joined CDW in January 2002 as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. In January of 2007, she was named Senior Vice President. Before joining CDW, Ms. Leahy served as a corporate partner in the Chicago office of Sidley Austin LLP where she specialized in corporate governance, securities law, mergers and acquisitions and strategic counseling. Ms. Leahy serves on the Board of Trustees of Children’s Home and Aid. Ms. Leahy is a graduate of Brown University where she earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Boston College Law School where she earned her Juris Doctor. She also completed the CEO Perspective and Women’s Director Development Programs at Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management.

Jonathan J. Stevens serves as our Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Information Officer. Mr. Stevens joined CDW in June 2001 as Vice President—Information Technology, was named Chief Information Officer in January 2002 and Vice President—International and Chief Information Officer from 2005 until December 2006. In January 2007, he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer and assumed his current role in November 2009. Mr. Stevens is responsible for the strategic direction of our information technology. Additionally, he holds responsibility for our distribution centers, transportation, facilities, customer relations, operational excellence and the business technology center. Prior to joining CDW, Mr. Stevens served as regional technology director for Avanade, an international technology integration company formed through a joint venture between Microsoft and Accenture from 2000 to 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Stevens was a principal with Microsoft Consulting Services and led an information technology group for a corporate division of AT&T/NCR. Mr. Stevens is a graduate of the University of Dayton where he earned a bachelor’s degree.

Christina V. Rother serves as our Senior Vice President of Sales and is responsible for managing all aspects of our corporate and public sector sales forces, including sales force strategy, structure, goals, revenue generation and training and development. Ms. Rother joined CDW in 1991 as an account manager. In 2002, she was appointed Vice

 

91


Table of Contents

President for Education and State and Local Sales. In 2005, she was chosen to lead our newly formed healthcare sales team. She was promoted to Group Vice President in 2006 for CDW Government LLC until assuming her current roles as our Senior Vice President and President of CDW Government LLC in 2009. Prior to joining CDW, Ms. Rother held a number of sales positions with technology companies including Laser Computers and Price Electronics. Ms. Rother serves on the Board of Directors for the Associated Colleges of Illinois and the Make-A-Wish Foundation of Illinois. Ms. Rother is a graduate of the University of Illinois at Chicago where she earned a bachelor’s degree.

Matthew A. Troka serves as our Vice President of Product and Partner Management. Mr. Troka is responsible for managing our relationships with all of our vendor partners. In addition, he directs the day-to-day operations of our purchasing department. Mr. Troka joined CDW in 1992 as an account manager and became a sales manager in 1995. From 1998 to 2001, he served as Corporate Sales Director. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Troka was Senior Director of Purchasing. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Troka served as Vice President of Purchasing. He assumed his current position in 2006. He also is Chairman of the CDW Supplier Diversity Advisory Council. Mr. Troka serves as a member of the Board of Directors for Rainbows for All Children. Mr. Troka is a graduate of the University of Illinois where he earned a bachelor’s degree.

Steven W. Alesio serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Alesio was most recently Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B”), a provider of credit information on businesses and corporations. After joining D&B in January 2001 as Senior Vice President, Mr. Alesio served in various senior leadership positions. In May 2002, Mr. Alesio was named President and Chief Operating Officer, and was elected to the Board of Directors. In January 2005, Mr. Alesio was chosen to be the Chief Executive Officer, and in May of 2005, he became Chairman of the Board. In November of 2009, it was announced that Mr. Alesio would retire from the company effective January 1, 2010. Mr. Alesio continued to serve as Chairman of the Board until his departure on June 30, 2010. Prior to joining D&B, Mr. Alesio spent 19 years with the American Express Company, where he served in marketing and then general management roles. Mr. Alesio is the founding sponsor and Senior Advisor for the non-profit, All Stars Project of New Jersey, which provides outside-of-school leadership development and performance-based education programming to thousands of inner-city young people in Newark and its surrounding communities. Mr. Alesio is a graduate of St. Francis College where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Alesio possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Barry K. Allen serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Allen serves as Senior Advisor at Providence Equity Partners. Prior to joining Providence Equity Partners in 2007, Mr. Allen was Executive Vice President of Operations at Qwest Communications International, a telecommunications carrier. Before his retirement from Qwest in June 2007, Mr. Allen was responsible for the company’s network and information technology operations. Prior to being named Executive Vice President of Operations in March 2004, he served as Qwest’s Executive Vice President of Operations and Chief Human Resources Officer. Before joining Qwest in August 2002, Mr. Allen was President of Allen Enterprises, a private equity investment and management company he founded in 2000. Previously, he served as President of Chicago-based Ameritech Corp., where he began his career in 1974 and held a variety of executive appointments including President and Chief Executive Officer of Wisconsin Bell and President and Chief Executive Officer of Illinois Bell. Before starting at Ameritech, Mr. Allen served in the U.S. Army where he reached the rank of Captain. Mr. Allen serves on the boards of directors of Harley Davidson (Chairman of the Board), Bell Canada Enterprises and the Fiduciary Management family of mutual funds. He has also served as a board member for many civic organizations, including the Greater Milwaukee Committee, currently the Boys and Girls Club of Milwaukee, Junior Achievement of Wisconsin, Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin and United Way in Milwaukee. Mr. Allen is a graduate of the University of Kentucky where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Boston University where he earned a Master of Business Administration, with honors. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Allen possesses particular knowledge and experience in technology industries; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Benjamin D. Chereskin serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Chereskin is President of Profile Capital Management LLC (“Profile Capital”), an investment management firm. Prior to founding Profile Capital, Mr. Chereskin was a Managing Director of Madison Dearborn, having co-founded the firm in 1993. Prior to

 

92


Table of Contents

the founding of Madison Dearborn, Mr. Chereskin was with First Chicago Venture Capital for nine years. Mr. Chereskin currently serves on the Board of Directors of BF Bolthouse Holdco LLC, Cinemark, Inc., Tuesday Morning Corporation, University of Chicago Laboratory School and KIPP-Chicago and on the Board of Trustees of University of Chicago Medical School. During the previous five years, Mr. Chereskin also served as a director of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. Mr. Chereskin is a graduate of Harvard College where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Chereskin possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Glenn M. Creamer serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Creamer is a Senior Managing Director of Providence Equity. Prior to the founding of Providence in 1989, Mr. Creamer was a Vice President of Narragansett Capital, which he joined in 1988. Mr. Creamer has also worked in investment banking at Merrill Lynch and JPMorgan. Mr. Creamer currently is a director of Telcordia Technologies. He also serves as a director of various non-profit boards, including Catholic Relief Services, Mustard Seed Communities USA and the Rhode Island School of Design Museum. Mr. Creamer is a graduate of Brown University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Harvard Business School where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Creamer possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Michael J. Dominguez serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and a director or Parent. Mr. Dominguez is a Managing Director of Providence Equity. Prior to joining Providence Equity in 1998, Mr. Dominguez worked for Salomon Smith Barney in corporate finance. Previously, Mr. Dominguez held positions with Morgan Stanley and was a senior consultant at Andersen Consulting. Currently, Mr. Dominquez also serves on the Board of Directors of AutoTrader.com, Bresnan Communications, Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Inc. and ZeniMax Media Inc. Mr. Dominguez is a graduate of Bucknell University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Harvard Business School where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Dominguez possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

George A. Peinado serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and a director of Parent. Mr. Peinado is a Managing Director of Madison Dearborn and joined the firm in 2004. Prior to joining Madison Dearborn, Mr. Peinado was with DLJ Merchant Banking Partners and Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Peinado currently serves on the Board of Directors of BF Bolthouse Holdco LLC and The Yankee Candle Company, Inc. During the past five years, Mr. Peinado also served as a director for Pierre Holding Corp. Mr. Peinado is a graduate of Stanford University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of The Tuck School at Dartmouth College where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Peinado possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Robin P. Selati serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Selati is a Managing Director of Madison Dearborn and joined the firm in 1993. Before 1993, Mr. Selati was with Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated. Mr. Selati currently serves on the Board of Directors of BF Bolthouse Holdco LLC, Ruth’s Hospitality Group, Inc. and The Yankee Candle Company, Inc. During the previous five years, Mr. Selati also served as a director for Tuesday Morning Corporation, Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., Pierre Holding Corp., Family Christian Stores, Inc., NWL Holdings, Inc. and Cinemark, Inc. Mr. Selati is a graduate of Yale University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the Stanford University Graduate School of Business where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Selati possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

93


Table of Contents

Boards of Managers and Directors

The board of managers of each of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC is currently composed of eight managers. The board of directors of Parent is currently composed of three directors. Because affiliates of Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity own approximately 97% of the voting common units of CDW Holdings, we would be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Rule 5615 of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, which would qualify us for exemptions from certain corporate governance rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., including the requirement that the board of directors be composed of a majority of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Dominguez and Peinado. Our audit committee has responsibility for, among other things, the quality of our financial reporting and internal control processes, our independent auditor’s performance and qualification and the performance or our internal audit function.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Allen, Chereskin, Creamer, Dominguez and Peinado. Our compensation committee has responsibility for, among other things, review and approval of executive compensation, review and approval of equity compensation and review of trends in management compensation.

Corporate Governance Committee

Our corporate governance committee currently consists of Messrs. Chereskin, Creamer, Dominguez and Peinado. Our corporate governance committee has responsibility for, among other things, review and approval of the size of our board, review of corporate governance guidelines, and oversight of programs for our managers.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of any of our boards of managers or boards of directors.

Director Compensation

See “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation.”

 

94


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of the Company’s executive compensation philosophy and the material elements of compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers with respect to 2009. For context, this overview also includes a discussion of certain long-term incentive compensation modifications that were implemented in early 2010.

Our Named Executive Officers consist of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers. For 2009, these Named Executive Officers are:

 

   

John A. Edwardson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Thomas E. Richards, President and Chief Operating Officer

 

   

Ann E. Ziegler, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Douglas E. Eckrote, Senior Vice President—Strategic Solutions and Services

 

   

Jonathan J. Stevens, Senior Vice President—Operations and Chief Information Officer

On October 12, 2007, we were acquired by a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with the Equity Sponsors and we ceased being a public company subject to SEC and stock exchange listing rules. Following the Acquisition, the Compensation Committees of CDW Holdings (our ultimate parent company) and the Company collectively have responsibility for determining the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. The two Compensation Committees are comprised of the same members, each of whom was appointed by the Equity Sponsors. For purposes of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, these two Compensation Committees are collectively referred to as the “Committee.”

Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Committee believes that the Company’s executive compensation programs should reward actions and behaviors that drive long-term, profitable revenue growth at above-market rates while also rewarding the achievement of short-term performance goals. The following objectives are grounded in a pay-for-performance philosophy and provide a framework for the Company’s executive compensation programs:

 

   

Attract, retain and motivate high performing talent;

 

   

Directly align executive compensation elements with both short-term and long-term Company performance; and

 

   

Align the interests of our executives with those of our stakeholders.

These objectives guided the decisions made by the Committee with respect to 2009 executive compensation and with respect to the 2010 modifications to the long-term incentive compensation program.

Role of Compensation Consultants

The Committee has the authority to retain an independent compensation consultant. The Committee did not engage a compensation consultant to assist the Committee with respect to 2009 compensation decisions.

Role of Executive Officers

The Committee is responsible for all compensation decisions for our Named Executive Officers. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, John A. Edwardson, annually reviews the performance of each executive officer and makes recommendations based on these reviews to the Committee. With respect to 2009, Mr. Edwardson recommended that there be no increases to the base salaries or annual bonus targets of any of the Named Executive Officers in light of the severe economic environment and market conditions.

 

95


Table of Contents

Market Comparisons

Historically, the Committee has considered relevant market pay practices when setting executive compensation. In light of the challenging market conditions beginning in late 2008, the Committee determined that it would freeze executive base salaries and annual bonus targets for 2009 and, accordingly, did not undertake a market review for the year in order to evaluate potential changes with respect to those two elements. The Committee did, however, examine market data in connection with a review of the long-term incentive compensation program, which is discussed in more detail below.

Market pay practice information, including peer group data, has been provided by Hewitt Associates, a global compensation consulting firm. Historically, each of the companies in CDW’s peer group met one or more of the following criteria:

 

   

Operated in the same line of business as CDW (e.g., competitors/other technology resellers).

 

   

Operated “close” to CDW’s line of business (e.g., technology distributors/wholesalers).

 

   

Operated in a business-to-business distribution environment (e.g., similar core business model to CDW).

 

   

Competed with CDW for talent (e.g., Chicago or regional-based companies similar in size to CDW).

To account for the differences in revenue size between the peer group and CDW, the data in the peer group analysis is statistically adjusted by the compensation consultant on the basis of revenue. This allows the Committee to review the data on a size-adjusted basis. The most recent peer group was established in 2007 and consists of the following companies:

 

Anixter International, Inc.

  

NCR Corporation

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

  

Office Depot, Inc.

Avaya Inc.

  

OfficeMax Incorporated

Best Buy Co., Inc.

  

PC Connection Inc.

C. R. Bard, Inc.

  

RadioShack Corporation

Dade Behring Holdings, Inc.

  

Staples, Inc.

(removed from peer group after being acquired in 2007)

  

Tech Data Corporation

GTSI Corp.

  

United Stationers Inc.

Illinois Tool Works Inc.

  

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Ingram Micro Inc.

  

Wesco International, Inc.

Insight Enterprises, Inc.

  

The Committee generally uses the peer group data to provide a perspective on executive compensation. The Committee compares base salary to the market 50th percentile and total target cash compensation to a market range of the 50th to 75th percentile in order to evaluate the competitiveness and reasonableness of each executive’s compensation. The total cash compensation opportunity for an executive compared to the peer group compensation data is designed to deliver above market median total cash compensation for performance above market growth rate expectations. After evaluating the peer group compensation data, the Committee also considers the executive’s overall responsibilities, individual performance against Company goals and leadership behaviors when establishing appropriate compensation levels. As noted above, with respect to 2009 cash compensation levels, the Committee did not undertake a review of these compensation elements as it determined to freeze base salaries and annual bonus targets.

Beginning in mid 2009, the Committee began to review various alternatives for modifying the Company’s long-term incentive program and ultimately implemented some modifications to the program in 2010. See “—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Program” for further information regarding the modifications to the Company’s long-term incentive program. As part of that process, the Committee reviewed long-term incentive data with respect to the peer group identified above. The Committee also considered survey data from a broad-based industry survey of approximately 700 companies in the technology sector. The peer group and survey data were weighted equally in the Committee’s analysis of the long-term incentive program. The Committee reviewed each executive’s total target compensation, including the overall long-term incentive opportunity, compared to the 75th percentile of the blended peer group and the survey total compensation market values data.

 

96


Table of Contents

Elements of Compensation

The Company’s executive compensation program consists of the following principal elements:

 

   

Base salary;

 

   

Annual cash incentive awards (the Senior Management Incentive Plan);

 

   

Long-term incentive awards; and

 

   

Severance benefits.

Base Salary

Base salaries are included in the Company’s total compensation package to provide a portion of compensation in a fixed and liquid form. The Committee generally sets base salaries for executives, including the Named Executive Officers, below the market median of salaries for executives in similar positions and with similar responsibilities in our peer group. In keeping with our compensation philosophy to support a performance-driven culture, a large proportion of executives’ total compensation (short and long-term) is variable in order to provide a strong connection between pay and performance. Accordingly, in 2009, Mr. Edwardson’s base salary was 30% of his total target cash compensation and base salaries for the other Named Executive Officers ranged from 28% to 40% of their total target cash compensation.

As noted above, in light of the severe economic and market conditions beginning in 2008, none of the Named Executive Officers received an increase in base salary for 2009. In addition, for 2009, Mr. Edwardson voluntarily reduced his annualized base salary from $825,000 to $552,750. With respect to Mr. Richards, the Committee set his annualized base salary when he joined the Company in September 2009 at $700,000, pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement. In determining Mr. Richards’ base salary, the Committee considered peer group data, survey data from a broad-based industry survey and the compensation earned by Mr. Richards at his previous employer.

Senior Management Incentive Plan

CDW provides its senior management with short-term incentive compensation through its annual cash bonus program, the Senior Management Incentive Plan or “SMIP.” Short-term compensation under SMIP is a significant component of an executive’s total cash compensation opportunity in a given year, provided minimum performance thresholds are achieved.

As noted above, the Committee generally assesses an executive’s total target cash compensation for competiveness and reasonableness against the peer group. The total cash compensation opportunity for an executive provides above market median total cash compensation for performance above market growth rate expectations. Because the Named Executive Officer base salary levels historically have been below the 50th percentile of the peer group, the Committee has long relied on SMIP to provide a significant component of the Named Executive Officer’s total target cash compensation. For 2009, in light of the challenging economic and market conditions, the Committee did not increase any SMIP target award levels from those set for 2008. For 2009, Mr. Edwardson’s SMIP target award represented 70% of his total target cash compensation, and SMIP target awards for our other Named Executive Officers ranged from 60% to 72% of their respective total target cash compensation. Payout opportunities under SMIP ranged from 0% to 200% of target bonus opportunities, excluding Mr. Richards who did not participate in SMIP for 2009.

In establishing annual performance goals under SMIP, the Committee undertakes a rigorous review and analysis to ensure that the performance goals are appropriate to motivate above market performance. In establishing annual performance goals, factors considered by the Committee include projected market growth rates and the Company’s market share gains, productivity and investments. The Committee generally sets the annual performance goal at a level that rewards performance at above projected market growth rates.

 

97


Table of Contents

Payment of awards under SMIP for performance during 2009 was subject to two factors. The first factor was the extent to which the Company met or exceeded the Adjusted EBITDA performance goal established by the Committee. The second factor, which was added for 2009 as a stand-alone measurement, was whether the Company’s market share grew, declined or remained constant. In setting the 2009 Adjusted EBITDA performance goal, the significant economic and market uncertainty existing at that time made reliable visibility to 2009 technology market growth rates problematic. Nonetheless, imbedding market out-performance in the goal, the Committee determined to finalize the 2009 SMIP Adjusted EBITDA performance goal in February 2009, based on information then available. As part of that decision, the Committee recognized that it should continue to evaluate, and potentially modify, the performance goal or payout threshold for 2009 if technology market deterioration proved to be significantly worse than projected. The 2009 Adjusted EBITDA performance goal was set at $564.0 million

The SMIP payout curve had a payout range from 0% to 200% of each participant’s target SMIP award for performance between 85% and 124.1% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal, with different levels of payout for increased, constant or decreased market share. The Committee believed that a combination of Adjusted EBITDA and market share performance was the most meaningful measure of the Company’s 2009 performance for its stakeholders because together they take into account not only the Company’s absolute performance but also performance relative to the market. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” for further information regarding the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA.

As 2009 unfolded and the technology market declined significantly compared to the projected market growth rates on which the original goal had been based, the performance goal became disassociated with actual market results and the effectiveness of the SMIP bonus program became severely diminished. As a result, while the Committee left unchanged the original Adjusted EBITDA performance goal required to achieve 100% payout, the Committee reduced the minimum performance threshold required to achieve any bonus payout. However, to stress the importance of gaining market share in the challenging market environment, the Committee required a market share increase in order to achieve any payout under SMIP for performance at or below 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA performance goal. The Committee believed that these changes were critical in order to focus senior leaders on, and reward them for, driving revenue and gross profit and outperforming the market during a turbulent year.

The threshold, target and maximum payout opportunities under the original and modified payout curve are set forth below:

 

     Adjusted EBITDA
Performance Goal

(% of attainment of
performance goal)
    Market Share Governor (2)  

Payout Opportunity (1)

     Grew
(% of target  bonus)
    Remained Constant
(% of target bonus)
    Declined
(% of target  bonus)
 

Maximum

   124.1   200   180   160

Adjusted EBITDA Performance Goal

   100   100   90   80

Original Minimum Performance Threshold

   85   30   20   0

Market Condition Adjusted Minimum Performance Threshold

   76   25   0   0

 

(1)

Payouts for performance between the market condition adjusted minimum performance threshold and 90% of goal were calculated applying interpolation, which replaced the original grid based payout table. This interpolation, which was intended to drive incremental Adjusted EBITDA increases, provided accelerated payouts for performance between the market condition adjusted minimum performance threshold and 90% of goal. Payouts for performance between 90% of goal and maximum payout levels were unchanged and were determined under a grid based on various performance achievement levels for Adjusted EBITDA and market share changes.

(2)

Market share changes were measured internally based on survey data from industry sources as well as the public financial statements of certain primary competitors, technology manufacturers and technology distributors.

 

98


Table of Contents

In 2009, the Committee determined that the Company’s market share grew and that the Company attained 82.4% of its Adjusted EBITDA performance goal, resulting in a payout percentage of 52.6% of each Named Executive Officer’s bonus target. SMIP payouts to the Named Executive Officers based upon this 2009 performance were reviewed and approved by the Committee and are indicated in the table below:

 

Named Executive Officer (1)

   Calculated
SMIP  Payout

John A. Edwardson

   $ 683,800

Ann E. Ziegler

   $ 331,380

Douglas E. Eckrote

   $ 368,200

Jonathan J. Stevens

   $ 284,040

 

(1)

Mr. Richards commenced employment with the Company on September 21, 2009 and did not participate in SMIP for the 2009 year.

Long-Term Incentive Program

The Equity Sponsors believe that members of senior management should hold a personally significant interest in the equity of the Company to align their interests and the interests of our stakeholders. As described below, the Equity Sponsors implemented their management investment philosophy by requiring members of senior management to invest in the Company and by establishing a “profits-interest program.” “Profits-interest programs” are common practice in portfolio companies of private equity firms and allow participants to share in increases in the equity value of the Company.

The Equity Sponsors’ investment in the Company is held in the form of Class A Common Units of CDW Holdings (“A Units”). Each of our current Named Executive Officers who was with the Company at the time of the Acquisition was required to invest in the Company by purchasing A Units with cash, by exchanging shares of Target stock owned by the executives for A Units equivalent in value or on a deferred basis by deferring certain of their 2007 compensation into deferred A Units.

The Company granted Class B Common Units of CDW Holdings (“B Units”) in 2007 to each of our current Named Executive Officers who were with the Company at the time of the Acquisition. The Committee also has the authority to grant B Units to new members of senior management and additional B Units to current members of senior management. The Committee granted B Units to Ms. Ziegler in connection with the commencement of her employment in 2008. The Committee also granted Mr. Richards 18,658 B Units in connection with the commencement of his employment in 2009. The number of B Units granted to Mr. Richards reflects the second highest allocation of the B Unit pool, commensurate with his position as President and Chief Operating Officer. In 2009, other than the new hire grant to Mr. Richards, the Committee did not authorize the grant of any additional B Units to any of the Named Executive Officers.

The B Unit grants to the Named Executive Officers were intended to be significant multi-year grants in lieu of annual grants, with vesting over a five-year period. Under the terms of the B Unit program, the A Units and B Units share equally in any increase in the equity value of the Company above a pre-defined value for the A Units. We refer to this pre-defined value as the “participation threshold.” As the economy and general market conditions deteriorated significantly in 2008 and 2009, the value of the B Units held by senior management under the Company’s long-term incentive program was severely diminished. In mid 2009, the Committee began to consider various alternatives for restoring the effectiveness of the Company’s long-term incentive program by providing key leaders with a more meaningful interest in, and reward for, driving the growth and long-term value of the Company. The Committees’ goal was to retain critical talent and to motivate key leaders to drive the long-term success of the Company. As noted above, in considering modifications to the long-term incentive program, the Committee reviewed each executive’s total target compensation, including the overall long-term incentive opportunity, compared to the blended peer group and the survey total compensation market values data. See “—Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation—Market Comparisons” for further information regarding the peer group. As a result of such review, early in 2010, the Committee recommended, and the Board approved, amendments to the B Unit program and the establishment of a Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “RDU Plan”) discussed below.

The amendments to the B Unit program, including a reduction of the participation threshold for the B Units, were implemented to restore meaningful upside to holders of the B Units. Because the purpose of the amendments was to drive future increases in the equity value of the Company, as part of the changes, the Board required that the vesting of all B Units, including those that had previously vested, be reset so that all B Units became subject to a new five-year vesting period.

The modification to the B Unit program affected all current participants in the B Unit program, including all of the Named Executive Officers. For additional information about the deferred A Units and B Units granted to the Named Executive Officers, see the narrative accompanying the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table,” the table entitled “2009 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” and the “2009 Units Vested Table” below.

 

99


Table of Contents

The Committee also approved the RDU Plan which was designed to retain key leaders and focus them on driving the long-term success of the Company. The RDU Plan is an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Participants in the RDU Plan were granted Restricted Debt Units (“RDUs”) in March 2010. The RDUs vest on a pro rata basis over the three-year period commencing January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014. The RDUs are designed to track two components of the Company’s Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, a principal component and an interest component. However, the participants have no rights to the underlying debt. The total amount of compensation available under the RDU Plan is based on these two components. The principal component credits the RDU Plan with an amount equal to $28.5 million face value of the Company’s Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Debt Pool”). Payment of the principal component under the RDU Plan will be made to participants on October 12, 2017, unless accelerated due to a sale of the Company. The interest component credits the RDU Plan with amounts equal to the interest that would have been earned on the Debt Pool from March 11, 2010 through maturity (October 12, 2014). These amounts will be paid to participants on the interest payment dates, except that amounts for 2010 and 2011 are deferred until 2012. At the time the Company implemented the RDU Plan, the Company repurchased and retired $28.5 million principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company purchased the debt at a discount to the face value, which effectively reduced the overall cost of the RDU Plan to the Company.

There are currently 25 participants in the RDU Plan, including each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Edwardson.

In addition, the Committee in March 2010 awarded Mr. Edwardson and Ms. Ziegler 7,660 B Units and 1,766 B Units, respectively. In determining the size of the awards, the Committee considered market data and, in the case of Mr. Edwardson, the fact that Mr. Edwardson was not a participant in the RDU Plan.

Severance Benefits

The Company’s employment arrangements with each of the Named Executive Officers provide for payments and other benefits in connection with certain qualifying terminations of employment with the Company. The Committee believes that these arrangements: (i) help secure the continued employment and dedication of the Named Executive Officers; (ii) enhance the Company’s value to a potential acquirer because the Named Executive Officers have noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality provisions that apply after any termination of employment, including after a change in control of the Company; and (iii) are important as a recruitment and retention device, as many of the companies with which we compete for executive talent have similar agreements in place for their senior management.

Additional information regarding the employment arrangements with each of the Named Executive Officers, including a quantification of benefits that would have been received by each Named Executive Officer had his or her employment terminated on December 31, 2009, is provided under “—2009 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Richards’ 2009 Sign-On Bonus

As part of Mr. Richards’ employment arrangement, the Committee approved a sign-on bonus of $1,186,000 payable to Mr. Richards in March 2010, subject to repayment if Mr. Richards resigns other than for “good reason” or is terminated by the Company for “cause” prior to the one-year anniversary of his employment commencement date. In determining this bonus, the Committee considered the forfeiture by Mr. Richards of both his 2009 bonus and dividends relating to his unvested restricted share awards with his former employer.

Other Benefits

Our Named Executive Officers participate in the Company’s corporate-wide benefit programs.

 

   

Retirement Programs: Our Named Executive Officers are provided benefits that are generally commensurate with the benefits provided to all full-time CDW coworkers, which includes participation in the Company’s qualified defined contribution plan (the Company’s contributions are included for each Named Executive Officer in the 2009 Summary Compensation Table). Consistent with the Company’s performance-based culture, the Company does not offer a service-based defined benefit pension plan or other similar benefits to its coworkers. Similarly, the Company does not provide nonqualified retirement programs to the Named Executive Officers.

 

100


Table of Contents
   

Perquisites: Consistent with the Company’s pay-for-performance philosophy, the Company does not offer perquisites that are often provided at other companies, such as Company matching into a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, automobile allowance, car or driver, corporate aircraft, country club membership, financial planning services or tax return preparation.

2009 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2009 by our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers serving as executive officers at the end of 2009, whom we collectively refer to as our “Named Executive Officers”.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary
($)
    Bonus
($) (2)
   Stock
Awards
($) (3)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (4)
   Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
   Total ($)

John A. Edwardson
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

   2009    564,205 (1)    250    —      —      683,800    —      3,193    1,251,448

Thomas E. Richards
President and Chief Operating Officer

   2009    175,000      1,208,896    —      —      —      —      30,274    1,414,170

Ann E. Ziegler
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   2009    317,538      100    —      —      331,380    —      3,193    652,211

Douglas E. Eckrote
Senior Vice President, Strategic Solutions and Services

   2009    272,885      350    —      —      368,200    —      3,193    644,628

Jonathan J. Stevens
Senior Vice President, Operations and Chief Information Officer

   2009    262,962      250    —      —      284,040    —      3,193    550,445

 

(1)

As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, for 2009, Mr. Edwardson voluntarily reduced his 2009 base salary.

(2)

Each of the Named Executive Officers received a bonus under the 25th Anniversary Award program, under which all CDW coworkers received a bonus in an amount equal to $50 for each year of service. The amount reported for Mr. Richards also includes a one-time sign-on bonus in the amount of $1,186,000 and the balance of his unused relocation allowance which was distributed to him in the form of a cash bonus in the amount of $22,846.

(3)

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement, Mr. Richards received 18,658 B Units in connection with his commencement of employment with the Company. Under relevant accounting rules, this grant was considered made in 2010 rather than 2009 and, accordingly, is not reflected in the 2009 Summary Compensation Table.

(4)

The amounts included in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column reflect cash awards to the Named Executive Officers under the SMIP for performance during 2009. Mr. Richards commenced employment with the Company on September 21, 2009 and did not participate in the SMIP for the 2009 year.

(5)

For all Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Richards, All Other Compensation consists of a discretionary profit sharing contribution to the Company’s 401(k) plan. For Mr. Richards, the amounts reported in this column consist of a discretionary profit sharing contribution to the Company’s 401(k) plan ($2,292), the value reimbursed for 30 days of COBRA coverage prior to being eligible for health and welfare benefits under the Company’s programs ($828), and reimbursement for expenses in connection with Mr. Richards’ relocation from Colorado to Illinois ($27,154). These relocation expenses represent the amount accrued for payment or paid to the service provider or Mr. Richards, as applicable.

 

101


Table of Contents

2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table shows the possible payouts to our Named Executive Officers in 2009 under our SMIP and the grant of B Units to Mr. Richards pursuant to the terms of his employment arrangement.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
  Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (1)
  Estimated Possible  Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
Awards

($)
 
    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
       

John A. Edwardson

  —     325,000   1,300,000   2,600,000   —     —     —     —        —     —     —     

Thomas E. Richards

  9/21/09   —     —     —     —     —     —     18,658 (2)    —     —     0 (2) 

Ann E. Ziegler

  —     157,500   630,000   1,260,000   —     —     —     —        —     —     —     

Douglas E. Eckrote

  —     175,000   700,000   1,400,000   —     —     —     —        —     —     —     

Jonathan J. Stevens

  —     135,000   540,000   1,080,000   —     —     —     —        —     —     —     

 

(1)

As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the SMIP payout formula was modified for the 2009 performance period. As a result of such modification, the Committee reduced the payout threshold level from 85% to 76% of the Adjusted EBITDA performance goal. In addition, the Committee required a gain in market share in order to achieve any payouts under SMIP for performance at or below 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA performance goal. The above table reflects the modified award opportunity.

(2)

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement, Mr. Richards received 18,658 B Units in connection with his commencement of employment with the Company. Under relevant accounting rules, this grant was considered made in 2010 rather than 2009 and, accordingly, there is no grant date fair value associated with this award in 2009.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Agreements and Arrangements

During 2009, the Company had an employment agreement with Mr. Edwardson. In addition, during 2009, the Committee negotiated the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment as the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer. The following is a description of the terms of Messrs. Edwardson and Richards’ employment arrangements, which are relevant to an understanding of the 2009 Summary Compensation Table and 2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.

On October 12, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition Transactions, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Edwardson, pursuant to which Mr. Edwardson agreed to continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Edwardson’s employment agreement provides for, among other items, (i) an annual base salary of $760,000 subject to merit increases, (ii) an annual incentive bonus target of not less than $1,000,000, and (iii) a one-time grant of approximately 54,500 B Units in 2007. The employment agreement also provides Mr. Edwardson with certain severance payments following a qualifying termination of employment. See “—2009 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below for a description of such severance payments.

As of August 24, 2009, the Company entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Richards, pursuant to which Mr. Richards agreed to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Richards’ agreement provides for, among other items, (i) an annual base salary of $700,000 subject to merit increases, (ii) a sign-on bonus equal to $1,186,000, subject to repayment in the event that Mr. Richards resigns other than for “good reason” or is terminated by the Company for “cause” within the one-year anniversary of Mr. Richards’ employment commencement date, (iii) an annual incentive bonus target of $1,050,000 for the 2010 plan year, (iv) the authorization of a grant of 18,658 B Units, and (v) certain relocation-related benefits. Under the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement, Mr. Richards also had a right to receive certain cash payments in the event that the B Units were not modified within a certain time frame. The value of such cash payments approximated the value of equity held by Mr. Richards in his former employer that was forfeited upon Mr. Richards’ departure. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Program” for a discussion of the amendments to the B Unit program in 2010. In addition, on March 10, 2010, the Company and Mr. Richards entered into a compensation protection agreement, which superseded the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement. The terms of the Company’s form of compensation protection agreement are described in “—2009 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”.

 

102


Table of Contents

SMIP

For information regarding the operation of the SMIP, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Senior Management Incentive Plan.”

Equity Awards

As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, except in the case of Mr. Richards’ new hire grant, the Company did not authorize the grant of any B Units to any of the Named Executive Officers in 2009. The new hire grant was, under relevant accounting rules, considered to be made in 2010 rather than 2009. Accordingly, consistent with SEC disclosure rules, no value is shown with respect to this award for 2009 in the 2009 Summary Compensation Table or 2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.

2009 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number and value of unvested equity awards held by each Named Executive Officer on December 31, 2009.

 

Name

   Number of Units
That Have Not
Vested (#) (1)
   Market Value of
Units That Have
Not Vested ($) (2)

John A. Edwardson

   30,314    0

Thomas E. Richards

   17,616    0

Ann E. Ziegler

   4,560    0

Douglas E. Eckrote

   4,769    0

Jonathan J. Stevens

   3,490    0

 

(1)

Amounts reported in this column represent the number of unvested B Units held by each Named Executive Officer as of December 31, 2009, including the 18,658 B Units granted to Mr. Richards in connection with his commencement of employment with the Company.

(2)

Following the Acquisition, the Company’s equity ceased to be publicly-traded. Based on an internal valuation, the B Units were attributed with a $0 market value as of December 31, 2009.

Class B Units

The B Unit program is a profits-interest compensation program that was designed to permit holders of B Units to share in the increase in the equity value of the Company above a pre-defined value for the A Units.

The B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis between the date of grant and the fifth anniversary of the date of grant if, and only if, the executive is, and has been, continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, serving as a manager or director of the Company or its subsidiaries, or providing services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant. Immediately prior to a sale of CDW Holdings, all unvested B Units shall immediately vest if the executive is, and has been, continuously employed by or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date of the transaction.

B Units were granted to Messrs. Edwardson, Eckrote and Stevens on October 12, 2007 and Ms. Ziegler on April 14, 2008. In addition, pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement, the Company granted to Mr. Richards 18,658 B Units on September 21, 2009. Under relevant accounting rules, this grant was considered to be made in 2010 rather than 2009.

As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the B Unit program was amended in early 2010.
See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Program” for further information regarding the amendments to the B Unit program.

 

103


Table of Contents

2009 Units Vested Table

The following table summarizes the value of equity that vested during 2009 for the Named Executive Officers.

 

Name

   Number of Units
Acquired on
Vesting (#) (1)
    Value
Realized on
Vesting ($) (2)

John A. Edwardson

   10,890      0

Thomas E. Richards

   1,042 (3)    0

Ann E. Ziegler

   1,387      0

Douglas E. Eckrote

   1,713      0

Jonathan J. Stevens

   1,254      0

 

(1)

Amounts reported in this column represent the number of the Named Executive Officer’s B Units that vested during 2009. As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, in connection with the 2010 amendments to the B Unit program, the Board reset the vesting terms of the B Units so that the units vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing January 1, 2010 and continuing through December 31, 2014. Accordingly, the B Units reported in the above table became subject to a new five-year vesting period beginning on January 1, 2010.

(2)

Following the Acquisition, the Company’s equity ceased to be publicly-traded. Based on an internal valuation, the B Units were attributed with a $0 market value as of December 31, 2009.

(3)

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement, Mr. Richards received 18,658 B Units in connection with his commencement of employment with the Company. The amount reported in the above table is the portion of the award that vested during 2009.

2009 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

The following table summarizes the change in value during 2009 and the aggregate value of deferred equity held by the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2009.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions In

Last Fiscal Year
($)
   Registrant
Company
Contributions  In

Last Fiscal Year
($)
   Aggregate
Earnings in  Last

Fiscal Year 
($) (1)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
($)
   Aggregate
Balance At  Last

Fiscal Year-End
($) (1)

John A. Edwardson

   —      —      —      —      —  

Thomas E. Richards

   —      —      —      —      —  

Ann E. Ziegler

   —      —      —      —      —  

Douglas E. Eckrote

   —      —      0    —      0

Jonathan J. Stevens

   —      —      —      —      —  

 

(1)

Mr. Eckrote has a deferred right to 916 A Units. Following the Acquisition, the Company’s equity ceased to be publicly-traded. Based on an internal valuation, the A Units were attributed with a $0 market value as of December 31, 2009. Therefore, there was no value assigned to the Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year and Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year-End columns.

Deferred Units

As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Equity Sponsors believe that members of senior management should hold a personally significant interest in the equity of the Company to align their interests and the interests of our stakeholders. To implement this philosophy, the Equity Sponsors required that each of the Named Executive Officers who was with the Company at the time of the Acquisition purchase equity in the Company in the form of a cash investment in A Units and/or defer a portion of their compensation earned in 2007 into deferred A Units.

Pursuant to a Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement dated October 12, 2007, Mr. Eckrote elected to defer a portion of his compensation earned in 2007 into deferred A Units to satisfy a portion of the management investment requirement implemented by the Equity Sponsors. The deferred A Units became fully vested as of December 31, 2007. In addition, Mr. Eckrote also converted his prior deferred compensation account under the Company’s prior nonqualified deferred compensation plan to deferred A Units which were fully vested on October 12, 2007.

 

104


Table of Contents

As shown in the table above, based on an internal valuation, the A Units were attributed with a $0 market value as of December 31, 2009. The Company established a separate notional account for Mr. Eckrote with respect to his deferred units. The deferred units are entitled to share in any cash distributions paid with respect to the A Units; provided, that, any cash distributions shall be credited to Mr. Eckrote’s notional account and shall be subject to the same vesting and distribution restrictions as the underlying A Units.

The deferred A Units will be settled upon the earlier to occur of: (i) a sale of CDW Holdings which also constitutes a change in control event; (ii) the date that is 30 days following Mr. Eckrote’s separation from service; and (iii) October 12, 2010.

Upon the settlement date, Mr. Eckrote is entitled to a distribution of the amounts credited to his notional account, including all cash distributions. Notwithstanding any other provision, if the settlement date is by reason of termination of employment or service, then in lieu of delivering shares of A Units or other securities or property credited to Mr. Eckrote’s deferred unit account, the Company may deliver to Mr. Eckrote an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of such A Units or such other securities or property; provided that the Company may exercise such right only if (i) Mr. Eckrote is terminated for cause or (ii) if Mr. Eckrote resigns his employment (other than for good reason, disability or retirement) before October 12, 2010.

2009 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

As noted above and in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Edwardson and an employment letter agreement with Mr. Richards, which provide for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. On March 10, 2010, the Company and Mr. Richards entered into a compensation protection agreement, which superseded the terms of Mr. Richards’ employment letter agreement. The remaining Named Executive Officers have entered into compensation protection agreements with the Company, which provide for certain payments and other benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment.

A description of the material terms of each of these arrangements, and estimates of the payments and benefits each Named Executive Officer would receive upon a termination of employment, are set forth below. The estimates have been calculated assuming a termination date of December 31, 2009 and are based upon the estimated market value of the Company’s B Units on that date of $0 per unit. The amounts reported below are only estimates and actual payments and benefits to be paid upon a termination of a Named Executive Officer’s employment with the Company under these arrangements can only be determined at the time of termination.

All of the Named Executive Officers are bound by noncompetition agreements with the Company. Mr. Edwardson is bound by noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions that apply for a period of two years following any termination of his employment and confidentiality provisions that apply for an unlimited period of time following any termination of his employment. The remaining Named Executive Officers are bound by noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions that apply for a period of twelve months (if the Named Executive Officer is not eligible for severance upon termination) or eighteen months (if the Named Executive Officer is eligible for severance upon termination) following any termination of employment and confidentiality provisions that apply for an unlimited period of time following any termination of employment. The noncompetition period for the Named Executive Officers under the B Unit agreements is 18 months.

Employment Agreement with John A. Edwardson

We entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Edwardson on October 12, 2007 that provides for payments and other benefits in connection with the termination of his employment with the Company.

If Mr. Edwardson’s employment is terminated due to Mr. Edwardson’s death or disability, Mr. Edwardson or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to receive the following payments and benefits under the employment agreement: (1) accrued base salary through the date of termination of employment; (2) the amount of any SMIP bonus earned and payable, but not yet paid, for the fiscal year prior to the year in which Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment occurs; (3) any earned and unpaid portion of the SMIP bonus target determined as of the last day of the fiscal year in which Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment occurs, prorated from the first day in such fiscal year through the date of Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment; and (4) any employee benefits to which Mr. Edwardson is otherwise entitled. In addition, in the case of Mr. Edwardson’s termination due to death or disability, Mr. Edwardson’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement provides for the immediate vesting of the additional portion of his outstanding B Units that would vest over a period of one year from Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment.

 

105


Table of Contents

If Mr. Edwardson’s employment is terminated by the Company for “cause” or by Mr. Edwardson without “good reason,” as defined in his employment agreement, Mr. Edwardson is entitled to receive the benefits described in (1), (2) and (4) above. If Mr. Edwardson’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by Mr. Edwardson for “good reason,” Mr. Edwardson is entitled to receive the payments and benefits described in (1) through (4) above and a lump sum payment of two times the sum of his base salary plus his average annual incentive bonus for the last three full fiscal years. There is no acceleration or continuation of vesting of the B Units for terminations other than on account of Mr. Edwardson’s death or disability.

Compensation Protection Agreements

With respect to the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Edwardson, the Company has entered into compensation protection agreements with each Named Executive Officer that provide for payments and other benefits upon a termination of the Named Executive Officer upon a qualifying termination of employment. A qualifying termination means termination of the Named Executive Officer’s employment (1) by the Company other than (A) for “cause,” (B) the Named Executive Officer’s death or (C) the Named Executive Officer’s disability, or (2) by the Named Executive Officer for “good reason.”

If the employment of a Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Edwardson is terminated for any reason other than a qualifying termination of employment, the Named Executive Officer is entitled to receive his or her “accrued obligations.” Under the terms of the compensation protection agreement, accrued obligations include the following: (1) accrued and unpaid base salary; (2) any SMIP bonus, deferred compensation and other cash compensation accrued by the Named Executive Officer to the extent not paid as of the date of termination; and (3) and vacation pay, expense reimbursements and other cash entitlements accrued by the Named Executive Officer to the extent not paid as of the date of termination.

If the employment of a Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Edwardson is terminated due to the Named Executive Officer’s death or disability, the Named Executive Officer or his or her estate, as applicable, is entitled to receive the following payments under his or her compensation protection agreement: (1) accrued obligations as defined above and (2) an annual incentive bonus (based on the target bonus under the Company’s SMIP), prorated through the effective date of the Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment. In addition, in the case of termination due to the Named Executive Officer’s death or disability, each Named Executive Officer’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement provides for the immediate vesting of the additional portion of his outstanding B Units that would vest over a period of one year from such Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment.

If the employment of a Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Edwardson is terminated due to a qualifying termination, the Named Executive Officer is entitled to receive the following payments and benefits under his or her compensation protection agreement: (1) accrued obligations as defined above; (2) the portion of the unpaid SMIP bonus that the Named Executive Officer would have received had he or she remained employed by the Company for the full year in which the termination occurs, based on actual performance and prorated through the date of termination; (3) continuation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices of the Named Executive Officer’s base salary for two years or, in the case of Mr. Richards’ termination for good reason due to the acquisition of the Company on or before December 31, 2011, three years; (4) payment of two times or, in the case of Mr. Richards’ termination for good reason due to the acquisition of the Company on or before December 31, 2011, three times the Named Executive Officer’s SMIP bonus that would have been earned had the Named Executive Officer remained employed by the Company for the full year in which the termination occurs, based on actual performance; (5) continuation of medical, dental, disability, accident, life insurance and other similar insurance coverage for two years, or if earlier, the date that the Named Executive Officer became eligible for each such type of insurance coverage from a subsequent employer (provided, however, that if the Company is unable to provide such continuation benefits to the Named Executive Officer, the Company will reimburse and provide a tax-gross up for the cost associated with providing such benefits); and (6) outplacement services of up to $20,000. The receipt of all of the payments and benefits above, except payment of accrued obligations, is conditioned upon the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a general release agreement in which he or she waives all claims that he or she might have against the Company and certain associated individuals and entities. There is no acceleration or continuation of vesting of the B Units for terminations other than on account of a Named Executive Officer’s death or disability.

If the payments and benefits to a Named Executive Officer under their respective employment agreement or compensation protection agreement would subject the Named Executive Officer to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Named Executive Officer would be entitled to receive a “gross-up” payment, unless the Named Executive Officer’s net after-tax benefit resulting from such gross-up payment, as compared to a reduction of such payments and benefits so that no excise tax is incurred, is less than $100,000. The foregoing gross-up payment is applicable only in the case of the Company’s first change in control following its initial public offering.

 

106


Table of Contents

While Mr. Edwardson’s employment agreement and the compensation protection agreements do not contain a provision regarding acceleration of B Units, all the outstanding unvested B Units would immediately vest upon a sale of the Company under the Class B Common Unit Grant Agreements entered into with each Named Executive Officer. A sale of the Company under the award agreements means the acquisition by any person or group of (1) at least 51% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote to elect members of the Board or (2) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis. An initial public offering shall not constitute a sale of the Company. All estimates in this section assume that all outstanding B Units become vested upon the change in control.

 

Name

   Severance
Payment

($) (1)
   Pro Rata
Actual
Bonus
Payment

($) (2)
   Class B
Common
Units

($) (3)
   Welfare
Benefits

($) (4)
   Outplacement
($) (5)
   Aggregate
Payments ($)

John A. Edwardson

   4,275,450    683,800    —      —      —      4,959,250

Thomas E. Richards (2x Scenario)

   1,400,000    —      —      10,404    20,000    1,430,404

Thomas E. Richards (3x Scenario)

   2,100,000    —      —      15,607    20,000    2,135,607

Ann E. Ziegler

   1,302,760    331,380    —      10,748    20,000    1,664,888

Douglas E. Eckrote

   1,286,400    368,200    —      15,886    20,000    1,690,486

Jonathan J. Stevens

   1,098,080    284,040    —      15,982    20,000    1,418,102

 

(1)

Except as otherwise noted, amounts reported in this column represent two times the sum of the Named Executive Officer’s base salary and the actual annual incentive bonus earned for 2009 (except for Mr. Edwardson, in which case the bonus component is based upon the average of the annual incentive bonus amounts earned for the last three full fiscal years). Under Mr. Richards’ compensation protection agreement, he is entitled to receive a severance payment equal to three times the sum of his base salary and actual annual incentive bonus earned for 2009 following Mr. Richards’ termination for good reason due to the acquisition of the Company on or before December 31, 2011.

(2)

Under the Named Executive Officers’ respective agreements, the Named Executive Officers are entitled to a pro rata bonus based on the Company’s actual performance for the year in which termination occurs. Because termination is assumed to occur as of December 31, 2009, this amount represents the full year SMIP bonus for 2009.

(3)

Represents the value of all unvested B Units that would become vested immediately prior to a sale of the Company on December 31, 2009. As noted above, based upon an internal valuation, the B Units were attributed with a $0 market value as of December 31, 2009.

(4)

Represents the estimated value of continued welfare benefits for two years that all Named Executive Officers, except for Mr. Edwardson, would be entitled to receive.

(5)

Represents the maximum value of outplacement services that all Named Executive Officers, except for Mr. Edwardson, would be entitled to receive.

 

Name

   Severance
Payment
($)
   Pro Rata
Actual
Bonus
Payment
($) (1)
   Class B
Common
Units

($) (2)
   Aggregate
Payments
($)

John A. Edwardson

   —      683,800    —      683,800

Thomas E. Richards

   —      —      —      —  

Ann E. Ziegler

   —      630,000    —      630,000

Douglas E. Eckrote

   —      700,000    —      700,000

Jonathan J. Stevens

   —      540,000    —      540,000

 

(1)

Under the Named Executive Officers’ respective agreements, the Named Executive Officers are entitled to a pro rata bonus based on target or, in the case of Mr. Edwardson, actual performance for the year in which termination occurs. Because termination is assumed to occur as of December 31, 2009, the amount reported for Mr. Edwardson represents the full year SMIP bonus for 2009.

 

107


Table of Contents
(2)

Represents the value of B Units, equal to the amount that would vest over a period of one year, in the event of a death or a termination following a disability on December 31, 2009. As noted above, the B Units were attributed with a $0 market value as of December 31, 2009.

Director Compensation

Our directors who were not also (1) our officers or employees or (2) Managing Directors of the Equity Sponsors in 2009 were eligible to receive an annual retainer of $175,000 in 2009, paid on a quarterly basis after completion of each quarter of service. Our other directors, Benjamin D. Chereskin, Glenn M. Creamer, Michael J. Dominguez and George A. Peinado, all of whom were Managing Directors of the Equity Sponsors in 2009, did not receive compensation for their board service in 2009.

The following table shows information concerning the compensation that those directors eligible to receive compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009:

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash/
Total ($) (1)

Steven W. Alesio

   108,654

Barry K. Allen

   144,861

Ted T. Devine

     68,478

 

(1)

Consists of the pro rata portion of the $175,000 annual retainer earned based upon length of board service in 2009. Messrs. Alesio and Allen currently serve on the board and commenced board service on May 18, 2009 and March 4, 2009, respectively. Mr. Devine’s board service commenced on July 21, 2009 and ceased on December 11, 2009.

 

108


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

All of the equity interests of CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation are owned by Parent, which in turn is wholly owned by CDW Holdings. CDW Holdings was capitalized in connection with the Acquisition Transactions with approximately $2,141.9 million of equity capital in the form of units. As of June 30, 2010, CDW Holdings had 2,153,994.09 A Units outstanding and 187,198.27 B Units outstanding, of which 18,932.94 were vested. The A Units and the vested B Units vote together as a single class of units. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the units of CDW Holdings as of June 30, 2010 by:

 

   

each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of its outstanding voting common equity;

 

   

each member of the board of managers of Holdings and our executive officers; and

 

   

our managers and executive officers as a group.

To our knowledge, each such holder has sole voting and investment power as to the units shown unless otherwise noted. Beneficial ownership of the units listed in the table has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

       CDW Holdings, LLC
       Number of A
Units
Beneficially
Owned
   Percent of  A
Units
Beneficially
Owned
   Number of  B
Units
Beneficially
Owned
   Percent of  B
Units
Beneficially
Owned
   Percent of  All
Units
Beneficially
Owned

Principal Unitholders:

              

Madison Dearborn (1)

   1,108,879.4    51.5    —      —      51.0

Providence Equity (2)

   980,415.5    45.5    —      —      45.1

Managers and Executive Officers:

              

John A. Edwardson (3)

   26,000.0    1.2    8,204.9    39.1    1.6

Ann E. Ziegler (4)

   1,000.0    *    1,148.7    6.0    *

Thomas E. Richards (5)

   —      —      2,461.2    12.6    *

Douglas E. Eckrote (6)

   4,000.0    *    1,131.9    5.9    *

Jonathan J. Stevens (7)

   1,400.0    *    828.5    4.3    *

Steven W. Alesio

   —      —      —      —      —  

Barry K. Allen

   —      —      —      —      —  

Benjamin D. Chereskin

   —      —      —      —      —  

Glenn M. Creamer

   —      —      —      —      —  

Michael J. Dominguez

   —      —      —      —      —  

George A. Peinado

   —      —      —      —      —  

Robin P. Selati

   —      —      —      —      —  

All Managers and Executive Officers as a group (16 persons)

   35,300.0    1.6    16,774.7    72.6    2.4

 

*

Denotes less than one percent.

(1)

Consists of 723,840.2 A Units held directly by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P. (“MDP A”), 192,022.3 A Units held directly by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P. (“MDP C”), 7,273.2 A Units held directly by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P. (“MDP Exec”) and 185,743.8 A Units held directly by MDCP Co-Investor (CDW), L.P. (“MDP Co-Investor”). The units held by MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Madison Dearborn Partners V A&C, L.P. (“MDP V”), the general partner of MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor. As the sole member of a limited partner committee of MDP V that has the power, acting by majority vote, to vote or dispose of the units directly held by MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor, John A. Canning, Paul J. Finnegan and Samuel M. Mencoff may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over such units. MDP V, MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor may be deemed to be a group for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, but expressly disclaim group attribution. Messrs. Canning, Finnegan and Mencoff and MDP V hereby disclaim any beneficial ownership of any shares held by MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor. The address for the Madison Dearborn entities and persons is Three First National Plaza, Suite 4600, Chicago, Illinois, 60602.

 

109


Table of Contents
(2)

Consists of 621,184.7 A Units held directly by Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P. (“PEP VI”), 213,695.0 A Units held directly by Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P. (“PEP VI-A”) and 145,535.8 A Units held directly by PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P. (“PEP Co-Investor”). The units held by PEP VI, PEP VI-A and PEP Co-Investor may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Providence Equity GP VI, L.P. (“PEP GP”), the general partner of PEP VI, PEP VI-A and PEP Co-Investor and Providence Equity Partners VI, L.L.C. (“PEP LLC”), the general partner of PEP GP. PEP VI, PEP VI-A, PEP Co-Investor, PEP GP and PEP LLC may be deemed to be a group for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, but expressly disclaim group attribution. The address for the Providence Equity entities is 50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.

(3)

8,775 A Units held by the Edwardson Family Foundation are deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Edwardson. Includes beneficial ownership of 2,042.7 B Units held by Mr. Edwardson that may be acquired within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(4)

350 A Units held by the Mark A. Orloff Irrevocable Trust and 650 A Units held by the Ann E. Ziegler IRA Northern Trust Bank are deemed to be beneficially owned by Ms. Ziegler. Includes beneficial ownership of 286.0 B Units held by Ms. Ziegler that may be acquired within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(5)

Includes beneficial ownership of 612.7 B Units held by Mr. Richards that may be acquired within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(6)

Includes beneficial ownership of 915.9 deferred A Units and 281.8 B Units held by Mr. Eckrote that may be acquired within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

(7)

Includes beneficial ownership of 206.3 B Units held by Mr. Stevens that may be acquired within 60 days of June 30, 2010.

 

110


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Acquisition Transactions

On May 29, 2007, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger, pursuant to which MergerSub, a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, merged with and into Target, with Target continuing as the surviving corporation. As consideration, each holder of Target common stock (other than Parent or holders who perfected their dissenters’ rights) was entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to $87.75 per common share.

Payments to Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity

At the closing of the Acquisition Transactions, Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity received an aggregate fee of approximately $42 million, which was allocated between the two Equity Sponsors pro rata based on their equity contributions, plus out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition Transactions. Upon closing of the Acquisition Transactions, we entered into a management services agreement with affiliates of Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity pursuant to which they have agreed to provide us with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the Equity Sponsors earn an annual advisory fee of $5 million, payment of which is subject to certain restrictions contained in our senior secured term loan facility, and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. Additionally, the Equity Sponsors are entitled to certain fees based on the amount of any future equity or debt financing for us that is arranged by them. The management services agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Equity Sponsors.

Management and Equity Sponsor Equity Arrangements

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, members of the Company’s senior management team, including all of our then current executive officers who remain with us today, purchased A Units with cash, by exchanging shares of Target stock for A Units of equivalent value or on a deferred basis by deferring all or a portion of their 2007 compensation into deferred A Units. These individuals included Messrs. Edwardson, Berger, Eckrote and Stevens and Ms. Leahy, all of whom served on our executive committee, and Ms. Rother and Mr. Troka, who were not executive committee members at the time, but who currently serve on our executive committee. In addition, Ms. Ziegler purchased A Units in connection with the commencement of her employment in 2008. The purchase price per unit paid by senior management for the A Units was $1,000, the same as that paid by the Equity Sponsors for the purchase of A Units issued in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions. As of June 30, 2010, executive officers owned 35,300 A Units (including deferred A Units), or approximately 1.6% of the outstanding A Units (including deferred A Units). The aggregate purchase price paid by the executive officers for these units (including deferred A Units) was approximately $35.3 million.

The A Units are subject to restrictions on transfer, and also are subject to the right of CDW Holdings or, if not exercised by CDW Holdings, the right of the Equity Sponsors, to repurchase the units in certain circumstances, subject to certain exceptions. With respect to the members of our executive committee at the time of the Acquisition Transactions and Ms. Ziegler, these circumstances include: (i) a termination of the executive’s employment with the Company for cause, (ii) a resignation (other than upon retirement or resignation due to disability or for good reason) within three years of the date of such equity purchase, (iii) a material violation of a restrictive covenant within three years after the executive’s termination of employment with the Company or (iv) the executive becoming employed by, performing services for or becoming associated with a competitor. With respect to all other management investors, these circumstances include: (i) a termination of the executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, (ii) a violation of a restrictive covenant, or (iii) the executive becoming employed by, performing services for or becoming associated with a competitor. If an executive’s employment with us terminates for any reason other than for cause or violation of a restrictive covenant, the executive’s units can be repurchased at fair market value. Upon a termination for cause or violation of a restrictive covenant, the executive’s units can be repurchased at the lower of original cost or fair market value.

Holders of the deferred A Units are entitled to any distributions (whether in cash or property) on A Units as though each deferred unit held was one A Unit, though such distributions may not be made at the same time as distributions are made to holders of A Units, as more fully described in the applicable deferred unit purchase agreement. Deferred units cannot generally be transferred prior to the applicable settlement date and, if deferred units are settled in exchange for A Units, such A Units can only be transferred as provided by the agreements governing the A Units, including the limited liability company agreement and with respect to those parties to the unitholders agreement, to that agreement.

 

111


Table of Contents

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, the then current executive committee members, the Equity Sponsors and certain other co-investors entered into a unitholders agreement with CDW Holdings. Ms. Ziegler and Mr. Richards have executed joinders to the unitholders agreement. Under the unitholders agreement, if the Equity Sponsors (so long as the Equity Sponsors collectively continue to hold at least 51% of the Common Units (as defined in the CDW Holdings limited liability company agreement)) seek to sell all or substantially all of the Company, these executives must consent to the sale and cooperate with the Equity Sponsors, which may include selling their securities to the buyer on the terms and at the price negotiated by the Equity Sponsors and signing whatever documents as are reasonably necessary to consummate the sale. Additionally, under the unitholders agreement, prior to an initial public offering, if the Equity Sponsors sell a significant portion of their ownership interest in CDW Holdings to a third party (disregarding sales in the public market, transfers to affiliates and certain other exceptions), these executives will have the option, but will not be required (except in the case of a sale of the entire Company), to participate in the sale and sell alongside the Equity Sponsors on a pro rata basis. Prior to an initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of CDW Holdings, each executive will be required to vote his or her units in favor of a board of managers consisting of such representatives as the Equity Sponsors designate and our Chief Executive Officer. The right of each Equity Sponsor to designate such representatives is subject to certain percentage ownership requirements.

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, the then current executive committee members, the Equity Sponsors and certain other co-investors entered into a registration rights agreement with Parent and CDW Holdings. Ms. Ziegler and Mr. Richards have executed joinders to the registration rights agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, the Equity Sponsors were given the right to require Parent to register any or all of its securities under the Securities Act on Form S-1 or Form S-3, at Parent’s expense. Additionally, these executives are entitled to request the inclusion of their registrable securities in any such registration statement at Parent’s expense whenever Parent proposes to register any offering of its securities.

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, the then current executive committee members, all other senior management investors, the Equity Sponsors and certain other co-investors entered into a limited liability company agreement with CDW Holdings, which was subsequently amended and restated on March 10, 2010. Ms. Ziegler and Mr. Richards have executed joinders to the limited liability company agreement. The limited liability company agreement specifies the rights and obligations of the members of CDW Holdings and the rights of the various classes of limited liability company interests therein. Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement, holders of A Units and B Units will share in future distributions on a pro rata basis, subject to certain participation thresholds for holders of B Units.

Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons

The charter of the audit committee of CDW Holdings’ board gives the audit committee the responsibility to review all transactions with related persons. According to the charter, no related person transaction may be entered into unless and until it has been approved by the audit committee. For these purposes, a related person transaction is considered to be any transaction that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

Potential related person transactions are identified based on information submitted by our officers and managers and then submitted to the audit committee for review. The audit committee takes into account all relevant considerations in deciding whether to approve the transaction. These considerations may, but need not, include:

 

   

the approximate dollar amount involved in the transaction, including the amount payable to or by the related person;

 

   

the nature of the interest of the related person in the transaction;

 

   

whether the transaction may involve a conflict of interest;

 

   

whether the transaction was entered into on terms no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unaffiliated third party; and

 

   

the purpose of the transaction and any potential benefits to us.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Credit Facilities

On October 12, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition Transactions, we entered into (1) a senior secured revolving credit facility providing for a revolving loan in an aggregate principal amount of up to $800 million and (2) a senior secured term loan facility providing for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $2,200 million.

On March 14, 2008, we amended and restated the senior secured term loan facility to modify the leverage ratio which is used in calculating the interest rate on the term loan, to add a senior secured leverage ratio covenant and to modify certain existing covenants and prepayment provisions, each as more fully described below.

On November 4, 2009, we further amended the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility to revise the senior secured leverage ratio and to increase the applicable interest rate spread. We also amended certain other terms, including the placement of additional restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness and the addition of a requirement that we maintain an interest rate hedge to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility through maturity, subject to certain limitations.

The following summary is a description of the principal terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documents governing those facilities. In this section, we sometimes refer to CDW LLC as “Borrower.”

Maturity; Prepayments

The senior secured revolving credit facility matures in 2012. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility matures in 2014. The principal amount of the amended and restated senior secured term loan is amortized commencing on September 30, 2009 in quarterly installments equal to $5.5 million with the remainder due at maturity. The quarterly installments are reduced to the extent of prepayments due to excess cash flows and asset sales.

Subject to certain exceptions, the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility is subject to mandatory prepayment and reduction in an amount equal to:

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of (1) certain asset sales by the Borrower and its domestic restricted subsidiaries and (2) certain insurance recovery and condemnation events, with that percentage being reduced to 50% and 0% if certain leverage ratios are met; and

 

   

the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness by the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries; and

 

   

beginning with the fiscal year 2008, 50% of excess operating cash flow net of operating cash used (or to be used) to finance permitted acquisitions and other investments for which a binding agreement (or binding commitment) then exists, for capital expenditures, for certain restricted payments and for any voluntary and certain mandatory principal payments (as defined) for any fiscal year, with that percentage being to reduced to 25% and 0% if certain leverage ratios are met.

As part of the amendments discussed above, the leverage ratios relating to the prepayment percentages with respect to asset sales, insurance recoveries and excess cash flow were each changed from a total net leverage ratio to a senior secured leverage ratio.

Security; Guarantees

Our obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities have been guaranteed on a secured senior basis by Parent and each of our wholly owned U.S. direct or indirect subsidiaries. Our obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and each guarantor’s obligations under its guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets and the assets of the guarantors. Because our Senior Credit Facilities are secured obligations, if we fail to comply with the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and those creditors accelerate the payment of all the funds borrowed thereunder and we are unable to repay such indebtedness, they could foreclose on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our guarantors which serve as collateral.

 

113


Table of Contents

The senior secured revolving credit facility is secured by (1) a first priority lien on substantially all of the Borrower’s accounts, deposit accounts, eligible inventory and proceeds thereof and (2) a second priority lien on substantially all other assets. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility is secured by (1) a first priority lien on all capital stock and substantially all assets (except cash, accounts, deposit accounts, inventory and proceeds thereof) of the Borrower and its domestic subsidiaries and on 65% of the capital stock of the Borrower’s foreign subsidiaries and (2) a second priority lien on substantially all cash, accounts, deposit accounts, inventory and proceeds thereof.

Interest and Fees

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) in the case of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility, the interest rate set forth on the British Banking Association Telerate Page 5 or, in the case of the senior secured revolving credit facility, the rate publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% or (2) a LIBOR rate equal to the British Banking Association LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin for borrowings under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility ranges from 2.50% to 3.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and ranges from 3.50% to 4.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings, based on the senior secured leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility ranges from 0.00% to 0.75% with respect to base rate borrowings and 1.00% to 1.75% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin under the senior secured revolving credit facility is subject to adjustment based on certain excess availability levels.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the senior secured revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum. We also must pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Covenants

Our Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain a senior secured leverage ratio, require us to maintain a fixed charges ratio (if our excess cash availability decreases below certain thresholds) and limit or restrict the ability of the Borrower and the restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make dividends and other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. As part of the Amendments, we added the financial covenant test with respect to the Borrower’s senior secured leverage ratio (such ratios were further amended in our November 4, 2009 amendments) and to modify other existing covenants in the senior secured term loan facility.

Events of Default

Our Senior Credit Facilities contain customary events of default including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, failure to comply with covenants, inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect, cross-default to certain other indebtedness, loss of lien perfection or priority, material judgments, change of ownership or control, and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events.

Bridge Loans

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, we entered into a senior bridge loan agreement providing for Senior Bridge Loans aggregating $1,040.0 million at closing and a senior subordinated bridge loan agreement providing for Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans aggregating $940.0 million at closing, each agreement with a syndicate of lenders with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

In connection with the Amendments, we increased the outstanding principal under the Senior Bridge Loans by $150.0 million, and we converted $220.0 million of the original outstanding principal on the portion of Senior Bridge Loans on which we may elect to pay PIK Interest to the portion of the Senior Bridge Loans under which we are required to pay cash interest. After giving effect to these changes, (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans was $1,190.0 million and (2) the principal portion of the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans under which we are required to pay cash interest was $890.0 million and the principal portion under which we may elect to pay PIK Interest was $300.0 million.

 

114


Table of Contents

As part of the Amendments, the interest rate cap with respect to borrowings for which we are required to pay cash interest was increased from 10.25% to 11.00% per annum and the interest rate cap with respect to borrowings for which we may elect to pay PIK Interest was increased from 10.625% to 11.50% per annum, plus the PIK Margin if applicable.

Finally, in connection with the Amendments, we prepaid $190.0 million of outstanding principal under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, using funds from the additional $150.0 million borrowed under the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans plus $40.0 million of cash on hand, reducing the outstanding principal outstanding on the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans to $750.0 million. The interest rate cap on borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans was increased from 11.75% to 12.535% per annum.

Interest and Fees

On October 10, 2008, interest on the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans became fixed at (i) 7.91313% for borrowings for which we are required to pay cash interest, subject to 50 basis point increases every three months; provided, however, that the interest rate cannot exceed 11.00% per annum, and (ii) 8.28813% for borrowings for which we may elect to pay PIK Interest (plus the PIK margin of 0.75% per annum for any period in which we elect to pay PIK Interest), subject to 50 basis point increases every three months; provided, however, that the interest rate cannot exceed 11.50% per annum (plus the PIK margin of 0.75% per annum for any period in which we elect to pay PIK Interest). On October 10, 2008, interest on the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans became fixed at 9.28813%, subject to 50 basis point increases every three months; provided, however, that the interest rate cannot exceed 12.535% per annum. On July 10, 2010, the interest rates of the Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loans and the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans reached their respective caps. Any outstanding notes issued in exchange for Amended and Restated Bridge Loans continued to initially bear interest at the same rates as the corresponding Amended and Restated Bridge Loan. Additionally, the Indentures contain substantially similar interest rate provisions as contained in our Amended and Restated Bridge Loans.

Covenants

The Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements contain a number of negative covenants and events of default that, after giving effect to the Amendments, are substantially similar to the covenants and events of default that apply to the notes. The Amended and Restated Bridge Loan Agreements also contain certain customary affirmative covenants.

Trade Financing Agreements

In connection with the closing of the Acquisition Transactions, we entered into our two new and/or amended trade financing agreements with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions. These amended trade financing agreements allow for a credit line of up to $125.0 million (with temporary increases in certain circumstances) collateralized by the inventory purchases financed by the financial institutions and the proceeds from such inventory (including accounts receivable generated through the sale of this inventory). At June 30, 2010, this credit line had been increased to $134.5 million. We have not in the past incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense or late fees because we pay the balances under these arrangements when due. At June 30, 2010, we owed the financial institutions approximately $123.5 million, which is included in trade accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

115


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

In this description, the term “Issuers” refers only to CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation and not to any of their Subsidiaries, and the term “CDW” refers only to CDW LLC and not any of its Subsidiaries.

The Issuers have issued the outstanding senior exchange notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (the “ Senior PIK Election Notes ,” and together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Senior Notes ”) under a senior exchange note indenture dated as of October 10, 2008, as supplemented by the senior exchange note supplemental indenture dated May 10, 2010, and as further supplemented by the second senior exchange note supplemental indenture dated August 23, 2010 (as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Senior Note Indenture ”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Issuers have issued the outstanding senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ”) under a senior subordinated exchange note indenture, as supplemented by the senior subordinated exchange note supplemental indenture dated May 10, 2010, and as further supplemented by the second senior subordinated exchange note supplemental indenture dated August 23, 2010 (as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Senior Subordinated Note Indenture ,” and together with the Senior Note Indenture, the “ Indentures ”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. Any outstanding Senior Notes that remain outstanding after completion of the Senior Notes exchange offer, together with the Senior Notes exchange notes issued in connection with the Senior Notes exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Senior Note Indenture. Any outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes that remain outstanding after completion of the Senior Subordinated Notes exchange offer, together with the Senior Subordinated Notes exchange notes issued in connection with the Senior Subordinated Notes exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indentures and the Notes. The following description does not restate the Indentures in their entirety. You are encouraged to read the Indenture applicable to each series of Notes you hold because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the Notes. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indentures and those made part of the Indentures by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Copies of each Indenture have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the applicable series of outstanding notes except that, upon completion of the exchange offers, the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and free of any covenants regarding exchange registration rights. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the Indentures.

Exchange of Loans for Notes

The Senior Cash Pay Notes, Senior PIK Election Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes were initially issued in exchange for Loans issued under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement. Under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and the Indentures, a holder of Loans is entitled to exchange all or any portion of its Loans for an Increasing Rate Note or a Fixed Rate Note, and is further entitled at anytime to exchange an Increasing Rate Note for a Fixed Rate Note, in each case upon at least ten business days’ notice. In addition, holders of the Loans issued under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement have consent and other voting rights under the Senior Note Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, respectively, as described under “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” below. As of August 16, 2010, there were $4.9 million of Senior Loans and $225 million of Senior Subordinated Loans outstanding that had not been requested to be exchanged for Notes.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees

The Senior Notes:

 

   

are general unsecured obligations of the Issuers;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Issuers that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, including the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement;

 

116


Table of Contents
   

are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the Issuers to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness (including the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements); and

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of each Subsidiary of the Issuers that is not a Guarantor of the Senior Notes.

The Guarantees of the Senior Notes:

 

   

are general unsecured obligations of each Guarantor of the Senior Notes;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to any existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor of the Senior Notes, including its guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Indebtedness of such Guarantor of the Senior Notes that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Senior Notes; and

 

   

are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of any Guarantor of the Senior Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness (including the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements).

The Senior Subordinated Notes:

 

   

are general unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Issuers;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers;

 

   

are junior in right of payment to all existing or future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, including the Senior Notes and any borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes;

 

   

are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the Issuers to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness (including the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan, and the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements); and

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of each Subsidiary of the Issuers that is not a Guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

The Guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Notes

 

   

are general unsecured senior subordinated obligations of each Guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to any existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Notes; and

 

   

are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of any Guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness (including the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements).

CDW Finance Corporation was formed on August 6, 2010 and executed supplemental indentures to become a co-issuer under the Indentures on August 23, 2010. CDW Finance Corporation was formed for the sole purpose of acting as a co-issuer of the Notes, and does not have any material assets and has not incurred any liabilities other than the Notes since its formation. For a description of restrictions on CDW Finance Corporation’s activities see “—Certain Covenants—Restrictions on Activities of CDW Finance Corporation.”

 

117


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2010, CDW and the Guarantors had $4,486.3 million of total Indebtedness, $2,433.1 million of which was secured, including borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan, $1,207.0 million of borrowings under our Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, $721.5 million of borrowings under our Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, $123.5 million of obligations owing under our Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and $1.3 million of indebtedness under capital lease obligations. An additional $463.2 million was available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility, all of which would be secured if borrowed. The Notes are unsecured. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency, any secured lenders will have a prior secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them. CDW’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of CDW and the Guarantors.

The Indentures permit CDW to incur additional Indebtedness, subject to compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Subsidiaries of CDW are “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under the circumstances described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” CDW is permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the restrictive covenants of the Indentures and do not guarantee the Notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

In connection with the payment of PIK Interest (as defined under “—Terms of the Senior Notes—Senior PIK Election Notes”) in respect of the Senior PIK Election Notes, CDW is entitled, without the consent of the holders thereof, to increase the outstanding principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Notes or issue additional Senior PIK Election Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under the Senior Note Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Senior PIK Election Notes offered hereby (in each case, the “ PIK Payment ”). The Senior Notes and any PIK Notes subsequently issued will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Senior Note Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indentures and this “Description of the Notes,” references to “principal amount” of the Notes includes any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable, and the Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency designated by CDW (which initially shall be the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee).

The Notes have been and will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000, and any integral multiple of $1,000, except that PIK Notes may be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple thereof, and any increase in the principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Notes as a result of a PIK Payment may be made in integral multiples of $1.00. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but CDW may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. For Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes that have been issued in exchange for Loans under our Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, as applicable, (1) if such Note was issued pursuant to an exchange request received after the tenth business day prior to a Record Date for the payment of interest on the Notes, then CDW shall pay to the administrative agent all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due under the applicable Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to the loan being exchanged through the next Interest Payment Date to occur thereunder following the exchange request (and no interest will be paid on the Notes for such period), and (2) if such Note was issued pursuant to an exchange request received on or prior to the tenth business day prior to a Record Date for the payment of interest on the Notes, then the applicable holder shall be entitled to all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due as set forth in such Notes from the first day of the interest period during which the exchange occurs through the Interest Payment Date following the date of exchange (and no interest will be paid on the Loans for such period). Thereafter, interest accrues from the date it was most recently paid.

 

118


Table of Contents

Terms of the Senior Notes

Senior Cash Pay Notes

The Senior Cash Pay Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers and will mature on October 12, 2015. On July 10, 2010, each Senior Cash Pay Note began to accrue, and from that date will continue to accrue, interest at a rate of 11.00% per annum payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date. From April 15, 2010 to July 9, 2010, interest on the Senior Cash Pay Notes accrued at a rate of 10.91313% per annum, the rate then in effect for the Loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement that were not PIK Election Loans, as each Senior Cash Pay Note outstanding during this period was an Increasing Rate Note bearing an equal rate of interest.

Senior PIK Election Notes

The Senior PIK Election Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers and will mature on October 12, 2015. Interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes is payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date.

For any interest payment period after October 15, 2010 and through October 15, 2011, CDW may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes (1) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”), (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”) or (3) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest.

CDW must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee 30 days prior to the beginning of each interest period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the holders of the Senior PIK Election Notes. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes shall be payable according to the method of payment for the previous interest period. CDW has elected to pay the interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes for the period from April 15, 2010 to October 14, 2010 100% in cash. Beginning on October 15, 2011, the Issuers are required to make all interest payments on the Senior PIK Election Notes entirely in cash. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Senior PIK Election Notes as described below on an AHYDO Redemption Date or under “—Optional Redemption—Senior Notes” or “—Change of Control” shall be made solely in cash.

On July 10, 2010, cash interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes began to accrue, and from that date will continue to accrue, interest at a rate of 11.50% per annum. From April 15, 2010 to July 9, 2010, interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes accrued at a rate of 11.28813% per annum, the cash interest rate then in effect for the PIK Election Loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, as each Senior PIK Election Note outstanding during this period was an Increasing Rate Note bearing an equal rate of interest. PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes accrues at a rate of 12.25% per annum and will be payable (x) with respect to Senior PIK Election Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Senior PIK Election Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Senior PIK Election Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of CDW, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders thereof on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of such holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Senior PIK Election Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the global Senior PIK Election Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Senior PIK Election Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on October 12, 2015 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Senior Note Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Senior PIK Election Notes issued initially in connection with the Senior Note Indenture. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

If the Senior PIK Election Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(l) of the Code, at the end of each tax accrual period beginning with the first tax accrual period ending after October 12, 2012 (each, an “ AHYDO redemption date ”), the Issuers will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Senior PIK Election Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal

 

119


Table of Contents

Redemption Amount” (each such redemption, a “ Mandatory Principal Redemption ”). The redemption price for the portion of each Senior PIK Election Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means the portion of a Senior PIK Election Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Senior PIK Election Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(l) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Senior PIK Election Notes prior to a AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the Senior Note Indenture will alter the Issuers’ obligation to make the Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Senior PIK Election Notes that remain outstanding on an AHYDO redemption date.

Terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Issuers and will mature on October 12, 2017. On July 10, 2010, each Senior Subordinated Note began to accrue, and from that date will continue to accrue, interest at a rate of 12.535% per annum payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date. From April 15, 2010 to July 9, 2010, interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes accrued at a rate of 12.28813% per annum, the rate then in effect for the Loans under the Senior Subordinated Loan Agreement, as each Senior Subordinated Note outstanding during this period was an Increasing Rate Note bearing an equal rate of interest.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

CDW will maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “ paying agent ”) for the Notes within the City and State of New York.

CDW will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “ registrar ”) and a transfer agent. The Trustee will serve as initial registrar and transfer agent at its corporate trust office. The registrar and the transfer agent will maintain a register reflecting ownership of Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of CDW at the office or agency of the registrar within the City and State of New York.

CDW may change the paying agents, the registrars or the transfer agents without prior notice to the holders. CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the applicable Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. CDW is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, CDW is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Optional Redemption

Senior Notes

The Issuers may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes that are Increasing Rate Notes at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

On or after October 15, 2011, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years set forth in the applicable table below:

Senior Cash Pay Notes

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   105.500

2012

   102.750

2013 and thereafter

   100.000

 

120


Table of Contents

Senior PIK Election Notes

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   105.750

2012

   102.875

2013 and thereafter

   100.000

In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2010, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price of 111.00% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided, however, that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes held by Parent and its Affiliates); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering and upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Senior Note Indenture.

The Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 15, 2011, at the option of the Issuers upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Any Notes redeemed pursuant to the above provisions shall be redeemed ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Senior Bridge Loans in accordance with the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement. Likewise any prepayments of Senior Bridge Loans outstanding under our Senior Bridge Loan Agreement will require the Issuers to redeem Notes (other than Fixed Rate Notes that are non-callable) on a pro rata basis with the prepaid Senior Bridge Loans.

In addition, the Issuers may acquire Senior Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Senior Note Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes

The Issuers may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Increasing Rate Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at par together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

On or after October 15, 2012, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years set forth in the table below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2012

   106.268

2013

   103.134

2014

   101.567

2015 and thereafter

   100.000

In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2010, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price of 112.535% of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided , however , that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes held by Parent and its Affiliates); and

 

121


Table of Contents

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

The Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 15, 2012, at the option of the Issuers upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Any Notes redeemed pursuant to the above provisions shall be redeemed ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans in accordance with the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement. Likewise any prepayments of Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans outstanding under our Senior Bridge Loan Agreement will require CDW to redeem Notes (other than Fixed Rate Notes that are non-callable) on a pro rata basis with the prepaid Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans.

In addition, the Issuers may acquire Senior Subordinated Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Guarantees

The Guarantors of the Notes have jointly and severally guaranteed the performance and punctual payment of CDW’s obligations under the Indentures and the Notes on an unsecured senior basis in the case of the Senior Notes and an unsecured senior subordinated basis in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The obligations of each Guarantor (other than a company that is a direct or indirect parent of CDW) under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes—Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and adversely affect the validity and enforceability of the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received.”

Each Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to CDW or another Guarantor without limitation, or with, into or to any other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indentures. See “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.” The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically released and discharged in the event that:

(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of (x) Capital Stock of the applicable Guarantor (including any sale, disposition or other transfer), after which, in the case of a subsidiary Guarantor, such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, provided that , in each case, such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the provisions of the Indentures;

(b) CDW designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures;

(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Closing Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees,” the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of all of the Indebtedness (other than, solely with respect to the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes (to the extent the Senior Subordinated Notes are outstanding)) of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of all of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes;

 

122


Table of Contents

(d) CDW exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option as described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or its obligations under the Indentures are discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indentures; or

(e) such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan each as in effect on the Closing Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with each of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan (which may be conditioned on the concurrent release hereunder), (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) or (15) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any guarantee that will be released upon the release of the Guarantee hereunder).

Mandatory Redemption

Except as set forth in the last paragraph under “—Terms of the Senior Notes—Senior PIK Election Notes,” the Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.” The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise as permitted by the applicable Indenture.

Ranking

Senior Notes

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes is unsecured senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, will be equal in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuers and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers, including the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the Issuers to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Note Guarantees is unsecured senior Indebtedness of any applicable Guarantor, will be equal in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness of such Guarantor and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee. The Senior Note Guarantees are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of any applicable Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness.

At June 30, 2010,

(1) CDW and its Subsidiaries had approximately $2,557.8 million of other Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding, including Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility equal to $255.1 million and the Senior Secured Term Loan equal to $2,178.0 million, all of which was Secured Indebtedness and effectively senior to the Senior Notes; and

(2) CDW and its Subsidiaries had $721.5 million of subordinated Indebtedness outstanding.

See “—Liabilities of Subsidiaries Other than Guarantors,” for a description of obligations of non-guarantor subsidiaries.

Although the Senior Note Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness by CDW and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock by the Restricted Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions. Under certain circumstances, CDW and its Subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial amounts of additional Indebtedness. Such Indebtedness may be Secured Indebtedness. See “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

 

123


Table of Contents

The Indentures do not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness that is not guaranteed as subordinated or junior to Indebtedness that is guaranteed merely because of such guarantee.

Senior Subordinated Notes

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes is unsecured senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers, will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, including the Senior Notes, will rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuers and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of the Issuers that is by its terms subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes are also effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the Issuers to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness. However, payment from the money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Securities held in any defeasance trust described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” below is not subordinated to any Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions described herein if the deposit of such money or U.S. Government Securities into the defeasance trust did not otherwise violate the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Note Guarantees is unsecured senior subordinated Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor, will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Note Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s Senior Note Guarantee, will rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness of such Guarantor and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated to such Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee. The Senior Subordinated Note Guarantees are also effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness.

At June 30, 2010,

(1) CDW and its Subsidiaries had approximately $4,486.3 million of total Indebtedness, of which approximately $2,557.8 million constituted Senior Indebtedness; and

(2) CDW and its Subsidiaries had no other Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding and no Indebtedness outstanding that is expressly subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Senior Subordinated Note Guarantees.

Although the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness by CDW and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock by the Restricted Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions. Under certain circumstances, CDW and its Subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial amounts of additional Indebtedness. Such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness or Secured Indebtedness. See “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

Senior Indebtedness ” with respect to CDW or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries means all Indebtedness of CDW or any such Restricted Subsidiary, including interest thereon (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and other amounts (including fees, expenses, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit and indemnities) owing in respect thereof, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred, unless the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligations are subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include, as applicable:

(1) any obligation of CDW to any Subsidiary of CDW or of any Subsidiary of CDW to CDW or any other Subsidiary of CDW,

(2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary,

 

124


Table of Contents

(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities),

(4) any Indebtedness or obligation of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or obligation of CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, including any Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness,

(5) any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock, or

(6) any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture but, as to any such Indebtedness incurred under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan, Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holders of such Indebtedness or their Representative shall have received an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of a revolving credit facility thereunder, the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made, would not) violate the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

If any Senior Indebtedness is disallowed, avoided or subordinated pursuant to the provisions of Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law, such Senior Indebtedness nevertheless will constitute Senior Indebtedness.

Only Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the relevant Senior Subordinated Note Guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The Senior Subordinated Notes and each Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee will in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuers and the relevant Guarantor, respectively.

The Issuers may not pay principal of, premium (if any) or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Senior Subordinated Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” below and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Senior Subordinated Notes (except that holders may receive and retain (a) Permitted Junior Securities and (b) payments made from the trust described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance”) (collectively, “ pay the Senior Subordinated Notes ”) if:

(1) a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of CDW occurs and is continuing or any other amount owing in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of CDW is not paid when due, or

(2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of CDW occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of CDW is accelerated in accordance with its terms,

unless, in either case, the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash.

However, the Issuers may pay the Senior Subordinated Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Issuers and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (1) or (2) of the immediately preceding sentence has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default described in clause (1) or (2) of the second preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of CDW pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuers may not pay the Senior Subordinated Notes for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuers) of written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such default from the Representative of the Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuers from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (2) by repayment in full in cash of such Designated Senior Indebtedness; or (3) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing). Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this paragraph and in the succeeding paragraph), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have or the Representative of such holders has accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a payment default exists, the Issuers may resume payments on the Senior

 

125


Table of Contents

Subordinated Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. In no event, however, may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period. For purposes of this paragraph, no default or event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 365 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being understood that any subsequent action or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of commencement of such Payment Blockage Period that, in either case, would give rise to an event of default pursuant to any provision of the Designated Senior Indebtedness under which an event of default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new event of default for this purpose).

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuers upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or their property, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of the Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive any payment, and until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which such holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will be made to holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers as their interests may appear (except that holders of Senior Subordinated Notes may receive and retain (1) Permitted Junior Securities and (2) payments made from the trust described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust, such payments were made with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes without violating the subordination provisions described herein). If a distribution is made to holders that due to the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture should not have been made to them, such noteholders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

If payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) of the acceleration.

By reason of such subordination provisions contained in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, in the event of insolvency, creditors of the Issuers who are holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover more, ratably, than the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and creditors of the Issuers who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness.

The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture contains substantially similar subordination provisions relating to each Guarantor’s obligations under its Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee.

See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes.”

Liabilities of Subsidiaries Other than Guarantors

Substantially all of the operations of CDW are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Unless a Subsidiary is a Guarantor, claims of creditors of such Subsidiary, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiary generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiary over the claims of creditors of CDW, including holders of the Notes. The Notes, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of CDW that are not Guarantors. At June 30, 2010, CDW’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors had $20.0 million of total liabilities outstanding. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes.”

 

126


Table of Contents

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers at such time have given notice of redemption under “—Optional Redemption” with respect to all outstanding Notes, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indentures. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer a payment (a “ Change of Control Payment ”) in cash equal to (i) 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Fixed Rate Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase and (ii) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Increasing Rate Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuers at such time have given notice of redemption under “—Optional Redemption” with respect to all outstanding Notes, or, at the Issuers’ option and as set forth below, in advance of a Change of Control, the Issuers will mail a notice to each holder, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date of such Change of Control Payment specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), pursuant to the procedures required by the Indentures and described in such notice. The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indentures, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indentures by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuers.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indentures applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indentures as described under “—Optional Redemption” unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and may be conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

Each of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan contains certain prohibitions on CDW and its Subsidiaries purchasing Notes, and also provides that the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect to Parent or CDW would constitute a default thereunder. Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant under the Indentures governing the Notes, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, to the extent required to permit CDW to comply with this covenant, CDW will need to either repay all outstanding Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan or other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the applicable series of Notes or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing such outstanding Indebtedness. If CDW does not repay such Indebtedness or obtain such consents, CDW will (A) remain prohibited from purchasing Notes in a Change of Control, which after appropriate notice and lapse of time would result in an Event of Default under the Indentures and (B) be in default with respect to the Senior Indebtedness and the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture would restrict payment to the holders under certain circumstances, each of which would in turn constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan.

 

127


Table of Contents

Future Indebtedness that CDW or its Subsidiaries may incur may contain prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require the repurchase of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require CDW to repurchase their Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on CDW or its Subsidiaries. Finally, CDW’s ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by its then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes—We may be unable to purchase the notes upon a change of control which would result in a default in the Indentures and would adversely affect our business.”

The provisions described above that require the Issuers to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indentures are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indentures do not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of CDW or its Subsidiaries and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. CDW has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that CDW could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, CDW or its Subsidiaries could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indentures, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the capital structure of CDW or its credit ratings. Restrictions on the ability of CDW and its Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of each series then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indentures do not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of CDW and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Issuers to repurchase its Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of CDW and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

CDW will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) CDW (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities other than contingent liabilities (as shown on CDW’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which CDW and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by the applicable creditor(s) in writing, (ii) any securities received by CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by CDW or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any assets described in clauses (2) or (3) below, and (iv) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 2% of Total Assets of CDW on the date on which such Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

 

128


Table of Contents

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may

(a) apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) (i) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) to reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to CDW or another Restricted Subsidiary) or (iii) to reduce or fulfill Obligations in the case of the Senior Notes, under Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness and, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes, under Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness ( provided that (x) in the case of the Senior Notes, if CDW or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness, CDW will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Notes as provided under “—Optional Redemption,” through open market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders of Senior Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Senior Notes and (y) in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes, if CDW or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness, CDW will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes as provided under “—Optional Redemption,” through open market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders of Senior Subordinated Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other non-current assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(b) enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (a)(1), (2) or (3) above, provided that such binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated, and (y) the 180 th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”; provided that if during such 365-day period CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary enter into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365 th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, CDW or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to holders of each series of Notes and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the applicable series of Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in the Indentures with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the applicable series of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

 

129


Table of Contents

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, CDW or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indentures.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, CDW or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indentures. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

CDW or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indentures, CDW or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indentures by virtue of such conflict.

Because the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan are secured by substantially all of CDW’s properties and assets, and because the definition of “Net Proceeds” excludes all amounts in respect of any Asset Sale that are used to repay any Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, it is unlikely that any meaningful amount of Net Proceeds will be generated from any Asset Sale so long as the Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan remain outstanding.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Except as otherwise provided herein, notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Except for a redemption to be effected pursuant to the heading “—Optional Redemption,” notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the holder of that Note upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

CDW shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of CDW’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by CDW payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of CDW or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to CDW or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (C), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata

 

130


Table of Contents

dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation), provided that CDW or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of CDW or any direct or indirect parent entity of CDW held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) CDW would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (11), (13), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph; provided that the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of CDW for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2007 to the end of CDW’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW, of property and marketable securities received by CDW after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of CDW (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of CDW and, to the extent actually contributed to CDW, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of CDW to members of management, directors or consultants of CDW, any direct or indirect parent company of CDW and the Subsidiaries of CDW after the Closing Date, in each case to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of CDW that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of CDW (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Parent and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of CDW after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

 

131


Table of Contents

(d) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW, of property and marketable securities received after the Closing Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or interest, return, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by CDW or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from CDW or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of CDW or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or other distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of CDW in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the applicable Indenture;

(2) (A) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of CDW or any direct or indirect parent of CDW (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or CDW) of Equity Interests of CDW or contributions to the equity capital of CDW (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of CDW or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by CDW or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with the covenant “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” so long as (A) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the applicable Notes and any related Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) the principal amount, including any accrued and unpaid interest, of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of CDW, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit agreement, agreement or arrangement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal

 

132


Table of Contents

and interest payable on any notes issued by CDW or any direct or indirect parent company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement), provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year (x) on or prior to December 31, 2008, $40.0 million and (y) thereafter, $50.0 million (which, in either case, shall increase to $70.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by CDW or any direct or indirect parent company of CDW) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $90.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by CDW or any direct or indirect parent company of CDW); and provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of CDW and, to the extent contributed to CDW, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of CDW, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by CDW or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date ( provided that CDW may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of CDW the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of CDW issued after the Closing Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, CDW would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by CDW from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date;

(7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8) the payment of dividends on CDW’s Common Stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of CDW, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of CDW of dividends on such entity’s Common Stock) following the first public offering of CDW’s Common Stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to CDW after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of CDW (or any direct or indirect parent company of CDW) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10) other Restricted Payments after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) $75.0 million and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets;

(11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and purchase of any assets in connection with a Receivables Facility made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

(12) the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions similar to those described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

133


Table of Contents

(13) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by CDW to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of its respective direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(i) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(ii) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided , that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(iii) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of CDW and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of CDW to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v) amounts payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(vi) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of CDW related to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(vii) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of CDW or any direct or indirect parent company of CDW;

(viii) amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to the Indenture; provided , that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of CDW or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into CDW or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the covenant entitled “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”) in order to consummate such Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by CDW shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under “—Restricted Payments” and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this paragraph (other than pursuant to clause (9) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (11) thereof);

(ix) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of CDW and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of CDW in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(x) reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of CDW in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of CDW; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW);

(15) distributions, by dividends or otherwise, of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

134


Table of Contents

(16) cash dividends or other distributions on CDW’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses, including any severance and indemnification obligations or deferred compensation, incurred in connection with the Transactions or this offering, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(17) any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto, including the payment of up to $53.0 million to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of CDW in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350.0 million within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date and (C) the payment of fees and expenses related thereto;

(18) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (15) of this paragraph or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed $75.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(19) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of the Indenture, including the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(20) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, tax withholding payments made in cash to the United States Internal Revenue Service in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of CDW and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to CDW as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (6), (8), (10), (12), and (13)(v) and (vi) above, no default which, with the passage of time would be an Event of Default, or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by CDW or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW.

As of the date of this prospectus, all of CDW’s Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries. CDW will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by CDW and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this covenant or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants described in this summary.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this covenant may be in the form of a loan.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, CDW will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any (i) Restricted Payment covered in clauses (a) through (c) of the definition of Restricted Payments (including, without limitation, any payment, dividend or distribution) to the holders of Equity Interests of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (which shall include the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates) (other than (x) to CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries, future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of CDW, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies with respect to Equity Interests held by them in such capacities pursuant to clause (4) and (y) a Restricted Payment made pursuant to clause (13)(i)-(iv), (ix) or (x) of the second paragraph of this covenant) or (ii) Investment in the Sponsor, any Permitted Holders who are members of a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) with the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates (other than

 

135


Table of Contents

to CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries and members of management of CDW (or its direct parent)), in each case during any period beginning on the date on which CDW makes an election to pay PIK Interest with respect to any interest period and ending on the first date after such interest period on which CDW makes a payment of Cash Interest with respect to a subsequent interest period.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

CDW shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that CDW and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for CDW’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further, that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the limitations of set forth in the sixth paragraph of this covenant.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1) (w) the incurrence by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (w) and then outstanding does not exceed $1,190.0 million less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (x) the incurrence by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $750 million less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (y) the incurrence by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (z) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (A) $900.0 million less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”, less the aggregate principal amount of outstanding obligations under or in respect of any Receivables Subsidiary and (B) (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 65% of the book value of the inventory of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the incurrence by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (z) and then outstanding does not exceed $2,700.0 million less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) the incurrence by CDW and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantees thereof, and any PIK Notes issued from time to time as payment of PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes and any interest in the amount of the Senior PIK Election Notes as a result of a PIK payment, and in each case, any Guarantee thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements;

(3) any Indebtedness of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2) above);

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, construction, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, construction, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

 

136


Table of Contents

(5) Indebtedness incurred by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)) and (B) in the case of a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by CDW and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of CDW owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by CDW or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) and (B) if CDW or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of CDW or such Guarantor with respect to the applicable Notes;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) Hedging Obligations of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(10) obligations in respect of customs, stay, bid, appeal, performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million; provided, that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred and outstanding for the purposes of the first paragraph of this “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant from and after the first date on which CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant without reliance on this clause (11);

 

137


Table of Contents

(12) (x) any guarantee by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the applicable Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the applicable Notes or the applicable Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or CDW, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the applicable Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the applicable Notes or the applicable Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of CDW incurred in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture;

(13) the incurrence by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clauses (14) and (19) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, and (y) 90 days after the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness pari passu to the applicable Notes or the applicable Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of CDW or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

(14) (i) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by, CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indentures or (ii) Indebtedness of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided , that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness (x) CDW would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility that is not recourse to CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Receivables Undertakings);

(18) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by CDW or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses, former spouses, heirs or family members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent companies permitted by the covenant described under “—Restricted Payments”;

(19) Contribution Indebtedness (it being understood that any Contribution Indebtedness issued pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Contribution Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (19));

 

138


Table of Contents

(20) Indebtedness of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(21) Indebtedness of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(22) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(23) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(24) Indebtedness under (x) the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (y) other inventory financing agreements which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (x) and this clause (y), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, CDW will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness (including any PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Election Notes) or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant and the covenant described under “—Liens.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan outstanding on the Closing Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and any such Indebtedness that was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of the Closing Date may not later be re-classified. Additionally, all or any portion of any other item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

The Senior Note Indenture provides that CDW shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) of CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly

 

139


Table of Contents

subordinate to the Senior Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of CDW or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Senior Notes. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the first paragraph of this covenant or in the definition of Permitted Debt, no Restricted Subsidiary of CDW that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Preferred Stock in reliance on the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (14) of the definition of Permitted Debt (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Net Tangible Assets of CDW’s Subsidiaries; provided , that in no event shall any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (x) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (x) and (y), not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this paragraph.

Liens

Each Indenture provides that CDW shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. The preceding sentence will not require CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Notes if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes or the Guarantees under this covenant shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee under this covenant.

Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness

The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that CDW shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness of CDW or any such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) pari passu in right of payment with the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee, as the case may be, or

(2) subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee, as the case may be.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

Each Indenture provides that, CDW shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan or related documents as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Closing Date;

 

140


Table of Contents

(2) the Indentures, the Notes and the Guarantees (including any exchange notes with respect to the Notes and related exchange Guarantees);

(3) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of CDW subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; provided that the terms of such agreements are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan, on the Closing Date and the Indentures, on the Closing Date;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12) restrictions and conditions by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of CDW are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture; and

(14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of CDW, not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect CDW’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Notes, in each case as and when due; provided , further , however , that with respect to agreements existing on the Closing Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

141


Table of Contents

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

Each Indenture provides that CDW may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not CDW is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) (a) CDW is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than CDW) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (CDW or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(2) the Successor Company (if other than CDW) assumes all the obligations of CDW under the Notes, the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (i) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(5) each Guarantor (except if it is the other party to the transactions described above in which case clause (2) above shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Notes, the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3), (4) and (5) above will not be applicable to: (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to CDW or to another Guarantor; (b) CDW merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating CDW, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction; and (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary; provided that if the Foreign Subsidiary so consolidating, merging or transferring all or part of its properties and assets is a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, such Foreign Subsidiary shall, substantially simultaneously with such merger, transfer or disposition, terminate its Guarantee and otherwise be in compliance with the terms of the Indenture.

The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under the Indentures and the Notes and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, CDW under the Indentures and the Notes, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indentures governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, each Guarantor (other than Parent) will not, and CDW will not permit such Guarantor to, (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets; unless:

(1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Guarantor ”);

(2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under any applicable Guarantees, the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the covenant described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

 

142


Table of Contents

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered, together with an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance was made in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures, to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (A) consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to CDW or to another Guarantor or (B) dissolve, liquidate or wind-up its affairs if at that time it does not hold any material assets.

Each Indenture provides that Parent will not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Parent is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets; unless:

(1) (a) Parent is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (Parent or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Parent Guarantor ”);

(2) the Successor Parent Guarantor (if other than Parent) assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor under each Guarantee to which such Guarantor is a party, the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Parent and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements to be performed by the Parent, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Parent with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Parent. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indentures as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indentures as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to CDW or to another Guarantor.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of CDW, which properties and assets, if held by CDW instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of CDW on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of CDW.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Transactions with Affiliates

Each Indenture provides that CDW shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of CDW (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to CDW or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by CDW or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

143


Table of Contents

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a majority of the Board of Directors of CDW (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of CDW with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with CDW, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by the applicable Indenture;

(3) the payment to the Sponsors and any of their respective officers or Affiliates by CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination or indemnification payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to the Management Agreement and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment (x) does not increase the amount of fees payable to the Sponsors and (y) is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or other agreements as in effect on the Closing Date that are entered into in connection with the Transactions and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(4) payments in respect of employment, severance and any other compensation arrangements with, and fees and expenses paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of CDW, any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or any Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of business and made in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by majority of the Board of Directors of CDW (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of CDW with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) in good faith;

(6) transactions in which CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary deliver to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of the preceding paragraph;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of CDW in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (other than the Management Agreement (which are permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of this covenant), but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) that are disclosed in Schedule I to each applicable Indenture, including with additional parties that may be added subsequent to the Closing Date and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including Parent and its Subsidiaries), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indentures that are fair to CDW or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of CDW or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

 

144


Table of Contents

(10) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of CDW to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of CDW or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of CDW (other than a Subsidiary);

(11) any transaction permitted by the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(12) any transaction with a Receivables Subsidiary effected as part of a Receivables Facility;

(13) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(14) payments by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Parent and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives); and

(15) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

Business Activities

Each of the Indentures provides that CDW shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to CDW and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Payments for Consent

Each of the Indentures provides that CDW shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of the applicable series of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the applicable Indenture or the applicable series of Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the applicable series of Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Additional Guarantees

Each of the Indentures provides that, after the Closing Date, CDW shall cause (i) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs any Indebtedness in excess of $25.0 million (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (15) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) and (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of CDW or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within 10 Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee, together with an Opinion of Counsel, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under the applicable Indentures on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the applicable Indentures.

Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Each Guarantee shall automatically be released in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indentures described under “—Guarantees.”

Restrictions on Activities of CDW Finance Corporation

CDW Finance Corporation may not acquire or hold any material assets, voluntarily take any action to become liable for any material obligations or engage in any business activities or operations; provided that CDW Finance Corporation may be a co-obligor with respect to Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Notes) if CDW is a primary obligor on such Indebtedness, the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by CDW or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries and such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the applicable Indenture.

 

145


Table of Contents

Reports

Each of the Indentures provides that, whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), CDW will furnish to the Trustee, without cost to the Trustee (who, at CDW’s expense, will furnish to the Holders), within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a filer that is a “non-accelerated filer” from and after the Conversion Date:

(1) substantially the same quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if CDW were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by CDW’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) substantially the same current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if CDW were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement, CDW will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) for a filer that is a “non-accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, CDW will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided , that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default and Remedies” if holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, CDW has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A and certify their status as to CDW, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent company (other than Parent) becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent company to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of CDW or any other direct or indirect parent of CDW (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of CDW, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than CDW; provided that the same are accompanied by consolidating information as required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (or any successor provision) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent and such other parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Events of Default and Remedies

Under each of the Indentures, an Event of Default is defined as any of the following:

(1) the Issuers default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture);

(2) the Issuers default in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture);

(3) the Issuers default in the performance of, or breach any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, the Indentures (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below or 90 days with respect to the covenant described under “—Reports”;

 

146


Table of Contents

(4) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee existed prior to the Conversion Date or is created after the Conversion Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal and accrued and unpaid interest on any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $100.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Issuers, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

(6) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million (other than any judgments covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy companies and as to which liability coverage has not been denied by the insurance company or indemnifying party), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final and non-appealable; or

(7) the Guarantee of Parent or a Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any group of Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Issuers, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or Parent or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under any applicable Indenture or Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of the Guarantee in accordance with the terms of any applicable Indenture.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above with respect to the Issuers) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee acting at the written direction of the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series under the applicable Indenture may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable provided that, for the Senior Subordinated Notes so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Senior Subordinated Indenture as part of the Revolving Credit Facility or Senior Secured Term Loan or any series of the Senior Notes shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, Senior Secured Term Loan and/or the Senior Notes as applicable, and

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and each representative under the Revolving Credit Facility or Senior Secured Term Loan and the trustee under the Senior Note Indenture.

Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in cash without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder of the Notes of such series. After such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on such Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indentures.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the applicable series of Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

 

147


Table of Contents

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4) if the Issuers have paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (5) of the description above of Events of Default, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series issued and then outstanding under the applicable Indenture may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under the applicable Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on such series of Notes.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of the third preceding paragraph, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the applicable series of Notes, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Holders of the applicable series of Notes may not enforce the applicable Indenture or such Notes except as provided in such Indenture and under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Subject to the provisions of the Indentures relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indentures at the request, order or direction of any of the holders of the applicable series of Notes, unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the applicable Indenture and applicable law, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding series of Notes issued under the applicable Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with each Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuers are required to promptly deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default (unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured prior to such time).

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, unitholder or member of the Issuers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, including Parent, as such, has any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indentures, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

Governing Law

Each of the Indentures, the Notes and the Guarantees is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Issuers may, concurrently and only concurrently, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations and the obligations of the applicable Guarantors discharged with respect to any outstanding series of Notes issued under the Indentures (“ Legal Defeasance ”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes issued thereunder to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to below;

 

148


Table of Contents

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes issued thereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indentures.

In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indentures (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the applicable series of Notes issued thereunder. In the event that a Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events of the Issuers but including such events with respect to any Significant Subsidiary) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the applicable series of Notes issued under such Indenture.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under an Indenture:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes issued thereunder, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Notes (calculated on the cash interest rate, if applicable) issued thereunder on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuers has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the such Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument (other than the applicable Indenture) to which the Issuers or any Guarantor are a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the holders of the applicable series of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

149


Table of Contents

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the applicable Indenture or series of Notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the applicable Required Holders and Lenders (including, with respect to the holders of Notes, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the applicable Indenture or series of the Notes issued thereunder may be waived (except a default in respect of the payment of principal or interest on such series of Notes) with the consent of the applicable Required Holders and Lenders (including, with respect to the holders of Notes, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such series of Notes).

Without the consent of each affected holder of Notes and each Lender, an amendment or waiver of the applicable Indenture may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting holder of the applicable series and with respect to each Note to be issued to any non-consenting Lender):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued thereunder whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; reduce the principal amount of such Loans the Lenders of which must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; or change the definition of “Required Holders and Lenders”;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes issued thereunder (other than the provisions relating to the covenants described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” except as set forth in clause (10) below);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note issued thereunder or change the definition of PIK Margin;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes issued thereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Required Holder and Lenders and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all holders and all Lenders with outstanding Loans);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of any Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes issued thereunder or impair the right of any holder of Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note issued thereunder (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” except as set forth in clause (10) below);

(8) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect either the holders of Notes or the Lenders with outstanding Loans if such Lenders held Notes;

(9) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes or that would be adverse to the Lenders with outstanding Loans if such Lenders held Notes;

(10) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of CDW to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or

(11) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of the applicable series of Notes or any Senior Lender or Senior Subordinated Lender, as applicable, CDW, the Guarantors and the Trustee upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate as to no material adverse effect to the holders of the applicable series of Notes and an Opinion of Counsel, may amend or supplement the applicable Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes issued thereunder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

150


Table of Contents

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of CDW’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the applicable Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the applicable Indenture of any such holder;

(5) to secure the Notes;

(6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

(7) to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(8) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; or

(9) to conform the negative covenants of the Indenture to the applicable negative covenant of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, as applicable.

Without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Indebtedness in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the holders of a majority of the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes, CDW shall not amend or waive any subordination provision of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture that is adverse to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Satisfaction and Discharge

Each Indenture shall be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to its respective series of Notes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all such Notes that have been authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes issued thereunder that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Issuers are a party or by which the Issuers are bound;

(3) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under such Indenture; and

(4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under such Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued thereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge with respect to the applicable Indenture have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the Trustee becomes a creditor of CDW, the Indentures limit its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign.

 

151


Table of Contents

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under each Indenture will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee under the applicable Indenture, subject to certain exceptions. Each Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indentures at the request of any holder of Notes issued thereunder, unless such holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indentures. Reference is made to the Indentures for a more detailed presentation of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain agreement and plan of merger dated as of May 29, 2007 between VH Holdings, Inc. (n/k/a CDW Corporation), VH MergerSub, Inc. and CDW Corporation, as amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (so long as any amendment, supplement or modification after the Closing Date, together with all other amendments, supplements and modifications after the Closing Date, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Acquisition Agreement in effect on the Closing Date).

Additional Interest ” means such additional interest payable pursuant to Section 2(e) of the Registration Rights Agreements.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Fixed Rate Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(a) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of the applicable series of Fixed Rate Notes; and

(b) the excess, if any, of:

(1) (x) with respect to the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes, the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price at October 15, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth under “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments (with respect to the Senior PIK Election Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes, calculated based on the cash interest rate payable thereon) due on the Senior Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes through October 15, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points or (y) with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes, the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price at October 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth under “—Optional Redemption”) plus all required interest payments due on the Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes through October 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption) calculated using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

152


Table of Contents

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes, as applicable.

Asset Sale ” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (as lessor) or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of CDW (other than the sale of Equity Interests of CDW) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of CDW in a manner permitted pursuant to the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indentures;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or the granting of a Lien permitted by the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Liens”;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to CDW or by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(8) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(10) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(11) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(12) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and Receivables Facility financings permitted under the Indenture;

(13) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;

(14) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(15) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(16) any Permitted Asset Swap; and

(17) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date, (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as an Asset Sale.

 

153


Table of Contents

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the disinterested directors, in which case by a majority of such directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Calculation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases or occupancy agreements upon a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of CDW or any other Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U. S. dollars;

(2) (i) Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the economic and monetary union contemplated by the Treaty on European Union; or

(ii) in the case of CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

154


Table of Contents

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any lender under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated A- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or A3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s:

(11) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1) through (10) above; and

(12) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (11) above or other high quality short term investments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, CDW and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by CDW and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of CDW and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent entities, including, without limitation, Parent;

(3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of CDW then in office shall cease to consist of Continuing Directors; or

 

155


Table of Contents

(4) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of CDW.

Closing Date ” means October 12, 2007.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock in such Person that does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (v) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (vi) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (vii) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(c) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by CDW to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that (without duplication),

(a) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions, including, but not limited to, up to $20.0 million in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of CDW for continued employment through 2007 and the payment of up to $53.0 million to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date), severance, integration costs, relocation costs, transition costs, other restructuring costs, litigation settlement or losses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded, provided that, solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” such losses, costs, charges or other expenses shall be excluded only to the extent they are non-cash and will not require cash settlement in the future (it being understood that the payment of up to $53.0 million referenced above shall be considered “non-cash” for this purpose),

 

156


Table of Contents

(b) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(c) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(d) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by CDW, shall be excluded,

(e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (f) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of CDW in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent CDW has funded such net loss in cash with respect to such period,

(f) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not wholly permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided, that Consolidated Net Income of CDW will be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (e) above, increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (f)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(g) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-up, write-down or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(h) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, in each case to the extent permitted hereunder, shall be excluded,

(i) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) impairment charge or asset write-off, write-up or write-down (other than write-offs or write-downs of inventory or receivables), in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of assets or liabilities, including intangibles arising (including goodwill and organizational costs) pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(j) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded,

(k) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, tax withholding payments made in cash to the United States Internal Revenue Service in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of CDW shall be excluded; provided that the maximum add-back to Consolidated Net Income shall be no greater than $1.0 million in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to CDW as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded, and

(l) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payments, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing or recapitalization transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

 

157


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by CDW and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof or (iv) as an account party with respect to any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of nomination or election, (y) appointed, approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or (z) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of CDW or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than one times the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of CDW or such Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contribution amount to the capital of CDW or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (a) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (b) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity equal to or later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and

(2) such cash contribution amount is not applied to make Restricted Payments.

Conversion Date ” means October 10, 2008.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of CDW or any direct or indirect parent company of CDW (other than Disqualified Stock of CDW), that is issued for cash (other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by CDW or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

 

158


Table of Contents

Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and Hedging Obligations;

(2) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the Senior Note Indenture; and

(3) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $50.0 million and is specifically designated by CDW thereof in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of CDW or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by CDW or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(a) increased (without duplication) by:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among CDW, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of CDW (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

(ii) Fixed Charges of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indentures (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (w) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (x) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the offering of the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan, (y) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(v) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write offs or write downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

159


Table of Contents

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vii) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(viii) costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of CDW or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of CDW (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments”; plus

(ix) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by CDW in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of specified actions taken or initiated in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (C) the aggregate amount of costs savings added pursuant to this clause (ix) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 10% of CDW’s EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date; plus

(x) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(xi) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as CDW has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(xii) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as CDW has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(xii) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods) or (B) due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions;

(b) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(ii) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

 

160


Table of Contents

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (i) public offerings with respect to Common Stock of CDW or of any of its direct or indirect parent companies registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of CDW.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of CDW or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

Existing Inventory Financing Agreements ” means the following agreements, in each case, as amended, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time: (i) that certain Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, CDW Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Berbee Information Networks Corporation), a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Government LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Government, Inc.), an Illinois limited liability company and CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, and (ii) that certain Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and CDW Technologies, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if CDW or Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

161


Table of Contents

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of CDW and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 18-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that in each case such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by CDW’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the applicable Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of CDW to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as CDW may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization/accretion of original issue discount (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period and (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Fixed Rate Note ” means a note bearing a fixed rate of interest and subject to call protection as provided in herein.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (b) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (a) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the Closing Date, except for any reports required to be delivered under the covenant described under “—Reports”, which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP in effect on the date thereof. For purposes of this “Description of the Notes,” the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of CDW under the Indentures and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

162


Table of Contents

Guarantor ” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee with respect to a series of Notes in accordance with the Indentures, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors were Parent and each Domestic Subsidiary of CDW that is a Restricted Subsidiary and a guarantor under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity, raw materials, utilities and energy prices.

Increasing Rate Note ” means any note other than a Fixed Rate Note.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,

(iii) evidenced by letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iv) Capitalized Lease Obligations,

(v) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (A) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (B) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (C) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed, or

(vi) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),

(c) Disqualified Stock of such Person, and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” and (C) obligations with respect to Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any person under clause (d) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such person in good faith.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of CDW, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Interest Payment Date ” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to the maturity date of the Note.

 

163


Table of Contents

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among CDW and its Subsidiaries;

(c) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If CDW or any Subsidiary of CDW sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of CDW such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of CDW, CDW will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the third paragraph of the covenant described above under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described above under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to CDW’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of CDW at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, CDW shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) CDW’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to CDW’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of CDW and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Conversion Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of CDW in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

Krasny Plan ” means the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II as in effect on the Closing Date.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the city in which the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Lenders ” means, collectively, the Senior Lenders and the Senior Subordinated Lenders.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with respect to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

164


Table of Contents

Loan ” or “ Loans ” means any Senior Bridge Loan and any Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan.

Management Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and among certain management companies associated with the Sponsors and CDW and any direct or indirect parent company.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds ” means with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and CDW’s good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement), in connection with such Asset Sale (including, in the case of any such Asset Sale in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold and (iv) in the case of any such Asset Sale by a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of CDW or a Wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof.

“Notes” means the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes, collectively, whether or not such Notes are exchange notes or outstanding notes. Except as otherwise provided in “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver”, all Senior Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Senior Lenders) on all matters as one class and all Senior Subordinated Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Senior Subordinated Lenders) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver”, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. For purposes of the Senior Note Indenture, all references to the “principal” amount of the Notes shall include any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, principal accounting officer, controller, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of CDW.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of CDW, by two Officers of CDW, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of CDW that meets the requirements set forth in the Indentures.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to CDW or the Trustee.

 

165


Table of Contents

PIK Election Loans ” has the meaning provided in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Parent ” means VH Holdings, Inc. (n/k/a CDW Corporation) and any successor.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by CDW and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Debt ” is defined under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors, (ii) any Person who is an Officer or otherwise a member of management of CDW or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, provided that if such Officers and members of management beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of either of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Closing Date or issued within 90 days thereafter, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, (iii) any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons and (iv) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group.”

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment by CDW in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in CDW or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indentures;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by CDW or Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by CDW or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

 

166


Table of Contents

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investment by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets of CDW; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of CDW or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments”;

(12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and performance guarantees consistent with past practice, and the creation of liens on the assets of CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with the covenant described in “—Certain Covenants—Liens”;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable good faith determination of CDW, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility;

(15) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(16) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”, except transactions permitted by clauses (2), (6), (8), (10), (12) or (13);

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(18) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(19) additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding;

(20) loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(21) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by CDW or any of its Subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as CDW or any such Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(23) deposits made by CDW and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(24) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Junior Securities ” means:

(1) Equity Interests in CDW or any direct or indirect parent of CDW; or

(2) unsecured debt securities which are in each case (x) distributed to the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes in respect of Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization or adjustment, (y) subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Subordinated Indenture and (z) do not mature or become subject to a mandatory redemption

 

167


Table of Contents

obligation prior to the final maturity or the Senior Subordinated Notes and do not have any terms, and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any agreement or instrument that has terms, that are more burdensome to the issuer of or other obligor on such debt or equity securities than are the terms of the Senior Indebtedness.

Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of stay, customs, performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the applicable Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

(7) Liens in favor of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Closing Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (l9)(B) of this definition; provided , however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lien holders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that CDW or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

 

168


Table of Contents

(14) minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15) leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses or operating agreements (including, without limitation, licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of CDW or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) with a principal amount not exceeding $75.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided , however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(21) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indentures;

(24) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(25) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11), (20) and (24) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

 

169


Table of Contents

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(29) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) with respect to customs duties in the ordinary course of business, (ii) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (iii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) CDW or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iv) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(32) Liens on inventory or equipment of CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to CDW’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(33) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(34) Liens on cash deposits of CDW and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of CDW and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of CDW and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(35) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

(36) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(37) Liens consisting of customary contractual restrictions on cash and Cash Equivalents; and

(38) (A) (x) in the case of the Senior Note Indenture, Liens securing the Senior Notes and the related Guarantees and any Senior Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Senior Registration Rights Agreement and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of the Senior Note Indenture) and the related Guarantees, and (y) in the case of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, Liens securing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees and any Senior Subordinated Notes issued in exchange therefore pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) and the related Guarantees, (B) solely in the case of the Senior Notes, Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (11) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and other obligations that are secured by the security documents related to the Revolving Credit Facility, and (C) solely in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes, Liens securing Senior Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

170


Table of Contents

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of CDW in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means (1) S&P and Moody’s or (2) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by CDW, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (A) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not on a business day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in clause (2) of the second paragraph of the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

Registration Rights Agreements ” mean the Senior Registration Rights Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by CDW or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Party ” means (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners Inc., (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners Inc., as the case may be, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to in clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of CDW or its Subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Representative ” means any trustee agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of CDW or any Guarantor.

Required Holders and Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) with respect to the Senior Note Indenture, Senior Lenders that have Senior Loans outstanding and Holders that hold Senior Notes that, in the aggregate, represent more than 50% of the sum of the principal amount of all Senior Loans and all Senior Notes outstanding at such time, and (b) with respect to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, Senior Subordinated Lenders that have Senior Subordinated Loans outstanding and Holders that hold Senior Subordinated Notes that, in the aggregate, represent more than 50% of the sum of the principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Loans and all Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding at such time. Any Loan that has not been repaid or exchanged for Notes pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement shall be considered “outstanding”.

 

171


Table of Contents

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of CDW (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in clause (2) of the second paragraph of the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

Revolving Credit Facility ” means that certain revolving credit facility, dated as of the Closing Date, among VH MergerSub, Inc., CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation), JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, the lenders party thereto and certain other parties specified therein, providing revolving loans and other extensions of credit, including any related notes, debentures, bonds, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”).

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by CDW or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of CDW or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated dated as of March 12, 2008 and amended dated as of April 12, 2008, among CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation), Parent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreement executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Indebtedness ” is defined under “—Ranking—Senior Subordinated Notes.”

Senior Lenders ” has the meaning provided in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

“Senior Loans” means any loan made under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, including any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

Senior Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of CDW under the Senior Note Indenture and the Senior Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture.

Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Issuers, the Senior Notes and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Senior Notes; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Senior Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Senior Note Guarantee.

 

172


Table of Contents

Senior Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Senior Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and among CDW, the Guarantors and the Senior Lenders.

Senior Secured Term Loan ” means that certain senior secured term loan, dated as of the Closing Date, among VH MergerSub, Inc., CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation), J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Lenders party thereto and certain other parties specified therein, as amended by the First Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan, dated as of March 12, 2008, and as further amended on November 4, 2009, providing for term loans, including any related notes, debentures, bonds, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indebtedness (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”).

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated dated as of March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 12, 2008, among CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation), Parent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreement executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to a Person, the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of CDW), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person that is not Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

Senior Subordinated Lenders ” has the meaning provided in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

“Senior Subordinated Loans” means any loan made under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of CDW under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Issuers, the Senior Subordinated Notes and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee.

Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Senior Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and among CDW, CDW, the Guarantors and the Senior Subordinated Lenders.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Sponsors ” means Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners Inc. and each of their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company thereof).

Standard Receivables Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by CDW or any Subsidiary of CDW which CDW has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary.

 

173


Table of Contents

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to CDW, any Indebtedness of CDW which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, in the case of the Senior Note Indenture, or the Senior Subordinated Notes, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Senior Note Guarantee, in the case of the Senior Note Indenture, or its Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Net Tangible Assets ” means total assets of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and any other like intangibles, all on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of CDW and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options or other equity interests.

Transactions ” means (i) the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and the Krasny Plan, (ii) the entry into the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation) and the guarantors thereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation) and the guarantors thereunder, (iv) the entry into the Revolving Credit Facility and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation) and the guarantors thereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Secured Term Loan and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by CDW LLC (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation) and the guarantors thereunder, (v) (A) the issuance of the Senior Notes and the provision of guarantees by the guarantors thereof and (B) the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the provision of guarantees by the guarantors thereof, (vi) the payment of fees and expenses related to each of the foregoing and (vii) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing in each case, as contemplated as of the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and the Krasny Plan.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2011, with respect to the Senior Notes

 

174


Table of Contents

and to October 15, 2012, with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2011 or October 15, 2012, as applicable, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of CDW that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of CDW, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of CDW may designate any Subsidiary of CDW (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, CDW or any Subsidiary of CDW (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by CDW, (b) such designation complies with the covenant contained under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of CDW or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be so designated). The Board of Directors of CDW may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and any Indebtedness assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such designation shall have been permitted to have been incurred by CDW pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” Any such designation by the Board of Directors of CDW shall be notified by CDW to the Trustee by promptly filing with such Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” whenever it is necessary to determine whether CDW has complied with any covenant in the Indentures or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

175


Table of Contents

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

176


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

The Global Notes

The exchange notes, will be issued in the form of one or more registered notes in global form, without interest coupons, the “global notes.”

Upon issuance, each of the global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC Participants”), or persons who hold interests through DTC Participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

   

upon deposit of each global note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of each global note to the accounts of the DTC Participants; and

 

   

ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC Participants) and the records of DTC Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in any of the global notes).

Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. Each settlement system controls its own operations and procedures and may change them at any time. Neither we nor the trustee are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

   

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

   

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

 

   

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

   

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

   

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC Participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the Indentures. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

 

   

will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;

 

   

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

 

177


Table of Contents
   

will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the Indentures for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the Indentures.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the Indentures (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC Participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way under the rules and operating procedures of those systems.

Cross-market transfers between DTC Participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC Participants that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a global note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, under the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a global note from a DTC Participant will be credited on the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a global note to a DTC Participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following the DTC settlement date.

DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Notes

Except as set forth above, notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

 

   

DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

   

DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

   

we, at our option, notify the trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or

 

   

certain other events provided in the Indentures should occur.

 

178


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of notes pursuant to this offering. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, United States Treasury regulations issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the notes. The effect of any applicable state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws is not discussed. The tax consequences of purchasing, owning, and any disposition of the registered notes is not discussed herein.

Exchange Offer

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes will not constitute a taxable exchange. As a result, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) a holder will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging such holder’s outstanding notes; (2) the holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the outstanding notes exchanged therefor; and (3) the adjusted tax basis of the exchange notes received will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the outstanding notes exchanged therefor immediately before such exchange.

 

179


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received by it in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any participating broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the exchange notes by participating broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by participating broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such participating broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any participating broker-dealer that resells the exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a participating broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any participating broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal.

Prior to the exchange offers, there has not been any public market for the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and will be subject to restrictions on transferability to the extent that they are not exchanged for exchange notes by holders who are entitled to participate in this exchange offers. The holders of outstanding notes, other than any holder that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who are not eligible to participate in the exchange offers are entitled to certain registration rights, and we may be required to file a shelf registration statement with respect to their outstanding notes. The exchange notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public or other market will develop for the exchange notes or as to the liquidity of the trading market for the exchange notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the exchange notes may experience difficulty in reselling the exchange notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the exchange notes develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes and the guarantees and other legal matters, including the tax-free nature of the exchange, will be passed upon on our behalf by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, a limited liability partnership that includes professional corporations, Chicago, Illinois. Kirkland & Ellis LLP has from time to time represented, and may continue to represent, Madison Dearborn and some of its affiliates in connection with various legal matters. Some of the partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are partners in a partnership that is an investor in one or more of the investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn. Certain matters under Wisconsin law will be passed upon by Foley & Lardner LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of CDW Corporation as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

180


Table of Contents

The consolidated financial statements of CDW Corporation as of October 11, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-    ) with respect to the securities being offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules. You should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, for further information about use and the securities being offered hereby. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement because those statements are qualified in all respects by reference to those exhibits. As described below, the registration statement, including exhibits and schedules is on file at the offices of the SEC and may be inspected without charge.

We are not currently subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of this offering of exchange notes, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy these reports, and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our SEC filings will also be available to you on the SEC’s web site. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov .

This prospectus summarizes documents that are not delivered herewith. Copies of such documents are available upon your request, without charge, by writing or telephoning us at:

CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

(847) 465-6000

Attention: Investor Relations

The Indentures provides that, whether or not we are subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will furnish to the trustee and holders of the notes and file with the SEC the annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 or 15(d) and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections. Provision of this information is subject to certain qualifications. See “Description of the Notes—Reports.”

 

181


Table of Contents

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page

CDW Corporation (Successor) Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December  31, 2008 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the years ended December  31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December  31, 2008 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-46

CDW Corporation (Predecessor) Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-47

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of October 11, 2007

   F-48

Consolidated Statement of Income for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007

   F-49

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for the period January 1, 2007 to October  11, 2007

   F-50

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007

   F-51

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-52

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-70

CDW Corporation (Successor) Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009

   F-71

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009

   F-72

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2010

   F-73

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009

   F-74

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-75

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

and shareholders of CDW Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of shareholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CDW Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in 2008.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois

March 3, 2010, except for Note 16 and Note 20, as to which the date is September 1, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88.0      $ 94.4   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6.3 and $6.4, respectively

     1,006.7        871.4   

Merchandise inventory

     257.8        242.6   

Miscellaneous receivables

     127.8        142.5   

Deferred income taxes

     40.0        40.8   

Prepaid expenses and other

     37.5        27.5   
                

Total current assets

     1,557.8        1,419.2   

Property and equipment, net

     165.8        202.3   

Goodwill

     2,207.4        2,442.0   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,951.4        2,116.4   

Deferred financing costs, net

     91.2        96.2   

Other assets

     2.4        0.2   
                

Total assets

   $ 5,976.0      $ 6,276.3   
                

Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 292.3      $ 224.0   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases

     22.6        15.8   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     68.7        66.0   

Deferred revenue

     28.9        17.1   

Accrued expenses:

    

Compensation

     63.5        64.8   

Interest

     50.0        64.1   

Sales taxes

     19.9        17.3   

Advertising

     16.3        13.9   

Income taxes

     —          4.1   

Other

     72.4        54.5   
                

Total current liabilities

     634.6        541.6   

Long-term liabilities:

    

Debt and capital leases

     4,599.3        4,617.7   

Deferred income taxes

     694.7        780.5   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     1.9        31.9   

Accrued interest

     45.5        12.5   

Other liabilities

     44.7        29.9   
                

Total long-term liabilities

     5,386.1        5,472.5   

Commitments and contingencies

     —          —     

Shareholders’ (deficit) equity:

    

Class A common shares, $0.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding

     —          —     

Class B common shares, $0.01 par value, 1,900,000 shares authorized; 907,346 and 900,102 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     —          —     

Paid-in capital

     2,155.4        2,140.8   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,178.8     (1,805.4

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (21.3     (73.2
                

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (44.7     262.2   
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 5,976.0      $ 6,276.3   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions)

 

          

Period from
October 12,
2007 to

December 31,

 
     Years Ended December 31,    
     2009     2008     2007  

Net sales

   $ 7,162.6      $ 8,071.2      $ 1,800.2   

Cost of sales

     6,029.7        6,710.2        1,505.8   
                        

Gross profit

     1,132.9        1,361.0        294.4   

Selling and administrative expenses

     821.1        894.8        221.8   

Advertising expense

     101.9        141.3        27.0   

Goodwill impairment

     241.8        1,712.0        —     
                        

(Loss) income from operations

     (31.9     (1,387.1     45.6   

Interest expense, net

     (431.7     (390.3     (104.6

Other income, net

     2.4        0.2        0.2   
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (461.2     (1,777.2     (58.8

Income tax benefit

     87.8        12.1        18.5   
                        

Net loss

   $ (373.4   $ (1,765.1   $ (40.3
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(in millions)

 

     Total
Shareholders’
(Deficit) Equity
    Class A
Common
Shares
   Class B
Common
Shares
   Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance at October 12, 2007

   $ —        $ —      $ —      $ —        $ —        $ —       

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

     2,113.8        —        —        2,113.8        —          —       

Issuance of Deferred Units

     8.6        —        —        8.6        —          —       

Equity-based compensation expense

     4.2        —        —        4.2        —          —       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

     (0.4     —        —        (0.4     —          —       

Net loss

     (40.3     —        —        —          (40.3     —        $ (40.3

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of tax

     (16.9     —        —        —          —          (16.9     (16.9

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (0.1     —        —        —          —          (0.1     (0.1
                      

Comprehensive loss

                 $ (57.3
                                                      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 2,068.9      $ —      $ —      $ 2,126.2      $ (40.3   $ (17.0  
                                                

(continued on next page)

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(in millions)

 

     Total
Shareholders’
(Deficit) Equity
    Class A
Common
Shares
   Class B
Common
Shares
   Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 2,068.9      $ —      $ —      $ 2,126.2      $ (40.3   $ (17.0  

Equity-based compensation expense

     17.8        —        —        17.8        —          —       

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

     1.3        —        —        1.3        —          —       

Forfeitures related to MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

     (2.6     —        —        (2.6     —          —       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

     (1.8     —        —        (1.8     —          —       

Other

     (0.1     —        —        (0.1     —          —       

Net loss

     (1,765.1     —        —        —          (1,765.1     —        $ (1,765.1

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of tax

     (54.6     —        —        —          —          (54.6     (54.6

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net loss, net of tax

     11.4        —        —        —          —          11.4        11.4   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (13.0     —        —        —          —          (13.0     (13.0
                      

Comprehensive loss

                 $ (1,821.3
                                                      

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 262.2      $ —      $ —      $ 2,140.8      $ (1,805.4   $ (73.2  

Equity-based compensation expense

     15.9        —        —        15.9        —          —       

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

     0.1        —        —        0.1        —          —       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

     (1.4     —        —        (1.4     —          —       

Net loss

     (373.4     —        —        —          (373.4     —        $ (373.4

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of tax

     (13.3     —        —        —          —          (13.3     (13.3

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net loss, net of tax

     56.3        —        —        —          —          56.3        56.3   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     8.9        —        —        —          —          8.9        8.9   
                      

Comprehensive loss

                 $ (321.5
                                                      

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ (44.7   $ —      $ —      $ 2,155.4      $ (2,178.8   $ (21.3  
                                                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

                

Period from

October 12, 2007

to December 31,

 
     Years Ended December 31,    
     2009     2008     2007  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (373.4   $ (1,765.1   $ (40.3

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Goodwill impairment

     241.8        1,712.0        —     

Depreciation and amortization

     218.2        218.4        46.3   

Equity-based compensation expense

     15.9        17.8        4.2   

Deferred income taxes

     (94.4     (39.9     (12.6

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (0.2     0.4        0.1   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     16.2        38.6        13.4   

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

     103.2        18.6        —     

Net (gain) loss on sales and disposals of assets

     (1.7     0.5        —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (131.3     116.7        45.3   

Merchandise inventory

     (15.0     78.6        8.3   

Other assets

     3.2        (5.8     10.4   

Accounts payable

     67.4        (199.1     (151.5

Other current liabilities

     3.9        (28.9     (100.7

Long-term liabilities

     44.7        11.4        5.9   
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     98.5        174.2        (171.2
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

     (15.6     (41.1     (8.0

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

     (72.2     (19.2     —     

Purchases of marketable securities

     (20.0     —          —     

Redemptions of marketable securities

     20.0        —          —     

Proceeds from sale of assets

     5.2        —          —     

Acquisition of CDW Corporation, net of cash acquired

     —          —          (6,391.6
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (82.6     (60.3     (6,399.6
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —          150.0        4,180.0   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (11.0     (190.0     —     

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —          1,126.7        844.2   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —          (1,072.8     (406.7

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

     (0.6     (0.5     —     

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

     0.1        1.3        2,071.7   

Forfeitures related to MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II

     —          (3.8     —     

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (11.3     (45.5     (102.7
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (22.8     (34.6     6,586.5   
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     0.5        (0.5     (0.1
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (6.4     78.8        15.6   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     94.4        15.6        —     
                        

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ 88.0      $ 94.4      $ 15.6   
                        

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid, including cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

   $ 368.8      $ 346.6      $ 21.2   

Taxes paid, net

   $ 11.7      $ 3.1      $ 0.1   

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Investment in Singlewire Software, LLC

   $ 1.9      $ —        $ —     

Equipment obtained under capital lease

   $ —        $ 2.3      $ —     

Management Investors roll-over of existing CDW equity

   $ —        $ —        $ 42.1   

Issuance of Deferred Units

   $ —        $ —        $ 8.6   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

The Company is a leading provider of multi-branded information technology products and services in the United States and Canada. The Company provides comprehensive and integrated solutions for its customers’ technology needs through an extensive range of hardware, software, and service offerings.

Basis of Presentation

On October 12, 2007, CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, was acquired through a merger transaction by an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. (the “Acquisition”). CDW Corporation continued as the surviving corporation and same legal entity after the Acquisition, but became a wholly owned subsidiary of VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Details of the Acquisition are more fully discussed in Note 3.

On December 31, 2009, CDW Corporation merged into CDWC LLC, an Illinois limited liability company owned by VH Holdings, Inc., with CDWC LLC as the surviving entity. This change had no impact on the operations or management of the Company. On December 31, 2009, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC (“CDW LLC”). On August 17, 2010, VH Holdings, Inc. was renamed CDW Corporation (“Parent”).

Throughout this report, the terms “the Company,” “CDW” and “Successor” refer to Parent and its wholly owned subsidiaries subsequent to the Acquisition, and “Predecessor” refers to CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Parent and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all deposits in banks and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are so near maturity that there is insignificant risk of changes in value due to interest rate changes.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and typically do not bear interest. The Company provides allowances for doubtful accounts related to accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company takes into consideration the overall quality of the receivable portfolio along with specifically identified customer risks.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using a weighted-average cost method. The Company decreases the value of inventory for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon an aging analysis of the inventory on hand, specifically known inventory-related risks, and assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Miscellaneous Receivables

Miscellaneous receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors. The Company receives incentives from vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates, bid programs, price protection, and other programs. These incentives generally relate to written agreements with specified performance requirements with the vendors and are recorded as adjustments to cost of sales or advertising expense, as appropriate.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company calculates depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the initial lease term. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The following table shows estimated useful lives of property and equipment:

 

Classification

   Estimated Useful Lives

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 10 years

Building and leasehold improvements

   5 to 25 years

Computer and data processing equipment

   3 to 5 years

Computer software

   3 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 to 10 years

The Company reviews legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and normal operations of a long-lived asset. If it is determined that a legal obligation exists, the fair value of the liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. All of the Company’s existing asset retirement obligations are associated with commitments to return property subject to operating leases to original condition upon lease termination. The asset retirement liability was accrued with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the related leasehold improvement which is depreciated over the life of the asset. The difference between the gross expected future cash flow and its present value is accreted over the term of the related lease as an operating expense. The Company’s asset retirement liability was $0.9 million as of December 31, 2009. There was no asset retirement liability recorded as of December 31, 2008.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company is required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company has changed its annual goodwill evaluation date from October 1 to December 1, effective with the fourth quarter of 2009. The Company views the December 1 date as preferable, in order to better align with the completion of its annual budgeting process. The Company’s reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as its business segments. Testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. As described in Note 2, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities as of January 1, 2009 and has incorporated the provisions of this guidance into the determination of fair value for purposes of subsequent goodwill impairment evaluations. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the Company’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. This required two-step approach uses significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions. Any changes in the judgments, estimates, or assumptions used could produce significantly different results. The Company recorded total goodwill impairment charges of $241.8 million and $1,712.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See Note 6 for more information on the Company’s evaluations of goodwill for impairment.

Intangible assets with determinable lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. The cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. These intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when indicators are present using undiscounted cash flows. The Company uses the undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, to assess the recoverability of the carrying value of such assets. To the extent carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recorded based upon the excess of the carrying value over fair value. In addition, each quarter the Company evaluates whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining estimated useful life of each of these intangible assets. If the Company were to determine that a change to the remaining estimated useful life of an intangible asset was necessary, then the remaining carrying amount of the intangible asset would be amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life. During the year ended December 31, 2009, no impairment existed with respect to the Company’s intangible assets with determinable lives and no significant changes to the remaining useful lives were necessary. The following table shows estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets:

 

Classification

   Estimated Useful Lives

Customer relationships

   11 to 14 years

Trade name

   20 years

Internally developed software

   5 years

Other

   1 to 10 years

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company has capitalized costs incurred in connection with establishing credit facilities as deferred financing costs. These costs are amortized to interest expense over the estimated life of the related financing using the interest method or straight-line method, as applicable.

Derivatives

The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements for the purpose of hedging its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These derivatives are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

The Company’s interest rate swap agreements have been designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of the Company’s swap agreements is initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. In the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows, hedge activities are classified according to the nature of the derivative.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Unrealized gains or losses on derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments are included in shareholders’ (deficit) equity under accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

            

Period from

October 12,

2007 to

 
     December 31,     December  
(in millions)    2009     2008     31, 2007  

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes of $27.3 and $37.8 in 2009 and 2008, respectively, and $10.4 for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

   $ (17.1   $ (60.1   $ (16.9

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (4.2     (13.1     (0.1
                        

Total

   $ (21.3   $ (73.2   $ (17.0
                        

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenue from sales transactions when both risk of loss and title to products sold pass to the customer. The Company’s shipping terms typically dictate that the passage of title occurs upon receipt of products by the customer. The majority of the Company’s revenue relates to physical products and is recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recorded as cost of sales. At the time of sale, the Company also records an estimate for sales returns and pricing disputes based on historical experience.

Software assurance products, third party services and extended warranties that the Company sells (for which the Company is not the primary obligor) are recognized on a net basis. Accordingly, such revenue is recognized in net sales either at the time of sale or over the contract period based on the terms of the contract, at the net amount retained by the Company. Revenue from information technology consulting or professional services is either recognized as incurred for services billed at an hourly rate or recognized using the percentage of completion method for services provided at a fixed fee. Revenue for data center services, including internet connectivity, web hosting, server co-location, and managed services, is recognized over the period service is provided. The Company records freight billed to its customers as sales and the related freight costs as a cost of sales. Vendor rebates are recorded over the period earned as a reduction of cost of sales. Price protection is recorded when earned as a reduction to cost of sales or merchandise inventory, as applicable.

Deferred revenue includes (1) payments received from customers in advance of providing the product or performing services, and (2) amounts deferred if other conditions of revenue recognition have not been met.

Sales Taxes

Sales tax amounts collected from customers for remittance to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising

Advertising costs are generally charged to expense in the period incurred. Cooperative reimbursements from vendors are recorded in the period the related advertising expenditure is incurred. The Company classifies vendor consideration as either a reduction of advertising expense or as a reduction of cost of sales, as appropriate. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, all vendor consideration received for cooperative advertising was recorded as a reduction of cost of sales. Advertising expense is offset by cooperative advertising funds when the reimbursement represents specific, incremental, and identifiable costs.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company measures all equity-based payments using a fair-value-based method and records compensation expense over the requisite service period in its consolidated financial statements. Forfeiture rates have been developed based upon historical experience.

Interest Expense

Interest expense is typically recognized in the period incurred at the applicable interest rate in effect. For increasing-rate debt, such as the Company’s senior extended loans and senior subordinated extended loans, the Company determines the periodic interest cost using the effective interest method over the estimated outstanding term of the debt. The difference between interest expense recorded and cash interest paid is reflected as short-term or long-term accrued interest in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary is the local currency, the Canadian dollar. Assets and liabilities of this subsidiary are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date and the consolidated results of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ (deficit) equity.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are determined using an asset and liability approach for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

The Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

 

2. Recently Issued or Newly Adopted Accounting Standards

Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance for fair value measurements, which defined fair value, established a framework for measuring fair value, and expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB delayed the effective date for adopting this guidance for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, including assets and liabilities such as reporting units measured at fair value in a goodwill impairment evaluation and assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company adopted this guidance for financial assets and financial liabilities on January 1, 2008, and for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on January 1, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 11 for a description of fair value measurements in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company incorporated the provisions of this guidance for fair value measurements in the goodwill impairment evaluations as described in Note 6.

In February 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which permits entities to choose to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at fair value under generally accepted accounting principles (the “fair value option”). Election of the fair value option is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is irrevocable. At the adoption date, unrealized

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

gains and losses on financial assets and liabilities for which the fair value option is elected would be reported as a cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings and all subsequent changes in fair value would be recorded as unrealized gains and losses in earnings. This guidance became effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and the adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for fair value measurements, which clarifies the application of the guidance in a market that is not active. The Company does not believe that it has any financial assets that are considered to be in an inactive market.

In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to amend and expand the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The guidance requires new disclosures about transfers in and transfers out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and the activity within Level 3 fair value measurements (presented in a roll forward of activity). The guidance also clarifies existing disclosures about the level of disaggregation of fair value for each class of assets and liabilities and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Because it only requires additional disclosure, the Company does not expect this guidance to have an impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Derivative Instrument and Hedging Activity Disclosures

In March 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to amend and expand the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2009. Because it only requires additional disclosure, the adoption did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 10 for the required disclosures.

Accounting Standards Codification

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which replaced the previous hierarchy of GAAP and established the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. GAAP. This guidance was effective in 2009. The Codification was not intended to change or alter existing GAAP; therefore the adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Arrangements

In October 2009, the FASB issued amendments to authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements. The amended guidance amends the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements, establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, eliminates the residual method of allocation, and expands the disclosures related to multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The amended guidance also modifies the scope of authoritative guidance for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements to exclude from its requirements (1) non-software components of tangible products, and (2) software components of tangible products that are sold, licensed, or leased with tangible products when the software components and non-software components of the tangible product function together to deliver the tangible products essential functionality. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Acquisition of Predecessor

On May 25, 2007, Parent was incorporated in Delaware. At December 31, 2009, Parent had Class A common shares, par value of $0.01 per share, 100,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, and

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Class B common shares, par value of $0.01 per share, 1,900,000 shares authorized, and 907,346 shares issued and outstanding. CDW Holdings LLC (“Holdings”) owns all of the Class A and Class B common shares of Parent. Holdings is controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. (the “Equity Sponsors”), certain other co-investors and certain members of the Company’s management (the “Management Investors”), whom the Company collectively refers to as the “Equity Investors.”

On May 25, 2007, VH MergerSub, Inc. (“MergerSub”) was incorporated in Illinois as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

On October 12, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), the Acquisition was completed when MergerSub merged with and into Predecessor, with Predecessor as the surviving corporation, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) dated as of May 29, 2007. Upon consummation of the merger, Predecessor became a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Each share of common stock of Predecessor that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition was cancelled and converted into the right to receive $87.75 per share in cash (the “Merger Consideration”).

Parent and Holdings were formed for the purpose of facilitating the Acquisition and have no operations. The Equity Sponsors’ objective is to invest in companies with strong competitive characteristics that they believe have potential for long-term equity appreciation.

In connection with the Acquisition, the following events occurred, which the Company collectively refers to as the “Acquisition Transactions”:

 

   

the purchase by the Equity Investors of Class A Common Units of Holdings for approximately $2,115.9 million in cash (net of $19.5 million in equity fees) or, with respect to the Management Investors, with a combination of cash and a roll-over of a portion of their existing equity in Predecessor (Holdings contributed the $2,115.9 million to Parent immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition; Parent in turn contributed the $2,115.9 million to MergerSub);

 

   

the entering into of the debt arrangements by MergerSub as described in Note 9, of which $4,640.0 million was funded at closing of the Acquisition;

 

   

the payment of the related Merger Consideration and the settlement of all outstanding equity awards under Predecessor equity plans;

 

   

the payment of approximately $216.6 million of fees and expenses related to the Acquisition Transactions, of which $60.0 million was capitalized as direct transaction costs, $102.6 million was capitalized as deferred financing costs, $19.5 million was recorded as a reduction of the equity proceeds, and $34.5 million was expensed either by Predecessor or Successor depending on various factors related to the applicable fees; and

 

   

the merger of MergerSub with and into Predecessor, with Predecessor as the surviving corporation.

As a result of the merger, all obligations of MergerSub under the debt arrangements became obligations of Predecessor on the Closing Date.

The purchase price of Predecessor of $6,653.2 million was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair market values on the Closing Date as described in Note 4.

In connection with the Acquisition, Successor incurred costs of $26.7 million during the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007. These costs are included in selling and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

4. Purchase Accounting

The Company has accounted for the Acquisition as the purchase of a business, whereby the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded based upon their respective fair market values at the Closing Date. The excess of the purchase price over the identifiable net assets acquired was recorded as

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

goodwill. During 2008, the Company made adjustments to the purchase price allocation that decreased the recorded amount of goodwill by $12.0 million, primarily as a result of a finalized transaction costs analysis. The following table summarizes the revised allocation of the purchase price and the fair market values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the Closing Date:

 

(in millions)     

Total purchase price

   $ 6,653.2
      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 217.5

Accounts receivable, net

     1,038.8

Merchandise inventory

     329.9

Other current assets

     225.3

Property and equipment

     212.2

Intangible assets

     2,323.8

Other assets

     0.2
      

Total assets acquired

     4,347.7
      

Accounts payable

     575.9

Accrued expenses

     373.2

Deferred income taxes

     884.3

Other long-term liabilities

     21.9
      

Total liabilities assumed

     1,855.3
      

Goodwill

     4,160.8
      

Total purchase price

   $ 6,653.2
      

The following table presents details of purchased intangible assets at the Closing Date:

 

(dollars in millions)    Amount    Weighted-
Average Life

Customer relationships

   $ 1,862.0    13.2 years

Trade names

     424.0    19.9 years

Internally developed software

     32.9    5.0 years

License agreement and other

     4.9    8.3 years
           
   $ 2,323.8    14.3 years
           

The $4,160.8 million of goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Pro Forma Results

The following unaudited pro forma financial results present the aggregated results of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007 as if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2007:

 

(in millions)    2007  

Net sales

   $ 8,144.5   

Net loss

   $ (157.2

The pro forma financial results represent historical financial results adjusted to give effect to items that (1) are directly attributable to the Acquisition, (2) have a continuing impact on the Company’s operations and

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(3) are factually supportable. Such items include additional amortization expense related to the intangible assets recorded in purchase accounting and additional interest expense related to the debt financing. The unaudited pro forma financial results are not intended to represent or be indicative of the Company’s consolidated results of operations that would have been reported had the Acquisition been completed as of the beginning of the period presented and should not be taken as indicative of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations.

 

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
(in millions)    2009    2008

Land

   $ 27.7    $ 27.7

Machinery and equipment

     46.8      46.8

Building and leasehold improvements

     96.2      94.3

Computer and data processing equipment

     41.8      38.7

Computer software

     29.0      28.4

Furniture and fixtures

     16.5      16.4

Construction in progress

     1.0      0.2
             

Total property and equipment

     259.0      252.5

Less accumulated depreciation

     93.2      50.2
             

Net property and equipment

   $ 165.8    $ 202.3
             

During 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded disposals of $3.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, to remove assets that were no longer in use from property and equipment. The Company recorded a pre-tax loss of $0.4 million in 2009 and $0.5 million in 2008 for certain assets that were not fully depreciated.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $46.0 million and $42.5 million, respectively. Depreciation expense for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 was $8.0 million.

 

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As described in Note 1, the Company is required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company’s reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as its business segments. For financial reporting purposes, Canada and the CDW advanced services business do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

Testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the Company’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated future cash flows of a reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates, gross margins, operating margins, discount rates, and future market conditions, among others. Under the market approach, the Company utilized valuation multiples derived from publicly available information for guideline companies to provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. The valuation multiples were applied to the reporting units.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

June 1, 2009 Evaluation

The Company continuously monitors the operating performance of each of its reporting units in comparison to forecasted results. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company determined that, while the rate of the sales decline year over year was stabilizing, the overall decline in net sales indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of certain reporting units was reduced to below the respective carrying amount. The Company considered this a triggering event under GAAP and performed an interim evaluation of the carrying amount of goodwill as of June 1, 2009. The Company’s Public reporting unit passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 10%) while the Company’s remaining three reporting units did not. The Company performed the second step of the goodwill evaluation for the Corporate, Canada and the CDW advanced services business reporting units. As a result, the Company recorded a total goodwill impairment charge of $235.0 million in the second quarter of 2009. This charge was comprised of $207.0 million for the Corporate reporting unit and $28.0 million for the CDW advanced services business reporting unit. The Canada reporting unit did not require a goodwill impairment charge as the implied fair value of goodwill of this reporting unit approximated the carrying value of goodwill.

To determine fair value of the reporting units, the Company used a 75%/25% weighting of the income approach and market approach, respectively. The Company believed that higher weighting to the income approach was appropriate as inherent differences exist between the Company’s highly leveraged structure and the equity-based structures of the comparable companies used in the market approach. Using the income approach, the Company estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit based on internally generated forecasts for the remainder of 2009 and the next six years. The Company used a 5% long-term assumed consolidated annual growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. The Company’s forecasts were based on historical experience, expected market demand, and other industry information available at the time the forecasts were prepared. The estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit were discounted at 11.5%.

December 1, 2009 Evaluation

The Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill as of December 1, 2009. The Public, Canada and the CDW advanced services business reporting units passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 9%, 30%, and 35%, respectively) while the Corporate reporting unit did not. The Company performed the second step of the goodwill evaluation for the Corporate reporting unit which did not require a goodwill impairment charge, as the implied fair value of goodwill of this reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of goodwill by 10%.

2009 Adjustment

In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a liability of $14.6 million to correct the accounting for aged trade credits arising in the normal course of business. The majority of this adjustment related to aged accounts receivable credits that the Company had previously recognized as income prior to the legal discharge of the underlying liabilities under applicable laws. Of the total $14.6 million liability recorded, approximately $11.0 million related to periods prior to the Acquisition, and $3.6 million related to periods subsequent to the Acquisition. The Company does not believe these amounts are material to prior periods or to the current consolidated financial statements but do represent the correction of an error from prior periods. Had the Company recorded the $11.0 million liability at the time of the Acquisition, it would have expensed the related goodwill in 2008 in connection with the goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008. Accordingly, the Company adjusted the carrying amount of goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2009 by $6.8 million ($11.0 million less a deferred tax asset of $4.2 million) and the Company immediately expensed the $6.8 million as a goodwill impairment charge. The Company also recorded a pre-tax charge of $3.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2009 primarily as a reduction to net sales related to periods subsequent to the Acquisition. This adjustment was recorded as a reduction to net sales as the original aged trade credits were recorded as an increase to net sales. None of the $14.6 million liability recorded had been paid as of December 31, 2009. The Company expects to continue to negotiate with affected trade creditors, and as such, actual settlement of these amounts could differ from the estimates recorded.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

October 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008 Evaluations

The Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill as of October 1, 2008. Both the Company’s Corporate and Public reporting units failed the first step of the evaluation, and accordingly, the Company performed the second step to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment. Due to deteriorating macroeconomic conditions in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company determined that a triggering event had occurred as of December 31, 2008 that required the Company to update its initial test. As a result, the Company recorded a total goodwill impairment charge of $1,712.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. This charge was comprised of $1,359.0 million for the Corporate reporting unit and $353.0 million for the Public reporting unit.

The following table presents the change in goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

(in millions)    Corporate     Public     Other  (1)     Consolidated  

Balances as of December 31, 2007:

   $ 2,797.8      $ 1,263.2      $ 111.8      $ 4,172.8   

2008 Activity:

        

Impairment charge

     (1,359.0     (353.0     —          (1,712.0

Adjustment (2)

     (8.8     (2.9     (0.3     (12.0

Translation adjustment

     —          —          (6.8     (6.8
                                
   $ 1,430.0      $ 907.3      $ 104.7      $ 2,442.0   

Balances as of December 31, 2008:

        

Goodwill

   $ 2,789.0      $ 1,260.3      $ 104.7      $ 4,154.0   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (1,359.0     (353.0     —          (1,712.0
                                
   $ 1,430.0      $ 907.3      $ 104.7      $ 2,442.0   

2009 Activity:

        

Impairment charges

     (212.4     (1.1     (28.3     (241.8

Adjustment (3)

     5.4        1.1        0.3        6.8   

Goodwill related to sale of assets (4)

     —          —          (3.9     (3.9

Translation adjustment

     —          —          4.3        4.3   
                                
   $ 1,223.0      $ 907.3      $ 77.1      $ 2,207.4   

Balances as of December 31, 2009:

        

Goodwill

   $ 2,794.4      $ 1,261.4      $ 105.4      $ 4,161.2   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (1,571.4     (354.1     (28.3     (1,953.8
                                
   $ 1,223.0      $ 907.3      $ 77.1      $ 2,207.4   
                                

 

(1)

Other is comprised of Canada and the CDW advanced services business reporting units.

(2)

This represents adjustments to the purchase price allocation that decreased the recorded amount of goodwill, primarily as a result of a finalized transaction costs analysis.

(3)

See description of this adjustment under previous heading “2009 Adjustment.”

(4)

See Note 17 for more information.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents a summary of intangible assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

(in millions)               

December 31, 2009

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net

Customer relationships

   $ 1,861.0    $ 313.3    $ 1,547.7

Trade name

     421.0      46.7      374.3

Internally developed software

     48.9      21.9      27.0

Other

     3.1      0.7      2.4
                    

Total

   $ 2,334.0    $ 382.6    $ 1,951.4
                    

December 31, 2008

              

Customer relationships

   $ 1,859.1    $ 173.2    $ 1,685.9

Trade names

     421.0      25.7      395.3

Internally developed software

     42.4      11.4      31.0

Other

     4.9      0.7      4.2
                    

Total

   $ 2,327.4    $ 211.0    $ 2,116.4
                    

During 2008, the Berbee trade name of $3.0 million was written off.

During 2009, the Company sold its Informacast software and equipment as described in Note 17 and removed from its consolidated balance sheet $1.3 million in net book value of the Informacast software intangible asset.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $171.9 million and $175.9 million, respectively. Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 was $38.3 million.

Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:

 

(in millions)     

Year ended December 31,

    

2010

   $ 170.3

2011

     168.9

2012

     167.0

2013

     163.4

2014

     161.8
      

Total

   $ 831.4
      

 

7. Trade Financing Agreements

The Company has entered into security agreements with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions. At December 31, 2009, the agreements allowed for a maximum credit line of $126.0 million collateralized by the inventory purchases financed by the financial institutions and certain other assets. The Company does not incur any interest expense associated with these agreements, as it pays the balances when they are due. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company owed the financial institutions $25.0 million and $34.1 million, respectively, which is included in trade accounts payable.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

8. Lease Commitments

The Company is obligated under various operating lease agreements for office facilities that generally provide for minimum rent payments and a proportionate share of operating expenses and property taxes and include certain renewal and expansion options. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, rent expense was $22.9 million and $20.8 million, respectively. For the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, rent expense was $4.0 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded approximately $0.8 and $0.6 million, respectively, of depreciation expense for office equipment under capital leases. During the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the Company recorded approximately $0.1 million of depreciation expense for office equipment under capital leases.

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

(in millions)           

Year Ended December 31,

   Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases

2010

   $ 0.7      $ 19.2

2011

     0.7        15.2

2012

     0.3        13.5

2013

     —          13.6

2014

     —          13.4

Thereafter

     —          60.0
              

Total future minimum lease payments

     1.7      $ 134.9
        

Amounts representing interest

     (0.2  
          

Present value of future minimum lease payments

     1.5     

Current maturities of capital lease obligations

     (0.6  
          

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 0.9     
          

 

9. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt, excluding capital leases, was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(in millions)    2009     2008  

Senior secured revolving credit facility

   $ 491.4      $ 491.4   

Senior secured term loan facility

     2,189.0        2,200.0   

Senior extended loans

     1,190.0        1,190.0   

Senior subordinated extended loans

     750.0        750.0   
                

Total long-term debt

     4,620.4        4,631.4   

Less current maturities of long-term debt

     (22.0     (15.2
                

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

   $ 4,598.4      $ 4,616.2   
                

Although the FASB issued authoritative guidance which requires the disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments in annual financial statements, the Company believes that the disclosure of the fair value of its long-term debt would not be meaningful due to the varying estimates that could be used to determine the fair value at December 31, 2009.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under its various credit agreements as described below.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

At December 31, 2009, the Company had an $800.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility available for borrowings and issuance of letters of credit of which it had outstanding borrowings of $491.4 million (at an effective weighted-average interest rate of approximately 1.51% per annum) and $43.4 million of undrawn letters of credit. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin. The variable interest rate is based on one of two indices, either (i) LIBOR or (ii) the Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) with the ABR being the greater of (a) the prime rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points. The applicable margin varies (1.00% to 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.00% to 0.75% for ABR borrowings) depending upon the Company’s average daily excess cash availability under the agreement. The senior secured revolving credit facility matures on October 12, 2012. Availability under this facility is limited to the lesser of the revolving commitment of $800.0 million or the amount of the borrowing base. The borrowing base is based upon a formula involving certain percentages of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable owned by the Company. At December 31, 2009, the borrowing base was $855.5 million as supported by eligible inventory and accounts receivable balances as of November 30, 2009. One of the lenders under this facility has failed to fund $20.2 million of its pro rata share of several advances under this facility since 2008. The Company does not expect the defaulting lender to fund any portion of these advances or the remaining $15.2 million of its commitment under this facility, which will impact availability under this facility in future periods. Assuming non-funding by the defaulting lender, the Company could borrow up to an additional $229.8 million under this facility as of December 31, 2009.

All obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings under this facility are collateralized by a first priority interest in inventory, excluding inventory collateralized under the trade financing agreements as described in Note 7, deposits, and accounts receivable, and a second priority interest in substantially all other assets. The senior secured revolving credit facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. This facility also includes maintenance of a minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement. Should the Company fall below the minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement for ten consecutive business days, the Company becomes subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio until such time as the daily excess cash availability requirement is met for 30 consecutive business days.

Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

At December 31, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s amended and restated senior secured term loan facility was $2,189.0 million. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility matures on October 10, 2014. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at either (a) the ABR plus a rate spread or (b) LIBOR plus a rate spread. The applicable rate spread varies (2.50% to 3.00% for ABR borrowings and 3.50% to 4.00% for LIBOR borrowings) based on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio, as defined in the amended agreement evidencing this facility.

The effective weighted-average interest rate, without giving effect to the interest rate swap agreements (see Note 10), on the principal amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was 4.29% per annum, with an effective weighted-average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 of 3.86% per annum. The effective weighted-average interest rate, including the effect of the interest rate swap agreements, on the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility as of December 31, 2009 was 8.10% per annum, with an effective weighted-average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 of 7.42% per annum.

The Company started making required quarterly principal payments on the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility in the amount of $5.5 million, beginning in September 2009, with the remainder due upon maturity. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility provides, in addition to

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

such required repayment, for the mandatory prepayment of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including, beginning with the year ended December 31, 2008, a prepayment in an amount equal to 50% of the Company’s excess cash flow (as defined in the governing agreement) for the year then ended. Excess cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, plus items such as reductions in working capital, less items such as increases in working capital, certain taxes paid in cash, interest that will be paid in cash, capital expenditures and repayment of long-term indebtedness. Any such payments are applied against the remaining scheduled principal payment installment. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company made a mandatory prepayment based on excess cash flows of $4.5 million in March 2009. The payment reduced the September 30, 2009 scheduled quarterly principal payment to $1.0 million. The Company had no prepayment obligation based on excess cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009.

All obligations under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility is collateralized by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory, excluding inventory collateralized under the trade financing agreements as described in Note 7, deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of the Company and that of its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility also includes a senior secured leverage ratio requirement. The senior secured leverage ratio is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis and is defined as the ratio of senior secured debt (including amounts owed under trade financing agreements and capital leases) less cash and cash equivalents, to trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA. Compliance may be determined after giving effect to a designated equity contribution to the Company to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On November 4, 2009, the Company amended certain terms with respect to the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. As part of this amendment, the senior secured leverage ratio that is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis was revised as follows:

 

     Senior Secured Leverage  Ratio
Not to Exceed

Four Quarters Ending

   Previous    Amended

December 31, 2009

   6.75    7.25

March 31, 2010

   5.75    7.75

June 30, 2010

   5.75    7.75

September 30, 2010

   5.75    7.75

December 31, 2010

   5.75    8.00

March 31, 2011

   4.75    7.50

June 30, 2011

   4.75    7.50

September 30, 2011

   4.75    7.50

December 31, 2011

   4.75    7.25

March 31, 2012

   3.75    7.00

June 30, 2012

   3.75    7.00

September 30, 2012

   3.75    6.75

December 31, 2012

   3.75    6.75

March 31, 2013

   3.75    6.50

June 30, 2013

   3.75    6.50

September 30, 2013

   3.75    6.00

December 31, 2013

   3.75    5.75

March 31, 2014 and each fiscal quarter thereafter

   3.75    5.50

For the four quarters ending December 31, 2009, the senior secured leverage ratio was 5.6.

Also, as part of this amendment, the applicable interest rate spread on principal amounts increased by 100 basis points. As such and as noted above, the spread varies from 2.50% to 3.00% for ABR borrowings and from 3.50% to 4.00% for LIBOR borrowings, based on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio.

Certain other terms were also amended, including the placement of additional restrictions on the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness and the addition of a requirement that the Company maintain an interest rate hedge to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility through maturity, subject to certain limitations.

The Company incurred total fees and expenses of approximately $12.2 million in connection with this amendment. Of this amount, $11.3 million was capitalized as deferred financing costs and is being amortized over the remaining term of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility.

The Company evaluated this amendment and determined that the existing debt was not considered extinguished under GAAP and no gain or loss was recognized in connection with the modification.

Senior Extended Loans and Senior Subordinated Extended Loans

At December 31, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s senior extended loans was $1,190.0 million. The senior extended loans have a maturity date of October 12, 2015. The Company is required to pay cash interest on $890.0 million outstanding principal of the senior extended loans (the “Senior Cash Pay Loans”) and can elect to pay cash or PIK Interest (as defined below) on the remaining $300.0 million of the outstanding principal amount (the “Senior PIK Election Loans”). For Senior PIK

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Election Loans, the Company may elect for any interest period through the interest period beginning April 15, 2011 to either (i) pay the interest on amounts outstanding in cash, (ii) defer interest payments and add to the principal balance so that the interest is paid, together with the principal, at maturity (“PIK Interest”) or (iii) pay 50% of the interest in cash and 50% as PIK Interest. Elections are due at least 30 days prior to the start of the interest period and the method of payment for the prior period will apply if no election is filed.

For all interest periods beginning prior to October 15, 2009, the Company had elected to pay interest on all Senior PIK Election Loans in cash. The Company made a PIK election with respect to these loans for the interest period from October 15, 2009 through April 14, 2010. The principal amount on the Senior PIK Election Loans will increase by approximately $17.0 million on April 15, 2010 and the Company will incur incremental interest expense of $10.7 million over the remaining term as a result of the PIK election for the October 15, 2009 through April 14, 2010 interest period. The election to pay PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Election Loans will remain in effect for future interest periods through the interest period beginning April 15, 2011 unless the Company makes a new election at least 30 days prior to the beginning of the relevant interest period.

At December 31, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s senior subordinated extended loans was $750.0 million. The senior subordinated extended loans have a maturity date of October 12, 2017.

The extended loans bear interest on the principal balances outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the per annum LIBOR and applicable margin in effect prior to the conversion to extended loans (which occurred on October 10, 2008), plus (2) the conversion spread plus (3) the PIK margin of 75 basis points applicable to Senior PIK Election Loans during interest periods in which an election to pay PIK Interest is made. The conversion spread increases 50 basis points every three months until the maximum interest rate is reached in July 2010. The next scheduled 50 basis point conversion spread increase was on January 10, 2010.

 

     Senior Cash
Pay Loans
    Senior PIK
Election Loans
    Senior
Subordinated
Extended
Loans
 

Maturity

     10/12/2015        10/12/2015        10/12/2017   

Outstanding principal (in millions)

   $ 890.0      $ 300.0      $ 750.0   

Extended loan interest rate (per annum)

     2.78813     2.78813     2.78813

Applicable margin (in basis points)

     462.5        575.0 (1)       600.0   

Conversion spread (in basis points)

     250        250        250   

Interest rate in effect at December 31, 2009 (per annum)

     9.91313     11.03813 % (1)       11.28813

Maximum interest rate (per annum)

     11.0     11.5 % (2)       12.535

 

(1)

Includes PIK margin of 75 basis points.

(2)

Does not include the PIK margin of 75 basis points applicable during interest periods in which an election to pay PIK Interest is made.

Obligations under the extended loans are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the senior credit facilities. The extended loans contain negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The extended loans do not contain any financial covenants.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of December 31, 2009, the maturities of long-term debt, excluding the senior secured revolving credit facility and capital leases, were as follows:

 

(in millions)     

Year ended December 31,

    

2010

   $ 22.0

2011

     22.0

2012

     22.0

2013

     22.0

2014

     2,101.0

Thereafter

     1,940.0
      

Total

   $ 4,129.0
      

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs, such as underwriting, financial advisory, professional fees, and other similar fees, are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the estimated life of the related financing. During 2009, the Company capitalized an additional $11.3 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the November 2009 amendment to the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. These additional costs will be amortized over the remaining term of this facility.

Deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(in millions)    2009     2008  

Deferred financing costs

   $ 120.9      $ 109.7   

Accumulated amortization

     (29.7     (13.5
                

Deferred financing costs, net

   $ 91.2      $ 96.2   
                

Weighted-average remaining life (in years)

     5.5        6.5   

 

10. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk associated with fluctuations in the interest rates on its floating-rate debt. In order to manage this risk, the Company has entered into two interest rate swap agreements to hedge the cash flows associated with the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. The Company’s swap agreements effectively convert the outstanding principal amount under this facility, which is a floating-rate debt, to a fixed-rate debt, as the Company pays fixed-rate amounts in exchange for the receipt of floating-rate amounts.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. To accomplish these objectives, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of floating-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had two outstanding interest rate swap agreements with a combined $2,200.0 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk.

On October 24, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a total notional value of $1,500.0 million to hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. Under the terms of this interest rate swap agreement, a quarterly net settlement was made for the difference between the fixed rate of 4.37% per annum and the variable rate based upon the three-month LIBOR on the notional amount of the interest rate swap. On April 28, 2009, the Company and its counterparty amended this interest rate swap agreement. Under the terms of the amendment, the Company reduced the fixed-rate it pays on the notional amount to 4.155% per annum from 4.37% per annum and changed the floating-rate reference on payments it receives to one-month LIBOR from three-month LIBOR. These changes were effective as of July 14, 2009. The Company elected to change the interest rate index on the corresponding portion of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility to one-month LIBOR effective July 14, 2009. The termination date of January 14, 2011 for the amended interest rate swap agreement remains unchanged.

On November 27, 2007, the Company entered into a second interest rate swap agreement with a total notional value of $700.0 million (to be reduced to $500.0 million on January 14, 2010) to hedge the then remaining cash flows associated with the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. Under the terms of this interest rate swap agreement, a monthly net settlement is made for the difference between the fixed rate of 3.9125% per annum and the variable rate based on the one-month LIBOR on the notional amount of the interest rate swap. This interest rate swap agreement has a termination date of January 14, 2011.

The effective portion of the changes in fair value of interest rate swaps designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into interest expense, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

As a result of the amendment to the $1,500.0 million interest rate swap agreement as described above, the Company prospectively discontinued the hedge accounting on the original interest rate swap agreement as it no longer met the strict requirements for hedge accounting. The Company will continue to report the net gain or loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in AOCI, which will be reclassified into earnings during the remaining contractual term of the agreement. Simultaneously, the Company designated the amended interest rate swap agreement into a new cash flow hedging relationship. Due to the off-market nature of the re-designated interest rate swap at the date of designation, the Company anticipates the potential for ineffectiveness in future reporting periods which could lead to greater volatility in interest expense.

The fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are estimated as described in Note 11.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value carrying amount of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements was recorded as follows:

 

          Derivative Assets    Derivative Liabilities
    

Balance Sheet

Location

   December 31,    December 31,
(in millions)       2009    2008    2009    2008

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

              

Interest rate swap agreements

   Fair value of interest rate swap agreements    $ —      $ —      $ 70.6    $ 97.9
                              

Total derivative contracts

      $ —      $ —      $ 70.6    $ 97.9
                              

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:

 

     Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in  OCI

(Effective Portion)
    Location of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified
from AOCI
   Amount of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from AOCI
into Income

(Effective Portion)
    Location of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income
(Ineffective
   Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized in
Income

(Ineffective Portion)
(in millions)    2009     2008     into Income    2009     2008     Portion)    2009     2008

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (21.6   $ (89.3   Interest
expense, net
   $ (74.5   $ (18.6   Interest
expense, net
   $ (28.7   $ —  
                                                    

Total

   $ (21.6   $ (89.3      $ (74.5   $ (18.6      $ (28.7   $ —  
                                                    

The effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships on the consolidated statements of operations for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007 was as follows:

 

     Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
    Location of
Gain (Loss)
   Amount of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from AOCI
into Income

(Effective Portion)
   Location of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
   Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized  in
Income

(Ineffective Portion)
(in millions)    Period from
October 12, 2007 to
December 31, 2007
    Reclassified
from AOCI
into Income
   Period from
October 12, 2007 to
December 31, 2007
   Income
(Ineffective
Portion)
   Period from
October 12, 2007 to
December 31, 2007

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (27.2   Interest
expense, net
   $ —      Interest
expense, net
   $ —  
                           

Total

   $ (27.2      $ —         $ —  
                           

Amounts reported in AOCI related to the Company’s interest rate swap agreements will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on its floating-rate debt. Over the next twelve months beginning January 1, 2010, the Company estimates that it will reclassify $71.0 million of deferred losses from AOCI to interest expense.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Each of the two interest rate swap agreements provides that the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the Company’s default under the agreement evidencing the indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, was $77.4 million. If the Company had breached the agreements described above at December 31, 2009, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $77.4 million.

The interest rate swap agreements are considered secured obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility and are secured by the assets that serve as collateral for this facility (see Note 9).

 

11. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined under GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy has been established for valuation inputs to prioritize the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1 – inputs are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Level 2 – inputs are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, and similar techniques.

The fair value of financial liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 was as follows:

 

(in millions)    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ —      $ 70.6    $ —      $ 70.6

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements, as described in Note 10, is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. The valuation of the swap agreements is derived by using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each swap. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the swap agreements, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including LIBOR curves. The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. The credit valuation adjustments are calculated by determining the total expected exposure of the swap agreements (which incorporates both the current and potential future exposure) and then applying each counterparty’s credit spread to the applicable exposure. For the Company’s swap agreements, which have two-way exposure, the counterparty’s credit spread is applied to the Company’s exposure to the counterparty, and the Company’s own credit spread is applied to the counterparty’s exposure to the Company, and the net credit valuation adjustment is reflected in the Company’s swap agreement valuations. The total expected exposure of a swap agreement is derived using market-observable inputs, such as LIBOR curves. The inputs utilized for the Company’s own credit spread are based on unobservable estimates. For counterparties with publicly available credit information, the credit spreads over LIBOR used in the calculations represent implied credit default swap spreads obtained from a third party credit data provider. In adjusting the fair value of the swap agreements for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. The Company believes that the observable inputs utilized in the valuation are more significant than the unobservable inputs, and as such, the Company has categorized the value of its swap agreements as Level 2 in the hierarchy.

Goodwill is measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company performed an interim evaluation of goodwill as of June 1, 2009. As a result, the Company adjusted goodwill to its implied fair value of $2,206.3 million by recording an impairment charge of $235.0 million. The fair value of goodwill as of June 1, 2009 was as follows:

 

(in millions)    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Goodwill

   $ —      $ —      $ 2,206.3    $ 2,206.3

See Note 6 for more information on the Company’s goodwill impairment evaluation.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12. Income Taxes

Income (loss) before income taxes was taxed under the following jurisdictions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    

Period from

October 12, 2007 to

 
(in millions)    2009     2008     December 31, 2007  

Domestic

   $ (468.2   $ (1,783.7   $ (60.0

Foreign

     7.0        6.5        1.2   
                        

Total

   $ (461.2   $ (1,777.2   $ (58.8
                        

Components of the income tax (benefit) expense consist of:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period from
October 12, 2007 to
 
(in millions)    2009     2008     December 31, 2007  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (7.3   $ 17.0      $ (8.3

State

     12.8        8.4        1.9   

Foreign

     1.1        2.4        0.6   
                        

Total current

     6.6        27.8        (5.8

Deferred:

      

Domestic

     (94.0     (39.4     (12.6

Foreign

     (0.4     (0.5     (0.1
                        

Total deferred

     (94.4     (39.9     (12.7
                        

Income tax (benefit) expense

   $ (87.8   $ (12.1   $ (18.5
                        

The reconciliation between the statutory tax rate expressed as a percentage of loss before income taxes and the effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     December 31,    

Period from

October 12, 2007 to

 
(in millions)    2009     2008     December 31, 2007  

Statutory federal income tax rate

   $ (161.4   35.0   $ (622.0   35.0   $ (20.6   35.0

State taxes, net of federal effect

     (11.6   2.5        7.1      (0.4     0.8      (1.4

Goodwill impairment

     84.6      (18.3     599.2      (33.7     —        —     

Other

     0.6      (0.2     3.6      (0.2     1.3      (2.2
                                          

Effective tax rate

   $ (87.8   19.0   $ (12.1   0.7   $ (18.5   31.4
                                          

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to the net deferred income tax liability is presented below:

 

     December 31,
(in millions)    2009    2008

Deferred Tax Assets:

     

Deferred interest

   $ 165.0    $ 0.9

Unrealized losses on interest rate swap agreements

     27.3      37.8

Deferred financing costs

     12.1      14.2

Charitable contribution carryforward

     9.5      4.4

Payroll and benefits

     6.1      7.7

Equity compensation plans

     6.0      3.5

State loss and credit carryforwards, net

     6.0      4.6

Trade credits

     5.7      —  

Accounts receivable

     3.8      3.7

Other

     10.6      7.8
             

Total deferred tax assets

     252.1      84.6

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

     

Software and intangibles

     736.0      799.5

Deferred income

     145.1      —  

Property and equipment

     19.0      24.8

Other

     6.7      —  
             

Total deferred tax liabilities

     906.8      824.3
             

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 654.7    $ 739.7
             

The state net operating loss and credit carryforwards expire at various times from 2012 to 2029.

The Company has not recognized deferred income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its international subsidiary. These earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested.

GAAP provides guidance regarding the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in the financial statements of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. All unrecognized benefits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were classified as long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(in millions)    2009     2008

Balance as of January 1

   $ 4.8      $ —  

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     11.3        0.2

Additions for tax positions with respect to prior years

     0.3        4.6

Reductions for tax positions with respect to prior years

     (3.8     —  

Reductions for tax positions as a result of:

    

Settlements

     (1.3     —  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     —          —  
              

Balance as of December 31

   $ 11.3      $ 4.8
              

The Company does not expect that any change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months beginning January 1, 2010 with respect to items identified will have a significant impact on the consolidated results of operations or the financial position of the Company. The Company’s uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009 include items which would result in current income recognition that would be offset by future deductions if the positions were not ultimately sustained. Resolution of these uncertain tax positions would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the cash payments to the taxing authorities.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During the second quarter of 2009, the Company settled its IRS audit for the 2006 and 2007 tax years. As a result of the audit, the Company recognized $3.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits.

In the ordinary course, the Company is subject to review by domestic and foreign taxing authorities, including the IRS. In general, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the IRS for tax years prior to 2008. In addition, the Company is generally no longer subject to state and local or foreign income tax examinations by taxing authorities for tax years prior to 2004. Various state taxing authorities are in the process of auditing state income tax returns of various subsidiaries. The Company does not anticipate that any adjustments from the state audits would have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company accrues net interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in its consolidated statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had no liability recorded for the payment of interest and penalties and did not recognize any such interest and penalty expense. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a liability of approximately $0.3 million for the payment of such interest and penalties and recognized approximately $0.2 million in such interest and penalty expense. For the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the Company did not have a liability recorded for the payment of such interest and penalties and did not recognize any such interest and penalty expense.

 

13. CDW Holdings LLC Equity

In connection with the Acquisition, Holdings’ Board of Managers adopted a new equity plan, the 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “Plan”), for coworkers, managers, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Plan permits a committee designated by the Board of Managers of Holdings (the “Committee”) to grant or sell to any participant Class A Common Units or Class B Common Units of Holdings in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with the Plan and as established by the Committee. The rights and obligations of Holdings and the holders of its Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units are generally set forth in Holdings’ limited liability company agreement, Holdings’ unitholders agreement, and the individual Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unit purchase/grant agreements entered into with the respective unitholders.

On the Closing Date, certain eligible Management Investors purchased 44,028 Class A Common Units and acquired 8,578 Deferred Units. The remaining 2,089,295 Class A Common Units were purchased by the Equity Sponsors and certain other co-investors. The purchase price paid for each Class A Common Unit was $1,000 per unit. The Class A Common Units are not subject to vesting. Holdings and the Equity Sponsors have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase Class A Common Units from Management Investors in certain circumstances. In addition, certain Management Investors have the right to require Holdings to repurchase limited amounts of Class A Common Units in the event of death or disability.

Deferred Units were acquired on the Closing Date by eligible Management Investors in exchange for foregoing amounts that would have been payable under previously existing compensation plans. Deferred Units will be settled in three or five years, based on an election made by the participant on the Closing Date, or earlier in the event of a sale of the Company or termination of employment. Settlement will be made through the issuance of Holdings Class A Common Units, Parent Class A Common Shares, or cash.

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, 3,982.22 and 143.94 Deferred Units were converted to Holdings Class A Common Units, respectively. No Deferred Units were converted during the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

14. Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-Based Compensation Plan Descriptions

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company established certain equity-based compensation plans for the benefit of its coworkers and senior management.

Class B Common Units

As described in Note 13, in connection with the Acquisition, the Holdings’ Board of Managers adopted the Plan. The Plan limits the number of Class B Common Units that can be sold or granted to 250,000 units. As of December 31, 2009, 182,927 Class B Common Units had been granted to the Company’s senior management.

The Class B Common Units that were granted vest daily on a pro rata basis between the date of grant and the fifth anniversary thereof and are subject to repurchase by, with respect to vested units, or forfeiture to, with respect to unvested units, the Company upon the coworkers separation from service as set forth in each holder’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement.

Subject to certain limitations, immediately prior to a sale of the Company (as defined in each holder’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement), all unvested Class B Common Units shall immediately vest and become vested Class B Common Units, if the unit holder was continuously employed or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries as of such date.

MPK II Units

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company agreed with Michael P. Krasny, the Company’s founder and former chairman and CEO, to establish the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II (the “MPK Plan”) for the benefit of all of the coworkers of the Company other than members of senior management that received incentive equity awards under the Plan at the time of closing of the Acquisition.

The MPK Plan consists of a cash award component, and in the case of coworkers hired on or prior to January 1, 2007, a long-term incentive award component. The cash award component, an expense of Predecessor prior to the Acquisition, entitled each participant to a one-time cash bonus payment, which was paid in December 2007. The long-term incentive award component establishes an “account” for each participant which was notionally credited with a number of Class A Common Units of Holdings. As of December 31, 2009, there were 97,481 notional units granted under the MPK Plan.

The notional units credited to a participants’ account will be unvested and subject to forfeiture as set forth in the MPK Plan. Participants become fully vested on the earlier of (1) the date which is three months following the 10 th anniversary of the effective date of the MPK Plan and (2) the later of the date such participant attains age 62 and the date such participant has reached 10 years of service with the Company and its subsidiaries. Participants will also become fully vested upon termination of employment due to death or disability (as defined in the MPK Plan). Vesting can be accelerated upon certain events including a sale of the Company or an initial public offering, each as defined in the MPK Plan.

In the event that any equity awards under the MPK Plan are forfeited, the Company has agreed with Mr. Krasny to contribute the fair market value of all forfeited awards to a charitable foundation. The Company has also agreed to contribute to the charitable foundation an amount equal to the tax benefits it derives in connection with payouts to participants under the MPK Plan. These contributions may be made, in the form of, at the Company’s election, cash or equity interests of Holdings or the Company or, in the case of the tax benefit payment, a subordinated promissory note of the Company in the event a cash payment is prohibited under a financing agreement.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Valuation and Expense Information

The Company has attributed the value of equity-based compensation awards to the various periods during which the recipient must perform services in order to vest in the award using the straight-line method.

With respect to the Class B Common Units, the fair value on the grant date was calculated using a Monte Carlo stock price model. Monte Carlo simulation is a generally accepted and widely practiced technique used to simulate future stock movements in order to determine the fair value of a share grant. The Company believes that this valuation model will provide the most accurate fair value estimates of the Class B Common Units.

The following table summarizes the assumptions and resulting fair value of the Class B Common Unit grants for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    

Period from

October 12, 2007 to

 

Assumptions

   2009     2008     December 31, 2007  

Grant Date Fair Value

   $ 295.75      $ 295.75      $ 295.75   

Volatility

     28.13     28.13     28.13

Risk-Free Rate

     4.42     4.42     4.42

Dividend Yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00

The Company did not update the valuation of the Class B Common Units that were granted during the years ended December 31, 2009 or 2008 on the basis that the number of units granted during those periods was not material.

The Company calculated the expected future volatility based upon the average five-year volatility and the implied volatility for the Company’s selected peer group.

The risk-free interest rate of return used is equal to the yield of a five-year Treasury note as of October 12, 2007. The Company does not currently pay a dividend nor anticipate paying a dividend in the future; therefore, the dividend yield is 0.00%.

Notional units granted under the MPK Plan were valued at $1,000 per unit, the grant date fair value equivalent of the Class A Common Units purchased in the Acquisition.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth the summary of equity plan activity for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

Equity Awards

   Class B
Common Units  (1)
    MPK Plan
Units  (1) (2)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2009

   169,953      88,112   

Granted

   3,132      —     

Forfeited

   (18,014   (7,347 (3)  

Repurchased/Settled

   (8,230 (4)     (398 (4)  
            

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

   146,841      80,367   
            

Vested at December 31, 2009

   63,535      249    (5)  
            

 

(1)

The weighted-average grant date fair market value is $295.75 and $1,000 for the Class B Common Units and MPK Plan Units, respectively.

(2)

Represents units notionally credited to participants accounts.

(3)

The Company contributes the fair market value of awards forfeited under the plan to a charitable foundation as described above. As of December 31, 2009, the Company owed a contribution for 984 units.

(4)

Represents Class B Common Units that were repurchased by the Company from former participants and the settlement of vested MPK Plan Units through the issuance of Class A Units in exchange for the vested MPK Plan Units.

(5)

Represents units that vested but have not yet converted to Class A Common Units.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company estimated there was $74.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested equity-based compensation awards granted under its equity plans. That anticipated cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 6.3 years.

The Company’s net loss included $15.9 million and $17.8 million of compensation cost and $2.6 million and $2.8 million of income tax benefits related to its equity-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company’s net loss included $4.2 million of compensation cost and $1.6 million of income tax benefits related to its equity-based compensation arrangements for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007. No portion of equity-based compensation was capitalized.

For the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

   

There was no intrinsic value associated with the Class B Common Units and the MPK Plan Units that were repurchased/settled.

 

   

There was no tax benefit realized from the settlement of MPK Plan Units.

 

15. Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan

The Company has a profit sharing plan that includes a salary reduction feature established under the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) covering substantially all coworkers. Company contributions to the profit sharing plan are made in cash and determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The amount charged to expense for this plan was $2.6 million for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the amount charged to expense for this plan totaled $11.9 million. Of this amount, $8.0 million was reversed to income during the year ended December 31, 2009, as the payout of this amount was partially based upon certain financial objectives in 2009 that were not achieved. This reversal was partially offset by $6.4 million of plan expense recorded in 2009, resulting in a net credit of $1.6 million attributed to this plan during the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16. Segment Information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by management for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is primarily comprised of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and education and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two operating segments, Canada and the CDW advanced services business, that do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

The Company has centralized logistics and headquarters functions that provide services to the segments. The logistics function includes purchasing, distribution, and fulfillment services to support both the Corporate and Public segments, and costs and intercompany charges associated with the logistics function are fully allocated to both of these segments based on a percent of sales. The centralized headquarters function provides services in areas such as accounting, information technology, marketing, legal, and coworker services. Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments are included under the heading of “Headquarters” in the tables below.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. The Company allocates resources to and evaluates performance of its segments based on both net sales and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in the Company’s credit agreements, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the reconciliation table below. Management evaluates the performance of each segment on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA as the primary metric for measuring segment profitability. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, both non-GAAP financial measures, represent a useful measure for evaluating the Company’s performance because it reflects earnings trends without the impact of certain non-cash related expenses or income.

Analysts, investors, and rating agencies frequently use EBITDA for performance measurement purposes, but the Company’s presentation of EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures because of potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to net income (loss) as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance, or as an alternative to any other measure of performance calculated in conformity with GAAP.

Segment information for total assets and capital expenditures is not presented as such information is not used in measuring segment performance or allocating resources between segments.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Selected Segment Financial Information

The following tables present information about the Company’s segments:

 

(in millions)    Corporate     Public     Other     Headquarters     Total  

2009:

          

Net sales

   $ 3,818.2      $ 3,035.5      $ 308.9      $ —        $ 7,162.6   

(Loss) income from operations

     (56.7     150.7        (23.2     (102.7     (31.9

Adjusted EBITDA

     280.7        213.4        14.8        (43.5     465.4   

Amortization expense

     (93.9     (43.4     (3.1     (31.8     (172.2

2008:

          

Net sales

   $ 4,852.2      $ 2,894.7      $ 324.3      $ —        $ 8,071.2   

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,104.2     (216.4     10.2        (76.7     (1,387.1

Adjusted EBITDA

     381.1        198.6        21.8        (30.9     570.6   

Amortization expense

     (93.4     (45.5     (6.4     (30.6     (175.9

2007 Successor: (1)

          

Net sales

   $ 1,155.2      $ 581.4      $ 63.6      $ —        $ 1,800.2   

Income (loss) from operations

     66.1        23.4        (0.1     (43.8     45.6   

Adjusted EBITDA

     91.7        31.8        1.2        0.3        125.0   

Amortization expense

     (23.7     (7.5     (0.5     (6.6     (38.3

 

(1)

As described in Note 1, the 2007 Successor period reflects the operations of Parent and its wholly owned subsidiaries subsequent to the Acquisition for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007.

The following table presents a reconciliation of total Adjusted EBITDA to total loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007:

 

                

Period from
October 12,
2007 to

December 31,

 
     Years Ended December 31,    
(in millions)    2009     2008     2007  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 465.4      $ 570.6      $ 125.0   

Adjustments to reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to loss before income taxes:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     (218.2     (218.4     (46.3

Interest expense, net

     (431.7     (390.3     (104.6

Goodwill impairment

     (241.8     (1,712.0     —     

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     (15.9     (17.8     (4.2

Sponsor fee

     (5.0     (5.0     (2.0

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     (14.7     (4.3     —     

Other adjustments (1)

     0.7        —          (26.7
                        

Loss before income taxes

   $ (461.2   $ (1,777.2   $ (58.8
                        

 

(1)

Other adjustments include certain severance costs and the gain related to the sale of Informacast software and equipment, as described in Note 17, for the year ended December 31, 2009, and transaction costs related to the Acquisition for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007.

Major Customers, Geographic Areas, and Product Mix

No single customer other than the federal government accounted for more than 10% of total net sales in 2009. Net sales to the federal government in 2009 were $902.6 million, or 12.6% of total net sales. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total net sales during 2008 or the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007. During 2009 and 2008 and the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, approximately 3% of the Company’s total net sales were to customers outside of the United States, primarily in Canada. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately 1% of the Company’s long-lived assets were located outside of the United States.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents net sales by major category for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. As a result of the timing of the Acquisition as discussed in Note 3, it is impracticable to determine and not meaningful to present net sales by major category for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007. Categories are based upon internal classifications.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
     Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage
of Net Sales
    Dollars in
Millions
   Percentage
of Net Sales
 

Hardware:

          

NetComm Products

   $ 960.9    13.4   $ 1,091.2    13.5

Notebook/Mobile Devices

     831.8    11.6        970.2    12.0   

Data Storage/Drives

     815.2    11.4        838.4    10.4   

Other Hardware

     3,026.2    42.3        3,497.9    43.4   
                          

Total Hardware

   $ 5,634.1    78.7   $ 6,397.7    79.3

Software

   $ 1,268.0    17.7   $ 1,373.9    17.0

Services

   $ 180.2    2.5   $ 200.8    2.5

Other (1)

   $ 80.3    1.1   $ 98.8    1.2
                          

Total net sales

   $ 7,162.6    100.0   $ 8,071.2    100.0
                          

 

(1)

Includes items such as delivery charges to customers and certain commission revenue.

 

17. Sale of Assets

On March 31, 2009, the Company sold its Informacast software and equipment to Singlewire Software, LLC (“Singlewire”), a newly formed entity that includes as its owners former CDW senior management. The sale price was $7.1 million, composed of cash of $5.2 million and an equity interest in Singlewire valued at $1.9 million. The equity interest constituted 25% of the equity units outstanding at the time of the transaction. The investment in Singlewire is accounted for under the equity method of accounting for investments, whereby the carrying amount of the investment is increased to reflect the Company’s share of income and reduced to reflect the Company’s share of losses or the dividends received by the Company.

The Company recorded a non-operating pre-tax gain on the sale of $2.1 million in its consolidated statement of operations in the first quarter of 2009. In recording the transaction, the Company removed from its balance sheet as of March 31, 2009, goodwill attributable to the Informacast business ($3.9 million) and the net book value of the Informacast software intangible asset ($1.3 million).

 

18. Contingencies

The Company is party to legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including various pending litigation matters. The Company is also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, by various customers, including government agencies, relating to sales under certain contracts and by vendors. In addition, from time to time, certain of the Company’s customers file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the United States bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by the Company could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

The Company does not believe that any current audit or pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition. Litigation and audits, however, involve uncertainties and it is possible that the eventual outcome of litigation or audits could adversely affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations for a particular period.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Under the terms of the Company’s amended and restated senior bridge loan agreement and amended and restated senior subordinated bridge loan agreement, upon the request of investment banks affiliated with the original lenders under the bridge loan agreements (a “securities request”), the Company was obligated, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, to publicly or privately issue long-term debt securities prior to October 10, 2008 (the date upon which the bridge loans converted into extended loans) to refinance its outstanding bridge debt. The banks issued a securities request to the Company on April 18, 2008 and stated that they believed all conditions to the issuance of a securities request had been satisfied. However, the Company did not believe that all of the conditions to the issuance of a securities request had been satisfied and, accordingly, did not proceed with the issuance of long-term debt securities. The banks also requested in their securities request that if the Company did not issue the long-term debt securities, then interest accrue, beginning on April 18, 2008, on both of its then outstanding senior bridge loans and senior subordinated bridge loans at the same interest rates that would have been applicable to the debt securities contemplated by the securities request. The amount of such additional interest from April 18, 2008 through July 10, 2010 (the date upon which the interest rate would reach the maximum under the agreements) would be approximately $93.0 million. The Company would have been entitled to a rebate of approximately $12.4 million of certain fees paid under the bridge loans had it proceeded with the issuance of long-term debt securities on April 18, 2008. The outcome of this matter is uncertain at this time and, as such, the Company did not accrue any of these amounts at December 31, 2009.

 

19. Related Party Transactions

Upon closing of the Acquisition, the Company entered into a management services agreement with the Equity Sponsors pursuant to which they have agreed to provide it with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the Equity Sponsors receive an annual management fee of $5.0 million ($2.0 million for the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007) and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. Annual management fees owed to the Equity Sponsors accrue but may not be paid after the Company makes a PIK election on the Senior PIK Election Loans until such time thereafter as it makes a cash interest payment on PIK election debt. The management services agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Equity Sponsors.

Pursuant to a separate agreement, at the closing of the Acquisition, the Equity Sponsors received a fee of $40.0 million plus out-of-pocket expenses for services rendered in connection with the Acquisition. The $40.0 million payment was recorded as $16.5 million of deferred financing costs and $23.5 million of direct transaction costs.

 

20. Supplemental Guarantor Information

On October 12, 2007, MergerSub, as the borrower, entered into the debt arrangements as described in Note 9. Upon completion of the Acquisition, as described in Note 3, all debt obligations became obligations of CDW LLC, the successor in interest to the surviving corporation from the merger with MergerSub. The debt obligations are guaranteed by Parent, and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All guarantees by Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries are full and unconditional, and joint and several. CDW LLC’s Canada subsidiary (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”) does not guarantee the debt obligations. CDW LLC is wholly owned by Parent, and each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is wholly owned by CDW LLC.

The following tables set forth condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and condensed consolidating statements of operations and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. The condensed consolidating financial information includes the accounts of Parent, which has no independent assets or operations, the accounts of CDW LLC (the “Subsidiary Issuer”), the combined accounts of the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and the accounts of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary for the periods indicated. The information was prepared on the same basis as the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

     December 31, 2009  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Assets

              

Current assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 87.6      $ 0.5    $ 7.0    $ (7.1   $ 88.0   

Accounts receivable, net

     —          —          977.7      29.0      —          1,006.7   

Merchandise inventory

     —          —          256.0      1.8      —          257.8   

Miscellaneous receivables

     —          34.4        89.7      3.7      —          127.8   

Deferred income taxes

     —          33.4        6.6      —        —          40.0   

Prepaid expenses and other

     —          10.1        27.3      0.1      —          37.5   
                                              

Total current assets

     —          165.5        1,357.8      41.6      (7.1     1,557.8   

Property and equipment, net

     —          77.0        86.6      2.2      —          165.8   

Goodwill

     —          749.4        1,428.4      29.6      —          2,207.4   

Other intangible assets, net

     —          400.8        1,539.8      10.8      —          1,951.4   

Other assets

     7.0        91.8        3.4      —        (8.6     93.6   

Investment in and advances to Subsidiaries

     (51.7     3,459.8        —        —        (3,408.1     —     
                                              

Total assets

   $ (44.7   $ 4,944.3      $ 4,416.0    $ 84.2    $ (3,423.8   $ 5,976.0   
                                              

Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

              

Current liabilities:

              

Accounts payable

   $ —        $ 12.5      $ 281.0    $ 5.9    $ (7.1   $ 292.3   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases

     —          22.5        0.1      —        —          22.6   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          68.7        —        —        —          68.7   

Deferred revenue

     —          —          28.9      —        —          28.9   

Accrued expenses

     —          109.9        107.2      5.0      —          222.1   
                                              

Total current liabilities

     —          213.6        417.2      10.9      (7.1     634.6   

Long-term liabilities:

              

Debt and capital leases

     —          4,599.2        0.1      —        —          4,599.3   

Deferred income taxes

     —          97.7        601.1      2.9      (7.0     694.7   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          1.9        —        —        —          1.9   

Accrued interest

     —          45.5        —        —        —          45.5   

Other liabilities

     —          38.1        5.1      3.1      (1.6     44.7   
                                              

Total long-term liabilities

     —          4,782.4        606.3      6.0      (8.6     5,386.1   

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (44.7     (51.7     3,392.5      67.3      (3,408.1     (44.7
                                              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (44.7   $ 4,944.3      $ 4,416.0    $ 84.2    $ (3,423.8   $ 5,976.0   
                                              

 

F-39


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

     December 31, 2008
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
   Subsidiary
Issuer
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated

Assets

                

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ 91.3    $ 1.3    $ 4.2    $ (2.4   $ 94.4

Accounts receivable, net

     —        —        850.3      21.1      —          871.4

Merchandise inventory

     —        —        241.0      1.6      —          242.6

Miscellaneous receivables

     —        34.2      107.0      1.3      —          142.5

Deferred income taxes

     —        29.2      11.6      —        —          40.8

Prepaid expenses and other

     —        10.7      16.7      0.1      —          27.5
                                          

Total current assets

     —        165.4      1,227.9      28.3      (2.4     1,419.2

Property and equipment, net

     —        95.2      104.7      2.4      —          202.3

Goodwill

     —        749.4      1,667.3      25.3      —          2,442.0

Other intangible assets, net

     —        425.8      1,680.5      10.1      —          2,116.4

Other assets

     6.7      96.3      1.5      —        (8.1     96.4

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

     255.5      3,698.3      —        —        (3,953.8     —  
                                          

Total assets

   $ 262.2    $ 5,230.4    $ 4,681.9    $ 66.1    $ (3,964.3   $ 6,276.3
                                          

Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

                

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ —      $ 7.7    $ 212.2    $ 6.5    $ (2.4   $ 224.0

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases

     —        15.7      0.1      —        —          15.8

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —        66.0      —        —        —          66.0

Deferred revenue

     —        —        17.1      —        —          17.1

Accrued expenses

     —        115.5      100.6      2.6      —          218.7
                                          

Total current liabilities

     —        204.9      330.0      9.1      (2.4     541.6

Long-term liabilities:

                

Debt and capital leases

     —        4,617.5      0.2      —        —          4,617.7

Deferred income taxes

     —        84.9      699.1      3.2      (6.7     780.5

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —        31.9      —        —        —          31.9

Accrued interest

     —        12.5      —        —        —          12.5

Other liabilities

     —        23.2      5.3      2.8      (1.4     29.9
                                          

Total long-term liabilities

     —        4,770.0      704.6      6.0      (8.1     5,472.5

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     262.2      255.5      3,647.3      51.0      (3,953.8     262.2
                                          

Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 262.2    $ 5,230.4    $ 4,681.9    $ 66.1    $ (3,964.3   $ 6,276.3
                                          

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
   Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ 6,951.7      $ 210.9      $ —      $ 7,162.6   

Cost of sales

     —          —          5,844.8        184.9        —        6,029.7   
                                               

Gross profit

     —          —          1,106.9        26.0        —        1,132.9   

Selling and administrative expenses

     —          102.8        700.9        17.4        —        821.1   

Advertising expense

     —          —          99.9        2.0        —        101.9   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          241.8        —          —        241.8   
                                               

Income (loss) from operations

     —          (102.8     64.3        6.6        —        (31.9

Interest income (expense), net

     —          (432.2     0.5        —          —        (431.7

Other income (expense), net

     —          (0.1     2.2        0.3        —        2.4   
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —          (535.1     67.0        6.9        —        (461.2

Income tax benefit (expense)

     1.1        187.3        (99.9     (0.7     —        87.8   
                                               

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     1.1        (347.8     (32.9     6.2        —        (373.4

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     (374.5     (26.7     —          —          401.2      —     
                                               

Net income (loss)

   $ (373.4   $ (374.5   $ (32.9   $ 6.2      $ 401.2    $ (373.4
                                               

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
   Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ 7,851.8      $ 219.4      $ —      $ 8,071.2   

Cost of sales

     —          —          6,518.4        191.8        —        6,710.2   
                                               

Gross profit

     —          —          1,333.4        27.6        —        1,361.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     —          76.6        800.1        18.1        —        894.8   

Advertising expense

     —          —          138.0        3.3        —        141.3   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          1,712.0        —          —        1,712.0   
                                               

Income (loss) from operations

     —          (76.6     (1,316.7     6.2        —        (1,387.1

Interest income (expense), net

     —          (390.7     0.3        0.1        —        (390.3

Other income (expense), net

     —          (0.2     0.3        0.1        —        0.2   
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —          (467.5     (1,316.1     6.4        —        (1,777.2

Income tax benefit (expense)

     —          161.9        (147.8     (2.0     —        12.1   
                                               

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     —          (305.6     (1,463.9     4.4        —        (1,765.1

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     (1,765.1     (1,459.5     —          —          3,224.6      —     
                                               

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,765.1   $ (1,765.1   $ (1,463.9   $ 4.4      $ 3,224.6    $ (1,765.1
                                               

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     For the Period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,751.5      $ 48.7      $ —        $ 1,800.2   

Cost of sales

     —          —          1,462.9        42.9        —          1,505.8   
                                                

Gross profit

     —          —          288.6        5.8        —          294.4   

Selling and administrative expenses

     —          43.8        174.2        3.8        —          221.8   

Advertising expense

     —          —          26.4        0.6        —          27.0   
                                                

Income (loss) from operations

     —          (43.8     88.0        1.4        —          45.6   

Interest income (expense), net

     —          (104.6     —          —          —          (104.6

Other income (expense), net

     —          0.3        —          (0.1     —          0.2   
                                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —          (148.1     88.0        1.3        —          (58.8

Income tax benefit (expense)

     —          48.8        (29.8     (0.5     —          18.5   
                                                

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     —          (99.3     58.2        0.8        —          (40.3

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     (40.3     59.0        —          —          (18.7     —     
                                                

Net income (loss)

   $ (40.3   $ (40.3   $ 58.2      $ 0.8      $ (18.7   $ (40.3
                                                

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1.1      $ (213.1   $ 313.8      $ 1.4    $ (4.7   $ 98.5   
                                               

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

     —          (10.8     (4.8     —        —          (15.6

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

     —          (72.2     —          —        —          (72.2

Purchases of marketable securities

     —          (20.0     —          —        —          (20.0

Redemptions of marketable securities

     —          20.0        —          —        —          20.0   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     —          —          5.2        —        —          5.2   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     —          (83.0     0.4        —        —          (82.6
                                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of long-term debt

     —          (11.0     —          —        —          (11.0

Payment of deferred financing costs

     —          (11.3     —          —        —          (11.3

Advances to/from affiliates

     (1.1     315.0        (314.8     0.9      —          —     

Other financing activities

     —          (0.3     (0.2     —        —          (0.5
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (1.1     292.4        (315.0     0.9      —          (22.8
                                               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          0.5      —          0.5   
                                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     —          (3.7     (0.8     2.8      (4.7     (6.4

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     —          91.3        1.3        4.2      (2.4     94.4   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ —        $ 87.6      $ 0.5      $ 7.0    $ (7.1   $ 88.0   
                                               

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
   Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ —      $ (204.7   $ 356.3      $ 4.2      $ 18.4      $ 174.2   
                                               

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

     —        (26.5     (14.2     (0.4     —          (41.1

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

     —        (19.2     —          —          —          (19.2
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     —        (45.7     (14.2     (0.4     —          (60.3
                                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of long-term debt

     —        150.0        —          —          —          150.0   

Proceeds from issuance of long- term debt

     —        (190.0     —          —          —          (190.0

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —        1,126.7        —          —          —          1,126.7   

Repayments under revolving credit facility

     —        (1,072.8     —          —          —          (1,072.8

Payment of deferred financing costs

     —        (45.5     —          —          —          (45.5

Advances to/from affiliates

     —        350.1        (350.9     0.8        —          —     

Other financing activities

     —        (2.8     (0.2     —          —          (3.0
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     —        315.7        (351.1     0.8        —          (34.6
                                               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —        —          —          (0.5     —          (0.5
                                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     —        65.3        (9.0     4.1        18.4        78.8   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     —        26.0        10.3        0.1        (20.8     15.6   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ —      $ 91.3      $ 1.3      $ 4.2      $ (2.4   $ 94.4   
                                               

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     For the Period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ —        $ (153.6   $ (14.4   $ (1.7   $ (1.5   $ (171.2
                                                

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Capital expenditures

     —          (5.6     (2.4     —          —          (8.0

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     (6,391.6     —          —          —          —          (6,391.6
                                                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,391.6     (5.6     (2.4     —          —          (6,399.6
                                                

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Proceeds from issuance of long- term debt

     —          4,180.0        —          —          —          4,180.0   

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —          844.2        —          —          —          844.2   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —          (406.7     —          —          —          (406.7

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

     2,071.7        —          —          —          —          2,071.7   

Payment of deferred financing costs

     —          (102.7     —          —          —          (102.7

Advances to/from affiliates

     4,319.9        (4,329.6     27.1        1.9        (19.3     —     
                                                

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,391.6        185.2        27.1        1.9        (19.3     6,586.5   
                                                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          (0.1     —          (0.1
                                                

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     —          26.0        10.3        0.1        (20.8     15.6   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ —        $ 26.0      $ 10.3      $ 0.1      $ (20.8   $ 15.6   
                                                

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and

Period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

 

(in millions)                     

Description

   Balance
at
Beginning
of Period
   Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses
   Deductions     Balance
at
End of
Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   $ 6.4    $ 5.1    $ (5.2   $ 6.3

Year Ended December 31, 2008

     6.1      4.8      (4.5     6.4

October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

     6.1      0.9      (0.9     6.1

Inventory valuation reserve:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   $ 3.5    $ 21.9    $ (21.9   $ 3.5

Year Ended December 31, 2008

     4.5      24.6      (25.6     3.5

October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

     4.4      5.7      (5.6     4.5

Reserve for sales returns:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   $ 2.9    $ 26.8    $ (26.8   $ 2.9

Year Ended December 31, 2008

     2.8      31.0      (30.9     2.9

October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

     3.1      6.3      (6.6     2.8

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

and shareholders of CDW Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CDW Corporation and its subsidiaries at October 11, 2007 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule for the period from January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois

March 26, 2008, except for Note 14 and Note 15, as to which the date is September 1, 2010

 

F-47


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

OCTOBER 11, 2007

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 664.3   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6.1

     1,038.8   

Merchandise inventory

     329.8   

Miscellaneous receivables

     147.4   

Deferred income taxes

     45.0   

Prepaid expenses and other

     30.7   
        

Total current assets

     2,256.0   

Property and equipment, net

     171.3   

Goodwill

     119.5   

Other intangible assets, net

     68.2   

Other assets

     0.2   
        

Total assets

   $ 2,615.2   
        

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 577.7   

Accrued expenses:

  

Compensation

     142.1   

Income taxes

     1.1   

Sales taxes

     27.2   

Advertising

     21.9   

Other

     67.7   
        

Total current liabilities

     837.7   

Deferred income taxes

     16.5   

Other liabilities

     23.6   

Commitments and contingencies

     —     

Shareholders’ equity:

  

Preferred shares, $1.00 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; none issued

     —     

Common shares, $0.01 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; 97,399 shares issued

     1.0   

Paid-in capital

     973.3   

Retained earnings

     1,804.9   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2.0   
        
     2,781.2   

Less cost of 19,516 common shares in treasury

     (1,043.8
        

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,737.4   
        

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 2,615.2   
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 2007 TO OCTOBER 11, 2007

(in millions)

 

Net sales

   $ 6,344.3   

Cost of sales

     5,320.8   
        

Gross profit

     1,023.5   

Selling and administrative expenses

     656.0   

Advertising expense

     97.3   
        

Income from operations

     270.2   

Interest income

     16.8   

Other expense, net

     (0.6
        

Income before income taxes

     286.4   

Income tax provision

     112.1   
        

Net income

   $ 174.3   
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 2007 TO OCTOBER 11, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Total
Shareholders’
Equity
    Common
Shares
   Paid-in
Capital
   Retained
Earnings
   Treasury
Shares
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   Comprehensive
Income

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 1,387.2      $ 1.0    $ 632.0    $ 1,630.6    $ (876.9   $ 0.5   

Share-based compensation

     32.8        —        32.8      —        —          —     

Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans

     43.7        —        43.7      —        —          —     

Excess tax benefit from stock option and restricted stock transactions

     114.8        —        114.8      —        —          —     

Purchase of treasury shares

     (16.1     —        —        —        (16.1     —     

Restricted stock withheld for taxes

     (0.8     —        —        —        (0.8     —     

Contribution of shares for the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II

     —          —        150.0      —        (150.0     —     

Net income

     174.3        —        —        174.3      —          —      $ 174.3

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1.5        —        —        —        —          1.5      1.5
                      

Comprehensive income

                   $ 175.8
                                                  

Balance at October 11, 2007

   $ 1,737.4      $ 1.0    $ 973.3    $ 1,804.9    $ (1,043.8   $ 2.0   
                                              

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 2007 TO OCTOBER 11, 2007

(in millions)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net income

   $ 174.3   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Depreciation and amortization

     33.7   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     0.6   

Share-based compensation expense

     32.8   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3.9

Deferred income taxes

     (24.1

Gross excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

     (73.6

Changes in assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     (184.9

Merchandise inventory

     (68.0

Other assets

     (27.0

Accounts payable

     171.5   

Accrued expenses

     182.6   

Long-term liabilities

     (0.5
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     213.5   
        

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (883.3

Redemptions and sales of available-for-sale securities

     1,015.4   

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities

     (30.0

Redemptions of held-to-maturity securities

     141.3   

Capital expenditures

     (38.7

Acquisition of business

     (4.7
        

Net cash provided by investing activities

     200.0   
        

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Purchase of treasury shares

     (16.1

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans

     43.7   

Gross excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

     73.6   
        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     101.2   
        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     1.5   
        

Net increase in cash

     516.2   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     148.1   
        

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ 664.3   
        

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

  

Taxes paid

   $ 42.4   

Non-cash financing activity:

  

Contribution of shares for the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II

   $ 150.0   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Subsequent Event and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

The Company is a leading provider of multi-branded information technology products and services in the United States and Canada. The Company focuses on meeting the technology needs of its customers in business, government, education, and healthcare through an extensive offering of products from leading brands and a variety of value-added services.

Subsequent Events

On October 12, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, was acquired through a merger transaction by an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. (the “Acquisition”). On the Closing Date, VH MergerSub, Inc. (“MergerSub”), an Illinois corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, merged with and into CDW Corporation, with CDW Corporation as the surviving corporation, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) dated as of May 29, 2007.

Upon consummation of the merger, CDW Corporation became a wholly owned subsidiary of VH Holdings, Inc. Each share of common stock of CDW Corporation that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition was cancelled and converted into the right to receive $87.75 per share in cash (the “Merger Consideration”). The purchase price that was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was $6,653.2 million.

On December 31, 2009, CDW Corporation merged into CDWC LLC, an Illinois limited liability company owned by VH Holdings, Inc., with CDWC LLC as the surviving entity. This change had no impact on the operations or management of the Company. On December 31, 2009, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC (“CDW LLC”). On August 17, 2010, VH Holdings, Inc. was renamed CDW Corporation (“Parent”).

Parent is owned directly by CDW Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. (the “Equity Sponsors”), certain other co-investors and certain members of CDW management (the “Management Investors”), collectively referred to as the “Equity Investors.”

Throughout this report, the terms “the Company,” “CDW” and “Predecessor” refer to CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition and “Successor” refers to Parent and its wholly owned subsidiaries subsequent to the Acquisition.

In connection with the Acquisition, the following events occurred, which the Company collectively refers to as the “Acquisition Transactions”:

 

   

the purchase by the Equity Investors of Class A Common Units of Holdings for approximately $2,115.9 million in cash (net of $19.5 million in equity fees) or, with respect to the Management Investors, with a combination of cash and a roll-over of a portion of their existing equity in CDW (Holdings contributed the $2,115.9 million to Parent immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition; Parent in turn contributed the $2,115.9 million to MergerSub);

 

   

the entering into of the following debt arrangements by MergerSub:

 

   

an $800.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, $460.0 million of which was funded at closing of the Acquisition;

 

   

a $2,200.0 million senior secured term loan facility;

 

   

a $1,040.0 million senior bridge loan; and

 

   

a $940.0 million senior subordinated bridge loan;

 

   

the payment of the related Merger Consideration and the settlement of outstanding stock option, restricted stock, and restricted stock unit grants as described in Note 9;

 

   

the payment of approximately $216.6 million of fees and expenses related to the Acquisition Transactions, of which $60.0 million was capitalized as direct transaction costs, $102.6 million was capitalized as deferred financing costs, $19.5 million was recorded as a reduction of the equity proceeds, and $34.5 million was expensed either by the Company or Successor depending on various factors related to the applicable fees; and

 

   

the merger of MergerSub with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As a result of the merger, all obligations of MergerSub under the debt arrangements became obligations of the Company on the Closing Date. Additionally, the trade financing agreements, as described in Note 6, were renegotiated to provide for a targeted maximum credit limit of $125.0 million, subject to a transition period.

During the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the Company recorded $46.4 million of costs in connection with the Acquisition. These costs are included in selling and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Basis of Presentation

As a result of the Acquisition, the consolidated financial statements of the Company prior to the Acquisition are presented on a different basis than the consolidated financial statements of Successor subsequent to the Acquisition. As such, the consolidated financial statements presented herein reflect the consolidated financial position of the Company at October 11, 2007 and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the period prior to the Acquisition.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the current consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all deposits in banks and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are so near maturity that there is insignificant risk of changes in value due to interest rate changes.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company provides allowances for doubtful accounts related to accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company takes into consideration the overall quality and aging of the receivable portfolio along with specifically identified customer risks.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a weighted-average cost method. The Company decreases the value of inventory for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon an aging analysis of the inventory on hand, specifically known inventory-related risks, and assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Miscellaneous Receivables

Miscellaneous receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors and income tax receivables. The Company receives incentives from vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates, bid programs, price protection, and other programs. These incentives generally relate to written agreements with specified performance requirements with the vendors and are recorded as adjustments to cost of sales or advertising expense, as appropriate.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company calculates depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the initial lease term. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The following table shows estimated useful lives of property and equipment:

 

Classification

   Estimated Useful Lives

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 15 years

Building and leasehold improvements

   5 to 25 years

Computer and data processing equipment

   3 to 5 years

Computer software

   3 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 to 10 years

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company has recorded goodwill and other intangible assets, such as customer relationships and internally developed software, and accounts for these in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). The Company performs an annual test of goodwill for impairment, unless circumstances dictate more frequent assessments. Testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process as prescribed by SFAS 142. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Intangible assets with determinable lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when indicators are present. The cost of developing computer software for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” The following table shows estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets:

 

Classification

   Estimated Useful Lives

Customer relationships

   6 to 14 years

Internally developed software

   5 years

Packaged technology

   6 years

License agreement

   12 years

Trade name

   2 years

Other

   5 years

 

F-54


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenue from sales transactions when both risk of loss and title to products sold pass to the customer. The Company’s shipping terms typically dictate that the passage of title occurs upon receipt of products by the customer. The majority of the Company’s revenue relates to physical products and is recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recorded as cost of sales. At the time of sale, the Company also records an estimate for sales returns and pricing disputes based on historical experience.

Software assurance products, third party services, and extended warranties that the Company sells (for which the Company is not the primary obligor) are recognized on a net basis in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Accordingly, such revenue is recognized in net sales either at the time of sale or over the contract period, based on the nature of the contract, at the net amount retained by the Company, with no cost of sales. Revenue from information technology consulting or professional services is either recognized as incurred for services billed at an hourly rate or recognized using the percentage of completion method for services provided at a fixed fee. Revenue for data center services, including internet connectivity, web hosting, server co-location, and managed services, is recognized over the period service is provided. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,” the Company records freight billed to its customers as net sales and the related freight costs as a cost of sales. Vendor rebates are recorded when earned as a reduction of cost of sales. Price protection is recorded when earned as a reduction to cost of sales or merchandise inventory, as applicable.

Advertising

Advertising costs are generally charged to expense in the period incurred. Cooperative reimbursements from vendors are recorded in the period the related advertising expenditure is incurred. The Company classifies vendor consideration as either a reduction of advertising expense or as a reduction of cost of sales in accordance with EITF Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products).” Most vendor consideration received for cooperative advertising is considered a reduction of cost of sales. Advertising expense is offset by cooperative advertising funds when the reimbursement represents specific, incremental, and identifiable costs.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R requires the Company to measure all share-based payments using a fair-value-based method and record compensation expense over the requisite service period related to these payments in its consolidated financial statements. Forfeiture rates have been developed based upon historical experience.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary is the local currency, the Canadian dollar. Assets and liabilities of this subsidiary are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date and the results of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2. Recently Issued or Newly Adopted Accounting Standards

FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement 109” (“FIN 48”)

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48. See Note 3, “Adoption of FIN 48,” for further information on the adoption of FIN 48.

Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross versus Net Presentation)” (“EITF Issue No. 06-3”)

In June 2006, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 06-3, which became effective for the Company on January 1, 2007. The EITF consensus was that the presentation of taxes on either a gross or net basis is an accounting policy decision that requires disclosure. Sales tax amounts collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 06-3 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”)

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 157. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies where other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements; it does not require any new fair value measurements. The effects of adopting SFAS 157 will be determined by the types of instruments carried at fair value in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at the time of adoption as well as the method utilized to determine their fair values prior to adoption. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 except as provided in the next paragraph. The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2 (“FSP FAS 157-2”). FSP FAS 157-2 delays the effective date of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. It does not apply to entities that have issued interim or annual financial statements that include the early adoption and application of the measurement and disclosure provisions of FAS 157. Because the Company has not yet adopted FAS 157, the new effective date for application of FAS 157 to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities will be fiscal and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”)

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159. SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at fair value under generally accepted accounting principles (the “fair value option”). Election of the fair value option is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is irrevocable. At the adoption date, unrealized gains and losses on financial assets and liabilities for which the fair value option is elected would be reported as a cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings and all subsequent changes in fair value would be recorded as unrealized gains and losses in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 159 to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”)

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141R. SFAS 141R applies to all transactions or other events in which an acquirer obtains control of an acquiree, including those achieved without the transfer of consideration. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”)

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards that require ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent be clearly identified, labeled, and presented in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, but separate from the parent’s equity. Changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains controlling financial interest must be accounted for consistently as equity transactions. When a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary should be initially measured at fair value. The gain or loss on the deconsolidation would be measured using the fair value of any noncontrolling equity measurement. Entities will be required to provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and that of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for both interim and fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Adoption of FIN 48

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. Upon adoption of FIN 48, there was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company did not have any material unrecognized tax benefits at the date of adoption. As of October 11, 2007, the Company does not have any material unrecognized tax benefits.

In connection with adopting FIN 48, the Company has reviewed its recent income tax return filings and related workpapers, results from the examination of its tax returns and the items subject to examination to determine the extent and amount of any uncertain tax positions taken. The Company files consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States and Canada and in many state jurisdictions. In the ordinary course, the Company is subject to review by state, local and foreign taxing authorities, including the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Company has been audited by the IRS through 2004 and, in general, is no longer subject to income tax examinations by state, local or foreign tax authorities before 2003.

Various state tax authorities are in the process of auditing state income tax returns of the Company. The Company does not anticipate any adjustments that would have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company’s policy is to recognize potential interest and penalties related to its income tax positions as a component of income taxes. As of October 11, 2007, the Company has not recorded any material interest or penalties on its consolidated balance sheet and no such interest and penalties were included in the income tax provision on its consolidated statement of income for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following at October 11, 2007:

 

(in millions)       

Land

   $ 16.2   

Machinery and equipment

     70.9   

Building and leasehold improvements

     98.3   

Computer and data processing equipment

     35.7   

Computer software

     28.0   

Furniture and fixtures

     16.6   

Construction in progress

     2.7   
        

Total property and equipment

     268.4   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (97.1
        

Net property and equipment

   $ 171.3   
        

During the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the Company recorded disposals of $11.4 million to remove assets that were no longer in use from property and equipment and accumulated depreciation. The Company recorded a loss of $0.6 million for certain assets that were not fully depreciated.

Depreciation expense for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 was $24.3 million.

 

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The carrying amount of goodwill at October 11, 2007 was $119.5 million. There was no change in the carrying amount of goodwill during the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007.

The goodwill balance recorded at October 11, 2007 relates primarily to the acquisition of Berbee Information Networks Corporation in October 2006. A final cash payment of $4.7 million for a working capital adjustment was made in January 2007.

The following table presents a summary of intangible assets at October 11, 2007:

 

(in millions)    Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net

Customer relationships

   $  56.7    $ 7.8    $  48.9

Internally developed software

     21.3      10.6      10.7

Packaged technology

     5.0      0.8      4.2

License agreement

     3.0      0.3      2.7

Trade name

     3.0      1.5      1.5

Other

     0.8      0.6      0.2
                    

Total

   $ 89.8    $ 21.6    $ 68.2
                    

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 was $9.3 million.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:

 

(in millions)     

Period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

   $ 2.7

Year ended December 31, 2008

     11.2

Year ended December 31, 2009

     9.1

Year ended December 31, 2010

     7.1

Year ended December 31, 2011

     5.5

Year ended December 31, 2012

     5.1
      

Total

   $  40.7
      

 

6. Trade Financing Agreements

The Company has entered into security agreements with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions. The agreements allow for a maximum credit line of $220.0 million collateralized by the inventory purchases financed by the financial institutions and certain other assets. The Company does not incur any interest expenses associated with these agreements, as it pays the balances when they are due. At October 11, 2007, the Company owed the financial institutions $122.8 million, which is included in trade accounts payable.

 

7. Lease Commitments

The Company is obligated under various operating lease agreements for office facilities that generally provide for minimum rent payments and a proportionate share of operating expenses and property taxes and include certain renewal and expansion options. For the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, rent expense was $13.9 million.

During the period, the Company recorded $0.4 million of depreciation expense for office equipment under capital leases.

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

(in millions)    Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases

Period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007

   $ 0.1      $ 2.6

Year ended December 31, 2008

     0.2        13.1

Year ended December 31, 2009

     0.1        13.6

Year ended December 31, 2010

     —          13.1

Year ended December 31, 2011

     —          8.8

Year ended December 31, 2012

     —          7.0

Thereafter

     —          44.0
              

Total future minimum lease payments

     0.4      $ 102.2
        

Amounts representing interest

     —       
          

Present value of future minimum lease payments

     0.4     

Current portion of capital lease obligation

     (0.3  
          

Long-term capital lease obligation

   $ 0.1     
          

 

F-59


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

8. Income Taxes

Pretax income from continuing operations for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 was taxed under the following jurisdictions:

 

(in millions)     

Domestic

   $  282.7

Foreign

     3.7
      

Total

   $ 286.4
      

Components of the provision / (benefit) for income taxes for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007 consist of:

 

(in millions)       

Current:

  

Federal

   $  117.3   

State

     17.2   

Foreign

     1.6   
        

Total current

     136.1   

Deferred:

  

Domestic

     (23.8

Foreign

     (0.2
        

Total deferred

     (24.0
        

Provision for income taxes

   $ 112.1   
        

The current income tax liability was reduced by $114.8 million for tax benefits recorded directly to paid-in capital relating to the exercise and vesting of shares pursuant to the share-based compensation plans as described in Note 9.

The reconciliation between the statutory tax rate expressed as a percentage of income before income taxes and the actual effective tax rate is as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)            

Statutory federal income tax rate

   $  100.3    35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     8.2    2.9   

Other

     3.6    1.2   
             

Effective tax rate

   $ 112.1    39.1
             

 

F-60


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to the net deferred income tax asset at October 11, 2007 is presented below:

 

(in millions)     

Assets:

  

Payroll and benefits

   $ 33.1

Accounts receivable

     3.4

Charitable contribution carryforward

     6.6

Other

     6.1

Loss carryforwards

     0.3
      

Gross deferred assets

     49.5

Liabilities:

  

Software and intangibles

     10.9

Property and equipment

     9.9
      

Gross deferred liabilities

     20.8

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     0.3
      

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 28.4
      

The capital loss of $0.9 million related to the acquisition of Berbee Information Networks Corporation in October 2006 may be carried forward to 2010. For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance of $0.3 million has been recognized to offset the deferred tax asset related to this carryforward because the Company believes it is more likely than not that this asset will not be recognized.

The Company has not recognized deferred income taxes on undistributed earnings of its international subsidiary. The earnings are considered to be reinvested permanently.

 

9. Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation Plan Descriptions

The Company established certain share-based compensation plans for the benefit of its coworkers and directors. The Company’s share-based compensation plans were intended to 1) align the interest of the Company’s shareholders and the recipients of awards under the plans, 2) attract, motivate, and retain coworkers and directors and 3) motivate such persons to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

The CDW 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) allowed the Company’s Compensation and Stock Option Committee to grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards to coworkers, including executive officers, and consultants. There was only one grant, a restricted stock grant, made under the plan during the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007. The 2006 Plan was terminated upon closing of the Acquisition.

The 2004 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”) provided for the grant of stock options and restricted stock to non-employee directors subject to the terms set forth in the 2004 Plan. There were no grants made pursuant to the 2004 Plan during the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007. The 2004 Plan was terminated upon closing of the Acquisition.

Stock Options

Stock options awarded under the 2004 Plan and the 2006 Plan had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. Option awards under these plans vested ratably over five years and had a ten year contractual life. There were options awarded under prior plans that had vesting periods of seven to ten years and contractual lives of 20 years.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Restricted Stock

Under the terms of the 2004 Plan, newly elected or appointed directors received a restricted stock grant of 1,000 shares upon the commencement of service on the Board of Directors. Restricted stock issued under the 2004 Plan vested in full after five years of continuous service. Restricted stock awards granted under the 2006 Plan vested ratably over five years. Recipients of restricted stock awards granted under these plans possessed the rights of shareholders, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends.

Restricted Stock Units

The restricted stock unit awards that had been granted under the 2006 Plan obligated the Company to issue a specific number of shares of the Company’s common stock upon the vesting of the award. Restricted stock units vested ratably over five years from the date of grant.

Impact of Acquisition

With respect to the stock option, restricted stock, and restricted stock unit grants outstanding on October 11, 2007, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, and the change in control provisions of the various plan documents:

 

   

all options outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date were converted into the right to receive an amount equal to the Merger Consideration less the per share exercise price of such option;

 

   

all shares of restricted stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date became free of restrictions as of the Closing Date and each share of restricted stock was then converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration; and

 

   

all restricted stock units outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date were converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which provided that eligible coworkers could contribute up to 15% of their eligible compensation toward the quarterly purchase of the Company’s common stock. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company changed the provisions of the ESPP so that it was non-compensatory under the provisions of SFAS 123R. The coworkers’ purchase price was 95% of the fair market value of the stock on the last business day of the quarterly offering period. The ESPP permitted coworkers to purchase shares having a fair market value of up to $25,000 per year but not to exceed 325 shares per quarter. No compensation expense was recorded in connection with the ESPP and the tables in this note exclude the impact of the ESPP unless otherwise noted.

In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, coworker contributions to the ESPP were suspended effective June 30, 2007. The ESPP was terminated as of the Closing Date.

Valuation and Expense Information under SFAS 123R

Under SFAS 123R, the value of share-based compensation awards must be attributed to the various periods during which the recipient must perform services in order to vest in the award. Upon adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company changed its method of attributing the value of share-based compensation expense from the accelerated approach specified in FASB Interpretation No. 28, “Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans” to the straight-line method. Compensation expense for

 

F-62


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

awards made prior to January 1, 2006 was subject to the accelerated expense attribution method while compensation expense for share-based awards made after January 1, 2006 was recognized using a straight-line method. As a result of the Acquisition, all unamortized share-based compensation expense relating to awards outstanding immediately prior to the Acquisition, approximately $25.3 million, was recognized as additional compensation expense in the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007.

The following table sets forth the summary of stock option activity for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007:

 

Options

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

($million)

Outstanding at January 1, 2007

   8,077,083      $ 42.73    —      $ —  

Granted

   —          —      —        —  

Exercised (1)

   (8,011,688     42.67    —        —  

Forfeited or expired

   (65,395     50.05    —        —  
                        

Outstanding at October 11, 2007

   —        $ —      —      $ —  
                        

 

(1)

Includes approximately 7.0 million options that were settled in cash in connection with the Acquisition.

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock units (collectively, “Restricted Stock”) as of January 1, 2007, and changes through the period ended October 11, 2007, is presented below:

 

Restricted Stock

   Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value

Nonvested at January 1, 2007

   144,648      $ 55.46

Granted

   4,275        71.49

Vested (1)

   (145,009     55.94

Forfeited

   (3,914     55.40
            

Nonvested at October 11, 2007

   —        $ —  
            

 

(1)

Includes approximately 0.1 million of restricted stock that vested in connection with the Acquisition.

For the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the Company recorded $32.8 million of compensation expense in selling and administrative expenses on its consolidated statement of income and $12.5 million of income tax benefits related to the Company’s share-based compensation arrangements. No portion of share-based compensation was capitalized.

For the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007:

 

   

Cash proceeds related to stock option exercises were $41.4 million.

 

   

The intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $36.6 million.

 

   

The fair value of Restricted Stock that vested was $12.4 million.

 

   

The tax benefit realized from the exercise of stock options and the vesting of Restricted Stock was $116.0 million.

 

   

The amount of cash used to settle stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units was $320.4 million.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company historically settled stock option exercises with newly issued common shares. As noted above, outstanding share-based awards converted in connection with the Acquisition were settled in cash.

 

10. Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan

The Company has a profit sharing plan that includes a salary reduction feature established under the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) covering substantially all employees. Company contributions to the profit sharing plan are made in cash and determined at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. For the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the amount charged to expense for this plan was $9.7 million.

 

11. Contingencies

The Company is party to legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including various pending litigation matters. The Company is also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, by various customers, including government agencies, relating to sales under certain contracts and by vendors. In addition, from time to time, customers of the Company file voluntary petitions for reorganization under the United States bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by the Company could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

The Company does not believe that any current audit or pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition. Litigation and audits, however, involve uncertainties and it is possible that the eventual outcome of litigation or audits could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations for a particular period.

 

12. Share Repurchase Programs

In April 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to 5.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock. Share repurchases may be made from time to time in both open market and private transactions, as conditions warrant. During the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the Company repurchased 0.3 million shares of its common stock for a total of $16.1 million.

 

13. MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II

In connection with the Acquisition, Successor agreed with Michael P. Krasny, the Company’s founder and former Chairman and CEO, to establish the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II (the “MPK Plan”) for the benefit of all of the coworkers of the Company other than members of senior management that received incentive equity awards from Holdings at the time of closing of the Acquisition. To fund the MPK Plan, Mr. Krasny contributed 1,709,402 shares of CDW common stock to the Company just prior to the Closing Date. This contribution was recorded as a capital contribution and the shares were recorded as treasury shares on October 11, 2007. Only coworkers of the Company as of October 15, 2007 were eligible to participate in the MPK Plan. The MPK Plan consisted of a cash award component and, in the case of coworkers hired on or prior to January 1, 2007, a long-term incentive award component. The cash award component entitled each participant to a one-time cash bonus payment, which was fully vested at the Closing Date and was paid in December 2007. The cash award component and related payroll taxes totaled $55.4 million and were recorded as compensation expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of income and is included in accrued compensation in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The long-term incentive award component establishes an “account” for each participant which was notionally credited with a number of Class A Common Units of Holdings. The long-term incentive award component will be recorded in accordance with SFAS 123R and expensed over the required service period, and had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of October 11, 2007.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In the event that any equity awards under the MPK Plan are forfeited, Successor agreed with Mr. Krasny to contribute the fair market value of all forfeited awards to a charitable foundation. Successor also agreed to contribute to the charitable foundation an amount equal to the tax benefits the Company or Successor derives in connection with payouts to participants under the MPK Plan. These contributions may be made in the form of, at Successor’s election, cash or equity interests of Holdings or Parent or, in the case of the tax benefit payment, a subordinated promissory note of Parent in the event a cash payment is prohibited under a financing agreement. For the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, the Company recorded $17.4 million of expense in its consolidated statement of income for contributions owed to the charitable foundation for the tax benefit the Company received from the cash award component of the MPK Plan.

 

14. Segment Information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by management for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is primarily comprised of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and education and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two operating segments, Canada and the CDW advanced services business, that do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

The Company has centralized logistics and headquarters functions that provide services to the segments. The logistics function includes purchasing, distribution, and fulfillment services to support both the Corporate and Public segments, and costs and intercompany charges associated with the logistics function are fully allocated to both of these segments based on a percent of sales. The centralized headquarters function provides services in areas such as accounting, information technology, marketing, legal, and coworker services. Certain of the headquarters function costs that are not allocated to the segments are included under the heading of “Headquarters” in the tables below.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. The Company allocates resources to and evaluates performance of its segments based on both net sales and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the reconciliation table below. Management evaluates the performance of each segment on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA as the primary metric for measuring segment profitability. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, both non-GAAP financial measures, represent a useful measure for evaluating the Company’s performance because it reflects earnings trends without the impact of certain non-cash related expenses or income.

Analysts, investors, and rating agencies frequently use EBITDA for performance measurement purposes, but the Company’s presentation of EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures because of potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to net income (loss) as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance, or as an alternative to any other measure of performance calculated in conformity with GAAP.

Segment information for total assets and capital expenditures is not presented as such information is not used in measuring segment performance or allocating resources between segments.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Selected Segment Financial Information

The following tables present information about the Company’s segments and a reconciliation of total Adjusted EBITDA to total income before income taxes for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007:

 

(in millions)    For the Period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007  
     Corporate     Public     Other     Headquarters     Total  

Net sales

   $  4,036.3      $  2,092.7      $  215.3      $ —        $  6,344.3   

Income (loss) from operations

     320.5        118.0        2.3        (170.6     270.2   

Adjusted EBITDA

     326.3        119.5        10.2        0.9        456.9   

Amortization expense

     (2.0     (0.3     (3.5     (3.5     (9.3

The following table presents a reconciliation of total Adjusted EBITDA to total income before income taxes for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007:

 

(in millions)       

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 456.9   

Adjustments to reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to income before income taxes:

  

Depreciation and amortization

     (33.7

Interest income

     16.8   

Share-based compensation (1)

     (32.8

Other adjustments (2)

     (120.8
        

Income before income taxes

   $ 286.4   
        

 

(1)

Share-based compensation includes $25.3 million of compensation expense related to the Acquisition and $7.5 million of compensation expense prior to the Acquisition.

(2)

Other adjustments consist of Acquisition-related costs of $119.1 million and payroll taxes of $1.7 million on share-based compensation.

Major Customers, Geographic Areas, and Product Mix

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales during the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007. Approximately 2.1% of the Company’s net sales were to customers outside of the United States, primarily in Canada. As of October 11, 2007, approximately 1% of the Company’s long-lived assets were located outside of the United States.

It is impracticable to determine and not meaningful to present the net sales by major category for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007.

 

15. Supplemental Guarantor Information

As described in Note 1, on October 12, 2007, MergerSub, as the borrower, entered into the debt arrangements and upon completion of the Acquisition, all debt obligations became obligations of CDW LLC, the successor in interest to the surviving corporation from the merger with MergerSub. The debt obligations are guaranteed by Parent, and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All guarantees by Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries are full and unconditional, and joint and several. CDW LLC’s Canada subsidiary (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”) does not guarantee the debt obligations. Upon completion of the Acquisition, CDW LLC as successor in interest was wholly owned by Parent, and each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is wholly owned by CDW LLC.

The following tables set forth the condensed consolidating balance sheet as of October 11, 2007, and the condensed consolidating statement of income and condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007, in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. The condensed consolidating financial information includes the accounts of CDW LLC (the “Subsidiary

 

F-66


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Issuer”), the combined accounts of the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and the accounts of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary for the periods indicated. The information was prepared on the same basis as the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

(in millions)    October 11, 2007
     Parent
Guarantor (a)
   Subsidiary
Issuer
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated

Assets

                

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 671.6    $ 9.2    $ 2.8    $ (19.3   $ 664.3

Accounts receivable, net

        —        1,016.7      22.1      —          1,038.8

Merchandise inventory

        —        327.7      2.1      —          329.8

Miscellaneous receivables

        48.9      97.2      1.3      —          147.4

Deferred income taxes

        34.5      10.4      0.1      —          45.0

Prepaid expenses and other

        15.5      15.0      0.2      —          30.7
                                      

Total current assets

        770.5      1,476.2      28.6      (19.3     2,256.0

Property and equipment, net

        84.8      83.4      3.1      —          171.3

Goodwill

        —        119.5      —        —          119.5

Other intangible assets, net

        12.3      54.5      1.4      —          68.2

Other assets

        10.9      1.6      0.3      (12.6     0.2

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

        1,048.2      —        —        (1,048.2     —  
                                      

Total assets

      $ 1,926.7    $ 1,735.2    $ 33.4    $ (1,080.1   $ 2,615.2
                                      

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

      $ 37.2    $ 552.7    $ 7.1    $ (19.3   $ 577.7

Accrued expenses

        131.7      123.4      4.9      —          260.0
                                      

Total current liabilities

        168.9      676.1      12.0      (19.3     837.7

Deferred income taxes

        —        27.7      —        (11.2     16.5

Other liabilities

        20.4      2.0      2.6      (1.4     23.6

Total shareholders’ equity

        1,737.4      1,029.4      18.8      (1,048.2     1,737.4
                                      

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

      $  1,926.7    $ 1,735.2    $ 33.4    $ (1,080.1   $ 2,615.2
                                      

 

(a) Not applicable as of October 11, 2007. Beginning on the Closing Date, Parent guaranteed the debt obligations (in this capacity, the “Parent Guarantor”).

 

F-67


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

(in millions)    For the Period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007  
     Parent
Guarantor (a)
   Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net sales

      $ —        $ 6,213.7      $ 130.6      $ —        $ 6,344.3   

Cost of sales

        —          5,205.8        115.0        —          5,320.8   
                                           

Gross profit

        —          1,007.9        15.6        —          1,023.5   

Selling and administrative expenses

        170.5        474.6        10.9        —          656.0   

Advertising expense

        —          95.2        2.1        —          97.3   
                                           

Income (loss) from operations

        (170.5     438.1        2.6        —          270.2   

Interest income (expense), net

        8.1        9.0        (0.3     —          16.8   

Other income (expense), net

        (0.7     (1.3     1.4        —          (0.6
                                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

        (163.1     445.8        3.7        —          286.4   

Income tax benefit (expense)

        62.2        (172.9     (1.4     —          (112.1
                                           

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

        (100.9     272.9        2.3        —          174.3   

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

        275.2        —          —          (275.2     —     
                                           

Net income (loss)

      $ 174.3      $ 272.9      $ 2.3      $ (275.2   $ 174.3   
                                           

 

(a) Not applicable for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007. Beginning on the Closing Date, Parent guaranteed the debt obligations (in this capacity, the “Parent Guarantor”).

 

F-68


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

(in millions)    For the Period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007  
     Parent
Guarantor (a)
   Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

      $ 23.4      $ 195.6      $ (0.3   $ (5.2   $ 213.5   
                                           

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

        (26.3     (9.6     (2.8     —          (38.7

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

        (834.9     (48.4     —          —          (883.3

Redemption and sales of available-for-sale securities

        943.5        71.9        —          —          1,015.4   

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities

        (30.0     —          —          —          (30.0

Redemptions of held-to-maturity securities

        131.3        10.0        —          —          141.3   

Acquisition of business

        (4.7     —          —          —          (4.7
                                           

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        178.9        23.9        (2.8     —          200.0   
                                           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Purchase of treasury shares

        (16.1     —          —          —          (16.1

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under share- based compensation plans

        43.7        —          —          —          43.7   

Gross excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

        73.6        —          —          —          73.6   

Advances to/from affiliates

        244.0        (248.3     4.3        —          —     
                                           

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

        345.2        (248.3     4.3        —          101.2   
                                           

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        —          —          1.5        —          1.5   
                                           

Net increase (decrease) in cash

        547.5        (28.8     2.7        (5.2     516.2   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

        124.1        38.0        0.1        (14.1     148.1   
                                           

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

      $ 671.6      $ 9.2      $ 2.8      $ (19.3   $ 664.3   
                                           

 

(a) Not applicable for the period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007. Beginning on the Closing Date, Parent guaranteed the debt obligations (in this capacity, the “Parent Guarantor”).

 

F-69


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Period January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007

 

(in millions)                      

Description

   Balance
at
Beginning
of Period
   Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses
    Deductions     Balance
at

End of
Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

         

January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007

   $ 10.0    $ (1.2   $ (2.7   $ 6.1

Inventory valuation reserve:

         

January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007

   $ 2.5    $ 18.7      $ (16.8   $ 4.4

Reserve for sales returns:

         

January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007

   $ 2.2    $ 23.2      $ (22.3   $ 3.1

 

F-70


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     June 30,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26.1      $ 88.0   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.0 and $6.3, respectively

     1,118.3        1,006.7   

Merchandise inventory

     312.4        257.8   

Miscellaneous receivables

     154.0        127.8   

Deferred income taxes

     28.5        40.0   

Prepaid expenses and other

     51.1        37.5   
                

Total current assets

     1,690.4        1,557.8   

Property and equipment, net

     152.7        165.8   

Goodwill

     2,207.1        2,207.4   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,869.8        1,951.4   

Deferred financing costs, net

     81.5        91.2   

Fair value of interest rate cap agreements

     2.4        —     

Other assets

     1.9        2.4   
                

Total assets

   $ 6,005.8      $ 5,976.0   
                

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 591.0      $ 292.3   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases

     22.7        22.6   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     39.0        68.7   

Deferred revenue

     41.7        28.9   

Accrued expenses:

    

Compensation

     76.3        63.5   

Interest

     62.0        50.0   

Sales taxes

     19.3        19.9   

Advertising

     23.3        16.3   

Income taxes

     8.2        —     

Other

     81.5        72.3   
                

Total current liabilities

     965.0        634.5   

Long-term liabilities:

    

Debt and capital leases

     4,340.2        4,599.3   

Deferred income taxes

     665.6        694.7   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          1.9   

Accrued interest

     36.0        45.6   

Other liabilities

     48.4        44.7   
                

Total long-term liabilities

     5,090.2        5,386.2   

Commitments and contingencies

     —          —     

Shareholders’ deficit:

    

Class A common shares, $0.01 par value,
100,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding

     —          —     

Class B common shares, $0.01 par value,
1,900,000 shares authorized; 908,279 and 907,346 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     —          —     

Paid-in capital

     2,163.1        2,155.4   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,183.6     (2,178.8

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (28.9     (21.3
                

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (49.4     (44.7
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 6,005.8      $ 5,976.0   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010     2009  

Net sales

   $ 4,157.4      $ 3,234.7   

Cost of sales

     3,491.7        2,705.7   
                

Gross profit

     665.7        529.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     454.0        396.1   

Advertising expense

     44.8        51.9   

Goodwill impairment

     —          235.0   
                

Income (loss) from operations

     166.9        (154.0

Interest expense, net

     (183.5     (209.1

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     9.2        —     

Other income, net

     0.1        2.3   
                

Loss before income taxes

     (7.3     (360.8

Income tax benefit

     2.5        49.7   
                

Net loss

   $ (4.8   $ (311.1
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     Total
Shareholders’
Deficit
    Class A
Common
Shares
   Class B
Common
Shares
   Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ (44.7   $ —      $ —      $ 2,155.4      $ (2,178.8   $ (21.3  

Equity-based compensation expense

     8.4        —        —        8.4        —          —       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

     (0.7     —        —        (0.7     —          —       

Net loss

     (4.8     —        —        —          (4.8     —        $ (4.8

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of tax

     (30.3     —        —        —          —          (30.3     (30.3

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net loss, net of tax

     23.7        —        —        —          —          23.7        23.7   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (1.0     —        —        —          —          (1.0     (1.0
                      

Comprehensive loss

                 $ (12.4
                                                      

Balance at June 30, 2010

   $ (49.4   $ —      $ —      $ 2,163.1      $ (2,183.6   $ (28.9  
                                                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (4.8   $ (311.1

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Goodwill impairment

     —          235.0   

Depreciation and amortization

     105.1        109.9   

Equity-based compensation expense

     8.4        8.2   

Deferred income taxes

     (29.3     (39.4

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1.3     1.0   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     9.0        7.9   

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

     12.8        41.7   

Mark to market loss on interest rate cap agreements

     3.5        —     

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     (9.2     —     

Gain on sale of assets

     —          (2.1

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (110.8     71.6   

Merchandise inventory

     (54.7     (31.9

Other assets

     (39.3     (12.7

Accounts payable

     298.9        233.8   

Other current liabilities

     61.6        (29.7

Long-term liabilities

     10.4        17.2   
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     260.3        299.4   
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (10.5     (8.3

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

     (39.4     (22.2

Premium payments on interest rate cap agreements

     (5.9     —     

Proceeds from sale of assets

     —          5.2   
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (55.8     (25.3
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

     (18.6     —     

Repayments of long-term debt

     (11.0     (4.5

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

     249.8        —     

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

     (486.1     —     

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

     (0.3     (0.3

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

     —          0.1   
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (266.2     (4.7
                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (0.2     0.2   
                

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (61.9     269.6   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     88.0        94.4   
                

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ 26.1      $ 364.0   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

The Company is a leading provider of multi-branded information technology products and services in the United States and Canada. The Company provides comprehensive and integrated solutions for its customers’ technology needs through an extensive range of hardware, software and service offerings. The Company’s breadth of offerings allows its customers to streamline their procurement processes by using a complete solution provider for their technology needs.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Such principles were applied on a basis consistent with those reflected in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 (“December 31, 2009 financial statements”), except as disclosed in Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” The accompanying financial information should be read in conjunction with the notes to consolidated financial statements contained in the December 31, 2009 financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ deficit as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations for such interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

On October 12, 2007, CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, was acquired through a merger transaction by an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. (the “Acquisition”). CDW Corporation continued as the surviving corporation and same legal entity after the Acquisition, but became a wholly owned subsidiary of VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

On December 31, 2009, CDW Corporation merged into CDWC LLC, an Illinois limited liability company owned by VH Holdings, Inc., with CDWC LLC as the surviving entity. This change had no impact on the operations or management of the Company. On December 31, 2009, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC (“CDW LLC”). On August 17, 2010, VH Holdings, Inc. was renamed CDW Corporation (“Parent”).

Throughout this report, the terms “the Company” and “CDW” refer to Parent and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Parent and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

The notes to consolidated financial statements contained in the December 31, 2009 financial statements include an additional discussion of the most significant accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Measurements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance to amend and expand the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The guidance requires new disclosures about transfers in and transfers out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and presentation of the activities within Level 3 fair value measurements (presented gross in a roll forward of activity). The guidance also clarifies existing disclosures about the level of disaggregation of fair value for each class of assets and liabilities and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Except for the disclosures in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, this guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2010. Because it only requires additional disclosure, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The disclosures in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements will become effective for the Company as of January 1, 2011. As this guidance also only requires additional disclosure, the adoption of this guidance will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Revenue Arrangements

In October 2009, the FASB issued amendments to authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements. The amended guidance amends the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements, establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, eliminates the residual method of allocation, and expands the disclosures related to multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The amended guidance also modifies the scope of authoritative guidance for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements to exclude from its requirements (1) non-software components of tangible products, and (2) software components of tangible products that are sold, licensed, or leased with tangible products when the software components and non-software components of the tangible product function together to deliver the tangible products essential functionality. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

3. Trade Financing Agreements

The Company has entered into security agreements with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions. At June 30, 2010, the agreements allowed for a maximum credit line of $134.5 million collateralized by the inventory purchases financed by the financial institutions and certain other assets. The Company does not incur any interest expense associated with these agreements, as balances are paid when they are due. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company owed the financial institutions $123.5 million and $25.0 million, respectively, which is included in trade accounts payable.

 

4. Goodwill Impairment

The Company is required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The annual test for impairment is conducted as of December 1. The Company continuously monitors the operating performance of each of its reporting

 

F-76


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

units in comparison to forecasted results. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company determined that, while the rate of the sales decline year over year was stabilizing, the overall decline in net sales indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of certain of its reporting units was reduced to below the respective carrying amount. The Company considered this a triggering event under GAAP and performed an interim evaluation of the carrying amount of goodwill as of June 1, 2009.

The Company’s reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as its operating segments. The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is primarily comprised of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and educational and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two operating segments, Canada and the CDW advanced services business, that do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

Testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the reporting unit’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the income approach, fair value is determined based on estimated future cash flows of a reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Under the market approach, valuation multiples derived from publicly available information for peer group companies are utilized to provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit (and the allocation of that fair value to individual assets and liabilities within the reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the event a step two analysis is required) is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Any changes in the judgments, estimates, or assumptions used could produce significantly different results.

To determine fair value of the reporting units as of June 1, 2009, the Company used a 75%/25% weighting of the income approach and market approach, respectively. The Company believed that higher weighting to the income approach was appropriate as inherent differences exist between the Company’s highly leveraged structure and the equity-based structures of the peer group companies used in the market approach. Using the income approach, the Company estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit based on internally generated forecasts for the remainder of 2009 and the next six years. The Company used a 5% long-term assumed consolidated annual growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. The Company’s forecasts were based on historical experience, expected market demand, and other industry information available at the time the forecasts were prepared. The estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit were discounted at 11.5%.

The Public reporting unit passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 10%) while the other three reporting units did not. The Company performed the second step of the goodwill evaluation for the Corporate, Canada and the CDW advanced services business reporting units. As a result, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $235.0 million in the second quarter of 2009. This charge was comprised of $207.0 million for the Corporate reporting unit and $28.0 million for the CDW advanced services business reporting unit. The Canada reporting unit did not require a goodwill impairment charge as the implied fair value of goodwill of this reporting unit approximated the carrying value of goodwill.

Also, at June 1, 2009, the Company reviewed its intangible assets for impairment in accordance with GAAP. The Company used the undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, to assess the recoverability of the carrying value of such assets. The carrying value of the assets did not exceed their fair value and no impairment existed. In addition, the Company reviewed the remaining useful lives of

 

F-77


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

each intangible asset and determined no changes to useful lives were necessary. The Company amortizes intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $85.4 million and $86.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

5. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt, excluding capital leases, was as follows:

 

(in millions)    June 30,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Senior secured revolving credit facility

   $ 255.1      $ 491.4   

Senior secured term loan facility

     2,178.0        2,189.0   

Senior extended loans, Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes

     1,207.0        1,190.0   

Senior subordinated extended loans and Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes

     721.5        750.0   
                

Total long-term debt

     4,361.6        4,620.4   

Less current maturities of long-term debt

     (22.0     (22.0
                

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

   $ 4,339.6      $ 4,598.4   
                

As of June 30, 2010, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under its various loan agreements as described below.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

At June 30, 2010, the Company had an $800.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility available for borrowings and issuance of letters of credit of which the Company had outstanding borrowings of $255.1 million (at an effective weighted-average interest rate of approximately 1.51% per annum) and $43.4 million of undrawn letters of credit. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin. The variable interest rate is based on one of two indices, either (i) LIBOR or (ii) the Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) with the ABR being the greater of (a) the prime rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points. The applicable margin varies (1.00% to 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.00% to 0.75% for ABR borrowings) depending upon the Company’s average daily excess cash availability under the agreement. The senior secured revolving credit facility matures on October 12, 2012. Availability under this facility is limited to the lesser of the revolving commitment of $800.0 million or the amount of the borrowing base. The borrowing base is based upon a formula involving certain percentages of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable owned by the Company. At June 30, 2010, the borrowing base was $904.8 million as supported by eligible inventory and accounts receivable balances as of May 31, 2010. One of the lenders under this facility has failed to fund its pro rata share of several outstanding loan advances under this facility since 2008. As a result, actual availability under this facility is $38.3 million less than it would otherwise be if the defaulting lender was honoring its commitments under this facility. Assuming non-funding by the defaulting lender, the Company could borrow up to an additional $463.2 million under this facility as of June 30, 2010.

All obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings under this facility are collateralized by a first priority interest in inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the trade financing agreements as described in Note 3), deposits, and accounts receivable, and a second priority interest in substantially all other assets. The senior secured revolving credit facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of the Company and that of its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or

 

F-78


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. This facility also includes maintenance of a minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement. Should the Company fall below the minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement for ten consecutive business days, the Company becomes subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio until such time as the daily excess cash availability requirement is met for 30 consecutive business days.

Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

At June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s amended and restated senior secured term loan facility was $2,178.0 million. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility matures on October 10, 2014. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at either (a) the ABR plus a rate spread or (b) LIBOR plus a rate spread. The applicable rate spread varies (2.50% to 3.00% for ABR borrowings and 3.50% to 4.00% for LIBOR borrowings) based on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement evidencing this facility.

The effective weighted-average interest rate, without giving effect to the interest rate swap agreements (see Note 6) on the principal amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2010 was 4.41% per annum, with an effective weighted-average interest rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 of 4.18% per annum. The effective weighted-average interest rate, including the effect of the interest rate swap agreements, on the principal amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2010 was 7.79% per annum, with an effective weighted-average interest rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 of 7.64% per annum.

The Company started making required quarterly principal payments on the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility in the amount of $5.5 million, beginning in September 2009, with the remainder due upon maturity. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility provides, in addition to such required repayment, for the mandatory prepayment of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including a prepayment in an amount equal to 50% of the Company’s excess cash flow (as defined in the governing agreement) for the year then ended. Excess cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, plus items such as reductions in working capital, less items such as increases in working capital, certain taxes paid in cash, interest that will be paid in cash, capital expenditures and repayment of long-term indebtedness. Any such payments are applied against the remaining scheduled principal payment installments. The Company had no prepayment obligation based on excess cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009.

All obligations under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility is collateralized by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the trade financing agreements as described in Note 3), deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of the Company and that of its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The amended and restated senior secured term loan facility also includes a senior secured leverage ratio requirement. The senior secured leverage ratio is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis and is defined as the ratio of senior secured debt (including amounts owed under trade financing agreements and capital leases) less cash and cash equivalents, to trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA. Compliance may be determined after giving effect to a designated equity contribution to the Company to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA. The senior secured leverage ratio for the four quarters ended June 30, 2010 was required, per the amendment to this facility effective November 4, 2009, to be at or below 7.75. For the four quarters ended June 30, 2010, the senior secured leverage ratio was 4.62.

The Company is required to maintain an interest rate hedge to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of this facility through maturity, subject to certain limitations. With the

 

F-79


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

interest rate swap agreements currently in effect as described in Note 6, the Company will be in compliance with this requirement through January 14, 2011. In April 2010, the Company entered into four forward-starting interest rate cap agreements with a combined notional amount of $1,100.0 million, as described in Note 6, which will extend the compliance with this requirement through January 14, 2013.

Senior Extended Loans, Senior Subordinated Extended Loans and Notes Outstanding Under the Indentures

At June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s senior unsecured debt was $1,207.0 million, including $725.3 million principal amount of the senior extended loans and $481.7 million principal amount of outstanding senior notes (the “Outstanding Senior Notes”). The senior unsecured debt has a maturity date of October 12, 2015. The Company is required to pay cash interest on $890.0 million outstanding principal of the senior extended loans (the “Senior Cash Pay Loans”) and the outstanding senior notes which have been issued in exchange for such loans (the “Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes”). The Company can elect to pay cash or PIK Interest (as defined below) on the remaining $317.0 million of the outstanding principal amount of the senior extended loans (the “Senior PIK Election Loans”) and the outstanding senior PIK election notes which have been issued in exchange for such loans (the “Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes”) (collectively, the “PIK Election Debt”). For PIK Election Debt, the Company may elect for any interest period prior to the interest period beginning on October 15, 2011 to either (i) pay the interest on amounts outstanding in cash, (ii) defer interest payments and add to the principal balance so that the interest is paid, together with the principal, at maturity (“PIK Interest”) or (iii) pay 50% of the interest in cash and 50% as PIK Interest. Elections are due not less than 30 days prior to the start of the interest period and the method of payment for the prior period will apply if no election is filed.

For all interest periods beginning prior to October 15, 2009, the Company had elected to pay interest on all PIK Election Debt in cash. The Company made a PIK election with respect to these loans for the interest period from October 15, 2009 through April 14, 2010. The principal amount on the PIK Election Debt increased by approximately $17.0 million on April 15, 2010 and the Company will incur incremental interest expense of $10.7 million over the remaining term as a result.

In March 2010, the Company made an election to pay interest in cash on all PIK Election Debt outstanding during the interest period from April 15, 2010 through October 14, 2010.

At June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s senior subordinated debt was $721.5 million, including $225.0 million principal amount of senior subordinated extended loans and $496.5 million principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes ( the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes”). The senior subordinated debt has a maturity date of October 12, 2017. On March 10, 2010, one of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries purchased $28.5 million of principal amount of senior subordinated extended loans for a purchase price of $18.6 million. Since this transaction involved two members of the same consolidated group, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the accounting for the transaction as if CDW LLC had acquired its own debt. As such, for purposes of financial reporting in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, this debt is accounted for as if extinguished, and the Company recorded a gain of $9.2 million on the extinguishment in the consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2010. The gain represents the difference between the purchase price, including expenses paid to the debt holders and agent, and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs. The Company also recorded an adjustment of $0.7 million to interest expense to reduce the long-term accrued interest liability, representing the difference between interest expense previously recognized on the extinguished debt under the effective interest method and actual interest paid. In May 2010, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary exchanged the $28.5 million in principal amount of such loans that it held for Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes and subsequently surrendered those notes to the trustee for cancellation.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

The senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt bear interest on the principal balances outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the per annum LIBOR and applicable margin in effect prior to the conversion to extended loans (which occurred on October 10, 2008), plus (2) the conversion spread plus (3) the PIK margin of 75 basis points applicable to PIK Election Debt during interest periods in which an election to pay PIK Interest is made. The conversion spread increases 50 basis points every three months until the maximum interest rate is reached on July 10, 2010.

 

     Senior Cash
Pay Loans /
Outstanding
Senior Notes
    PIK Election
Debt
    Senior
Subordinated
Debt
 

Maturity

     10/12/2015        10/12/2015        10/12/2017   

Outstanding principal (in millions)

   $ 890.0      $ 317.0      $ 721.5   

Extended loan interest rate (per annum)

     2.78813     2.78813     2.78813

Applicable margin (in basis points)

     462.5        500.0        600.0   

Conversion spread (in basis points)

     350        350        350   

Interest rate in effect at June 30, 2010 (per annum)

     10.91313     11.28813     12.28813

Maximum interest rate (per annum) (1)

     11.0     11.5 % ( 2 )       12.535

 

(1)

Effective July 10, 2010

(2)

Does not include the PIK margin of 75 basis points applicable during interest periods in which an election to pay PIK Interest is made.

Obligations under the senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Company’s senior credit facilities. The senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt contain negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of Company and that of its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The senior unsecured debt and senior subordinated debt do not contain any financial covenants.

Outstanding Notes

As required by the Company’s amended and restated bridge loans, the Company entered into a senior exchange note indenture and a senior subordinated exchange note indenture (collectively, the “Indentures”) in October 2008. Under the terms of the Company’s amended and restated bridge loan agreements and the Indentures, holders of the Company’s extended loans may exchange those loans for notes under the applicable Indentures by providing the Company with ten business days’ notice. The lenders can choose either increasing rate notes or fixed rate notes. The interest rate associated with increasing rate notes continues to increase up to the caps in the same manner as it does for the extended loans. The interest rate for the fixed rate notes is fixed at the rate then applicable to the corresponding extended loan at the time of exchange. The fixed rate notes have certain call protection features which are not provided for the increasing rate notes. Holders of increasing rate notes may subsequently convert into fixed rate notes. As of June 30, 2010, the Company has received requests for and issued $344.3 million principal amount in Outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes, $137.4 million principal amount in Outstanding Senior PIK Election Notes and $496.5 million principal amount in outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had not issued any fixed rate notes.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

Under the Senior Registration Rights Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, each dated as of October 10, 2008, the Company is obligated to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) within 180 days of the initial issuance of the notes, registering the offer to exchange the outstanding notes for freely tradable exchange notes having substantially equivalent terms. After this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC, the Company will make the exchange offer to all holders of extended loans who have exchanged their extended loans for outstanding notes. The Company is not required and does not intend to conduct any other registered exchange offers for the outstanding notes, so holders who do not participate in the exchange offers will not generally be entitled to any further registration rights, and therefore will not be permitted to transfer their outstanding notes absent an available exemption from registration.

 

6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk associated with fluctuations in the interest rates on its floating-rate debt. In order to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates on borrowings under the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility, the Company has entered into interest rate derivative agreements to hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with this facility.

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. To accomplish these objectives, the Company primarily uses interest rate caps and swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate caps involve the receipt of floating-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates rise above the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up-front premium. Interest rate swaps involve the receipt of floating-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

Interest Rate Cap Agreements

In April 2010, the Company entered into four forward-starting interest rate cap agreements with a combined $1,100.0 million notional amount. Under these agreements, the Company made premium payments totaling $5.9 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2011 through January 14, 2013.

These cap agreements have not been designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk for GAAP accounting purposes. Instead, the interest rate cap agreements are recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet each period, with changes in fair value recorded directly to interest expense, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

As of June 30, 2010, the Company had two outstanding interest rate swap agreements with a combined $2,000.0 million notional amount.

On October 24, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a total notional value of $1,500.0 million to hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. Under the terms of this interest rate swap agreement, a quarterly net settlement was made for the difference between the fixed rate of 4.37% per annum and the variable rate based upon the three-month LIBOR on the notional amount of the interest rate swap. On April 28, 2009, the Company and its counterparty amended this interest rate swap agreement to reduce the fixed-rate the Company pays on the notional amount to 4.155% per annum from 4.37% per annum and change the

 

F-82


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

floating-rate reference on payments it receives to one-month LIBOR from three-month LIBOR. These changes were effective as of July 14, 2009. The Company elected to change the interest rate index on the corresponding portion of the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility to one-month LIBOR effective July 14, 2009. The termination date of January 14, 2011 for the amended interest rate swap agreement remains unchanged.

On November 27, 2007, the Company entered into a second interest rate swap agreement to hedge the then remaining cash flows associated with the amended and restated senior secured term loan facility. The notional value of this agreement was $700.0 million from November 27, 2007 to January 13, 2010 and was reduced to $500.0 million from January 14, 2010 to January 14, 2011. Under the terms of this interest rate swap agreement, a monthly net settlement is made for the difference between the fixed rate of 3.9125% per annum and the variable rate based on the one-month LIBOR on the notional amount of the interest rate swap. This interest rate swap agreement has a termination date of January 14, 2011.

Both interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk for GAAP accounting purposes. Therefore, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps is initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into interest expense, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

As a result of the amendment to the $1,500.0 million interest rate swap agreement described above, the Company prospectively discontinued the hedge accounting on the original interest rate swap agreement. Simultaneously, the Company designated the amended interest rate swap agreement into a new cash flow hedging relationship. The Company continues to report the net loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in AOCI, which is being reclassified into earnings during the remaining contractual term of the agreement on a straight-line basis. The amount of the loss reclassified into earnings during the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $18.6 million.

Due to the off-market nature of the re-designated interest rate swap at the date of designation, the Company experienced greater volatility in interest expense due to ineffectiveness that was recognized directly in earnings during the six months ended June 30, 2010. The Company could continue to experience volatility in interest expense in future periods.

The Company utilizes the Hypothetical Derivative Method to measure hedge ineffectiveness each period. This method compares the cumulative change in fair value of the actual swap to the cumulative change in fair value of a hypothetical swap which has a fair value of zero at designation and has terms that identically match the critical terms of the hedged transaction. Thus, the hypothetical swap is presumed to perfectly offset the hedged cash flows. Ineffectiveness occurs when the cumulative change in fair value of the actual swap exceeds the cumulative change in fair value of the hypothetical swap. During the Company’s measurement of hedge ineffectiveness for the first six months of 2010, the Company identified that the cumulative change in fair value of the actual swap exceeded the cumulative change in fair value of the hypothetical swap for the first time since designation of the amended interest rate swap agreement into a new cash flow hedging relationship. As a result, the Company recognized non-cash gains due to hedge ineffectiveness for the cumulative change in fair value of the swap from the date of designation through June 30, 2010. The amount of non-cash gains recognized into earnings during the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $44.6 million.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair values of the interest rate cap and swap agreements are estimated as described in Note 7 and reflected as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the fair value carrying amount of the Company’s interest rate derivatives was recorded as follows:

 

          Derivative Assets    Derivative Liabilities
(in millions)   

Balance Sheet

Location

   June 30,
2010
   December 31,
2009
   June 30,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

              

Interest rate cap agreements

  

Fair value of interest

rate cap agreements

   $ 2.4    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

              

Interest rate swap agreements

   Fair value of interest rate swap agreements    $ —      $ —      $ 39.0    $ 70.6

The effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

 

     Location of Loss
Recognized in Income
   Amount of Loss
Recognized in Income
(in millions)   

on Derivative

   2010     2009

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

       

Interest rate cap agreements

   Interest expense, net    $ (3.5   $ —  
                 

Total

      $ (3.5   $ —  
                 

 

                              
     Amount of Loss
Recognized in OCI

(Effective Portion)
   

Location of

Loss

Reclassified

from AOCI

into Income

   Amount of Loss Reclassified
from AOCI into  Income

(Effective Portion)
   

Location of

Gain (Loss)

Recognized

in Income

(Ineffective

Portion)

   Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in  Income

(Ineffective Portion)
 
(in millions)    2010     2009        2010     2009        2010     2009  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

                  

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (33.1 ) (1)     $ (17.9   Interest expense, net    $ (38.6 ) (2)     $ (32.4   Interest expense, net    $ 25.9 ( 3)     $ (9.3
                                                      

Total

   $ (33.1   $ (17.9      $ (38.6   $ (32.4      $ 25.9      $ (9.3
                                                      

 

(1)

The Company recorded changes in unrealized losses of $33.1 million in AOCI. A deferred tax adjustment of $2.8 million applied to a portion of this amount, resulting in a net amount of $30.3 million reflected in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ deficit.

(2)

The Company reclassified realized losses of $38.6 million from AOCI to net loss, or $23.7 million net of tax as reflected in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ deficit.

(3)

The Company recorded a net, non-cash gain of $25.9 million in earnings, primarily comprised of the $44.6 million gain representing the cumulative change in the fair value of the amended swap, partially offset by the $18.6 million of loss reclassified to earnings related to the discontinued swap.

Amounts reported in AOCI related to the Company’s interest rate swap agreements will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s floating-rate debt. As of June 30, 2010, the Company estimates that it will reclassify $38.8 million of deferred losses from AOCI to interest expense through maturity of the swaps in January 2011.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Each of the two interest rate swap agreements provides that the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the Company’s default under the agreement evidencing the indebtedness.

As of June 30, 2010, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, was $43.3 million. If the Company had breached the agreements described above at June 30, 2010, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $43.3 million.

The interest rate swap agreements are considered secured obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility and are secured by the assets that serve as collateral for this facility (see Note 5).

 

7. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined under GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy has been established for valuation inputs to prioritize the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1 – inputs are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 – inputs are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, and similar techniques.

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value as of June 30, 2010 were as follows:

 

(in millions)    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Assets:

           

Interest rate cap agreements

   $ —      $ 2.4    $ —      $ 2.4

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ —      $  39.0    $ —      $  39.0

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate caps, as described in Note 6, is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. The valuation of the cap agreements is derived by using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash receipts that would occur if variable interest rates rise above the strike rate of the caps. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the cap agreements, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including LIBOR curves and implied volatilities. The Company also incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. The counterparty credit spreads are based on publicly available credit information obtained from a third party credit data provider.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, as described in Note 6, is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. The valuation of the swap agreements is derived by using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each swap. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the swap agreements, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including LIBOR curves. The Company also incorporates credit valuation adjustments to adjust for non-performance risk for both the Company and counterparty in fair value measurements. To reflect the two-way risk exposure, the counterparty’s credit spread is applied to the Company’s exposure to the counterparty, and the Company’s own credit spread is applied to the counterparty’s exposure to the Company, and the net credit valuation adjustment is reflected in the Company’s swap agreement valuations. The counterparty credit spreads are based on publicly available credit information obtained from a third-party credit data provider. The inputs utilized for the Company’s own credit spread are based on unobservable estimates. In adjusting the fair value of the Company’s swap agreements for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. The Company believes that the observable inputs utilized in the valuation are more significant than the unobservable inputs, and as such, the Company has categorized the value of its swap agreements as Level 2 in the hierarchy.

Goodwill is measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company performed an interim evaluation of goodwill as of June 1, 2009. As a result, the Company adjusted goodwill to its implied fair value of $2,206.3 million by recording an impairment charge of $235.0 million. The fair value of goodwill as of June 1, 2009 was as follows:

 

(in millions)    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Goodwill

   $ —      $ —      $  2,206.3    $  2,206.3

See Note 4 for more information on the Company’s goodwill impairment evaluation.

 

8. Income Taxes

As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $10.3 million and $11.3 million, respectively, of tax items that had not been recognized for financial reporting purposes (“unrecognized tax benefits”).

In the ordinary course, the Company is subject to review by domestic and foreign taxing authorities, including the IRS. In general, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the IRS for tax years prior to 2008. In addition, the Company is generally no longer subject to state and local or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years prior to 2005. Various state tax authorities are in the process of auditing state income tax returns of various subsidiaries. The Company does not anticipate that any adjustments from the state audits would have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

9. Equity-Based Compensation

Class B Common Units

In the first quarter of 2010, CDW Holdings LLC’s Board of Managers made certain changes to the CDW Holdings Limited Liability Company Agreement (“LLC Agreement”). The restated LLC Agreement was revised largely to eliminate the capital preference on the Class A Common Units (“A Units”) in connection with the reduction of the participation threshold for certain outstanding Class B Common Units (“B Units”) to $0.01 from $1,000. The modification of outstanding B Units was effective March 10, 2010. Under the revised B Unit agreement, the units vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing January 1, 2010 and continuing through December 31, 2014. As part of the modification, vesting was reset on those units that previously had vested, subjecting them to a new five-year vesting period. There were 140,428 B Units

 

F-86


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

modified that were held by 101 coworkers. The total incremental compensation cost resulting from the modification of $8.4 million, or $60.00 per unit, will be amortized over the new vesting period. The $60.00 per unit modification cost was determined as a difference in value of the modified B Units and the value of the B Units immediately prior to the modification. The Company has adopted a bifurcated method of accounting for the modification whereby the compensation cost associated with the original grant of the modified units will continue to be expensed over the original vesting period.

In addition, the Company granted 47,475 additional B Units to several members of the Company’s senior management effective March 10, 2010. The B Units that were granted vest daily on a pro rata basis over five years starting January 1, 2010.

In connection with the modification, the Company updated the valuation of B Units. The fair value on the modification date was calculated using the Option-Pricing Method. This method considers A Units and B Units as call options on the total shareholders’ equity value, giving consideration to capital preference. A Units and B Units are modeled as call options that give their owners the right, but not the obligation, to buy the underlying shareholders’ equity value at a predetermined (or exercise) price. B Units are considered to be call options with a claim on shareholders’ equity value at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the A Units are liquidated. The Option-Pricing Method is highly sensitive to key assumptions, such as the volatility assumption. As such, the use of this method can be applied when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict. This model was adopted because the Monte Carlo stock price model that was previously used was not effective and no longer appropriate given the modifications made to the A and B Units and the Company’s capital structure.

The following table summarizes the assumptions and resulting fair value of the B Units granted and modified during the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

Assumptions

   Pre-Modification B
Units
    Post-Modification B
Units and New Grants
 

Modification/Grant Date Fair Value

   $  60.00  (1)     $  120.00   

Volatility

     98.8     98.8

Risk-Free Rate

     2.39     2.39

Dividend Yield

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00   

 

(1)

The value of the units immediately prior to the modification.

The Company calculated the expected future volatility based upon the average five-year volatility and the implied volatility for the Company’s selected peer group.

The risk-free interest rate of return used is based on the yield of a five-year Treasury constant maturity note as of March 31, 2010. The Company does not currently pay a dividend nor anticipate paying a dividend in the future; therefore, the dividend yield is 0.00 %.

The Company recognized $8.4 million and $8.2 million in equity-based compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

The following table sets forth the summary of equity plan activity for the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

Equity Awards

   Class B
Common Units  (1 )
    MPK Plan
Units (1) (2)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

   146,841      80,367   

Granted

   47,475      —     

Forfeited

   (5,871   (3,320 ) (3)  

Repurchased/Settled

   (1,247   (281 ) (4)  
            

Outstanding at June 30, 2010

   187,198      76,766   
            

Vested at June 30, 2010

   19,113      294 (5)  
            

 

(1)

The weighted-average grant date fair market value for B Units granted during the period is $120.00. The weighted-average grant date fair market value for outstanding B Units inclusive of $60.00 per unit impact of the March 2010 modification is $296.34. The weighted-average grant date fair market value for outstanding MPK Plan Units is $1,000.

(2)

Represents units notionally credited to participants’ accounts.

(3)

The Company contributes the fair market value of awards forfeited under the plan to a charitable foundation. The contribution is generally made in the quarter following that in which the units are forfeited. As of June 30, 2010, the Company owed a contribution for 1,644 units.

(4)

Represents B Units that were repurchased by the Company from former participants and the settlement of vested MPK Plan Units through the issuance of A Units in exchange for the vested MPK Plan Units.

(5)

Represents units that have vested but not yet converted to A Units.

As of June 30, 2010, the Company estimated there was $76.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested equity-based compensation awards granted under the equity plans. That anticipated cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 5.8 years.

 

10. Deferred Compensation Plan

On March 10, 2010, in connection with the Company’s purchase of $28.5 million of the principal amount of its outstanding senior subordinated extended loans as described in Note 5, the Company established the Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “Plan”), an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Participants in the Plan were granted Restricted Debt Units (“RDUs”) that entitle the participant to a proportionate share of payments under the Plan, determined by dividing the number of RDUs held by the participant by the total number of RDUs outstanding. The total number of RDUs that can be granted under the Plan is 28,500. As of June 30, 2010, 24,695 RDUs had been granted to participants.

RDUs that are outstanding as of June 30, 2010 vest daily on a pro rata basis over the three-year period commencing January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014. Vesting ceases upon separation from service except in certain conditions as set forth in the Plan. All outstanding RDUs become immediately vested prior to a sale of the Company. Upon completion of the vesting period, December 31, 2014, or earlier in the case of a sale of the Company, any unallocated RDUs will be allocated to participants on a pro rata basis according to each participant’s total RDUs.

The total amount of compensation available to be paid under the Plan is based on two components, a principal component and an interest component. The principal component credits the Plan with an amount equal to the $28.5 million face value of the Company’s senior subordinated extended loans. Payment of the principal component of the Plan will be made on October 12, 2017, unless accelerated due to a sale of the Company. By December 31, 2014, amounts accrued under the Plan are expected to equal the present value of future principal payments, plus any unpaid accrued interest thereon. The interest component credits the Plan with amounts equal to the interest expense on $28.5 million principal of the senior subordinated

 

F-88


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

extended loans from March 11, 2010 through October 12, 2017. Payment of the interest component for the period from March 11, 2010 through December 31, 2011 will be made in January 2012. The interest component for periods starting on January 1, 2012 and thereafter will be paid semiannually on April 15 and October 15. Payments under the Plan may be impacted if certain significant events occur or circumstances change that would impact the financial condition or structure of the Company.

Compensation expense of $3.2 million related to the Plan was recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, total unrecognized compensation expense of approximately $38.2 million related to the Plan is expected to be recognized over the next 4.5 years.

 

11. Sale of Assets

On March 31, 2009, the Company sold its Informacast software and equipment to Singlewire Software, LLC (“Singlewire”), a newly formed entity that includes as its owners former CDW senior management. The sale price was $7.1 million, composed of a cash sale price of $5.2 million and an equity interest in Singlewire valued at $1.9 million. The equity interest constituted 25% of the equity units outstanding at the time of the transaction. The investment in Singlewire is accounted for under the equity method of accounting for investments, whereby the carrying amount of the investment is increased to reflect the Company’s share of income and reduced to reflect the Company’s share of losses or the dividends received by the Company.

The Company recorded a non-operating pre-tax gain on the sale of $2.1 million in its consolidated statement of operations in the first quarter of 2009. In recording the transaction, the Company removed from its consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2009, goodwill attributable to the Informacast business ($3.9 million) and the net book value of the Informacast software intangible asset ($1.3 million).

 

12. Contingencies

The Company is party to legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including various pending litigation matters. The Company is also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, by various customers, including government agencies, relating to sales under certain contracts and by vendors. In addition, from time to time, customers of the Company file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the United States bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by the Company could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

The Company does not believe that any current audit or pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition. Litigation and audits, however, involve uncertainties and it is possible that the eventual outcome of litigation or audits could adversely affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations for a particular period.

Under the terms of the Company’s amended and restated senior bridge loan agreement and amended and restated senior subordinated bridge loan agreement, upon the request of investment banks affiliated with the original lenders under the bridge loan agreements (a “securities request”), the Company was obligated, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, to publicly or privately issue long-term debt securities prior to October 10, 2008 (the date upon which the bridge loans converted into extended loans) to refinance the Company’s outstanding bridge debt. The banks issued a securities request to the Company on April 18, 2008 and stated that they believed all conditions to the issuance of a securities request had been satisfied. However, the Company did not believe that all of the conditions to the issuance of a securities request had been satisfied and, accordingly, did not proceed with the issuance of long-term debt securities. The banks also requested in their securities request that if the Company did not issue the long-term debt securities, then interest accrue, beginning on April 18, 2008, on both of the Company’s then outstanding senior bridge loans and senior subordinated bridge loans at the same interest rates that would have been applicable to the debt securities contemplated by the securities request. The amount of such additional interest from April 18, 2008 through July 10, 2010 (the date upon which the interest rate would reach the maximum under the

 

F-89


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

agreements) would be approximately $93.0 million. The Company would have been entitled to a rebate of approximately $12.4 million of certain fees paid under the bridge loans had the Company proceeded with the issuance of long-term debt securities on April 18, 2008. While the outcome of this matter is uncertain, the Company does not believe that it was required to issue any long-term debt securities in 2008. The Company, therefore, does not believe that it owes any additional amounts and has not accrued any amounts with respect thereto as of June 30, 2010.

 

13. Segment Information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by management for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s segments are organized consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is primarily comprised of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and education and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two operating segments, Canada and the CDW advanced services business, that do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

The Company has centralized logistics and headquarters functions that provide services to the segments. The logistics function includes purchasing, distribution, and fulfillment services to support both the Corporate and Public segments, and costs and intercompany charges associated with the logistics function are fully allocated to both of these segments based on a percent of sales. The centralized headquarters function provides services in areas such as accounting, information technology, marketing, legal, and coworker services. Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments are included under the heading of “Headquarters” in the tables below.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. The Company allocates resources to and evaluates performance of its segments based on both net sales and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in the Company’s credit agreements, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the reconciliation table below. Management evaluates the performance of each segment on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA as the primary metric for measuring segment profitability. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, both non-GAAP financial measures, represent a useful measure for evaluating the Company’s performance because it reflects earnings trends without the impact of certain non-cash related expenses or income.

Analysts, investors, and rating agencies frequently use EBITDA for performance measurement purposes, but the Company’s presentation of EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures because of potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to net income (loss) as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance, or as an alternative to any other measure of performance calculated in conformity with GAAP.

Segment information for total assets and capital expenditures is not presented as such information is not used in measuring segment performance or allocating resources between segments.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s segments for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

(in millions)    Corporate     Public     Other     Headquarters     Total  

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010:

          

Net sales

   $ 2,310.1      $ 1,651.2      $ 196.1      $ —        $ 4,157.4   

Income (loss) from operations

     125.4        89.2        7.0        (54.7     166.9   

Adjusted EBITDA

     187.9        119.7        12.0        (27.3     292.3   

Amortization expense

     (46.9     (21.7     (1.5     (15.3     (85.4

Six Months Ended June 30, 2009:

          

Net sales

   $ 1,795.4      $ 1,297.1      $ 142.2      $ —        $ 3,234.7   

(Loss) income from operations

     (137.5     54.3        (25.5     (45.3     (154.0

Adjusted EBITDA

     133.2        85.3        7.2        (15.8     209.9   

Amortization expense

     (46.9     (21.7     (1.5     (16.0     (86.1

The following table presents a reconciliation of total Adjusted EBITDA to total loss before income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

(in millions)    Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010     2009  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 292.3      $ 209.9   

Adjustments to reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to loss before income taxes:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (105.1     (109.9

Interest expense, net

     (183.5     (209.1

Goodwill impairment

     —          (235.0

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     (8.4     (8.2

Sponsor fee

     (2.5     (2.5

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     (5.0     (6.8

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     9.2        —     

Other adjustments (1)

     (4.3     0.8   
                

Loss before income taxes

   $ (7.3   $ (360.8
                

 

(1)

Other adjustments include certain severance and retention costs, equity investment gains and losses, and the gain related to the sale of Informacast software and equipment, as described in Note 11.

 

14. Supplemental Guarantor Information

The debt obligations, as described in Note 5, are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All guarantees by Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries are full and unconditional, and joint and several. CDW LLC’s Canada subsidiary (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”) does not guarantee the debt obligations. CDW LLC is wholly owned by Parent, and each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is wholly owned by CDW LLC.

The following tables set forth condensed consolidating balance sheets as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and condensed consolidating statements of operations and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. The condensed consolidating financial information includes the accounts of CDW Corporation (the “Parent Guarantor”), which has no independent assets or operations, the accounts of CDW LLC (the “Subsidiary Issuer”), the combined accounts of the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and the accounts of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary for the periods indicated. The information was prepared on the same basis as the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

       June 30, 2010  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 26.4      $ 0.8    $ 12.8    $ (13.9   $ 26.1   

Accounts receivable, net

     —          —          1,087.7      30.6      —          1,118.3   

Merchandise inventory

     —          —          309.1      3.3      —          312.4   

Miscellaneous receivables

     —          32.7        118.8      2.5      —          154.0   

Deferred income taxes

     —          21.9        6.6      —        —          28.5   

Prepaid expenses and other

     —          10.0        41.0      0.1      —          51.1   
                                              

Total current assets

     —          91.0        1,564.0      49.3      (13.9     1,690.4   

Property and equipment, net

     —          68.8        82.1      1.8      —          152.7   

Goodwill

     —          749.5        1,428.4      29.2      —          2,207.1   

Other intangible assets, net

     —          389.6        1,470.1      10.1      —          1,869.8   

Other assets

     6.7        83.9        3.4      —        (8.2     85.8   

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

     (56.1     3,289.7        —        —        (3,233.6     —     
                                              

Total assets

   $ (49.4   $ 4,672.5      $ 4,548.0    $ 90.4    $ (3,255.7   $ 6,005.8   
                                              

Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

              

Current liabilities:

              

Accounts payable

   $ —        $ 7.3      $ 589.0    $ 8.6    $ (13.9   $ 591.0   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases

     —          22.6        0.1      —        —          22.7   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          39.0        —        —        —          39.0   

Deferred revenue

     —          —          41.7      —        —          41.7   

Accrued expenses

     —          148.8        116.3      5.5      —          270.6   
                                              

Total current liabilities

     —          217.7        747.1      14.1      (13.9     965.0   

Long-term liabilities:

              

Debt and capital leases

     —          4,340.1        0.1      —        —          4,340.2   

Deferred income taxes

     —          92.9        576.5      2.9      (6.7     665.6   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          —          —        —        —          —     

Accrued interest

     —          36.0        —        —        —          36.0   

Other liabilities

     —          41.9        5.0      3.0      (1.5     48.4   
                                              

Total long-term liabilities

     —          4,510.9        581.6      5.9      (8.2     5,090.2   

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (49.4     (56.1     3,219.3      70.4      (3,233.6     (49.4
                                              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (49.4   $ 4,672.5      $ 4,548.0    $ 90.4    $ (3,255.7   $ 6,005.8   
                                              

 

F-92


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

       December 31, 2009  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Assets

              

Current assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 87.6      $ 0.5    $ 7.0    $ (7.1   $ 88.0   

Accounts receivable, net

     —          —          977.7      29.0      —          1,006.7   

Merchandise inventory

     —          —          256.0      1.8      —          257.8   

Miscellaneous receivables

     —          34.4        89.7      3.7      —          127.8   

Deferred income taxes

     —          33.4        6.6      —        —          40.0   

Prepaid expenses and other

     —          10.1        27.3      0.1      —          37.5   
                                              

Total current assets

     —          165.5        1,357.8      41.6      (7.1     1,557.8   

Property and equipment, net

     —          77.0        86.6      2.2      —          165.8   

Goodwill

     —          749.4        1,428.4      29.6      —          2,207.4   

Other intangible assets, net

     —          400.8        1,539.8      10.8      —          1,951.4   

Other assets

     7.0        91.8        3.4      —        (8.6     93.6   

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

     (51.7     3,459.8        —        —        (3,408.1     —     
                                              

Total assets

   $ (44.7   $ 4,944.3      $ 4,416.0    $ 84.2    $ (3,423.8   $ 5,976.0   
                                              

Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

              

Current liabilities:

              

Accounts payable

   $ —        $ 12.5      $ 281.0    $ 5.9    $ (7.1   $ 292.3   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases

     —          22.5        0.1      —        —          22.6   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          68.7        —        —        —          68.7   

Deferred revenue

     —          —          28.9      —        —          28.9   

Accrued expenses

     —          109.8        107.2      5.0      —          222.0   
                                              

Total current liabilities

     —          213.5        417.2      10.9      (7.1     634.5   

Long-term liabilities:

              

Debt and capital leases

     —          4,599.2        0.1      —        —          4,599.3   

Deferred income taxes

     —          97.7        601.1      2.9      (7.0     694.7   

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

     —          1.9        —        —        —          1.9   

Accrued interest

     —          45.6        —        —        —          45.6   

Other liabilities

     —          38.1        5.1      3.1      (1.6     44.7   
                                              

Total long-term liabilities

     —          4,782.5        606.3      6.0      (8.6     5,386.2   

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (44.7     (51.7     3,392.5      67.3      (3,408.1     (44.7
                                              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (44.7   $ 4,944.3      $ 4,416.0    $ 84.2    $ (3,423.8   $ 5,976.0   
                                              

 

F-93


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ 4,015.0      $ 142.4      $ —        $ 4,157.4   

Cost of sales

     —          —          3,366.7        125.0        —          3,491.7   
                                                

Gross profit

     —          —          648.3        17.4        —          665.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

     —          54.7        388.5        10.8        —          454.0   

Advertising expense

     —          —          43.7        1.1        —          44.8   
                                                

Income (loss) from operations

     —          (54.7     216.1        5.5        —          166.9   

Interest income (expense), net

     —          (184.2     0.7        —          —          (183.5

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of long-term debt

     —          (0.7     9.9        —          —          9.2   

Other income (expense), net

     —          8.7        (8.6     —          —          0.1   
                                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —          (230.9     218.1        5.5        —          (7.3

Income tax benefit (expense)

     —          82.2        (78.0     (1.7     —          2.5   
                                                

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     —          (148.7     140.1        3.8        —          (4.8

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     (4.8     143.9        —          —          (139.1     —     
                                                

Net income (loss)

   $ (4.8   $ (4.8   $ 140.1      $ 3.8      $ (139.1   $ (4.8
                                                

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
   Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,140.1      $ 94.6      $ —      $ 3,234.7   

Cost of sales

     —          —          2,623.0        82.7        —        2,705.7   
                                               

Gross profit

     —          —          517.1        11.9        —        529.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     —          45.3        342.7        8.1        —        396.1   

Advertising expense

     —          —          51.0        0.9        —        51.9   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          235.0        —          —        235.0   
                                               

Income (loss) from operations

     —          (45.3     (111.6     2.9        —        (154.0

Interest income (expense), net

     —          (209.4     0.3        —          —        (209.1

Other income (expense), net

     —          —          2.2        0.1        —        2.3   
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —          (254.7     (109.1     3.0        —        (360.8

Income tax benefit (expense)

     1.1        97.2        (47.6     (1.0     —        49.7   
                                               

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     1.1        (157.5     (156.7     2.0        —        (311.1

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     (312.2     (154.7     —          —          466.9      —     
                                               

Net income (loss)

   $ (311.1   $ (312.2   $ (156.7   $ 2.0      $ 466.9    $ (311.1
                                               

 

F-94


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
(in millions)    Parent
Guarantor
   Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ —      $ (71.4   $ 333.0      $ 5.5      $ (6.8   $ 260.3   
                                               

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

     —        (5.9     (4.6     —          —          (10.5

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

     —        (39.4     —          —          —          (39.4

Premium payments on interest rate cap agreements

     —        (5.9     —          —          —          (5.9
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     —        (51.2     (4.6     —          —          (55.8
                                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Payments to extinguish long-term Debt

     —        —          (18.6     —          —          (18.6

Repayments of long-term debt

     —        (11.0     —          —          —          (11.0

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —        249.8        —          —          —          249.8   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —        (486.1     —          —          —          (486.1

Advances to/from affiliates

     —        308.9        (309.4     0.5        —          —     

Other financing activities

     —        (0.2     (0.1     —          —          (0.3
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     —        61.4        (328.1     0.5        —          (266.2
                                               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —        —          —          (0.2     —          (0.2
                                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     —        (61.2     0.3        5.8        (6.8     (61.9

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     —        87.6        0.5        7.0        (7.1     88.0   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ —      $ 26.4      $ 0.8      $ 12.8      $ (13.9   $ 26.1   
                                               

 

F-95


Table of Contents

CDW CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

(in millions)    Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
     Parent
Guarantor
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiary
   Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1.2      $ (127.2   $ 430.6      $ 2.6    $ (7.8   $ 299.4   
                                               

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

     —          (6.1     (2.2     —        —          (8.3

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

     —          (22.2     —          —        —          (22.2

Proceeds from sale of assets

     —          —          5.2        —        —          5.2   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     —          (28.3     3.0        —        —          (25.3
                                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of long-term debt

     —          (4.5     —          —        —          (4.5

Advances to/from affiliates

     (1.2     434.6        (433.8     0.4      —          —     

Other financing activities

     —          (0.1     (0.1     —        —          (0.2
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (1.2     430.0        (433.9     0.4      —          (4.7
                                               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          0.2      —          0.2   
                                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     —          274.5        (0.3     3.2      (7.8     269.6   

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

     —          91.3        1.3        4.2      (2.4     94.4   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

   $ —        $ 365.8      $ 1.0      $ 7.4    $ (10.2   $ 364.0   
                                               

 

F-96


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

Offer to Exchange

Up to $890,000,000 of 11% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B

Up to $316,974,000 11.50%/12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015,

Series B

Up to $721,500,000 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B

for any and all outstanding

11% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015

11.50%/12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017

 

 

PROSPECTUS

, 2010

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Delaware

Parent and CDW Finance Corporation are each incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “DGCL”), provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reasons of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Parent’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and CDW Finance Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation limit, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as a director. Parent’s Amended and Restated By-laws and CDW Finance Corporation’s By-laws provide that directors, officers and employees will be indemnified to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL with respect to actions, suits or proceedings. Parent’s Amended and Restated By-laws and CDW Finance Corporation’s By-laws require the Parent or CDW Finance Corporation, as applicable, to pay all expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee in defending any such proceeding.

Illinois

CDW LLC, CDW Direct, LLC, CDW Government LLC and CDW Logistics, Inc. are each formed or incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois.

Section 15-7 of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act (“ILLCA”) authorizes a limited liability company to indemnify a member or manager for liabilities incurred by the member or manager in the ordinary course of the business of the company or for the preservation of its business or property.

Section 8.75 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended (the “IBCA”), provides for a limitation of director liability. Under Section 8.75 of the IBCA, directors and officers may be indemnified by the registrant against all expenses incurred in connection with actions (including, under certain circumstances, derivative actions) brought against such director or officer by reason of his or her status as our representative, or by reason of the fact that such director or officer serves or served as a representative of another entity at our request, so long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Limited Liability Company Agreement of each of CDW LLC, CDW Direct, LLC and CDW Government LLC provide for indemnification of all current and former managers and officers to the fullest extent of the ILLCA.

The articles of incorporation of CDW Logistics, Inc. provide for indemnification of all current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent of the IBCA.

Wisconsin

CDW Technologies, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

Section 180.0851(1) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (the “WBCL”) provides that a corporation shall indemnify a director or officer, to the extent that he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of a proceeding, for all reasonable expenses incurred in the proceeding if the director or officer was a party because he or she is a director or officer of the corporation. Section 180.0851(2)(a) provides that in cases not included under subsection (1), a corporation shall indemnify a director or officer against liability incurred by the director or officer in a proceeding to which the director or officer was a party because he or she is a director or officer of the corporation, unless liability was incurred because the director or officer breached or failed to perform a duty that he or she owes to the corporation and the breach or failure to perform constitutes any of the following: (i) a willful failure to deal fairly with the corporation or its shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director or officer has a material conflict of interest; (ii) a violation of the criminal law, unless the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; (iii) a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal profit; or (iv) willful misconduct. Section 180.0858 provides that the indemnification provided does not preclude any additional right to indemnification that a director or officer may have under the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, a written agreement with the corporation, a resolution of the board of directors or by a majority vote of shares issued and outstanding after notice.

The articles of incorporation for CDW Technologies, Inc. provides for indemnification of all current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent of the WBCL.

 

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibits.

The attached Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

Financial Statement Schedules.

The following financial statement schedule is included herein at pages F-46 and F-70 of this Registration Statement:

 

   

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

 

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

(a)

Each of the undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

  (i)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (A)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  (B)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the change in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.;

 

  (C)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (ii)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (iii)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(b)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrants are subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(c)

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i)

any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii)

any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii)

the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv)

any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
(d)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of such registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(e)

Each of the undersigned hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

(f)

Each of the undersigned hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7, 2010.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:   / S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON
Name:   John A. Edwardson
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON        

John A. Edwardson

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director

/ S /    A NN E. Z IEGLER        

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

/ S /    V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN        

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)

/ S /    M ICHAEL J. D OMINGUEZ        

Michael J. Dominguez

  

Director

/ S /    G EORGE A. P EINADO        

George A. Peinado

  

Director


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7 , 2010.

 

CDW LLC
By:   / S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON

Name:

 

John A. Edwardson

Title:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON        

John A. Edwardson

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Manager

/ S /    A NN E. Z IEGLER        

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

/ S /    V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN        

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)

/ S /    S TEVEN W. A LESIO        

Steven W. Alesio

  

Manager

/ S /    B ARRY K. A LLEN        

Barry K. Allen

  

Manager

/ S /    B ENJAMIN D. C HERESKIN        

Benjamin D. Chereskin

  

Manager

/ S /    G LENN M. C REAMER        

Glenn M. Creamer

  

Manager


Table of Contents

/ S /    M ICHAEL J. D OMINGUEZ        

Michael J. Dominguez

  

Manager

/ S /    G EORGE A. P EINADO        

George A. Peinado

  

Manager

/ S /    R OBIN P. S ELATI        

Robin P. Selati

  

Manager


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7, 2010.

 

CDW FINANCE CORPORATION

By:

  / S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON

Name:

  John A. Edwardson

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON        

John A. Edwardson

  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director

/ S /    A NN E. Z IEGLER        

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

/ S /    V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN        

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)

/ S /    M ICHAEL J. D OMINGUEZ        

Michael J. Dominguez

  

Director

/ S /    G EORGE A. P EINADO        

George A. Peinado

  

Director


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Technologies, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7, 2010.

 

CDW TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   / S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON

Name:

  John A. Edwardson

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON        

John A. Edwardson

  

Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director

/ S /    A NN E. Z IEGLER        

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) and Director

/ S /    V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN        

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7, 2010.

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:   / S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON
Name:   John A. Edwardson
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON        

John A. Edwardson

  

Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

/ S /    A NN E. Z IEGLER        

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

/ S /    V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN        

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Government LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7, 2010.

 

CDW GOVERNMENT LLC
By:   / S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON
Name:   John A. Edwardson
Title:   Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    J OHN A. E DWARDSON        

John A. Edwardson

  

Chairman (principal executive officer) and Manager

/ S /    A NN E. Z IEGLER        

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) and Manager

/ S /    V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN        

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)

/ S /    T HOMAS E. R ICHARDS        

Thomas E. Richards

  

Manager

/ S /    C HRISTINA V. R OTHER        

Christina V. Rother

  

Manager


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on September 7, 2010.

 

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By:   / S /    J ONATHAN J. S TEVENS        
Name:   Jonathan J. Stevens
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ann E. Ziegler, Christine A. Leahy and Robert J. Welyki, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on September 7, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S / J ONATHAN J. S TEVENS

Jonathan J. Stevens

  

President (principal executive officer) and Director

/ S / A NN E. Z IEGLER

Ann E. Ziegler

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) and Director

/ S / V IRGINIA L. S EGGERMAN

Virginia L. Seggerman

  

Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)

/ S / J OHN A. E DWARDSON

John A. Edwardson

  

Director


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.1      Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CDW Corporation
3.2      Amended and Restated By-Laws of CDW Corporation
3.3      Articles of Organization of CDW LLC
3.4      Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of CDW LLC
3.5      Certificate of Incorporation of CDW Finance Corporation
3.6      By-Laws of CDW Finance Corporation
3.7      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of CDW Technologies, Inc.
3.8      Amended and Restated By-Laws of CDW Technologies, Inc.
3.9      Articles of Organization of CDW Direct, LLC
3.10    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of CDW Direct, LLC
3.11    Articles of Organization of CDW Government LLC
3.12    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of CDW Government LLC
3.13    Articles of Incorporation of CDW Logistics, Inc.
3.14    By-Laws of CDW Logistics, Inc.
4.1      Senior Exchange Note Indenture, dated October 10, 2008, by and among CDW Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee
4.2      Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated May 10, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Government LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee
4.3      Second Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated August 23, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee
4.4      Form of Increasing Rate Senior/Senior PIK Election Exchange Note due 2015 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 above)
4.5      Form of Fixed Rate Senior/Senior PIK Election Exchange Note due 2015 (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.1 above)
4.6      Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture, dated October 10, 2008, by and among CDW Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee
4.7      Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated May 10, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Government LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee
4.8      Second Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated August 23, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee
4.9      Form of Increasing Rate Senior Subordinated Exchange Note due 2017 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.6 above)
4.10    Form of Fixed Rate Senior Subordinated Exchange Note due 2017 (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.6 above)
4.11    Senior Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and among CDW Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and holders of loans
4.12    Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 10, 2008, by and among CDW Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and holders of loans
5.1      Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
5.2      Opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP
10.1        Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated October 12, 2007, by and among VH MergerSub, Inc., CDW Corporation, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Lehman Brothers, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
10.2        First Amendment to Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated October 24, 2007
10.3        Term Loan Agreement, dated October 12, 2007 and amended and restated March 12, 2008, by and among VH MergerSub, Inc., CDW Corporation, the lenders party thereto, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.4        Amendment No. 1 to the Term Loan Agreement, dated November 4, 2009
10.5        Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, dated October 12, 2007 and amended and restated March 12, 2008, by and among VH MergerSub, Inc., VH Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the other lender parties thereto
10.6        Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, dated April 2, 2008.


Table of Contents
10.7      Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, dated October 12, 2007 and amended and restated March 12, 2008, by and among VH MergerSub, Inc., VH Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the other lender parties thereto
10.8      Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, dated April 2, 2008
10.9      Management Services Agreement, dated October 12, 2007, by and between CDW Corporation, Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P. and Providence Equity Partners L.L.C.
10.10    Registration Agreement, dated October 12, 2007, by and among VH Holdings, Inc. CDW Holdings LLC, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., and the other securityholders party thereto
10.11    CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan, adopted as of October 12, 2007
10.12    Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Executive) Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by John A. Edwardson, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler and to be used for future investors)
10.13    Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Management) Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for future investors)
10.14    Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Executive) Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by John A. Edwardson, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Thomas E. Richards, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler and to be used for future grantees)
10.15    Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Management) Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for future grantees)
10.16    Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Executive) Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement (executed by Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote and Christine A. Leahy and to be used for future investors)
10.17    Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Management) Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement (executed by Matthew A. Troka and to be used for future investors)
10.18    Form of Compensation Protection Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2010 (executed by John A. Edwardson, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Thomas E. Richards, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler and to be used for certain future executives)
10.19    CDW Compensation Protection Plan, adopted as of December 10, 2002 and amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2009 (applicable to Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for future plan participants)
10.20    Form of Noncompetition Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2010, under the Compensation Protection Agreement (executed by Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Thomas E. Richards, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler and to be used for certain future executives)
10.21    Form of Noncompetition Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2010, under the CDW Compensation Protection Plan (executed by Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for future plan participants)
10.22    CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan, adopted as of March 10, 2010
10.23    Form of CDW (Executive) Restricted Debt Unit Grant Notice and Agreement, effective as of March 10, 2010 (executed by Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Thomas E. Richards, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler and to be used for future grantees)
10.24    Form of CDW (Management) Restricted Debt Unit Grant Notice and Agreement, effective as of March 10, 2010 (executed by Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for future grantees)
12.1      Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
21.1      List of subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm (Predecessor)
23.2      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm (Successor)
23.3      Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4      Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
24.1      Powers of Attorney (included on the signature pages to the registration statement)
25.1      Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of U.S. Bank National Association
99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2      Form of Exchange Instructions
99.3      Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

Exhibit 3.1

 

     Delaware        PAGE    1
  

 

  
   The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “VH HOLDINGS, INC.”, CHANGING ITS NAME FROM “VH HOLDINGS, INC.” TO “CDW CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OF AUGUST, A.D. 2010, AT 12:32 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

   LOGO   
     
     
     
      /s/ Jeffrey W Bullock
      Jeffrey W Bullock, Secretary of State

            4360007     8100

      AUTHENTICATION: 8179456

 

            100834520

      DATE: 08-18-10

You may verify this certificate online

  
at corp. delaware. gov/authver. shtml      


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 12:31 PM 08/17/2010

FILED 12:32 PM 08/17/2010

SRV 100834520  –  4360007 FILE

  

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VH HOLDINGS, INC.

*    *    *    *    *

Adopted in accordance with the provisions of

Sections 228, 242 and 245 of

the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

*    *    *    *    *

The undersigned, being the Secretary of VH Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

FIRST:         The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 25, 2007 and an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on October 5, 2007. A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on October 11, 2007 and a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on March 7, 2008.

SECOND:         The Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below) amends and restates the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety.

THIRD:         The board of directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) and directed the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation be submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for its consideration, approval and adoption thereof.

FOURTH:         The sole stockholder of the Corporation, pursuant to a written consent, approved and adopted the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*    *    *    *    *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, for the purpose of amending and restating the Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalty of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly has hereunto signed this Certificate of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 17 day of August, 2010.

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Christine A. Leahy
Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Corporate Secretary


EXHIBIT A

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

CDW CORPORATION

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is CDW Corporation.

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

Part A. Authorized Shares

The total number of shares of capital stock which the corporation has authority to issue is 2,000,000 shares, consisting of:

100,000 shares of Voting Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“ Class A Common ”); and

1,900,000 shares of Non-Voting Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“ Class B Common ”).

The Class A Common and Class B Common are referred to collectively as the “Common Stock.” The shares of Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.

Part B. Common Stock

Except as otherwise provided in this Part B or as otherwise required by applicable law, all shares of Class A Common and Class B Common shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences and privileges, subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions, as set forth herein. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, all holders of Class A Common shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the corporation’s stockholders, and the holders of Class A Common


shall vote together as a single class. Except as may otherwise required by applicable law, the Class B Common shall have no voting rights.

ARTICLE FIVE

The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.

ARTICLE EIGHT

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall nol be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE EIGHT shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE NINE

The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by §203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE TEN

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

*  *  *  *  *  *

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED & RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

CDW CORPORATION

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of August 6, 2010)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at a time fixed by the directors. In the event that the annual meeting is not held at the time fixed in accordance with these Bylaws or the time for an annual meeting is not so fixed to be held within thirteen (13) months after the last annual meeting was held, a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting may be held with all of the effect of an annual meeting. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by the certificate of incorporation, shall be for electing directors and for such other purposes as shall be specified in the notice for the meeting, and only business within such purposes may be conducted at the meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors and shall be called by the secretary, or in the case of death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the secretary, by any other officer if the holders of at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed special meeting sign, date and deliver to the secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose for which it is to be held. Only business within the purpose or purposes specified in the notice for the meeting may be conducted at a special shareholders’ meeting.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for


any special meeting or the board of directors may provide that any annual meeting or any special meeting shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 12 of this Article II. If no designation is made with respect to the location of any annual meeting or special meeting, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 4. Notice; Waiver of Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the board of directors (or such officers as the board of directors designates) and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a stockholder by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such stockholder and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting (including via means of electronic communication) shall constitute a waiver of (1) notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and (2) objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 5. Stockholders List . The officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

- 2 -


Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required and, in the case of applicable law, cannot be superseded by these bylaws or the certificate of incorporation, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. Any proxy is suspended when the person executing the proxy is present at a meeting of stockholders and elects to vote, except that when such proxy is coupled with an interest and the fact of the interest appears on the face of the proxy, the agent named in the proxy shall have all voting and other rights referred to in the proxy, notwithstanding the presence of the person executing the proxy. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; provided, however, that no consent or consents delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent or

 

- 3 -


consents are actually received at the registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

Section 12. Meetings by Remote Communication . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, if authorized by the board of directors, any annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of the stockholders may, by means of remote communications: (1) participate in a meeting of the stockholders; and (2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of the stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that: (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder; (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

Section 13. Form of Stockholder Action . Any vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a stockholder or by the proxy or other agent of any stockholder shall be considered given in writing, dated and signed, if, in lieu of any other means permitted by law, it consists of an electronic transmission that sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder, proxy or agent or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder, proxy or agent; and (ii) the date on which such stockholder, proxy, agent or authorized person transmitted the electronic transmission. The date on which the electronic transmission is transmitted shall be considered to be the date on which it was signed provided the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action may provide that it is effective as of another date. The electronic transmission shall be considered received by the corporation if it has been sent to any address specified by the corporation for the purpose or, if no address has been specified, to the principal office of the corporation, addressed to the secretary or other officer or agent having custody of the records of proceedings of stockholders. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a stockholder or by the proxy or other agent of any stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any purpose for which the original writing could be used, but the copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be three (3). Thereafter the number of directors shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a majority of the shares of the corporation’s stock outstanding entitled to vote thereon. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose and entitled to vote thereon/ of the shares of stock outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Other Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of a majority of the total number of directors then in office on at least twenty-four (24) hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by e-mail or by telegraph.

Section 7. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

- 5 -


Section 8. Chairman . The directors may appoint a chairman of the board who, unless otherwise determined by the directors, shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may be designated from time to time by the directors.

Section 9. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the total number of directors then in office, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 10. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 9 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 11. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 12. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

 

- 6 -


Section 13. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a president, a chief executive officer, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a chief financial officer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of chief executive officer and secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6. The Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; at such times as the Chairman of the Board is not present or no chairman has been appointed, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and board of directors at which he is present; subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. Subject to the direction of the board of directors, the chief executive officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the

 

- 7 -


board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The chief executive officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 7. The President . The president shall, in the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the chief executive officer. The president shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 8. Vice-presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president or chief executive officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president or chief executive officer. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 9. The Secretary and the Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the chief executive officer’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the chief executive officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and the Assistant Treasurer . The chief financial officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the chief financial officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six (6) years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of chief financial officer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the chief financial

 

- 8 -


officer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The assistant treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 12. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so unless prohibited from doing so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding) and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article V, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 of this Article V, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event

 

- 9 -


within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3. Article Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 4. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.

Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 6. Employees and Agents . Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

 

- 10 -


Section 7. Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.

Section 8. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The Corporation is authorized to issue shares of capital stock of the Corporation in certificated or in uncertificated form pursuant to section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be registered on the books of the Corporation in the order in which they shall be issued. Any certificates for shares of the common stock, and any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented by certificates, shall be numbered, shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President, and by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any of or all the signatures on these certificates may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

- 11 -


Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. Except for a validly executed proxy in accordance with Article II, Section

 

- 12 -


10, the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

- 13 -


Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall ended on December 31 of each year, or on such other date as may be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the chief executive officer, subject to the direction of the board of directors, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 7. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

Section 8. Section Headings . Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provisions of these by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be amended, altered or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the corporation of the same powers.

 

- 14 -

Exhibit 3.3

LOGO

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

 

 

JESSE WHITE Secretary of State

                                                                                              0290922-7

                                                                                              12/31/2009

        ILLINOIS CORPORATION SERVICE C

        801 ADLAI STEVENSON DRIVE

        SPRINGFIELD, IL 62703-4261

 

RE CDW LLC

DEAR SIR OR MADAM:

ARTICLES OF MERGER FOR THE ABOVE-NAMED COMPANY HAVE BEEN PLACED ON FILE.

THE REQUIRED FEE IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.

SINCERELY YOURS,

  /s/ JESSE WHITE                                

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS SERVICES

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY SECTION

(217) 524-8008

JW


Form LLC-37.25

April 2008

  

Illinois

Limited Liability Company Act

Articles of Merger

   ASSIGNED FILE: 02909227
          This space for use by Secretary of State.

Secretary of State Jesse White

Department of Business Services

Limited Liability Division

501 S. Second St., Rm. 351

Springfield, IL 62756

217-524-8008

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

     
     
     
   SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE   

FILED

DEC 31 2009

 

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

  

Must be typewritten.

___________________________

  
  

        This space for use by Secretary of State.

 

  
Payment must be made by check or                Date: 12/31/09   
money order payable to Secretary of                Filing Fee: $100.00   
State. Filing fee is $100, but if merger                Approved: B   

of more than two entities, $50 for

each additional entity.

         

 

1. Names of Entities proposing to merge, and State or Country of Organization:

 

Name of Entity   

Type of Entity (Corporation,

Limited Liability Company, Limited

Partnership, General Partnership

or other permitted entity)

  

Domestic State

or Country

  

Illinois Secretary of

State File Number (if any)

CDW Corporation    Corporation    Illinois    5838-520-4
                
CDWC LLC    Limited Liability Company    Illinois    02909227
                
        
                

 

2. The plan of merger has been approved and signed by each Limited Liability Company and other entity that is to merge. If a corporation is a party to the merger, a copy of the plan as approved is attached to these Articles of Merger.

 

3. a. Name of Surviving Entity:    CDWC LLC                                                                                                                            

 

     b. Address of Surviving Entity: 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061                                                              

 

4. Effective date of merger: (check one)
     a. x the filing date, or
     b. ¨ a later date, but not more than 30 days subsequent to the filing date:                                                                                  

                                                                                                                                               Month, Day, Year

 

5. All Limited Liability Companies that are parties to this merger and were on record with the Illinois Secretary of State prior to Jan. 1, 1998, have elected in their operating agreements to be governed by the Amendatory Act of 1997.

 

6. If the survivor is a Limited Liability Company, indicate changes that are necessary to its Articles of Organization by reason of this merger:
     The new name of the limited liability company is CDW LLC.

LOGO

Printed on recycled paper.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. May 2008 — 1M — LLC 30.2


LLC-37.25

 

7. For the Limited Liability Companies that are parties to the merger, complete the following:

 

Name of LLC    Jurisdiction    Organization Date   

Date of Admission to

Illinois (foreign LLC’s)

CDWC LLC    Illinois    12/31/09   
                
        
                
        
                

 

8. If the surviving entity is not a Limited Liability Company, the entity agrees that it may be served with process in Illinois and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of a Limited Liability Company previously subject to suit in this State, which is to merge, and for the enforcement, as provided in this Act, of the right of members of any Limited Liability Company to receive payment for their interest against the surviving entity.

 

9. The undersigned entities caused these Articles of Merger to be signed by the duly authorized person, each of whom affirms, under penalty of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

 

Dated                     December 31                                         ,    2009                

            Month & Day

           Year    

 

1.

   /s/ John A. Edwardson    2.    /s/ John A. Edwardson
   Signature       Signature
   John A. Edwardson, Chairman and CEO       John A. Edwardson, Manager
   Name and Title (type or print)       Name and Title (type or print)
   CDW Corporation       CDWC LLC
   Name if a Corporation or other Entity       Name if a Corporation or other Entity

3.

        4.     
   Signature       Signature
            
   Name and Title (type or print)       Name and Title (type or print)
            
   Name if a Corporation or other Entity       Name if a Corporation or other Entity

If more space is needed, please attach additional sheets of this size.

Signatures must be in black ink on an original document.

Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures

may only be used on conformed copies.

LOGO

Printed on recycled paper.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. May 2008 — 1M — LLC 30.2


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

OF

CDW CORPORATION

an Illinois corporation,

AND

CDWC LLC

an Illinois limited liability company,

* * * * * *

In accordance with the provisions of Section 11.39

of the Business Corporation Act of the Slate of Illinois

******

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER made and entered into this 31st day of December, 2009, by and between CDW CORPORATION (“CORPORATION”), an Illinois corporation and CDWC LLC (“CDWC”), an Illinois limited liability company:

WITNESSETH, that:

WHEREAS, the Directors and sole Shareholder of CORPORATION and the sole Member and Managers of CDWC deem it advisable that CORPORATION merge into CDWC on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in accordance with the applicable provisions of the laws of the limited liability Company Act of the State of Illinois, as amended, and the Business Corporation Act of Illinois, as amended, each of which permits such merger;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained the parties hereby agree as follows:

FIRST:     CORPORATION, which is a corporation organized in the State of Illinois, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Terminating Corporation, ” shall be merged (the “ Merger ”) with and into CDWC, which is a limited liability company organized in the State of Illinois, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Surviving Company. ” The Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois permits the merger of a business corporation of said jurisdiction with and into a limited liability company of said jurisdiction.

SECOND:     The separate existence of the Terminating Corporation shall cease upon the Effective Date of the Merger in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois.

THIRD:     The Surviving Company shall continue its existence and upon the Effective Date of the Merger the Surviving Company shall change its name to CDW LLC pursuant to the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act.


FOURTH:     The Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the Board of Directors and sole Shareholder of the Terminating Corporation in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois and to the Board of Manager and the sole Member of the Surviving Company in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

FIFTH:     Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each of the issued and outstanding shares of the Terminating Corporation shall be, by virtue of the Merger and without any action by the Terminating Corporation or Surviving Company or any other person, cancelled and no cash or securities or other property shall be payable to Terminating Corporation in respect thereof.

SIXTH:     Each Common Unit of the Surviving Company issued and outstanding on the Effective Date shall continue to be issued and outstanding following the Effective Date and shall represent one Common Unit of the Surviving Company.

SEVENTH:     The Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company as they exist on the Effective Date shall be the Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company following the Effective Date, amended to change the name as stated in Article Third of this Agreement and Plan of Merger.

EIGHTH:     The Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as it exists on the Effective Date shall be the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company following the Effective Date, amended to change the name as stated in Article Third of this Agreement and Plan of Merger.

NINTH:     The Managers of the Surviving Company as they exist on the Effective Date shall be the Managers of the Surviving Company following the Effective Date, and such persons shall serve as Managers for the terms provided for in the Operating Agreement or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

TENTH:     The Effective Date of the Merger shall be as of the close of business on December 31, 2009, immediately following the merger of CDW Government, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Terminating Corporation, into CDWG LLC, also a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Terminating Corporation.

ELEVENTH:     If, at any time, the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any acknowledgements or assurance in law or any similar action are necessary or desirable in order to acknowledge or confirm in and to the Surviving Company any right, title or interest of the Terminating Corporation held immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Terminating Corporation and its proper officers and directors shall execute and deliver all such acknowledgements or assurances in law and do all things necessary or proper to acknowledge or confirm such right, title, or interest in the Surviving Company as shall be necessary to carry out the purposes of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, and the Surviving Company and the proper officers and managers thereof are fully authorized to take any and all such action in the name of the Terminating Corporation or otherwise.

TWELFTH:     This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be terminated and abandoned by action of either party hereto at any time prior to the filing date whether before or after approval

 

2


by the sole Shareholder of the Terminating Corporation and the sole Member of the Surviving Company.

THIRTEENTH: The Parties intend that the Merger will be treated as a reorganization under Internal Revenue Code Section 368(a)(1)(F).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION,

an Illinois Corporation

By:        /s/ Robert J. Welyki
 

     Robert J. Welyki

     Vice President and Treasurer

CDWC LLC, an Illinois Limited

Liability Company

By:        /s/ Robert J. Welyki
 

     Robert J. Welyki

     Vice President and Treasurer

 

3


Form LLC-5.5

April 2007

  

Illinois

Limited Liability Company Act

Articles of Organization

   FILE #
      This space for use by Secretary of State.

Secretary of State Jesse White

Department of Business Services

Limited Liability Division

501 S. Second St., Rm. 351

Springfield, IL 62756

217-524-8008

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

     
     
     
   SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE   
  

Must be typewritten.

___________________________

  
  

        This space for use by Secretary of State.

 

  
Payment must be made by certified check,   

            Filing Fee:     $500

 

  
cashier’s check, Illinois attorney’s check.                Approved:   
C.P.A.’s check or money order payable to      
Secretary of State.          

 

1.    Limited Liability Company Name:    CDWC LLC
    
   The LLC name must contain the words Limited Liability Company, LLC, or LLC and cannot contain the terms Corporation, Corp., Incorporated, Inc., Ltd., Co., Limited Partnership or LP.
2.    Address of Principal Place of Business where records of the company will be kept: (P.O. Box alone or c/o is
   unacceptable.)      200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061
    
3.    Articles of Organization effective on: (check one)
  

¨ the filing date

þ later date (not to exceed 60 days after the filing date):    12/31/09                                                                                   

                      Month, Day, Year
4.    Registered Agent’s Name and Registered Office Address:
      Registered Agent:    Illinois Corporation Service Company
         First Name    Middle Initial    Last Name
              
      Registered Office:    801 Adlai Stevenson Drive
      (P.O. Box alone or    Number    Street    Suite #
      c/o is unacceptable.)         
         Springfield, IL 62703 (Sangamon County)
         City    ZIP Code    County
   5.    Purpose(s) for which the Limited Liability Company is organized: (If more space is needed, attach additional sheets of this size.)
      “The transaction of any or all lawful business for which Limited Liability Companies may be organized under this Act.”
   6.    Latest date, if any, upon which the company is to dissolve:       
      (Leave blank if duration is perpetual.)    Month, Day, Year

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. April 2008 — 5M — LLC-4.12


LLC-5.5

 

7.

   (OPTIONAL) Other provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the Company: (If more space is needed, attach additional sheets of this size.)
   No manager of the Company may sign and deliver any instrument transferring or affecting the Company’s interest in real property unless authorized to do so by affirmative vote of a majority of the managers then in office.

8.

   The Limited Liability Company: (Check either a or b below.)
  

a.       þ is managed by the manager(s) (List names and business addresses.)

   See attached Exhibit A
    
    
    
   b. ¨ has management vested in the member(s) (List names and addresses.)
    
    
    
    

9.

   Name and Address of Organizer(s)
   I affirm, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that these Articles of Organization are to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.

      Dated                 December 18                 , 2009                

                                           Month & Day                                 Year

 

  1.      /s/ Robert J. Welyki    1.    200 N. Milwaukee Avenue
     Signature                           Number                                      Street
     Robert J. Welyki       Vernon Hills
     Name (type or print)       City/Town
     Authorized Person       Illinois                             60061
     Name if a Corporation or other Entity, and Title of Signer                           State                                 ZIP Code
  2.         2.       
     Signature                           Number                                      Street
              
     Name (type or print)       City/Town
              
     Name if a Corporation or other Entity, and Title of Signer                           State                                 ZIP Code

Signatures must be in black ink on an original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. April 2008 — 5M — LLC-4.12


Exhibit A

 

Managers   
John A. Edwardson    200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061
Steven W. Alesio    103 John F. Kennedy Parkway, Short Hills, JN 07078
Barry K. Allen    50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor, Providence, RI, 02903
Benjamin D. Chereskin    400 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 620, Chicago, IL 60611
Glenn M. Creamer    50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor, Providence, RI, 02903
Michael J. Dominguez    50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor, Providence, RI, 02903
George A. Peinado    Three First National Plaza, 70 W. Madison Street, Suite
   4600, Chicago, IL 06062

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CDW LLC

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of CDW LLC (the “ Company ”) is dated and effective as of the 23rd day of February, 2010, by VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”).

RECITAL

The Company was formed by the Member (the “ Member ”) as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Illinois on December 31, 2009.

ARTICLE I

The Limited Liability Company

1.1     Formation .   The Company was formed on December 31, 2009, upon the execution and filing of the Articles of Organization (“ Articles of Organization ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois in accordance with the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, as amended (the “ Act ”).

1.2     Name .   The name of the Company is “CDW LLC” and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Board (as hereinafter defined) shall determine or deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted. Any change in the Company’s name shall be made by the Member in accordance with and pursuant to the Act.

1.3     Business Purpose; Powers .   The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful purpose or business for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the purposes for which the Company is organized.

1.4     Principal Business Office .   The principal place of business of the Company shall be located at 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061, or at such other or additional locations within the State of Illinois as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

1.5     Registered Office and Agent .   The location of the registered office of the Company in the State of Illinois is 801 Adlai Stevenson Drive, Springfield, Illinois, 62703. The Company’s Registered Agent at such address is Illinois Corporation Service Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Company may be changed from time to time at the discretion of the Board.


1.6     Qualification in Other Jurisdictions .   The Member shall have authority to cause the Company to do business in jurisdictions other than the State of Illinois.

1.7     Term .   Subject to the provisions of Article VII below, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE II

The Member

2.1     The Member .   The name and address of the Member is as follows:

 

Name   Address
VH Holdings, Inc.  

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

2.2     Actions by the Member; Meetings .   The Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member. The general management of the Company will rest with the Board (as hereinafter defined), and the Member will only approve a matter or take any action on such items for which the Member’s approval is required under the Act.

2.3     Liability of the Member .   All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member.

2.4     Power to Bind the Company .   Subject to Section 3.1 below, the Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have the authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter.

ARTICLE III

The Board

3.1     Management by Board of Managers .

(a)     Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder or under the Act to the Member for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a board of managers (the “ Board ”), which shall be responsible for policy setting, approving the overall direction of the Company and making all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company. The Board shall be initially comprised of seven persons and shall thereafter be comprised of such size to be determined from time to time by the Member (each, a “ Manager ”).

(b)     Each Manager shall be elected by the Member and shall serve until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier removal, resignation, death or disability. The Member may remove any Manager from the Board or from

 

2


any other capacity with the Company at any time, with or without cause. A Manager may resign at any time upon written notice to the Member.

(c)     Any vacancy occurring on the Board as a result of the resignation, removal, death or disability of a Manager or an increase in the size of the Board may be filled by the Member.

3.2     Action by the Board .

(a)     Meetings of the Board may be called by any Manager upon two (2) days prior written notice, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by e-mail or by facsimile to each Manager. If notice is delivered by any means, such notice shall be deemed to be received when delivered. The presence of a majority of the Managers then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board. All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers then in office.

(b)     Notice of any meeting may be waived by any Manager. The attendance of a Manager at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Managers need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

(c)     Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if consented thereto in writing setting forth the action so taken and signed by all of the Managers.

(d)     At any meeting of the Board, a Manager may vote by proxy executed in writing by such Manager in favor of another Manager.

(e)     The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred by each Manager in connection with attending such meetings and any meetings of committees of the Board. Upon approval by the Board, the Company may agree to pay reasonable fees to any or all of the Managers.

(f)     If all of the Managers meet at any time and place (including telephonically) and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and any Company action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board may be taken at such meeting.

3.3     Power to Bind Company .   None of the Managers (acting in their capacity as such) shall have authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter (including, without limitation, transferring or affecting the Company’s interest in real property) unless the Board shall have approved such matter and authorized such Manager(s) to bind the Company with respect thereto.

3.4     Duties of the Managers .   Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each Manager shall owe the same fiduciary duties to the Company and its Member

 

3


that such individual would owe to an Illinois corporation and its shareholders as a member of the board of directors of such Illinois corporation; provided that, to the maximum extent permitted by the Act, such duties shall not include any requirement that the Company be offered an opportunity to participate in any business opportunity that is presented to any Manager.

3.5     Committees .   The Board may, from time to time, designate one or more committees, each of which shall include at least two (2) Managers. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the enabling resolution, shall have and may exercise all or any of the authority of the Board. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the adoption of any resolution. The Board may dissolve any committee at any time.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1     Designation of Officers .   The Board may, from time to time, designate one or more individuals to be officers of and to act for the Company. No officer need be a resident of the State of Illinois. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board may, from time to time, prescribe or as may be provided in this Agreement, including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company subject to the limits set forth herein. The Board may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the Board otherwise specifies, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority, duties and ability to bind the Company that are normally associated with that office under the laws of the State of Illinois, subject to any specific limitations on authority and duties made to such officer by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.1 . Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual.

4.2     The Chairman of the Board .   The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, subject to the direction of the Board, perform such executive, supervisory and management functions and duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board. He or she shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Member and of the Board.

4.3     Chief Executive Officer .   The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the powers of and limitations imposed by the Board and this Agreement, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Company, and control over its officers, agents and employees and shall see that all directions and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or as may be provided in this Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Board, unless the Board directs the Chief Executive Officer to report to the Chairman of the Board, subject, however, to the terms of any employment agreement with such Chief Executive Officer and the Company.

 

4


4.4     President; Vice-President; Secretary; Treasurer .   The President, Vice-President (or Vice-Presidents), Secretary, Treasurer and other officers, if any, shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to such position and perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or this Agreement may, from time to time, prescribe.

4.5     Resignation; Removal .   Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Board. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Board; provided that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create any contract rights, except as otherwise set forth herein. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Board.

4.6     Duties of Officers Generally .   Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each officer shall owe to the Company and its Member the same fiduciary duties (including the duties of care and loyalty) that such individuals would owe to an Illinois corporation and its shareholders as an officer thereof.

4.7     Appointed Officers .   In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this Article IV , the Chief Executive Officer may appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer at any time, either with or without cause.

ARTICLE V

Capital Structure and Contributions

5.1     Capital Structure .   The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of common units (the “ Common Units ”). All Common Units shall be identical with each other in every respect. The Member shall own all of the Common Units issued and outstanding, as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. The Board may in its discretion issue certificates to the Member representing the Common Units held by such Member. The Member hereby agrees that the Common Units shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Illinois (and Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction.)

5.2     Capital Contributions .   From time to time, the Board may determine that the Company requires capital and may request the Member to make capital contribution(s) in an amount determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Member is not required to make such capital contribution(s).

ARTICLE VI

Distributions

 

5


6.1     Distributions .   The Board shall determine profits available for distribution and the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Member, and shall authorize and distribute on the Common Units, the determined amount when, as and if declared by the Board. The distributions of the Company shall be distributed entirely to the Member.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Dissolution

The Company shall be dissolved upon the first of the following events to occur:

(a)     The consent of the Member at any time to dissolve and wind up the affairs of the Company; or

(b)     The occurrence of any other event that causes the dissolution of a limited liability company under the Act.

In the event of any dissolution of the Company, the Member shall be in charge of such dissolution, and the Member shall immediately proceed with an orderly winding up of the Company’s business and affairs and the orderly liquidation of the Company and its assets and make final distributions as provided in the Act; provided, that until all final distributions are made, the Member shall continue to operate the Company with all power and authority of the Board. The duties of care and loyalty described in the Act still apply to the Member during the winding up and liquidation period. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. The Member shall not receive any additional compensation for services rendered during the winding up and liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Act or other applicable law, an insolvency event, including a bankruptcy filing, by or against the Company or a Member shall not cause a dissolution of the Company nor shall such an insolvency event, including a bankruptcy filing, by or against a Member effect a deemed assignment, transfer, withdrawal or dissociation of such Member’s interest in the Company or otherwise have any effect whatsoever on such Member’s interest.

ARTICLE VIII

Transfer of Common Units of the Company

The Member may sell, assign, transfer, convey, gift, exchange, pledge or otherwise dispose of any or all of its Common Units and, upon receipt by the Company of a written agreement executed by the person or entity to whom such Common Units are to be transferred agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as amended from time to time, such person shall be admitted as a member.

 

6


ARTICLE IX

Exculpation and Indemnification

9.1     Exculpation .   No Manager or officer of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (each a “ Subsidiary ,” and collectively, “ Subsidiaries ”) shall be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, any other Manager, any other officer of the Company or any Subsidiary or to any Member for any loss suffered by the Company or any Subsidiary unless such loss is caused by such Manager’s or such officer of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, knowing violation of law or material breach of this Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 between CDW Holdings LLC and certain of its members, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Unitholders Agreement ”), or any other agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and such Manager or officer of the Company or such Subsidiary. No Manager or officer of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary shall be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, any other Manager or officer or any Member for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct, knowing violation of law or material breach of this Agreement or other agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Any Manager and any officer of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries may consult with the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s affairs, and provided such Manager or officer of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, acts in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, such Manager or such officer of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company or such Subsidiary in reliance thereon.

9.2     Right to Indemnification .   Subject to the limitations and conditions as provided in this Article IX , each person or entity (“ Person ”) who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an officer or Manager of the Company or, while an officer or Manager of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding; provided that (a) such Person’s course of conduct was pursued in good faith and believed by him to be in the best interests of the Company and (b) such course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or knowing violation of law on the part of such Person and otherwise was materially in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement. Indemnification under this Article IX shall continue with respect to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially

 

7


entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. The rights granted pursuant to this Article IX shall be deemed contractual rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Article IX shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article IX could involve indemnification for negligence other than gross negligence.

9.3     Advance Payment .   The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall, upon approval by the Board in each instance, include the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company the reasonable expenses incurred by a Person of the type entitled to be indemnified under Section 9.2 who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to the Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided that the payment of such expenses incurred by any such Person in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Article IX and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4     Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Company may indemnify and advance expenses to any Person, as determined by the Board, by reason of the fact that such Person was an employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such a capacity or arising out of his or her status as such a Person to the same extent that it shall indemnify and advance expenses to Managers and officers under this Article IX .

9.5     Appearance as a Witness .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX , the Company may pay or reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Manager, officer or employee in connection with his or her appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding related to or arising out of the business of the Company at a time when he or she is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

9.6     Non-exclusivity of Rights .   The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Manager, officer or other Person indemnified pursuant to this Article IX may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), any provision of the Articles of Organization or this Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement, any other separate contractual arrangement, any vote of the Member or disinterested Managers, or otherwise.

9.7     Insurance .   The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who is or was serving as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture,

 

8


sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the obligation to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article IX .

9.8     Savings Clause .   If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Manager, officer or any other Person indemnified pursuant to this Article IX as to costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

10.1     Tax Treatment .   The Company shall, pursuant to Treasury Regulation §301.7701-3, elect to be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

10.2     Amendments .   Amendments to this Agreement and to the Articles of Organization shall be approved in writing by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or if none is specified as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act.

10.3     Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability; provided, however, that the remaining provisions will continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way unless such invalid or unenforceable provision or clause shall be so significant as to materially affect the expectations of the Member regarding this Agreement. Otherwise, any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by the Member with a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

10.4     Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

10.5     Limited Liability Company .   The Member intends to form a limited liability company and does not intend to form a partnership under the laws of the State of Illinois or any other laws.

10.6     Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the day first above written.

 

CDW LLC
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Its:   Vice President and Treasurer
VH HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Its:   Vice President and Treasurer


SCHEDULE A

 

 

Name of Member

 

 

 

Number of Common Units

 

 

VH Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

1,000 ($.01 Par Value)

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

 

Delware

  

 

        PAGE         1

  The First State   

 

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “CDW FINANCE CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SIXTH DAY OF AUGUST, A.D. 2010, AT 2:34 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   LOGO   
     
     
     
     
     
     
                          /s/ Jeffrey W Bullock                    
      Jeffrey W Bullock, Secretary of State
4857299     8100       AUTHENTICATION:     8159158

 

100808747            

     

 

                      DATE:     08–06–10

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

     


      State of Delaware
      Secretary of State
      Division of Corporations
      Delivered 02:40 PM 08/06/2010
      FILED 02:34  PM  08/06/2010
      SRV   100808747  –  4857299 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CDW FINANCE CORPORATION

FIRST:  The name of the corporation is: CDW Finance Corporation

SECOND:   The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.

THIRD:  The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is: one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

FIFTH:   The name and address of the incorporator is as follows: Robert J. Welyki, 200 North Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061.

SIXTH:   The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SEVENTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of the ARTICLE NINTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

TENTH: The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ELEVENTH: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole incorporates herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 6 th day of August, 2010.

 

/s/ Robert J. Welyki    
Robert J. Welyki, Incorporator  

Exhibit 3.6

BY-LAWS

OF

CDW FINANCE CORPORATION

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of August 6, 2010)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at a time fixed by the directors. In the event that the annual meeting is not held at the time fixed in accordance with these Bylaws or the time for an annual meeting is not so fixed to be held within thirteen (13) months after the last annual meeting was held, a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting may be held with all of the effect of an annual meeting. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by the certificate of incorporation, shall be for electing directors and for such other purposes as shall be specified in the notice for the meeting, and only business within such purposes may be conducted at the meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors and shall be called by the secretary, or in the case of death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the secretary, by any other officer if the holders of at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed special meeting sign, date and deliver to the secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose for which it is to be held. Only business within the purpose or purposes specified in the notice for the meeting may be conducted at a special shareholders’ meeting.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for


any special meeting or the board of directors may provide that any annual meeting or any special meeting shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 12 of this Article II. If no designation is made with respect to the location of any annual meeting or special meeting, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 4. Notice; Waiver of Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the board of directors (or such officers as the board of directors designates) and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a stockholder by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such stockholder and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting (including via means of electronic communication) shall constitute a waiver of (1) notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and (2) objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 5. Stockholders List . The officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

- 2 -


Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required and, in the case of applicable law, cannot be superseded by these bylaws or the certificate of incorporation, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. Any proxy is suspended when the person executing the proxy is present at a meeting of stockholders and elects to vote, except that when such proxy is coupled with an interest and the fact of the interest appears on the face of the proxy, the agent named in the proxy shall have all voting and other rights referred to in the proxy, notwithstanding the presence of the person executing the proxy. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; provided, however, that no consent or consents delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent or

 

- 3 -


consents are actually received at the registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

Section 12. Meetings by Remote Communication . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, if authorized by the board of directors, any annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of the stockholders may, by means of remote communications: (1) participate in a meeting of the stockholders; and (2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of the stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that: (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder; (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

Section 13. Form of Stockholder Action . Any vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a stockholder or by the proxy or other agent of any stockholder shall be considered given in writing, dated and signed, if, in lieu of any other means permitted by law, it consists of an electronic transmission that sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder, proxy or agent or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder, proxy or agent; and (ii) the date on which such stockholder, proxy, agent or authorized person transmitted the electronic transmission. The date on which the electronic transmission is transmitted shall be considered to be the date on which it was signed provided the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action may provide that it is effective as of another date. The electronic transmission shall be considered received by the corporation if it has been sent to any address specified by the corporation for the purpose or, if no address has been specified, to the principal office of the corporation, addressed to the secretary or other officer or agent having custody of the records of proceedings of stockholders. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a stockholder or by the proxy or other agent of any stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any purpose for which the original writing could be used, but the copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be three (3). Thereafter the number of directors shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a majority of the shares of the corporation’s stock outstanding entitled to vote thereon. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose and entitled to vote thereon/ of the shares of stock outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Other Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of a majority of the total number of directors then in office on at least twenty-four (24) hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by e-mail or by telegraph.

Section 7. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

- 5 -


Section 8. Chairman . The directors may appoint a chairman of the board who, unless otherwise determined by the directors, shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may be designated from time to time by the directors.

Section 9. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the total number of directors then in office, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 10. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 9 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 11. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 12. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

 

- 6 -


Section 13. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a president, a chief executive officer, [chief operating officer], one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a chief financial officer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of chief executive officer and secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6. The Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; at such times as the Chairman of the Board is not present or no chairman has been appointed, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and board of directors at which he is present; subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. Subject to the direction of the board of directors, the chief executive officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the

 

- 7 -


board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The chief executive officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 7. The President . The president shall, in the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the chief executive officer. The president shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 8. Vice-Presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president or chief executive officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president or chief executive officer. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 9. The Secretary and the Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the chief executive officer’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the chief executive officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and the Assistant Treasurer . The chief financial officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the chief financial officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six (6) years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of chief financial officer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the chief financial

 

- 8 -


officer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The assistant treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 12. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so unless prohibited from doing so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding) and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article V, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 of this Article V, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event

 

- 9 -


within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3. Article Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 4. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.

Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 6. Employees and Agents . Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

 

- 10 -


Section 7. Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.

Section 8. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The Corporation is authorized to issue shares of capital stock of the Corporation in certificated or in uncertificated form pursuant to section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be registered on the books of the Corporation in the order in which they shall be issued. Any certificates for shares of the common stock, and any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented by certificates, shall be numbered, shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President, and by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any of or all the signatures on these certificates may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

- 11 -


Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. Except for a validly executed proxy in accordance with Article II, Section

 

- 12 -


10, the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

- 13 -


Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall ended on December 31 of each year, or on such other date as may be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the chief executive officer, subject to the direction of the board of directors, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 7. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

Section 8. Section Headings . Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provisions of these by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be amended, altered or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the corporation of the same powers.

 

- 14 -

Exhibit 3.7

 

DFI/CORP/38

   United States of America    LOGO

RECORD 2/00

     
   State of Wisconsin   
     
   DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS   

To All to Whom These Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

I, RAY ALLEN, Deputy Administrator, Division of Corporate & Consumer Services, Department of Financial Institutions, do hereby certify that the annexed copy has been compared by me with the record on file in the Corporation Section of the Division of Corporate & Consumer Services of this department and that the same is a true copy thereof and the whole of such record; and that I am the legal custodian of said record, and that this certification is in due form.

 

LOGO    

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the Department.

   

 

/s/ Ray Allen

    RAY ALLEN, Deputy Administrator Division of Corporate & Consumer Services Department of Financial Institutions

DATE: AUG 26 2010

   

By:

 

/s/ Cathy Mickelson

 

 

Effective July 1, 1996, the Department of Financial Institutions assumed the functions previously performed by the Corporations Division of the Secretary of State and is the successor custodian of corporate records formerly held by the Secretary of State.


LOGO

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Wisconsin (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY;

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Berbee Information Networks Corporation and the name under which the corporation was originally incorporated is Berbee-Wisconsin, Inc. The date of filing of its original Articles of Incorporation with the Department of Financial Institutions was December 23, 2005.

SECOND: The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Berbee Information Networks Corporation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 180.1007 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Wisconsin, and by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 180.0704, 180.1003 and 180.1007 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Wisconsin and written notice has been given as provided by Section 180.0704 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Wisconsin to every stockholder entitled to such notice.

THIRD: The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation so adopted read in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and are hereby incorporated by reference.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Berbee Information Networks Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its President this 28 th day of March, 2006.

 

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Greg Sliwicki

 

Greg Sliwicki, President

This document drafted by:

Daniel L. Ghoca, Esq.

Michael Best & Friedrich LLP

P.O. Box 1806

Madison, WI 53701-1896


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of this corporation is Berbee Information Networks Corporation .

ARTICLE II

Registered Office

Its registered office in the State of Wisconsin is to be located at 5520 Research Park Drive, Madison, 53711-5377. The registered agent is Greg Sliwicki.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Wisconsin.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 50,003,200 shares, consisting of (i) 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 3,200 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.

COMMON STOCK.

 

  1.

General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

 

  2.

Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). There shall be no cumulative voting.


The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 180.1004 of the General Corporation Law of Wisconsin.

 

  3.

Dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

  4.

Liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

B.

PREFERRED STOCK.

 

  1.

Dividends.

(a) The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on the Preferred Stock at a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8%) of the Liquidation Preference (as defined in Section B(2) of this Article IV); provided, however, that in the event that the Corporation shall have failed to comply with its obligation to redeem the Preferred Stock held by a majority of the holders of the Preferred Stock on or after the Optional Redemption Date (as defined in Section B(6)(b) of this Article IV), the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on the Preferred Stock at a rate per annum equal to twelve percent (12%) of the Liquidation Preference, which such increased dividends shall accrue and shall be cumulative from the date of issuance of each share of Preferred Stock; and provided further that, in the event an Event of Default (as defined in that certain Class A Purchase Agreement dated as of March 23, 2000, by and among the Corporation, certain of the holders of Preferred Stock and others (the “Purchase Agreement”)), shall occur and be continuing, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on the Preferred Stock at a rate per annum equal to ten percent (10%) of the Liquidation Preference. The Corporation shall declare and pay, out of any funds legally available for the payment of dividends, preferential, cumulative dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock as provided in this Section B(l) of this Article IV. Such dividends shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends. Dividends shall be paid on each April 1, July 1, October 1 and January 1, commencing July 1, 2000. The Corporation may, at its option, pay dividends in cash or in shares of Preferred Stock (including fractional shares, provided that the Corporation may, at its option, pay cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares) having an aggregate Liquidation Preference equal to the amount of such dividends.

(b) The Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividends on any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock until the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have first received (i) the dividend at the rate specified in paragraph (a) of this Section I,


including the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends, and (ii) a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the product of (x) the per share amount, if any, of the dividends or other distributions to be declared, paid or set aside on the shares of Common Stock, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

 

  2.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding, Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

(a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “Liquidation Event”), holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to the Preferred Stock (such Common Stock and other stock being collectively referred to as “Junior Stock”) by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to $10,000 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends. If upon any Liquidation Event the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(b) Any (i) merger or consolidation in which (x) the Corporation is a constituent party or (y) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation), or (ii) sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section 2, and the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation with respect to such merger, consolidation or sale shall provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation (in the case of a merger or consolidation), or consideration payable to the Corporation, together with all other available assets of the Corporation (in the case of an asset sale), shall be distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsection B(2)(a) of this Article IV. The amount deemed distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock upon any such merger, consolidation or sale shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or other securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary in respect of any such merger or consolidation, the Baird Group (as


defined in the Purchase Agreement) may elect to convert all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, plus the full amount of any accumulated and unpaid dividends, into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B(4) of this Article IV in lieu of receiving the Liquidation Preference.

 

  3.

Voting.

(a) On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written action of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law, or by the provisions of Subsections B(3)(b) or B(3)(c) of this Article IV, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

(b) The holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. The director elected by the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated by the Baird Group. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Preferred Stock for the purpose of electing directors by holders of the Preferred Stock, which such directors shall be designated by the Baird Group. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of Preferred Stock shall be filled as designated by the Baird Group by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of the Preferred Stock or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection B(3)(b).

(c) In the event that the Corporation shall have failed to comply with its obligation to redeem the Preferred Stock on or after the Optional Redemption Date, or an “Event of Default” shall occur and be continuing as defined in the Purchase Agreement, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice thereof to each holder of Preferred Stock and the holders of Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, which such directors shall be designated by the Baird Group, and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation.

(d) Whenever under the provisions of Subsection B(3)(c) of this Article IV the right shall have accrued to the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock as a class to elect two directors, the Board of Directors shall, within ten days after delivery to the Corporation at its principal office of a request to such effect by the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, call a special meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors, to be held upon not less than 20 nor more than 30 days’ notice to such holders. If such notice of meeting is not given within the ten days required above, the holders of


Preferred Stock requesting the calling of such meeting may also call such meeting and shall have access to the stock books and records of the Corporation for such purpose. At any meeting so called or at any other meeting held while the holders of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall have the voting power pursuant to Subsection B(3)(c) of this Article IV, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, present in person or by proxy, shall be sufficient to constitute a quorum for the election of directors as herein provided. Upon the election of the directors at such meeting, the terms of office of all persons who were previously directors of the Corporation shall immediately terminate, whether or not the holders of the shares of Common Stock shall then have elected the remaining directors of the Corporation.

(e) In the case of any vacancy in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock as a class, pursuant to the foregoing provisions of Subsection B(3)(d) of this Article IV, the remaining director elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock may, if permitted by law and subject to the provisions of Subsection B(3)(f) of this Article IV, elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director whose place shall be vacant. In case of any vacancy in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of Common Stock, the remaining directors elected by the holders of Common Stock by affirmative vote of a majority thereof, or the remaining director so elected if there be but one, may, if permitted by law, elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock (or by any director so elected by a director elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock as provided in this Subsection B(3)(e)) may be removed during his term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the Baird Group.

(f) Upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Section 5), the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be divested of all of the voting rights specified in Subsection B(3)(c) of this Article IV. Upon the termination of any such voting rights as provided above, the Board of Directors shall call a special meeting of stockholders at which all directors will be elected, and their terms of office shall terminate immediately upon the election of their successors.

 

  4.

Optional Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”).

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $10,000 by the Class A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Class A Conversion Price” shall initially be $135.00. Such initial Class A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B(6) of this Article IV, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the first full day preceding the date fixed for


redemption, unless the redemption price is not paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation of the Corporation, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the first full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any amounts distributable on liquidation to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(b) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Class A Conversion Price.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock, at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt of such certificates and notice by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the conversion date (“Conversion Date”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his or its nominees, (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share, and (ii) the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Class A Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Class A Conversion Price.

(iii) All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall


immediately cease and terminate on the Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and payment of the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

(iv) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B(4). The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(d) Adjustments to Class A Conversion Price for Diluting Issues:

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section B(4), the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “Class A Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which a share of Preferred Stock was first issued.

(C) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) of this Article IV, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Class A Original Issue Date, other than:

(I) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or exercise of any Options outstanding on the Class A Original Issue Date;

(II) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock; or

(III) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4(e) or 4(f) of this Article IV.


(ii) No Adjustment of Class A Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Class A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v) of this Article IV) for such Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the applicable Class A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares, or (b) prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the Baird Group representatives on the Board of Directors of the Corporation of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Issue of Securities, Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(A) Except as set forth in Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) of this Article IV, if the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Class A Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that Additional Shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection B.4(d)(v) hereof) of such Additional Shares of Common Stock would be less than the applicable Class A Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, or such record date, as the case may be, and provided further that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(I) Except as set forth in Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) of this Article IV, no further adjustment in the Class A Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(II) If such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, then upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Class A Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(III) Upon the expiration or termination of any such unexercised Option or unconverted Convertible Security, the Class A Conversion Price shall not be readjusted, but the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed issued as the result of the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security shall not be deemed issued for the purposes of any subsequent adjustment of the Class A Conversion Price;


(IV) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof, the Class A Conversion Price then in effect shall forthwith be readjusted to such Class A Conversion Price as would have obtained had the adjustment which was made upon the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security not exercised, converted or exchanged prior to such change been made upon the basis of such change; and

(V) No readjustment pursuant to clause (II) or (IV) above shall have the effect of increasing the Class A Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Class A Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Class A Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

In the event the Corporation, after the Class A Original Issue Date, amends the terms of any such Options or Convertible Securities (whether such Options or Convertible Securities were outstanding on the Class A Original Issue Date or were issued after the Class A Original Issue Date), then such Options or Convertible Securities, as so amended, shall be deemed to have been issued after the Class A Original Issue Date and the provisions of this Section B(4)(d)(iii) shall apply.

(B) It is the intent of the Corporation that the formula described in this Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) below, result, in the event of the exercise of the May 2002 Options (as described in this Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B)), in an adjustment to the Class A Conversion Price such that the holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation will own the same percentage of the capital stock of the Corporation (on a fully diluted basis) after such exercise of the May 2002 Options, as is owned by the holders of the Preferred Stock (on a fully diluted basis) before such exercise of the May 2002 Options. For the purpose of adjusting the Class A Conversion Price in the event of the exercise of the May 2002 Options (as defined below), the following, notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, shall be the sole method of calculating such Class A Conversion Price adjustment (provided, however, that the provisions of this Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) shall not result in the termination or amendment of Section 7.18 of the Class A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 23, 2000, as amended from time to time by and among the Corporation and the Purchasers named therein, James G. Berbee and Karen A. Walsh and the Baird Group (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)):

(I) In the event that the Corporation issues any Options (the “May 2002 Options”) which are part of the 400,000 increase in the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock available for issuance under the 1999 Stock Option Plan, which were approved by the stockholders of the Corporation at the annual meeting of stockholders dated May 13, 2002, no adjustment shall be made to the Class A Conversion Price upon the issuance of the May 2002 Option and, if the exercise price of the May 2002 Option is less than the Class A Conversion Price, the Corporation shall adjust the Class A Conversion Price only upon the exercise of any May 2002 Option and the issuance of the underlying Common Stock and only according to the following algebraic formula (the “Option Adjustment”):

A = B* (10,000/G), where


A

  

=

  

the new Class A Conversion Price.

B

  

=

  

the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to exercise of the applicable May 2002 Option.

C

  

=

  

the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon conversion of all of the Preferred Stock immediately prior to the exercise of the applicable May 2002 Option.

D

  

=

  

the aggregate number of fully-diluted shares of Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and the conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately prior to the exercise of the applicable May 2002 Option.

E

  

=

  

the aggregate number of fully-diluted shares of Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and the conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately after the exercise of the applicable May 2002 Option.

F

  

=

  

C/D.

G

  

=

  

E * F.

In the event of any conflict between this Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) and any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation relating to the May 2002 Options the terms of this Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) shall control.

(iv) Adjustment of Class A Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

Except as set forth in Section B(4)(d)(iii)(B) of this Article IV, in the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Class A Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii) of this Article IV), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Class A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, such Class A Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Class A Conversion Price by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus (2) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received or to be received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Class A


Conversion Price; and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued; provide that, (i) for the purpose of this Section B(4)(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be deemed to be outstanding, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed issuable upon conversion or exchange of such outstanding Convertible Securities shall not give effect to any adjustments to the conversion or exchange price or conversion or exchange rate of such Convertible Securities resulting from the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock that is the subject of this calculation.”

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section B(4)(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(I) insofar as it consists of cash, be the gross cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section B(4)(d)(iii) of this Article IV, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.


(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Class A Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Class A Conversion Price then in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Class A Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Class A Conversion Price then in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time, or from time to time after the Class A Original Issue Date, shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Class A Conversion Price then in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Class A Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

provided, however, if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Class A Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Class A Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Class A Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than shares of Common Stock) or in cash or other property (other than cash out of earnings or earned surplus, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), then and in each such


event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the kind and amount of securities of the Corporation, cash or other property which they would have been entitled to receive had the Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of such securities in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section B(2)(c) of this Article IV, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) of this Section B(4)), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section B(4) set forth with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section B(4) (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Class A Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(i) No Impairment. The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section B(4) and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(j) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Class A Conversion Price pursuant to this Section B(4), the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Class A Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.


(k) Notice of Record Date. In the event:

 

  (i)

the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

 

  (ii)

of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity and its Common Stock is not converted into or exchanged for any other securities or property), or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or

 

  (iii)

of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will mail or cause to be mailed to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion.

(a) Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (a “Mandatory Conversion Date”):

(i) the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering;

(ii) the written consent of holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock;


(iii) the closing of any merger or consolidation which is deemed to be a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section B(2)(b) of this Article IV, if the Preferred Stock is not liquidated in connection therewith;

all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate. For purposes of this Section 5, “Qualified Initial Public Offering” shall mean the Corporation’s initial public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $30,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in which the price per share of Common Stock sold to the public is at least two times the Conversion Price of the Shares (as set forth in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended), as it may be adjusted from time to time.

(b) In the event of the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section B(5), the Corporation shall pay to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Mandatory Conversion Date.

(c) All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B(5). Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of Preferred Stock at such holder’s address last shown on the records of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or the records of the Corporation, if it serves as its own transfer agent). Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section B(5). On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and upon the surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Section B(4)(b) of this Article IV in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(d) All certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes,


notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Mandatory and Optional Redemptions.

(a) The Corporation will, subject to the conditions set forth below, on the earlier of: (i) March 24, 2007 (the “Mandatory Redemption Date”); or (ii) at any time prior to March 24, 2007, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and upon notice of redemption from the Baird Group (as such terms are defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “Default Redemption Date”), redeem from each holder of shares of Preferred Stock at a price equal to Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) per share, plus the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares (the “Mandatory Redemption Price”), the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder of Preferred Stock.

(b) The Corporation will, upon request from the Baird Group on or after March 24, 2005 and prior to the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering (the “Optional Redemption Date”), subject to the conditions set forth below, redeem from each holder identified by the Baird Group of shares of Preferred Stock (a “Requesting Preferred Holder”) at a price equal to the greater of (i) Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) per share, plus the full amount of any and all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares, or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of the Preferred Stock as of such Optional Redemption Date determined as hereinafter provided (the “Optional Redemption Price”), all or a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock, held by such Requesting Preferred Holder. The Baird Group shall provide notice of such a request for redemption by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporation at its business address, not less than seventy-five (75) days prior to the requested Optional Redemption Date.

(c) The Corporation shall provide notice specifying the time, manner and place of redemption and the Mandatory Redemption Price or Optional Redemption Price, as applicable (a “Redemption Notice”), by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Preferred Stock at the address for such holder last shown on the records of the transfer agent therefor (or the records of the Corporation, if it serves as its own transfer agent), not less than 45 days prior to March 24, 2007, and with respect to redemption occurring as a result of an occurrence of an Event of Default or with respect to an optional redemption, not less than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notice from the Baird Group. Except as provided in Section B(6)(d) of this Article IV, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender to the Corporation on the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date, Default Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date the certificate(s) representing the shares to be redeemed on such date, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice. Thereupon, the Mandatory Redemption Price or Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, shall be paid to the order of each such holder of shares of Preferred Stock and each certificate surrendered for redemption shall be cancelled.


(d) If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of Preferred Stock on any Mandatory Redemption Date, Default Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as applicable, are insufficient to redeem the number of shares of Preferred Stock required under this Section B(6) to be redeemed on such date from holders of shares of Preferred Stock, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares of Preferred Stock ratably on the basis of the number of shares of Preferred Stock which would be redeemed on such date if the funds of the Corporation legally available therefor had been sufficient to redeem all shares of Preferred Stock required to be redeemed on such date. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation become legally available for the redemption of Preferred Stock, such funds will be used, at the end of the next succeeding fiscal quarter, to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation was theretofore obligated to redeem, ratably on the basis set forth in the preceding sentence.

(e) Unless there shall have been a failure to pay the Mandatory Redemption Price or Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, on the Mandatory Redemption Date, Default Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as applicable, all rights of the holder of each share redeemed on such date as a stockholder of the Corporation by reason of the ownership of such share will cease, except the right to receive the Mandatory Redemption Price or Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, of such share, without interest, upon presentation and surrender of the certificate representing such share, and such share will not from and after such Mandatory Redemption Date, Default Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as applicable, be deemed to be outstanding.

(f) Any Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section B(6) will be cancelled and will not under any circumstances be reissued, sold or transferred and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Preferred Stock accordingly.

(g) Any shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed on or after the Optional Redemption Date shall accrue dividends at a rate per annum of twelve percent (12%) of the Liquidation Preference thereof. Such dividends shall accrue and shall be cumulative from the date of issuance of each share of Preferred Stock, whether or not declared. Payments after such failure to redeem such Preferred Stock when due shall be applied first to accrued dividends and next to their Optional Redemption Price.

(h) The Fair Market Value of the Preferred Stock shall be determined, with respect to any Optional Redemption Date, on the basis of the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible on such Optional Redemption Date. Fair Market Value shall be determined by a qualified valuation or investment banking firm selected by agreement of the Baird Group and the Corporation or, if the Baird Group and the Corporation are unable to agree upon a single firm, the Baird Group and the Corporation shall each select a qualified firm, which two firms shall select a third qualified firm. In connection with any determination of Fair Market Value, the fees and expenses of any valuation or investment banking firm shall be borne by the Corporation. The valuation or investment banking firm’s determination of the Fair Market Value of such Preferred Stock shall be considered to be the pro rata portion represented by the Preferred Stock being redeemed of the amount which would be paid by a third party to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital


stock of the Corporation (whether by direct purchase, merger, sale of all of the assets and liabilities of the Corporation, or other extraordinary business combination), assuming the payment of the purchase price in cash in full on the closing of the transaction, pursuant to an open and competitive bidding process without time constraints and further assuming the complete cooperation, support and continuity of management, with no reduction for the fact that the Preferred Stock being redeemed constitutes a minority interest or that there is no public market therefore.

7. Appraisal. The Corporation shall provide each holder of shares of Preferred Stock with a written notice of any determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to Sections B(2)(b), B(4)(d)(v) and B(4)(h) of this Article IV (the “Determinations”). If the Baird Group objects to the Determinations, the Baird Group shall send written notice to the Corporation. Within 15 days after the receipt of such notice by the Corporation, the Corporation and the Baird Group shall mutually agree upon an appraiser to make the Determinations. In the event that the Corporation and the Baird Group are unable to agree upon an appraiser within such 15-day period, the Corporation and the Baird Group shall each select one appraiser, and such appraisers shall mutually agree upon a third appraiser (the “Appraiser”) to make the Determinations, and such appointment and Determinations shall be binding upon the Corporation and the Baird Group. The Appraiser shall make the Determinations (which shall not be an amount less than the Determinations made by the Board of Directors) within 30 days after its appointment and report the Determinations to the Corporation and the Baird Group in writing.

8. Amendment, Repeal or Adoption. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the votes which the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article IV after it shall have become effective.

 

C.

SHAREHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE V

Directors

A. Number. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such number not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7) as shall be set forth from time to time in a resolution of the Board of Directors, provided that no action shall be taken to decrease below one (1) or increase


above seven (7) the number of directors unless at least 66.67% in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) approve such decrease or increase. Vacancies in the Board of Directors of the Corporation, however caused, and newly created directorships shall be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, or by the sole remaining director, whether or not a quorum, and any director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which the director has been chosen expires and when the director’s successor is elected and qualified.

B. Classified Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III, each of which shall be as nearly equal in number as possible. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting at which the director was elected; provided, however, that each initial director in Class I shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 2000; each initial director in Class II shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 2001; and each initial director in Class III shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 2002. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal.

Subject to the provisions of this Article V, should the number of directors not be equally divisible by three, the excess director or directors shall be assigned to Classes I or II as follows: (i) if there shall be an excess of one directorship over a number equally divisible by three, such extra directorship shall be classified in Class I; and (ii) if there shall be an excess of two directorships over a number divisible by three, one shall be classified in Class I and the other in Class II. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (1) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he is a member until the expiration of his current term, or his earlier resignation, removal from office or death, and (2) the newly created or eliminated directorship resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors among the three classes of directors so as to maintain such classes as nearly equal as possible.

C. Removal of Directors. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed, at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.


LOGO

ARTICLES OF MERGER

The undersigned corporation, acting pursuant to Section 180.1105 of the Wisconsin Statutes, hereby executes the following Articles of Merger:

ARTICLE I

Surviving Corporation

The name and state of incorporation of the surviving corporation is Berbee Information Networks Corporation (“Survivor”), which is incorporated in the State of Wisconsin. Survivor is not a domestic or foreign business corporation that is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary or parent corporation for the purposes of Section 180.11045 of the Wisconsin Statutes.

ARTICLE II

Non-Surviving Corporation

The name and state of incorporation of the non-surviving corporation is CDW Acquisition Sub, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), which is incorporated in the State of Wisconsin.

ARTICLE III

Plan of Merger

The executed Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 16, 2006 (the “ Plan of Merger ”), by and among CDW Corporation, the Corporation, Survivor and Paul Shain and Brett Rimkus, each as an alternative shareholders’ representative, is on file at an office of Survivor, the address of which is 5520 Research Park Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711. A copy of the Plan of Merger will be furnished by Survivor, on request and without cost, to any shareholder of either the Corporation or Survivor or, on request and upon payment of an amount equal to the cost of producing the copy, to any other interested party.

ARTICLE IV

Approval of Merger

The Plan of Merger was approved by the board of directors and the shareholders of Survivor in accordance with Section 180.1103 of the Wisconsin Statutes. The Plan of Merger was approved by the board of directors and the sole shareholder of the Corporation in accordance with Section 180.1103 of the Wisconsin Statutes.

ARTICLE V

Articles of Incorporation

The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Survivor shall be amended and restated in their entirety in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and will be the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Survivor.

ARTICLE VI

No Fee Simple Ownership Interests

The Corporation does not have a fee simple ownership interest in any Wisconsin real estate.

LOGO

LOGO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Survivor has caused these Articles of Merger to be executed by its duly authorized officer on behalf of all parties to the merger this 11 day of October, 2006.

 

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Paul S. Shain

 

Paul S. Shain, Chief Executive Officer

This instrument was

drafted by and is returnable to:

Timothy S. Crisp, Esq.

Michael Best & Friedrich LLP

One South Pinckney Street, Suite 700

Madison, Wisconsin 53703

(608) 257-3501

 

- 2 -


LOGO

Exhibit A

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION

The following articles supersede and replace the existing Articles of Incorporation, and all prior amendments thereto, of Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation under Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Berbee Information Networks Corporation.

ARTICLE II

The corporation is organized under Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes.

ARTICLE III

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) consisting of one class only of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE IV

The name and address of the initial registered agent and registered office of the corporation are CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 25 West Main Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53703.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner provided by the by-laws.

 

- 3 -


LOGO  

State of Wisconsin

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

   LOGO

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT – STOCK, FOR-PROFIT CORPORATION

 

A.

The present corporate name (prior to any change effected by this amendment) is:

Berbee Information Networks Corporation

 

(Enter Corporate Name)

Text of Amendment (Refer to the existing articles of incorporation and the instructions on the reverse of this form. Determine those items to be changed and set forth the number identifying the paragraph in the articles of incorporation being changed and how the amended paragraph is to read.)

RESOLVED, THAT the articles of incorporation be amended as follows:

Article I – Name

The name of the corporation is CDW Technologies, Inc.

LOGO

 

 

FILING FEE - $40.00 See instructions, suggestions and procedures on following pages.

 

DFI/CORP/4(R02/05/04) Use of this form is voluntary.

  1 of 3


LOGO

 

B.     Amendment(s) adopted on

 

5/26/10

(Indicate the method of adoption by checking (X) the appropriate choice below.)

¨ In accordance with sec. 180.1002, Wis. Stats. (By the Board of Directors)

OR

þ In accordance with sec. 180.1003, Wis. Stats. (By the Board of Directors and Shareholders)

OR

¨ In accordance with sec. 180.1005, Wis. Stats. (By Incorporators or Board of Directors, before issuance of shares)

 

C.     Executed on

 

6/3/2010

   

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

  (Date)     (Signature)
Title: ¨ President   ¨ Secretary    

Robert J. Welyki

or other officer title  

VP

    (Printed name)

 

This document was drafted by  

Janell Nelsen

  (Name the individual who drafted the document)

INSTRUCTIONS (Ref. sec. 180.1006 Wis. Stats. for document content)

Submit one original and one exact copy to Dept. of Financial Institutions, P O Box 7846, Madison WI, 53707-7846, together with a FILING FEE of $40.00 payable to the department. Filing fee is nonrefundable. (If sent by Express or Priority U.S. mail, address to 345 W. Washington Ave., 3 rd Floor, Madison WI, 53703), The original must include an original manual signature, per sec. 180.0120(3)(c), Wis. Stats. NOTICE: This form may be used to accomplish a filing required or permitted by statute to be made with the department. Information requested may be used for secondary purposes. If you have any questions, please contact the Division of Corporate & Consumer Services at 608-261-7577. Hearing impaired may call 608-266-8818 for TDY.

 

DFI/CORP/4l(R02/05/04)   2 of 3


 

LOGO       LOGO
  

State of Wisconsin

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

  
     

ARTICLES OF MERGER

Domestic and Foreign For-Profit Corporations

1. Non-Surviving Parties to the Merger:

 

Corporation Name:

 

    Foresight Technology Group, Inc.

 

Organized under the

laws of

Ohio

  (state or country)

Does the above named non-surviving party have a fee simple ownership interest in any Wisconsin real estate?

¨   Yes     x   No

If yes, the surviving corporation is required to file a report with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue under sec. 73.14 of the Wisconsin Statutes. (See instructions.)

 

Corporation Name:

 

Organized under the

laws of

 

 
    (state or country)

Does the above named non-surviving party have a fee simple ownership interest in any Wisconsin real estate?

¨   Yes     x   No

If yes, the surviving corporation is required to file a report with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue under sec. 73.14 of the Wisconsin Statutes. (See instructions.)

Schedule more non-surviving parties as an additional page and indicate whether the non-surviving party has a fee simple ownership interest in any Wisconsin real estate.

2. Surviving Corporation:

 

Corporation Name:

 

    CDW Technologies, Inc.

 

Organized under the

laws of

Wisconsin

    (state or country)

3. Indicate below if the surviving corporation is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary or parent:

x The surviving corporation is a Domestic or Foreign Business Corporation that is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary or parent and the merger was approved in accordance with sec. 180.11045 and the requirements of sec. 180.11045(2) have been satisfied.

¨ The surviving corporation is not a Domestic or Foreign Business Corporation that is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary or parent.

 

  LOGO

FILING FEE =$150.00

 

DFI/CORP/ 2001 (C06/06)

 


Fee simple ownership interest ¨ Yes x No (for DFI use only)

ARTICLES OF MERGER Chapter 180

Domestic and Foreign Business Corporations

Merging: Unlicensed foreign Corp

                (non-Survivor)

 

             

LOGO

 

Mail refund to:

 

TRICIA TRAINOR

       
 

ADVANCED NATIONWIDE RESEARCH LLC

       
 

301 S BEDFORD ST STE 3

       
 

MADISON WI 53703

         

p     Enter your return address within the bracket above.

Phone number during the day: (            )              -                 

into: CDW Technologies, Inc. (Wisconsin Domestic Corp) (Survivor)

INSTRUCTIONS (Ref. Sec. 180.11045 and 180.1105, Wis. Stats. for document content)

 

Submit one original and one exact copy along with the required filing fee of below. Make checks payable to the “ Department of Financial Institutions ”. Sign the document manually or otherwise allowed under 180.0103(16).

  

 

REMIT

  

 

$

 

175.00

    

This Filing

   $ 150.00

Mailing Address:

  

Physical Address for Express Mail

  

Other Filing

   $ —  

Department of Financial Institutions

  

Department of Financial Institutions

  

REFUND

   $ 25.00

Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

  

Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

  

Not Expedited

P O Box 7846

  

345 W. Washington Ave – 3 rd Fl.

       

Madison WI 53707-7846

  

Madison WI 53703

           

NOTICE : This form may be used to accomplish a filing required or permitted by statute to be made with the department. Information requested may be used for secondary purposes. This document can be made available in alternate formats upon request to qualifying individuals with disabilities.

1. Enter the corporation name and state or country of organization of each non-surviving party to the merger. Definitions of foreign entity types are set forth in sec. 180.0103 (9), Wis. Stats. Select yes or no to indicate whether the non-surviving party has a fee simple ownership interest in any Wisconsin real estate. See sec. 73.14 and 77.25, Wis. Stats., or contact the Wisconsin Department of Revenue at (608)266-1594 for questions regarding fee simple ownership interest and the filing requirements with that department.

2. Enter the corporation name (prior to any amendment to change the name) and state or country of organization of the surviving corporation.

3. Indicate whether the surviving corporation is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary or parent. See sec. 180.11045, Wis. Stats. for requirements. See sec. 180.11045(1)(b), Wis. Stats. for definition.

4. This statement is required per sec. 180.1105 (1)(cm) of the Wis. Stats.

5. A. OR B. Indicate any amendments to the articles of incorporation of the surviving corporation in section A. If there are no amendments, indicate the name of the corporation that is a party to the merger whose articles of incorporation will be the articles of incorporation of the surviving corporation in section B.

6. This statement is required per sec. 180.1105(f) of the Wis. Stats.

7. This statement is required per sec. 180.1105(g) of the Wis. Stats.

8. (Optional) If the merger is to take effect at a time other than the close of business on the day the articles of merger are delivered to the department for filing, state the effective date or date and time. An effective date may not be earlier than the date the document is delivered to the Department of Financial Institutions, nor a date more than 90 days after its delivery.

9. Enter the date of execution and the name and title of the person signing the document.

If the document is executed in Wisconsin, sec. 182.01(3) provides that it shall not be filed unless the name of the person (individual) who drafted it is printed, typewritten or stamped thereon in a legible manner. If the document is not executed in Wisconsin, enter that remark.

DFI/CORP/ 2001 (C06/06)

 

3

Exhibit 3.8

APPROVED

May 26, 2010

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

 

CDW TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 .   Registered Office .   The registered office of the Corporation shall be in Madison, State of Wisconsin.

Section 1.2 .   Other Offices .   The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Wisconsin as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1 .   Place of Meetings .   Meetings of the shareholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.2 .   Annual Meetings .   The Annual Meetings of shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the shareholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3 .   Special Meetings .   Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, Special Meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in

 

-1-


writing of shareholders owning at least ten percent (10%) of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 2.4 .   Waiver of Notice .   Notice of the time, place and purpose or purposes of any meeting of shareholders may be waived by a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice. Such waiver, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 2.5 .   Record Date .   In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of a meeting. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for any adjourned meeting.

Section 2.6 .   List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote .   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 2.7 .   Stock Ledger .   The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.6 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.8 .   Quorum .   Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without

 

-2-


notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.9 .   Voting .   When a quorum is present at any meeting, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or the Articles of Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 2.10 .   Proxy .   Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the shareholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. At any meeting of the shareholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that, such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. All voting, excepting where otherwise required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or the Board of Directors, may be by a voice vote.

Section 2.11 .   Chairman of Meeting .   The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence or inability to act of the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President (in that order) shall preside, and in their absence or inability to act another person designated by one of them shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of each meeting of the shareholders. In the event of his or her absence or inability to act, the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint a person who need not be a stockholder to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.12 .   Conduct of Meetings .   Meetings of the shareholders shall be conducted in a fair manner but need not be governed by any prescribed rules of order. The presiding officer’s rulings on procedural matters shall be final. The presiding officer is authorized to impose reasonable time limits on the remarks of individual shareholders and may take such steps as such officer may deem necessary or appropriate to assure that the business of the meeting is conducted in a fair and orderly manner.

Section 2.13 .   Action Without a Meeting .   Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of

 

-3-


shareholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 .   General Powers .   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, any Certificate of Designation or by these By-laws required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 3.2 .   Number, Tenure and Qualifications .   The Board of Directors of the corporation shall consist of such number of directors, not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7), as shall from time to time be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. The directors shall be divided into three classes in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, each class to be elected for the term set forth therein. Directors shall (except as hereinafter provided for the filling of vacancies and newly created directorships) be elected by the holders of a plurality of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote.

Section 3.3 .   Resignation, Removal and Vacancies .   Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, subject, however, to his or her prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation directed to the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, at any time, for cause, by the vote of the holders of at least a majority of shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors or the sole remaining director, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of the shareholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

-4-


Section 3.4 .   Interested Directors .   No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the disinterested shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.5 .   General .   The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Wisconsin. Members of the Board of Directors may participate in any such meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.6 .   Special Meetings .   Special Meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President either personally, or by courier, telephone, telefax, mail or telegram. Special Meetings shall be called by the Chairman or President in like manner and on like notice at the written request of a majority of the directors comprising the Board of Directors stating the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is requested.

Section 3.7 .   Notice .   Written notice of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given which shall state the date, time and place of the meeting. The written notice of any meeting shall be given at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting to each director. Notice may be given by letter, telegram, telex or facsimile and shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the United States mail, delivered to the telegraph company or transmitted by telex or facsimile, as the case may be. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors for which a notice is required may be waived in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time of such meeting, and such waiver shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a director at any such meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice thereof, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any

 

-5-


business because such meeting is not lawfully convened. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Directors for which a notice is required need be specified in the notice, or waiver of notice, of such meeting.

Section 3.8 .   Quorum .   At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the then duly elected directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.9 .   Action Without a Meeting .   Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

Section 3.10 .   Chairman of the Meeting .   Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman, if any, or in his or her absence by the President, or in their absence by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.11 .   General .   The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of three or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

Section 3.12 .   Meeting .   Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and shall file such minutes and all written consents executed by its members with the Secretary of the Corporation. Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting

 

-6-


its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; a majority of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Members of any committee of the Board of Directors may participate in any meeting of such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating may hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.13 .   General .   In the discretion of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. In addition, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, the directors may receive a stated salary for serving as directors or any other form of compensation deemed appropriate. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for serving on or attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 .   General .   The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be shareholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 4.2 .   Election .   The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation, death or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation directed to the Board of Directors or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board of Directors may remove any officer or agent with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

-7-


Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer or agent, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create any contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 .   Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4.4 .   Chairman of the Board of Directors .   The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, if there be one, or the President, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.5 .   Chief Executive Officer .   The Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer, except where by law the signature of the President is required, shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.6 .   President .   The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one and the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He or she shall execute all

 

-8-


bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one and the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.7 .   Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents .   At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer), the Senior Vice President and Vice President or the Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Senior Vice President and Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, no Chief Executive Officer, no Senior Vice President and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 4.8 .   Secretary .   The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of shareholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing and special committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and Special Meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and Special Meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

-9-


Section 4.9 .   Treasurer .   The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 4.10 .   Assistant Secretaries .   Except as may be otherwise provided in these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, the President, any Senior Vice President or Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 4.11 .   Assistant Treasurers .   Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, the President, any Senior Vice President or Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 4.12 .   Other Officers .   Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

Section 4.13.   Appointed Officers .   In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with Article IV , the Chief Executive Officer may appoint other officers below the level

 

-10-


of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer at any time, either with or without cause.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1 .   Form of Certificates .   Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such person in the Corporation.

Section 5.2 .   Signatures .   Where a certificate is countersigned by (i) a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 5.3 .   Lost Certificates .   The Board of Directors or any officer may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, or any such officer, may, in its, his or her discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it, he or she may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5.4 .   Transfers .   Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new

 

-11-


certificate to the person or persons entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 5.5 .   Restrictions on Transfers .

(a)     Transfer for Value .   No holder of any shares of common stock of the Corporation shall sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of (collectively, a “transfer”) any or all of such shares in a bona fide exchange for value received except as follows:

(1)     Any stockholder who desires to transfer his shares shall deliver to the Corporation (A) notice in writing of his intention to transfer shares, which notice shall constitute an offer to sell such shares to the Corporation, (B) a true copy of any bona fide offer to purchase pursuant to which the transferring stockholder intends to sell his shares to a third person and (C) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors that the transfer can be lawfully made without complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Such notice shall set forth the number of shares proposed to be transferred, the circumstances under which he wishes to make the transfer and the price (the “Offering Price”) and other terms (the “Offering Terms”) to be received upon such transfer. The Corporation or its designee or assignee (collectively, the “Corporation” for purposes of this Section 5.5) shall have the first right to purchase all of the shares so offered at the Offering Price and Offering Terms.

(2)     The exercise of the right to purchase all of such shares shall be made by delivering to the transferring stockholder a signed notice of acceptance within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from the transferring stockholder. Such sale shall then be closed, the shares of the transferring stockholder conveyed to the Corporation and payment made within forty-five (45) days after delivery of such notice of acceptance or upon such other terms as may be agreed upon by the Corporation and the transferring stockholder.

(3)     Any shares not purchased by the Corporation may be transferred by the transferring stockholder to the proposed transferee at no less than the Offering Price and upon the Offering Terms for a period of forty-five (45) days after delivery of the Secretary’s notice to the transferring stockholder, provided that the shares held by such transferee shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this Section 5.5. If such shares are not so transferred within such time, the provisions of this Section 5.5 shall again be complied as though the transferring stockholder had never utilized the procedure herein set forth.

(b)     Transfer by Gift .   Except as provided herein, a proposed gift of shares shall be treated in the same manner as a proposed transfer for purposes of this restriction.

 

-12-


The Corporation and the proposed donor shall attempt to reach agreement on price for a period of thirty (30) days after the donor gives notice to the Corporation of his desire to make such a gift. If no agreement is reached within such 30 days, the price shall be the fair market value of the shares. The term “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the price which a willing purchaser would pay and a willing seller would accept for the shares, both being fully informed of the relevant facts and neither being under a compulsion to purchase or sell, taking into account appropriate discounts for lack of liquidity, marketability and minority interest status. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a stockholder who owns or has the right to acquire at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of common stock disputes the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value, such stockholder shall be entitled to have the Fair Market Value of such shares determined by an independent and qualified appraiser selected by the Company. All costs of any appraisal under this Section 5.5 shall be paid equally by the Company and such stockholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a stockholder shall be entitled to gift shares to the stockholder’s spouse or lineal descendents (natural or adopted) or to a trust, the sole beneficiaries of which are the stockholder or the spouse or lineal descendants of the stockholder.

(c)     Transferability by Inheritance .   Except as provided herein, upon the death of any stockholder, the Corporation shall have the option to purchase the shares of the deceased stockholder at a price determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.5(b) hereof. This option shall be exercised by written notice to the deceased’s executor or administrator and the probate court within ninety (90) days following the stockholder’s death. If not exercised within ninety (90) days following the stockholder’s death, this option shall lapse and the stock shall pass to the person or persons designated by the deceased’s will or by the laws of intestacy or survivorship. Thereafter, the restrictions on transfer set out herein shall apply to the recipient shareholders. The restriction and repurchase rights contained in this paragraph shall not apply to shares which are transferred or proposed to be transferred directly, in trust or otherwise to the deceased stockholder’s spouse or lineal descendents (natural or adopted) pursuant to the deceased stockholder’s will or by the laws of intestacy or survivorship.

(d)     Waiver; Other Agreements .   The restrictions on transfer set out herein may be waived as to any specific transfer to a specified person by vote of the Board of Directors or by the Chairman or President of the Corporation. This restriction on transfer shall be complementary to any buy-sell agreement entered into among the shareholders and the Corporation, and shall not be construed to conflict therewith, and shall only be applicable to transfers not covered by the enforceable terms of such an agreement.

(e)     Small Business Election .   If this Corporation should elect to be treated as a small business Corporation under § 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, then any transfer of stock, the effect of which would cause such election to be terminated, is prohibited and any such purported transfer is null and void. This section may only be altered, repealed, or revoked by a majority vote of the shareholders.

 

-13-


(f)     Certificates .   The face or reverse side of each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of any restriction imposed by the Corporation upon the transfer of such shares.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 6.1 .   Notices .   Whenever written notice is required by law to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex, telecopy, facsimile or cable.

Section 6.2 .   Waivers of Notice .   Whenever any notice is required by law to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 .   Dividends .   Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or Special Meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock or rights to acquire the same. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 7.2 .   Disbursements .   All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 7.3 .   Fiscal Year .   The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.4 .   Corporate Seal .   The Corporation may have a corporate seal which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be

 

-14-


approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1 .   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .   Subject to Section 8.3 of this Article VIII , the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.2 .   Authorization of Indemnification .   Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 of this Article VIII . Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the shareholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 8.3 .   Good Faith Defined .   For purposes of any determination under this Article VIII , a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct

 

-15-


was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 8.3 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 of this Article VIII .

Section 8.4 .   Indemnification by a Court .   Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.2 of this Article VIII , and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Wisconsin for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 8.1 of this Article VIII . The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 of this Article VIII or the applicable Wisconsin Statutes, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.2 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director, officer, employee or agent seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director, officer, employee or agent seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 8.5 .   Expenses Payable in Advance .   Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII .

Section 8.6 .   Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .   The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 8.1 of this Article VIII shall

 

-16-


be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 8.1 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Wisconsin, or otherwise.

Section 8.7 .   Insurance .   The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII .

Section 8.8 .   Certain Definitions .   For purposes of this Article VIII , references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII , references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII .

Section 8.9 .   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .   The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8.10 .   Limitation on Indemnification .   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.4 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)

 

-17-


initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 8.11 .   Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.12 .   No Prejudice .   No amendment to or repeal of this Article VIII shall apply to or have any effect on the rights of any person for or with respect to acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws shall be contained in the notice of such meeting of shareholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present or the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

-18-

Exhibit 3.9

File Number             0090741-3

LOGO

To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

I, Jesse White, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, do hereby certify that I am the keeper of the records of the Department of Business Services. I certify that

ATTACHED HERETO IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY, CONSISTING OF 20 PAGE(S), AS TAKEN FROM THE ORIGINAL ON FILE IN THIS OFFICE FOR CDW DIRECT, LLC.

 

LOGO   

In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal
of the State
of Illinois, this 25TH day of AUGUST A.D . 2010.

     

 

/s/ Jesse White

 

Authentication #: 1023701889

Authenticate at: http://www.cyberdriveillinois.com

   SECRETARY OF STATE


LOGO

 

1.

   Limited Liability Company Name:   

CDW Direct, LLC

  

 

   (The LLC name must contain the words limited liability company, L.L.C. or LLC and cannot contain the terms corporation, corp., incorporated, inc., ltd., co., limited partnership, or L.P.)

2.

   If transacting business under an assumed name, complete and attach Form LLC-1.20.

3.

   The address of its principal place of business: (Post office box alone and c/o are unacceptable.)
  

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

  

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

  .

4.

   The Articles of Organization are effective on: (Check one)
         a)       ü       the filing  date, or b)                  another date later than but not more than 60 days subsequent
        to the filing date:   

 

     
            (month, day, year)          

5.

   The registered agent’s name and registered office address is:  
   Registered agent:   

Christine A. Leahy, Gen. Counsel, CDW Computer Centers, Inc.

      First Name    Middle Initial   Last Name
   Registered Office:   

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

   (P.O. BOX and c/o are unacceptable)    Number    Street   Suite #
     

Vernon Hills     60061    Lake County

      City    ZIP Code   County

6.

   Purpose or purposes for which the LLC is organized: Include the business code # (IRS Form 1065).
   (If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)
   “The transaction of any or all lawful business for which limited liability companies may be organized under this Act.”
   In addition, the LLC is engaged in the business of providing retail stores, wholesale stores and mail order services in the field of electronic equipment with computer software, computer hardware and computers.
   PBA Code: 8999  
7.      The latest date, if any, upon which the company is to dissolve  

N/A

   
                    (month, day, year)          
     Any other events of dissolution enumerated on an attachment. (Optional)  

LLC-4.5


LLC-5.5

 

8.    Other provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the LLC per Section 5-5 (a) (8) included as attachment:
   If yes, state the provisions(s) from the ILLCA.    ¨  Yes    þ  No   
9.    a) Management is by managers):    ¨  Yes    þ  No   
   If yes, list names and business addresses.         
   b) Management is vested in the member(s):    þ  Yes    ¨  No   
   If yes, list names and addresses.         
       CDW Computer Centers, Inc.         
       200 N. Milwaukee Avenue         
       Vernon Hills, IL 60061         
  

58385204

        
10.    I affirm, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that these articles of organization are to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.
  Dated   

April 28

   ,   

2003

     
                     (Month/Day)       (Year)      

 

  Signature(s) and Name(s) of Organizer(s)         Business Address(es)
          Sidley Austin Brown & Wood
1.  

/s/ Denise K. Kerschhackl

      1.  

10 S. Dearborn St.

  Signature                 Number                                                         Street
 

Denise M. Kerschhackl, Organizer

       

Chicago

  (Type or print name and title)         City/Town
 

 

       

Illinois    60603

  (Name if a corporation or other entity)                 State                                                                  ZIP Code
2.  

 

      2.  

 

  Signature                 Number                                                         Street
 

 

       

 

  (Type or print name and title)         City/Town
 

 

       

 

  (Name if a corporation or other entity)                 State                                                                  ZIP Code
3.  

 

      3.  

 

  Signature                 Number                                                             Street
 

 

       

 

  (Type or print name and title)         City/Town
 

 

       

 

  (Name if a corporation or other entity)                 State                                                                  ZIP Code

(Signatures must be in ink on an original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.)

LLC-4.5


LOGO

 

1.    Limited Liability Company name   

      CDW Direct, LLC

  

 

2.    File number assigned by the Secretary of State:   

      00907413

3.    These Articles of Amendment are effective on x the file date or a later date being                                . not to exceed 30 days after the file date.
4.    The Articles of Organization are amended as follows:
               a)    Admission of a new member (give name and address below)
               b)    Admission of a new manager (give name and address below)
               c)    Withdrawal of a member (give name below)
               d)    Withdrawal of a manager (give name below)
               e)    Change in the address of the office at which the records required by Section 1-40 of the Act are kept (give new address, including county below)
     X      f)    Change of registered agent and/or registered agent’s office (give new name and address, including county below) (Address change of P.O. Box and c/o are unacceptable)
               g)    Change in the limited liability company’s name (list below)
               h)    Change in date of dissolution or other events of dissolution enumerated in item 6 of the Articles of Organization
     X      i)    Other (give information below)
      4f).   

Change of Registered Agent:

CT Corporation System

208 South LaSalle Street, Suite 814

Chicago, IL 60604

Cook County

      4i).   

Other:

The name of the Member has been changed to CDW Corporation.

LLC-11.5


LLC-5.25

 

5.    This amendment was adopted by the managers. S. 5-25(3)    ¨ Yes    x No
  

a)      Not less than minimum number of managers so approved.

   ¨ Yes    x No
  

b)      Member action was not required.

   ¨ Yes    x No
6.    This amendment was adopted by the members. S. 5-25(4) Not less than minimum number of members so approved.    x Yes    ¨ No
7.    I affirm, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that this articles of amendment is to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.      

 

Dated         April  20 th                       ,

      2004     .
(Month & Day)      (Year)

 

/s/ John A. Edwardson

(Signature)

John A. Edwardson, CEO

(Type or print Name and Title)
5838-520-4

CDW Corporation, Member

(If applicant is a company or other entity, state name of company and indicate whether it is a member or manager of the LLC.)

 

INSTRUCTIONS: *    If the only change reported is a change in the registered agent and/or registered office, the filing fee is $35.
   If other changes are reported, the filing fee is $150.


LOGO

 

1. Names of the entities proposing to merge, and the state or country of their organization:

 

Name of Entity  

Type of Entity (Corporation

Limited Liability Company, Limited

Partnership, General Partnership

or other permitted entity)

 

Domestic State

or Country

 

Illinois Secretary of

State File # (if any)

CDW Select, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Illinois

 

6248-245-1

CDW Direct, LLC

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Illinois

 

0090741-3

CDW Technology Services, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

Illinois

 

6216-472-7

 

 

 

2. The plan of merger has been approved and signed by each limited liability company and other entity that is to merge. If a corporation is a party to the merger, a copy of the plan as approved is attached to these articles of merger.

 

 

3.   (a) Name of the surviving entity:  

CDW Direct, LLC

  (b) Address of the surviving entity:  

Illinois

 

 

 

4.   Effective date of merger: (check one)
  a)  ¨  the filing date, or
  b)  x  a later date, but not more than 30 days subsequent  to the filing date:
   

April 1, 2005

 
    (month, day and year)  

 

 

 

5. All limited liability companies that are parties to this merger and were on record with the Illinois Secretary of State prior to January 1, 1998, have elected in their operating agreements to be governed by the amendatory Act of 1997.

 

 


LLC-37.25

 

6. If the survivor is a limited liability company, stated below are changes that are necessary to its articles of organization by reason of this merger:

N/A

 

 

7. For the limited liability companies that are parties to the merger, complete the following:

 

Name of LLC   Jurisdiction   Organization Date  

Date of Admission to

Illinois (foreign LLC’s)

CDW Direct, LLC

 

Illinois

 

April 28, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8. If the surviving entity is not a limited liability company, it agrees that it may be served with process in this State and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of a Limited Liability Company previously subject to suit in this State which is to merge, and for the enforcement, as provided in this Act, of the right of members of any limited liability company to receive payment for their interest against the surviving entity.

 

 

9. The undersigned entities caused these articles to be signed by the duly authorized person, each of whom affirms, under penalty of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

 

1.  

/s/ Harry J. Harczak

     2.  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

  (Signature)        (Signature)
 

Harry J. Harczak, President

      

Barbara A. Klein, Sr. VP/CFO of CDW

  (Type or print name and title)        (Type or print name and title)
 

CDW Select, Inc.

      

Corporation, the Member of CDW Direct, LLC

  (Name if a corporation or other entity)        (Name if a corporation or other entity)
3.  

/s/ Harry J. Harczak

     4.  

 

  (Signature)        (Signature)
 

Harry J. Harczak, President

      

 

  (Type or print name and title)        (Type or print name and title)
 

CDW Technology Services, Inc.

      

 

  (Name if a corporation or other entity)        (Name if a corporation or other entity)

If additional space is needed, it must be continued in the same format on a plain white 8  1 / 2 x11" sheet, which must be stapled to this form.

(Signatures must be in ink on an original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.)

LLC-30.1


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BETWEEN

CDW DIRECT, LLC

an Illinois limited liability company,

CDW SELECT, INC.

an Illinois corporation,

AND

CDW TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, INC.

an Illinois corporation

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER made and entered into this 1st day of April, 2005, by and between CDW DIRECT, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“ DIRECT ”), CDW SELECT, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ SELECT ”), and CDW Technology Services, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ TECHNOLOGY ”):

WITNESSETH, that:

WHEREAS, DIRECT is a limited liability company organized and existing under the Limited Liability Act of the State of Illinois, and SELECT and TECHNOLOGY are corporations incorporated and existing under the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois;

WHEREAS, the Directors and Shareholders of SELECT and the Directors and Shareholders of TECHNOLOGY and the Manager and sole Member of DIRECT deem it advisable that SELECT and TECHNOLOGY merge into DIRECT on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in accordance with the applicable provisions of the laws of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Illinois, as amended, and the Business Corporation Act of Illinois, as amended, each of which permits such merger;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Merger and Surviving Limited Liability Company . SELECT and TECHNOLOGY shall be and hereby are merged with and into DIRECT. DIRECT shall be the surviving limited liability company (the “ Surviving Limited Liability Company ”) and shall forthwith be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois. The name of the Surviving Limited Liability Company is CDW DIRECT, LLC.


2. Address of Surviving Limited Liability Company . The principal place of business of the Surviving Limited Liability Company is 200 North Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061.

3. Effective Date . This Agreement and Plan of Merger shall become effective on April 1, 2005, the time of such effectiveness being hereinafter referred to as the “ Effective Date .”

4. Conversion of Shares . The manner and basis of converting the shares of SELECT and the shares of TECHNOLOGY into membership interests of the Surviving Limited Liability Company are as follows:

(a) The issued shares and membership interests of the entities participating in the merger are owned by the same individual(s) in identical proportions. As a result of the foregoing, due to a commonality of ownership with DIRECT, each share of SELECT and each share of TECHNOLOGY issued and outstanding on the Effective Date shall be eliminated.

(b) Each membership interest of DIRECT issued and outstanding on the Effective Date shall continue to be issued and outstanding following the Effective Date and shall represent one membership interest of the Surviving Limited Liability Company.

5. Articles of Organization of Surviving Limited Liability Company . The Articles of Organization of DIRECT as they exist on the Effective Date shall be the Articles of Organization of the Surviving Limited Liability Company following the Effective Date without amendment or change.

6. Operating Agreement of Surviving Limited Liability Company . The Operating Agreement of DIRECT as it exists on the Effective Date shall be the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Limited Liability Company following the Effective Date without amendment or change.

7. Managers of Surviving Limited Liability Company . The managers of DIRECT as they exist on the Effective Date shall be the managers of the Surviving Limited Liability Company following the Effective Date, and such persons shall serve as managers for the terms provided for in the Operating Agreement or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

8. A pproval by the Shareholders of SELECT and TECHNOLOGY . This Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the shareholders of SELECT and the shareholders of TECHNOLOGY for approval in the manner provided by the applicable laws of the State of Illinois at a meeting or by written consent in lieu of a meeting in the manner provided by applicable laws of the State of Illinois.

 

-2-


9. Approval by the Sole Member of DIRECT . This Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the sole member of DIRECT for approval in the manner provided by the applicable laws of the State of Illinois at a meeting or by written consent in lieu of a meeting in the manner provided by applicable laws of the State of Illinois.

10. Further Assurance of Title . If, at any time, DIRECT shall consider or be advised that any acknowledgements or assurances in law or any similar action are necessary or desirable in order to acknowledge or confirm in and to DIRECT any right, title or interest of SELECT or of TECHNOLOGY held immediately prior to the Effective Date, SELECT or TECHNOLOGY and its proper officers and directors shall execute and deliver all such acknowledgements or assurances in law and do all things necessary or proper to acknowledge or confirm such right, title or interest in DIRECT as shall be necessary to carry out the purposes of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, and DIRECT and the proper officers and managers thereof are fully authorized to take any and all such action in the name of SELECT or TECHNOLOGY or otherwise.

11. Abandonment of Merger . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be terminated and abandoned by action of either party hereto at any time prior to the filing date whether before or after approval by the members of the limited liability company parties hereto.

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto, pursuant to authority duly granted by their respective managers and members, have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed and attested, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC, an Illinois Limited Liability Company
By:   CDW Corporation, as Member
  By:  

 

    Christine A. Leahy, Secretary
CDW Select, Inc., an Illinois Corporation
  By:  

 

    Harry J. Harczak, President
CDW Technology Services, Inc., an Illinois Corporation
  By:  

 

    Harry J. Harczak, President

 

-4-


LOGO

 

1.      Limited Liability Company Name:

  

CDW DIRECT, LLC

 

2.       Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office as they appear on the records of the Office of the Secretary of State (before change):

 

    Registered Agent

  

CT Corporation System

                       First Name                                                 Middle Name                                      Last Name

 

    Registered Office

  

208 S. LaSalle Street

       Number        Street                                                          Suite No. (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable)
  

Chicago                                                                           60604                                             Cook

                       City                                                              ZIP Code                                             County

 

3.      Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office shall be (after all changes herein reported):

 

    Registered Agent

  

Illinois Corporation Service Company

                       First Name                                                 Middle Name                                      Last Name

 

    Registered Office

  

801 Adlai Stevenson Drive

       Number        Street                                                          Suite No. (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable)
  

Springfield, IL                                                                62703                                           Sangamon

                       City                                                              ZIP Code                                            County

 

4.      The address of the registered office and the address of the business office of the registered agent, as changed, will be identical.

 

5.      The above change was authorized by: (check one box only)

  

  a. ¨ resolution duly adopted by the members or managers. (See Note 4.)

  

  b. x action of the registered agent. (See Note 5.)

SEE REVERSE FOR SIGNATURE(S).

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. June 2005 – 5M – LLC-36


6. If the change to the registered agent or registered office is authorized by the members or managers, sign here. (See Note 4 below.)

The undersigned affirms, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that this statement to change the registered agent or address is to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.

 

Dated  

June 8

  ,  

2006

  Month/Day     Year

/s/ Mary Jo C. Georgen

Signature (Must comply with Section 5-45 of ILLCA.)

Mary Jo C. Georgen                 Asst. Sec.

Name and Title (type or print)

CDW Corporation – Member

If the member or manager signing this document is a company or other entity, state name of company and indicate whether it is a member or manager of the Limited Liability Company.

If change of registered office by registered agent, sign here. (See Note 5 below.)

The undersigned, under penalties of perjury, affirms that the facts stated herein are true, correct and complete.

 

Dated  

 

  ,  

 

  Month/Day     Year

 

Signature of Registered Agent of Record

 

Name (type or print)

If registered agent is a corporation,

name and title of officer who is signing on its behalf.

NOTES

 

1. The registered office may, but need not be, the same as the principal office of the Limited Liability Company; however, the registered office and the office address of the registered agent must be the same.

 

2. The registered office must include a street or road address (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable).

 

3. A Limited Liability Company cannot act as its own registered agent.

 

4. Any change of registered agent or registered address effected by the Limited Liability Company must be by resolution adopted by the members or managers.

 

5. The registered agent may report a change of the registered office of the Limited Liability Company for which he/she is a registered agent. When the agent reports such a change, this statement must be signed by the registered agent. If a corporation is acting as the registered agent, a duly authorized officer of such corporation must sign this statement.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. June 2005–5M–LLC-36


LOGO

 

1.      Limited Liability Company Name:   

CDW Direct, LLC

  

 

2.      Articles of Amendment effective on:
   x    the file date   
   ¨    a later date (not to exceed 30 days after the file date)   

 

         Month, Day, Year

 

3.      Articles of Organization are amended as follows (check applicable item(s) below):
   x    a)    Admission of a new member (give name and address below)*
   ¨    b)    Admission of a new manager (give name and address below)*
   ¨    c)    Withdrawal of a member (give name below)*
   ¨    d)    Withdrawal of a manager (give name below)*
   ¨    e)    Change in address of the office at which the records required by Section 1-40 of the Act are kept (give new address, including county below)
   ¨    f)    Change of registered agent and/or registered agent’s office (give new name and address, including county below) (Address change of P.O. Box alone or c/o is unacceptable.)
   ¨    g)    Change in the Limited Liability Company’s name (give new name below)
   ¨    h)    Change in date of dissolution or other events of dissolution enumerated in Item 6 of the Articles of Organization
   ¨    i)    Other (give information in space below)
   ¨    j)    Establish authority to issue series (see back; filing fee $400)*
  

*  Changes in members/managers may, but are not required to, be reported in an amendment to the Articles of Organization.

   Additional information:
   3.a New member is CDW LLC, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061. This member became effective on December 31, 2009.

 

New Name of LLC (if changed):   

 

(continued on back)

LOGO Printed on recycled paper. Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. September 2008 – 2M – LLC 11.11


LLC-5.25

 

4. This amendment was approved in accordance with Section 5-25 of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, and, if adopted by the managers, was approved by not less than the minimum number of managers necessary to approve the amendment, member action not being required; or, if adopted by the members, was approved by not less than the minimum number of members necessary to approve the amendment.

 

5. I affirm, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that these Articles of Amendment are to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.

 

Dated  

August 17,

  ,  

2010    

  Month/Day     Year
 

/s/ John A. Edwardson

  Signature (Must comply with Section 5-45 of ILLCA.)
 

John A. Edwardson, Manager

  Name and Title (type or print)
 

CDW LLC, sole Member

  If the member or manager signing this document is a company or other entity, state Name of Company and whether it is a member or manager of the LLC.

 

* The following paragraph Is adopted when Item 3] is checked:

The operating agreement provides for the establishment of one or more series. When the company has filed a Certificate of Designation for each series, which is to have limited liability pursuant to Section 37-40 of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, the debts, liabilities and obligations incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular series shall be enforceable against the assets of such series only, and not against the assets of the Limited Liability Company generally or any other series thereof, and unless otherwise provided in the operating agreement, none of the debts, liabilities, obligations or expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to this company generally or any other series thereof shall be enforceable against the assets of such series.

LOGO Printed on recycled paper. Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. September 2008 – 2M – LLC 11.11


LOGO

 

1. Names of Entities proposing to merge, and State or Country of Organization:

 

Name of Entity  

Type of Entity (Corporation,

Limited Liability Company, Limited

Partnership, General Partnership

or other permitted entity)

 

Domestic State

or Country

 

Illinois Secretary of

State File Number (if any)

CDW Corporation

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

 

CDW Direct, LLC

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Illinois

 

00907413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. The plan of merger has been approved and signed by each Limited Liability Company and other entity that is to merge. If a corporation is a party to the merger, a copy of the plan as approved is attached to these Articles of Merger.

 

3.   a. Name of Surviving Entity:  

CDW Direct, LLC

  b. Address of Surviving Entity:  

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061

4.   Effective date of merger: (check one)
  a. x the filing date, or
  b.  ¨  a later date, but not more than 30 days subsequent to  the filing date:  

 

   

Month, Day, Year

 

5. If the survivor is a Limited Liability Company, indicate changes that are necessary to its Articles of Organization by reason of this merger:

None

LOGO


LLC-37.25

 

6. For the Limited Liability Companies that are parties to the merger, complete the following:

 

Name of LLC   Jurisdiction   Organization Date  

Date of Admission to

Illinois (foreign LLC’s)

CDW Direct, LLC

 

Illinois

 

April 28, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. If the surviving entity is not a Limited Liability Company, the entity agrees that it may be served with process in Illinois and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of a Limited Liability Company previously subject to suit in this State, which is to merge, and for the enforcement, as provided in this Act, of the right of members of any Limited Liability Company to receive payment for their interest against the surviving entity.

 

8. The undersigned entities caused these Articles of Merger to be signed by the duly authorized person, each of whom affirms, under penalty of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

 

Dated  

August 17

       ,  

2010

  
  Month & Day     Year   

 

1.  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

     2.  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

  Signature        Signature
 

Robert J. Welyki, Vice President & Treasurer

      

Robert J. Welyki, Manager

  Name and Title (type or print)        Name and Title (type or print)
 

CDW Corporation

      

CDW LLC, Sole Member of CDW Direct, LLC

  Name if a Corporation or other Entity        Name if a Corporation or other Entity
3.  

 

     4.  

 

  Signature        Signature
 

 

      

 

  Name and Title (type or print)        Name and Title (type or print)
 

 

      

 

  Name if a Corporation or other Entity        Name if a Corporation or other Entity

If more space is needed, please attach additional sheets of this size.

Signatures must be in black ink on an original document.

Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures

may only be used on conformed copies.

LOGO


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

OF

CDW CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)

AND

CDW DIRECT, LLC

(An Illinois limited liability company)

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER entered into on August 17, 2010 by CDW CORPORATION (“CDW”), a business corporation of the State of Delaware, and approved by resolution adopted by its Board of Directors on August 12, 2010, by CDW DIRECT, LLC (“DIRECT’), a limited liability company of the State of Illinois, and approved by resolution adopted by its sole Member on August 12, 2010.

WHEREAS, CDW is a business corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware with its registered office therein located at 2711 Ccnterville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle; and

WHEREAS, the total number of shares of stock which CDW has authority to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, all of which are of one class and of a par value of $.01 each; and

WHEREAS, DIRECT is a limited liability company of the State of Illinois with its principal office therein located at 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, City of Vemon Hills, County of Lake; and

WHEREAS, the total membership interest which DIRECT has authority to issue is 100% of its membership; and

WHEREAS, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a merger of a business corporation of the State of Delaware with and into a limited liability company of another jurisdiction; and

WHEREAS, the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act permits the merger of a business corporation of another jurisdiction with and into a limited liability company of the State of Illinois; and


WHEREAS, CDW’s Board of Directors and DIRECT’s sole Member declare it advisable and to the advantage, welfare, and best interests of said companies and their respective stockholders to merge CDW with and into DIRECT pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and pursuant to the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreement of the parties hereto, being thereunto duly entered into by CDW and approved by a resolution adopted by its Board of Directors and being thereunto duly entered into by DIRECT and approved by a resolution adopted by its Sole Member, the Agreement and Plan of Merger and the terms and conditions thereof and the mode of carrying the same into effect, together with any provisions required or permitted to be set forth therein, are hereby determined and agreed upon as hereinafter in this Agreement and Plan of Merger set forth.

1. CDW and DIRECT shall, pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and to the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, be merged with and into a limited liability company, to wit, DIRECT, which shall be the surviving company from and after the effective time of the merger, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “surviving corporation”, and which shall continue to exist as said surviving corporation under CDW DIRECT, LLC pursuant to the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act The separate existence of CDW, which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “terminating corporation”, shall cease at said effective time in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2. Annexed hereto and made a part hereof is a copy of the Articles of Organization (“ARTICLES”) of the surviving corporation as the same shall be in force and effect at the effective time in the State of Illinois of the merger herein provided for, and said ARTICLES as therein amended and changed shall continue to be the ARTICLES of said surviving corporation until further amended and changed pursuant to the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act.

3. The present operating agreement of the surviving corporation will be the operating agreement of said surviving corporation and will continue in full force and effect until changed, altered, or amended as therein provided and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act

4. The officers in office of the surviving corporation at the effective time of the merger shall be the officers of the surviving corporation, all of whom shall hold their offices until the election and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the operating agreement of the surviving corporation.

5. Each issued share of the terminating corporation shall, from and after the effective time of the merger, by virtue of the merger and without any action by DIRECT or CDW or any other person, be cancelled and no cash or securities or other property shall be payable to CDW in respect thereof. The membership interest of the surviving corporation shall not be converted or exchanged in any manner, but each said Membership Interest which is issued at the effective time of the merger shall continue to represent one Membership Interest of the surviving corporation.


6. The surviving corporation does hereby agree that it may be served with process in the State of Delaware in any proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of the terminating corporation, as well as for enforcement of any obligation of the surviving company arising from the merger herein provided for, including any suit or other proceeding to enforce the right of any stockholder of the terminating corporation as and when determined in appraisal proceedings pursuant to the provisions of Section 262 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; does hereby irrevocably appoint the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as its agent to accept service of process in any such suit or other proceedings; and does hereby specify the following address of CDW DIRECT, LLC, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vemon Hills, IL 60061 without the State of Delaware to which a copy of such process shall be mailed by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware:

7. In the event that this Agreement and Plan of Merger shall have been fully approved and adopted upon behalf of the terminating corporation in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and upon behalf of the surviving company in accordance with the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, the said companies agree that they will cause to be executed and filed and recorded any document or documents prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and by the laws of the State of Illinois, and that they will cause to be performed all necessary acts within the State of Delaware and the State of Illinois and elsewhere to effectuate the merger herein provided for.

8. The Board of Directors and the proper officers of the terminating corporation and of the surviving corporation are hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file, and record any and all instruments, papers, and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Agreement and Plan of Merger or of the merger herein provided for.

9. This Agreement and Plan of Merger and the time at which the merger herein agreed shall become effective is upon filing in the State of Delaware in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the State of Illinois in accordance with the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act.

10. Notwithstanding the full approval and adoption of this Agreement and Plan of Merger, the said Agreement and Plan of Merger may be terminated at any time prior to the filing thereof with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or at any time prior to the filing of any requisite merger documents with the Secretary of State of Illinois.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION,

a Delaware Corporation

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

By:   Robert J. Welyki
  Vice President and Treasurer

CDW DIRECT, LLC,

an Illinois Limited Liability Company

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

By:   Robert J. Welyki
  Manager

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF CDW CORPORATION

The undersigned, being the Secretary of CDW CORPORATION, does hereby certify that the foregoing Agreement and Plan of Merger was adopted by written consent of the Sole Shareholder of said corporation, in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Dated: August  17 , 2010

 

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Christine A. Leahy
Secretary

Exhibit 3.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CDW DIRECT, LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of CDW Direct, LLC (the “ Company ”) is dated and effective as of the 23rd day of February, 2010, by CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”).

RECITAL

The Company was formed by the Member (the “ Member ”) as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Illinois on April 28, 2003.

ARTICLE I

The Limited Liability Company

1.1     Formation .   The Company was formed on April 28, 2003, upon the execution and filing of the Articles of Organization (“ Articles of Organization ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois in accordance with the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, as amended (the “ Act ”).

1.2     Name .   The name of the Company is “CDW Direct, LLC” and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Member shall determine or deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted. Any change in the Company’s name shall be made by the Member in accordance with and pursuant to the Act.

1.3     Business Purpose; Powers .   The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful purpose or business for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the purposes for which the Company is organized.

1.4     Principal Business Office .   The principal place of business of the Company shall be located at 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061, or at such other or additional locations within the State of Illinois as the Member, in its discretion, may determine.

1.5     Registered Office and Agent .   The location of the registered office of the Company in the State of Illinois is 801 Adlai Stevenson Drive, Springfield, Illinois, 62703. The Company’s Registered Agent at such address is Illinois Corporation Service Company.


The registered office and/or registered agent of the Company may be changed from time to time at the discretion of the Member.

1.6     Qualification in Other Jurisdictions .   The Member shall have authority to cause the Company to do business in jurisdictions other than the State of Illinois.

1.7     Term .   Subject to the provisions of Article VII below, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE II

The Member

2.1     The Member .   The name and address of the Member is as follows:

 

Name   Address
CDW LLC  

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

2.2     Actions by the Member; Meetings .   The Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member.

2.3     Liability of the Member .   All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member.

2.4     Power to Bind the Company .   The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have the authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter.

2.5     Management .   The management, operation and policy of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member. The Member, acting through its duly authorized agents, is authorized and empowered on behalf and in the name of the Company to perform all acts and engage in all activities and transactions which it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable in order to cause the Company to carry out its purpose and exercise the powers granted to the Company hereunder and under the Act. The Member is an agent of the Company and the actions of the Member in such capacity shall be binding on the Company without liability to the Member.

ARTICLE III

Officers

3.1     Designation of Officers .   The Member may, from time to time, designate one or more individuals to be officers of and to act for the Company. No officer need be a resident of the State of Illinois. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Member may, from time to time, prescribe or as may be provided in

 

2


this Agreement, including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company subject to the limits set forth herein. The Member may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the Member otherwise specifies, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority, duties and ability to bind the Company that are normally associated with that office under the laws of the State of Illinois, subject to any specific limitations on authority and duties made to such officer by the Member pursuant to this Section 3.1 . Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual.

3.2     Resignation; Removal .   Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Member. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Member; provided that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create any contract rights, except as otherwise set forth herein. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Member.

3.3     Duties of Officers Generally .   Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each officer shall owe to the Company and its Member the same fiduciary duties (including the duties of care and loyalty) that such individuals would owe to an Illinois corporation and its shareholders as an officer thereof.

3.4     Appointed Officers .   In addition to officers designated by the Member in accordance with this Article III , the Chief Executive Officer may appoint other officers below the level of Member-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer at any time, either with or without cause.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Structure and Contributions

4.1     Capital Contributions .

(a)     The Member has already contributed $10,000.00 in cash to the Company as an initial capital contribution to the Company.

(b)     The Member shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to make any optional additional contributions to the capital of the Company in the form of cash, property, promissory note or services, or any combination thereof. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the future provision of cash, property or services by the Member to the Company shall not constitute the contribution of additional capital unless expressly deemed additional capital by the Member.

 

3


(c)     The Company shall be permitted to incur indebtedness for borrowed money, from the Member or otherwise, with the Member’s consent and approval.

4.2     Initial Membership Interests .   In exchange for the initial capital contribution specified in Section 4.1(a) above, the Member was issued a 100% membership interest in the Company (the “ Membership Interest ”). The Membership Interest is the Member’s share of the Company’s profits, losses and distributions pursuant to this Agreement and the Act, and the Member’s right to participate in the management or affairs of the Company, including the right to vote on, consent to or otherwise participate in any decision of the Members. The Member hereby agrees that the Membership Interest is a security governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Illinois (and Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction.)

ARTICLE V

Distributions

5.1     Distributions .   The Member shall determine profits available for distribution and the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Member, and shall authorize and distribute to the Member, the determined amount when, as and if declared by the Member. The distributions of the Company shall be distributed entirely to the Member.

ARTICLE VI

Events of Dissolution

The Company shall be dissolved upon the first of the following events to occur:

(a)     The consent of the Member at any time to dissolve and wind up the affairs of the Company; or

(b)     The occurrence of any other event that causes the dissolution of a limited liability company under the Act.

In the event of any dissolution of the Company, the Member shall be in charge of such dissolution, and the Member shall immediately proceed with an orderly winding up of the Company’s business and affairs and the orderly liquidation of the Company and its assets and make final distributions as provided in the Act; provided, that until all final distributions are made, the Member shall continue to operate the Company. The duties of care and loyalty described in the Act still apply to the Member during the winding up and liquidation period. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. The Member shall not receive any additional compensation for services rendered during the winding up and liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Act or other applicable law, an insolvency event, including a bankruptcy filing, by or against the Company or a Member shall not cause a dissolution of the Company nor shall such an insolvency event, including a bankruptcy filing, by or against a Member effect a deemed assignment, transfer, withdrawal or dissociation of such Member’s interest in the Company or otherwise have any effect whatsoever on such Member’s interest.

 

4


ARTICLE VII

Transfer of the Member’s Membership Interest

The Member may sell, assign, transfer, convey, gift, exchange, pledge or otherwise dispose of any or all of its Membership Interest and, upon receipt by the Company of a written agreement executed by the person or entity to whom such Membership Interest is to be transferred agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as amended from time to time, such person shall be admitted as a member.

ARTICLE VIII

Exculpation and Indemnification

8.1     Exculpation .   No officer of the Company or member of the Board of Directors/Managers (each a “ Manager ”) or officer of any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (each a “ Subsidiary ,” and collectively, “ Subsidiaries ”) shall be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, any other Manager, any other officer of the Company or any Subsidiary or to any Member for any loss suffered by the Company or any Subsidiary unless such loss is caused by such Manager’s or such officer of the Company’s or such Manager or such officer of such Subsidiary’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, knowing violation of law or material breach of this Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 between CDW Holdings LLC and certain of its members, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Unitholders Agreement ”), or any other agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and such officer of the Company or such Manager or officer of such Subsidiary. No officer of the Company or no Manager or officer of any direct or indirect Subsidiary shall be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, any other Manager or officer or any Member for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct, knowing violation of law or material breach of this Agreement or other agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Any officer of the Company and any Manager or officer of any of its Subsidiaries may consult with the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s affairs, and provided such officer of the Company or Manager or officer of such Subsidiary, as the case may be, acts in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, such officer of the Company or such Manager or officer of such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company or such Subsidiary in reliance thereon.

8.2     Right to Indemnification .   Subject to the limitations and conditions as provided in this Article VIII , each person or entity (“ Person ”) who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an officer of the Company or, while an officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest

 

5


extent permitted under applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding; provided that (a) such Person’s course of conduct was pursued in good faith and believed by him to be in the best interests of the Company and (b) such course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or knowing violation of law on the part of such Person and otherwise was materially in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement. Indemnification under this Article VIII shall continue with respect to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. The rights granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall be deemed contractual rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VIII shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article VIII could involve indemnification for negligence other than gross negligence.

8.3     Advance Payment .   The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VIII shall, upon approval by the Member in each instance, include the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company the reasonable expenses incurred by a Person of the type entitled to be indemnified under Section 8.2 who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to the Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided that the payment of such expenses incurred by any such Person in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Article VIII and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or otherwise.

8.4     Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Company may indemnify and advance expenses to any Person, as determined by the Member, by reason of the fact that such Person was an employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such a capacity or arising out of his or her status as such a Person to the same extent that it shall indemnify and advance expenses to Managers and officers under this Article VIII .

8.5     Appearance as a Witness .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII , the Company may pay or reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Manager, officer or employee in connection with his or her appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding related to or arising out of the business of the Company at a time when he or she is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

 

6


8.6     Non-exclusivity of Rights .   The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Manager, officer or other Person indemnified pursuant to this Article VIII may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), any provision of the Articles of Organization or this Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement, any other separate contractual arrangement, any vote of the Member or disinterested Managers, or otherwise.

8.7     Insurance .   The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who is or was serving as a officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the obligation to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article VIII .

8.8     Savings Clause .   If this Article VIII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Manager, officer or any other Person indemnified pursuant to this Article VIII as to costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VIII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

9.1     Tax Treatment .   The Company shall be taxed as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes), and the Member and the Company shall timely make any and all necessary elections and filings for the Company treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes).

9.2     Amendments .   Amendments to this Agreement and to the Articles of Organization shall be approved in writing by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or if none is specified as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act.

9.3     Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability; provided, however, that the remaining provisions will continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way unless such invalid or unenforceable provision or clause shall be so significant as to materially affect the expectations of the Member regarding this Agreement. Otherwise, any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by the Member with a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

7


9.4     Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

9.5     Limited Liability Company .   The Member intends to form a limited liability company and does not intend to form a partnership under the laws of the State of Illinois or any other laws.

9.6     Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the day first above written.

 

CDW LLC
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Its:   Vice President and Treasurer
CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Its:   Vice President and Treasurer

Exhibit 3.11

 

Form LLC-37.25

April 2008

  

Illinois

Limited Liability Company Act

 

Articles of Merger

   ASSIGNED FILE: 02909235
          This space for use by Secretary of State.

Secretary of State Jesse White

Department of Business Services

Limited Liability Division

501 S. Second St., Rm. 351

Springfield, IL 62756

217-524-8008

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

     
     
     
   SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE   

FILED

 

DEC 31 2009

 

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

  

Must be typewritten.

___________________________

  
  

        This space for use by Secretary of State.

 

  
Payment must be made by check or                Date: 12/31/09   
money order payable to Secretary of                Filing Fee: $100.00   
State. Filing fee is $100, but if merger                Approved: B   

of more than two entities, $50 for

each additional entity.

         

 

1. Names of Entities proposing to merge, and State or Country of Organization:

 

Name of Entity   

Type of Entity (Corporation,

Limited Liability Company, Limited

Partnership, General Partnership

or other permitted entity)

  

Domestic State

or Country

  

Illinois Secretary of

State File Number (if any)

CDW Government, Inc.    Corporation    Illinois    5996-944-7
                
CDWG LLC    Limited Liability Company    Illinois    02909235
                
        
                

 

2. The plan of merger has been approved and signed by each Limited Liability Company and other entity that is to merge. If a corporation is a party to the merger, a copy of the plan as approved is attached to these Articles of Merger.

 

3. a. Name of Surviving Entity:    CDWG LLC                                                                                                                                                        

 

     b. Address of Surviving Entity: 230 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061                                                                                                   

 

4. Effective date of merger: (check one)
     a. x the filing date, or
     b. ¨ a later date, but not more than 30 days subsequent to the filing date:                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                               Month, Day, Year

 

5. All Limited Liability Companies that are parties to this merger and were on record with the Illinois Secretary of State prior to Jan. 1, 1998, have elected in their operating agreements to be governed by the Amendatory Act of 1997.

 

6. If the survivor is a Limited Liability Company, indicate changes that are necessary to its Articles of Organization by reason of this merger:
     The new name of the limited liability company is CDW Government LLC.

LOGO

Printed on recycled paper.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. May 2008 — IM — LLC 30.2


LLC-37.25

 

7. For the Limited Liability Companies that are parties to the merger, complete the following:

 

Name of LLC    Jurisdiction    Organization Date   

Date of Admission to

Illinois (foreign LLC’s)

CDWG LLC    Illinois    12/31/09   
                
        
                
        
                

 

8. If the surviving entity is not a Limited Liability Company, the entity agrees that it may be served with process in Illinois and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of a Limited Liability Company previously subject to suit in this State, which is to merge, and for the enforcement, as provided in this Act, of the right of members of any Limited Liability Company to receive payment for their interest against the surviving entity.

 

9. The undersigned entities caused these Articles of Merger to be signed by the duly authorized person, each of whom affirms, under penalty of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

 

        Dated                     December 31                                         ,

   2009                

                    Month & Day

           Year    

 

1.

   /s/ Christina V. Rother    2.    /s/ Christina V. Rother
   Signature       Signature
   Christina V. Rother, President       Christina V. Rother, Manager
   Name and Title (type or print)       Name and Title (type or print)
   CDW Government, Inc.       CDWG LLC
   Name if a Corporation or other Entity       Name if a Corporation or other Entity

3.

        4.     
   Signature       Signature
            
   Name and Title (type or print)       Name and Title (type or print)
            
   Name if a Corporation or other Entity       Name if a Corporation or other Entity

If more space is needed, please attach additional sheets of this size.

Signatures must be in black ink on an original document.

Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures

may only be used on conformed copies.

LOGO

Printed on recycled paper.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. May 2008 — 1M — LLC 30.2


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

OF

CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.

an Illinois corporation,

AND

CDWG LLC

an Illinois limited liability company,

* * * * * *

In accordance with the provisions of Section 11.39

of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois

* * * * * *

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER made and entered into this 31st day of December, 2009, by and between CDW GOVERNMENT, INC. (“GOVERNMENT’), an Illinois corporation and CDWG LLC (“CDWG”), an Illinois limited liability company:

WITNESSETH, that:

WHEREAS, the Directors and sole Shareholder of GOVERNMENT and the sole Member and Managers of CDWG deem it advisable that GOVERNMENT merge into CDWG on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in accordance with the applicable provisions of the laws of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Illinois, as amended, and the Business Corporation Act of Illinois, as amended, each of which permits such merger;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained the parties hereby agree as follows:

FIRST:     GOVERNMENT, which is a corporation organized in the State of Illinois, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “Terminating Corporation .” shall be merged (the “ Merger ”) with and into CDWG, which is a limited liability company organized in the State of Illinois, and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Surviving Company. ” The Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois permits the merger of a business corporation of said jurisdiction with and into a limited liability company of said jurisdiction.

SECOND:     The separate existence of the Terminating Corporation shall cease upon the Effective Date of the Merger in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois.

THIRD:     The Surviving Company shall continue its existence and upon the Effective Date of the Merger the Surviving Company shall change its name to CDW Government LLC pursuant to the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act.


FOURTH:     The Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the Board of Directors and sole Shareholder of the Terminating Corporation in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois and to the Board of Managers and the sole Member of the Surviving Company in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

FIFTH:     Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each of the issued and outstanding shares of the Terminating Corporation shall be, by virtue of the Merger and without any action by the Terminating Corporation or Surviving Company or any other person, cancelled and no cash or securities or other property shall be payable to Terminating Corporation in respect thereof.

SIXTH:     Each Common Unit of the Surviving Company issued and outstanding on the Effective Date shall continue to be issued and outstanding following the Effective Date and shall represent one Common Unit of the Surviving Company.

SEVENTH:     The Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company as they exist on the Effective Date shall be the Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company following the Effective Date, amended to change the name as stated in Article Third of this Agreement and Plan of Merger.

EIGHTH:     The Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as it exists on the Effective Date shall be the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company following the Effective Date, amended to change the name as stated in Article Third of this Agreement and Plan of Merger.

NINTH:     The Managers of the Surviving Company as they exist on the Effective Date shall be the Managers of the Surviving Company following the Effective Date, and such persons shall serve as Managers for the terms provided for in the Operating Agreement or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

TENTH:     The Effective Date of the Merger shall be as of the close of business on December 31, 2009, immediately prior to the merger of CDW Corporation, the parent company of both the Terminating Company and the Surviving Company, into CDWC LLC.

ELEVENTH:     If, at any time, the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any acknowledgements or assurance in law or any similar action are necessary or desirable in order to acknowledge or confirm in and to the Surviving Company any right, title or interest of the Terminating Corporation held immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Terminating Corporation and its proper officers and directors shall execute and deliver all such acknowledgements or assurances in law and do all things necessary or proper to acknowledge or confirm such right, title, or interest in the Surviving Company as shall be necessary to carry out the purposes of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and the Surviving Company and the proper officers and managers thereof are fully authorized to take any and all such action in the name of the Terminating Corporation or otherwise.

TWELFTH:     This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be terminated and abandoned by action of either party hereto at any time prior to the filing date whether before or after approval

 

2


by the sole Shareholder of the Terminating Corporation and the sole Member of the Surviving Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.

 

CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.,

an Illinois Corporation

By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Robert J. Welyki
  Vice President and Treasurer

CDWG LLC, an Illinois Limited

Liability Company

By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Robert J. Welyki
  Vice President and Treasurer

 

3


From LLC-5.5

 

April 2007

  

Illinois

Limited Liability Company Act

Articles of Organization

   FILE #

Secretary of State Jesse White

Department of Business Services

Limited Liability Division

501 S. Second St., Rm. 351

Springfield, IL 62756

217-524-8008

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

  

 

SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE

Must be typewritten.

_______________________________________

 

This space for use by Secretary of State.

   This space for use by Secretary of State.
  

 

Filing Fee:       $500

 

Approved:

  

Payment must be made by certified check,

cashier’s check, illinois attorney’s check,

C.P.A.’s check or money order payable to

Secretary of State.

       

 

1.    Limited Liability Company Name:    CDWG LLC
    
   The LLC name must contain the words Limited Liability Company, LLC, or LLC and cannot contain the terms Corporation, Corp., Incorporated, Inc., Ltd., Co., Limited Partnership or LP.
2.    Address of Principal Place of Business where records of the company will be kept: (P.O. Box alone or c/o is
   unacceptable.)      230 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061
    
3.    Articles of Organization effective on: (check one)
  

¨ the filing date

þ a later date (not to exceed 60 days after the filing date):    12/31/09                                                                                   

                      Month, Day, Year
4.    Registered Agent’s Name and Registered Office Address:
      Registered Agent:    Illinois Corporation Service Company
                 First Name    Middle Initial    Last Name
              
      Registered Office:    801 Adlai Stevenson Drive
      (P.O. Box alone or            Number    Street    Suite #
      c/o is unacceptable.)         
         Springfield, IL 62703 (Sangamon County)
         City    ZIP Code    County
   5.    Purpose(s) for which the Limited Liability Company is organized: (If more space is needed, attach additional sheets of this size.)
      “The transaction of any or all lawful business for which Limited Liability Companies may be organized under this Act.”
   6.    Latest date, if any, upon which the company is to dissolve:       
      (Leave blank if duration is perpetual.)    Month, Day, Year

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. April 2008 — 5M — LLC-4.12


LLC-5.5

 

7 (OPTIONAL) Other provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the Company: (If more space is needed, attach additional sheets of this size.)

No manager of the Company may sign and deliver any instrument transferring or affecting the Company’s interest in real property unless authorized to do so by the affirmative vote of a majority of the managers then in office.

 

8. The Limited Liability Company: (Check either a or b below.)

a. þ is managed by the manager(s) (List names and business addresses.)

John A. Edwardson, 230 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL. 60061

 

Christina V. Rother, 230 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061

 

Ann E. Ziegler, 230 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061

 

 

 

b. ¨ has management vested in the member(s) (List names and addresses.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9. Name and Address of Organizer(s)

I affirm, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that these Articles of Organization are to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.

Dated             December         18                      , 2009            

                                     Month & Day                                   Year

 

 

1.  

   /s/ Robert J. Welyki      1.      200 N. Milwaukee Avenue
     Signature         Number                                                      Street
     Robert J. Welyki         Vemon Hills
     Name (type or print)         City/Town
     Authorized Person         Illinois                             60061
     Name if a Corporation or other Entity, and Title of Signer         State                                          ZIP Code
  2.           2.     
     Signature         Number                                             Street
                
     Name (type or print)         City/Town
                
     Name if a Corporation or other Entity, and Title of Signer         State                                                  ZIP Code

Signatures must be in black ink on an original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. April 2008 — 5M — LLC-4.12


LOGO

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

 

JESSE WHITE • Secretary of State

0290923-5

12/31/2009

ILLINOIS CORPORATION SERVICE C

801 ADLAI STEVENSON DRIVE

SPRINGFIELD, IL 62703-4261

RE CDW GOVERNMENT LLC

DEAR SIR OR MADAM:

ARTICLES OF MERGER FOR THE ABOVE-NAMED COMPANY HAVE BEEN

PLACED ON FILE.

THE REQUIRED FEE IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.

SINCERELY YOURS,

/s/ JESSE WHITE

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS SERVICES

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY SECTION

(217) 524-8008

JW

Exhibit 3.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CDW GOVERNMENT LLC

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of CDW Government LLC (the “ Company ”) is dated and effective as of the 23rd day of February, 2010, by CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”).

RECITAL

The Company was formed by the Member (the “ Member ”) as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Illinois on December 31, 2009.

ARTICLE I

The Limited Liability Company

1.1     Formation .   The Company was formed on December 31, 2009, upon the execution and filing of the Articles of Organization (“ Articles of Organization ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois in accordance with the provisions of the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, as amended (the “ Act ”).

1.2     Name .   The name of the Company is “CDW Government LLC” and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Board (as hereinafter defined) shall determine or deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted. Any change in the Company’s name shall be made by the Member in accordance with and pursuant to the Act.

1.3     Business Purpose; Powers .   The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful purpose or business for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the purposes for which the Company is organized.

1.4     Principal Business Office .   The principal place of business of the Company shall be located at 230 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061, or at such other or additional locations within the State of Illinois as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

1.5     Registered Office and Agent .   The location of the registered office of the Company in the State of Illinois is 801 Adlai Stevenson Drive, Springfield, Illinois, 62703. The Company’s Registered Agent at such address is Illinois Corporation Service Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Company may be changed from time to time at the discretion of the Board.


1.6     Qualification in Other Jurisdictions .   The Member shall have authority to cause the Company to do business in jurisdictions other than the State of Illinois.

1.7     Term .   Subject to the provisions of Article VII below, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE II

The Member

2.1     The Member .   The name and address of the Member is as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

CDW LLC  

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

2.2     Actions by the Member; Meetings .   The Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member. The general management of the Company will rest with the Board (as hereinafter defined), and the Member will only approve a matter or take any action on such items for which the Member’s approval is required under the Act.

2.3     Liability of the Member .   All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member.

2.4     Power to Bind the Company .   Subject to Section 3.1 below, the Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have the authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter.

ARTICLE III

The Board

3.1     Management by Board of Managers .

(a)     Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder or under the Act to the Member for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a board of managers (the “ Board ”), which shall be responsible for policy setting, approving the overall direction of the Company and making all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company. The Board shall be initially comprised of three persons and shall thereafter be comprised of such size to be determined from time to time by the Member (each, a “ Manager ”).

(b)     Each Manager shall be elected by the Member and shall serve until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier removal,

 

2


resignation, death or disability. The Member may remove any Manager from the Board or from any other capacity with the Company at any time, with or without cause. A Manager may resign at any time upon written notice to the Member.

(c)     Any vacancy occurring on the Board as a result of the resignation, removal, death or disability of a Manager or an increase in the size of the Board may be filled by the Member.

3.2     Action by the Board .

(a)     Meetings of the Board may be called by any Manager upon two (2) days prior written notice, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by e-mail or by facsimile to each Manager. If notice is delivered by any means, such notice shall be deemed to be received when delivered. The presence of a majority of the Managers then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board. All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers then in office.

(b)     Notice of any meeting may be waived by any Manager. The attendance of a Manager at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Managers need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

(c)     Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if consented thereto in writing setting forth the action so taken and signed by all of the Managers.

(d)     At any meeting of the Board, a Manager may vote by proxy executed in writing by such Manager in favor of another Manager.

(e)     The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred by each Manager in connection with attending such meetings and any meetings of committees of the Board. Upon approval by the Board, the Company may agree to pay reasonable fees to any or all of the Managers.

(f)     If all of the Managers meet at any time and place (including telephonically) and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and any Company action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board may be taken at such meeting.

3.3     Power to Bind Company .   None of the Managers (acting in their capacity as such) shall have authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter (including, without limitation, transferring or affecting the Company’s interest in real property) unless the Board shall have approved such matter and authorized such Manager(s) to bind the Company with respect thereto.

 

3


3.4     Duties of the Managers .   Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each Manager shall owe the same fiduciary duties to the Company and its Member that such individual would owe to an Illinois corporation and its shareholders as a member of the board of directors of such Illinois corporation; provided that, to the maximum extent permitted by the Act, such duties shall not include any requirement that the Company be offered an opportunity to participate in any business opportunity that is presented to any Manager.

3.5     Committees .   The Board may, from time to time, designate one or more committees, each of which shall include at least two (2) Managers. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the enabling resolution, shall have and may exercise all or any of the authority of the Board. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the adoption of any resolution. The Board may dissolve any committee at any time.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1     Designation of Officers .   The Board may, from time to time, designate one or more individuals to be officers of and to act for the Company. No officer need be a resident of the State of Illinois. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board may, from time to time, prescribe or as may be provided in this Agreement, including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company subject to the limits set forth herein. The Board may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the Board otherwise specifies, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority, duties and ability to bind the Company that are normally associated with that office under the laws of the State of Illinois, subject to any specific limitations on authority and duties made to such officer by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.1 . Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual.

4.2     Resignation; Removal .   Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Board. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Board; provided that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create any contract rights, except as otherwise set forth herein. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Board.

4.3     Duties of Officers Generally .   Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each officer shall owe to the Company and its Member the same fiduciary duties (including the duties of care and loyalty) that such individuals would owe to an Illinois corporation and its shareholders as an officer thereof.

4.4     Appointed Officers .   In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this Article IV , the Chairman of the Board may appoint other officers below

 

4


the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chairman of the Board may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chairman of the Board or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chairman of the Board at any time, either with or without cause.

ARTICLE V

Capital Structure and Contributions

5.1     Capital Structure .   The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of common units (the “ Common Units ”). All Common Units shall be identical with each other in every respect. The Member shall own all of the Common Units issued and outstanding, as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. The Board may in its discretion issue certificates to the Member representing the Common Units held by such Member. The Member hereby agrees that the Common Units shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Illinois (and Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction.)

5.2     Capital Contributions .   From time to time, the Board may determine that the Company requires capital and may request the Member to make capital contribution(s) in an amount determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Member is not required to make such capital contribution(s).

ARTICLE VI

Distributions

6.1     Distributions .   The Board shall determine profits available for distribution and the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Member, and shall authorize and distribute on the Common Units, the determined amount when, as and if declared by the Board. The distributions of the Company shall be distributed entirely to the Member.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Dissolution

The Company shall be dissolved upon the first of the following events to occur:

(a)     The consent of the Member at any time to dissolve and wind up the affairs of the Company; or

(b)     The occurrence of any other event that causes the dissolution of a limited liability company under the Act.

In the event of any dissolution of the Company, the Member shall be in charge of such dissolution, and the Member shall immediately proceed with an orderly winding up of the

 

5


Company’s business and affairs and the orderly liquidation of the Company and its assets and make final distributions as provided in the Act; provided, that until all final distributions are made, the Member shall continue to operate the Company with all power and authority of the Board. The duties of care and loyalty described in the Act still apply to the Member during the winding up and liquidation period. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. The Member shall not receive any additional compensation for services rendered during the winding up and liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Act or other applicable law, an insolvency event, including a bankruptcy filing, by or against the Company or a Member shall not cause a dissolution of the Company nor shall such an insolvency event, including a bankruptcy filing, by or against a Member effect a deemed assignment, transfer, withdrawal or dissociation of such Member’s interest in the Company or otherwise have any effect whatsoever on such Member’s interest.

ARTICLE VIII

Transfer of Common Units of the Company

The Member may sell, assign, transfer, convey, gift, exchange, pledge or otherwise dispose of any or all of its Common Units and, upon receipt by the Company of a written agreement executed by the person or entity to whom such Common Units are to be transferred agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as amended from time to time, such person shall be admitted as a member.

ARTICLE IX

Exculpation and Indemnification

9.1     Exculpation .   No Manager or officer of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (each a “ Subsidiary ,” and collectively, “ Subsidiaries ”) shall be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, any other Manager, any other officer of the Company or any Subsidiary or to any Member for any loss suffered by the Company or any Subsidiary unless such loss is caused by such Manager’s or such officer of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, knowing violation of law or material breach of this Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 between CDW Holdings LLC and certain of its members, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Unitholders Agreement ”), or any other agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and such Manager or officer of the Company or such Subsidiary. No Manager or officer of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary shall be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, any other Manager or officer or any Member for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct, knowing violation of law or material breach of this Agreement or other agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Any Manager and any officer of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries may consult with the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s affairs, and provided such Manager or officer of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, acts in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, such

 

6


Manager or such officer of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company or such Subsidiary in reliance thereon.

9.2     Right to Indemnification .   Subject to the limitations and conditions as provided in this Article IX , each person or entity (“ Person ”) who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an officer or Manager of the Company or, while an officer or Manager of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding; provided that (a) such Person’s course of conduct was pursued in good faith and believed by him to be in the best interests of the Company and (b) such course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or knowing violation of law on the part of such Person and otherwise was materially in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement. Indemnification under this Article IX shall continue with respect to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. The rights granted pursuant to this Article IX shall be deemed contractual rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Article IX shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article IX could involve indemnification for negligence other than gross negligence.

9.3     Advance Payment .   The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall, upon approval by the Board in each instance, include the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company the reasonable expenses incurred by a Person of the type entitled to be indemnified under Section 9.2 who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to the Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided that the payment of such expenses incurred by any such Person in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Article IX and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4     Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Company may indemnify and advance expenses to any Person, as determined by the Board, by reason of the fact that

 

7


such Person was an employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such a capacity or arising out of his or her status as such a Person to the same extent that it shall indemnify and advance expenses to Managers and officers under this Article IX .

9.5     Appearance as a Witness .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX , the Company may pay or reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Manager, officer or employee in connection with his or her appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding related to or arising out of the business of the Company at a time when he or she is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

9.6     Non-exclusivity of Rights .   The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Manager, officer or other Person indemnified pursuant to this Article IX may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), any provision of the Articles of Organization or this Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement, any other separate contractual arrangement, any vote of the Member or disinterested Managers, or otherwise.

9.7     Insurance .   The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who is or was serving as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the obligation to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article IX .

9.8     Savings Clause .   If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Manager, officer or any other Person indemnified pursuant to this Article IX as to costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

10.1     Tax Treatment .   The Company shall be taxed as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes), and the Member and the Company shall timely make any and all necessary elections and filings for the Company treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes).

 

8


10.2     Amendments .   Amendments to this Agreement and to the Articles of Organization shall be approved in writing by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or if none is specified as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act.

10.3     Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability; provided, however, that the remaining provisions will continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way unless such invalid or unenforceable provision or clause shall be so significant as to materially affect the expectations of the Member regarding this Agreement. Otherwise, any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by the Member with a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

10.4     Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

10.5     Limited Liability Company .   The Member intends to form a limited liability company and does not intend to form a partnership under the laws of the State of Illinois or any other laws.

10.6     Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the day first above written.

 

CDW GOVERNMENT LLC
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Its:   Vice President and Treasurer
CDW LLC
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Its:   Vice President and Treasurer


SCHEDULE A

 

Name of Member

 

 

Number of Common Units

 

   
CDW LLC   1,000 ($.01 Par Value)

Exhibit 3.13

 

     Form BCA-2.10    ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION     

(Rev. Jan. 1999)

 

Jesse White

Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

Springfield, IL 62756

http://www.sos.state.il.us

   This space for use by Secretary of State    SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE!
     
       
   FILED: 4/22/2003   
   Jesse White Secretary of State   
     
Payment must be made by certi-      
fied check, cashier’s check, Illi-       This space for use by
nois attorney’s check, Illinois    LOGO    Secretary of State
C.P.A’s check or money order,      

Date

payable to “Secretary of State.”      

Franchise Tax        $25.00

     

Filing Fee               $75.00

     62789581   

Approved: KAK

 

1.

   CORPORATE NAME:      CDW Logistics, Inc.

 

    
   (The corporate name must contain the word “corporation”, “company,” “incorporated,” “limited” or an abbreviation thereof.)

 

     

2.

   Initial Registered Agent:    CDW Computer Centers, Inc. Attention: General Counsel
      First Name    Middle Initial    Last name
   Initial Registered Office:    200 N. Milwaukee Avenue
      Number    Street    Suite #
      Vernon Hills    IL             Lake            60061     
      City    County    Zip Code
      

3.

   Purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized:   
   (If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)   

The transaction of any or all lawful purposes for which corporations may be incorporated under the Illinois Business Act of 1983.

Business

      

4.

   Paragraph 1: Authorized Shares, Issued Shares and Consideration Received:   
   Class    Par Value    Number of Shares    Number of Shares    Consideration to be
      per Share    Authorized    Proposed to be Issued    Received Therefor
                        
   Common    $0.00    10,000            10,000        $        10,000.00
                        
                        
                        
                         TOTAL =        $        10.000.00

Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:

(If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)

NONE

(over)


5. OPTIONAL :    (a)    Number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the corporation:                                  .
   (b)    Names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualify:
      Name    Residential Address    City, State, ZIP
                 
                 
                 
                     

 

6.  OPTIONAL :

   (a   It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the corporation for the following year wherever located will be:   $                                      
   (b   It is estimated that the value of the property to be located within the State of Illinois during the following year will be:   $                                      
   (c   It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted by the corporation during the following year will be:   $                                      
   (d   It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted from places of business in the State of Illinois during the following year will be:   $                                      
                  

7.  OPTIONAL :

   OTHER PROVISIONS

Attach a separate sheet of this size for any other provision to be included in the Articles of Incorporation, e.g., authorizing preemptive rights, denying cumulative voting, regulating internal affairs, voting majority requirements, fixing a duration other than perpetual, etc.

 
                  

8.

                             NAME(S) & ADDRESS(ES) OF INCORPORATOR(S)  

    The undersigned incorporator(s) hereby declare(s), under penalties of perjury, that the statements made in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation are true.

 

Dated       April 11   ,   2003    
  (Month & Day)       Year

 

   Signature and Name          Address
1.    /s/ Christine A. Leahy       1.    200 N. Milwaukee Avenue
       Signature              Street      
   Christine A. Leahy, Gen’l Counsel & Sec.          Vernon Hills, IL, 60061
       (Type or Print Name)              City/Town    State    ZIP Code
2.            2.     
       Signature              Street      
               
       (Type or Print Name)              City/Town    State    ZIP Code
3.            3.     
       Signature              Street      
               
       (Type or Print Name)              City/Town    State    ZIP Code

(Signatures must be in BLACK INK on original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.)

NOTE: If a corporation acts as incorporator, the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation shall be shown and the execution shall be by its president or vice president and verified by him, and attested by its secretary or assistant secretary.

 

 

FEE SCHEDULE

 

 

The initial franchise tax is assessed at the rate of 15/100 of 1 percent ($1.50 per $1,000) on the paid-in capital represented in this state, with a minimum of $25.

 

The filing fee is $75.

 

The minimum total due (franchise tax + filing fee) is $100.

    (Applies when the Consideration to be Received as set forth in Item 4 does not exceed $16,667)

 

The Department of Business Services in Springfield will provide assistance in calculating the total fees if necessary.

    Illinois Secretary of State    Springfield, IL 62756
    Department of Business Services    Telephone (217) 782-9522 or 782-9523

C-162.20


RIDER TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.

7. OTHER PROVISIONS

Paragraph 1: No shareholder of the Corporation shall have cumulative voting rights with respect to any matter upon which shareholders are entitled to vote.

Paragraph 2: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 8.65 of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Paragraph 2 by the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a directory of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

Paragraph 3: Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, and each person who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee, or agent, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Paragraph 3. Any repeal or modification of this Paragraph 3 by the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such repeal or modification.


FORM BCA 5.10/5.20 (rev, Dec. 2003)

STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF

REGISTERED AGENT AND/OR

REGISTERED OFFICE

Business Corporation Act

 

Jesse White, Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

Springfield, IL 62756

Telephone (217) 782-3647

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

  

FILED

JUL 11 2006

 

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

  

PAID

JUL 12 2006

 

DEPARTMENT OF

BUSINESS SERVICES

Remit payment in the form of a

check or money order payable

to the Secretary of State.

                                                                                           File # 62789581                           Filing Fee: $25.00     Approved: SB

                     Submit in duplicate                      Type or Print clearly in black ink              Do not write above this line                         

 

      LOGO   
        
        

1.      CORPORATE NAME: CDW LOGISTICS, INC.                        

     

 

2. STATE OR COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION; Illinois                                                                                                                  

 

 

3. Name and address of the registered agent and registered office as they appear on the records of the office of the Secretary of State (before change):

 

Registered Agent

   C T Corporation System          
   First Name    Middle Name    Last Name

Registered Office

   208 S. Lasalle Street          
   Number             Street    Suite No. (A P.O. Box alone is not acceptable)
   Chicago    60604    Cook
  

City

   ZIP Code    County

 

4. Name and address of the registered agent and registered office shall be (after all changes herein reported):

 

Registered Agent

   Illinois Corporation Service Company          
   First Name    Middle Name    Last Name

Registered Office

   801 Adlai Stevenson Drive          
   Number             Street    Suite No. (A P.O. Box alone is not acceptable)
   Springfield    62703    Sangamon
  

City

   ZIP Code    County

 

5. The address of the registered office and the address of the business office of the registered agent, as changed, will be identical.

 

6.    The above change was authorized by: (“X” one box only)   
   a.   x By resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.    (Note 5)
   b.   þ By action of the registered agent.    (Note 6)

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR SIGNATURES(S).

C-135.17


7. (If authorized by the board of directors, sign here. See Note 5)

The undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed by a duly authorized officer who affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

 

Dated     June 8   ,   2006        CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
  (Month & Day)     (Year)                   (Exact Name of Corporation)
  /s/ Mary Jo C Georgen      
 

(Any Authorized Officer’s Signature)

     
  Mary Jo C Georgen, Asst. Secretary      
  (Type or Print Name and Title)      

(If change of registered office by registered agent, sign here. See Note 6)

The undersigned, under penalties of perjury, affirms that the facts stated herein are true.

 

Dated         ,   ____      
  (Month & Day)     (Year)                     (Signature of Registered Agent of Record)

 

   
(Type or print name. If the registered agent is a corporation, type or print the name and title of the officer who is signing on its behalf.)

NOTES

 

1. The registered office may, but need not be the same as the principal office of the corporation. However, the registered office and the office address of the registered agent must be the same.

 

2. The registered office must include a street or road address; a post office box number alone is not acceptable.

 

3. A corporation cannot act as its own registered agent.

 

4. If the registered office is changed from one county to another, then the corporation must file with the recorder of deeds of the new county a certified copy of the articles of incorporation and a certified copy of the statement of change of registered office. Such certified copies may be obtained ONLY from the Secretary of State.

 

5. Any change of registered agent must be by resolution adopted by the board of directors. This statement must then be signed by a duly authorized officer.

 

6. The registered agent may report a change of the registered office of the corporation for which he or she is registered agent. When the agent reports such a change, this statement must be signed by the registered agent. If a corporation is acting as the registered agent, a duly authorized officer of such corporation must sign this statement.


LOGO

Exhibit 3.14

Approved by Board of Directors

April 22, 2003

BY-LAWS

OF

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS

Section l.   Annual Meeting .   The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, at such date, time and place as may be fixed by resolution of the board of directors from time to time. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated for any annual meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

Section 2.   Special Meetings .   Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the president, by the board of directors or by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation.

Section 3.   Place of Meeting .   The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Illinois.

Section 4.   Notice of Meetings .   Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, or in the case of a merger,


consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, or sale, lease or exchange of assets, not less than twenty (20) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

Section 5.   Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date .   For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors of the Corporation may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, for a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days, or in the case of a merger or consolidation, not less than twenty (20) days, immediately preceding such meeting. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

Section 6.   Voting Lists .   The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each shareholder, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in the State of Illinois, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share ledger or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

Section 7.   Quorum and Manner of Acting .   Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders; provided , that if less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at said meeting, a majority of the shares so represented

 

-2-


may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Illinois Business Corporation Act (the “ BCA ”) or the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 8.   Proxies .   At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by such shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Section 9.   Voting of Shares .   Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

Section 10.   Voting of Shares by Certain Holders .   Shares standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.

Shares standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor ward or a person under legal disability may be voted by such person’s administrator, executor, court appointed guardian or conservator, either in person or by proxy without a transfer of such shares to the name of such administrator, executor, court appointed guardian or conservator. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy.

Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof to such receiver’s name if authority so to do be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

Section 11.   No Cumulative Voting .   As provided in the articles of incorporation, no shareholder shall have cumulative voting rights with respect to any matter upon which shareholders are entitled to vote.

 

-3-


Section 12.   Inspectors .   At any meeting of shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may, or upon the request of any shareholder shall, appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting.

Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares represented at the meeting based upon their determination of the validity and effect of proxies, count all votes and report the results, and do such other acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all the shareholders.

Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or by a majority of the inspectors if there be more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

Section 13.   Informal Action by Shareholders .   Any action required by the BCA to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by (i) the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voting, provided that at least five (5) days’ prior notice of the proposed action is given in writing to all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or (ii) all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

Section 14.   Voting by Ballot .   Voting on any question or in any election may be done orally unless the presiding officer shall order or any shareholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 1.   General Powers .   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its board of directors.

Section 2.   Number, Tenure and Qualifications .   The number of directors of the Corporation shall initially be 3 and thereafter may be set from time to time by resolution of the board of directors or the shareholders of the Corporation. Each director shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders or until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. Directors need not be residents of Illinois or shareholders of the Corporation.

 

-4-


Section 3.   Resignations .   Any director, member of a committee or other officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the board of directors, the president or the secretary of the Corporation. A resignation need not be accepted in order to be effective.

Section 4.   Vacancies .   Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, and any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose; provided , however , that any vacancy in the board of directors arising between meetings of shareholders by reason of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Any director so selected shall serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 5.   Removal .   Any director may be removed, with or without cause, at any meeting of shareholders ( provided the notice for such meeting states that a purpose of the meeting is to vote upon the removal of one or more directors named in the notice), by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, and the vacancy in the board of directors caused by such removal may be filled by the shareholders at such meeting.

Section 6.   Regular Meetings .   The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, for the holding of regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section 7.   Special Meetings .   Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

Section 8.   Notice .   Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two (2) days previous thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to each director at such director’s business address, or by telegram, facsimile system, graphic scanning, email or other communication system. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, facsimile system, graphic scanning, email or other communication system, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the notice is delivered to the telegraph, facsimile system, graphic scanning, email or other communication system company. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the

 

-5-


business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 9.   Quorum .   Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of the number of directors fixed by these by-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, provided , that if less than a majority of such number of directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

Section 10.   Meetings by Conference Telephone .   Members of the board of directors may participate in and act at any meeting of the board through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of such equipment shall constitute attendance and presence in person at such meeting.

Section 11.   Manner of Acting .   The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by the BCA, the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 12.   Informal Action by Directors .   Any action required by the BCA to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the directors or all the members of such committee, as the case may be, entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

Section 13.   Committees .   The board of directors may, as set forth above in Section11 or by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two (2) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, or in these by-laws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all

 

-6-


papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Articles of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the by-laws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution, these by-laws, or the Articles of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 14.   Compensation .   The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any individual director, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise. By resolution of the board of directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board.

Section 15.   Presumption of Assent .   A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless such director’s dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless such director shall file their written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1.   Number .   The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary, and such treasurer, vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries or other officers as may be elected or appointed by the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2.   Election and Term of Office .   The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until such officer’s death or until such officer shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights. Any officer may resign at any time by giving

 

-7-


notice to the board of directors or to the president or the secretary. A resignation of an officer need not be accepted in order to be effective.

Section 3.   Removal .   Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4.   Vacancies .   A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 5.   President .   The president shall be the Corporation’s general manager and chief executive officer and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business, affairs and officers of the Corporation. Unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, the president shall preside as chairman at all meetings of shareholders, the board of directors and any committees of which the president is a member. The president shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation; shall have any other powers and duties that are prescribed by the board of directors or the by-laws; and shall be primarily responsible for carrying out all orders and resolutions of the board of directors.

Section 6.   The Vice Presidents .   In the absence of the president or in the event of the president’s inability or refusal to act, the vice president (if elected by the board of directors or, in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their seniority) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. Any vice president shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the president, the board of directors or these by-laws.

Section 7.   The Treasurer .   If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of their duties in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall determine. The treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be approved by the board of directors; and (c) in general perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the treasurer by the president, the board of directors or these by-laws.

 

-8-


Section 8.   The Secretary .   The secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors and committees of directors, in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal, if any, of the Corporation and, if the Corporation adopts a corporate seal, see that such seal is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the issue thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws; (d) keep a register of the post-office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president, the board of directors or these by-laws.

Section 9.   Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries .   The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the board of directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine. The assistant treasurers and assistant secretaries, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the treasurer or the secretary, respectively, or by the president, the board of directors or these by-laws.

Section 10.   Other Officers .   Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 11.   Salaries .   The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 1.   Certificates for Shares .   Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as may be determined by the board of directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the president or a vice president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary or treasurer or assistant treasurer. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the Corporation. All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like

 

-9-


number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

Section 2.   Transfers of Shares .   Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by such holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

VOTING OF SECURITIES

The president shall have full authority, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, act and vote at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold securities, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the holder thereof, the Corporation might possess and exercise if personally present, and may exercise such power and authority through the execution of proxies or may delegate such power and authority to any other officer, agent or employee of this Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1.   Right to Indemnification .   The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent under the law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and shall hold such person harmless from and against any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonable incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding

 

-10-


by judgment or settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

Section 2.   Indemnification in Order for Corporation to Procure a Judgment.   The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and shall hold such person harmless from and against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in performance of the person’s duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application, that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Section 3.   Indemnification Against Expenses.   To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to this Section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 4.   Determination of Indemnification Eligibility.   Any indemnification under this Section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section. Such determination shall be made (i) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if attainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by a majority of the shareholders.

 

-11-


Section 5.   Claims .   If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Section is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

Section 6.   Non-Exclusivity of Rights .   The indemnification provided by this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an indemnified person may be entitled under any contract, agreement, vote of the shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

Section 7.   Prepayment of Expenses.    Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount, unless it shall ultimately be determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

Section 8.   Other Indemnification .   The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise.

Section 9.   Insurance.    The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a member, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Section.

Section 10.   Amendment or Repeal .   Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

-12-


ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any annual, regular or special meeting, in conformance with any applicable laws. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation and any additional terms and conditions set forth by the board of directors (to the extent permissible under applicable law). Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think in the best interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1.   Fiscal Year .   The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless otherwise determined by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 2.   Corporate Seal .   The Corporation shall not have a corporate seal.

Section 3.   Waiver of Notice .   Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of these by-laws, the articles of incorporation or the BCA, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Section 4.   Amendments.    These by-laws may be altered or repealed and by-laws may be made at any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting thereof if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal or by-law or by-laws to be made is contained in the notice of such special meeting, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at any special meeting of the board of directors, if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal, or by-law or by-laws to be made, is contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

-13-

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTE INDENTURE

Dated as of October 10, 2008

among

CDW CORPORATION,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2015

SENIOR PIK ELECTION EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2015

 

 

 

 


CROSS REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

               Indenture Section         

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.10; 7.13

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312 (a)

   2.09

      (b)

   12.03

      (c)

   12.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   7.06

      (b)(2)

   7.06; 7.07

      (c)

   7.06; 12.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03; 12.04; 12.05

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   12.04

      (c)(2)

   12.04

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   12.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05; 12.02

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.14

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.13

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   2.16; 2.17; 9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.12

      (b)

   2.08

318(a)

   12.01

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)

   12.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Senior Exchange Note Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.01. Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions

   35

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   38

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction

   38

SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders and Lenders

   39

SECTION 1.06. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

   40

SECTION 1.07. Times of Day

   40

SECTION 1.08. Timing of Payment or Performance

   40
ARTICLE II   
THE EXCHANGE NOTES   

SECTION 2.01. Principal Amount and Maturity

   41

SECTION 2.02. Interest Rates

   41

SECTION 2.03. Transferability

   44

SECTION 2.04. Procedure for Exchange

   44

SECTION 2.05. Form and Dating

   44

SECTION 2.06. Execution and Authentication

   45

SECTION 2.07. Registrar and Paying Agent

   45

SECTION 2.08. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust

   46

SECTION 2.09. Holder Lists

   46

SECTION 2.10. Transfer and Exchange

   47

SECTION 2.11. Replacement Notes

   48

SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes

   48

SECTION 2.13. Treasury Notes

   49

SECTION 2.14. Temporary Notes

   49

SECTION 2.15. Cancellation

   49

SECTION 2.16. Defaulted Interest

   49

SECTION 2.17. Record Date

   50

SECTION 2.18. CUSIP/ISIN Numbers

   50

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes

   50

SECTION 2.20. Effectiveness of Indenture

   50
ARTICLE III   
REDEMPTION   

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee

   50

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

   51

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption

   51

 

-i-


SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

   52

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

   52

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

   53

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption

   53

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption

   54

SECTION 3.09. Offer to Purchase

   55
ARTICLE IV   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes

   55

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

   56

SECTION 4.03. Reports and Other Information

   56

SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate

   58

SECTION 4.05. Taxes

   58

SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

   58

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments

   59

SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

   66

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

   68

SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales

   73

SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates

   75

SECTION 4.12. Liens

   77

SECTION 4.13. Issuer Existence

   77

SECTION 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

   78

SECTION 4.15. Additional Guarantees

   79

SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Payments for Consent

   79

SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Business Activities

   79

SECTION 4.18. Further Instruments and Acts

   79
ARTICLE V   
SUCCESSORS   

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

   79

SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted

   81
ARTICLE VI   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default

   81

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration

   82

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies

   84

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

   84

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority

   84

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits

   85

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

   85

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

   85

SECTION 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies

   85


SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative

   85

SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver

   86

SECTION 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   86

SECTION 6.13. Application of Funds

   86

SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs

   87
ARTICLE VII   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee

   87

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee

   88

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

   90

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer

   90

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults

   90

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

   90

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity

   90

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

   91

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

   92

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

   92

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

   92
ARTICLE VIII   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   92

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge

   92

SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance

   93

SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

   94

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

   95

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuer

   95

SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement

   95
ARTICLE IX   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders

   96

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders

   97

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents

   98

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   98

SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

   99

SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount

   99


ARTICLE X   
GUARANTEES   

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee

   99

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

   101

SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery

   102

SECTION 10.04. Subrogation

   102

SECTION 10.05. Severability

   102

SECTION 10.06. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

   102

SECTION 10.07. Benefits Acknowledged

   104

SECTION 10.08. Release of Guarantees

   104

SECTION 10.09. Contribution

   105
ARTICLE XI   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

SECTION 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge

   105

SECTION 11.02. Application of Trust Money

   106
ARTICLE XII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls

   106

SECTION 12.02. Notices

   106

SECTION 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

   107

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   107

SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   108

SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents

   108

SECTION 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

   108

SECTION 12.08. Governing Law

   108

SECTION 12.09. Waiver of Jury Trial

   108

SECTION 12.10. Force Majeure

   109

SECTION 12.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

   109

SECTION 12.12. Successors

   109

SECTION 12.13. Severability

   109

SECTION 12.14. Counterpart Originals

   109

SECTION 12.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

   109

SECTION 12.16. Waiver of Immunities

   109
    

Schedule I

 

Payments and Agreements in Effect on the Closing Date

  

Appendix A

 

Provisions Relating to the Initial Notes and Registered Exchange Notes

  
    
EXHIBITS     
    

Exhibit A

 

Form of Increasing Rate Note

  

Exhibit B

 

Form of Fixed Rate Note

  

Exhibit C

 

Form of Notational Guarantee

  

Exhibit D

 

Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

  
    


Exhibit E

   Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Guarantors   

Exhibit F

   Form of Registration Rights Agreement   

Exhibit G

   Form of Authentication Order   


This SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTE INDENTURE (this “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 10, 2008, is among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Guarantor ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (a) (i) (x) up to $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”) and (y) up to $300,000,000, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount of Loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement (as defined herein) resulting from the payment of PIK Interest (as defined below) on the Loans, of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”), in each case to be issued and authenticated under this Indenture upon exchange of the Loans (as defined herein) on or after the Conversion Date (as defined herein) as provided in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement therefore and (ii) the issuance from time to time of PIK Notes (as defined below) to be issued and authenticated under this Indenture in respect of interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act (as defined herein) and issued, the Issuer’s senior exchange notes due 2015 and senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (collectively, the “ Registered Exchange Notes ”) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) in exchange for any Initial Notes (as defined below) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.     Definitions .

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain agreement and plan of merger dated as of May 29, 2007 between VH Holdings, Inc., VH MergerSub, Inc. and the Issuer, as amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (so long as any amendment, supplement or modification after the Closing Date, together with all other amendments, supplements and modifications after the Closing Date, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Acquisition Agreement in effect on the Closing Date).

 

1


Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, or any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Fixed Rate Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Fixed Rate Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of: (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Fixed Rate Note at October 15, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(a) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Fixed Rate Note through October 15, 2011 (calculated based on the Cash Interest rate) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Fixed Rate Note.

The Applicable Premium will be calculated by the Issuer.

Asset Sale ” means (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (as lessor) or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer (other than the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25,000,000;

 

2


(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(i) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

(l) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and Receivables Facility financings permitted under this Indenture;

(m) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;

(n) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(p) any Permitted Asset Swap; and

(q) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date, (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as an Asset Sale.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

 

3


Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the disinterested directors, in which case by a majority of such directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Calculation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases or occupancy agreement upon a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any other Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars;

(2) (a) Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the economic and monetary union contemplated by the Treaty on European Union; or

 

4


(b) in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any lender under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated A- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or A3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s:

(11) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1) through (10) above; and

(13) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (11) above or other high quality short term investments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are

 

5


converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Issuer and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Issuer and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities, including, without limitation, Parent;

(3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer then in office shall cease to consist of Continuing Directors; or

(4) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

Change of Control Offer ” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof to all Holders.

Closing Date ” means October 12, 2007.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock in such Person that does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

6


Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (f) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (g) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that (without duplication),

(1) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions, including, but not limited to, up to $20,000,000 in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of the Issuer for continued employment through 2007 and the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date), severance, integration costs, relocation costs, transition costs, other restructuring costs, litigation settlement or losses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded, provided that, solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, such losses, costs, charges or other expenses shall be excluded only to the extent they are non-cash and will not require cash settlement in the future (it being understood that the payment of up to $53,000,000 referenced above shall be considered “non-cash” for this purpose),

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

7


(4) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (6) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Issuer in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Issuer has funded such net loss in cash with respect to such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not wholly permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (5) above, increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (6)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-up, write-down or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, in each case to the extent permitted hereunder, shall be excluded,

(9) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) impairment charge or asset write-off, write-up or write-down (other than write-offs or write-downs of inventory or receivables), in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of assets or liabilities, including intangibles arising (including goodwill and organizational costs) pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded,

 

8


(11) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Issuer shall be excluded; provided that the maximum add-back to Consolidated Net Income shall be no greater than $1,000,000 in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to the Issuer as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded, and

(12) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payments, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing or recapitalization transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor,

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, or

(4) as an account party with respect to any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of nomination or election, (y) appointed, approved or

 

9


recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or (z) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than one times the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contribution amount to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (a) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (b) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity equal to or later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and

(2) such cash contribution amount is not applied to make Restricted Payments.

Conversion Date ” means October 10, 2008.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes, each in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Debt Issuances ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more issuances after the Conversion Date of Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar securities or instruments.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note issued on or after the Conversion Date (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

Depository ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.07 hereof as the Depository with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depository hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), that is issued for cash (other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an

 

10


Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the earlier of the Maturity Date or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (ii) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the offering of the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan, (iii) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and

 

11


other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write-offs or write-downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(f) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof; plus

(i) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of specified actions taken or initiated in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (i) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (ii) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (iii) the aggregate amount of costs savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Issuer’s EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date; plus

(j) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(k) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such

 

12


evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(l) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(m) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods) or (B) due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (1) public offerings with respect to Common Stock of the Issuer or of any of its direct or indirect parent companies registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (3) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Issuer.

Exchange ” means the receipt by a lender under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement of Initial Notes in exchange for the Loans (or a portion thereof) of such lender then outstanding.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date ” means, as to each Increasing Rate Note, the date (which shall be a Business Day) upon which such Note was received in exchange for Loans or, in the case of a Fixed Rate

 

13


Note, the date (which shall be a Business Day) upon which such Note was received in exchange for Loans or Increasing Rate Notes, as applicable.

Exchange Request ” means a written notice sent by a lender to the Administrative Agent and the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to an Exchange Date selected by such lender for an Exchange, specifying (i) the lender’s legal name; (ii) the Exchange Date selected by such lender; (iii) the principal amount of the Loans to be exchanged for Initial Notes pursuant to the applicable notice; and (iv) if the lender is electing to have the interest rate fixed pursuant to terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Initial Notes, the principal amount of the Initial Notes to be represented by a Fixed Rate Note.

Exchange Spread ” means zero basis points during the three-month period commencing on the Conversion Date and shall increase by 50 basis points at the beginning of each subsequent three-month period.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Existing Inventory Financing Agreements ” means the following agreements, in each case, as amended, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time: (i) that certain Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Government, Inc., an Illinois corporation and CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, and (ii) that certain Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation.

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Issuer or Restricted

 

14


Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 18-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that in each case such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Issuer’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

15


Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (1) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization/accretion of original issue discount (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period and (2) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Fixed Rate Global Note ” means a permanent global Fixed Rate Note in definitive, fully registered form (including, with respect to any Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, any PIK Interest added to the principal amount of any such Fixed Rate Note).

Fixed Rate Note ” means a Note bearing a fixed rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.02(b) hereof and subject to call protection as provided in Section 2.02(d) hereof.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (2) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (1) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the Closing Date, except for any reports required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP in effect on the date thereof. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner, including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors will be Parent and each Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Restricted Subsidiary and a guarantor under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

 

16


(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity, raw materials, utilities and energy prices.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Increasing Rate Global Note ” means a permanent global Increasing Rate Note in definitive, fully registered form (including, with respect to any Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, any PIK Interest added to the principal amount of any such Increasing Rate Note).

Increasing Rate Note ” means any Note other than a Fixed Rate Note.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money,

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,

(c) evidenced by letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(d) Capitalized Lease Obligations,

(e) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed, or

(f) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),

(3) Disqualified Stock of such Person, and

(4) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (i) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF

 

17


97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” and (iii) obligations with respect to Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any person under clause (1)(d) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such person in good faith.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Banks ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., collectively.

Initial Notes ” means (i) the Senior Exchange Notes and (ii) the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, in each case issued in exchange for the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, which may take the form of Fixed Rate Notes or Increasing Rate Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Fixed Rate Notes with different interest rates will be issued as separate series under this Indenture; provided , however , that Fixed Rate Notes that accrue interest at the same rate due on the same payment date will be issued as a single series. “Initial Notes” shall include any Fixed Rate Notes issued in exchange for Increasing Rate Notes.

Initial Rate ” shall be determined on the Conversion Date and shall equal the interest rate borne by the Loans on the day immediately preceding the Conversion Date, plus 50 basis points.

Interest Payment Date ” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to Stated Maturity, and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on the Conversion Date (in the case of the first such Interest Period) or the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period (in the case of each subsequent Interest Period) and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding April 15 or October 15 and (ii) the Maturity Date.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

18


(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the third paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof, (i) ”Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Conversion Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

Issuer ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Krasny Plan ” means the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II as in effect on the Closing Date.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any governmental authority.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the city in which the principal Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment

 

19


date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Lenders ” has the meaning provided in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with respect to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Loan ” or “ Loans ” means any loan made under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, including any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

Management Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and among certain management companies associated with the Sponsors and the Issuer and any direct or indirect parent company.

Maturity Date ” means October 12, 2015.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds ” means with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Issuer’s good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement), in connection with such Asset Sale (including, in the case of any such Asset Sale in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold and (iv) in the case of any such Asset Sale by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof.

 

20


Notes ” means the Initial Notes, the PIK Notes and the Registered Exchange Notes, collectively. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02 hereof, all Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02 hereof, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to the “principal” amount of the Notes shall include any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase”.

Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in the security register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five (5) Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

(1) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

(2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

(3) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);

(4) the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);

(5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof;

(6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

(7) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase

 

21


Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;

(8) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

(9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

(10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or its Paying Agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

(11) that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof shall be purchased); and

(12) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, principal accounting officer, controller, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer, by two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Parent ” means VH Holdings, Inc. and any successor.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

 

22


Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors, (ii) any Person who is an Officer or otherwise a member of management of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, provided that if such Officers and members of management beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of either of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Closing Date or issued within 90 days thereafter, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, (iii) any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons and (iv) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the

 

23


Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed the greater of: (x) $150,000,000; and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets of the Issuer; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof;

(12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof and performance guarantees consistent with past practice, and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility;

(15) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(16) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 4.11 hereof, except transactions permitted by clauses (2), (6), (8), (10), (12) or (13);

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(18) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(19) additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(20) loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof;

 

24


(21) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Issuer or any such Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(23) deposits made by the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(24) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of stay, customs, performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in all material respects on Schedule 1.01 of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement;

(7) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Closing Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (l9)(B) of this definition; provided , however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lien holders with respect

 

25


to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(14) minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15) leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses or operating agreements (including, without limitation, licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

26


(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a Depository institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) with a principal amount not exceeding $75,000,000 at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided , however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(21) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(24) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(25) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11), (20) and (24) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

 

27


(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(29) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) with respect to customs duties in the ordinary course of business, (ii) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (iii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iv) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(32) Liens on inventory or equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(33) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(34) Liens on cash deposits of the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(35) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

(36) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(37) Liens consisting of customary contractual restrictions on cash and Cash Equivalents; and

 

28


(38) (A) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees (including any Registered Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) and the related Guarantees) and (B) Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (11) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and other obligations that are secured by the security documents related to the Revolving Credit Facility.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

PIK Interest ” means interest paid in the form of increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or issuing PIK Notes.

PIK Margin ” means 75 basis points.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Purchase Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means (1) S&P and Moody’s or (2) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (A) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

 

29


Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not on a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Party ” means (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc., (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, Inc., as the case may be, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to in clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Required Holders and Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders that have Loans outstanding and Holders that hold Notes that, in the aggregate, represent more than 50% of the sum of the principal amount of all Loans and all Notes outstanding at such time. Section 2.12 hereof and Section 2.13 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this definition. Any Loan that has not been repaid or exchanged for Notes pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement shall be considered “outstanding”.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

 

30


Revolving Credit Facility ” means that certain revolving credit facility, dated as of the Closing Date, among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, the lenders party thereto and certain other parties specified therein, providing revolving loans and other extensions of credit, including any related notes, debentures, bonds, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 and amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 2, 2008, by and among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, Parent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreement executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

Senior Secured Term Loan ” means that certain senior secured term loan, dated as of the Closing Date and amended and restated as of March 12, 2008, among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Lenders party thereto and certain other parties specified therein, providing for term loans, including any related notes, debentures, bonds, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indebtedness (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned

 

31


or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 and amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 2, 2008, among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, Parent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreement executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Subordinated Note Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of October 10, 2008 between the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes may be issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Senior Subordinated Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 of the Issuer.

Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof in the form of Exhibit F to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Sponsors ” means Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. and each of their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company thereof).

Standard Receivables Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any

 

32


contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Net Tangible Assets ” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and any other like intangibles, all on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options or other equity interests.

Transactions ” means (i) the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and the Krasny Plan, (ii) the entry into the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (iv) the entry into the Revolving Credit Facility and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (v) the entry into the Senior Secured Term Loan and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (vi) (A) the issuance of the Notes and the provision of Guarantees by the Guarantors and (B) the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the provision of guarantees by the guarantors thereof, (vii) the payment of fees and expenses related to each of the foregoing and (viii) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing in each case, as contemplated as of the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and the Krasny Plan.

Transfer Date ” means, for any transfer or sale of Notes, the date upon which that transfer or sale is completed.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2011; provided , however , that if the period from the

 

33


Redemption Date to October 15, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Trust Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

Type ” means, with respect to a Note, its character as an Increasing Rate Note or a Fixed Rate Note.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be so designated). The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and any Indebtedness assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such designation shall have been permitted to have been incurred by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with such Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two (2) Business Days prior to such determination.

Except as described in Section 4.09 hereof, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Issuer has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an

 

34


amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

 

35


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Additional Interest”

   1.1(a) of

Appendix A

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11

“Agent Members”

   2.1(c) of
Appendix A

“AHYDO Redemption Date”

   3.08

“Applicable Procedures”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.10

“Authentication Order”

   2.06

“Cash Election”

   2.02(f)

“Cash Interest”

   2.02(e)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.14

“Clearstream”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“DTC”

   2.02(g)

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10

“Euroclear”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“Global Notes Legend”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   10.01

“IAI”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“incur”

   4.09

“Initial Promissory Note”

   2.04

“Interest Election Notice”

   2.02(f)

“Interest Rebate”

   2.02

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions”

   4.09

“Mandatory Principal Redemption”

   3.08

“Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount”

   3.08

“Note Register”

   2.07

“Paying Agent”

   2.07

“Permitted Debt”

   4.09

“PIK Election”

   2.02(f)

“PIK Interest”

   2.02(e)

“PIK Notes”

   2.02(e)

“QIB”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Redemption Date”

   3.07

 

36


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.09

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Registered Exchange Offer”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Registrar”

   2.07

“Registration Rights Agreement”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Regulation S”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“Regulation S Notes”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“Restricted Global Note”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Restricted Notes Legend”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07

“Restricted Period”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Returned Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Rule 501”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Rule 144”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“Rule 144A Notes”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Rule 904”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Second Commitment”

   4.10

“Senior Cap”

   2.02(a)

“Senior Exchange Note”

   Preamble

“Senior PIK Election Exchange Note”

   Preamble

“Senior PIK Cap”

   2.02(a)

“Shelf Registration Statement”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Successor Person”

   5.01

“Taxes”

   4.05

“Treasury Capital Stock”

   4.07

 

37


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Unrestricted Definitive Note”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Note”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;

(b) an accounting term not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Indenture shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) “including” means including without limitation;

(e) “principal,” with respect to the amount of any Senior PIK Election Exchange Note or Loan, shall include any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest;

(f) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(g) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(h) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

38


(i) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time;

(j) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(k) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(l) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”; and

(m) any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Indenture shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders and Lenders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders and Lenders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders or Lenders, as applicable, in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by a Lender shall bind every future assignee of such Loan, in respect of any action taken, suffered or

 

39


omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(f) The Issuer may, except as otherwise provided herein and in the Notes, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders.

(g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC may provide its proxy to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depository’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(i) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such Depository to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

SECTION 1.06. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to agreements (including the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, this Indenture and the Notes) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by this Indenture; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.07. Times of Day .  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.08. Timing of Payment or Performance .  When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

40


ARTICLE II

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Principal Amount and Maturity .

(a) The Issuer agrees that the principal amount of the Initial Notes received by each Holder upon exchange of a Loan will equal 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans (or the portions thereof) for which they are exchanged pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof. If a Default, as defined in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, shall have occurred pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and be continuing on the Exchange Date, any notices given or cure periods commenced while any Loan was outstanding shall be deemed given or commenced (as of the actual dates thereof) for all purposes with respect to the Notes (with the same effect as if the Notes had been outstanding as of the actual dates thereof). The Issuer agrees to provide the Trustee with copies of any notices given or received with respect to any such Default.

(b) All of the Notes will mature on the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.02. Interest Rates .

(a) (i) Except as otherwise provided in clauses (ii) and (iii) below and Sections 2.02(b) and 2.16 below, Notes shall bear interest for the period from and including the date such Note was received in exchange for Loans (or, in the case of PIK Notes, the date such PIK Note was issued) to, but excluding, the Maturity Date, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) equal to (x) in the case of Cash Interest, the Initial Rate plus the Exchange Spread and (y) in the case of PIK Interest, the Initial Rate plus the Exchange Spread plus the PIK Margin.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (i), but subject to Section 2.16 hereof, the interest rate borne by any (x) Senior Exchange Note shall not exceed 11.00%per annum (the “ Senior Cap ”), and (y) Senior PIK Election Exchange Note shall not exceed 11.50% (plus the PIK Margin) (the “ Senior PIK Cap ”); provided that for the avoidance of doubt the Senior PIK Cap shall not limit or affect in any manner the Issuer’s obligation to pay interest due in respect of the PIK Margin as required by Section 2.02(a)(i).

(iii) In connection with exchanges pursuant to Exchange Requests delivered (A) after the tenth Business Day prior to a Record Date for the payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Holder all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to the Loans being exchanged through the next Interest Payment Date to occur thereunder following the Exchange Request ( i.e. , for purposes of determining the amount of interest to be paid to such Holder, the Holder shall be treated as if it held a Loan, and not a Note, for the entire Interest Period), and (B) on or prior to the tenth Business Day prior to a Record Date for the payment of interest on the Notes, the applicable Holder shall not be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to the Loans being exchanged for the Interest Period during which the Exchange Date occurs, and shall instead be entitled to all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due as set forth in such Notes from the first day of the Interest Period under this Indenture during which the Exchange Date occurs through the Interest Payment Date under this Indenture following the Exchange Date ( i.e. , for purposes of determining the amount of interest to be paid to such Holder, the Holder shall be treated as if it held a Note, and not a Loan, for

 

41


the entire Interest Period); provided , however , that in case of exchanges covered by clause (B) above, if an exchanging Holder improperly receives a semi-annual interest payment with respect to an Extended Loan being exchanged for Notes on an Interest Payment Date falling within the interest period for the Notes for which such Holder shall be entitled to receive and shall have actually received the full amount of interest on the Notes to be issued in exchange for such Loans pursuant to clause (B), such Holder shall, with respect to the Loans that bear cash interest and Loans that bear PIK Interest (the “ PIK Loans ”), to the extent interest for the applicable period has been paid in cash with respect to the Loans, rebate to the Borrower in cash an amount equal to such semi-annual interest payment (the “ Interest Rebate ”) and with respect to the PIK Loans, to the extent interest for the applicable period has not been paid in cash, the Administrative Agent will reduce the principal amount of PIK Loans exchanged in an amount equal to such semi-annual interest payment. Upon notice that it has improperly received a semi-annual interest payment under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.02(a)(iii), the applicable Holder shall pay the Interest Rebate within two Business Days following its receipt of such notice of the interest payment on the Notes on the applicable Interest Payment Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a)(i), a Fixed Rate Note may be elected to be received (i) by a Holder other than the Initial Banks or any of their respective Affiliates, at any time on or after the Conversion Date, if such Holder elects to receive call protection as provided in clause (d) below and interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on the date of such election or (ii) by a Holder that is an Initial Bank or any of its Affiliates, on the relevant Transfer Date, if such Holder determines and represents to the Issuer that it is necessary for a bona fide sale of the subject Note to a non-affiliated third party, for such Note to have call protection as provided in clause (d) below and bear interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on such Note on the Transfer Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Issuer makes a PIK Election (as defined in Section 2.02(f) ) with respect to the payment of interest on a Fixed Rate Note, PIK Interest in respect of such Fixed Rate Note shall bear interest at the fixed rate per annum described in this clause (b) plus the PIK Margin.

(c) If a Holder receives a Fixed Rate Note pursuant to clause (b) above, (i) in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, (A) the Depository shall present the appropriate Increasing Rate Global Note to the Trustee, (B) the Trustee shall endorse such Increasing Rate Global Note to reflect the reduction of the principal amount of such Increasing Rate Global Note and apply such principal amount to a corresponding Fixed Rate Global Note with such fixed interest rate and (C) the Trustee shall note on such Fixed Rate Global Note the applicable date of issue of the Fixed Rate Note, and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, upon surrender of the appropriate Increasing Rate Definitive Note or Notes to be exchanged or transferred, the Registrar shall register the exchange or transfer and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate an equal principal amount of a corresponding Fixed Rate Definitive Note or Notes with such terms.

(d) Each Fixed Rate Note shall, subject to Section 3.07 hereof, be non-callable for four years from the Closing Date and shall be callable thereafter at a price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect on such Fixed Rate Note (calculated based on the Cash Interest rate), which premium shall decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date to zero on the date that is two years prior to the Maturity Date.

(e) Interest on the Senior Exchange Notes shall be entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”). At the Issuer’s election, for any interest period commencing prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing

 

42


Date, interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes shall be payable (i) entirely in Cash Interest, (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or, subject to Section 2.02(g), by issuing new Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes of the same Type in respect of such amount (such new notes, “ PIK Notes ”) (“ PIK Interest ”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Interest for each Interest Period commencing on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, will be payable entirely in Cash Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to Sections 3.07 or 3.08 or repurchases of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 or upon acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 shall be made solely in cash. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date and upon the Maturity Date in respect of which any such interest is accruing; provided that (i) additional interest accruing pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be payable from time to time in cash upon demand and (ii) in the event of any redemption of any Note, accrued interest on the principal amount redeemed shall be payable on the date of such redemption. Payments made on the first Interest Payment Date after the date of exchange or the Transfer Date with respect to any Fixed Rate Note issued pursuant to clause (b) above shall include any interest accrued but not paid on the Increasing Rate Note prior to such exchange or transfer.

(f) With respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each Interest Period by delivering a notice (the “ Interest Election Notice ”) to the Trustee 30 days prior to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period. Each Interest Election Notice shall include: (i) the relevant Interest Payment Date and (ii) whether interest shall be paid on such Interest Payment Date entirely as Cash Interest (a “ Cash Election ”), entirely as PIK Interest (a “ PIK Election ”) or 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders of any of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. Any Cash Election or PIK Election shall apply to all of the then outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and Loans. If the Issuer does not deliver an Interest Election Notice before the date specified above for such notice, the interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be payable on the related Interest Payment Date in the form specified in the most recent Interest Election Notice delivered by the Issuer (including an Interest Election Notice provided pursuant to Section 2.06(d) of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement).

(g) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, PIK Interest shall be payable (x) with respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by such Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar). Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by global notes as a result of a payment of PIK Interest, such Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes will mature on the Maturity Date and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, this Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes received on any Exchange Date. PIK Notes issued in respect of Increasing Rate Notes shall have the same terms as such Increasing Rate Notes; and PIK Notes issued in respect of Fixed Rate Notes shall have the same terms as such Fixed Rate Notes.

 

43


(h) If the Issuer elects to pay 50% in Cash Interest and 50% in PIK Interest pursuant to clause (f), such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to Holders of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes pro rata in accordance with their interests.

SECTION 2.03. Transferability .  Each Holder shall have an unconditional right to sell its Notes subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of this Indenture and applicable law.

SECTION 2.04. Procedure for Exchange .  On or prior to the tenth Business Day following the receipt by the Issuer of an Exchange Request from a Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(b) of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or a request by a Holder to exchange an Increasing Rate Note for a Fixed Rate Note, the Issuer shall, deliver or cause to be delivered, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such Exchange Request or request and with the terms of this Indenture, a fully executed Note or Notes, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to Section 2.02(b) herein; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to issue Notes until it shall have received Exchange Requests to issue not less than $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes; provided further that each Exchange shall be in respect of a Loan with an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or the entire remaining amount of any Lender’s Loan). Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1 through 2.4 of Appendix A hereto, such Note shall either (x) be recorded in book-entry form as a beneficial interest in one or more global notes deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and credited to the account of the exchanging Lender directly or indirectly through its participant in DTC’s system, in each case in the same principal amount as such Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged or (y) be issued as a definitive registered note payable to the order of the Holder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, in the same principal amount as such Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged. Promptly upon receipt of a Note in exchange for Loans and subject to the immediately following proviso, the Lender receiving such Note shall return to the Administrative Agent (for prompt delivery to the Issuer) any promissory note delivered to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(e) of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement (the “ Initial Promissory Note ”) in respect of the Loans for which such Note was issued; provided , however , that if any Loans represented by such promissory note are to remain outstanding after the Exchange, such Lender shall not be obligated to return the Initial Promissory Note until such Lender has received the Note and a promissory note representing the Loans that remain outstanding in accordance with the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement. Promptly upon exchange of an Increasing Rate Note for a Fixed Rate Note held by a Holder, such Holder shall return to the Issuer or the Trustee such Increasing Rate Note.

It is understood and agreed that the Increasing Rate Notes exchanged for Fixed Rate Notes constitute the same indebtedness as such Fixed Rate Notes and that no novation shall be effected by any such exchange.

SECTION 2.05. Form and Dating .  Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A attached hereto, which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Increasing Rate Note (whether in global or definitive form) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Fixed Rate Note (whether in global or definitive form) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes (other than the PIK Notes which may be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple thereof, and any increase in the principal amount of the PIK Notes as a result of PIK Interest may be made in integral multiples of $1.00) shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notwithstanding the

 

44


foregoing, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

SECTION 2.06. Execution and Authentication .  At least one Officer of the Issuer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of a Responsible Officer of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver from time to time on any applicable Exchange Date the Initial Notes for issue in a principal amount as set forth in this Article II (not to exceed, at any one time outstanding (x) $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes and (y) $300,000,000 of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans or the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes) upon a written order (an “ Authentication Order ”) of the Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto. In addition, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver from time to time (i) PIK Notes on the applicable Interest Payment Date and (ii) Registered Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Each Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the Exchange Date on which the issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Increasing Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, whether such Notes are to be 144A Notes, IAI Notes or Regulation S Notes, whether the Notes are to be Definitive Notes or Global Notes, whether or not the Notes are to be Initial Notes, PIK Notes or Registered Exchange Notes, the number of separate Note certificates (and, to the extent more than one Note certificate is requested, the aggregate amount of each such Note certificate), the CUSIP and certificate numbers for each Note, the registered holder(s) of each Note, the identity of the DTC Participant for each Global Note, delivery and payment instructions with respect to each Definitive Note and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request, including delivery of a completed Form W-9 of the applicable Holder in the case of an Authentication Order for a Definitive Note.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

SECTION 2.07. Registrar and Paying Agent .  The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange (including exchanges for Fixed Rate Notes). The Registrar shall record on its books and records the increase in principal amount of each Global Note as a result of any PIK Interest payment and the related Interest Payment Date of such PIK Interest payment and shall record such increase in the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note” attached to such Global Note or, alternatively, shall record on its books and records any PIK Notes issued as a result of such PIK Interest payment. The Issuer may appoint one or

 

45


more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more transfer agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agents.

This Issuer shall maintain a Registrar and Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i). Any Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall, to the extent that it is capable, act as such. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as Depository with respect to the Global Notes representing the Notes.

If any Notes are listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

SECTION 2.08. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .  Prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and Cash Interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Cash Interest on the Notes and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.09. Holder Lists .  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee in writing at least five (5) Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

46


SECTION 2.10. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or co-registrar with a request to register the transfer, the Registrar or a co-register shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.

(b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(c) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11 , 2.14 , 3.06 , 3.09 , 4 .10 , 4.14 and 9.04 hereof).

(d) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or tendered in part.

(e) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes of the same Type shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(f) The Issuer (i) shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Increasing Rate Notes for Fixed Rate Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of such Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection or (B) to issue, register the transfer of or to exchange any Increasing Rate Notes for Fixed Rate Notes so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any such Increasing Rate Note being redeemed in part and (ii) must pay all Cash Interest on any Note (A) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of such Note for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection or (B) so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any such Note being redeemed in part.

(g) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(h) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

47


(i) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Type and of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06 hereof.

(j) Any Holder of a Global Note shall by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(k) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.10 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

SECTION 2.11. Replacement Notes .  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note of the same Type if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes .  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.12 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.13 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If an Increasing Rate Note is exchanged for a Fixed Rate Note in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, then such Increasing Rate Note ceases to be outstanding (except for accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to Section 2.02(e) hereof, which shall be included in the applicable Fixed Rate Note).

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions

 

48


thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.13. Treasury Notes .  In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, a Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, a Guarantor or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, a Guarantor or of such other obligor.

SECTION 2.14. Temporary Notes .  Until certificates representing Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes without charge to the Holder. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

SECTION 2.15. Cancellation .  The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.16. Defaulted Interest .  If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.16 . The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than five (5) days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee). The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it

 

49


appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.16 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.17. Record Date .  Unless otherwise set forth in this Indenture, the record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided in the Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c).

SECTION 2.18. CUSIP/ISIN Numbers .  The Issuer in issuing the Notes shall use commercially reasonable efforts to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same “CUSIP” number for all Increasing Rate Notes and the same “CUSIP” number for all Fixed Rate Notes that bear the same rate of interest due on the same payment date, and the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes .  The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes (including any PIK Notes issued in respect of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes thereof, and any increase in the principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes thereof, as a result of PIK Interest) at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.12 and Section 2.13 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

SECTION 2.20. Effectiveness of Indenture .  For the avoidance of doubt, all parties hereto hereby agree that the terms and provisions of this Indenture shall be effective and applicable as of the Conversion Date and at all times thereafter until the time at which no Loans and no Notes are outstanding.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee .  If the Issuer elects or is required to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 or Section 3.08 hereof , it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least fifteen (15) Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this

 

50


Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price and (v) the Type of Note to be redeemed.

If the Issuer is required to make an Offer to Purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 15 days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) the purchase date and further setting forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $25,000,000 or (b) a Change of Control has occurred, as applicable.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .   If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (i) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or (ii) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis among those to be redeemed to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of less than $2,000 can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption .   Except as otherwise provided herein, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XI hereof.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the Redemption Price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes of the same Type and in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

51


(d) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) the CUSIP and ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP and ISIN number that is listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date as stated in such notice, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least fifteen (15) Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the form of such notice and the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .   Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions precedent provided in such notice. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

(a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date or the date on which the Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any applicable premium), and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

52


(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered and not withdrawn in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or purchase date, as applicable, until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date or purchase date, as applicable, not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. If any Note called for redemption or tendered in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .   Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note, and of the same Type as the Note, surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note (other than the PIK Notes) will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption .

(a) The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes (other than any Fixed Rate Notes that are then non-callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof), in whole or in part, at any time, at (i) in the case of Increasing Rate Notes, par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Notes that are then callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof, at a price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect on such Fixed Rate Note (calculated based on the Cash Interest rate), which premium shall decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date to zero on the date that is two years prior to the Maturity Date; provided that in the event of an optional redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(a) , the Increasing Rate Notes and callable Fixed Rate Notes, in each case to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.07(a) , shall be redeemed ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2.02(d) hereof, at any time prior to October 15, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Fixed Rate Notes, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date; provided that, in the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(b) , the Loans shall be prepaid ratably in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.07(b) .

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.02(d) hereof, until October 15, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to par plus the then applicable coupon with respect to each such Fixed Rate Note

 

53


(calculated based on the Cash Interest rate), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued under this Indenture after the Conversion Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Fixed Rate Notes held by Parent and its Affiliates); and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering; provided further that, in the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(c) , the Loans shall be prepaid ratably in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(c) .

If any Notes are listed on a securities exchange, and to the extent required by such securities exchange, the Issuer shall notify the securities exchange of any such notice of redemption. In addition, the Issuer shall notify the securities exchange of the principal amount of any Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of the Notes.

(d) Except pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section 3.07 , the Fixed Rate Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to October 15, 2011.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

(f) Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to completion of the related Equity Offering.

(g) If the Issuer shall optionally prepay any Loans pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, then the Issuer shall, simultaneously therewith, redeem the Notes (other than any Fixed Rate Notes that are then non-callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof or callable at a price other than par pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(ii)) hereof on a pro rata basis with the Loans so prepaid at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption .   Except as set forth under Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Senior Exchange Notes. If the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each tax accrual period beginning with the first tax accrual period ending after October 12, 2012 (each, an “ AHYDO Redemption Date ”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each such Note then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount (as defined below) with respect to such accrual period (such redemption, a “ Mandatory Principal Redemption ”). The redemption price for the portion of each Senior PIK Election Exchange Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The “ Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” with respect to an accrual period means the portion of a Senior PIK Election Exchange Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes prior to an AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make a Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date.

 

54


SECTION 3.09. Offer to Purchase .   In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

On or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 . On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or Depository, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 . The Issuer, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 , any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes .   The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a

 

55


Guarantor, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement; provided , however , the Issuer shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that Additional Interest is due and stating the amount of such Additional Interest on $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes to the Trustee no later than the Record Date of such payment. Unless and until the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate stating that Additional Interest is due and payable, the Trustee is entitled to assume no Additional Interest is due. PIK Interest shall be considered paid on the due date if the Trustee is directed on or prior to such date to issue PIK Notes or increase the principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, in each case in an amount equal to the amount of the applicable PIK Interest.

If all or any portion of (a) the principal amount of any Note or (b) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law and including amounts due at the Maturity Date, by acceleration or otherwise), such Note shall, without limiting the rights of the Holders, bear interest in cash at a rate per annum that is 2% above the rate otherwise applicable to such Note from the date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (both before and after judgment). For the avoidance of doubt, the interest rate applicable to overdue principal shall equal the then applicable interest rate on the Notes plus the additional 2% referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, pursuant to the terms of such sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the Senior Cap limit or affect the Issuer’s obligation to pay interest on overdue amounts at the rate required to be paid by this Section 4.01 .

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .   The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) required under Section 2.07 hereof where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York required by Section 2.07 hereof for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof.

SECTION 4.03. Reports and Other Information .   Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee, without cost to the Trustee (who, at the Issuer’s expense, will furnish to the Holders), within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a filer that is a “non-accelerated filer”, from and after the Conversion Date:

 

56


(1)     substantially the same quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Issuer were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and

(2)     substantially the same current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) for a filer that is a “non-accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided , that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders pursuant to Article VI if holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A and certify their status as to the Issuer, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d) (4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent company (other than Parent) becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent company to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such parent Issuer rather than the Issuer; provided that the same are accompanied by consolidating information as required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (or any successor provision) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent and such other parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirement to provide the information and reports referred to in clause (1) above shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act by the filing with the Commission of a registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act within the timeframes required by the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Trustee is under no duty to examine such reports, information or documents to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture or to ascertain the correctness or otherwise of the information or the statements contained therein. The Trustee is entitled to assume such compliance and correctness unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is informed otherwise.

 

57


SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Conversion Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default or Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of such Default or Event of Default) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default (unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured prior to such time) and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officers’ Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.04, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with, or the breach of, any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.05. Taxes .   The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, charges, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .   The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

58


SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments .   The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a)     declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (i) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iii), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation), provided that the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b)     purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c)     make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d)     make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1)     no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2)     the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and

(3)     such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (11), (13), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph; provided that the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

59


(a)     50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2007 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b)     100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer after the Closing Date, in each case to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Parent and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c)     100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

(d)     to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received after the Closing Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or interest, return, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or other distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

60


(e)     in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1)     the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2)    (A) the redemption, prepayment repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3)     the redemption, prepayment, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as (A) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) the principal amount, including any accrued and unpaid interest, of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(4)     a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase

 

61


agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit agreement, agreement or arrangement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement), provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year (x) on or prior to December 31, 2008, $40,000,000 and (y) thereafter, $50,000,000 (which, in either case, shall increase to $70,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $90,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer); and provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date ( provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);

(5)     the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

(6)     the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after the Closing Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date;

(7)     repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8)     the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock)

 

62


following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9)     Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10)     other Restricted Payments after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) $75,000,000; and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets;

(11)     distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and purchase of any assets in connection with a Receivables Facility made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

(12)     the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions similar to those described in Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(13)     the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(i)     franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(ii)     federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided , that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(iii)     customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv)     general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

63


(v)     amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(vi)     fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this section (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in under Section 5.01 hereof;

(vii)     cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

(viii)     amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this paragraph (other than pursuant to clause (9) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (11) thereof);

(ix)     reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(x)     reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14)     cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Issuer; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this Section 4.07 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(15)     distributions, by dividends or otherwise, of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(16)    cash dividends or other distributions on the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses, including any severance and indemnification obligations

 

64


or deferred compensation, incurred in connection with the Transactions or this offering, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 4.11 hereof;

(17)     any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto, including the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date and (C) the payment of fees and expenses related thereto;

(18)     Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (15) of this paragraph or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(19)     payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Indenture, including Section 5.01 hereof;

(20)     [Intentionally Reserved]; and

(21)     in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Issuer and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Issuer as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (6), (8), (10), (12) and (13)(v) and (vi) above, no default which, with the passage of time would be an Event of Default, or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

As of the Closing Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such

 

65


Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants of this Indenture.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 4.07 may be in the form of a loan.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any (i) Restricted Payment covered in clauses (a) through (c) of the definition of Restricted Payments (including, without limitation, any payment, dividend or distribution) to the holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (which shall include the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates) (other than (x) to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies with respect to Equity Interests held by them in such capacities pursuant to clause (4) and (y) a Restricted Payment made pursuant to clause (13)(i)-(iv), (ix) or (x) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.07 ) or (ii) Investment in the Sponsor, any Permitted Holders who are members of a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) with the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates (other than to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent)), in each case during any period beginning on the date on which the Issuer makes an election to pay PIK Interest with respect to any interest period ending on the first date after such interest period on which the Issuer makes a payment of Cash Interest with respect to a subsequent interest period.

SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .   The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)     pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2)    make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3)     sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1)     contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan or related documents as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Closing Date;

(2)    (x) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees (including any Registered Exchange Notes with respect to the Initial Notes and related exchange Guarantees) and (y) the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Note Guarantees (including any notes to be issued in exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes

 

66


pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement and related exchange guarantees);

(3)     purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 on the property so acquired;

(4)     applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5)     any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6)     contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7)     Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8)     restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9)     other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, provided , that the terms of such agreements are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or this Indenture on the Closing Date;

(10)     customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11)     customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12)     restrictions and conditions by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13)     negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture; and

 

67


(14)     any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Notes, in each case as and when due; provided further , however , that with respect to agreements existing on the Closing Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Closing Date.

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock .   The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the limitations of set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Section 4.09 .

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1)    (w) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (w) and then outstanding does not exceed $1,190,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (x) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $750,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (y) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (y) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (A) $900,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 4.10 hereof, less the aggregate principal amount of outstanding obligations under or in respect of any Receivables Subsidiary and (B) (i) 85% of the book value of accounts

 

68


receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 65% of the book value of the inventory of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (z) and then outstanding does not exceed $2,700,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 4.10 hereof;

(2)    (x) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes (including any Guarantees thereof and any PIK Notes issued from time to time as payment of PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and any interest in the amount of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes as a result of a PIK payment, and in each case, any Guarantee thereof) and any Registered Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (y) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Subordinated Notes (including any Senior Subordinated Note Guarantees thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes (including any related guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement;

(3)     any Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2) above);

(4)     Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, construction, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, construction, lease or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter;

(5)     Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6)     Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)) and (B) in the case of a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall

 

69


at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7)     Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) and (B) if the Issuer or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes;

(8)     shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

(9)     Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(10)     obligations in respect of customs, stay, bid, appeal, performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150,000,000; provided that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred and outstanding for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 without reliance on this clause;

(12)    (x) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

70


(13)     the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 and clauses (2) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) and (19) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, and (y) 90 days after the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

(14)    (i) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or (ii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided , that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15)     Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two (2) Business Days of its incurrence;

(16)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17)     Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility that is not recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Receivables Undertakings);

(18)     Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses, former spouses, heirs or family members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies permitted by Section 4.07 hereof;

(19)     Contribution Indebtedness (it being understood that any Contribution Indebtedness issued pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for

 

71


purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Contribution Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 hereof without reliance on this clause (19));

(20)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described in Article VIII hereof;

(21)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(22)     cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(23)     Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(24)     Indebtedness under (x) the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (y) other inventory financing agreements which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (x) and this clause (y), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400,000,000.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09 in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 , the Issuer will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 , and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness (including any PIK Interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes) or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan outstanding on the Closing Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and any such Indebtedness that was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of the Closing Date may not later be reclassified. Additionally, all or any portion of any other item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing

 

72


Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or in the definition of Permitted Debt, no Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Preferred Stock in reliance on the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (14) of the definition of Permitted Debt (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 5.0% of Total Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries; provided , that in no event shall any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (x) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (x) and (y), not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this paragraph.

SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales .   The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1)     the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2)     at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities other than contingent liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by the applicable creditor(s) in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such

 

73


transferee that are converted by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any assets described in clauses (2) or (3) below, and (iv) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 2% of Total Assets of the Issuer on the date on which such Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may

(a)     apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1)    (i) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) to reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary), or (iii) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness ( provided that if the Issuer or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open market purchases ( provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes, other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2)     to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other non-current assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3)     to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(b)     enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (a)(1), (2) or (3) above, provided that such binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated, and (y) the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365 day period

 

74


Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”; provided that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365 th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25,000,000, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a)     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25,000,000, a majority of the Board of Directors

 

75


of the Issuer (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;

(3) the payment to the Sponsors and any of their respective officers or Affiliates by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination or indemnification payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to the Management Agreement and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment (x) does not increase the amount of fees payable to the Sponsors and (y) is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or other agreements as in effect on the Closing Date that are entered into in connection with the Transactions and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(4) payments in respect of employment, severance and any other compensation arrangements with, and fees and expenses paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or any Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of business and made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of this first paragraph of this Section 4.11 ;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

76


(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (other than the Management Agreement (which are permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.11 ), but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) that are disclosed in Schedule I hereto, including with additional parties that may be added subsequent to the Closing Date and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including Parent and its Subsidiaries), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

(10) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Issuer (other than a Subsidiary);

(11) any transaction permitted by Section 5.01 hereof;

(12) any transaction with a Receivables Subsidiary effected as part of a Receivables Facility;

(13) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(14) payments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Parent and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives); and

(15) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

SECTION 4.12. Liens .   The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Notes if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes or the Guarantees under this Section 4.12 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee under this Section 4.12.

SECTION 4.13. Issuer Existence .   Subject to Section 4.14 hereof and Article V hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its company existence, and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer), if the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in

 

77


the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .   If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (a “ Change of Control Payment ”) in cash equal to (i) 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Fixed Rate Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase and (ii) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Increasing Rate Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes, or, at the Issuer’s option and as set forth below, in advance of a Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date of such Change of Control Payment specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control

 

78


Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and may be conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

SECTION 4.15. Additional Guarantees .   After the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause (i) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs any Indebtedness in excess of $25,000,000 (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (15) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof) and (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within ten (10) Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee, together with an Opinion of Counsel, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Payments for Consent .   The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Business Activities .   The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.18. Further Instruments and Acts .   Upon request by the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

(1) (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, including the Person

 

79


to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period either, (i) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(5) each Guarantor (except if it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (2) above shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3), (4) and (5) above will not be applicable to: (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Guarantor; (b) the Issuer merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction; and (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary; provided that if the Foreign Subsidiary so consolidating, merging or transferring all or part of its properties and assets is a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, such Foreign Subsidiary shall, substantially simultaneously with such merger, transfer or disposition, terminate its Guarantee and otherwise be in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) For purposes of this Section 5.01 , the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

(d) The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

(e) In connection with any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer contemplated by this Section 5.01 , the Issuer shall expressly assume the obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by supplemental indenture and shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, evidencing such succession together with an Officers’

 

80


Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer contemplated by this Section 5.01 and such supplemental indenture in respect thereto complies with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the successor entity, subject to the customary exceptions.

SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Issuer” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default .  Each of the following events referred to in clause (1) through (7) inclusive of this Section 6.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”.

(1) Non-Payment of Principal .  The Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) Non-Payment of Interest .  The Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(3) Specific Covenants .  The Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below or 90 days with respect to the covenant described under Section 4.03 hereof;

(4) Cross-Acceleration .  A default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Conversion Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal and accrued and unpaid interest on any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any

 

81


applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $100,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) Judgments .  The failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100,000,000 (other than any judgments covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy companies and as to which liability coverage has not been denied by the insurance company or indemnifying party), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final and non-appealable;

(6) Invalidity of Guarantees .  The Guarantee of Parent or a Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any group of Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or Parent or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of the Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(7) Insolvency and Bankruptcy Proceeding .  (i) The Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration .  If an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) with respect to the Issuer) shall occur and be

 

82


continuing, the Trustee acting at the written direction of the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in cash without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes. After such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on such Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7) hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) hereof with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes.

 

83


No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuer with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuer would have had to pay if the Issuer then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .  Subject to Section 6.02 hereof, Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the issued and then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and its consequences hereunder, except a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority .  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may (1) refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, reasonably determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or (2) take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers

 

84


under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall offer to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .  Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing or the Trustee receives such notice from the Issuer;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .  If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) or Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies .  If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.11 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter

 

85


existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.13. Application of Funds .  After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 6.02 hereto (or after the Notes have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received shall be applied by the Trustee or any Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel payable under Section 7.07 hereof) payable to each of the Trustee or such Agent (ratably among the Trustee or such Agent in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them);

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Holders of the Notes, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

86


Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Notes and ratably among the Holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting unpaid principal of the Notes ratably among the Holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Holders that are due and payable to the Trustee and the other Holders on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Trustee and the other Holders on such date.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13 .

SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs .  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities and after the cure or waiver of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or the Trust Indenture Act once this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture or the Trust Indenture Act once this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the

 

87


requirements of this Indenture, provided, however, that the Trustee need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01 ;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02 , 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01 .

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting hereunder, it may require an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

88


(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

(m) The Trustee shall have no obligations or rights under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and nothing contained herein will be deemed to impart actual or constructive knowledge of the contents of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement to the Trustee. Any references in this Indenture to the obligations and rights under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement are only applicable to the Issuer, the Guarantors, holders of Loans and, in certain instances, the Holders.

(n) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any potential or actual liability or expense (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk, liability or expense is not reasonably assured to it.

 

89


SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults .  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .  Within 60 days after each April 15, beginning with the April 15 following the date Notes are first issued hereunder, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission, if required by applicable law, and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .  The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07 ) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel.

 

90


The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof, to secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07 , the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .  A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 . The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(A) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof or Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act;

(B) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(C) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(D) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (at the Issuer’s expense) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become

 

91


effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08 , the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .  If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .  The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02 , the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(A) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes when such

 

92


payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(B) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(D) this Section 8.02 .

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 , the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 , 4.04 , 4.05 , 4.07 , 4.08 , 4.09 , 4.10 , 4.11 , 4.12 , 4.14 , 4.15 , 4.16 , 4.17 and 5.01 hereof and the operation of clauses (3), (4) and (5) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes); provided , however , that no covenant defeasance pursuant to this Section 8.03 shall release the Issuer from its obligations under the Trust Indenture Act, including, without limitation, its obligations under Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(4) , 6.01(5) , 6.01(6) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer but not with respect to the Issuer) and 6.01(7) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 , the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.05 , 2.06 , 2.07 , 2.08 , 7.07 , 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08 . After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07 , 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive.

 

93


SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .  The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes issued hereunder, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest due on the Notes (calculated based on the Cash Interest rate) on the Stated Maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date.

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(B) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the

 

94


other creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .  Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05 , the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuer .  Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with

 

95


Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders .  Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate as to no material adverse effect to the Holders and an Opinion of Counsel, may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, and the Notes, in each case at any time after the first issuance of Notes, without the consent of any Holder or any Lender:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(5) to secure the Notes;

(6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(7) to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(8) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

(9) to conform the negative covenants of this Indenture to the applicable negative covenants of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall have the right, but not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers’ Certificate shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture (other than as required by Section 4.15 hereof) upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

 

96


SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders .  Except as provided below in this Section 9.02 , the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, in each case at any time after the first issuance of Notes, with the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders (including, with respect to the Holders, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived, in each case at any time after the first issuance of Notes, with the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders (including, with respect to the Holders, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby and all Lenders with outstanding Loans a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes and each Lender with outstanding Loans, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder and with respect to each Note to be issued to any non-consenting Lender):

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; reduce the principal amount of such Loans the Lenders of which must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; or change the definition of “Required Holders and Lenders”;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the Maturity Date of any such Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Note (other than the provisions of Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, except as set forth in clause (10) below);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note or change the definition of PIK Margin;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Required Holders and Lenders and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee

 

97


which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders and all Lenders with outstanding Loans;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or impact the right of any Holder of Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(7) make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions of Section 9.01 hereof or this Section 9.02 ;

(8) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, except as set forth in clause (10) below;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect either the Holders or the Lenders with outstanding Loans if such Lenders held Notes;

(10) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or

(11) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes or that would be adverse to the Lenders with outstanding Loans if such Lenders held Notes.

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents .  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by (a) a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note and (b) a Lender with an outstanding Loan is a continuing consent by such Lender and every assignee of such Loan or portion of such Loan. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note and any such Lender with an outstanding Loan or assignee of such Loan may revoke its consent if, in each case, the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder and will, unless further amended or waived pursuant to the terms of this Article IX, bind every Lender who subsequently exchanges its Loans for Notes.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall (along with the Lenders pursuant to this Article IX) be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders and Lenders has been obtained.

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver, the text of which shall be provided by the Issuer, on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the

 

98


Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .  The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until their respective Board of Directors approve it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, upon request, and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived, that such amended or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith, and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as required by Section 4.15 hereof, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers’ Certificate will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount .  All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class with the Lenders pursuant to this Article IX. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes and Lenders with the requisite aggregate principal amounts of Loans have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX, Section 2.19 hereof and the definition of “Required Holders and Lenders.”

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of and applicable interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and applicable interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (the obligations in clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

 

99


(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of acceptance of its Guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default on the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the failure of any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) except as set forth in Section 10.08 hereof, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Holder of any Note or the Trustee in favor of the Issuer or any other person.

(d) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 10.02 and 10.06 hereof, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by (ii) any recession, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any thereof, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Indenture, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Issuer or any other Guarantor or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Issuer or any other Guarantor. The Trustee and the Holder of any Note may, at their election, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Issuer or any other Guarantor or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Issuer or any other Guarantor, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Issuer or any other Guarantor, as the case may be.

(f) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Indenture, the Holder of any Note and the Trustee, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Indenture, the Notes and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this

 

100


Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(g) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder of any Note or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise.

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing clauses (a) through (g) and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder of any Note or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by mandatory redemption, optional redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee for distribution to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer to the Holder of any Note or the Trustee.

(i) Each Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01 . The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

(j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01 .

(k) Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Issuer’s and each other Guarantor’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Trustee or the Holders will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

(l) The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability .  Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations Guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby Guaranteed without rendering this Indenture or the Notes, as they relates to such Guarantor, voidable

 

101


under applicable Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery .  To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an authorized officer of such Guarantor and that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C shall be enclosed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor (or, if an Officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article X, to the extent applicable.

SECTION 10.04. Subrogation .  Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 10.05. Severability .  In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 10.06. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.06(a) , a Guarantor (other than Parent) may not (1) consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person; or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets; unless:

(1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Guarantor ”);

 

102


(2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered, together with an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance was made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (A) may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Guarantor or (B) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs if at that time it does not hold any material assets.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.06(b) , Parent will not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Parent is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets; unless:

(1) (a) Parent is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (Parent or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Parent Guarantor ”);

(2) the Successor Parent Guarantor (if other than Parent) assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and

 

103


satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Parent and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to be performed by the Parent, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Parent with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Parent. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Guarantor.

SECTION 10.07. Benefits Acknowledged .  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 10.08. Release of Guarantees .  Each Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under this Article X (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.02 hereof) upon:

(1) (a) any sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, disposition or other transfer), after which, in the case of a subsidiary Guarantor, the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, in each case made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(b) the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Closing Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of all of the Indebtedness (other than the Senior Subordinated Notes (to the extent the Senior Subordinated Notes are outstanding)) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of all of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes; or

(d) such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan, each as in effect on the Closing Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan (which may be conditioned on the concurrent release hereunder), (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) or (15) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any guarantee that will be released upon the release of the Guarantee hereunder); or

 

104


(e) the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article XI.

SECTION 10.09. Contribution .  Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge .  This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:

(1) either (A) all Notes heretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has heretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Notes heretofore not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound;

(3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

 

105


In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01 , the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

SECTION 11.02. Application of Trust Money .  Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls .  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 12.02. Notices .  Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Attention: Ann E. Ziegler, Chief Financial Officer

  Phone: (847) 968-0204

  Facsimile: (847) 968-0461

  Christine Leahy, General Counsel

  Phone: (847) 968-0203

  Facsimile: (847) 968-0303

  With a copy to:

 

106


Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention: James S. Rowe

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile: (651) 495-8097

Attention: Raymond S. Haverstock

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

SECTION 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .  Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .  Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(A) An Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05

 

107


hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(B) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof) shall comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(A) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(B) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(C) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(D) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, unitholder or member of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, including Parent, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 12.08. Governing Law .  THIS INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 12.09. Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

 

108


IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 12.10. Force Majeure .  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

SECTION 12.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .  This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 12.12. Successors .  All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.08 hereof.

SECTION 12.13. Severability .  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.14. Counterpart Originals .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

SECTION 12.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.16. Waiver of Immunities .  To the extent that the Issuer may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in this Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Issuer or the Issuer’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Issuer hereby irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waive, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

[Signatures on following page]

 

109


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION

By    

 

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

 

Name:

Title:

 

Robert J. Welyki

Vice President, Treasurer and
Assistant Secretary

S IGNATURE P AGE

S ENIOR E XCHANGE N OTE I NDENTURE


                                                      GUARANTORS :

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:  Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:    Treasurer and Assistant

              Secretary

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:  Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:    Vice President, Treasurer and

              Assistant Secretary

CDW CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:  Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:    Vice President, Treasurer and

              Assistant Secretary

CDW DIRECT, LLC
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:  Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:    Vice President, Treasurer and

              Assistant Secretary

CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:  Robert J. Welyki
  Title:    Vice President, Treasurer and               Assistant Secretary

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

S ENIOR E XCHANGE N OTE I NDENTURE


CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:  Robert J. Welyki
  Title:    Vice President, Treasurer and               Assistant Secretary
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP
        By       /s/ Christine Leahy
  Name:  Christine Leahy
  Title:    Secretary

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

S ENIOR E XCHANGE N OTE I NDENTURE


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  as Trustee

    By       /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
  Name: Raymond S. Haverstock
  Title: Vice President

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

S ENIOR E XCHANGE N OTE I NDENTURE


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

SECTION 1.1     Definitions .

(a)   Capitalized Terms .

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in the Indenture to which this Appendix A is attached. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest, if any, owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such Global Note, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Euroclear ” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Global Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A and Exhibit B to this Indenture.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Issuer, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Registered Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 10, 2008 in the form of Exhibit F to this Indenture.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Notes ” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend.

Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A and Exhibit B to this Indenture

 

1


Restricted Period ”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to any such Notes.

Rule 501 ” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Notes ” means all Initial Notes offered and sole to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuer in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note representing Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(b) Other Definitions .

 

 

Term :    Defined in Section :

“Agent Members”

   2.1(c)

“Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(b)

SECTION 2.1     Form and Dating .

(a)  The Initial Notes (other than the PIK Notes) will be issued to the Lenders in exchange for Loans held by such Lenders in an aggregate principal amount equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans for which they are exchanged, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, Fixed Rate Notes may also be issued to Holders of Increasing Rate Notes. In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, PIK Notes may be issued in respect of the payment of PIK Interest.

(b)   Global Notes .   (i)  Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the applicable restricted

 

2


securities legend set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the Holders of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. The Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes transferred to IAIs shall be, following such transfer, held in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “ IAI Global Note ”), and Notes transferred pursuant to Regulation S shall initially be, following such transfer, held in the form of one or more temporary global Notes (collectively, the “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the Holders of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, a permanent global note (the “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” and, together with the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the “ Regulation S Global Note ”) or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Restricted Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are each referred to herein as a “ Global Note ” and are collectively referred to herein as “ Global Notes ”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as hereinafter provided.

Pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of the Indenture, the Holders of Global Notes may elect, upon the fulfillment of certain terms and conditions therein, to receive a Fixed Rate Note in exchange for Loans or an Increasing Rate Note. Interests in a Global Note in respect of Fixed Rate Notes shall be represented by a Rule 144A, Regulation S or IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in the form of Exhibit B to the Indenture. Interests in a Global Note in respect of an Increasing Rate Note shall be represented by a Rule 144A, Regulation S or IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture.

The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b)(i) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an Authentication Order signed by two Officers of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian and (iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Members of, or participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(ii)  Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance with the

 

3


applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.3. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor Depository within 90 days or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or (ii) if requested by a Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Notes. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures

(iii)  In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(iv)  Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.3 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(v)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.3.

(vi)  The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.2   Authentication .   The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon receipt of an Authentication Order signed by two Officers of the Issuer Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, (x) $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes and (y) $300,000,000, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans or the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. Such Notes may be Increasing Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Each Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the Exchange Date on which the issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Increasing Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, whether such Notes are to be 144A Notes, IAI Notes or Regulation S Notes, whether the Notes are to be Definitive Notes or Global Notes, whether or not the Notes are to be Initial Notes, PIK Notes or Registered Exchange Notes, the number of separate Note certificates (and, to the extent more than one Note certificate is requested, the aggregate amount of each such Note certificate), the CUSIP and certificate numbers for each Note, the registered holder(s) of each Note, the identity of the DTC Participant for each Global Note, delivery and payment instructions with respect to each Definitive Note and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request, including delivery of a completed Form W-9 of the applicable Holder in the case of an Authentication Order for a Definitive Note.

SECTION 2.3   Transfer and Exchange .

(a)         Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .   A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes also may be

 

4


exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.11 and 2.13 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.3(b) or 2.3(g).

(b)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .   The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)         Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note .   Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U. S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U. S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.3(b)(i).

(ii)         All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .   In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that are not subject to Section 2.3(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.3(g).

(iii)         Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note .   A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

(iv)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .   A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

5


(A)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(B)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.06, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

(v)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note .   Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes .   A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii).

(d)         Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .   Definitive Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable:

(i)         Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .   If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)         if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(B)         if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

 

6


(C)         if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(D)         if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(E)         if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(F)         if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note.

(ii)         Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .   A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)         if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(B)         if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

 

7


(iii)         Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv)         Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(e)         Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.3(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.3(e).

(i)         Transfer Restricted Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes . A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(B)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(C)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(D)         if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and

(E)         if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

 

8


(ii)         Transfer Restricted Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .   Any Transfer Restricted Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(1)         if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(2)         if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)         Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .   A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(iv)          Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes .  An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Note.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.15 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f)    Legend .

(i)   Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY

 

9


STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

(ii)   Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its

 

10


request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

(iii)  After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv)   Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer.

(v)   Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(g)   Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note .   At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.15 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h)   Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

(i)   To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)   No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.11, 2.14, 3.06, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 of the Indenture).

(iii)   Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

11


(iv)   All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i)   No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i)  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii)  The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

12


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INCREASING RATE NOTE]

[Global Notes Legend]

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Notes Legend]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING

 

A-1


THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Temporary Global Notes Legend]

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(B)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, IN EACH OF CASES (A) THROUGH (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS

 

A-2


REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

A-3


CUSIP [                ]

ISIN [                 ] 1

 

 

[RULE 144A] [IAI] [REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

[SENIOR] [SENIOR PIK ELECTION] EXCHANGE NOTE DUE 2015

 

No.    [$                     ]  

CDW CORPORATION

promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                                       United States Dollars] on October 12, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing                                                      

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

1

Sr Rule 144A Note ISIN: US12513GAK58

Sr Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 12513GAK5

Sr Regulation S Note ISIN: USU1253FAD79

Sr Regulation S Note CUSIP: U1253FAD7

Sr IAI Note ISIN: US12513GAL32

Sr IAI Note CUSIP: 12513GAL3

PIK Rule 144A Note ISIN: US12513GAN97

PIK Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 12513GAN9

PIK Regulation S Note ISIN: USU1253FAE52

PIK Regulation S Note CUSIP: U1253FAE5

PIK IAI Note ISIN: US12513GAP49

PIK IAI Note CUSIP: 12513GAP4

 

A-4


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:                              , 20     

CDW CORPORATION

 

  By:        
    Name:
    Title:

 

A-5


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

  By:      
     
    Authorized Signatory

 

A-6


[Back of Increasing Rate Note]

[Senior] [Senior PIK Election] Exchange Note due 2015

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.         INTEREST.   CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay [interest on the Senior Exchange Notes entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”).] 2 [for any interest period commencing prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes (i) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”), (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or, subject to the provisions in the immediately following paragraph, by issuing new Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes of the same Type in respect of such amount (such new notes, “ PIK Notes ”) (“ PIK Interest ”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Interest for each Interest Period commencing on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, will be payable entirely in Cash Interest.] 3 Interest on this Note will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 7.913% 3 plus the Exchange Spread. [PIK Interest on this Note will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 8.288% 4 plus the Exchange Spread plus the PIK Margin.] 2 The “Exchange Spread” means zero basis points during the three-month period commencing on the Conversion Date and shall increase by 50 basis points at the beginning of each subsequent three-month period. [The interest rate borne by the Increasing Rate Notes shall not exceed 11.00% 5  per annum.] 1 [The interest rate borne by the Increasing Rate Notes shall not exceed 11.50% 6  per annum (plus the PIK Margin).] 2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes or any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Increasing Rate Notes shall bear interest in cash at a rate per annum that is 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto from the date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (both before and after judgment), and the Issuer shall pay interest in cash on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. [Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of the Senior PIK Election Exchange and PIK Notes pursuant to Sections 3.07 or 3.08 or repurchases of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and PIK Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash.] 2 Interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

[PIK Interest shall be payable (x) with respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust

 

 

2 Insert if this Note is a Senior Exchange Note.

3 Insert if this Note is a Senior PIK Election Exchange Note.

4 Insert the rate equal to the interest rate borne by the Loans on the day immediately preceding the Conversion Date plus 50 basis points.

5 Senior Cap to be determined at the time of execution of the Senior Exchange Note Indenture based upon the Senior Loans Total Cap then in effect under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

6 Senior PIK Cap to be determined at the time of execution of the Senior Exchange Note Indenture based upon the PIK Election Loans Total Cap then in effect under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

A-7


Company or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by such Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar).

With respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each Interest Period by delivering a notice (the “ Interest Election Notice ”) to the Trustee 30 Days prior to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period. Each Interest Election Notice shall include: (i) the relevant Interest Payment Date and (ii) whether interest shall be paid on such Interest Payment Date entirely as Cash Interest (a “ Cash Election ”), entirely as PIK Interest (a “ PIK Election ”) or 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. Any Cash Election or PIK Election shall apply to all then outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and Loans. If the Issuer does not deliver an Interest Election Notice before the date specified above for such notice, the interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be payable on the related Interest Payment Date in the form specified in the most recent Interest Election Notice delivered by the Issuer (including an Interest Election Notice provided pursuant to Section 2.06(d) of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement).] 2

The Issuer will pay interest on each Increasing Rate Note semi-annually on each April 15 and October 15 following the date such Increasing Rate Note is received in exchange for Loans [or issued as PIK Interest] 2 , and on the Maturity Date. [If the Issuer elects to pay 100% PIK Interest for an Interest Period, the amount of such PIK Interest shall be distributed pro rata in accordance with the interests of the Holders of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes (whether such interest is to be paid by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or by the issuance of PIK Notes). If the Issuer elects to pay 50% in Cash Interest and 50% in PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to Holders of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes pro rata in accordance with their interests.] 2 Interest on each Increasing Rate Note [(other than a PIK Note)] 2 will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the Loans exchanged for such the Increasing Rate Note. [Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by global notes as a result of a payment of PIK Interest, such Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such payment. Any PIK Note will bear interest from and after the applicable Interest Payment Date on which it was issued.] 2

[References in the Indenture and in this Note to the “principal” amount of the Loans and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes shall include increases in the principal amount of the Loans and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes as a result of any PIK Interest payment.] 2

2.         METHOD OF PAYMENT.   The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.16 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of cash interest will be made at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of cash interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available

 

A-8


funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof] 7 [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion)] 8 . Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.         PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.   Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.         INDENTURE.   The Issuer issued the Notes under a Senior Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among CDW Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Exchange Notes due 2015. The Increasing Rate Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, all Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

The terms of the Notes include those stated in Sections 1.03, 1.05, 2.09, 7.06, 7.07, 7.08, 7.10, 7.11, 12.01, 12.02 and 12.03 of the Indenture, which are made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited at any one time outstanding to (i) $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes and (ii) $300,000,000 of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans or the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. This Increasing Rate Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include both Increasing Rate Exchanged Notes and Fixed Rate Notes. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, consolidate, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limits on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.

5.         OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.   The Issuer is entitled to redeem all or a portion of the Increasing Rate Notes at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at par plus

 

 

7 Applicable if this Note is represented by a Global Note registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee on the relevant record date.

8 Applicable if this Note is a Definitive Note.

 

A-9


accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption; provided that in the event of an optional redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Increasing Rate Notes and callable Fixed Rate Notes ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

If the Issuer shall optionally prepay any Loans pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, then the Issuer shall, simultaneously therewith, redeem the Increasing Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes (other than any Fixed Rate Notes that are then non-callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) of the Indenture or callable at a price other than par pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(ii) of the Indenture) on a pro rata basis with the Loans so prepaid at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

6.         MANDATORY REDEMPTION.   [The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Senior Exchange Notes.] 1 [If the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each tax accrual period beginning with the first tax accrual period ending after August 21, 2012 (each, an “ AHYDO Redemption Date ”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each such Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount (as defined below) with respect to such accrual period (such redemption, a “ Mandatory Principal Redemption ”). The redemption price for the portion of each Senior PIK Election Exchange Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The “ Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” with respect to an accrual period means the portion of a Senior PIK Election Exchange Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Senior PIK Election Exchange Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to an AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make a Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date.] 2

7.         NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.   Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XI of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on this Note or portions thereof called for redemption.

8.         OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of an Increasing Rate Note will have the right to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Increasing Rate Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The Issuer must offer to repurchase the Increasing Rate Notes at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount, without premium, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, with the Net Proceeds from certain nonordinary course Asset Sales pursuant to the terms of Section 4.10 of the Indenture; provided , however , that the Issuer is required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to apply a portion of such Net Proceeds toward the prepayment of Loans and Increasing Rate Notes.

 

A-10


9.         GUARANTY.   The payment by the Issuer of the principals of, and premium and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

10.         DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.   The Notes (other than the PIK Notes) are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

11.         PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.   The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

12.         DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE.   Subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or certain U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13.         AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.   The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

14.         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.   The Events of Default relating to the Notes are set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Required Holders and Lenders by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

15.         AUTHENTICATION.   This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

16.         GOVERNING LAW  . THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

17.         CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS.   Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of

 

A-11


redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0304

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

A-12


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:     
   (Insert assignee’s legal name)
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                 

Your Signature:                                                              

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)                  

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                                                           

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-13


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER

RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $                      principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or, in the event the Issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Rule 144(d)(1)(i) under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

  (1)         ¨          to the Issuer; or

 

  (2)         ¨          to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or

 

  (3)         ¨          pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

  (4)         ¨          inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

  (5)         ¨          outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or

 

  (6)         ¨          to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or

 

  (7)         ¨          pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided ,

 

A-14


however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

     
      __________________________    
   

Your Signature

 
Signature Guarantee:      
Date:____________________________     __________________________    

Signature must be guaranteed

by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty

medallion program or other

signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee

   

    Signature of Signature

    Guarantee

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:____________________________     ______________________________________
     

NOTICE: To be executed by

                    an executive officer

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.10             [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                                  

Date:                                         

Your Signature:                                                          

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)                

Tax Identification No.:                                                  

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                                                       

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-16


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                          . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, [or] exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note have been made[, or payment of PIK Interest have been made] 2 :

 

[Date of  PIK
Payment/]
2 Date
of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
   Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
   Principal Amount
of

this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
officer

of  Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-17


[FORM OF FACE OF FIXED RATE NOTE]

[Global Notes Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Notes Legend]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL

 

B-1


ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Temporary Global Notes Legend]

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(B)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, IN EACH OF CASES (A) THROUGH (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER

 

B-2


HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

B-3


CUSIP [                ]

ISIN [                 ] 9

[RULE 144A] [IAI] [REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

[SENIOR] [SENIOR PIK ELECTION] EXCHANGE NOTE DUE 2015

 

No.

[$                    ]             


 

CDW CORPORATION

promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                                           United States Dollars] on October 12, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing                             

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

9

Sr Rule 144A Note ISIN: US12513GAA76

Sr Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 12513GAA7

Sr Regulation S Note ISIN: USU1253FAA31

Sr Regulation S Note CUSIP: U1253FAA3

Sr IAI Note ISIN: US12513GAB59

Sr IAI Note CUSIP: 12513GAB5

PIK Rule 144A Note ISIN: US12513GAD13

PIK Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 12513GAD1

PIK Regulation S Note ISIN: USU1253FAB14

PIK Regulation S Note CUSIP: U1253FAB1

PIK IAI Note ISIN: US12513GAE98

PIK IAI Note CUSIP: 12513GAE9

 

B-4


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:                              , 20         

    CDW CORPORATION

            By:

                     ___________________________________________

                        Name:

                        Title:

 

B-5


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

        By:

               ___________________________________________

                                         Authorized Signatory

 

B-6


[Back of Fixed Rate Note]

Senior Exchange Note due 2015

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.         INTEREST. CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay [interest on the Senior Exchange Notes entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”).] 1 0 [for any interest period commencing prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes (i) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”), (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or, subject to the provisions in the immediately following paragraph, by issuing new Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes of the same Type in respect of such amount (such new notes, “ PIK Notes ”) (“ PIK Interest ”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Interest for each Interest Period commencing on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, will be payable entirely in Cash Interest.] 11 Interest on this Note will accrue at a fixed rate per annum determined as provided in Section 2.02(b) of the Indenture, which rate shall equal (a) in the case of Holders other than the Initial Banks and their respective affiliates, the rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on the underlying Increasing Rate Note on the date of such election and (b) in the case of a Holder that is an Initial Bank or its affiliate, the rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on the underlying Increasing Rate Note on the Transfer Date (in either case, not to exceed [11.00% 12 per annum] 1 [11.50% 13 per annum (plus the PIK Margin)] 2 ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes or any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Fixed Rate Notes shall bear interest in cash at a rate per annum that is 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto from the date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (both before and after judgment), and the Issuer shall pay interest in cash on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. [Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of the Senior PIK Election Exchange and PIK Notes pursuant to Sections 3.07 or 3.08 or repurchases of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and PIK Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash.] 2 Interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

[PIK Interest shall be payable (x) with respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by such Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by certificated notes, by

 

 

10 Insert if this Note is a Senior Exchange Note.

11 Insert if this Note is a Senior PIK Election Exchange Note

12 Senior Cap to be determined at the time of execution of the Senior Exchange Note Indenture based upon the Senior Loans Total Cap then in effect under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

13 Senior PIK Cap to be determined at the time of execution of the Senior Exchange Note Indenture based upon the PIK Election Loans Total Cap then in effect under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

B-7


issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar).

With respect to the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each Interest Period by delivering a notice (the “ Interest Election Notice ”) to the Trustee 30 Days prior to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period. Each Interest Election Notice shall include: (i) the relevant Interest Payment Date and (ii) whether interest shall be paid on such Interest Payment Date entirely as Cash Interest (a “ Cash Election ”), entirely as PIK Interest (a “ PIK Election ”) or 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. Any Cash Election or PIK Election shall apply to all then outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and Loans. If the Issuer does not deliver an Interest Election Notice before the date specified above for such notice, the interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be payable on the related Interest Payment Date in the form specified in the most recent Interest Election Notice delivered by the Issuer (including an Interest Election Notice provided pursuant to Section 2.06(d) of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement).] 2

The Issuer will pay interest on each Fixed Rate Note semi-annually on each April 15 and October 15 following (y) in the case of clause (a) above, the date such Fixed Rate Note is received in exchange for Loans or an Increasing Rate Note [or issued as PIK Interest] 2 and (z) in the case of clause (b) above, the Transfer Date with respect to such Fixed Rate Note and, in the case of both clauses (y) and (z), on the Maturity Date. [If the Issuer elects to pay 100% PIK Interest for an Interest Period, the amount of such PIK Interest shall be distributed pro rata in accordance with the interests of the Holders of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes (whether such interest is to be paid by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes or by the issuance of PIK Notes). If the Issuer elects to pay 50% in Cash Interest and 50% in PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to Holders of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes pro rata in accordance with their interests.] 2 Interest on each Fixed Rate Note [(other than a PIK Note)] 2 will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid thereon or, if no interest has been paid, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the underlying Increasing Rate Note prior to the date such Fixed Rate Note was received in exchange for such Increasing Rate Note (or, if no interest has been paid on such increasing Rate Note, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the Loans for which such Exchange Note was exchanged). [Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes represented by global notes as a result of a payment of PIK Interest, such Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such payment. Any PIK Note will bear interest from and after the applicable Interest Payment Date on which it was issued.] 2

[References in the Indenture and in this Note to the “principal” amount of the Loans and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes shall include increases in the principal amount of the Loans and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes as a result of any PIK Interest payment.] 2

2.         METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.16 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of cash interest will be made at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of cash interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that [all payments of principal,

 

B-8


premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof] 1 4 [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion)] 15 . Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.         PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.         INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under a Senior Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among CDW Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Exchange Notes due 2015. Fixed Rate Notes with different interest rates will be issued as separate series under the Indenture; provided , however , that Fixed Rate Notes that accrue interest at the same rate due on the same payment date will be issued as a single series. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, all Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

The terms of the Notes include those stated in Sections 1.03, 1.05, 2.09, 7.06, 7.07, 7.08, 7.10, 7.11, 12.01, 12.02 and 12.03 of the Indenture, which are made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited at any one time outstanding to (i) $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes and (ii) $300,000,000 of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans or the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes. This Fixed Rate Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include both Increasing Rate Exchanged Notes and Fixed Rate Notes. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, consolidate, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limits on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.

 

 

14 Applicable if this Note is represented by a Global Note registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee on the relevant record date.

15 Applicable if this Note is a Definitive Note.

 

B-9


5.         OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. Each Fixed Rate Note shall, subject to the following paragraphs, be non-callable for four years from the Closing Date and shall be callable thereafter, at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect on such Fixed Rate Note, which premium shall decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date to zero on the date that is two years prior to the Maturity Date; provided , however , that such call protection shall not apply to any call for redemption issued by the Issuer prior to the date such Note became a Fixed Rate Note; provided , further , that in the event of an optional redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to redeem the callable Fixed Rate Notes and the Increasing Rate Notes ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Prior to October 15, 2010, the Issuer shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem non-callable Fixed Rate Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to par plus the then applicable coupon with respect to each such Fixed Rate Note (calculated based ion the Cash Interest rate), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings (subject to the prior application of such proceeds as may be required pursuant to any mandatory redemption of Securities or mandatory prepayment of Loans); provided , however , that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued under the Indenture after the Conversion Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Fixed Rate Notes held by Parent and its Affiliates) and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of the related Equity Offering; provided , further , that, in the event of such a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture, the Loans shall be prepaid ratably with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture.

Prior to October 15, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Fixed Rate Notes, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that, in the event of such a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) of the Indenture, the Loans shall be prepaid ratably with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07(b) of the Indenture.

If the Issuer shall optionally prepay any Loans pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, then the Issuer shall, simultaneously therewith, redeem the Fixed Rate Notes then callable at par on a pro rata basis with the Loans so prepaid at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

6.         MANDATORY REDEMPTION. [The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Senior Exchange Notes.] 1 [If the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each tax accrual period beginning with the first tax accrual period ending after August 21, 2012 (each, an “ AHYDO Redemption Date ”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each such Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount (as defined below) with respect to such accrual period (such redemption, a “ Mandatory Principal Redemption ”). The redemption price for

 

B-10


the portion of each Senior PIK Election Exchange Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The “ Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” with respect to an accrual period means the portion of a Senior PIK Election Exchange Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Senior PIK Election Exchange Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to an AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make a Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date.] 2

7.         NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XI of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on this Note or portions thereof called for redemption.

8.         OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of a Fixed Rate Note will have the right to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Fixed Rate Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The Issuer must offer to repurchase the Fixed Rate Notes at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount, without premium, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, with the Net Proceeds from certain nonordinary course Asset Sales pursuant to the terms of Section 4.10 of the Indenture; provided , however , that the Issuer is required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to apply a portion of such Net Proceeds toward the prepayment of Loans and Increasing Rate Notes.

9.         GUARANTY. The payment by the Issuer of the principals of, and premium and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

10.         DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

11.         PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

12.         DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE. Subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or certain U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

B-11


13.         AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

14.         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Required Holders and Lenders by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

15.         AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

16.         GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

17.         CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0304

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

B-12


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: ________________________________________________________________

                                                                                  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Print or type assignee’s address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                 

Your Signature:                                                          

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)                

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                                                       

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

B-13


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER

RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $                  principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or, in the event the Issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Rule 144(d)(1)(i) under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)

   ¨    to the Issuer; or

(2)

   ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or

(3)

   ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(4)

   ¨    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(5)

   ¨    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or

(6)

   ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or

(7)

   ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided ,

 

B-14


however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

     _____________________________
     Your Signature

Signature Guarantee:

    

Date:                                                  

     _________________________________
Signature must be guaranteed
by a participant in a
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee
    

        Signature of Signature

        Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated: ___________________    ________________________________________________
  

NOTICE: To be executed by

                      an executive officer

 

B-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.10             [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                                  

Date:                                              

Your Signature:                                                          

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)                

Tax Identification No.:                                                  

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                                                                

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

B-16


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note have been made [or payment of PIK Interest have been made] 2 :

 

Date of PIK
Payment/Date  of
Exchange
2

   Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
   Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
   Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

B-17


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE

The Guarantors listed below (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantors ,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, have guaranteed the Notes and the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Notes ”) of the Issuer, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article X of the Indenture, and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee.

No stockholder, employee, officer, director, unitholder, member or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director, unitholder, member or incorporator.

This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and not of collection.

This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT C

THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

Dated as of                     

 

[Guarantor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
 
(SEAL)

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

Form of

Transferee Letter of Representation

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0461

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile: (651) 495-8097

Attention: Raymond S. Haverstock

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[                ] principal amount of the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Notes ”) of CDW Corporation (the “ Issuer ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                                              

Address:                                          

Taxpayer ID Number:                         

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuer, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for

 

D-1


the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

TRANSFEREE:                                   ,

by:                                                                            

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of , among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of CDW Corporation (or its successor), an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the existing guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Existing Guarantors ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Issuer and the existing guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Existing Guarantors ”) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 10, 2008, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding of (a) (i) (x) up to $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”) and (y) up to $300,000,000, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount of Loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans, of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) the issuance from time to time of PIK Notes in respect of interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuer’s senior exchange notes due 2015 and senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (collectively, the “ Registered Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and any PIK Notes, the “ Notes ”)) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer.

WHEREAS Sections 4.15 and 5.01 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the Existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on

 

E-1


the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes.

3.  Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

6. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]

        By    

 

   
  Name:
  Title:
CDW CORPORATION

        By    

 

   
  Name:
  Title:
[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

        By    

 

   
  Name:
  Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

        By    

 

   
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-3


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Subsidiary Guarantors

[                      ]

 

E-4


EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

See Attached.

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF AUTHENTICATION ORDER

CDW CORPORATION

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

[Date]

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Attn: Corporate Unit

Re: CDW Corporation Authentication Order

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Senior Exchange Note Indenture dated October 10, 2008 (as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among CDW Corporation, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ CDW ”), the guarantors party thereto and you, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), relating to the issuance of up to $750,000,000 of the Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes (the “ Notes ”), the undersigned hereby deliver an Authentication Order. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Indenture, you, as Trustee, are hereby requested to:

(i) authenticate each of the following Notes on                                  , 20          (the “ Exchange Date ”):

[NOTE: CHART TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH NOTE BEING REQUESTED]

 

Principal Amount of Note to be Authenticated:

 

   

Fixed Rate Note or Increasing Rate Note:

 

   

Type of Note (144A, Regulation S, IAI):

 

   

Definitive Note or Global Note:

 

   

Initial Note, PIK Note or Registered Exchange Note:

 

   

Number of Note Certificate:

 

   

CUSIP Number of Note:

 

   

Registered Holder(s) of Note:

 

   

[If Definitive Note, Delivery Instructions:]

 

   

[If Definitive Note, Payment Instructions:]

 

   

 

G-1


Initial Rate:

 

   

[If Global Note, DTC Participant Number:]

 

   

[If Global Note, Contact Information for DTC Participant:]

 

   

 

  (ii)  hold the Global Notes, if Global Notes are requested, as custodian for DTC,

 

  (iii)  register the Global Notes, if Global Notes are requested, in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and

 

  (iv)  instruct DTC to deliver the Notes represented by the Global Notes to such DTC participants (or, in the case of a Registered Holder that is not a DTC participant that requests a Global Note, to their designated DTC participant custodian) through the book-entry facilities of DTC and in accordance with this Authentication Order.

In accordance with the Indenture, to the extent the Holder has requested a Definitive Note, the Issuer has attached a copy of the Holder’s completed and executed Form W-9 hereto.

[R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK ]

 

G-2


Very truly yours,

 

CDW CORPORATION

By:        
Name:  
Title:  
By:        
Name:  
Title:  

 

G-3

Exhibit 4.2

SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of May 10, 2010, among CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation) (the “ New Issuer ”), the existing guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Existing Guarantors ”), CDW Government LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (as successor in interest to CDW Government, Inc.) (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and the Existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 10, 2008, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding of (a) (i) (x) up to $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”) and (y) up to $300,000,000, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount of Loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans, of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) the issuance from time to time of PIK Notes in respect of interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuer’s senior exchange notes due 2015 and senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (collectively, the “ Registered Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and any PIK Notes, the “ Notes ”)) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer.

WHEREAS Section 5.01 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer may merge with and into another Person with the Successor Company surviving, provided, among other things, that the Successor Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Successor Company shall unconditionally assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has been merged with and into the New Issuer with the New Issuer surviving, and the New Issuer has agreed to assume all obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement;

WHEREAS Section 10.06 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guarantor may merge with and into another Person with the Successor Guarantor surviving, provided, among other things, that the Successor Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Successor Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, CDW Government, Inc. has merged with and into the Successor Guarantor with the Successor Guarantor surviving, and the Successor Guarantor has agreed to guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and to be bound by the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to it as if an original party thereto; and


WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the New Issuer, the Existing Guarantors and the Successor Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Issuer, the Existing Guarantors, the Successor Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1.     Defined Terms .     As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement to Perform .     The New Issuer hereby agrees to unconditionally assume all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement.

3.     Agreement to Guarantee .     The Successor Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the Existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement.

4.     Ratification of Indenture, Notes and Registration Rights Agreement; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture .    Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5.     Governing Law .     THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6.     Trustee Makes No Representation .     The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.     Counterparts .     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8.     Effect of Headings .     The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

CDW LLC
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
 

Title: Senior Vice President and Chief

          Financial Officer

VH HOLDINGS, INC.
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief           Financial Officer
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief           Financial Officer
CDW CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief           Financial Officer
CDW DIRECT, LLC
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief           Financial Officer


CDW GOVERNMENT LLC
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
 

Title: Senior Vice President and Chief

          Financial Officer

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
        By       /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief           Financial Officer
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP
        By       /s/ Christine A. Leahy
  Name: Christine A. Leahy
  Title:   Secretary
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
        By       /s/ Joshua A. Hahn
  Name: Joshua A. Hahn
  Title:   Assistant Vice President


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Existing Guarantors

VH Holdings, Inc.

Berbee Information Networks Corporation

CDW Corporation

CDW Direct, LLC

CDW Logistics, Inc.

Foresight Technology Group

Exhibit 4.3

SECOND SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SECOND SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of August 23, 2010, among CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “ Company ”), CDW Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Initial Issuer ”), and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture dated as of October 10, 2008, as supplemented by the Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, by and among the Company (as successor in interest to the Initial Issuer), the Guarantors and the Trustee (together, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding of (a) (i) (x) up to $890,000,000 of Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”) and (y) up to $300,000,000, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount of Loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement resulting from the payment of PIK Interest on the Loans, of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) the issuance from time to time of PIK Notes in respect of interest on the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Company’s senior exchange notes due 2015 and senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (collectively, the “ Registered Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and any PIK Notes, the “ Notes ”)) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(1) of the Indenture provides that Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder or Lender to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(4) of the Indenture provides that the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder or Lender to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the Indenture provides that the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, with the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to cure an ambiguity in the definition of “Senior Exchange Notes” and “Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”;

WHEREAS, as an accommodation to the current and prospective Holders of Notes intended to facilitate the transferability of the Notes, the Co-Issuer has agreed to become a party to the Indenture as a co-issuer of the Notes;

WHEREAS, the Company has solicited and obtained consents of the beneficial owners of Notes constituting the Required Holders and Lenders with respect to this Supplemental Indenture; and


WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Perform . The Co-Issuer hereby agrees to expressly assume, jointly and severally with the Company, due and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise. The Co-Issuer hereby also expressly assumes jointly and severally with the Company all rights and obligations of the Company with respect to Article 2 (The Exchange Notes), Article 6 (Defaults and Remedies), Article 8 (Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance), Article 11 (Satisfaction and Discharge) and Section 12.07 (No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders) of the Indenture. The Co-Issuer does not assume any other obligations or rights under the Indenture, except as expressly set forth herein.

3.  Amendment to Indenture . The Preamble of the Indenture is hereby amended, effective as of the Conversion Date, as follows:

The following sentence is added at the end of the first WHEREAS clause: “Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms Senior Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes in this Indenture includes both the Initial Notes and any Registered Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes.”

4.  Ratification of Indenture and Notes; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Co-Issuer . The Co-Issuer hereby agrees that it may not acquire or hold any material assets, voluntarily take any action to become liable for any material obligations or engage in any business activities or operations; provided that the Co-Issuer may be a co-obligor with respect to Indebtedness (including for the avoidance of doubt, the Notes) if the Company is a primary obligor on such Indebtedness, the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries and such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.

6. Substitution of Terms . Each reference to “Issuer” set forth in Article 2, Article 3 (Redemption), Section 4.01 (Payment of Notes), Section 4.04 (Compliance Certificate) (other than the first reference to “Issuer” therein), Article 6, Article 8, Article 11 and Section 12.07 of the Indenture shall also refer to, and apply with respect to, the Co-Issuer by substituting each of the Issuer and the Co-Issuer for the Issuer wherever that term appears, including in respect of defined terms used in Article 2, Article


3, Section 4.01, Section 4.04, Article 6, Article 8, Article 11 and Section 12.07 of the Indenture (and solely for purposes of Article 2, Article 3, Section 4.01, Section 4.04, Article 6, Article 8, Article 11 and Section 12.07 of the Indenture).

7. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

9. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

10. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

CDW LLC
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW FINANCE CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CDW CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


CDW GOVERNMENT LLC
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Raymond S. Haverstock

  Name: Raymond S. Haverstock
  Title: Vice President


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Guarantors

CDW Corporation (f/k/a VH Holdings, Inc.)

CDW Technologies, Inc.

CDW Direct, LLC

CDW Logistics, Inc.

CDW Government LLC

Exhibit 4.6

 

 

 

 

SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE INDENTURE

Dated as of October 10, 2008

among

CDW CORPORATION,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2017

 

 

 

 


CROSS REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

               Indenture Section             

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.10; 7.13

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.09

      (b)

   13.03

      (c)

   13.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   7.06

      (b)(2)

   7.06; 7.07

      (c)

   7.06; 13.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03; 13.04; 13.05

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   13.04

      (c)(2)

   13.04

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   13.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05; 13.02

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.14

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.13

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   2.16; 2.17; 9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.12

      (b)

   2.08

318(a)

   13.01

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)

   13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.01. Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions

   37

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   39

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction

   39

SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders and Lenders

   40

SECTION 1.06. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

   41

SECTION 1.07. Times of Day

   41

SECTION 1.08. Timing of Payment or Performance

   41
ARTICLE II   
THE EXCHANGE NOTES   

SECTION 2.01. Principal Amount and Maturity

   42

SECTION 2.02. Interest Rates

   42

SECTION 2.03. Transferability

   43

SECTION 2.04. Procedure for Exchange

   43

SECTION 2.05. Form and Dating

   44

SECTION 2.06. Execution and Authentication

   44

SECTION 2.07. Registrar and Paying Agent

   45

SECTION 2.08. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust

   46

SECTION 2.09. Holder Lists

   46

SECTION 2.10. Transfer and Exchange

   46

SECTION 2.11. Replacement Notes

   48

SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes

   48

SECTION 2.13. Treasury Notes

   48

SECTION 2.14. Temporary Notes

   48

SECTION 2.15. Cancellation

   49

SECTION 2.16. Defaulted Interest

   49

SECTION 2.17. Record Date

   49

SECTION 2.18. CUSIP/ISIN Numbers

   49

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes

   50

SECTION 2.20. Effectiveness of Indenture

   50
ARTICLE III   
REDEMPTION   

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee

   50

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

   50

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption

   51

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

   52

 

-i-


SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

   52

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

   52

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption

   53

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption

   54

SECTION 3.09. Offer to Purchase

   54
ARTICLE IV   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes

   55

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

   55

SECTION 4.03. Reports and Other Information

   56

SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate

   57

SECTION 4.05. Taxes

   57

SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

   58

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments

   58

SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

   65

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

   67

SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales

   72

SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates

   74

SECTION 4.12. Liens

   76

SECTION 4.13. Issuer Existence

   76

SECTION 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

   76

SECTION 4.15. Additional Guarantees

   77

SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Payments for Consent

   78

SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Business Activities

   78

SECTION 4.18. Further Instruments and Acts

   78

SECTION 4.19. Limitation on other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness

   78

SECTION 4.20. No Amendment to Subordination Provision

   78
ARTICLE V   
SUCCESSORS   

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

   78

SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted

   80
ARTICLE VI   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default

   80

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration

   81

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies

   83

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

   83

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority

   83

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits

   84

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

   84

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

   84

 

-ii-


SECTION 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies

   84

SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative

   85

SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver

   85

SECTION 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   85

SECTION 6.13. Application of Funds

   85

SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs

   86
ARTICLE VII   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee

   86

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee

   87

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

   89

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer

   89

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults

   89

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

   89

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity

   89

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

   90

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

   91

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

   91

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

   91
ARTICLE VIII   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   91

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge

   91

SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance

   92

SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

   93

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

   94

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuer

   94

SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement

   94
ARTICLE IX   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders

   95

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders

   96

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents

   97

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   97

SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

   98

SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount

   98

 

-iii-


ARTICLE X   
SUBORDINATION   

SECTION 10.01. Agreement To Subordinate

   98

SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

   98

SECTION 10.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer

   99

SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Securities

   100

SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

   100

SECTION 10.06. Subrogation

   100

SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights

   101

SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Issuer

   101

SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

   101

SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative

   101

SECTION 10.11. Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate

   101

SECTION 10.12. Trust Monies Not Subordinated

   101

SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely

   102

SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination

   102

SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer

   102

SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer on Subordination Provisions

   102
ARTICLE XI   
GUARANTEES   

SECTION 11.01. Guarantee

   102

SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

   105

SECTION 11.03. Execution and Delivery

   105

SECTION 11.04. Subrogation

   105

SECTION 11.05. Severability

   106

SECTION 11.06. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

   106

SECTION 11.07. Benefits Acknowledged

   107

SECTION 11.08. Release of Guarantees

   107

SECTION 11.09. Contribution

   108
ARTICLE XII   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

SECTION 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge

   108

SECTION 12.02. Application of Trust Money

   109
ARTICLE XIII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls

   109

SECTION 13.02. Notices

   109

SECTION 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

   111

 

-iv-


 

SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   111
 

SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   111
 

SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents

   111
 

SECTION 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

   112
 

SECTION 13.08. Governing Law

   112
 

SECTION 13.09. Waiver of Jury Trial

   112
 

SECTION 13.10. Force Majeure

   112
 

SECTION 13.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

   112
 

SECTION 13.12. Successors

   112
 

SECTION 13.13. Severability

   112
 

SECTION 13.14. Counterpart Originals

   112
 

SECTION 13.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

   112
 

SECTION 13.16. Waiver of Immunities

   112

 

Schedule I

   Payments and Agreements in Effect on the Closing Date

Appendix A

   Provisions Relating to the Initial Notes and Registered Exchange Notes

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

   Form of Increasing Rate Note

Exhibit B

   Form of Fixed Rate Note

Exhibit C

   Form of Notational Guarantee

Exhibit D

   Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

Exhibit E

   Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Guarantors

Exhibit F

   Form of Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit G

   Form of Authentication Order

 

-v-


This SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE INDENTURE (this “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 10, 2008, is among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Guarantor ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (a) up to $750,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ”) to be issued and authenticated under this Indenture upon exchange of the Loans (as defined herein) on or after the Conversion Date (as defined herein) as provided in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement (as defined herein) and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act (as defined herein) and issued, the Issuer’s senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (the “ Registered Exchange Notes ”) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) in exchange for any Initial Notes (as defined below) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.   Definitions .

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1)   Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2)   Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain agreement and plan of merger dated as of May 29, 2007 between VH Holdings, Inc., VH MergerSub, Inc. and the Issuer, as amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (so long as any amendment, supplement or modification after the Closing Date, together with all other amendments, supplements and modifications after the Closing Date, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Acquisition Agreement in effect on the Closing Date).

Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, or any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.


Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Fixed Rate Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1)    1% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Fixed Rate Note; and

(2)    the excess, if any, of: (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Fixed Rate Note at October 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(a) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Fixed Rate Note through October 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Fixed Rate Note.

The Applicable Premium will be calculated by the Issuer.

Asset Sale ” means (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (as lessor) or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer (other than the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(a)    a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b)    the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c)    the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12 hereof;

(d)    any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25,000,000;

(e)    any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

2


(f)    the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(g)    any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h)    foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(i)    disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(j)    sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k)    the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

(l)    any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and Receivables Facility financings permitted under this Indenture;

(m)    transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;

(n)    the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o)    voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(p)    any Permitted Asset Swap; and

(q)    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date, (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as an Asset Sale.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1)    with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

 

3


(2)    with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3)    with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the disinterested directors, in which case by a majority of such directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Calculation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Capital Stock ” means:

(1)    in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2)    in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3)    in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4)    any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases or occupancy agreement upon a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any other Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1)    U.S. dollars;

(2)    (a)    Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the economic and monetary union contemplated by the Treaty on European Union; or

(b)    in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3)    securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are

 

4


unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4)    certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any lender under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5)    repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6)    commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7)    marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8)    investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9)    readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10)    Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated A- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or A3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s:

(11)    shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1) through (10) above; and

(12)    in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (11) above or other high quality short term investments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Issuer and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United

 

5


States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Issuer and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1)    the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2)    the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities, including, without limitation, Parent;

(3)    the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer then in office shall cease to consist of Continuing Directors; or

(4)    the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

Change of Control Offer ” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof to all Holders.

Closing Date ” means October 12, 2007.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock in such Person that does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1)    consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of

 

6


Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (f) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (g) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(2)    consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3)    interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that (without duplication),

(1)    any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions, including, but not limited to, up to $20,000,000 in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of the Issuer for continued employment through 2007 and the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date), severance, integration costs, relocation costs, transition costs, other restructuring costs, litigation settlement or losses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded, provided that, solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, such losses, costs, charges or other expenses shall be excluded only to the extent they are non-cash and will not require cash settlement in the future (it being understood that the payment of up to $53,000,000 referenced above shall be considered “non-cash” for this purpose),

(2)    the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3)    any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4)    any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

7


(5)    the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (6) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Issuer in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Issuer has funded such net loss in cash with respect to such period,

(6)    solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not wholly permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (5) above, increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (6)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7)    effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-up, write-down or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8)    any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, in each case to the extent permitted hereunder, shall be excluded,

(9)    any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) impairment charge or asset write-off, write-up or write-down (other than write-offs or write-downs of inventory or receivables), in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of assets or liabilities, including intangibles arising (including goodwill and organizational costs) pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10)    any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded,

(11)    in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Issuer shall be excluded; provided that the maximum add-back to Consolidated Net Income shall be no greater than $1,000,000 in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an

 

8


amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to the Issuer as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded, and

(12)    any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payments, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing or recapitalization transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1)    to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2)    to advance or supply funds

(a)    for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b)    to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor,

(3)    to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, or

(4)    as an account party with respect to any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of nomination or election, (y) appointed, approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or (z) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than one times the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other

 

9


than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that:

(1)    if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contribution amount to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (a) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (b) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity equal to or later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and

(2)    such cash contribution amount is not applied to make Restricted Payments.

Conversion Date ” means October 10, 2008.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes, each in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Debt Issuances ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more issuances after the Conversion Date of Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar securities or instruments.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note issued on or after the Conversion Date (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

Depository ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.07 hereof as the Depository with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depository hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), that is issued for cash (other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

 

10


Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(a)      any Indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, Senior Secured Term Loan and Hedging Obligations;

(b)      any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and Senior Note Indenture; and

(c)      any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $50,000,000 million and is specifically designated by the Issuer in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the earlier of the Maturity Date or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1)    increased (without duplication) by:

(a)    provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

(b)    Fixed Charges of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c)    Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d)    any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of

 

11


Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (ii) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the offering of the Notes, the Senior Notes, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan, (iii) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Senior Notes, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e)    any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write-offs or write-downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(f)    the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g)    the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h)    costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof; plus

(i)    the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of specified actions taken or initiated in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (i) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (ii) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (iii) the aggregate amount of costs savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed the greater of

 

12


(x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Issuer’s EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date; plus

(j)    any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(k)    to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(l)    expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(m)    any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods) or (B) due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions;

(2)    decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3)    increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a)    any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b)    any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (1) public offerings with respect to Common Stock of the Issuer or of any of its direct

 

13


or indirect parent companies registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (3) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Issuer.

Exchange ” means the receipt by a lender under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement of Initial Notes in exchange for the Loans (or a portion thereof) of such lender then outstanding.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date ” means, as to each Increasing Rate Note, the date (which shall be a Business Day) upon which such Note was received in exchange for Loans or, in the case of a Fixed Rate Note, the date (which shall be a Business Day) upon which such Note was received in exchange for Loans or Increasing Rate Notes, as applicable.

Exchange Request ” means a written notice sent by a lender to the Administrative Agent and the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to an Exchange Date selected by such lender for an Exchange, specifying (i) the lender’s legal name; (ii) the Exchange Date selected by such lender; (iii) the principal amount of the Loans to be exchanged for Initial Notes pursuant to the applicable notice; and (iv) if the lender is electing to have the interest rate fixed pursuant to terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Initial Notes, the principal amount of the Initial Notes to be represented by a Fixed Rate Note.

Exchange Spread ” means zero basis points during the three-month period commencing on the Conversion Date and shall increase by 50 basis points at the beginning of each subsequent three-month period.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1)    contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2)    the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Existing Inventory Financing Agreements ” means the following agreements, in each case, as amended, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time: (i) that certain Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Government, Inc., an Illinois corporation and CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, and (ii) that certain Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation.

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

 

14


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 18-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that in each case such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Issuer’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

 

15


Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (1) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization/accretion of original issue discount (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period and (2) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Fixed Rate Global Note ” means a permanent global Fixed Rate Note in definitive, fully registered form.

Fixed Rate Note ” means a Note bearing a fixed rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.02(b) hereof and subject to call protection as provided in Section 2.02(d) hereof.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (2) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (1) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the Closing Date, except for any reports required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP in effect on the date thereof. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner, including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors will be Parent and each Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Restricted Subsidiary and a guarantor under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan.

 

16


Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1)    currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2)    other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity, raw materials, utilities and energy prices.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Increasing Rate Global Note ” means a permanent global Increasing Rate Note in definitive, fully registered form.

Increasing Rate Note ” means any Note other than a Fixed Rate Note.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(1)      any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a)    in respect of borrowed money,

(b)    evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,

(c)    evidenced by letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(d)    Capitalized Lease Obligations,

(e)    representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed, or

(f)    representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(2)    to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),

(3)    Disqualified Stock of such Person, and

 

17


(4)    to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (i) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” and (iii) obligations with respect to Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any person under clause (1)(d) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such person in good faith.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Banks ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., collectively.

Initial Notes ” means the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, which may take the form of Fixed Rate Notes or Increasing Rate Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Fixed Rate Notes with different interest rates will be issued as separate series under this Indenture; provided , however , that Fixed Rate Notes that accrue interest at the same rate due on the same payment date will be issued as a single series. “Initial Notes” shall include any Fixed Rate Notes issued in exchange for Increasing Rate Notes.

Initial Rate ” shall be determined on the Conversion Date and shall equal the interest rate borne by the Loans on the day immediately preceding the Conversion Date, plus 50 basis points.

Interest Payment Date ” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to Stated Maturity, and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on the Conversion Date (in the case of the first such Interest Period) or the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period (in the case of each subsequent Interest Period) and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding April 15 or October 15 and (ii) the Maturity Date.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1)    securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

18


(2)    debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3)    investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4)    corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the third paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof, (i) ”Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Conversion Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

Issuer ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Krasny Plan ” means the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II as in effect on the Closing Date.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged

 

19


with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any governmental authority.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the city in which the principal Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Lenders ” has the meaning provided in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with respect to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Loan ” or “ Loans ” means any loan made under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Management Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and among certain management companies associated with the Sponsors and the Issuer and any direct or indirect parent company.

Maturity Date ” means October 12, 2017.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds ” means with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Issuer’s good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement), in connection with such Asset Sale (including, in the case of any such Asset Sale in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount,

 

20


premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold and (iv) in the case of any such Asset Sale by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and the Registered Exchange Notes, collectively. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02 hereof, all Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02 hereof, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase”.

Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in the security register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five (5) Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

(1)   the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

(2)   the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

(3)   the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);

(4)   the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);

(5)   that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof;

(6)   the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

 

21


(7)   that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;

(8)   that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

(9)   that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

(10)   that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or its Paying Agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

(11)   that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof shall be purchased); and

(12)   if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, principal accounting officer, controller, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer, by two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Parent ” means VH Holdings, Inc. and any successor.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related

 

22


Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors, (ii) any Person who is an Officer or otherwise a member of management of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, provided that if such Officers and members of management beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of either of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Closing Date or issued within 90 days thereafter, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, (iii) any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons and (iv) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1)   any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2)   any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3)   any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4)   any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5)   any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6)   loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

23


(7)   any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8)   Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(9)   loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10)   any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed the greater of: (x) $150,000,000; and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets of the Issuer; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

(11)   Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof;

(12)   guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof and performance guarantees consistent with past practice, and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;

(13)   Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14)   Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility;

(15)   Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(16)   any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 4.11 hereof, except transactions permitted by clauses (2), (6), (8), (10), (12) or (13);

(17)   Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(18)   Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(19)   additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

24


(20)   loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof;

(21)   Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(22)   Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Issuer or any such Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(23)   deposits made by the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(24)   extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Junior Securities ” means:

(1)   Equity Interests in the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; or

(2)   unsecured debt securities which are in each case (x) distributed to the Holders of Notes in respect of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization or adjustment, (y) subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than the Notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under this Indenture and (z) do not mature or become subject to a mandatory redemption obligation prior to the final maturity or the Notes and do not have any terms, and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any agreement or instrument that has terms, that are more burdensome to the issuer of or other obligor on such debt or equity securities than are the terms of the Senior Indebtedness.

Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1)   deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2)   Liens in favor of issuers of stay, customs, performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3)   Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

25


(4)   Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5)   Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6)   Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in all material respects on Schedule 1.01 of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement;

(7)   Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8)   Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Closing Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (l9)(B) of this definition; provided , however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lien holders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9)   Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(10)   Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11)   judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(12)   pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13)   landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any

 

26


Lien securing such obligation or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(14)   minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15)   leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses or operating agreements (including, without limitation, licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

(16)   the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17)   banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a Depository institution;

(18)   Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19)   (A)   other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) with a principal amount not exceeding $75,000,000 at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided , however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20)   Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

27


(21)   Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(22)   Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(23)   Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(24)   Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(25)   Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11), (20) and (24) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(26)   Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27)   security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28)   landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(29)   Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) with respect to customs duties in the ordinary course of business, (ii) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (iii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iv) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30)   Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(31)   Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(32)   Liens on inventory or equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

 

28


(33)   pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(34)   Liens on cash deposits of the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of the Issuer and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(35)   any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

(36)   Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(37)   Liens consisting of customary contractual restrictions on cash and Cash Equivalents; and

(38)   (A)  Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees (including any Registered Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) and the related Guarantees) and (B) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Purchase Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means (1) S&P and Moody’s or (2) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and

 

29


indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (A) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not on a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Party ” means (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc., (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, Inc., as the case may be, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to in clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Representative ” means any trustee, agent or representative, if any, for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantee.

Required Holders and Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders that have Loans outstanding and Holders that hold Notes that, in the aggregate, represent more than 50% of the sum of the principal amount of all Loans and all Notes outstanding at such time. Section 2.12 hereof and Section 2.13 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes

 

30


of this definition. Any Loan that has not been repaid or exchanged for Notes pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement shall be considered “outstanding”.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means that certain revolving credit facility, dated as of the Closing Date, among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, the lenders party thereto and certain other parties specified therein, providing revolving loans and other extensions of credit, including any related notes, debentures, bonds, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 and amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 2, 2008, by and among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, Parent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreement executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

 

31


Senior Exchange Notes ” means up to $890,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Issuer.

Senior Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including interest thereon (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and other amounts (including fees, expenses, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit and indemnities) owing in respect thereof, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred, unless the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligations are subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include, as applicable:

(1)   any obligation of the Issuer to any Subsidiary of the Issuer or of any Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer,

(2)   any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary,

(3)   any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities),

(4)   any Indebtedness or obligation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or obligation of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, including any Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness,

(5)   any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock, or

(6)   any Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture but, as to any such Indebtedness incurred under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holders of such Indebtedness or their Representative shall have received an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of a revolving credit facility thereunder, the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate this Indenture.

If any Senior Indebtedness is disallowed, avoided or subordinated pursuant to the provisions of Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law, such Senior Indebtedness nevertheless will constitute Senior Indebtedness.

Senior Notes ” means the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Notes, collectively.

Senior Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under the Senior Note Indenture and the Senior Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture.

Senior Note Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of October 10, 2008 between the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Senior

 

32


Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes may be issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ” means up to $300,000,000, plus the amount of any increase in principal amount of loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement resulting from the payment of paid-in-kind interest, aggregate principal amount of Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Issuer.

Senior Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof in the form of Exhibit F to the Senior Note Indenture.

Senior Secured Term Loan ” means that certain senior secured term loan, dated as of the Closing Date and amended and restated as of March 12, 2008, among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Lenders party thereto and certain other parties specified therein, providing for term loans, including any related notes, debentures, bonds, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indebtedness (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 and amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 2, 2008, among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, Parent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreement executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to a Person, the Notes (in the case of the Issuer), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person that is not Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1)   with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and

(2)   with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Sponsors ” means Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, Inc. and each of their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company thereof).

 

33


Standard Receivables Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1)     any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2)     any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Net Tangible Assets ” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and any other like intangibles, all on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options or other equity interests.

Transactions ” means (i) the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, and the Krasny Plan, (ii) the entry into the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (iv) the entry into the Revolving Credit Facility and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (v) the entry

 

34


into the Senior Secured Term Loan and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Closing Date by the Issuer and the guarantors thereunder, (vi) (A) the issuance of the Notes and the provision of Guarantees by the Guarantors and (B) the issuance of the Senior Notes and the provision of guarantees by the guarantors thereof, (vii) the payment of fees and expenses related to each of the foregoing and (viii) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing in each case, as contemplated as of the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and the Krasny Plan.

Transfer Date ” means, for any transfer or sale of Notes, the date upon which that transfer or sale is completed.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Trust Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

Type ” means, with respect to a Note, its character as an Increasing Rate Note or a Fixed Rate Note.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to

 

35


which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be so designated). The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and any Indebtedness assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such designation shall have been permitted to have been incurred by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with such Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two (2) Business Days prior to such determination.

Except as described in Section 4.09 hereof, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Issuer has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1)   direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2)   obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1)   the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the

 

36


number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2)   the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

“Additional Interest”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11

“Agent Members”

   2.1(c) of
Appendix A

“Applicable Procedures”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.10

“Authentication Order”

   2.06

“Blockage Notice”

   10.03

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.14

“Clearstream”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“DTC”

   2.02(g)

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10

“Euroclear”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“Global Notes Legend”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   11.01

“IAI”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(b) of
Appendix A

“incur”

   4.09

“Initial Promissory Note”

   2.04

 

37


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Interest Rebate”

   2.02

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions”

   4.09

“Non-Payment Default”

   10.03

“Note Register”

   2.07

“Paying Agent”

   2.07

“Payment Blockage Period”

   10.03

“Payment Default”

   10.03

“Permitted Debt”

   4.09

“QIB”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Redemption Date”

   3.07

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.09

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Registered Exchange Offer”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Registrar”

   2.07

“Registration Rights Agreement”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Regulation S”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(b) of Appendix A

“Regulation S Notes”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note”

   2.1(b) of Appendix A

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note”

   2.1(b) of Appendix A

“Restricted Global Note”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Restricted Notes Legend”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07

“Restricted Period”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Returned Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Rule 501”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(b) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A Notes”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 904”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

 

38


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Second Commitment”

   4.10

“Senior Subordinated Exchange Note”

   Preamble

“Shelf Registration Statement”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Successor Person”

   5.01

“Taxes”

   4.05

“Total Cap”

   2.02(a)

“Treasury Capital Stock”

   4.07

“Unrestricted Definitive Note”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Note”

   1.1(a) of
Appendix A

SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .   Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction .   Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)   a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;

(b)   an accounting term not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Indenture shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(c)   “or” is not exclusive;

(d)   “including” means including without limitation;

(e)   words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

39


(f)   “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(g)   provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(h)   references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time;

(i)   unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(j)   the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(k)   in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”; and

(l)   any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Indenture shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05.   Acts of Holders and Lenders .

(a)   Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders and Lenders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders or Lenders, as applicable, in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05 .

(b)   The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c)   The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d)   Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

40


(e)   Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by a Lender shall bind every future assignee of such Loan, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(f)  The Issuer may, except as otherwise provided herein and in the Notes, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders.

(g)   Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(h)   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC may provide its proxy to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depository’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(i)   The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such Depository to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

SECTION 1.06.   References to Agreements, Laws, Etc .   Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to agreements (including the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, this Indenture and the Notes) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by this Indenture; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.07.   Times of Day .   Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.08.   Timing of Payment or Performance .   When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

41


ARTICLE II

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.   Principal Amount and Maturity .

(a)  The Issuer agrees that the principal amount of the Initial Notes received by each Holder upon exchange of a Loan will equal 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans (or the portions thereof) for which they are exchanged pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof. If a Default, as defined in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, shall have occurred pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and be continuing on the Exchange Date, any notices given or cure periods commenced while any Loan was outstanding shall be deemed given or commenced (as of the actual dates thereof) for all purposes with respect to the Notes (with the same effect as if the Notes had been outstanding as of the actual dates thereof). The Issuer agrees to provide the Trustee with copies of any notices given or received with respect to any such Default.

(b)   All of the Notes will mature on the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.02.   Interest Rates .

(a)   (i)   Except as otherwise provided in clauses (ii) and (iii) below and Sections 2.02(b) and 2.16 below, Notes shall bear interest for the period from and including the date such Note was received in exchange for Loans to, but excluding, the Maturity Date, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) equal to the Initial Rate plus the Exchange Spread.

(ii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (i), but subject to Section 2.16 hereof, the interest rate borne by any Note shall not exceed 12.535% per annum (the “ Total Cap ”).

(iii)   In connection with exchanges pursuant to Exchange Requests delivered (A) after the tenth Business Day prior to a Record Date for the payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Holder all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to the Loans being exchanged through the next Interest Payment Date to occur thereunder following the Exchange Request (i.e., for purposes of determining the amount of interest to be paid to such Holder, the Holder shall be treated as if it held a Loan, and not a Note, for the entire Interest Period); provided , however , that the applicable Exchange Date shall not be prior to such Record Date, and (B) on or prior to the tenth Business Day prior to a Record Date for the payment of interest on the Notes, the applicable Holder shall not be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to Loans being exchanged for the Interest Period during which the Exchange Date occurs, and shall instead be entitled to all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due as set forth in such Notes from the first day of the Interest Period under this Indenture during which the Exchange Date occurs through the Interest Payment Date under this Indenture following the Exchange Date ( i.e. , for purposes of determining the amount of interest to be paid to such Holder, the Holder shall be treated as if it held a Note, and not a Loan, for the entire Interest Period); provided , however , that in case of exchanges covered by clause (B) above, if an exchanging Holder improperly receives a semi-annual interest payment with respect to an Extended Loan being exchanged for Notes on an Interest Payment Date falling within the interest period for the Notes for which such Holder shall be entitled to receive and shall have actually received

 

42


the full amount of interest on the Notes to be issued in exchange for such Loans pursuant to clause (B), such Holder shall, with respect to the Loans, to the extent interest for the applicable period has been paid, rebate to the Issuer in cash an amount equal to such semi-annual interest payment (an “ Interest Rebate ”). Upon notice that it has improperly received a semi-annual interest payment under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.02(a)(iii), the applicable Holder shall pay the Interest Rebate within two Business Days following its receipt of such notice of the interest payment on the Notes on the applicable Interest Payment Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

(b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a)(i), a Fixed Rate Note may be elected to be received (i) by a Holder other than the Initial Banks or any of their respective Affiliates, at any time on or after the Conversion Date, if such Holder elects to receive call protection as provided in clause (d) below and interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on the date of such election or (ii) by a Holder that is an Initial Bank or any of its Affiliates, on the relevant Transfer Date, if such Holder determines and represents to the Issuer that it is necessary for a bona fide sale of the subject Note to a non-affiliated third party, for such Note to have call protection as provided in clause (d) below and bear interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on such Note on the Transfer Date.

(c)   If a Holder receives a Fixed Rate Note pursuant to clause (b) above, (i) in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, (A) the Depository shall present the appropriate Increasing Rate Global Note to the Trustee, (B) the Trustee shall endorse such Increasing Rate Global Note to reflect the reduction of the principal amount of such Increasing Rate Global Note and apply such principal amount to a corresponding Fixed Rate Global Note with such fixed interest rate and (C) the Trustee shall note on such Fixed Rate Global Note the applicable date of issue of the Fixed Rate Note, and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, upon surrender of the appropriate Increasing Rate Definitive Note or Notes to be exchanged or transferred, the Registrar shall register the exchange or transfer and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate an equal principal amount of a corresponding Fixed Rate Definitive Note or Notes with such terms.

(d)   Each Fixed Rate Note shall, subject to Section 3.07 hereof, be non-callable for five years from the Closing Date and shall be callable thereafter at a price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect on such Fixed Rate Note, which premium shall decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date to zero on the date that is two years prior to the Maturity Date.

(e)   Interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date and upon the Maturity Date in respect of which any such interest is accruing; provided that (i) additional interest accruing pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be payable from time to time in cash upon demand and (ii) in the event of any redemption of any Note, accrued interest on the principal amount redeemed shall be payable on the date of such redemption. Payments made on the first Interest Payment Date after the date of exchange or the Transfer Date with respect to any Fixed Rate Note issued pursuant to clause (b) above shall include any interest accrued but not paid on the Increasing Rate Note prior to such exchange or transfer.

SECTION 2.03.   Transferability .   Each Holder shall have an unconditional right to sell its Notes subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of this Indenture and applicable law.

SECTION 2.04.   Procedure for Exchange .   On or prior to the tenth Business Day following the receipt by the Issuer of an Exchange Request from a Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(b) of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement or a request by a Holder to exchange

 

43


an Increasing Rate Note for a Fixed Rate Note, the Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such Exchange Request or request and with the terms of this Indenture, a fully executed Note or Notes, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to Section 2.02(b) herein; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to issue Notes until it shall have received Exchange Requests to issue not less than $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes; provided further that each Exchange shall be in respect of a Loan with an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or the entire remaining amount of any Lender’s Loan). Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1 through 2.4 of Appendix A hereto, such Note shall either (x) be recorded in book-entry form as a beneficial interest in one or more global notes deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and credited to the account of the exchanging Lender directly or indirectly through its participant in DTC’s system, in each case in the same principal amount as such Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged or (y) be issued as a definitive registered note payable to the order of the Holder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, in the same principal amount as such Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged. Promptly upon receipt of a Note in exchange for Loans and subject to the immediately following proviso, the Lender receiving such Note shall return to the Administrative Agent (for prompt delivery to the Issuer) any promissory note delivered to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(e) of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement (the “ Initial Promissory Note ”) in respect of the Loans for which such Note was issued; provided , however , that if any Loans represented by such promissory note are to remain outstanding after the Exchange, such Lender shall not be obligated to return the Initial Promissory Note until such Lender has received the Note and a promissory note representing the Loans that remain outstanding in accordance with the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement. Promptly upon exchange of an Increasing Rate Note for a Fixed Rate Note held by a Holder, such Holder shall return to the Issuer or the Trustee such Increasing Rate Note.

It is understood and agreed that the Increasing Rate Notes exchanged for Fixed Rate Notes constitute the same indebtedness as such Fixed Rate Notes and that no novation shall be effected by any such exchange.

SECTION 2.05.   Form and Dating .   Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A attached hereto, which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Increasing Rate Note (whether in global or definitive form) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Fixed Rate Note (whether in global or definitive form) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

SECTION 2.06.   Execution and Authentication .   At least one Officer of the Issuer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B attached hereto, as

 

44


the case may be, by the manual signature of a Responsible Officer of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver from time to time on any applicable Exchange Date the Initial Notes for issue in a principal amount as set forth in this Article II (not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, $750,000,000) upon a written order (an “ Authentication Order ”) of the Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto. In addition, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver from time to time Registered Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Each Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the Exchange Date on which the issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Increasing Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, whether such Notes are to be 144A Notes, IAI Notes or Regulation S Notes, whether the Notes are to be Definitive Notes or Global Notes, whether or not the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Registered Exchange Notes, the number of separate Note certificates (and, to the extent more than one Note certificate is requested, the aggregate amount of each such Note certificate), the CUSIP and certificate numbers for each Note, the registered holder(s) of each Note, the identity of the DTC Participant for each Global Note, delivery and payment instructions with respect to each Definitive Note and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request, including delivery of a completed Form W-9 of the applicable Holder in the case of an Authentication Order for a Definitive Note.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

SECTION 2.07.   Registrar and Paying Agent .   The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange (including exchanges for Fixed Rate Notes). The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more transfer agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agents.

This Issuer shall maintain a Registrar and Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i). Any Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall, to the extent that it is capable, act as such. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

45


The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as Depository with respect to the Global Notes representing the Notes.

If any Notes are listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

SECTION 2.08.   Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .   Prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.09.   Holder Lists .   The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee in writing at least five (5) Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

SECTION 2.10.   Transfer and Exchange .

(a)   The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or co-registrar with a request to register the transfer, the Registrar or a co-register shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.

(b)   To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(c)   No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in

 

46


connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11 , 2.14 , 3.06 , 3.09 , 4 .10 , 4.14 and 9.04 hereof).

(d)   Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or tendered in part.

(e)   All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes of the same Type shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(f)   The Issuer (i) shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Increasing Rate Notes for Fixed Rate Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of such Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection or (B) to issue, register the transfer of or to exchange any Increasing Rate Notes for Fixed Rate Notes so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any such Increasing Rate Note being redeemed in part and (ii) must pay all interest payments on any Note (A) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of such Note for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection or (B) so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any such Note being redeemed in part.

(g)   Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(h)   Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(i)   At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Type and of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06 hereof.

(j)   Any Holder of a Global Note shall by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(k)   All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.10 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

47


SECTION 2.11.   Replacement Notes .   If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note of the same Type if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.12.   Outstanding Notes .   The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.12 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.13 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If an Increasing Rate Note is exchanged for a Fixed Rate Note in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, then such Increasing Rate Note ceases to be outstanding (except for accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to Section 2.02(e) hereof, which shall be included in the applicable Fixed Rate Note).

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.13.   Treasury Notes .   In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, a Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, a Guarantor or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, a Guarantor or of such other obligor.

SECTION 2.14.   Temporary Notes .   Until certificates representing Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes

 

48


but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes without charge to the Holder.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

SECTION 2.15.   Cancellation .   The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.16.   Defaulted Interest .   If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.16 . The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than five (5) days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee). The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.16 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.17.   Record Date .   Unless otherwise set forth in this Indenture, the record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided in the Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c).

SECTION 2.18.   CUSIP/ISIN Numbers .   The Issuer in issuing the Notes shall use commercially reasonable efforts to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same “CUSIP” number for all Increasing Rate Notes and the same “CUSIP” number for all Fixed Rate Notes that bear the same rate of interest due on the same payment date, and the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or

 

49


exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

SECTION 2.19.   Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes .   The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.12 and Section 2.13 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

SECTION 2.20.   Effectiveness of Indenture .   For the avoidance of doubt, all parties hereto hereby agree that the terms and provisions of this Indenture shall be effective and applicable as of the Conversion Date and at all times thereafter until the time at which no Loans and no Notes are outstanding.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee .   If the Issuer elects or is required to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 or Section 3.08 hereof , it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least fifteen (15) Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price and (v) the Type of Note to be redeemed.

If the Issuer is required to make an Offer to Purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 15 days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) the purchase date and further setting forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $25,000,000 or (b) a Change of Control has occurred, as applicable.

SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .   If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (i) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or (ii) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis among those to be redeemed to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method the Trustee shall deem fair and

 

50


appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of less than $2,000 can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XII hereof.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the Redemption Price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes of the same Type and in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) the CUSIP and ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP and ISIN number that is listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the

 

51


event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date as stated in such notice, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least fifteen (15) Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the form of such notice and the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption .  Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions precedent provided in such notice. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price .

(a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date or the date on which the Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any applicable premium), and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered and not withdrawn in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or purchase date, as applicable, until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date or purchase date, as applicable, not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. If any Note called for redemption or tendered in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal.

SECTION 3.06.   Notes Redeemed in Part .  Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to

 

52


the unredeemed portion of the Note, and of the same Type as the Note, surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.07.   Optional Redemption .

(a) The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes (other than any Fixed Rate Notes that are then non-callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof), in whole or in part, at any time, at (i) in the case of Increasing Rate Notes, par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Notes that are then callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof, at a price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect on such Fixed Rate Note, which premium shall decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date to zero on the date that is two years prior to the Maturity Date; provided that in the event of an optional redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(a) , the Increasing Rate Notes and callable Fixed Rate Notes, in each case to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.07(a) , shall be redeemed ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2.02(d) hereof, at any time prior to October 15, 2012, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Fixed Rate Notes, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date; provided that, in the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(b) , the Loans shall be prepaid ratably in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.07(b) .

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.02(d) hereof, until October 15, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to par plus the then applicable coupon with respect to each such Fixed Rate Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued under this Indenture after the Conversion Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Fixed Rate Notes held by Parent and its Affiliates); and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering; provided further that, in the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(c) , the Loans shall be prepaid ratably in accordance with the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(c) .

If any Notes are listed on a securities exchange, and to the extent required by such securities exchange, the Issuer shall notify the securities exchange of any such notice of redemption. In addition, the Issuer shall notify the securities exchange of the principal amount of any Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of the Notes.

(d) Except pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section 3.07 , the Fixed Rate Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to October 15, 2012.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

53


(f) Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

(g) If the Issuer shall optionally prepay any Loans pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, then the Issuer shall, simultaneously therewith, redeem the Notes (other than any Fixed Rate Notes that are then non-callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof or callable at a price other than par pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(ii) ) hereof on a pro rata basis with the Loans so prepaid at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

SECTION 3.08.   Mandatory Redemption .  Except as set forth under Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 3.09.   Offer to Purchase .  In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

On or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 . On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or Depository, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 . The Issuer, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder

 

54


thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 , any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Notes .  The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement; provided , however , the Issuer shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that Additional Interest is due and stating the amount of such Additional Interest on $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes to the Trustee no later than the Record Date of such payment. Unless and until the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate stating that Additional Interest is due and payable, the Trustee is entitled to assume no Additional Interest is due.

If all or any portion of (a) the principal amount of any Note or (b) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law and including amounts due at the Maturity Date, by acceleration or otherwise), such Note shall, without limiting the rights of the Holders, bear interest at a rate per annum that is 2% above the rate otherwise applicable to such Note from the date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (both before and after judgment). For the avoidance of doubt, the interest rate applicable to overdue principal shall equal the then applicable interest rate on the Notes plus the additional 2% referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, pursuant to the terms of such sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the Total Cap limit or affect the Issuer’s obligation to pay interest on overdue amounts at the rate required to be paid by this Section 4.01 .

SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) required under Section 2.07 hereof where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York required by Section 2.07 hereof for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt

 

55


written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof.

SECTION 4.03.   Reports and Other Information .  Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee, without cost to the Trustee (who, at the Issuer’s expense, will furnish to the Holders), within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a filer that is a “non-accelerated filer”, from and after the Conversion Date:

(1)     substantially the same quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Issuer were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and

(2)     substantially the same current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) for a filer that is a “non-accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided , that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders pursuant to Article VI if holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A and certify their status as to the Issuer, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent company (other than Parent) becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent company to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such parent Issuer rather than the Issuer; provided that the same are accompanied by consolidating information as required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (or any successor provision) that explains in reasonable detail the differences

 

56


between the information relating to Parent and such other parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirement to provide the information and reports referred to in clause (1) above shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act by the filing with the Commission of a registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act within the timeframes required by the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Trustee is under no duty to examine such reports, information or documents to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture or to ascertain the correctness or otherwise of the information or the statements contained therein. The Trustee is entitled to assume such compliance and correctness unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is informed otherwise.

SECTION 4.04.   Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Conversion Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default or Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of such Default or Event of Default) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default (unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured prior to such time) and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officers’ Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.04, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with, or the breach of, any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.05.   Taxes .  The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, charges, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

57


SECTION 4.06.   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.07.   Limitation on Restricted Payments .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (i) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iii), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation), provided that the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and

 

58


(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (11), (13), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph; provided that the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)     50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2007 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b)     100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer after the Closing Date, in each case to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Parent and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c)     100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

(d)     to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received after the Closing Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or interest, return, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which

 

59


constitute Restricted Investments of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or other distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(e)     in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1)     the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2)     (A) the redemption, prepayment repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3)     the redemption, prepayment, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as (A) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) the principal amount, including any accrued and unpaid interest, of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired

 

60


or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(4)     a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit agreement, agreement or arrangement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement), provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year (x) on or prior to December 31, 2008, $40,000,000 and (y) thereafter, $50,000,000 (which, in either case, shall increase to $70,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $90,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer); and provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date ( provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);

(5)     the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

(6)     the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after the Closing Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date;

 

61


(7)     repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8)     the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9)     Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10)     other Restricted Payments after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) $75,000,000; and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets;

(11)     distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and purchase of any assets in connection with a Receivables Facility made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

(12)     the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions similar to those described in Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(13)     the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(i)     franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(ii)     federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided , that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(iii)     customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are

 

62


reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv)     general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v)     amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(vi)     fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this section (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in under Section 5.01 hereof;

(vii)     cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

(viii)     amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this paragraph (other than pursuant to clause (9) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (11) thereof);

(ix)     reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(x)     reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14)     cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Issuer; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of

 

63


evading the limitation of this Section 4.07 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(15)     distributions, by dividends or otherwise, of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(16)     cash dividends or other distributions on the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses, including any severance and indemnification obligations or deferred compensation, incurred in connection with the Transactions or this offering, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 4.11 hereof;

(17)     any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto, including the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date and (C) the payment of fees and expenses related thereto;

(18)     Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (15) of this paragraph or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(19)     payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Indenture, including Section 5.01 hereof; and

(20)     in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Issuer and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Issuer as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (6), (8), (10), (12) and (13)(v) and (vi) above, no default which, with the passage of time would be an Event of Default, or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

64


As of the Closing Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants of this Indenture.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 4.07 may be in the form of a loan.

SECTION 4.08.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)     pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2)     make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3)     sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1)     contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan or related documents as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Closing Date;

(2)     (x) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees (including any Registered Exchange Notes with respect to the Initial Notes and related exchange Guarantees) and (y) the Senior Note Indenture, the Senior Notes and the Senior Note Guarantees (including any notes to be issued in exchange for Senior Notes pursuant to the Senior Registration Rights Agreement and related exchange guarantees);

(3)     purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 on the property so acquired;

(4)     applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

65


(5)     any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6)     contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7)     Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8)     restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9)     other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, provided , that the terms of such agreements are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan, the Senior Note Indenture or this Indenture on the Closing Date;

(10)     customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11)     customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12)     restrictions and conditions by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13)     negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture; and

(14)     any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Notes, in each case as and when due; provided further , however , that with respect to agreements existing on the Closing Date, any refinancings

 

66


or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Closing Date.

SECTION 4.09.   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the limitations of set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Section 4.09 .

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1)     (w) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (w) and then outstanding does not exceed $1,190,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (x) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $750,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (y) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (y) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (A) $900,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 4.10 hereof, less the aggregate principal amount of outstanding obligations under or in respect of any Receivables Subsidiary and (B) (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 65% of the book value of the inventory of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (z) and then outstanding does not exceed $2,700,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 4.10 hereof;

(2)     (x) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) and any Registered Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Registration Rights

 

67


Agreement and (y) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes (including any Senior Note Guarantees thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Senior Notes (including any related guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Senior Registration Rights Agreement;

(3)     any Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2) above);

(4)     Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, construction, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, construction, lease or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter;

(5)     Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6)     Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)) and (B) in the case of a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7)     Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) and (B) if the Issuer or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes;

 

68


(8)     shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

(9)     Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(10)     obligations in respect of customs, stay, bid, appeal, performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150,000,000; provided that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred and outstanding for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 without reliance on this clause;

(12)     (x) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(13)     the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 and clauses (2) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) and (19) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, and (y) 90 days after the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or

 

69


Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

(14)     (i) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or (ii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided , that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15)     Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two (2) Business Days of its incurrence;

(16)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17)     Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility that is not recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Receivables Undertakings);

(18)     Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses, former spouses, heirs or family members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies permitted by Section 4.07 hereof;

(19)     Contribution Indebtedness (it being understood that any Contribution Indebtedness issued pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Contribution Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 hereof without reliance on this clause (19));

(20)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described in Article VIII hereof;

(21)     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(22)     cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements

 

70


in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(23)     Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(24)     Indebtedness under (x) the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (y) other inventory financing agreements which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (x) and this clause (y), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400,000,000.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09 in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 , the Issuer will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 , and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan outstanding on the Closing Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and any such Indebtedness that was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of the Closing Date may not later be reclassified. Additionally, all or any portion of any other item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or in the definition of Permitted Debt, no Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Preferred Stock in reliance on the first

 

71


paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (14) of the definition of Permitted Debt (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 5.0% of Total Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries; provided , that in no event shall any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (x) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (x) and (y), not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this paragraph.

SECTION 4.10.   Asset Sales .  The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1)     the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2)     at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities other than contingent liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by the applicable creditor(s) in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any assets described in clauses (2) or (3) below, and (iv) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 2% of Total Assets of the Issuer on the date on which such Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may

(a)     apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1)     (i) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) to reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) or (iii) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness ( provided that if the Issuer or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness, the

 

72


Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open market purchases ( provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes, other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2)     to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other non-current assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3)     to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(b)     enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (a)(1), (2) or (3) above, provided that such binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated, and (y) the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365 day period

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”; provided that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365 th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25,000,000, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

73


If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

SECTION 4.11.   Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25,000,000, a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;

(3) the payment to the Sponsors and any of their respective officers or Affiliates by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination or indemnification payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to the Management Agreement and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment (x) does not increase the amount of fees payable to the Sponsors and (y) is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or other agreements as in effect on the Closing Date that are

 

74


entered into in connection with the Transactions and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(4) payments in respect of employment, severance and any other compensation arrangements with, and fees and expenses paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or any Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of business and made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of this first paragraph of this Section 4.11 ;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (other than the Management Agreement (which are permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.11 ), but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) that are disclosed in Schedule I hereto, including with additional parties that may be added subsequent to the Closing Date and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including Parent and its Subsidiaries), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

(10) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Issuer (other than a Subsidiary);

(11) any transaction permitted by Section 5.01 hereof;

 

75


(12) any transaction with a Receivables Subsidiary effected as part of a Receivables Facility;

(13) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(14) payments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Parent and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives); and

(15) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

SECTION 4.12.   Liens .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Notes if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes or the Guarantees under this Section 4.12 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee under this Section 4.12.

SECTION 4.13.   Issuer Existence .  Subject to Section 4.14 hereof and Article V hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its company existence, and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer), if the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 4.14.   Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .  If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (a “ Change of Control Payment ”) in cash equal to (i) 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Fixed Rate Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase and (ii) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Increasing Rate Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes, or, at the Issuer’s option and as set forth below, in advance of a Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date of such Change of Control Payment specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws

 

76


and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and may be conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

SECTION 4.15.   Additional Guarantees .  After the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause (i) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs any Indebtedness in excess of $25,000,000 (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (15) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof) and (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within ten (10) Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee, together with an Opinion of Counsel, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture.

 

77


SECTION 4.16.   Limitation on Payments for Consent .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.17.   Limitation on Business Activities .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.18.   Further Instruments and Acts .  Upon request by the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.19.   Limitation on other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either (i)  pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be or (ii) subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be.

SECTION 4.20.   No Amendment to Subordination Provision .  Without the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Indebtedness in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the Holders of a majority of the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes, the Issuer shall not amend or waive any provision of Article X herein that is adverse to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01.   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

(1) (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

78


(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (i) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(5) each Guarantor (except if it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (2) above shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3), (4) and (5) above will not be applicable to: (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Guarantor; (b) the Issuer merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction; and (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary; provided that if the Foreign Subsidiary so consolidating, merging or transferring all or part of its properties and assets is a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, such Foreign Subsidiary shall, substantially simultaneously with such merger, transfer or disposition, terminate its Guarantee and otherwise be in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) For purposes of this Section 5.01 , the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

(d) The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

(e) In connection with any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer contemplated by this Section 5.01 , the Issuer shall expressly assume the obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by supplemental indenture and shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, evidencing such succession together with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer contemplated by this Section 5.01 and such supplemental indenture in respect thereto complies with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the successor entity, subject to the customary exceptions.

 

79


SECTION 5.02.   Successor Corporation Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Issuer” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default .  Each of the following events referred to in clause (1) through (7) inclusive of this Section 6.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”.

(1) Non-Payment of Principal .  The Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article X;

(2) Non-Payment of Interest .  The Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article X;

(3) Specific Covenants .  The Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above), whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below or 90 days with respect to the covenant described under Section 4.03 hereof;

(4) Cross-Acceleration .  A default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Conversion Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal and accrued and unpaid interest on any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $100,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) Judgments .  The failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100,000,000 (other than any judgments covered by indemnities

 

80


or insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy companies and as to which liability coverage has not been denied by the insurance company or indemnifying party), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final and non-appealable;

(6)   Invalidity of Guarantees .   The Guarantee of Parent or a Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any group of Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or Parent or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of the Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(7)   Insolvency and Bankruptcy Proceeding .   (i)  The Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a)     commences a voluntary case,

(b)     consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c)     consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d)     makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e)     generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(ii)     a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a)     is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(b)     appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c)     orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration .   If an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) with respect to the Issuer) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee acting at the written direction of the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable provided that, so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred

 

81


under this Indenture as part of the Revolving Credit Facility or Senior Secured Term Loan or any series of the Senior Notes shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1)     acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, Senior Secured Term Loan and/or the Senior Notes as applicable, and

(2)     five (5) Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuer and each Representative under the Revolving Credit Facility or Senior Secured Term Loan and the trustee under the Senior Note Indenture.

Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in cash without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes. After such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on such Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture and its consequences:

(1)     if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2)     if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(3)     to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4)     if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(5)     in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7) hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

 

82


If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) hereof with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes.

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuer with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuer would have had to pay if the Issuer then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

SECTION 6.03.   Other Remedies .   If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults .   Subject to Section 6.02 hereof, Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the issued and then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and its consequences hereunder, except a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05.   Control by Majority .   Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may (1) refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, reasonably determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or (2) take any other

 

83


action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall offer to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits .   Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1)     such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing or the Trustee receives such notice from the Issuer;

(2)     Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3)     Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4)     the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5)     Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

SECTION 6.07.   Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee .   If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) or Section 6. 01 hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies .   If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

84


SECTION 6.10.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative .   Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.11 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 6.11.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver .   No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.12.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .   The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.13.   Application of Funds .   After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 6.02 hereto (or after the Notes have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received shall be applied by the Trustee or any Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel payable under Section 7.07 hereof) payable to each of the Trustee or such Agent (ratably among the Trustee or such Agent in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them);

 

85


Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Holders of the Notes, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Notes and ratably among the Holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes constituting unpaid principal of the Notes ratably among the Holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Holders that are due and payable to the Trustee and the other Holders on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Trustee and the other Holders on such date.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13 .

SECTION 6.14.   Undertaking for Costs .   In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee .

(a)     The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities and after the cure or waiver of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b)     Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i)     the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or the Trust Indenture Act once this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture or the Trust Indenture Act once this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

86


(ii)     in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, provided, however, that the Trustee need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

(c)     The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i)     this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01 ;

(ii)     the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii)     the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02 , 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

(d)     Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01 .

(e)     The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.

(f)     The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.02.   Rights of Trustee .

(a)     The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b)     Simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting hereunder, it may require an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

87


(c)     The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d)     The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e)     Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f)     None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g)     The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h)     In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i)     The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j)     The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(k)     The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

(l)     The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

(m)     The Trustee shall have no obligations or rights under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and nothing contained herein will be deemed to impart actual or constructive knowledge of the contents of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement to the Trustee. Any references in this Indenture to the obligations and rights under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement are only applicable to the Issuer, the Guarantors, holders of Loans and, in certain instances, the Holders.

 

88


(n)     No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any potential or actual liability or expense (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk, liability or expense is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee .   The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer .   The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Defaults .   If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.

SECTION 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .   Within 60 days after each April 15, beginning with the April 15 following the date Notes are first issued hereunder, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission, if required by applicable law, and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity .   The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this

 

89


Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07 ) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof, to secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07 , the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee .   A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 . The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(A)     the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof or Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act;

(B)     the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(C)     a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(D)     the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (at the Issuer’s expense) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

90


If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08 , the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .   If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification .   There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .   The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01.   Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .   The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Discharge .   Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02 , the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging

 

91


the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(A)     the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(B)     the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(C)     the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(D)     this Section 8.02 .

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

SECTION 8.03.   Covenant Defeasance .   Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 , the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 , 4.04 , 4.05 , 4.07 , 4.08 , 4.09 , 4.10 , 4.11 , 4.12 , 4.14 , 4.15 , 4.16 , 4.17 , 4.19 , 4.20 and 5.01 hereof and the operation of clauses (3), (4) and (5) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes); provided , however , that no covenant defeasance pursuant to this Section 8.03 shall release the Issuer from its obligations under the Trust Indenture Act, including, without limitation, its obligations under Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(4) , 6.01(5) , 6.01(6) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer but not with respect to the Issuer) and 6.01(7) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 , the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.05 , 2.06 , 2.07 , 2.08 , 7.07 , 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08 . After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07 , 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive.

 

92


SECTION 8.04.   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .   The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1)     the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes issued hereunder, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the Stated Maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date.

(2)     in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A)     the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(B)     since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3)     in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4)     no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

(5)     such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6)     the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the

 

93


other creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(7)     the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

SECTION 8.05.   Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .   Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05 , the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06.   Repayment to Issuer .   Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 8.07.   Reinstatement .   If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with

 

94


Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders .   Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate as to no material adverse effect to the Holders and an Opinion of Counsel, may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, and the Notes, in each case at any time after the first issuance of Notes, without the consent of any Holder or any Lender:

(1)     to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2)     to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3)     to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

(4)     to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(5)     to secure the Notes;

(6)     to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(7)     to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(8)     to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

(9)     to conform the negative covenants of this Indenture to the applicable negative covenants of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall have the right, but not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers’ Certificate shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture (other than as required by Section 4.15 hereof) upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

 

95


SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Holders of Notes and Lenders .   Except as provided below in this Section 9.02 , the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, in each case at any time after the first issuance of Notes, with the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders (including, with respect to the Holders, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived, in each case at any time after the first issuance of Notes, with the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders (including, with respect to the Holders, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby and all Lenders with outstanding Loans a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes and each Lender with outstanding Loans, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder and with respect to each Note to be issued to any non-consenting Lender):

(1)     reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; reduce the principal amount of such Loans the Lenders of which must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; or change the definition of “Required Holders and Lenders”;

(2)     reduce the principal of or change the Maturity Date of any such Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Note (other than the provisions of Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, except as set forth in clause (10) below);

(3)     reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4)     waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Required Holders and Lenders and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee

 

96


which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders and all Lenders with outstanding Loans;

(5)     make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6)     make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or impact the right of any Holder of Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(7)     make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions of Section 9.01 hereof or this Section 9.02 ;

(8)     waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09 , 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, except as set forth in clause (10) below;

(9)     make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes or Article X that would adversely affect either the Holders or the Lenders with outstanding Loans if such Lenders held Notes;

(10)     amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or

(11)     modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes or that would be adverse to the Lenders with outstanding Loans if such Lenders held Notes.

SECTION 9.03.   Revocation and Effect of Consents .   Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by (a) a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note and (b) a Lender with an outstanding Loan is a continuing consent by such Lender and every assignee of such Loan or portion of such Loan. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note and any such Lender with an outstanding Loan or assignee of such Loan may revoke its consent if, in each case, the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder and will, unless further amended or waived pursuant to the terms of this Article IX, bind every Lender who subsequently exchanges its Loans for Notes.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall (along with the Lenders pursuant to this Article IX) be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders and Lenders has been obtained.

SECTION 9.04.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes .   The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver, the text of which shall be provided by

 

97


the Issuer, on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.05.   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .   The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until their respective Board of Directors approve it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, upon request, and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived, that such amended or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith, and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as required by Section 4.15 hereof, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers’ Certificate will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

SECTION 9.06.   Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount .   All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class with the Lenders pursuant to this Article IX. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes and Lenders with the requisite aggregate principal amounts of Loans have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX, Section 2.19 hereof and the definition of “Required Holders and Lenders.”

ARTICLE X

SUBORDINATION

SECTION 10.01.   Agreement To Subordinate .   The Issuer and the Guarantors agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Guarantees shall be subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article X, to the prior payment of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes and the Guarantees shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and shall rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors; and only Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes and the Guarantees in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article X shall be subject to Section 10.12 hereof.

SECTION 10.02.   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .   Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuer upon (i) a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or (ii) bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property:

 

98


(1)     the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Notes; and

(2)     until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article X shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive and retain (a) Permitted Junior Securities and (b) payments made from the trust described under Article VIII, so long as, on the date or dates the respective amounts were paid into the trust such payments were made with respect to the Notes without violating this Article X.

If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 10.03.   Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer .   The Issuer or any Guarantor shall not pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to Article VIII hereof and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (except that the Holders may receive and retain (a) Permitted Junior Securities and (b) payments made from the trust described under Article VIII) (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if either of the following (a “ Payment Default ”) occurs: (a) any Obligation on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer not paid in full in cash when due; or (b) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that the Issuer shall be entitled to pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing and so long as, on the date or dates the respective amount were paid into trust, such payments were made with respect to the Notes without violating the subordination provisions described herein.

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuer shall not pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to any such payment in accordance with Section 10.09 hereof of (with a copy to the Issuer) written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice at least two (2) Business Days prior to any such payment in accordance with Section 10.09 hereof; (2) because the Non-Payment Default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 10.03 ), unless the holders of such Designated

 

99


Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Issuer and the related Guarantors shall be entitled to resume payments on the Notes after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of Non-Payment Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than holders of Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan shall be entitled to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further , however , that in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 365-day period, and there must be at least 186 days during any consecutive 365-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section 10.03 , no Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness and that was the basis for the initiation of such Blockage Notice shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness unless such Non-Payment Default has been waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose). So long as there shall remain outstanding Senior Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan, a Blockage Notice with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan may only be given by the Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If a payment, deposit, purchase, redemption or other retirement of any Notes is made to or for the benefit of Holders that due to the subordination provisions of this Indenture should not have been made, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 10.04.   Acceleration of Payment of Securities .   If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article X. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is outstanding, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor may pay the Notes until five (5) Business Days after the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

SECTION 10.05.   When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .   If a distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article X should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 10.06.   Subrogation .   After all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article X to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Issuer and Holders, a payment by the Issuer on such Senior Indebtedness.

 

100


SECTION 10.07.   Relative Rights .   This Article X defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(1)     impair, as between the Issuer and Holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or

(2)     prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

SECTION 10.08.   Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Issuer .   No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuer or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 10.09.   Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .   (a) Notwithstanding Section 10.03 , the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that under this Article X would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a trust officer of the Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that such payments are prohibited by this Article X. The Issuer, the Note Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be entitled to give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issuer of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice; provided that any such notice from the Representative shall be accompanied by an incumbency certificate.

(b)     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Note Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article X with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article XIII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article X shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.

SECTION 10.10.   Distribution or Notice to Representative .   Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, such Person shall be entitled to make such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any).

SECTION 10.11.   Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate .   The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article X shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article X shall have any effect on the right of the Holders of Notes or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

SECTION 10.12.   Trust Monies Not Subordinated .   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Securities held in trust under Article VIII by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article X, and none of the Holders of Notes shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other creditor of the Issuer; provided that the subordination provisions of this Article X and Section 11.02 hereof were not violated at

 

101


the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article VIII herein, as the case may be.

SECTION 10.13.   Trustee Entitled To Rely .   Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article X. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee may to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article X, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.03 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article X.

SECTION 10.14.   Trustee to Effectuate Subordination .   Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer as provided in this Article X and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 10.15.   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer .   The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Issuer or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be entitled by virtue of this Article X or otherwise.

SECTION 10.16.   Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer on Subordination Provisions .   Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

ARTICLE XI

GUARANTEES

SECTION 11.01.   Guarantee .

(a)     Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and

 

102


assigns that: (i) the principal of and applicable interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and applicable interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (the obligations in clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b)     Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of acceptance of its Guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default on the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the failure of any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) except as set forth in Section 11.08 hereof, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

(c)     Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Holder of any Note or the Trustee in favor of the Issuer or any other person.

(d)     The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article X, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium if any, and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

(e)     Except as expressly set forth in Sections 11.02 and 11.06 hereof, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Holder of any Note or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by (ii) any recession, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any thereof, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Indenture, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

103


(f)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Issuer or any other Guarantor or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Issuer or any other Guarantor. The Trustee and the Holder of any Note may, at their election, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Issuer or any other Guarantor or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Issuer or any other Guarantor, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Issuer or any other Guarantor, as the case may be.

(g)    Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Indenture, the Holder of any Note and the Trustee, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Indenture, the Notes and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(h)    Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder of any Note or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise.

(i)    In furtherance of the foregoing clauses (a) through (g) and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder of any Note or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by mandatory redemption, optional redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee for distribution to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuer to the Holder of any Note or the Trustee.

(j)    Each Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 11.01 . The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

 

104


(k)    Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01 .

(l)    Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Issuer’s and each other Guarantor’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Trustee or the Holders will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

(m)    The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

SECTION 11.02.   Limitation on Guarantor Liability .  Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations Guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby Guaranteed without rendering this Indenture or the Notes, as they relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 11.03.   Execution and Delivery .  To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an authorized officer of such Guarantor and that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C shall be enclosed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor (or, if an Officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article XI, to the extent applicable.

SECTION 11.04.   Subrogation .  Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

105


SECTION 11.05.   Severability .  In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 11.06.   Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.06(a) , a Guarantor (other than Parent) may not (1) consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person; or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets; unless:

(1)    (a)  such Guarantor is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Guarantor ”);

(2)    the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3)    immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4)    the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered, together with an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance was made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (A) may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Guarantor or (B) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs if at that time it does not hold any material assets.

(b)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.06(b) , Parent will not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Parent is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell,

 

106


assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets; unless:

(1)    (a)  Parent is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (Parent or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Parent Guarantor ”);

(2)    the Successor Parent Guarantor (if other than Parent) assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(3)    immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Parent and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to be performed by the Parent, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Parent with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Parent. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Guarantor.

SECTION 11.07.   Benefits Acknowledged .  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 11.08.   Release of Guarantees .  Each Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under this Article XI (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 11.02 hereof) upon:

(1)    (a)  any sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, disposition or other transfer), after which, in the case of a subsidiary Guarantor, the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, in each case made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(b)    the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(c)    in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Closing Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of all of the Indebtedness (other than the

 

107


Senior Notes (to the extent the Senior Notes are outstanding)) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of all of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes;

(d)    such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility or the Senior Secured Term Loan, each as in effect on the Closing Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan (which may be conditioned on the concurrent release hereunder), (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) or (15) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any guarantee that will be released upon the release of the Guarantee hereunder); or

(e)    the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(2)    such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article XI.

SECTION 11.09.   Contribution .  Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE XII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 12.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge .  This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:

(1)    either (A) all Notes heretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has heretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B)    all Notes heretofore not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient

 

108


without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound;

(3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 12.01 , the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

SECTION 12.02.   Application of Trust Money .   Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01.   Trust Indenture Act Controls .   If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 13.02.   Notices .   Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail

 

109


(registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Attention:   Ann E. Ziegler, Chief Financial Officer

        Phone:   (847) 968-0204

        Facsimile:   (847) 968-0461

        Christine Leahy, General Counsel

        Phone:    (847) 968-0203

        Facsimile:   (847) 968-0303

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Facsimile:   (312) 861-2200

Attention:  James S. Rowe

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile:   (651) 495-8097

Attention:  Raymond S. Haverstock

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

110


If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

SECTION 13.03.   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .   Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

SECTION 13.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .   Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(A)     An Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(B)     An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 13.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .   Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof) shall comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(A)     a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(B)     a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(C)     a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(D)     a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 13.06.   Rules by Trustee and Agent s.   The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

111


SECTION 13.07.   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .   No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, unitholder or member of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, including Parent, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 13.08.   Governing Law .   THIS INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 13.09.   Waiver of Jury Trial .   EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 13.10.   Force Majeure .   In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

SECTION 13.11.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .   This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 13.12.   Successors .   All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.08 hereof.

SECTION 13.13.   Severability .   In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 13.14.   Counterpart Originals .   The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

SECTION 13.15.   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.    The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.16.   Waiver of Immunities .   To the extent that the Issuer may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of

 

112


execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in this Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Issuer or the Issuer’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Issuer hereby irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waive, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

[Signatures on following page]

 

113


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION
    By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture


                                                      GUARANTORS :

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
CDW CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
CDW DIRECT, LLC
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture


CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP
        By       /s/ Christine Leahy
  Name:   Christine Leahy
  Title:   Secretary

 

Signature Page Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

    By       /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
  Name:   Raymond S. Haverstock
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture


Appendix A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

SECTION 1.1   Definitions .

(a)     Capitalized Terms .

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in the Indenture to which this Appendix A is attached. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest, if any, owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such Global Note, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Euroclear ” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Global Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A and Exhibit B to this Indenture.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Issuer, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Registered Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 10, 2008 in the form of Exhibit F to this Indenture.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Notes ” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend.

Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A and Exhibit B to this Indenture

 

1


Restricted Period ”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to any such Notes.

Rule 501 ” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Notes ” means all Initial Notes offered and sole to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuer in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note representing Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(b)     Other Definitions .

 

Term :

   Defined in Section :

“Agent Members”

   2.1(c)  

“Global Note”

   2.1(b)  

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(b)  

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(b)  

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note”

   2.1(b)  

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note”

   2.1(b)  

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(b)  

SECTION 2.1   Form and Dating .

(a)     The Initial Notes will be issued to the Lenders in exchange for Loans held by such Lenders in an aggregate principal amount equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans for which they are exchanged, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, Fixed Rate Notes may also be issued to Holders of Increasing Rate Notes.

(b)      Global Notes . (i) Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the Holders of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depository

 

2


or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. The Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes transferred to IAIs shall be, following such transfer, held in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “ IAI Global Note ”), and Notes transferred pursuant to Regulation S shall initially be, following such transfer, held in the form of one or more temporary global Notes (collectively, the “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the Holders of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, a permanent global note (the “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” and, together with the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the “ Regulation S Global Note ”) or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Restricted Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are each referred to herein as a “ Global Note ” and are collectively referred to herein as “ Global Notes ”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as hereinafter provided.

Pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of the Indenture, the Holders of Global Notes may elect, upon the fulfillment of certain terms and conditions therein, to receive a Fixed Rate Note in exchange for Loans or an Increasing Rate Note. Interests in a Global Note in respect of Fixed Rate Notes shall be represented by a Rule 144A, Regulation S or IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in the form of Exhibit B to the Indenture. Interests in a Global Note in respect of an Increasing Rate Note shall be represented by a Rule 144A, Regulation S or IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture.

The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b)(i) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an Authentication Order signed by two Officers of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian and (iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Members of, or participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(ii)     Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.3. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for

 

3


Definitive Notes if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor Depository within 90 days or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or (ii) if requested by a Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Notes. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures

(iii)     In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(iv)     Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.3 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(v)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.3.

(vi)     The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.2   Authentication .   The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon receipt of an Authentication Order signed by two Officers of the Issuer Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, $750,000,000. Such Notes may be Increasing Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Each Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the Exchange Date on which the issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Increasing Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, whether such Notes are to be 144A Notes, IAI Notes or Regulation S Notes, whether the Notes are to be Definitive Notes or Global Notes, whether or not the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Registered Exchange Notes, the number of separate Note certificates (and, to the extent more than one Note certificate is requested, the aggregate amount of each such Note certificate), the CUSIP and certificate numbers for each Note, the registered holder(s) of each Note, the identity of the DTC Participant for each Global Note, delivery and payment instructions with respect to each Definitive Note and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request, including delivery of a completed Form W-9 of the applicable Holder in the case of an Authentication Order for a Definitive Note.

SECTION 2.3   Transfer and Exchange .

(a)     Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .   A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.11 and 2.13 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.3(b) or 2.3(g).

(b)     Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .   The transfer and

 

4


exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)     Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note .   Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U. S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U. S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.3(b)(i).

(ii)     All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .   In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that are not subject to Section 2.3(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.3(g).

(iii)     Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note .   A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

(iv)     Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .   A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A)     if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

 

5


(B)     if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.06, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

(v)     Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note .   Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c)     Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes .   A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii).

(d)     Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .   Definitive Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable:

(i)     Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .   If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)     if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(B)     if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(C)     if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

 

6


(D)     if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(E)     if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(F)     if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note.

(ii)     Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .   A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)     if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(B)     if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

(iii)     Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an

 

7


exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv)     Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .   An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(e)     Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes .   Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.3(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.3(e).

(i)     Transfer Restricted Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes .   A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)     if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(B)     if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(C)     if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(D)     if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and

(E)     if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

(ii)     Transfer Restricted Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .   Any Transfer Restricted Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

8


(1)     if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(2)     if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)     Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .   A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(iv)     Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes .   An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Note.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.15 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f)      Legend .

(i)     Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

9


THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

(ii)     Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

(iii)     After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

 

10


(iv)     Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer.

(v)     Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(g)     Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note .   At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.15 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h)     Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

(i)     To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)     No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.11, 2.14, 3.06, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 of the Indenture).

(iii)     Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv)     All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i)     No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i)     The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any

 

11


participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii)     The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

12


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INCREASING RATE NOTE]

[Global Notes Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Notes Legend]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING

 

A-1


THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Temporary Global Notes Legend]

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(B)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, IN EACH OF CASES (A) THROUGH (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS

 

A-2


REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

A-3


CUSIP [                    ]

ISIN [                     ] 1

[RULE 144A] [IAI] [REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE DUE 2017

 

No.    [$                         ]

CDW CORPORATION

promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                                   United States Dollars] on October 12, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing [                ]

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

 

  1

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US12513GAR02

    Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 12513GAR0
    Regulation S Note ISIN: USU1253FAF28
    Regulation S Note CUSIP: U1253FAF2
    IAI Note ISIN: US12513GAS84
    IAI Note CUSIP: 12513GAS8

 

A-4


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: [                      ], 20[    ]

 

CDW CORPORATION
        By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-5


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee,

        By:      
   
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-6


[Back of Increasing Rate Note ]

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.     INTEREST.   CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes entirely in cash. Interest on this Note will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 9.288 % plus the Exchange Spread. The “Exchange Spread” means zero basis points during the three-month period commencing on the Conversion Date and shall increase by 50 basis points at the beginning of each subsequent three-month period. The interest rate borne by the Increasing Rate Notes shall not exceed 12.535% per annum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes or any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Increasing Rate Notes shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto from the date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (both before and after judgment), and the Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

The Issuer will pay interest on each Increasing Rate Note semi-annually on each April 15 and October 15 following the date such Increasing Rate Note is received in exchange for Loans, and on the Maturity Date, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Indenture. Interest on each Increasing Rate Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the Loans exchanged for such the Increasing Rate Note.

2.     METHOD OF PAYMENT.   The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.16 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of cash interest will be made at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of cash interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof] 2 [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion)] 3 . Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

 

2 Applicable if this Note is represented by a Global Note registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee on the relevant record date.

3 Applicable if this Note is a Definitive Note.

 

A-7


3.     PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.   Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.     INDENTURE.   The Issuer issued the Notes under a Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among CDW Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017. The Increasing Rate Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, all Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

The terms of the Notes include those stated in Sections 1.03, 1.05, 2.09, 7.06, 7.07, 7.08, 7.10, 7.11, 13.01, 13.02 and 13.03 of the Indenture, which are made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited at any one time outstanding to $750,000,000. This Increasing Rate Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include both Increasing Rate Exchanged Notes and Fixed Rate Notes. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, consolidate, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limits on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.

5.     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.   The Issuer is entitled to redeem all or a portion of the Increasing Rate Notes at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption; provided that in the event of an optional redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Increasing Rate Notes and callable Fixed Rate Notes ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

If the Issuer shall optionally prepay any Loans pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, then the Issuer shall, simultaneously therewith, redeem the Increasing Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes (other than any Fixed Rate Notes that are then non-callable pursuant to Section 2.02(d) of the Indenture or callable at a price other than par pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(ii) of the Indenture) on a pro rata basis with the Loans so prepaid at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

6.     MANDATORY REDEMPTION.   The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

7.     NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.   Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the

 

A-8


Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XII of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on this Note or portions thereof called for redemption.

8.     OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of an Increasing Rate Note will have the right to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Increasing Rate Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The Issuer must offer to repurchase the Increasing Rate Notes at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount, without premium, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, with the Net Proceeds from certain nonordinary course Asset Sales pursuant to the terms of Section 4.10 of the Indenture; provided , however , that the Issuer is required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to apply a portion of such Net Proceeds toward the prepayment of Loans and Increasing Rate Notes.

9.     SUBORDINATION.   The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuer and subordinated and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed. Each Guarantee by a Guarantor is subordinated and junior to the same extent and in the same manner as the Notes are subordinated and junior to the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer. Each Holder, by his acceptance hereof agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purposes.

10.     GUARANTY.   The payment by the Issuer of the principals of, and premium and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

11.     DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.   The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

12.     PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.   The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

13.     DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE.   Subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or certain U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

14.     AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.   The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

 

A-9


15.     DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.   The Events of Default relating to the Notes are set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Required Holders and Lenders by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

16.     AUTHENTICATION.   This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

17.     GOVERNING LAW.   THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

18.     CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS.   Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile:   (847) 968-0304

Attention:   Chief Financial Officer

 

A-10


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                             

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                     

 

Your Signature:     
 

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                               

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER

RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $______ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ______ book-entry or ______ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or, in the event the Issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Rule 144(d)(1)(i) under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)    ¨    to the Issuer; or
(2)    ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)    ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4)    ¨    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(5)    ¨    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
(6)    ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
(7)    ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided ,

 

A-12


however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    Your Signature
Signature Guarantee:    
Date: ___________________        

Signature must be guaranteed

by a participant in

a recognized signature guaranty

medallion program or other

signature guarantor acceptable

to the Trustee

   

                Signature of Signature

                Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated: ___________________      
   

                NOTICE: To be executed by

                                   an executive officer

 

A-13


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[  ] Section 4.10             [  ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$___________________

Date: ___________________

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.: _______________________

 

Signature Guarantee*: ______________________________________

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-14


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $_____________. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease

in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of

this Global Note
following such

decrease or

increase

 

Signature of

authorized

officer

of Trustee or

Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-15


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF FIXED RATE NOTE]

[Global Notes Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Notes Legend]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL

 

B-1


ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Temporary Global Notes Legend]

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(B)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, IN EACH OF CASES (A) THROUGH (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER

 

B-2


HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

B-3


CUSIP [            ]

ISIN [             ] 4

[RULE 144A] [IAI] [REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE DUE 2017

 

No.                                                [$                 ]

CDW CORPORATION

promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto on October 12, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing [             ]

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US12513GAG47

Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 12513GAG4

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU1253FAC96

Regulation S Note CUSIP: U1253FAC9

IAI Note ISIN: US12513GAH20

IAI Note CUSIP: 12513GAH2

 

B-4


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: [_____________], 20[    ]

 

CDW CORPORATION

        By:

 

   
 

Name:

Title:

 

B-5


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee,

        By:

 

   
  Authorized Signatory

 

B-6


[Back of Fixed Rate Note]

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.     INTEREST.   CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes entirely in cash. Interest on this Note will accrue at a fixed rate per annum determined as provided in Section 2.02(b) of the Indenture, which rate shall equal (a) in the case of Holders other than the Initial Banks and their respective affiliates, the rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on the underlying Increasing Rate Note on the date of such election and (b) in the case of a Holder that is an Initial Bank or its affiliate, the rate per annum equal to the annual rate of interest accruing on the underlying Increasing Rate Note on the Transfer Date (in either case, not to exceed 12.535% per annum). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the principal amount of the Increasing Rate Notes or any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Fixed Rate Notes shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto from the date of such nonpayment until the amount not so paid is paid in full (both before and after judgment), and the Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

The Issuer will pay interest on each Fixed Rate Note semi-annually on each April 15 and October 15 in accordance with the terms set forth in the Indenture, following (y) in the case of clause (a) above, the date such Fixed Rate Note is received in exchange for Loans or an Increasing Rate Note and (z) in the case of clause (b) above, the Transfer Date with respect to such Fixed Rate Note and, in the case of both clauses (y) and (z), on the Maturity Date. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid thereon or, if no interest has been paid, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the underlying Increasing Rate Note prior to the date such Fixed Rate Note was received in exchange for such Increasing Rate Note (or, if no interest has been paid on such increasing Rate Note, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the Loans for which such Exchange Note was exchanged).

2.     METHOD OF PAYMENT.   The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.16 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of cash interest will be made at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of cash interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof] 5 [all payments of principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30

 

5 Applicable if this Note is represented by a Global Note registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee on the relevant record date.

 

B-7


days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion)] 6 . Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.     PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.   Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.     INDENTURE.   The Issuer issued the Notes under a Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among CDW Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017. Fixed Rate Notes with different interest rates will be issued as separate series under the Indenture; provided , however , that Fixed Rate Notes that accrue interest at the same rate due on the same payment date will be issued as a single series. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, all Notes shall vote and consent together (together with the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02) on all matters as one class, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

The terms of the Notes include those stated in Sections 1.03, 1.05, 2.09, 7.06, 7.07, 7.08, 7.10, 7.11, 13.01, 13.02 and 13.03 of the Indenture, which are made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited at any one time outstanding to $750,000,000. This Fixed Rate Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include both Increasing Rate Exchanged Notes and Fixed Rate Notes. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, consolidate, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limits on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.

5.     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.   Each Fixed Rate Note shall, subject to the following paragraphs, be non-callable for five years from the Closing Date and shall be callable thereafter, at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a price equal to 100% of its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) plus a premium equal to one half of the coupon then in effect on such Fixed Rate Note, which premium shall decline ratably on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date to zero on the date that is two years prior to the Maturity Date; provided , however , that such call protection shall not apply to any call for redemption issued by the Issuer prior to the date such Note became a Fixed Rate Note; provided , further , that in the event of an optional redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to redeem the

 

 

6 Applicable if this Note is a Definitive Note.

 

B-8


callable Fixed Rate Notes and the Increasing Rate Notes ratably with prepayments of any outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Prior to October 15, 2010, the Issuer shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem non-callable Fixed Rate Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to par plus the then applicable coupon with respect to each such Fixed Rate Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings (subject to the prior application of such proceeds as may be required pursuant to any mandatory redemption of Securities or mandatory prepayment of Loans); provided , however , that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued under the Indenture after the Conversion Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Fixed Rate Notes held by Parent and its Affiliates) and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of the related Equity Offering; provided , further , that, in the event of such a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture, the Loans shall be prepaid ratably with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture.

Prior to October 15, 2012, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Fixed Rate Notes, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that, in the event of such a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) of the Indenture, the Loans shall be prepaid ratably with the redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07(b) of the Indenture.

If the Issuer shall optionally prepay any Loans pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, then the Issuer shall, simultaneously therewith, redeem the Fixed Rate Notes then callable at par on a pro rata basis with the Loans so prepaid at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

6.     MANDATORY REDEMPTION.   The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

7.     NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.   Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XII of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on this Note or portions thereof called for redemption.

8.     OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of a Fixed Rate Note will have the right to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Fixed Rate Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The Issuer must offer to repurchase the Fixed Rate Notes at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount, without premium, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, with the Net Proceeds from certain nonordinary course Asset Sales pursuant to the terms of Section 4.10 of the Indenture; provided ,

 

B-9


however , that the Issuer is required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to apply a portion of such Net Proceeds toward the prepayment of Loans and Increasing Rate Notes.

9.     SUBORDINATION.   The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuer and subordinated and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed. Each Guarantee by a Guarantor is subordinated and junior to the same extent and in the same manner as the Notes are subordinated and junior to the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer. Each Holder, by his acceptance hereof agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purposes.

10.     GUARANTY.   The payment by the Issuer of the principals of, and premium and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

11.     DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.   The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

12.     PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.   The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

13.     DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE.   Subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or certain U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

14.     AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.   The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

15.     DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.   The Events of Default relating to the Notes are set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Required Holders and Lenders by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement

 

B-10


regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

16.     AUTHENTICATION.   This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

17.     GOVERNING LAW.   THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

18.     CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS.   Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0304

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

B-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                    

                                                                                                                   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                   

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                     

 

Your Signature:     
 

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                               

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

B-12


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER

RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $______ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ______ book-entry or ______ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or, in the event the Issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Rule 144(d)(1)(i) under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)    ¨    to the Issuer; or
(2)    ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)    ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4)    ¨    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(5)    ¨    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
(6)    ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
(7)    ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided ,

 

B-13


however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    Your Signature  
Signature Guarantee:      
Date: ___________________            

Signature must be guaranteed

by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty

medallion program or other

signature guarantor acceptable

to the Trustee

   

                Signature of Signature

                Guarantee

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated: ___________________      
   

                NOTICE: To be executed by

                                   an executive officer

 

B-14


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.10             [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$___________________

Date: ___________________

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.: _______________________

 

Signature Guarantee*: ______________________________________

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

B-15


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $___________ . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange
 

Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase

 

Signature of
authorized
officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

B-16


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE

The Guarantors listed below (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantors ,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, have guaranteed the Notes and the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of the Issuer, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article XI of the Indenture, and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee.

No stockholder, employee, officer, director, unitholder, member or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director, unitholder, member or incorporator.

This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and not of collection.

This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT C

THE TERMS OF ARTICLE XI OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

Dated as of ___________________

 

[Guarantor]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

(SEAL)

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0461

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile: (651) 495-8097

Attention: Raymond S. Haverstock

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[    ] principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of CDW Corporation (the “ Issuer ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:________________________

Address:______________________

Taxpayer ID Number:____________

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1.     We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2.     We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuer, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule

 

D-1


144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

    TRANSFEREE:_____________________,

by:_____________________________

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of , among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of CDW Corporation (or its successor), an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the existing guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Existing Guarantors ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Issuer and the Existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 10, 2008, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding of (a) up to $750,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ”) and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuer’s senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (the “ Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the “ Notes ”)) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer.

WHEREAS Sections 4.15 and 5.01 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the Existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes.

3.      Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall

 

E-1


form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

6.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]

        By

 

   
 

Name:

Title:

CDW CORPORATION

        By

 

   
 

Name:

Title:

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

        By

 

   
 

Name:

Title:

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

        By

 

   
 

Name:

Title:

 

E-3


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Subsidiary Guarantors

 

E-4


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

See Attached.

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF AUTHENTICATION ORDER

CDW CORPORATION

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

[Date]

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Attn: Corporate Unit

Re: CDW Corporation Authentication Order

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture dated October 10, 2008 (as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among CDW Corporation, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ CDW ”), the guarantors party thereto and you, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), relating to the issuance of up to $750,000,000 of the Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes (the “ Notes ”), the undersigned hereby deliver an Authentication Order. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Indenture, you, as Trustee, are hereby requested to:

(i) authenticate each of the following Notes on                              , 20          (the “ Exchange Date ”):

[NOTE: CHART TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH NOTE BEING REQUESTED]

 

Principal Amount of Note to be Authenticated:

 

    

Fixed Rate Note or Increasing Rate Note:

 

    

Type of Note (144A, Regulation S, IAI):

 

    

Definitive Note or Global Note:

 

    

Initial Note or Registered Exchange Note:

 

    

Number of Note Certificate:

 

    

CUSIP Number of Note:

 

    

Registered Holder(s) of Note:

 

    

[If Definitive Note, Delivery Instructions:]

 

    

[If Definitive Note, Payment Instructions:]

 

    

 

G-1


EXHIBIT G

 

Initial Rate:

 

    

[If Global Note, DTC Participant Number:]

 

    

[If Global Note, Contact Information for DTC Participant:]

 

    

 

  (ii)  hold the Global Notes, if Global Notes are requested, as custodian for DTC,

 

  (iii)  register the Global Notes, if Global Notes are requested, in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and

 

  (iv)  instruct DTC to deliver the Notes represented by the Global Notes to such DTC participants (or, in the case of a Registered Holder that is not a DTC participant that requests a Global Note, to their designated DTC participant custodian) through the book-entry facilities of DTC and in accordance with this Authentication Order.

In accordance with the Indenture, to the extent the Holder has requested a Definitive Note, the Issuer has attached a copy of the Holder’s completed and executed Form W-9 hereto.

[R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK ]

 

G-2


EXHIBIT G

 

Very truly yours,

 

CDW CORPORATION

By:        

Name:

Title:

 

 

By:        

Name:

Title:

 

 

G-3

Exhibit 4.7

SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of May 10, 2010, among CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (as successor in interest to CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation) (the “ New Issuer ”), the existing guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Existing Guarantors ”), CDW Government LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (as successor in interest to CDW Government, Inc.) (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and the Existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 10, 2008, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding of (a) up to $750,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ”) and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuer’s senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (the “ Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the “ Notes ”)) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer.

WHEREAS Section 5.01 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer may merge with and into another Person with the Successor Company surviving, provided, among other things, that the Successor Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Successor Company shall unconditionally assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has been merged with and into the New Issuer with the New Issuer surviving, and the New Issuer has agreed to assume all obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement;

WHEREAS Section 11.06 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guarantor may merge with and into another Person with the Successor Guarantor surviving, provided, among other things, that the Successor Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Successor Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, CDW Government, Inc. has merged with and into the Successor Guarantor with the Successor Guarantor surviving, and the Successor Guarantor has agreed to guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and to be bound by the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to it as if an original party thereto; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the New Issuer, the Existing Guarantors and the Successor Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Issuer, the Existing Guarantors, the


Successor Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1.    Defined Terms .   As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.   Agreement to Perform .   The New Issuer hereby agrees to unconditionally assume all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement.

3.   Agreement to Guarantee .   The Successor Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the Existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Notes, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement.

4.    Ratification of Indenture, Notes and Registration Rights Agreement; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture .   Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5.   Governing Law .   THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6.   Trustee Makes No Representation .   The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.   Counterparts .   The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8.   Effect of Headings .   The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

CDW LLC

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
  Name:  Ann E. Ziegler
  Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief               Financial Officer

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
 

Name:  Ann E. Ziegler

Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief               Financial Officer

 

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
 

Name:  Ann E. Ziegler

Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief                Financial Officer

 

CDW CORPORATION

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
 

Name:  Ann E. Ziegler

Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief                Financial Officer

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
 

Name:  Ann E. Ziegler

Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief                Financial Officer


CDW GOVERNMENT LLC

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
 

Name:  Ann E. Ziegler

Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief                Financial Officer

 

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.

        By    

  /s/ Ann E. Ziegler
 

Name:  Ann E. Ziegler

Title:    Senior Vice President and Chief                Financial Officer

 

FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP

        By    

  /s/ Christine A. Leahy
 

Name:  Christine A. Leahy

Title:    Secretary

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

        By    

  /s/ Joshua A. Hahn
 

Name:  Joshua A. Hahn

Title:    Assistant Vice President


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Existing Guarantors

VH Holdings, Inc.

Berbee Information Networks Corporation

CDW Corporation

CDW Direct, LLC

CDW Logistics, Inc.

Foresight Technology Group

Exhibit 4.8

SECOND SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SECOND SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of August 23, 2010, among CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “ Company ”), CDW Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Initial Issuer ”), and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture dated as of October 10, 2008, as supplemented by the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, by and among the Company (as successor in interest to the Initial Issuer), the Guarantors and the Trustee (together, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding of (a) up to $750,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ”) and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Company’s senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (the “ Exchange Notes ”, and together with the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the “ Notes ”)) issued in the Registered Exchange Offer;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(1) of the Indenture provides that Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder or Lender to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(4) of the Indenture provides that the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder or Lender, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the Indenture provides that the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture with the consent of the Required Holders and Lenders;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to cure an ambiguity in the definition of “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes”;

WHEREAS, as an accommodation to the current and prospective Holders of Notes intended to facilitate the transferability of the Notes, the Co-Issuer has agreed to become a party to the Indenture as a co-issuer of the Notes;

WHEREAS, the Company has solicited and obtained consents of the beneficial owners of Notes constituting the Required Holders and Lenders with respect to this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.


2. Agreement to Perform . The Co-Issuer hereby agrees to expressly assume, jointly and severally with the Company, due and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise. The Co-Issuer hereby also expressly assumes jointly and severally with the Company all rights and obligations of the Company with respect to Article 2 (The Exchange Notes), Article 6 (Defaults and Remedies), Article 8 (Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance), Article 10 (Subordination), Article 12 (Satisfaction and Discharge) and Section 13.07 (No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders) of the Indenture. The Co-Issuer does not assume any other rights or obligations under the Indenture, except as expressly set forth herein.

3. Amendment to Indenture . The Preamble of the Indenture is hereby amended, effective as of the Conversion Date, as follows:

The following sentence is added at the end of the first WHEREAS clause: “Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the term Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes in this Indenture includes both the Initial Notes and any Registered Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes.”

4.  Ratification of Indenture and Notes; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Co-Issuer . The Co-Issuer hereby agrees that it may not acquire or hold any material assets, voluntarily take any action to become liable for any material obligations or engage in any business activities or operations; provided that the Co-Issuer may be a co-obligor with respect to Indebtedness (including for the avoidance of doubt, the Notes) if the Company is a primary obligor on such Indebtedness, the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries and such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.

6. Substitution of Terms . Each reference to “Issuer” set forth in Article 2, Article 3 (Redemption), Section 4.01 (Payment of Notes), Section 4.04 (Compliance Certificate) (other than the first reference to “Issuer” therein), Article 6, Article 8, Article 10, Article 12 and Section 13.07 of the Indenture shall also refer to, and apply with respect to, the Co-Issuer by substituting each of the Issuer and the Co-Issuer for the Issuer wherever that term appears, including in respect of defined terms used in Article 2, Article 3, Section 4.01, Section 4.04, Article 6, Article 8, Article 10, Article 12 and Section 13.07 of the Indenture (and solely for purposes of Article 2, Article 3, Section 4.01, Section 4.04, Article 6, Article 8, Article 10, Article 12 and Section 13.07 of the Indenture).


7. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

9. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

10. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

CDW LLC
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW FINANCE CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CDW TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


CDW GOVERNMENT LLC
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

  Name: Ann E. Ziegler
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Raymond S. Haverstock

  Name: Raymond S. Haverstock
  Title: Vice President


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Guarantors

CDW Corporation (f/k/a VH Holdings, Inc.)

CDW Technologies, Inc.

CDW Direct, LLC

CDW Logistics, Inc.

CDW Government LLC

Exhibit 4.11

SENIOR REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This SENIOR REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated October 10, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Guarantor ”) and the holders of loans made to the Issuer as borrower under the Bridge Loan Agreement (as defined below) who, from time to time in connection with the delivery of an Exchange Request, execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement in the form of Annex A attached hereto and thereby become a party hereto (collectively, the “ Holders ” and, individually, a “ Holder ”).

This Agreement is entered into pursuant to the terms of the Senior Bridge Loan Credit Agreement among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, the guarantors named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents and lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), dated as of October 12, 2007 and amended and restated on March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 2, 2008 (the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”), which provides for, among other things, the issuance by the Issuer of its Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Notes ”) and its Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior PIK Election Notes ”, and together with the Senior Notes, the “ Securities ”). In order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and any subsequent holder or holders of any Securities.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.      Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Guarantor ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the preamble.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of the preamble.

Exchange ” means the receipt by a lender under the Bridge Loan Agreement of Initial Notes in exchange for the Loans (or a portion thereof) of such lender then outstanding.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.


Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Filing Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Request ” means a written notice sent by a lender to the Administrative Agent and the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to an Exchange Date selected by such lender for an Exchange, specifying (i) the lender’s legal name; (ii) the Exchange Date selected by such lender; (iii) the principal amount of the Loans to be exchanged for Initial Notes pursuant to the applicable notice; and (iv) if the lender is electing to have the interest rate fixed pursuant to terms of the Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Initial Notes, the principal amount of the Initial Notes to be represented by a Fixed Rate Note.

Exchange Securities ” shall mean the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes.

Fixed Rate Note ” means a Note bearing a fixed rate of interest pursuant to the terms of the Indenture hereof and subject to call protection as provided in the Indenture.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer or used or referred to by the Issuer in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successors and any Additional Guarantors that become party to this Agreement.

Holders ” shall mean the holders of Registrable Securities, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

Increasing Rate Note ” means any Note other than a Fixed Rate Note.

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

2


Indenture ” shall mean the Senior Exchange Notes Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of October 10, 2008 among CDW, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Notes ” means (i) the Senior Exchange Notes and (ii) the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, in each case issued in exchange for the Loans in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, which may take the form of Fixed Rate Notes or Increasing Rate Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Fixed Rate Notes with different interest rates will be issued as separate series under the Indenture; provided , however , that Fixed Rate Notes that accrue interest at the same rate due on the same payment date will be issued as a single series. “Initial Notes” shall include any Fixed Rate Notes issued in exchange for Increasing Rate Notes.

Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiii) hereof.

Issue Date ” the date of original issuance of the Securities.

Issuer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the preamble and shall also include the Issuer’s successors.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

Loan ” shall mean any loan made under the Bridge Loan Agreement.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided , further , that if the Issuer shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

Participating Broker-Dealers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggy Back Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

3


Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities and the Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(b)(iii) hereof is applicable; provided that such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Security as to which Section 2(b)(iii) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities have been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for Exchange Securities that may be resold without restriction under U.S. state and federal securities laws, (iii) when such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or, in the event the Issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Rule 144(d)(1)(i) under the Securities Act) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A), (iv) when such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, cease to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (v) when such Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Securities relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Issuer.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration and filing fees, as applicable, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for any Underwriters or Holders (whose counsel shall be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities to be registered in the applicable Registration Statement) in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (v) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders), (vii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder, (viii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer or any Guarantor desires such insurance, (ix) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer and the Guarantors and (x) internal expenses of the Issuer and the Guarantors (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer and the Guarantors performing legal or accounting duties).

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Issuer and the Guarantors that covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this

 

4


Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of the preamble.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Senior Exchange Notes ” shall mean Senior Notes issued by the Issuer and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Senior Notes (except that the Senior Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Senior Notes in exchange for Senior Notes (i) pursuant to the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof.

Senior Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of the preamble.

Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ” shall mean Senior PIK Election Notes issued by the Issuer and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Senior PIK Election Notes (except that the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Senior Notes in exchange for Senior Notes (i) pursuant to the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof.

Senior PIK Election Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of the preamble.

Shelf Additional Interest Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

Shelf Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuer and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Staff ” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

Target Registration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

5


Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, in each case, as in effect on the date the Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Exchange Securities.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2.     Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent that at least $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities remain outstanding and to the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause to be filed with the SEC, on or prior to the 180 th day following the Issue Date (the “ Exchange Offer Filing Deadline ”), an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities, (ii) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 90 days (or 180 days if the Issuer receives written notice that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is to be reviewed by the SEC) of such Exchange Offer Filing Deadline (“ Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline ”) and (iii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, or such shorter period as will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 30 Business Days after such effective date (the “ Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline ”).

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

 

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv)

that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of

 

6


 

the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Issuer and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis , solely with respect to Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(b)(iii) is applicable and Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities, or file any Registration Statement in respect thereof, (other than Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(b)(iii) hereof applies) pursuant to this Agreement.

The Exchange Securities shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Securities and the Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Securities or the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer;

 

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Issuer; and

 

(iii) issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Securities tendered or exchanged by such Holder.

 

7


The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

(b)     In the event that (i) the Issuer and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Holder representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective.

In the event that the Issuer and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Holders after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(b)(1) (or any similar rule then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act with respect to the Registrable Securities included therein or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “ Shelf Effectiveness Period ”). The Issuer and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuer for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being filed with the SEC.

(c)    (i)     Until such time as the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof has been consummated and, to the extent required pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, until the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective, if at any time the Issuer proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering by the Issuer for its own account or for the account of any of its respective securityholders of any debt securities of the Issuer (other than a Registration Statement on Form F-4, S-4 or S-8 or similar applicable form, or an S-3 (or similar form used for employee-related sales), then the Issuer shall

 

8


give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders of the Registrable Securities and each Lender (as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement) as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 20 Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof) (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”); provided , however , that the Holders of Registrable Securities shall not have a right to a Piggy-Back Registration if the net proceeds from such proposed issuance would be used to redeem or repay in full all of the Registrable Securities and the Loans (to the extent Loans have not been converted into Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Bridge Loan Agreement). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of such proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Issuer or any other securityholder included therein and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(c) by giving written notice to the Issuer of its request to withdraw no later than five (5) Business Days before such Registration Statement becomes effective. The Issuer may withdraw a Piggy-Back Registration at any time prior to the time it becomes effective to the extent that it has withdrawn the underlying Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(c); provided that the Issuer shall give prompt notice thereof to participating Holders.

(ii)     No registration effected under this Section 2(c), and no failure to effect a registration under this Section 2(c), shall relieve the Issuer of its obligation to effect a registration on behalf of the Holders as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

(iii)     If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any offering described in this Section 2(c) notify the Holders requesting inclusion of Registrable Securities in such offering, that the kind of securities that the Holders, the Issuer and any other Persons desiring to participate in such registration intend to include in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of such offering, the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering shall be reduced or excluded in their entirety as mutually agreed in good faith by the Holders and the Issuer.

(d)     The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(e)     An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and a Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

In the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) hereof, does not become effective on or prior to the date that is 270

 

9


days after the Issue Date (or 360 days if the Issuer receives written notice that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is to be reviewed by the SEC) (the “ Target Registration Date ”), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities thereafter until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, becomes effective or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, as the case may be.

In the event that the Issuer receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) and the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby does not become effective by the later of (x) the Target Registration Date or (y) 90 days after the delivery of such Shelf Request (such later date, the “ Shelf Additional Interest Date ”), then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities thereafter until the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act.

If the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has become effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such 31 st day in such 12-month period and at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities thereafter until such date as the Shelf Registration Statement has again become effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable.

Any additional interest required pursuant to this Section 2(e) may be paid in the form of additional Securities. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee within one Business Day after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which additional interest is required to be and within one Business Day after such additional interest ceases to accrue. Any amounts of additional interest due pursuant to this Section 2(e) will be payable, at the Issuer’s option, in cash or by issuing new Securities in respect of such amount on each April 15 and October 15 (to the holders of record on the April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such additional interest commences to accrue. The amount of additional interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable additional interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such additional interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

(f)     Without limiting the remedies available to the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Issuer or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

10


(g)     The Issuer represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.

3.     Registration Procedures .   (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) hereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall as soon as practicable:

(i)     prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Issuer and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii)     prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(iii)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus or preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Issuer and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(iv)     use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 

11


(v)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective and when any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Issuer of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Issuer or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Issuer or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Issuer or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vi)     use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, as soon as practicable and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(vii)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(viii)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates in accordance with the terms of the Indenture representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(ix)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements

 

12


therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Issuer and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

(x)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel and make such of the representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel available for discussion of such document; and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel shall object;

(xi)     obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

(xii)     cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiii)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an “ Inspector ”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority of the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that if any such information is identified by the Issuer or any Guarantor in writing as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (including, to the extent requested in writing by the Issuer or any Guarantor, executing and delivering a customary confidentiality or similar agreement) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter;

(xiv)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Issuer or any Guarantor

 

13


are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

(xv)     if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(xvi)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Issuer and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accounting firm of the Issuer and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other registered public accounting firm of any subsidiary of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus or Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and

(xvii)     so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Issuer of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex B and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such entity, to the Holders no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

(b)     In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(c)     In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities covered in such Shelf Registration Statement agrees that, upon receipt of any notice

 

14


from the Issuer and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(v)(3) or 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(ix) hereof and, if so directed by the Issuer and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Issuer and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(d)     If the Issuer and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Issuer and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

(e)     The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “ Underwriter ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

4.     Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer .   (a)   The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Issuer and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b)     In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Issuer and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such

 

15


Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c)     The Participating Broker-Dealers shall have no liability to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

5.     Indemnification and Contribution .   (a)   The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, its respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this Agreement or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters in such Underwritten Offering, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

(b)     Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, the other selling Holders, the directors of the Issuer and the Guarantors, each officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus.

(c)     If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights

 

16


or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Issuer. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d)     If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such

 

17


proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e)     The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f)     The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g)     The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or any Person controlling any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Issuer or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6     General .

(a)     No Inconsistent Agreements.   The Issuer and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Issuer or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b)     Amendments and Waivers.   The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of (i) Holders of at least a majority in aggregate

 

18


principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent and the Required Lenders (as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement) and (ii) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) unless consented to in writing by such Holder and such Participating Broker-Dealer. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c)     Notices.   All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner as follows:

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

1 Chase Manhattan Plaza

New York, New York 10005

Attention: John H. Cobb

(ii) if to the Issuer and the Guarantors,

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0461

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention: James S. Rowe

and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and

(iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Indenture and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing

 

19


overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d)     Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. Each Holder shall have no liability or obligation to the Issuer or the Guarantors or any other Holder with respect to any failure by any other Holder to comply with, or any breach by any other Holder of, any of the obligations of such other Holder under this Agreement.

(e)     Third Party Beneficiaries.   Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lenders (as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement) that exchange Loans for Exchange Securities pursuant to the Bridge Loan Agreement, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f)     Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g)     Headings.   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h)     Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(j)     Entire Agreement; Severability .   This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Holders shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

CDW CORPORATION
        by       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary


GUARANTORS :

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:    Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:       Treasurer and Assistant

                Secretary

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS

CORPORATION

        By   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:    Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:       Vice President, Treasurer and

                Assistant Secretary

CDW CORPORATION
        By   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:    Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:       Vice President, Treasurer and

                Assistant Secretary

CDW DIRECT, LLC
        By   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:    Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:       Vice President, Treasurer and

                Assistant Secretary


CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:    Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:       Vice President, Treasurer and

                Assistant Secretary

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
        By   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:    Robert J. Welyki
 

Title:      Vice President, Treasurer and

                Assistant Secretary

FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP
        By   /s/ Christine A. Leahy
  Name:    Christine A. Leahy
  Title:      Secretary


Annex A

Form of Joinder

Upon execution of this joinder the undersigned shall, as of the date set forth below, become a party to the Senior Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008, entered into by and among CDW Corporation and the Guarantors and the various Holders party thereto, and hereby agrees, as a Holder (i) to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, agreements, obligations, acknowledgements and restrictions of a Holder and (ii) to assume and agree to perform all applicable duties and obligations of a Holder, each on the terms set forth therein, as of and from the date hereof.

Dated                          , 200_

 

[HOLDER]
        By        
  Name:
  Title:


Annex B

Counterpart to Senior Registration Rights Agreement

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Senior Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008 by and among the Issuer, an Illinois corporation, the guarantors party thereto and the Holders) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                              .

 

[NAME]
        By    
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 4.12

SENIOR SUBORDINATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This SENIOR SUBORDINATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated October 10, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Guarantor ”) and the holders of loans made to the Issuer as borrower under the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement (as defined below) who, from time to time in connection with the delivery of an Exchange Request, execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement in the form of Annex A attached hereto and thereby become a party hereto (collectively, the “ Holders ” and, individually, a “ Holder ”).

This Agreement is entered into pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Credit Agreement among VH MergerSub, Inc., the Issuer, the guarantors named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents and lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), dated as of October 12, 2007 and amended and restated on March 12, 2008 and further amended on April 2, 2008 (the “ Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ”), which provides for, among other things, the issuance by the Issuer of its Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Senior Subordinated Securities ”). In order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and any subsequent holder or holders of any Senior Subordinated Securities.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Guarantor ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the preamble.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Exchange ” means the receipt by a lender under the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement of Initial Notes in exchange for the Loans (or a portion thereof) of such lender then outstanding.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

1


Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Filing Deadline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Request ” means a written notice sent by a lender to the Administrative Agent and the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to an Exchange Date selected by such lender for an Exchange, specifying (i) the lender’s legal name; (ii) the Exchange Date selected by such lender; (iii) the principal amount of the Loans to be exchanged for Initial Notes pursuant to the applicable notice; and (iv) if the lender is electing to have the interest rate fixed pursuant to terms of the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Initial Notes, the principal amount of the Initial Notes to be represented by a Fixed Rate Note.

Fixed Rate Note ” means a Note bearing a fixed rate of interest pursuant to the terms of the Indenture hereof and subject to call protection as provided in the Indenture.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer or used or referred to by the Issuer in connection with the sale of the Senior Subordinated Securities or the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successors and any Additional Guarantors that become party to this Agreement.

Holders ” shall mean the holders of Registrable Securities, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

Increasing Rate Note ” means any Note other than a Fixed Rate Note.

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indenture ” shall mean the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes Indenture relating to the Senior Subordinated Securities dated as of October 10, 2008 among CDW, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

2


Initial Notes ” means the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Loans in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, which may take the form of Fixed Rate Notes or Increasing Rate Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Fixed Rate Notes with different interest rates will be issued as separate series under the Indenture; provided , however , that Fixed Rate Notes that accrue interest at the same rate due on the same payment date will be issued as a single series. “Initial Notes” shall include any Fixed Rate Notes issued in exchange for Increasing Rate Notes.

Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiii) hereof.

Issue Date ” the date of original issuance of the Senior Subordinated Securities.

Issuer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the preamble and shall also include the Issuer’s successors.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

Loan ” shall mean any loan made under the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided , further , that if the Issuer shall issue any additional Senior Subordinated Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Senior Subordinated Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

Participating Broker-Dealers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggy Back Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Senior Subordinated Securities and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(b)(iii) hereof is applicable; provided that such Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement (other than, with

 

3


respect to any Senior Subordinated Exchange Security as to which Section 2(b)(iii) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to such Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, has become effective under the Securities Act and such Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Senior Subordinated Securities have been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities that may be resold without restriction under U.S. state and federal securities laws, (iii) when such Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or, in the event the Issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Rule 144(d)(1)(i) under the Securities Act) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A), (iv) when such Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, cease to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (v) when such Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Senior Subordinated Securities relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Issuer.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration and filing fees, as applicable, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for any Underwriters or Holders (whose counsel shall be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities to be registered in the applicable Registration Statement) in connection with blue sky qualification of any Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (v) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders), (vii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder, (viii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer or any Guarantor desires such insurance, (ix) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer and the Guarantors and (x) internal expenses of the Issuer and the Guarantors (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer and the Guarantors performing legal or accounting duties).

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Issuer and the Guarantors that covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this

 

4


Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Senior Subordinated Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of the preamble.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities ” shall mean the Senior Subordinated Securities issued by the Issuer and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Senior Subordinated Securities (except that the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Senior Subordinated Securities in exchange for Senior Subordinated Securities (i) pursuant to the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Additional Interest Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

Shelf Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuer and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Staff ” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of the preamble.

Target Registration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, in each case, as in effect on the date the Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

 

5


Underwritten Offering ” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2.     Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent that at least $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Securities remain outstanding and to the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause to be filed with the SEC, on or prior to the 180 th day following the Issue Date (the “ Exchange Offer Filing Deadline ”), an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, (ii) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 90 days (or 180 days if the Issuer receives written notice that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is to be reviewed by the SEC) of such Exchange Offer Filing Deadline (“ Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline ”) and (iii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, or such shorter period as will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 30 Business Days after such effective date (the “ Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline ”).

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

 

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

(v)

that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that

 

6


 

such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Senior Subordinated Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Issuer and the Guarantors that (i) any Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities.

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis , solely with respect to Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(b)(iii) is applicable and Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities, or file any Registration Statement in respect thereof (other than Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(b)(iii) hereof applies) pursuant to this Agreement.

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities and the Senior Subordinated Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities or the Senior Subordinated Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer;

 

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Issuer; and

 

(iii) issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Securities tendered or exchanged by such Holder.

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the

 

7


Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

(b)    In the event that (i) the Issuer and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Holder representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective.

In the event that the Issuer and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Holders after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(b)(1) (or any similar rule then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act with respect to the Registrable Securities included therein or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “ Shelf Effectiveness Period ”). The Issuer and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuer for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being filed with the SEC.

(c)    (i)    Until such time as the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof has been consummated and, to the extent required pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, until the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective, if at any time the Issuer proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering by the Issuer for its own account or for the account of any of its respective securityholders of any debt securities of the Issuer (other than a Registration Statement on Form F-4, S-4 or S-8 or similar applicable form, or an S-3 (or similar form used for employee-related sales), then the Issuer shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders of the Registrable Securities and each Lender (as defined in the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement) as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 20 Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of Registrable Securities as each such

 

8


Holder may request (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof) (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”); provided , however , that the Holders of Registrable Securities shall not have a right to a Piggy-Back Registration if the net proceeds from such proposed issuance would be used to redeem or repay in full all of the Registrable Securities and the Loans (to the extent Loans have not been converted into Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of such proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Issuer or any other securityholder included therein and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(c) by giving written notice to the Issuer of its request to withdraw no later than five (5) Business Days before such Registration Statement becomes effective. The Issuer may withdraw a Piggy-Back Registration at any time prior to the time it becomes effective to the extent that it has withdrawn the underlying Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(c); provided that the Issuer shall give prompt notice thereof to participating Holders.

(ii)    No registration effected under this Section 2(c), and no failure to effect a registration under this Section 2(c), shall relieve the Issuer of its obligation to effect a registration on behalf of the Holders as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

(iii)    If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any offering described in this Section 2(c) notify the Holders requesting inclusion of Registrable Securities in such offering, that the kind of securities that the Holders, the Issuer and any other Persons desiring to participate in such registration intend to include in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of such offering, the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering shall be reduced or excluded in their entirety as mutually agreed in good faith by the Holders and the Issuer.

(d)    The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(e)    An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and a Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

In the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) hereof, does not become effective on or prior to the date that is 270 days after the Issue Date (or 360 days if the Issuer receives written notice that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is to be reviewed by the SEC) (the “ Target Registration Date ”), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum on the principal

 

9


amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities thereafter until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, becomes effective or the Senior Subordinated Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, as the case may be.

In the event that the Issuer receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) and the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby does not become effective by the later of (x) the Target Registration Date or (y) 90 days after the delivery of such Shelf Request (such later date, the “ Shelf Additional Interest Date ”), then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities thereafter until the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or the Senior Subordinated Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act.

If the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has become effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such 31 st day in such 12-month period and at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of such Registrable Securities thereafter until such date as the Shelf Registration Statement has again become effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable.

Any additional interest required pursuant to this Section 2(e) may be paid in the form of additional Senior Subordinated Securities. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee within one Business Day after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which additional interest is required to be and within one Business Day after such additional interest ceases to accrue. Any amounts of additional interest due pursuant to this Section 2(e) will be payable, at the Issuer’s option, in cash or by issuing new Senior Subordinated Securities in respect of such amount on each April 15 and October 15 (to the holders of record on the April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such additional interest commences to accrue. The amount of additional interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable additional interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such additional interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

(f)    Without limiting the remedies available to the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Issuer or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

10


(g)    The Issuer represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.

3.     Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) hereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall as soon as practicable:

(i)    prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Issuer and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities;

(iii)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus or preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Issuer and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(iv)    use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 

11


(v)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective and when any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Issuer of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Issuer or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Issuer or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Issuer or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vi)    use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, as soon as practicable and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(vii)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(viii)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates in accordance with the terms of the Indenture representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(ix)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements

 

12


therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Issuer and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

(x)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel and make such of the representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel available for discussion of such document; and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel shall object;

(xi)     obtain a CUSIP number for all Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

(xii)     cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiii)     in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an “ Inspector ”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority of the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that if any such information is identified by the Issuer or any Guarantor in writing as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (including, to the extent requested in writing by the Issuer or any Guarantor, executing and delivering a customary confidentiality or similar agreement) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter;

 

13


(xiv)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Issuer or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

(xv)    if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(xvi)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Issuer and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accounting firm of the Issuer and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other registered public accounting firm of any subsidiary of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus or Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and

(xvii)    so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Issuer of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex B and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such entity, to the Holders no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

(b)    In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

14


(c)    In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities covered in such Shelf Registration Statement agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(v)(3) or 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(ix) hereof and, if so directed by the Issuer and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Issuer and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(d)    If the Issuer and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Issuer and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

(e)    The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “ Underwriter ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

4.     Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Senior Subordinated Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities.

The Issuer and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b)    In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange

 

15


Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Issuer and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c)    The Participating Broker-Dealers shall have no liability to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

5.     Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, its respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this Agreement or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters in such Underwritten Offering, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

(b)    Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, the other selling Holders, the directors of the Issuer and the Guarantors, each officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus.

(c)    If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person

 

16


(the “ Indemnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Issuer. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion

 

17


as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors from the offering of the Senior Subordinated Securities and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Senior Subordinated Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e)    The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f)    The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g)    The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or any Person controlling any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Issuer or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6     General .

(a)     No Inconsistent Agreements.   The Issuer and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Issuer or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into,

 

18


any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b)     Amendments and Waivers.   The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of (i) Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent and the Required Lenders (as defined in the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement) and (ii) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Securities or Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) unless consented to in writing by such Holder and such Participating Broker-Dealer. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c)     Notices.   All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner as follows:

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

1 Chase Manhattan Plaza

New York, New York 10005

Attention: John H. Cobb

(ii) if to the Issuer and the Guarantors,

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0461

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention:  James S. Rowe

and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and

 

19


(iii)    to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Indenture and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d)     Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. Each Holder shall have no liability or obligation to the Issuer or the Guarantors or any other Holder with respect to any failure by any other Holder to comply with, or any breach by any other Holder of, any of the obligations of such other Holder under this Agreement.

(e)     Third Party Beneficiaries.   Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lenders (as defined in the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement) that exchange Loans for Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities pursuant to the Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f)     Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g)     Headings.   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h)     Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(j)     Entire Agreement; Severability .   This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or

 

20


invalidated. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Holders shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION

        By    

  /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:     Vice President, Treasurer and
                Assistant Secretary


GUARANTORS:
VH HOLDINGS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
CDW CORPORATION
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
CDW DIRECT, LLC
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary


CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
        By       /s/ Robert J. Welyki
  Name:   Robert J. Welyki
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP
        By       /s/ Christine A. Leahy
  Name:   Christine A. Leahy
  Title:   Secretary


Annex A

Form of Joinder

Upon execution of this joinder the undersigned shall, as of the date set forth below, become a party to the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008, entered into by and among CDW Corporation and the Guarantors and the various Holders party thereto, and hereby agrees, as a Holder (i) to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, agreements, obligations, acknowledgements and restrictions of a Holder and (ii) to assume and agree to perform all applicable duties and obligations of a Holder, each on the terms set forth therein, as of and from the date hereof.

Dated                      , 200_

 

[HOLDER]
        By        
  Name:  
  Title:  


Annex B

Counterpart to Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008 by and among the Issuer, an Illinois corporation, the guarantors party thereto and the Holders) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                      .

 

[NAME]
        By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  

Exhibit 5.1

LOGO

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

 

312 862-2000

 

www.kirkland.com

 

Facsimile:  

312 862-2200

September 7, 2010

CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

and the Guarantors set forth below

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are issuing this opinion letter in our capacity as special legal counsel to CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“ CDW ”), CDW Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ CDW Finance ” and, together with CDW, the “ Issuers ”), CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“ CDW Direct ”), CDW Government LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“ CDW Government ”), CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ CDW Logistics ”), CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ” and, together with CDW Direct, CDW Government and CDW Logistics, the “ Covered Parties ”), and CDW Technologies, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“ CDW Technologies ” and, together with the Covered Parties, the “ Guarantors ” and each a “ Guarantor ” and, together with the Covered Parties and the Issuers, the “ Registrants ”). In this opinion letter, CDW Technologies is also referred to as the “ Wisconsin Registrant .” This opinion letter is being delivered in connection with the proposed registration by the Issuers of up to $890,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (“ Senior Exchange Notes ”), up to $316,974,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (“ Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”), and up to $721,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), on or about September 7, 2010. Such Registration Statement, as it may be subsequently amended, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement .”

The obligations of the Issuers under the Senior Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ Senior Exchange Note Guarantees ”), the obligations of the Issuers under the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ Senior PIK


CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

September 7, 2010

Page 2

 

Election Exchange Note Guarantees ”) and the obligations under the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees ” and, together with the Senior Exchange Note Guarantees and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Note Guarantees, the “ Guarantees ”). The Senior Exchange Notes, the Senior Exchange Note Guarantees, Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Note Guarantees are to be issued pursuant to the Senior Exchange Note Indenture dated as of October 10, 2008, as supplemented by the Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 10, 2010 and as further supplemented by the Second Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 2010 (as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Senior Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees are to be issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture dated as of October 10, 2008, as supplemented by the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 10, 2010 and as further supplemented by the Second Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 2010 (as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Subordinated Indenture ” and, together with the Senior Indenture, the “ Indentures ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The Senior Exchange Notes and Senior Exchange Note Guarantees are to be issued in exchange for and in replacement of the Issuers’ outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes ”) and the guarantees thereof, of which $890,000,000 in aggregate principal amount is subject to the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Statement. The Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and Senior PIK Election Exchange Note Guarantees are to be issued in exchange for and in replacement of the Issuers’ outstanding 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “ Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”) and the guarantees thereof, of which $316,974,000 in aggregate principal amount is subject to the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Statement. The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees are to be issued in exchange for and in replacement of the Issuers’ outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (the “ Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “ Outstanding Notes ”) and the guarantees thereof, of which $721,500,000 in aggregate principal amount is subject to the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Statement.

In connection with issuing this opinion letter, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the organizational documents of the Issuers and the Guarantors, (ii) resolutions of the Issuers and the Guarantors with respect to the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees, (iii) the Indentures, (iv) the Registration Statement, (v) the Senior Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008, by and among CDW, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto and the (vi) the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008 by and among CDW, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto.


CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

September 7, 2010

Page 3

 

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto (other than the Issuers and the Covered Parties), and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto (other than the Issuers and the Covered Parties). We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinions expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Registrants and others.

Our opinion expressed below is subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar law affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) other commonly recognized statutory and judicial constraints on enforceability including statutes of limitations or (iv) public policy considerations that may limit the rights of parties to obtain certain remedies. In addition, we do not express any opinion as to the enforceability of any rights to contribution or indemnification which may be violative of public policy underlying any law, rule or regulation (including federal or state securities law, rule or regulation) or the enforceability of Section 10.01(f) of the Senior Indenture and Section 11.01(g) of the Subordinated Indenture (the so-called “fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer savings clause”) (and any similar provision in any other document or agreement) to the extent such provisions purport to limit the amount of the obligations of any party or the right to contribution of any other party with respect to such obligations.

Based upon and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, exclusions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective, (ii) the Indentures have been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, (iii) the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior Exchange Note Guarantees have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Indenture and duly delivered to the holders thereof in exchange for the Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes, (iv) the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Note Guarantees have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Indenture and duly delivered to the holders thereof in exchange for the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and (v) the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Subordinated Indenture, and duly delivered to the holders thereof in exchange for the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the Exchange Notes will be binding obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantees will be binding obligations of the Guarantors.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal


CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

September 7, 2010

Page 4

 

Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Our advice on every legal issue addressed in this letter is based exclusively on the internal law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Illinois, the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Illinois and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the relevant state constitutions and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing) and represents our opinion as to how that issue would be resolved were it to be considered by the highest court in the jurisdiction which enacted such law. The manner in which any particular issue relating to the opinions would be treated in any actual court case would depend in part on facts and circumstances particular to the case and would also depend on how the court involved chose to exercise the wide discretionary authority generally available to it. For purposes of our opinion that its Guarantees will be binding obligations of the Guarantors, we have, without conducting any research or investigation with respect thereto, relied on the opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP with respect to the Wisconsin Registrant that such Guarantees have been duly authorized, executed and delivered, and do not conflict with, or require consents under, the corporate laws of Wisconsin. We are not licensed to practice in Wisconsin, and we have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply an opinion on, the laws of such states. None of the opinions or other advice contained in this letter considers or covers any foreign or state securities (or “blue sky”) laws or regulations.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion after the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement should the present laws of the States of New York, Illinois or Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon for any other purposes.

 

Yours very truly,

/s/ KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Exhibit 5.2

 

     

September 7, 2010

 

 

 

       

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

 

VEREX PLAZA

150 EAST GILMAN STREET

MADISON, WI 53703-1481

POST OFFICE BOX 1497

MADISON, WI 53701-1497

608.257.5035 TEL

608.258.4258 FAX

foley.com

    

CDW Technologies, Inc.

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are issuing this opinion letter in our capacity as special Wisconsin counsel to CDW Technologies, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), in connection with the Guarantor’s proposed Guarantees (as defined below), along with the other guarantors under the Indentures (as defined below), of an aggregate principal amount of (i) up to $890,000,000 of the Issuers’ (as defined below) 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”), (ii) up to $316,974,000 of the Issuers’ 11.50%/12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (the “ Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ”) and (iii) up to $721,500,000 of the Issuers’ 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ” and, collectively with the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”). The Exchange Notes are to be issued by CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“ CDW ”), and CDW Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ CDW Finance ” and, together with CDW, the “ Issuers ”), in connection with exchange offers to be made pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on or about September 7, 2010, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). The obligations of the Issuers under the Exchange Notes will be guaranteed, pursuant to guarantee provisions (collectively, the “ Guarantees ”) in the Indentures (as hereinafter defined), by the Guarantor, along with other guarantors. The Senior Exchange Notes, the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes and the Guarantees thereof are to be issued pursuant to the Senior Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “ Original Senior Notes Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 10, 2010 and as further supplemented by the Second Senior Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 2010 (collectively, the “ Existing Senior Notes Supplemental Indentures ”). The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the Guarantees thereof are to be issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008 (the “ Original Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the guarantors named therein, and the Trustee, as supplemented by the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 10, 2010 and as further supplemented by the Second Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 2010 (collectively, the “ Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Supplemental Indentures ”). The Original Senior Notes Indenture, as supplemented by the Existing Senior Notes Supplemental Indentures and as further amended and supplemented from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Senior Notes Indenture ”. The Original Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, as supplemented by the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Supplemental Indentures and as further amended and supplemented from

 

BOSTON

BRUSSELS

CENTURY CITY

CHICAGO

DETROIT

  

JACKSONVILLE

LOS ANGELES

MADISON

MIAMI

MILWAUKEE

  

NEW YORK

ORLANDO

SACRAMENTO

SAN DIEGO

SAN DIEGO/DEL MAR

  

SAN FRANCISCO

SHANGHAI

SILICON VALLEY

TALLAHASSEE

TAMPA

  

TOKYO

WASHINGTON, D.C.


LOGO

CDW Technologies, Inc.

September 7, 2010

Page 2

 

time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ”. The Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Indentures ”.

In rendering this opinion, we have, with your permission, relied on certificates of governmental officials and, as to certain factual matters, the officer’s certificate annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”) and assumed, without investigation, verification or inquiry, that: (i) all natural persons who are signatories to the documents reviewed by us were legally competent at the time of execution; (ii) all signatures on the documents reviewed by us are genuine; and (iii) the copies of all documents submitted to us are accurate and complete, each such document that is original is authentic, and each such document that is a copy conforms to an authentic original.

In connection with the preparation of this opinion, we have reviewed, among other things, (i) the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Guarantor, as amended and attached to the Officer’s Certificate (collectively, the “ Organizational Documents ”), (ii) certain resolutions adopted by unanimous written consent of the Guarantor’s board of directors, as attached to the Officer’s Certificate (the “ Authorizing Resolutions ”), and (iii) executed copies of the Original Senior Notes Indenture, the Existing Senior Notes Supplemental Indentures, the Original Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Supplemental Indentures.

We note that various issues are addressed in the opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, separately delivered to you, and we express no opinion with respect to those matters.

Based upon the foregoing, but subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. Based solely on a certificate of the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, the Guarantor is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin. The Guarantor has filed its most recent required annual report, and has not filed articles of dissolution, with the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions.

2. The Guarantor has the corporate power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Guarantees. The Guarantor’s execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under, the Guarantees have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor.

3. To the extent the Guarantor’s execution and delivery of the Guarantees are governed by Wisconsin law or the Organizational Documents or Authorizing Resolutions, the Guarantor has duly executed and delivered the Guarantees.

4. No authorization, consent, approval, or other action by, nor any notice to or filing with, any State of Wisconsin governmental authority or regulatory body is required to be obtained or made by the Guarantor for its due execution and delivery of, or the performance of its obligations under, the Guarantees, except (a) such as have been duly obtained or made and are in full force and effect, and (b) such as may be required by orders, decrees and the like that are specifically applicable to the Guarantor and of which we have no knowledge.


LOGO

CDW Technologies, Inc.

September 7, 2010

Page 3

 

5. The Guarantor’s execution and delivery of, and performance by the Guarantor of its obligations under, the Guarantees do not: (a) constitute a breach or violation of the Organizational Documents of the Guarantor; or (b) result in a violation of any applicable law, statute, or regulation of the State of Wisconsin (other than those laws, rules, and regulations specifically excluded below or otherwise specifically addressed in this opinion) which, in our experience, is normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Guarantees, without our having made any special investigation as to the applicability of any specific law, rule or regulation.

The foregoing opinions are subject to the following additional assumptions and qualifications:

A. Wherever we indicate that our opinion with respect to the existence or absence of facts is “to our knowledge” or with reference to matters of which we are aware or which are known to us, or with similar qualification, our opinion is, with your permission, based solely on the Officer’s Certificate and the current conscious awareness of the individual attorneys in this firm who have participated directly and substantively in the specific financing transaction to which this opinion relates and without any special or additional investigation undertaken for purposes of this opinion.

B. Except for records of the Guarantor attached to the Officer’s Certificate and a certificate of status of the Guarantor issued by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, we have not examined the records of the Guarantor, any other guarantor, any Issuer, the Trustee, any lender or noteholder, or any court or any public, quasi-public, private, or other office in any jurisdiction or the files of our firm, and our opinions are subject to matters that an examination of such records would reveal.

C. We have made no examination of, and express no opinion as to, whether or not the Guarantor is in compliance with any representations or warranties, affirmative or negative covenants, or other obligations contained in the Guarantees, the Indentures or any agreement, instrument or document executed in connection therewith.

D. We express no opinion as to compliance by the Guarantor with federal or state laws, statutes, and regulations generally applicable to the conduct of its business or as to consents, approvals, or other actions by federal or state regulatory authorities generally required for the conduct of its business.

E. We express no opinion as to the effect on the opinions expressed herein of (i) the compliance or non-compliance of any party to the Guarantees or the Indentures with any state, federal or other laws or regulations applicable to it or (ii) the legal or regulatory status or the nature of the business of any party (other than the Guarantor to the extent expressly set forth herein).

F. We express no opinion herein as to: (i) securities or blue sky laws or regulations; (ii) antitrust or unfair competition laws or regulations; (iii) zoning, land use, or subdivision laws or regulations; (iv) labor, ERISA, or other employee benefit laws or regulations; (v) tax, environmental, racketeering, or health and safety laws or regulations; or (vi) local laws, regulations, or ordinances.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of Wisconsin in effect on the date hereof as they presently apply, and we express no opinion herein as to the laws of any other


LOGO

CDW Technologies, Inc.

September 7, 2010

Page 4

 

jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the federal laws of the United States of America). These opinions are given as of the date hereof, they are intended to apply only to those facts and circumstances that exist as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation or responsibility to update or supplement these opinions to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in laws that may hereafter occur, or to inform the addressee of any change in circumstances occurring after the date hereof that would alter the opinions rendered herein.

This opinion is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly contained herein. Except as expressly set forth herein, this opinion is being provided to you solely in connection with the Guarantor’s issuance of the Guarantees. This opinion may not be used or relied upon for any other purpose, relied upon by any other party, or filed with or disclosed to any governmental authority, without our prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Kirkland & Ellis LLP may rely upon this opinion to the same extent as if it were an addressee hereof. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the SEC as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Very truly yours,

/s/ FOLEY & LARDNER LLP

FOLEY & LARDNER LLP

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

LOGO

REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 12, 2007,

among

VH MERGERSUB, INC.

(which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into)

CDW CORPORATION,

as the Borrower,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and as Co-Syndication Agent,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

   1
    SECTION 1.01.    D EFINED T ERMS    1
    SECTION 1.02.    T ERMS G ENERALLY    43
    SECTION 1.03.    C LASSIFICATION OF L OANS AND B ORROWINGS    44
    SECTION 1.04.    R OUNDING    44
    SECTION 1.05.    R EFERENCES TO A GREEMENTS AND L AWS    44
    SECTION 1.06.    T IMES OF D AY    44
    SECTION 1.07.    T IMING OF P AYMENT OR P ERFORMANCE    44
    SECTION 1.08.    P RO F ORMA C ALCULATIONS    44

ARTICLE II THE CREDITS

   45
    SECTION 2.01.    C OMMITMENTS    45
    SECTION 2.02.    R EVOLVING L OANS AND B ORROWINGS ; F UNDING OF B ORROWINGS    45
    SECTION 2.03.    R EQUESTS FOR R EVOLVING B ORROWINGS    46
    SECTION 2.04.    R EPAYMENT   OF L OANS ; E VIDENCE OF D EBT    46
    SECTION 2.05.    F EES    47
    SECTION 2.06.    I NTEREST ON L OANS    48
    SECTION 2.07.    D EFAULT I NTEREST    48
    SECTION 2.08.    A LTERNATE R ATE OF I NTEREST    48
    SECTION 2.09.    T ERMINATION AND R EDUCTION OF C OMMITMENTS    49
    SECTION 2.10.    C ONVERSION AND C ONTINUATION OF B ORROWINGS    49
    SECTION 2.11.    [I NTENTIONALLY R ESERVED ]    50
    SECTION 2.12.    O PTIONAL P REPAYMENTS    50
    SECTION 2.13.    M ANDATORY P REPAYMENTS    50
    SECTION 2.14.    R ESERVE R EQUIREMENTS ; C HANGE IN C IRCUMSTANCES    51
    SECTION 2.15.    C HANGE IN L EGALITY    52
    SECTION 2.16.    I NDEMNITY    52
    SECTION 2.17.    P RO R ATA T REATMENT ; I NTERCREDITOR A GREEMENTS    53
    SECTION 2.18.    S HARING OF S ETOFFS    54
    SECTION 2.19.    P AYMENTS    54
    SECTION 2.20.    T AXES    55
    SECTION 2.21.    A SSIGNMENT OF C OMMITMENTS U NDER C ERTAIN C IRCUMSTANCES ; D UTY TO M ITIGATE    56
    SECTION 2.22.    S WINGLINE L OANS    57
    SECTION 2.23.    L ETTERS OF C REDIT    58
    SECTION 2.24.    R EVOLVING C OMMITMENT I NCREASE    61
    SECTION 2.25.    P ROTECTIVE A DVANCES    62
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    63
    SECTION 3.01.    O RGANIZATION ; P OWERS    63
    SECTION 3.02.    A UTHORIZATION    63
    SECTION 3.03.    E NFORCEABILITY    64
    SECTION 3.04.    G OVERNMENTAL A PPROVALS    64
    SECTION 3.05.    F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS    64
    SECTION 3.06.    N O M ATERIAL A DVERSE C HANGE    64
    SECTION 3.07.    T ITLE TO P ROPERTIES    64
    SECTION 3.08.    S UBSIDIARIES    65
    SECTION 3.09.    L ITIGATION ; C OMPLIANCE WITH L AWS    65
    SECTION 3.10.    F EDERAL R ESERVE R EGULATIONS    65
    SECTION 3.11.    I NVESTMENT C OMPANY A CT    65
    SECTION 3.12.    T AXES    65
    SECTION 3.13.    N O M ATERIAL M ISSTATEMENTS    65

 

-i-


          Page
    SECTION 3.14.    E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS    66
    SECTION 3.15.    E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS    66
    SECTION 3.16.    S ECURITY D OCUMENTS    66
    SECTION 3.17.    L OCATION OF R EAL P ROPERTY AND L EASED P REMISES    66
    SECTION 3.18.    L ABOR M ATTERS    67
    SECTION 3.19.    S OLVENCY    67
    SECTION 3.20.    I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY    67
    SECTION 3.21.    S UBORDINATION OF J UNIOR F INANCING    67
    SECTION 3.22.    O THER C LOSING D ATE R EPRESENTATIONS    67

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS OF LENDING

   67
    SECTION 4.01.    A LL C REDIT E VENTS    67
    SECTION 4.02.    F IRST C REDIT E VENT    68
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    70
    SECTION 5.01.    E XISTENCE ; C OMPLIANCE WITH L AWS ; B USINESSES AND P ROPERTIES    70
    SECTION 5.02.    I NSURANCE    70
    SECTION 5.03.    T AXES    71
    SECTION 5.04.    F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS , B ORROWING B ASE , R EPORTS , ETC    71
    SECTION 5.05.    N OTICES    73
    SECTION 5.06.    I NFORMATION R EGARDING C OLLATERAL    73
    SECTION 5.07.    M AINTAINING R ECORDS ; A CCESS TO P ROPERTIES AND I NSPECTIONS    73
    SECTION 5.08.    U SE OF P ROCEEDS    74
    SECTION 5.09.    F URTHER A SSURANCES    74
    SECTION 5.10.    M ORTGAGED P ROPERTIES    76
    SECTION 5.11.    D ESIGNATION OF S UBSIDIARIES    77
    SECTION 5.12.    A PPRAISALS    78
    SECTION 5.13.    P OST -C LOSING C OLLATERAL A RRANGEMENTS    78
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS    79
    SECTION 6.01.    L IMITATION ON I NCURRENCE OF I NDEBTEDNESS AND I SSUANCE OF D ISQUALIFIED S TOCK AND P REFERRED S TOCK    79
    SECTION 6.02.    L IENS    84
    SECTION 6.03.    R ESTRICTED P AYMENTS    84
    SECTION 6.04.    F UNDAMENTAL C HANGES    88
    SECTION 6.05.    D ISPOSITIONS    90
    SECTION 6.06.    T RANSACTIONS WITH A FFILIATES    92
    SECTION 6.07.    R ESTRICTIVE A GREEMENTS    94
    SECTION 6.08.    B USINESS OF THE B ORROWER AND I TS R ESTRICTED S UBSIDIARIES    95
    SECTION 6.09.    M ODIFICATION OF J UNIOR F INANCING D OCUMENTATION AND T ERM L OAN D OCUMENTS    95
    SECTION 6.10.    C HANGES IN F ISCAL Y EAR    95
    SECTION 6.11.    M INIMUM F IXED C HARGE C OVERAGE R ATIO    95
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT    96
    SECTION 7.01.    E VENTS OF D EFAULT    96
    SECTION 7.02.    R IGHT TO C URE    98
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    98
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS    101
    SECTION 9.01.    N OTICES    101
    SECTION 9.02.    S URVIVAL OF A GREEMENT    103
    SECTION 9.03.    B INDING E FFECT    103
    SECTION 9.04.    S UCCESSORS AND A SSIGNS    103
    SECTION 9.05.    E XPENSES ; I NDEMNITY    106

 

-ii-


          Page
    SECTION 9.06.    R IGHT OF S ETOFF ; P AYMENTS S ET A SIDE    108
    SECTION 9.07.    A PPLICABLE L AW    109
    SECTION 9.08.    W AIVERS ; A MENDMENT    109
    SECTION 9.09.    I NTEREST R ATE L IMITATION    110
    SECTION 9.10.    E NTIRE A GREEMENT    110
    SECTION 9.11.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    110
    SECTION 9.12.    S EVERABILITY    110
    SECTION 9.13.    C OUNTERPARTS    111
    SECTION 9.14.    H EADINGS    111
    SECTION 9.15.    J URISDICTION ; C ONSENT TO S ERVICE OF P ROCESS    111
    SECTION 9.16.    C ONFIDENTIALITY    112
    SECTION 9.17.    N O A DVISORY OR F IDUCIARY R ESPONSIBILITY    112
    SECTION 9.18.    R ELEASE OF C OLLATERAL    112
    SECTION 9.19.    USA PATRIOT A CT N OTICE    113
    SECTION 9.20.    L ENDER A CTION    113
    SECTION 9.21.    E FFECTIVENESS OF M ERGER    113

 

-iii-


SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a)         Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01(b)         Disqualified Institutions
Schedule 1.01(c)         Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 1.01(d)         Immaterial Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.01(e)         Existing Investments
Schedule 2.01         Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 3.08         Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.09         Litigation
Schedule 3.15         Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.17(a)         Owned Real Property
Schedule 3.17(b)         Leased Real Property
Schedule 3.18         Labor Matters
Schedule 3.20         Intellectual Property
Schedule 5.13         Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 6.01         Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02         Existing Liens

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A         Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B         Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C-1         Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit C-2         Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D         Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E         Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit F-1         Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit F-2         Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit F-3         Form of Copyright Security Agreement
Exhibit G         Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit H         Form of Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement

 

-iv-


REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of October 12, 2007 (this “ Agreement ”), among VH MERGERSUB, INC., an Illinois corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), (which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into CDW CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ”)), with the Company surviving such merger, the Lenders (as defined herein), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as defined herein) for the Lenders (as defined herein), LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers (the “ Arrangers ”) for the Credit Facilities (as defined herein), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Article I .

RECITALS

A. The Sponsor has formed VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), which owns all of the Equity Interests of Merger Sub. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the Merger. As a result of the Merger, the Company will become a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

B. To fund a portion of the Merger, the Sponsor and certain other investors will contribute an amount in cash to CDW Holdings LLC, and in turn to Holdings in exchange for Equity Interests (which cash will be contributed to Merger Sub in exchange for Equity Interests in Merger Sub), which together with the amount of any rollover equity issued to existing shareholders of the Company, shall be no less than 25.0% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of Holdings (such contribution and rollover, collectively, the “ Equity Investment ”).

C. To consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will (i) borrow senior unsecured increasing rate term loans under the Senior Bridge Facility, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,040,000,000 and (ii) borrow senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loans under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $940,000,000.

D. The Borrower will put in place a term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $2,200,000,000.

E. The Borrower has requested (a) the Lenders to extend credit in the form of Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $ 800,000,000, (b) the Swingline Lender to extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $50,000,000 and (c) the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $100,000,000.

F. The Lenders are willing to extend such credit and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit to or for account of the Borrower, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Account Debtor ” shall mean any Person obligated on an Account.


Accounts Reserve ” shall mean, without duplication of any other reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves as the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion, based on any material facts or circumstances which arise after the Closing Date or which otherwise first become known to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date, as being appropriate with respect to the determination of the collectability of Eligible Accounts, including without limitation, on account of bad debts or dilution.

Acquired Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person,

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a) .

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves.

Administration Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a) .

Administrative Agent ” shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties,, and shall include any successor administrative agent and collateral agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII .

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A , or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , however , that no Lender (nor any of its Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries by virtue of its capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus   1 / 2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

 

-2-


Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan, as the case may be, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread” or “Eurodollar Spread”, as the case may be, based upon average daily Excess Cash Availability for the most recent calendar quarter, as calculated by the Administrative Agent as of the last day of such calendar quarter:

 

Average Excess Cash

Availability

   ABR Spread     Eurodollar
Spread
 

Category 1

³ $525,000,000

   0.00   1.00

Category 2

< $525,000,000 but

³ $375,000,000

   0.25   1.25

Category 3

< $375,000,000 but

³ $225,000,000

   0.50   1.50

Category 4

< $225,000,000

   0.75   1.75

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2007, the ABR Spread and Eurodollar Spread shall be at the applicable rate per annum set forth above in Category 3.

Arrangers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and, to the extent required by Section 9.04(b) , consented to by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability ” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to (a) the lesser of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and the Borrowing Base minus (b) the Revolving Exposure of all Revolving Lenders.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

Availability Reserve ” shall mean, without duplication of any other Reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves as the Administrative Agent from time to time reasonably determines in its Permitted Discretion, based on any material facts or circumstances which arise after the Closing Date or which otherwise first become known to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date, as being appropriate to reflect any impediments to the realization upon the Collateral included in the Borrowing Base, including but not limited to a Landlord Lien Reserve.

Available Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect minus the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans (but excluding Swingline Loans) of all Revolving Lenders at such time and the LC Exposure of all Revolving Lenders at such time.

Banking Product Reserves ” shall mean reserves, if any, that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower mutually agree to be maintained in relation to Banking Services Obligations and/or Hedging Obligations owed to Secured Parties.

Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) commercial credit cards, (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

 

-3-


Banking Services Obligations ” of the Loan Parties shall mean any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04 .

Borrower ” shall mean (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub and (b) upon and after consummation of the Merger, the Company.

Borrowing ” shall mean (a) Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) a Swingline Loan and (c) a Protective Advance.

Borrowing Base ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) 85% of the Borrower’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Eligible Accounts at such time (net of Accounts Reserves), plus (b) the result of (i) the Borrower’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in-first-out basis) or market value at such time (net of Inventory Reserves) multiplied by (ii) the lesser of (A) 65% and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered and received by the Administrative Agent minus (c) Reserves (other than Accounts Reserves and Inventory Reserves). The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion adjust Reserves or reduce one or more of the other elements used in computing the Borrowing Base in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate, signed and certified as accurate and complete by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 or another form which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are generally authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Loan, or any other dealings in dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Canadian dollars ” or “ C$ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of Canada.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, as to any Person for any period, the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of such Person and its subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person.

Capital Stock ” shall mean:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

-4-


(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(a) dollars;

(b) in the case of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c)  and (d)  entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d)  above;

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a)  through (g)  above;

(i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) [ Intentionally Reserved ];

(k) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

 

-5-


(l) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a)  through (k)  above; and

(m) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (a)  through (l)  or other high quality short term in-vestments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a)  and (b)  above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a)  and (b)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” shall mean a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Borrower and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Borrower and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an assignee, an adoption after the date such Person became a party to this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an assignee, a change after the date such Person became a party to this Agreement, or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14 , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date the relevant Lender or Issuing Bank becomes a party to this Agreement.

A “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) the Permitted Investors cease to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests of the Borrower representing a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Investors otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or (B) the Permitted Investors own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially an amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power that is equal to or more than 50% of the amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Investors of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date (determined by taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or other events subsequent to the Closing Date that changed the amount of Equity Interests, but not the percentage of Equity Interests, held by the Permitted Investors) and such ownership by the Permitted Investors represents the largest single block of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power held by any person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof, but excluding any employee benefit plan of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, and any Person or entity acting in its

 

-6-


capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35% of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the Permitted Investors, and (B) during each period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower shall consist of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in (i) the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation to the extent the Specified Senior Indebtedness constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation to the extent the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, Holdings shall directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Protective Advances.

Closing Date ” shall mean October 12, 2007.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any legislation successor thereto.

Collateral ” shall mean all property and assets of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is or is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Access Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Collateral Deposit Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Collection Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, together with the commitment of such Lender to acquire participations in Protective Advances hereunder. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Confidential Information Memorandum ” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated September 2007, relating to, among other things the Credit Facilities.

Consolidated ” or “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person, unless otherwise specifically indicated, refers to such Person consolidated with the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

 

-7-


Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the total amount of Indebtedness under clauses (a)(i) , (a)(ii) , (a)(iii) (but, in the case of clause (iii) , only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder) and (a)(iv) of the definition thereof of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (b) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, v) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness; (vi) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (vii) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(c) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that (without duplication), the net income for such period of any Person that is not a subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a subsidiary thereof that is the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period.

Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that, in each case, do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

-8-


(a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, or

(b) to advance or supply funds

(i) for the purchase of payment of any such primary obligation, or

(ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primarily obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, or

(d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

Continuing Directors ” shall mean the directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Borrower is approved by a majority of the then Continuing Directors, such other director is appointed, approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Investors or is designated or appointed by the Permitted Investors in his or her election by the stockholders of the Borrower.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01 .

Credit Facilities ” shall mean the revolving credit, swingline and letter of credit facilities, in each case contemplated by Article II and the incremental facilities, if any, contemplated by Section 2.24 .

Current Assets ” shall mean, at any time, (a) the consolidated current assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, pension assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments) and (b) in the event that a Receivables Facility is accounted for off-balance sheet, (x) gross accounts receivable comprising part of the assets subject to such Receivables Facility less (y) collections against the amounts sold pursuant to clause (x) .

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness, (b) outstanding Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Loans, (c) accruals of consolidated interest expense (excluding consolidated interest expense that is due and unpaid), (d) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (e) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves to the extent permitted to be included in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(v) thereof and (f) the current portion of pension liabilities.

Default ” shall mean any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

-9-


Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed (which failure has not been cured) to fund any portion of the Revolving Loans or participations in the LC Exposure or Swingline Loans required to be funded by it hereunder on the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed (which failure has not been cured) to pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder on the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (c) has notified the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Sections 2.02 , 2.22 or 2.23 or (d) is insolvent or is the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” shall mean Preferred Stock of the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement, on the issuance date thereof.

Disgorged Recovery ” shall mean, the portion, if any, of any payment or other distribution received by a Lender in satisfaction of Obligations of a Loan Party to such Lender, that is required in any Insolvency Proceedings or otherwise to be disgorged, turned over or otherwise paid to such Loan Party, such Loan Party’s estate or creditors of such Loan Party, whether because the transfer of such payment or other property is avoided or otherwise, including because it was determined to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer.

Disposition ” shall mean:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Disqualified Institutions ” shall mean (a) those institutions set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) hereto or (b) any Persons who are competitors of the Borrower and its subsidiaries and identified to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time.

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock which is not Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (in each case, other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale shall be subject to the occurrence of the Termination Date or such repurchase or redemption is otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including as a result of a waiver or amendment hereunder)), in whole or in part, in each case prior to January 12, 2015; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or its subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Document ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

-10-


Dollar Equivalent ” of Canadian Dollars, on any date of determination, means the equivalent in such currency of such amount of dollars, calculated on the basis of the spot rate quoted by the Administrative Agent on any such date for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of dollars with Canadian Dollars.

dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(a) increased (without duplication) by:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

(ii) Fixed Charges (EBITDA) of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation or Amortization Expense but including the effects of purchase accounting adjustments) related to the Transactions, any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payment, recapitalization or the incurrence, repayment, amendment or modification of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period (in each case whether or not successful), including (u) the up to $20,000,000 in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of the Borrower for continued employment through 2007, (v) the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (w) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (x) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the incurrence of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, the incurrence of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility, (y) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(v) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Company; provided that the

 

-11-


maximum add-back to EBITDA shall be no greater than $1.0 million in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to the Borrower as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan; plus

(vi) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write offs or write downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(vii) [Intentionally Reserved];

(viii) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsor to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 6.06 deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ix) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(x) (A) non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan and (B) other costs or expenses deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(xi) [Intentionally Reserved];

(xii) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of actions taken or to be taken in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (xii) for any period, shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (xii) ); plus

(xiii) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(xiv) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for

 

-12-


any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(xv) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(xvi) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions; plus

(xvii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(b) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(ii) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), plus or minus, as applicable,

(iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, plus or minus, as applicable,

(iv) any net gain or loss from disposed or discontinued operations and any net gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus or minus, as applicable,

(v) the amount of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, plus or minus, as applicable, and

(vi) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP.

Eligible Assignee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b) .

 

-13-


Eligible Accounts ” means, at any time, all Accounts of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantors; provided , however, that Eligible Accounts shall not include any Account:

(a) which is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent;

(b) which is subject to any Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent and (ii) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent;

(c) which is unpaid more than 90 days after the date of the original invoice therefor or more than 60 days after the original due date, or which has been written off the books of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor or otherwise designated by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor as uncollectible (it being understood and agreed that in determining the aggregate amount from the same Account Debtor that is unpaid hereunder there shall be excluded the amount of any net credit balances relating to Accounts due from an Account Debtor which are unpaid more than 90 days after the date of the original invoice or more than 60 days after the original due date);

(d) which is owing by an Account Debtor for which more than 50% of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates are known by the Borrower to be ineligible pursuant to clause (c) above (using a methodology reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent);

(e) which is owing by an Account Debtor to the extent the aggregate amount of Accounts owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates to the Borrower and any Subsidiary Guarantor is known by the Borrower to exceed 10% (20% in respect of an Account Debtor that has Investment Grade Rating) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts (using a methodology reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent);

(f) with respect to which any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement or in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement has been breached in any material respect or is not true in any material respect;

(g) which (i) does not arise from the sale of goods or performance of services in the ordinary course of business, (ii) is not evidenced by an invoice or other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which has been sent to the Account Debtor, (iii) represents a progress billing, (iv) is contingent upon the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s completion of any further performance (except for the performance of installation services which are not material in relation to the amount of such Account), (v) represents a sale on a bill-and-hold basis (except that 58% of the amount of any such Account shall not be deemed ineligible hereunder), guaranteed sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval, consignment, cash-on-delivery or any other repurchase or return basis or (vi) relates to payments of interest;

(h) for which the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped to the Account Debtor (other than sales on a bill-and-hold basis) or for which the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor or if such Account was invoiced more than once;

(i) with respect to which any check or other instrument of payment has been returned uncollected for any reason;

(j) which is owed by an Account Debtor which, to the knowledge of the Borrower, has (i) applied for, suffered, or consented to the appointment of any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, custodian, trustee, or liquidator of its assets, (ii) has had possession of all or substantially all of its property taken by any receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator, (iii) filed, or had filed against it, any request or petition for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as bankrupt, winding-up, or voluntary or involuntary case under any state or federal or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency laws (other than post-petition accounts payable of an Account Debtor that is a debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar foreign bankruptcy or insolvency laws and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), (iv) has admitted in writing its inability, or is generally unable to, pay its debts as they become due, (v) become insolvent, or (vi) ceased operation of all or substantially all of its business;

 

-14-


(k) [ Intentionally Reserved ];

(l) which is owed by an Account Debtor which, , to the knowledge of the Borrower (using a methodology reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the U.S. or Canada (other than the Province of Newfoundland) or (ii) is not organized under applicable law of the U.S., any state of the U.S. or any province of Canada (other than the Province of Newfoundland) unless, in either case, such Account is backed by a letter of credit reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent which is in the possession of, has been assigned to and is directly drawable by the Administrative Agent;

(m) which is owed in any currency other than U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars; provided that, with respect to Accounts owed in Canadian dollars, the value of such Accounts for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base shall be expressed in U.S. dollars based on the Dollar Equivalent that is in effect on the date of the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate;

(n) which is owed by (i) the government (or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof) of any country other than the U.S. unless such Account is backed by a letter of credit reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent which is in the possession of the Administrative Agent or (ii) the government of the U.S., or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof, if the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. § 3727 et seq . and 41 U.S.C. § 15 et seq .) (the “ FACA ”), and any other steps necessary to perfect the Lien of the Administrative Agent in such Account have not been complied with to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction within 30 days following delivery of written notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower requesting such compliance, and if the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion, based on any material facts or circumstances which arise after the Closing Date or which otherwise first become known to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date, that non-compliance with FACA could reasonably be expected to impair the Administrative Agent’s ability to realize on such Account; provided , however , that to the extent the aggregate amount of Accounts referenced in clause (ii)  above that would otherwise be Eligible Accounts exceeds twenty five percent (25%) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, such Accounts shall be deemed ineligible hereunder to the extent of such excess;

(o) which is owed by any Affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than any portfolio company of a Permitted Investor);

(p) which is owed by an Account Debtor that (together with its Affiliates) is one of the 20 largest vendors to the Loan Parties (as identified by the Borrower using a methodology reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and to which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party is indebted, but only to the extent of such indebtedness or is subject to any security, deposit, progress payment, retainage or other similar advance made by or for the benefit of an Account Debtor, in each case to the extent thereof;

(q) which is subject to any counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or dispute but only to the extent of any such counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or dispute;

(r) which is evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper, or instrument;

(s) which is owed by an Account Debtor located in any jurisdiction which requires filing of a “Notice of Business Activities Report” or other similar report in order to permit the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to seek judicial enforcement in such jurisdiction of payment of such Account, unless the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor has filed such report or qualified to do business in such jurisdiction;

(t) with respect to which the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for any reduction thereof, other than discounts and adjustments given in the ordinary course of business, or any Account which was partially paid and the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor created a new receivable for the unpaid portion of such Account;

 

-15-


(u) which does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations, whether federal, state, foreign, provincial, territorial or local, including without limitation the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z of the Board if such non-compliance will or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the collectability of such Account in any material respect;

(v) which is for goods that have been sold under a purchase order or pursuant to the terms of a written or otherwise enforceable contract or other agreement or understanding that indicates or purports that any Person other than the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor has or has had an ownership interest in such goods, or which indicates any party other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor as payee or remittance party;

(w) which was created on cash on delivery terms; or

(x) which falls into a category of ineligibility established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Permitted Discretion based on any material facts or circumstances which arise after the Closing Date or which otherwise first become known to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrower at least three Business Days’ prior written notice of any such establishment.

In the event that an Account which was previously an Eligible Account ceases to be an Eligible Account hereunder, the Borrower shall exclude such Accounts from Eligible Accounts on and at the time of submission to the Administrative Agent of the next Borrowing Base Certificate. In determining the amount of an Eligible Account, the face amount of an Account may, in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion, be reduced by, without duplication, to the extent not reflected in such face amount or in any Reserves, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges or other allowances (including any amount that the Borrower or any Loan Party may be obligated to rebate to an Account Debtor pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding (written or oral)) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Account but not yet applied by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to reduce the amount of such Account.

Eligible Inventory ” means, at any time, all Inventory of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, provided , however , that Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory:

(a) which is not subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent;

(b) which is subject to any Lien other than (i) a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent and (ii) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent;

(c) which is, reflected on the Loan Parties’ books and records as “b stock” Inventory (which shall include Inventory that is obsolete, unmerchantable, defective, used (including refurbished goods), unfit for sale, not salable at prices approximating at least the cost of such Inventory in the ordinary course of business or unacceptable due to age, type, category and/or quantity);

(d) with respect to which any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement has been breached in any material respect or is not true in any material respect;

(e) in which any Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor which is a Domestic Subsidiary shall (i) have any direct or indirect ownership, interest or title to such Inventory or (ii) be indicated on any purchase order or invoice with respect to such Inventory as having or purporting to have an ownership interest therein;

 

-16-


(f) which is not finished goods or which constitutes work-in-process, raw materials, spare or replacement parts, subassemblies, packaging and shipping material, manufacturing supplies, samples, prototypes, displays or display items, bill-and-hold goods, goods that are marked for return, repossessed goods, defective or damaged goods, goods held on consignment, or goods which are not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(g) which (i) is not located in the U.S., (ii) is in transit from vendors and suppliers to the extent the aggregate value of all such in transit Inventory exceeds $15,000,000 or (iii) is in transit to customers to the extent the aggregate value of all such Inventory exceeds $75,000,000;

(h) which is located in any location leased by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Guarantor unless (i) the lessor has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Collateral Access Agreement or (ii) a Landlord Lien Reserve with respect to such facility has been established by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

(i) which is located in any third party warehouse or is in the possession of a bailee (other than a third party processor) and is not evidenced by a Document, unless (i) such warehouseman or bailee has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Collateral Access Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may require or (ii) an appropriate Reserve has been established by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

(j) which is being processed offsite at a third party location or outside processor, or is in-transit to or from said third party location or outside processor;

(k) [ Intentionally Reserved ] ;

(l) which is the subject of a consignment by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Guarantor as consignor;

(m) which is perishable;

(n) which contains or bears any intellectual property rights licensed to the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Guarantor unless the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied that it may sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory without (i) infringing the rights of such licensor, (ii) violating any contract with such licensor, or (iii) incurring any liability with respect to payment of royalties other than royalties incurred pursuant to sale of such Inventory under the current licensing agreement;

(o) which is not reflected in a current perpetual inventory report of the Borrower (except with respect to in transit Inventory which is not deemed ineligible under clause (g) );

(p) for which reclamation rights have been asserted by the seller; or

(q) which falls into a category of ineligibility established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Permitted Discretion based on any material facts or circumstances which arise after the Closing Date or which otherwise first become known to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrower at least three Business Days’ prior written notice of any such establishment.

In the event that Inventory which was previously Eligible Inventory ceases to be Eligible Inventory hereunder, the Borrower shall exclude such Inventory from Eligible Inventory on and at the time of submission to the Administrative Agent of the next Borrowing Base Certificate.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives and orders (including consent orders), having the force and effect of law, in each case, relating to protection of the environment or natural resources, or to human health and safety as it relates to protection from environmental hazards.

 

-17-


Equity Interests ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

Equity Offering ” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or of a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(a) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or S-8;

(b) issuances to the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(c) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, but excluding any event for which the 30-day notice period is waived, with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement that results in a Lien, with respect to a Pension Plan, (c) the incurrence by any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) the filing or a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, (e) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to the Code, ERISA or other applicable law, (f) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning statutory liability arising from the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (g) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to have any liability, (h) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or (i) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII .

 

-18-


Excess Availability Threshold ” shall mean, at any time, the lesser of (i) $80,000,000 or (ii) the greater of (A) ten percent (10%) of the Borrowing Base at such time or (B) $50,000,000.

Excess Cash Availability ” means, at any time, an amount equal to (i) sum of (a) the Borrowing Base and (b) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (which, if denominated in Canadian dollars, shall be the Dollar Equivalent thereof), excluding Restricted Cash, in each case deposited or held in a depository account or investment account, as applicable, subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent and a springing blocked account or control agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent minus (ii) the Revolving Exposure of all Revolving Lenders.

Excluded Contributions ” shall mean net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower from,

(a) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(b) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Borrower,

in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement.

Excluded Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16 .

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (c) any subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law or contractual obligations from guaranteeing the Obligations, (d) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (e) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any captive insurance subsidiary, (g) any not-for-profit subsidiary, (h) any other subsidiary with respect to which in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom (it being agreed that the cost and other consequences of a Foreign Subsidiary providing a guarantee are excessive in view of the benefits), (i) any Receivables Subsidiary and (j) any subsidiary that is a special purpose entity.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its income and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it in lieu of income Taxes pursuant to the laws of the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction in which such recipient is organized or in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such recipient is located (or any political subdivision thereof), (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a)  above and (c) in the case of a recipient (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.21(a) ), any withholding Tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such recipient at the time such recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or (ii) is attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(e) , (f)  or (g) , as applicable, except in the case of clause (i) to the extent that such recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) .

Existing Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness outstanding under that certain unsecured line of credit of the Company with The Northern Trust Company, as evidenced by that certain Line of Credit Demand Note dated July 25, 2001 of the Company in favor of The Northern Trust Company.

Existing Intercompany Debt ” shall mean the intercompany Indebtedness among the Company and its Foreign Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and identified as such on Schedule 6.01 .

 

-19-


Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean all letters of credit outstanding on the Closing Date as more fully described on Schedule 1.01(c) .

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Officer ” of any Person shall mean the chief executive officer, the president, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Person.

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) cash Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

(b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) during such period; plus

(c) all mandatory prepayments and scheduled principal payments on Indebtedness of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries made during such period; plus

(d) all expenses for Taxes of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries paid in cash during such period, plus

(e) all Capitalized Lease Obligation payments of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries made during such period; plus

(f) all cash contributions to any Pension Plan of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries made during such period.

Fixed Charges (EBITDA) ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

(b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

(c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean the ratio, determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the four fiscal quarters then ended, of (a) EBITDA minus the sum of (i) amounts by which Consolidated Net Income is increased for purposes of calculating EBITDA pursuant to clauses_(viii) and (xii)  of the definition of the term “EBITDA” plus (ii) amounts by which Consolidated Net Income is increased for purposes of calculating EBITDA pursuant to clauses (xiii)  and (xvii)  of the definition of the term “EBITDA” to the extent the aggregate of such amounts exceeds 10% of EBITDA plus (iii) the unfinanced portion of Capital Expenditures to (b) Fixed Charges, all calculated for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

-20-


Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender or Issuing Bank that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, unless such Lender or Issuing Bank is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded U.S. entity.

Foreign Plan ” shall mean any pension plan, fund or other similar program (other than a government-sponsored plan) that (a) primarily covers employees of any Loan Party and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are employed outside of the United States and (b) is subject to any statutory funding requirement as to which the failure to satisfy results in a Lien or other statutory requirement permitting any governmental authority to accelerate the obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded, accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (b) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (a) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

Funding Account ” shall mean a deposit account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or the applicable Swingline Loan request, as the case may be.

GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.

GE Capital Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, between the Administrative Agent and GE Commercial Distribution Finance Company, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

GE Capital Inventory Financing Agreement ” shall mean that certain Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, and CDW Government, Inc., an Illinois corporation, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the GE Capital Intercreditor Agreement.

Government Securities ” shall mean securities that are:

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America or any other nation, any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

-21-


Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i) .

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any material, substance or waste classified, characterized or regulated as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Environmental Laws.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer of mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals and shall include any successors to such Person or assigns.

IBM Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Administrative Agent and IBM Credit LLC, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

IBM Inventory Financing Agreement ” shall mean that certain Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the IBM Intercreditor Agreement.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” shall mean each of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower for which (a) (i) the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary constitute less than 2.5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (ii) the EBITDA of such Restricted Subsidiary accounts for less than 2.5% of the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (b) (i) the assets of all relevant Restricted Subsidiaries constitute 5.0% or less than the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and (ii) the EBITDA of all relevant Restricted Subsidiaries accounts for less than 5.0% of the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case that has been designated as such by the Borrower in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, on the Closing Date, listed on Schedule 1.01(d) ) other than any such Restricted Subsidiary as to which the Borrower has revoked such designation by written notice to the Administrative Agent.

Incremental Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(b) .

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

(iii) evidenced by letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

-22-


(iv) Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(v) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (A) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (B) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (C) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed; or

(vi) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a)  of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (x) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (y) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person under clause (c) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as reasonably determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b) .

Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Insolvency Proceedings ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any case or proceeding with respect to such Person under U. S. federal bankruptcy laws or any other state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, receivership, or other similar law, or the appointment, whether at common law, in equity or otherwise, of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or the like for all or any material portion of the property of such Person.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” shall mean any of the following agreements executed on or after the Closing Date (a) a Trademark Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , (b) a Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or (c) a Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3 .

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing December 31, 2007 and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

 

-23-


Interest Period ” shall mean with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six (or nine or twelve, if available to all of the Lenders) months (or such other periods acceptable to the Lenders) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , however , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean any amount expended by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not representing (a) a reinvestment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Prepayment Asset Sale outside the ordinary course of business or Property Loss Event, (b) the proceeds of any issuance of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility) or (c) any credit received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any trade in of property for substantially similar property or any “like kind exchange” of assets.

Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Inventory Financing Agreements ” shall mean the GE Capital Inventory Financing Agreement and the IBM Inventory Financing Agreement.

Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the GE Capital Intercreditor Agreement and the IBM Intercreditor Agreement.

Inventory Reserve ” shall mean such reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, with respect to (i) changes in the determination of the saleability, at retail, of the Eligible Inventory or which reflect such other factors as negatively affect the market value of the Eligible Inventory based on any material facts or circumstances which arise after the Closing Date or which otherwise first become known to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date and (ii) Valuation Reserves.

Investment Grade Rating ” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” shall mean:

(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States governments or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings, the Borrower and its subsidiaries;

(c) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a)  and (b)  which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, issuances of letters of credit or similar financial accommodations or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, management fees, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to directors, officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration

 

-24-


of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. The amount of any Investment shall be deemed to be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in value but giving effect to any returns or distributions received by such Person with respect thereto. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 6.03 :

(a) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(i) the Borrower’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(ii) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Issuing Bank ” shall mean each of JPMCB and each other Lender so designated by the Borrower with such Lender’s consent and with prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and any of their successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.23 (i)(i); provided that at no time shall there be more than three Issuing Banks in addition to JPMCB. The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

JPMCB ” shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors.

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.15(d) .

Junior Financing ” shall mean any Subordinated Indebtedness which is Material Indebtedness.

Junior Financing Documentation ” shall mean any indenture and/or other agreement pertaining to Junior Financing and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Krasny Plan ” shall mean the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Landlord Lien Reserve ” shall mean an amount equal to (a) up to three months’ rent with respect to each leased location where Eligible Inventory is located, other than leased locations with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall have received a Collateral Access Agreement or (b) zero with respect to such leased location where Eligible Inventory is located and where the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion not to require Collateral Access Agreement or establishment of reserve.

LC Collateral Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(j).

LC Disbursement ” shall mean a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

-25-


LC Exposure ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

Lenders ” shall mean (a) the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such Person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or pursuant to Section 2.21(a) ) and (b) any Person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any other agreement to give a security interest in such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(g) .

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, and the Notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) , any Letter of Credit application, and the Fee Letter.

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Loans ” means the loans and advances made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, including Swingline Loans.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, a Target Material Adverse Effect and (b) after the Closing Date a material adverse effect (i) on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) on any material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document, taken as a whole.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount greater than or equal to $80,000,000. For purposes of determining “Material Indebtedness”, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if the relevant hedging agreement were terminated at such time.

 

-26-


Maturity Date ” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date or any earlier date on which the Commitments are reduced to zero or otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

Merger ” shall mean the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity of such merger, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” shall mean that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 29, 2007 among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean each parcel of fee owned real property located in the United States with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.09 or Section 5.10 to secure the Secured Obligations.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust and other security documents granting a Lien on any fee owned real property of a Loan Party, together with its interest in such fee owned real property, to secure the Secured Obligations, each in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA under which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Net Orderly Liquidation Value ” means, with respect to Inventory of any Person, the orderly liquidation value thereof as determined in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent by a nationally recognized appraiser acceptable to the Administrative Agent (following consultation with the Borrower), net of all costs of liquidation thereof.

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Disposition or Property Loss Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of Taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries), in connection with such Disposition or such Property Loss Event (including, in the case of any such Disposition or Property Loss Event in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, Taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Disposition and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold that (A) has priority over the Lien securing the Obligations and which is repaid (other than Indebtedness hereunder) or (B) is required to be repaid and is repaid pursuant to intercreditor arrangements entered into by the Administrative Agent and (iv) in the case of any such Disposition or Property Loss Event by a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the

 

-27-


Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv) ) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and (b) with respect to any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all Taxes (including, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary, Taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds) and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith.

Non-Consenting Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21 .

Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(e) .

Obligations ” shall mean the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans, all LC Exposure, and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to the Administrative Agent , the Issuing Bank or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document and the Letters of Credit and whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that are required to be paid pursuant hereto or any other Loan Document and including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to a Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) or otherwise.

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Opinion of Counsel ” shall mean a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Borrower or the relevant Loan Party.

Other Closing Date Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties made by the Company in the Merger Agreement that (a) are material to the interests of the Lenders and (b) a breach of any of which would permit Holdings and/or Merger Sub to terminate their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes arising from the execution, delivery or enforcement of any Loan Document.

Parent ” shall mean a Person formed for the purpose of owning all of the Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, of Holdings.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Event ” shall mean (a) the whole or partial withdrawal of a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Foreign Plan during a Foreign Plan year, (b) the filing or a notice of interest to terminate in whole or in part a Foreign Plan or the treatment of a Foreign Plan amendment as a termination or partial termination, (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Authority to terminate in whole or in part or have a trustee appointed to administer a Foreign Plan, (d) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds for the termination of, winding up or partial termination or winding up or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Foreign Plan, (e) the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement, (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Foreign Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to applicable law or (g) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan which, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses, could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

 

-28-


Pension Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and/or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a perfection certificate executed by the Loan Parties in a form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time.

Permitted Asset Swap ” shall mean, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Discretion ” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment, exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practices for comparable asset-based lending transactions, as to any factor which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines: (a) will or reasonably could be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the value of any Collateral included in the Borrowing Base, the enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon or the amount which the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Issuing Bank would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation of such Collateral or (b) evidences that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent may consider, without duplication, such factors already included in or tested by the definition of Eligible Inventory or Eligible Accounts.

Permitted Inventory Financing Liens ” shall mean (a) Liens securing Indebtedness under the GE Inventory Financing Agreement and the IBM Inventory Financing Agreement which are subject to the terms of the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements and (b) Liens securing indebtedness under other inventory financing agreements permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(xvii)(B) which are subject to the terms of intercreditor agreements having terms substantially similar to those of the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) any Investment in the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the fair market value of all Investments made by Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties made pursuant to this clause (a)  shall not exceed the sum of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement and which are not used for purposes of clause (l)  below (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(c) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(i) such Person becomes a Loan Party; or

(ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Loan Party,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

-29-


(d) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with a Disposition made pursuant to Section 6.05 ;

(e) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date, or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date, in each case, if greater than $10,000,000 as listed on Schedule 1.01(e) ; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(f) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(ii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(g) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 6.01(b)(ix) ;

(h) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(i) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 ;

(j) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 6.06 (except transactions described in clauses (c)(ix), (x)  and (xiii)  thereof);

(k) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(l) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l)  that are at the time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the sum of (A) the greater of $150,000,000 or 2% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement and which are not used for purposes of clause (a)  above, so long as immediately after giving effect to such Investment and any related Borrowings, Excess Cash Availability would exceed $150,000,000; provided however , the fair market value of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to this clause (l)  shall not exceed the greater of $50,000,000 or 1% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(m) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable, good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

(n) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

-30-


(o) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for moving or relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

(p) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(q) additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(r) loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise specified in Section 6.06 ;

(s) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Borrower or any such subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(u) deposits made by the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(v) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Investors ” shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date, (c) any Related Entity of any of the foregoing Persons and (d) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (a) , (b) , or (c)  above (subject, in the case of officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group,” and provided further , that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b) (c) , or  (d) .

Permitted Liens ” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

(a) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

-31-


(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 45 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(e) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(f) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(iv) , (xiii) , (xviii) , (xxii)  and (xxvi) ; provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (xviii)  shall extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv)  and (xiii)  are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed, improved, acquired or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and such Liens attach concurrently with or, in the case of paragraph (b)(iv) , within 270 days after the purchase, construction, improvement or acquisition of such assets;

(g) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in all material respects on Schedule 6.02 ;

(h) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(i) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 6.01(b)(vii) ;

(k) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(l) [ Intentionally Reserved ];

(m) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses or operating agreements (including licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

 

-32-


(n) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Guarantor;

(p) Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(q) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(r) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 and secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (f) , (g) , (h)  and (i) ; provided , however , that (i) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (ii) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (f) , (g) , (h)  and (i)  at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien hereunder, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(s) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under Section 6.01(b)(xxiv) ;

(t) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(u) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(w) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 6.01 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(x) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

-33-


(y) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(z) Liens securing the Obligations and the Secured Obligations;

(aa) Liens on cash deposits of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(bb) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement, provided that no such encumbrance or restriction affects in any way the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with Section 5.09 ;

(cc) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(dd) Liens consisting of contractual restrictions of the type described in the definition of Restricted Cash;

(ee) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(ff) Permitted Inventory Financing Liens; and

(gg) Permitted Term Loan Liens;

provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Liens permitted pursuant to this Agreement may at any time attach to any Loan Party’s (1) Accounts, other than (A) those permitted under clauses (b) , (c), (t)  and (z)  of this definition, (B), subject to the terms of the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, those permitted under clause (gg) above, and (C) subject to the terms of the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements, those permitted under clause (ff) above and (2) Inventory, other than those (A) permitted under clauses (b) , (c) , (t) , (u)  and (z)  of this definition, (B) subject to the terms of the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, those permitted under clause (gg) above and (C) subject to the terms of the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements, those permitted under clause (ff) above.

Permitted Term Loan Liens ” shall mean Liens subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement securing “Term Loan Obligations” (as defined thereunder).

Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Platform ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04 .

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

-34-


Prepayment Asset Sale ” shall mean any Disposition, to the extent that (a) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all such Dispositions, together with all Property Loss Events without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all such Dispositions, together with all Property Loss Events without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000; provided , however, that the term “Prepayment Asset Sale” shall not include any transaction permitted (or not expressly prohibited) by Section 6.05 (other than transactions consummated in reliance on Section 6.05(o) , (p)  and (q) ).

Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime rate at its offices at 270 Park Avenue in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Property Loss Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property; provided , however , for purposes of determining whether a prepayment under Section 2.13(a) would be required, a Property Loss Event shall be deemed to have occurred only to the extent that the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds (a) of all such events, together with all Dispositions that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) of all such events, together with all Dispositions that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five-fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000.

Protective Advance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25 .

Pro Rata Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, with respect to Revolving Loans, LC Exposure or Swingline Loans, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders (if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Pro Rata Percentages shall be determined based upon such Lender’s share of the aggregate Revolving Exposures at that time).

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04 .

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person shall mean any Equity Interest of such Person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Proceeds ” shall mean assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Borrower reasonably and in good faith.

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

Rating Agencies ” shall mean Moody’s and S&P.

Receivables Facility ” shall mean any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Guarantor sells its accounts receivable to either (A) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

-35-


Receivables Fees ” shall mean distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(b)(xii) .

Refunding Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(b)(ii) .

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d) .

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Business Assets ” shall mean assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Entity ” shall mean (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment.

Report ” means reports prepared by the Administrative Agent or another Person showing the results of appraisals, field examinations or audits pertaining to the Borrower’s and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets from information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, after the Administrative Agent has exercised its rights of inspection pursuant to this Agreement, which Reports may be distributed to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent.

 

-36-


Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure and unused Commitments at such time.

Reserves ” shall mean all (if any) Availability Reserves, Accounts Reserves, Inventory Reserves, and Bank Product Reserves; provided that the imposition of any Reserve following the Closing Date shall not take effect with respect to the Borrowing Base until three (3) Business Days after notice has been sent by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of the Administrative Agent’s intention to impose such Reserve.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person shall mean any Financial Officer or any executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Person.

Restricted Cash ” shall mean cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Borrower or that are classified as “restricted cash” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Restricted Guarantor ” shall mean a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean:

(a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(i) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower; or

(ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(b) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) the making of any principal payment on, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, of any Specified Senior Indebtedness or any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:

(i) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(b)(vii) ; or

(ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Specified Senior Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year (or, in the case of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, 9 months) of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

-37-


(d) the making of any Restricted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Revolving Commitment Increase ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a) .

Revolving Commitment Increase Closing Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(b) .

Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 , (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.24 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $800,000,000.

Revolving Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and an amount equal to its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans and Protective Advances outstanding at such time.

Revolving Facility Primary Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Revolving Lender ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Loan ” shall mean a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC “ shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 5.04 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Sections 5.04(a) and (b) .

Secured Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Secured Obligations ” means all Obligations, together with all (i) Banking Services Obligations and (ii) Hedging Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates (whether absolute or contingent); provided that at or prior to the time that any transaction relating to such Hedging Obligation is executed, such Lender or its Affiliate, as the case may be, party thereto (other than JPMCB) shall have delivered written notice to the Administrative Agent that such a transaction has been entered into and that it constitutes a Secured Obligation entitled to the benefits of the Security Documents.

 

-38-


Secured Parties ” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Documents ” shall mean the Mortgages, Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Perfection Certificate, the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreement s, any bailee, landlord or mortgagee waiver, any blocked account or control agreement, and each of the other instruments and documents executed and delivered with respect to the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.09 , or 5.10 .

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall mean the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Bridge Loans ” shall mean up to $1,040,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured increasing rate term loans made available to the Borrower under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Exchange Notes ” shall mean up to $1,040,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Borrower issued in exchange for Senior Bridge Loans.

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall mean the senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Holdings; the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans ” shall mean up to $940,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loans made available to the Borrower under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ” shall mean up to $940,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 of the Borrower issued in exchange for Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans.

Similar Business ” shall mean any business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Company and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) on a going concern basis the consolidated fair value of the assets of such Person and its subsidiaries, at a fair valuation, will exceed their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the consolidated present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its subsidiaries will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their consolidated debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) such Person and its subsidiaries will be able to pay their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

-39-


SPC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i) .

Specified Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13(a) .

Specified Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02.

Specified Senior Indebtedness ” shall mean up to $1,040,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Exchange Notes and/or the Senior Bridge Loans.

Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation ” shall mean any credit agreement, indenture and/or other agreement governing the Specified Senior Indebtedness and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean up to $940,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and/or the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans.

Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation ” shall mean any credit agreement, indenture and/or other agreement governing the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Sponsor ” shall mean Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” shall mean collectively (a) the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Borrower and any direct or indirect parent company, and (b) the MDP Unit Purchase Agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) applicable on the interest rate determination date (expressed as a decimal) established by the Board and applicable to any member of bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board).

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Guarantors which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable.

subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned or held by the parent, one or more subsidiaries of the parent or a combination thereof. Unless otherwise specified, “subsidiary” shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(a) , and each other subsidiary that is or becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to Section 5.09 or otherwise, excluding (a) any Excluded Subsidiary and (b) any Foreign Subsidiary.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(a)(i) .

Successor Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(c)(i) .

 

-40-


Supermajority Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments representing at least 75% of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments at such time.

Survey ” shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any material exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any material easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) within a reasonable period after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 5.10 or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.22 .

Target Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, when used in connection with the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, any change, effect or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that is materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, as the case may be; provided , however, that to the extent any change, effect or circumstance is caused by or results from any of the following, it shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been a “Material Adverse Effect” with respect to the Company or Holdings, as the case may be: (i) the entry into or the announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement (including losses or threatened losses of the relationships of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with customers, vendors or suppliers or the loss or departure of officers or other coworkers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), actions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the performance of obligations under the Merger Agreement, including the termination of the Company Financing Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement) as provided under Section 8.3(c) of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the identity of Holdings or any of its Affiliates as the acquiror of the Company, (iii) changes affecting the United States economy or financial or securities markets as a whole or changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct their business, to the extent such changes do not materially disproportionately impact the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct their business, (iv) the failure, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such failure), to meet any internal or public projections, forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period ending on or after the date hereof, (v) any change, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such change), in the market price or trading volume of the equity securities of the Company on or after the date hereof, (vi) the suspension of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (vii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation of GAAP or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, (viii) the availability or cost of financing to Holdings or Merger Sub, (ix) the commencement, occurrence or continuation of any war, armed hostilities or acts of terrorism involving or affecting the United States of America or any part thereof and (x) any litigation arising from or relating to allegations of a breach of fiduciary duty relating to the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

-41-


Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loans ” shall mean term loans made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement.

Term Loan Documents ” shall mean the “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the Term Loan Agreement.

Term Loan Agreement ” shall mean that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, among the Borrower Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as the administrative agent and the collateral agent, and the Lenders (as defined therein).

Term Loan Facility Primary Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, with such changes thereto and with the addition of such parties thereto as the parties thereto may mutually agree, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Termination Date ” shall mean the date upon which all Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit are outstanding (or if Letters of Credit remain outstanding, as to which the Administrative Agent has been furnished a cash deposit or a back up standby letter of credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), and the Loans and L/C Exposure, together with all interest, Fees and other non-contingent Secured Obligations, have been paid in full in cash.

Title Company ” shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Total Assets ” shall mean total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean any fees, costs or expenses incurred or paid by the Sponsor, the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions), the Sponsor Management Agreement, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Merger, (b) the Equity Investment, (c) the funding of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, (d) the funding of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, (e) the funding of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (f) the consummation of the refinancing of the Existing Debt as contemplated by Sections 4.02(l) , (g) the execution and delivery of the Term Loan Agreement and the borrowings of the Term Loans thereunder, and (h) the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Treasury Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b)(ii) .

Type ”, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction from time to time.

 

-42-


Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean:

(a) any subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Borrower, as provided in Section 5.11 ); and

(b) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(b) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Valuation Reserves ” means reserves against Eligible Inventory equal to the sum of the following:

(a) a reserve determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion for Inventory the standard cost of which is higher than the actual vendor cost;

(b) a reserve determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion for Inventory the standard cost of which does not reflect vendor rebates for such Inventory;

(c) a reserve determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion for Inventory the standard cost of which does not reflect earned advertising incentives;

(d) a reserve determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion for slow moving Inventory in an amount of up to 25% of the aggregate value of all Inventory that has been on hand for more than 90 days; and

(e) a reserve for inventory shrinkage determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion utilizing the Borrower’s historical shrink experience.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. All references herein to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses,

 

-43-


subclauses, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses and subclauses of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (and the financial definitions used therein) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the Closing Date; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein to implement the effect of any change in GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the Closing Date on the operation thereof (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein for such purpose), then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the definitions used therein (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders) to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such changes in GAAP; provided that all determinations made pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein shall be determined on the basis of GAAP as applied and in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP or the application thereof became effective, until the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or such financial definition is amended. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, as in effect from time to time.

SECTION 1.03. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.04. Rounding . The calculation of any financial ratios under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-down if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements and Laws . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) all references to documents, instruments and other agreements (including the Loan Documents and organizational documents) shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document and (b) references to any law, statute, rule or regulation shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

SECTION 1.08. Pro Forma Calculations.

(a) The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any four-quarter reference period shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (as defined below) assuming that all acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations or consolidations, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, made during such four-quarter reference period (including the incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of any Indebtedness, or the issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in connection with any such transaction) had occurred on the

 

-44-


first day of the four-quarter reference period. If during such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period shall have made any acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then such ratio shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such period as if such acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

(b) For purposes of this Section 1.08 , “Pro Forma Basis” shall mean on a basis in accordance with GAAP and, to the extent applicable, reasonable assumptions that are specified in detail in the relevant Officer’s Certificate or other document provided to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01. Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (ii) the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the lesser of (x) the sum of the total Revolving Commitments or (y) the Borrowing Base, subject to the Administrative Agent’s authority, in its sole discretion, to make Protective Advances pursuant to the terms of Section 2.25 . Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02. Revolving Loans and Borrowings; Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.22 . Any Protective Advance shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.25 .

(b) Subject to Sections 2.02(e) , 2.08 and 2.15 , each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith, provided that all Borrowings made on the Closing Date and at all times after the Closing Date until the earlier to occur of the completion of the primary syndication of the Loans and Commitments as determined by the Administrative Agent and the fifteenth Business Day after the Closing Date must be made as ABR Borrowings but may be converted into Eurodollar Borrowings thereafter in accordance with Section 2.08. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of fifteen (15) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 p.m. to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage; provided that, Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.22 . The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to the Funding Account; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of (i) an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.23(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank and (ii) a Protective Advance shall be retained by the Administrative Agent.

 

-45-


(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03. Requests for Revolving Borrowings . To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request either in writing (delivered by hand or facsimile) in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower or by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:30 p.m., three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:30 p.m. on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.23(e) may be given not later than 12:30 p.m. on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.01:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing and a breakdown of the separate wires comprising such Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date and (ii) to the Administrative Agent the then unpaid amount of each Protective Advance on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the thirtieth Business Day after such Protective Advance is made.

 

-46-


(b) At all times that cash dominion is in effect pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, on each Business Day, the Administrative Agent shall apply all funds credited to the Collection Account the previous Business Day (whether or not immediately available) first to prepay any Protective Advances that may be outstanding and second to prepay the Loans (including Swingline Loans) until paid in full and then to cash collateralize outstanding LC Exposure.

(c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(e) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit G with appropriate insertions and deletions (each a “ Note ”). In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.05. Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to 0.25% on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments terminate. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Percentage applicable to Eurodollar Loans, on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Revolving Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, cancellation, negotiation, transfer, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of each calendar quarter shall be payable on the first Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 15 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

-47-


(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.06. Interest on Loans .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07 , the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07 , the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(c) Each Protective Advance shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time plus 2%.

(d) Interest, including interest payable pursuant to Section 2.07 , shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days (other than computations of interest for ABR Loans, which shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 day, as applicable) and shall be calculated from and including the date of the Borrowing to, but excluding, the date of repayment thereof. Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments, except that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.07 shall be payable on demand of the Required Lenders, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07. Default Interest . If an Event of Default under Section 7.01(b) or (c) shall have occurred and shall be continuing, by acceleration or otherwise, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders until the related defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, to the extent permitted by law, such overdue amount shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of principal of a Loan, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Loan plus 2.00% per annum.

SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest . In the event, and on each occasion, that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined that deposits in the principal amounts and denominations of the Loans comprising any Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such deposits are being offered in the London interbank market will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loan during the applicable Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period or (ii) the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any Interest Period will not adequately reflect the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining such Loans for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which the Administrative Agent agrees to give promptly after such circumstances no longer exist), each affected Eurodollar Loan shall automatically, on the last day of the current Interest Period for such Loan, convert into an ABR Loan and the obligations of the Lenders to

 

-48-


make Eurodollar Loans denominated in dollars or to convert ABR Loans into Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that the Required Lenders have determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, all Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate the Commitments upon (i) the payment in full of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and on any Letters of Credit, (ii) the cancellation and return of all outstanding Letters of Credit (or alternatively, with respect to each such Letter of Credit, the furnishing to the Administrative Agent of a cash deposit (or a back up standby letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) equal to 103% of the LC Exposure as of such date), (iii) the payment in full of the accrued and unpaid fees , and (iv) the payment in full of all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

(c) The Borrower may from time to time reduce the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not reduce the Revolving Commitments if (A) after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.04(b) , the sum of the Revolving Exposures would exceed the lesser of the total Revolving Commitments and the Borrowing Base or (B) after giving effect to such reduction, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is less than $250,000,000.

(d) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

SECTION 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings . The Borrower shall have the right at any time (subject to Section 2.02(b)) upon prior written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:30 p.m., one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing and (ii) not later than 12:30 p.m., three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(a) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

(b) if less than all of the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(b) and 2.02(c) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

(c) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent recording, for the account of such Lender, the Type of such Loan resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion; and

 

-49-


(d) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16 .

Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable (subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15 ) and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be converted into an ABR Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings or Protective Advances, which shall at all times be ABR Borrowings.

SECTION 2.11. [Intentionally Reserved] .

SECTION 2.12. Optional Prepayments . (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

(b) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 12:30 p.m. three Business Days before the date of prepayment, or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 12:30 p.m. one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09 , then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09 . Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02 . Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06 .

SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments .

(a) In the event and on such occasion that the total Revolving Exposure exceeds the lesser of (A) the aggregate Revolving Commitments or (B) the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall prepay the Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and/or Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(b) In the event that any Borrower or any Loan Party shall receive any Net Cash Proceeds with respect to a Disposition or Property Loss Event at any time that cash dominion is in effect pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, then the Borrower (or such other Loan Party) shall immediately deposit such Net Cash Proceeds in a Collateral Deposit Account for application to the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.04(b) .

(c) All prepayments required by this Section 2.13 shall be applied first to prepay any Protective Advances that may be outstanding and second to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans, including Swingline Loans (without a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitment) and to cash collateralize outstanding LC Exposure.

 

-50-


SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender such Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or any Issuing Bank shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or participations in Loans purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a)  or (b)  above shall be delivered to the Borrower, shall describe the applicable Change in Law, the resulting costs incurred or reduction suffered (including a calculation thereof), certifying that such Lender is generally charging such amounts to similarly situated borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 30 days after its receipt of the same.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a)  or (b)  above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such request; provided further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 180-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender and the respective Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed; provided that if, after the payment of any amounts by the Borrower under this Section, any Change in Law in respect of which a payment was made is thereafter determined to be invalid or inapplicable to the relevant Lender or Issuing Bank, then such Lender or Issuing Bank shall, within 30 days after such determination, repay any amounts paid to it by the Borrower hereunder in respect of such Change in Law.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.14 to the contrary, this Section 2.14 shall not apply to any Change in Law with respect to Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20 .

 

-51-


SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and

(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender shall be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b)  below.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i)  or (ii)  above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15 , a notice to the Borrower by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower. Such Lender shall withdraw such notice promptly following any date on which it becomes lawful for such Lender to make and maintain Eurodollar Loans or give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan.

SECTION 2.16. Indemnity . The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10 ) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder other than by operation of Section 2.08 (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “ Breakage Event ”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period (exclusive of any loss of anticipated profits). A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

-52-


SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) Except as provided below in this Section 2.17 and as required under Section 2.13 , 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.20 or 2.21 , each Revolving Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Revolving Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the commitment fee under Section 2.05(a) and the participation fee under Section 2.05(b) , each reduction of the Revolving Commitments and each conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as a Revolving Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Revolving Commitments (or, if such Revolving Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their respective applicable outstanding Loans). For purposes of determining the available Revolving Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made Swingline Loans) pro rata in accordance with such respective Revolving Commitments. In addition, in computing such Lender’s portion of any Revolving Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Revolving Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any payment or other distribution (whether from proceeds of collateral or any other source, whether in the form of cash, securities or otherwise, and whether made by any Loan Party or in connection with any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent or any Lender) (i) not constituting either (A) a specific payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Loan Documents (which shall be applied as specified by the Borrower), (B) a mandatory prepayment (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.13 ) or (C) amounts to be applied from the Collection Account when cash dominion is in effect pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.04(b) ) or (ii) made or applied in respect of any of the Obligations during the existence of an Event of Default or during or in connection with Insolvency Proceedings involving any Loan Party (or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization in connection therewith), shall be made or applied, as the case may be, in the following order of priority (with higher priority Obligations to be paid in full prior to any payment or other distribution in respect of lower priority Obligations): (i) first , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such and the Issuing Banks in their capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause first payable to them) (other than in connection with amounts constituting Banking Services Obligations or Hedging Obligations); (ii)  second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders, including attorney fees (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause s econd payable to them) (other than in connection with amounts constituting Banking Services Obligations or Hedging Obligations); (iii)  third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Protective Advances, including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (iv)   fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Protective Advances, (v)  fifth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and LC Exposure (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fifth payable to them), including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (vi)  sixth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, unpaid LC Disbursements and LC Exposure (including any termination payments and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause sixth held by them); (vii)  seventh , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks, to cash collateralize all Letters of Credit then outstanding; (viii)  eighth , to payment of any amounts owing with respect to Banking Services Obligations and Hedging Obligations; (ix)  ninth , to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to any Agent or any Lender; and (x)  last, in the case of proceeds of collateral, the balance, if any, thereof, after all of the Secured Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Applicable Law. Each Lender agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.17 (including the priority of the Secured Obligations as set forth herein) constitute an intercreditor agreement among them for value received that is independent of any value received from the Loan Parties, and that such agreement shall be enforceable as against each Lender, including in any Insolvency

 

-53-


Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, to the same extent that such agreement is enforceable under applicable non-bankruptcy law (including pursuant to Section 510(a) of the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of applicable insolvency law), and that, if any Lender receives any payment or distribution in respect of any Obligation (including in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization therein) to which such Lender is not entitled in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Section 2.17 , such amount shall be held in trust by such Lender for the benefit of the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution hereunder, and promptly shall be turned over by such Lender to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution in accordance with this Section 2.17 .

(c) At the election of the Administrative Agent, (A) all payments of principal, interest and LC Disbursements and (B) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all payments of fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses (including all reimbursement for fees and expenses pursuant to Section 9.05 ), and other sums payable under the Loan Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Borrowings made hereunder whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 or a deemed request as provided in this Section or may be deducted from any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes (i) the Administrative Agent to make a Borrowing for the purpose of paying each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Loans (including Swingline Loans), but such a Borrowing may only constitute a Protective Advance if it is to reimburse costs, fees and expenses as described in Section 9.05 ), and that all such Borrowings shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Sections 2.03 , 2.22 or 2.25 , as applicable and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent to charge any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it become due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Document.

SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against either Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or LC Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans and LC Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and LC Exposure and participations in Loans and LC Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and LC Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans and LC Exposure prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans and LC Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that (i) if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or LC Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 2.19. Payments . The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15 , 2.16 or 2.17 , or otherwise) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the date when due, in immediately available funds,

 

-54-


without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, e xcept payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars. At all times that cash dominion is in effect pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, solely for purposes of determining the amount of Loans available for borrowing purposes, checks (in addition to immediately available funds applied pursuant to Section 2.04(b) ) from collections of items of payment and proceeds of any Collateral shall be applied in whole or in part against the Obligations, on the Business Day of receipt, if received prior to 3:00 p.m. on such Business Day, and otherwise on the Business Day after receipt, in each case subject to actual collection.

SECTION 2.20. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided , that if any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20 ) the Administrative Agent or Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes (but not Other Taxes) were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided that if, after the payment of any amounts by the Borrower under this Section, any such Indemnified Taxes in respect of which a payment was made are thereafter determined to have been incorrectly or illegally imposed, then the relevant recipient of such payment shall, within 30 days after such determination, repay any amounts paid to it by the Borrower hereunder in respect of such Indemnified Taxes; provided , further , that the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, notifies the Borrower of its intention to claim compensation therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself, a Lender or an Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

-55-


(e) Each Foreign Lender shall (a) furnish to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) on or before the date it becomes a party to the Agreement either (i) two accurate and complete originally executed copies of U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-8BEN (or successor form), (ii) two accurate and complete originally executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or (iii) two accurate and complete originally executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) together with any required attachments, certifying, in any case, to such Foreign Lender’s legal entitlement to an exemption or reduction from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to all payments hereunder and (b) provide to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a new Form W-8BEN (or successor form), Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or Form W-8IMY (or successor form) together with any required attachments upon (i) the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form to reconfirm any complete exemption from, or any entitlement to a reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payment hereunder, (ii) the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it and (iii) from time to time if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; provided that any Foreign Lender that is relying on the so-called “portfolio interest exemption” shall also furnish a “Non-Bank Certificate” in the form of Exhibit E together with a Form W-8BEN. Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Foreign Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(f) Any Lender or Issuing Bank that is a United States Person, as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, shall (unless such Lender or Issuing Bank may be treated as an exempt recipient based on the indicators described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii)(A)(1)) deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the times specified in Section 2.20(e) , two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-9, or any successor form that such Person is entitled to provide at such time, in order to qualify for an exemption from United States back-up withholding requirements.

(g) In the event that the Borrower is resident in or conducts business in Puerto Rico, each Lender or Issuing Bank that is not a resident of Puerto Rico for Puerto Rican Tax purposes shall file any certificate or document reasonably requested by the Borrower and, when prescribed by applicable law and reasonably requested by the Borrower, update or renew any such certificate or document, pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, if such filing (i) would eliminate or reduce the amount of withholding Taxes imposed by Puerto Rico with respect to any payment hereunder and (ii) would not, in the sole discretion of such Lender, result in a legal, economic or regulatory disadvantage to such Lender.

(h) If the Administrative Agent, a Lender or Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.20(h) with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that (i) the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority and (ii) nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Administrative Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or Administrative Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

SECTION 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate.

(a) In the event (i) any Lender or any Issuing Bank requests compensation pursuant to Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender or any Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 , (iii) the Borrower is required to pay

 

-56-


any additional amount to any Lender or Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20 , (iv) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or (v) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.08 or all the Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders (any such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), the Borrower may, at its sole cost and expense, upon notice to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and upon the consent of the Administrative Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, either:

(x) replace such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, by causing such Lender or Issuing Bank to (and such Lender or Issuing Bank shall be obligated to) assign, at par, 100% of its Commitments and the principal of its outstanding Loans plus any accrued and unpaid interest and fees pursuant to Section 9.04 (with the assignment fee to be waived in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Persons (which Persons shall otherwise be subject to the approval rights set forth in Section 9.04(b) ); provided that (I)(A) the replacement Lender shall agree to the consent, waiver or amendment to which the Non-Consenting Lender did not agree, (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person and (C) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (II) the Borrower shall pay to such Lender all Obligations (other than contingent obligations and other than principal and accrued interest paid by the assignee) owing to such Lender as of the date of such assignment; or

(y) repay all Obligations (other than contingent obligations) owing to such Lender as of such termination date.

Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in respect of the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.21 .

(b) If (i) any Lender or any Issuing Bank requests compensation under Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender or any Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or any Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section 2.20 , then such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or such Issuing Bank to take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be material) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20 , as the case may be, in the future.

SECTION 2.22. Swingline Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $50,000,000 or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the lesser of the total Revolving Commitments and Availability; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans. To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by facsimile), not later than 2:00 p.m. on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by

 

-57-


means of a credit to the Funding Account (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.23(e) , by remittance to the Issuing Bank, and in the case of repayment of another Loan or fees or expenses as provided by Section 2.17(c) , by remittance to the Administrative Agent to be distributed to the Lenders) by 4:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(b) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than noon on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Sections  2.02(d) and (e)  with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Sections   2.02(d) and (e)  shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Swingline Lender, shall request settlement (a “ Settlement ”) with the Revolving Lenders on at least a weekly basis or on any date that the Administrative Agent elects, by notifying the Revolving Lenders of such requested Settlement by facsimile, telephone, or e-mail no later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of such requested Settlement (the “ Settlement Date ”). Each Revolving Lender (other than the Swingline Lender, in the case of the Swingline Loans) shall transfer the amount of such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loan with respect to which Settlement is requested to the Administrative Agent, to such account of the Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent may designate, not later than 3:00 p.m. on such Settlement Date. Settlements may occur during the existence of a Default and whether or not the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have then been satisfied. Such amounts transferred to the Administrative Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the Swingline Lender’s Swingline Loans and, together with Swingline Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan, shall constitute Revolving Loans of such Revolving Lenders, respectively. If any such amount is not transferred to the Administrative Agent by any Revolving Lender on such Settlement Date, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon as specified in Section 2.02(e) .

SECTION 2.23. Letters of Credit.

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account or for the account of the Borrower and any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of

 

-58-


this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to 12:30 p.m. at least three Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $100,000,000 and (ii) the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the lesser of the total Revolving Commitments and the Borrowing Base.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Revolving Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than noon on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m. on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than noon, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.22 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Percentage of the payment then due from the

 

-59-


Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Sections 2.02(d) and 2.02(e) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Sections 2.02(d) and 2.02(e) shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Revolving Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing (including clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii)  and (iv)  of the previous sentence) shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.07 shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

-60-


(i) Replacement of the Issuing Bank and Additional Issuing Banks .

(i) The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b) . From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(ii) The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders (not to exceed three (3) such Lenders at any time) to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (i)(ii) shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, the Administrative Agent) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders (the “ LC Collateral Account ”), an amount in cash equal to 103% of the LC Exposure as of such date plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of Article VII. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account and the Borrower hereby grants the Administrative Agent a security interest in the LC Collateral Account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, be applied to satisfy other Secured Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all such Defaults have been cured or waived.

SECTION 2.24. Revolving Commitment Increase.

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Commitments (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided that both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Event of Default shall exist. Each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000 (or such lower amount that either (A) represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence or (B) is acceptable to the

 

-61-


Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment Increases shall not exceed $100,000,000. Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Revolving Commitment Increase. Revolving Commitment Increases may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”); provided that the relevant Persons under Section 9.04(b) shall have consented (in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s Revolving Commitment Increase, if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b)  for an assignment of Revolving Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender. The Arrangers agree, upon the request of the Borrower and pursuant to mutually satisfactory engagement and compensation arrangements, to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any Additional Lenders to make any such requested Revolving Commitment Increase; provided that the Arrangers’ agreement to use such efforts does not constitute a commitment to provide any such requested Revolving Commitment Increase.

(b) Commitments in respect of Revolving Commitment Increase shall become Revolving Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Revolving Commitment Increase, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.22 . The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “ Revolving Commitment Increase Closing Date ”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” or similar language in such Section 4.01 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment). The Borrower may use the proceeds of Revolving Loans provided pursuant to any Revolving Commitment Increase for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Revolving Commitment Increase unless it so agrees in its sole discretion.

(c) The Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments established pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Security Documents. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such new Revolving Loans or any such new Revolving Commitments.

(d) After giving effect to any Revolving Commitment Increase, it may be the case that the outstanding Revolving Loans are not held pro rata in accordance with the new Revolving Commitments. In order to remedy the foregoing, on the effective date of the applicable Revolving Commitment Increase, the Lenders (including, without limitation, any Additional Lenders) shall make advances among themselves so that after giving effect thereto the Revolving Loans will be held by the Lenders (including, without limitation, any Additional Lenders), pro rata in accordance with the Pro Rata Percentages hereunder (after giving effect to the applicable Revolving Commitment Increase).

(e) This Section 2.24 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or 9.08 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.25. Protective Advances.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower and the Lenders, from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation to), to make Loans to the Borrower, on behalf of all Lenders, which the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Loans and other Obligations, or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including payments of

 

-62-


reimbursable expenses (including costs, fees, and expenses as described in Section 9.05 ) and other sums payable under the Loan Documents (any of such Loans are herein referred to as “ Protective Advances ”); provided that, the aggregate amount of Protective Advances outstanding at any time shall not at any time exceed 5.0% of the Borrowing Base as then in effect (based on the Borrowing Base Certificate last delivered); provided further that, the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposure (including outstanding Protective Advances) shall not exceed the aggregate Commitments. Protective Advances may be made even if the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have not been satisfied. The Protective Advances shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. All Protective Advances shall be ABR Borrowings. The Administrative Agent’s authorization to make Protective Advances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders. Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof. At any time that there is sufficient Availability and the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied, the Administrative Agent may request the Revolving Lenders to make a Revolving Loan to repay a Protective Advance. At any other time the Administrative Agent may require the Lenders to fund their risk participations described in Section 2.25(b) .

(b) Upon the making of a Protective Advance by the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Administrative Agent without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance in proportion to its Applicable Percentage. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Protective Advance purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent in respect of such Protective Advance.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants (it being understood that, for purposes of the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents on the Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be construed as though the Transactions have been consummated) to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be duly organized or formed or to exist (other than in the case of the Borrower) or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (where relevant) in, every jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational and, if required, stockholder or member action of each Loan Party and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision (x) of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation, or (y) of the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other constitutive documents of any Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any Governmental Authority, (C) any provision of the Senior Notes Documentation or the Subordinated Notes Documentation or (D) any provision of any other material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give rise to any right to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under (x) the Senior Notes Documentation or the Subordinated Notes

 

-63-


Documentation or (y) any other such material indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens created or permitted hereunder or under the Security Documents); except with respect to clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii) (other than clauses (b)(i)(A)(y) , (b)(i)(C) and (b)(ii)(x) ), to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, default, or creation or imposition of Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.03. Enforceability . This Agreement and each other Loan Document (when delivered) have been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document delivered on the Closing Date constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals . Except to the extent the failure to obtain or make the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is necessary or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by the Loan Parties, except for (a) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent and (b) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements.

(a) The Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholder’s equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, audited by and accompanied by the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise noted therein.

(b) The Company has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma statements of income and cash flows as of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the first day of the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by the Borrower, based on the assumptions believed by the Borrower on the date of delivery thereof to be reasonable, are based in all material respects on the information reasonably available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and reflect in all material respects the adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions, it being understood that actual adjustments may vary from the pro forma adjustments and actual results may vary from such projected results and, in each case, such variations may be material.

SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2006, no event, change or condition has occurred that (individually or in the aggregate) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets other than (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes, (ii) except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) all such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

 

-64-


SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all subsidiaries of the Borrower, the jurisdiction of their formation or organization, as the case may be, and the percentage ownership interest of such subsidiary’s parent company therein, and such Schedule shall denote which subsidiaries as of the Closing Date are not Subsidiary Guarantors.

SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such Person that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties is in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where any such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations.

(a) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used (i) to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or (ii) for a purpose in violation of Regulation T, U or X issued by the Board.

SECTION 3.11. Investment Company Act . None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.12. Taxes . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has, except where the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other Tax returns required to have been filed by it and has paid, caused to be paid, or made provisions for the payment of all Taxes due and payable by it and all material assessments received by it, except such Taxes and assessments that are not overdue by more than 45 days or the amount or validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 3.13. No Material Misstatements . As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the Confidential Information Memorandum and other written information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished by (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the Closing Date) or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (other than projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (taken as a whole) did not and, as of the Closing Date, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading. The projections contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum were prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such projections, and represented, at the time of delivery thereof, a reasonable good faith estimate of future financial performance by the Borrower (it being understood that such projections are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower, that actual results may vary from projected results and such variances may be material and that the Borrower makes no representation as to the attainability of such projections or as to whether such projections will be achieved or will materialize).

 

-65-


SECTION 3.14. Employee Benefit Plans . No ERISA Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pension Plan and/or Foreign Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and/or applicable law, except for such non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Pension Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.15. Environmental Matters . Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 3.15 , or except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and have obtained, and are in compliance with, all permits required of them under applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) there are no claims, proceedings, investigations or actions by any Governmental Authority or other Person pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, (iii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has agreed to assume or accept responsibility, by contract, for any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws and (iv) there are no facts, circumstances or conditions relating to the past or present business or operations of any Loan Party, any of their respective subsidiaries, or any of their respective predecessors (including the disposal of any wastes, hazardous substances or other materials), or to any past or present assets of any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to result in any Loan Party or any subsidiary incurring any claim or liability under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 3.16. Security Documents . All filings and other actions necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral created under, and in the manner contemplated by, this Agreement and the Security Documents have been duly made or taken or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the extent required by the terms of this Agreement or such Security Documents and the Security Documents create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid, and together with such filings and other actions required by this Agreement or the Security Documents, perfected first priority Lien in the Collateral (to the extent that, with respect to Collateral that is intellectual property, a valid, perfected Lien in such Collateral is possible through such filings and other actions) or, with respect to the Term Loan Facility Primary Collateral, a valid, and together with such filings and other actions required by this Agreement or the Security Documents, perfected second priority Lien in such Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, subject only to Permitted Liens; provided , however , the representation and warranty set forth in this Section 3.16 as it relates to the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect thereto shall be made only to the extent of comparable representations and warranties applicable to such Equity Interests or Collateral set forth in the Security Documents pursuant to which Liens on such Equity Interests or Collateral are purported to be granted.

SECTION 3.17. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises.

(a) Schedule 3.17(a)  lists completely and correctly (in all material respects) as of the Closing Date all real property owned in fee by the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof, to the extent reasonably available. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 3.17(a) , the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth on such schedule, except to the extent the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 3.17(b)  lists completely and correctly (in all material respects) as of the Closing Date all real property leased in excess of 100,000 square feet by the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Except as otherwise provided on Schedule 3.17(b) , the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have valid leasehold interests in all the real property set forth on such schedule, except to the extent the failure to have such valid leasehold interest could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-66-


SECTION 3.18. Labor Matters . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 and except in the aggregate to the extent the same has not had and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, and (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters.

SECTION 3.19. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 3.20. Intellectual Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.20 , the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all intellectual property, free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens, from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights or the imposition of such restrictions or Liens could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.21. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations constitute “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

SECTION 3.22. Other Closing Date Representations . On the Closing Date, each of the Other Closing Date Representations is true.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date and in accordance with Section 9.08 thereafter) of the following conditions:

SECTION 4.01. All Credit Events . On the date of the making of each Loan (including a Swingline Loan and on the date of each issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit) and on the Revolving Commitment Increase Closing Date (each such event being called a “ Credit Event ”) (it being understood that the conversion into a Eurodollar Loan or an ABR Loan or continuation of a Eurodollar Loan does not constitute the making of a Loan):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Loan as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02 ).

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , however , that solely for purposes of representations and warranties made on the Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be limited in all respects to the representations and warranties in Sections 3.01(d) , 3.02(a) , 3.03 , 3.10 , 3.11 and 3.21 and the Other Closing Date Representations.

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event (other than on the Closing Date), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, Availability is not less than zero.

 

-67-


Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower to the Lenders and/or Issuing Banks on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b)  and (c)  of this Section 4.01 .

SECTION 4.02. First Credit Event . On the Closing Date:

(a) This Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Lenders and each Issuing Bank, an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to each Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and of such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that (except in connection with the Merger) the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, certifying compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.01(b) and 4.02(i) .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by Merger Sub hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(f) The Borrower shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Administrative Agent a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the conclusions that, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties (on a consolidated basis) are Solvent.

(g) The Security Documents (other than any Mortgages) shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and shall be in full force and effect. All actions necessary to establish that the Administrative Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) shall have been taken; provided , however , that, with respect to any Collateral the security interest in which may not be perfected by filing of a UCC financing statement or by the delivery of a stock certificate and stock power duly executed in blank, if the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral may not be accomplished prior to the Closing Date without undue burden or expense, then delivery of documents and instruments for perfection of such security interest shall not constitute a condition precedent to the initial borrowings hereunder if the Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests on terms and conditions as set forth in Section 5.13 .

 

-68-


(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of (i) searches of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) and (ii) bankruptcy, judgment and tax lien searches, made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Person, together with (in the case of clause (i)) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search.

(i) From December 31, 2006, no event, change or effect shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 5.02 .

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certified copy of the Merger Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto). The Merger shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date in accordance with and on the terms described in the Merger Agreement, and no material provision of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(l) Substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date (i) the Equity Investment shall have been made, (ii) Merger Sub shall have received gross cash proceeds of (x) not less than $1,040,000,000 from the Borrowing of the Senior Bridge Loans and (y) not less than $940,000,000 from the borrowing of the Senior Subordinated Bridge and (iii) the Term Loan Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto and the Term Loan shall have been funded thereunder.

(m) All amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Debt shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of the Loans on the Closing Date shall be) paid in full, all commitments (if any) respect thereof terminated and all guarantees (if any) thereof discharged and released. After giving effect to the Transactions, substantially all of the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have been repaid other than (i) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, (i) Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents, (iii) the Specified Senior Indebtedness, (iv) the Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and (v) other Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b)(iii) .

(n) The Lenders shall have received from the Loan Parties, to the extent requested at least ten days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(o) The Lenders shall have received (i) the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), certified by the Borrower as having been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (A) the Transactions, including the Loans to be made and the Senior Notes and Subordinated Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof and (B) the payment of Transaction Expenses; and (ii) the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 3.05 . The Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall have been prepared based upon the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2007, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date, and shall be so certified by the Borrower.

 

-69-


(p) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate which calculates the Borrowing Base as of August 31, 2007.

(q) The Administrative Agent shall have received a properly completed letter of credit application if the issuance of a Letter of Credit will be required on the Closing Date. The Borrower shall have executed the Issuing Bank’s master agreement for the issuance of commercial Letters of Credit.

(r) After giving effect to all Borrowings to be made on the Closing Date and the issuance of any Letters of Credit on the Closing Date, Revolving Exposure of all Revolving Lenders shall not exceed $480,000,000.

(s) All conditions precedent to the closing of the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall have been satisfied prior to or simultaneously with the closing hereunder, the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(t) Parties to the Inventory Financing Agreements shall have entered into such Inventory Financing Agreement prior to or simultaneously with the closing hereunder, the terms and conditions of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(u) All conditions precedent to the closing of the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements shall have been satisfied prior to or simultaneously with the closing hereunder, the terms and conditions of the Inventory Financing Intercreditor Agreements shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that until the Termination Date the Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01. Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties .

(a) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 .

(b) Other than where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the material rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names necessary to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply in all material respects with applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority (including Environmental Laws and ERISA), whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property necessary to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needed repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in the reasonable judgment of management to the conduct of its business.

SECTION 5.02. Insurance .

(a) Keep its material insurable properties adequately insured in all material respects at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

 

-70-


(b) Cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement and, to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms, cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium unless not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof is given by the insurer to the Administrative Agent (giving the Administrative Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason unless not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof is given by the insurer to the Administrative Agent.

(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require and is considered normal and customary and at reasonable cost, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 5.03. Taxes . Pay and discharge when due all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become overdue by more than 45 days; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established or (ii) with respect to which the failure to pay or discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Borrowing Base, Reports, etc . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who will distribute to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and (ii) an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K for such year, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.04(a)(i) );

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after the 45th day following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and for each fiscal quarter occurring after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for such quarter, as filed with the SEC will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.04(b) with respect to such quarter);

 

-71-


(c) concurrently with any delivery of Section 5.04 Financials, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that to such Financial Officer’s knowledge, no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably specifying the nature thereof, and (ii) setting forth, whether or not then applicable, computations in reasonable detail necessary for determining compliance by the Borrower with the provisions of Section 6.11 as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be.

(d) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after the 90th day after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower, copy of the projections by the Borrower of the operating budget and cash flow budget of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for such fiscal year, such projections to be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such Financial Officer believes such projections to have been prepared on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

(e) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.04 Financials, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries from such consolidated financial statements (but only to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiaries would not be considered “minor” under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act);

(f) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.04 Financials, management’s discussion and analysis of the important operational and financial developments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the respect fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be; it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5.04(f) ;

(g) after the request by any Lender (through the Administrative Agent), all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;

(h) as soon as available but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the calendar months of October, November and December in 2007 and within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar month thereafter, (or at any time after daily Excess Cash Availability for ten (10) or more consecutive Business Days shall be less than the Excess Availability Threshold (and until such time as the daily Excess Cash Availability is equal to or exceeds the Excess Availability Threshold for a period of thirty (30) consecutive Business Days), within three (3) Business Days of the end of each calendar week, and at such other times as may be requested by the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default), a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the period then ended (it being understood and agreed that, within thirty (30) days after the month of September, 2007, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a report in reasonable detail showing gross Accounts and Inventory of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors as of the period then ended);

(i) at such times and with such frequency as required pursuant to the terms of Schedule attached to the form of the Borrowing Base Certificate attached hereto, such supporting information and additional reports as are required to be delivered pursuant to the term of such [ Schedule ] ;

(j) on or within fifteen (15) days after November 30 of each calendar year, an updated customer list for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which list shall state the customer’s name, mailing address and phone number and shall be certified as true and correct by a Financial Officer of the Borrower; and

(k) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business, legal or corporate affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

 

-72-


Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.04 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on a SyndTrak, IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available (the “ Platform ”) on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov or on the website of the Borrower. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on the Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

SECTION 5.05. Notices . Promptly upon any Responsible Officer of the Borrower becoming aware thereof, furnish to the Administrative Agent notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default;

(b) all material amendments to any Inventory Financing Agreement, together with a copy of each such amendment; and

(c) the occurrence of any event that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral . Furnish to the Administrative Agent notice of any change on or prior to the later to occur of (a) 30 days following the occurrence of such change and (b) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the next Section 5.04 Financials and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter following such change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party or (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure.

SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections . Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP are made. Permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect during normal business hours the corporate, financial and operating records and the properties of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon reasonable advance notice, and to make extracts from and copies of such records, and permit any such representatives to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such Person with the officers thereof and

 

-73-


independent accountants therefor; provided that the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower an opportunity to participate in any discussions with its accountants; provided , further , that in the absence of the existence of an Event of Default, (i) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.07 and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise its rights under this Section 5.07 more often than two times during any fiscal year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and their respective designees may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Borrower acknowledge that the Administrative Agent, after exercising its rights of inspection, may prepare and distribute to the Lenders certain Reports pertaining to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties’ assets for internal use by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower with a copy of any field examination distributed to the Lenders).

SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans, together with the Equity Investment, the Senior Notes and Subordinated Notes, shall be used solely to pay the cash consideration for the Merger, to repay the Existing Debt and to pay Transaction Expenses and for general corporate purposes (including future acquisitions).

SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances.

(a) From time to time duly authorize, execute and deliver, or cause to be duly authorized, executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates, financing statements, agreements or documents, and take all reasonable actions (including filing UCC and other financing statements but subject to the limitations set forth in the Security Documents), as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, for the purposes of perfecting the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds or products thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) With respect to any assets acquired by any Loan Party after the Closing Date of the type constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest, on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following such acquisition and (ii) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the next Section 5.04 Financials and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other Security Documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such assets and (y) take all commercially reasonable actions necessary to grant to, or continue on behalf of, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such assets (subject only to Permitted Liens), including the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(c) With respect to any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary or a Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded non-U.S. entity) created or acquired after the Closing Date, on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following the date of such creation or acquisition and (ii) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the next Section 5.04 Financials and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Secured Parties (or, to the extent required under the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, to the Term Loan Agent thereunder acting as the Administrative Agent’s agent or bailee for the purpose of perfection), a valid, perfected second priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest in the Equity Interests in such new subsidiary that are owned by any of the Loan

 

-74-


Parties to the extent the same constitute Collateral under the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent (or, to the extent required under the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, to the Term Loan Agent thereunder acting as the Administrative Agent’s agent or bailee for the purpose of perfection) the certificates, if any, representing any of such Equity Interests that constitute certificated securities, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor and (z) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and, to the extent applicable, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement and (B) to take such actions necessary to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest in any assets required to be Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, including, if applicable, the recording of instruments in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreement or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(d) With respect to any Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary that are acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including as a result of formation of a new Foreign Subsidiary), on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following the date of such acquisition and (ii) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the next Section 5.04 Financials and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary in order to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in the Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary that are owned by the Loan Parties to the extent the same constitutes Collateral under the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ( provided that (A) only first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries owned directly by such Loan Party shall be pledged by such Loan Party and (B) only 65% of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary shall be pledged by such Loan Party and (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent any certificates representing any such Equity Interests that constitute certificated securities, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent thereon (but subject to the limitations set forth in the Security Documents).

(e) If, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary that is not a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded non-U.S. entity ceases to constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary in accordance with the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary”, then the Borrower shall cause such subsidiary to become an additional Loan Party and take all the actions contemplated by Section 5.09(c) as if such subsidiary were a newly-formed wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower.

(f) With respect to any fee interest in any real property located in the United States with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 (as reasonably estimated by the Borrower) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, within 90 days following the date of such acquisition (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent) (i) execute and deliver Mortgages in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property and complying with the provisions herein and in the Security Documents and (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 5.10 with respect to any Mortgages to be provided after the Closing Date pursuant to such Schedule.

(g) Furthermore, to the extent Indebtedness outstanding under the Loans shall at any time be less than the amount originally set forth in any Mortgage on any Mortgaged Property located in the State of New York or to the extent otherwise required by law to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created by such Mortgage and the validity or priority thereof, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its applicable subsidiaries to, promptly take all such further actions including the payment of any additional mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required so to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created by such Mortgage to the maximum amount of Indebtedness by its terms secured thereby and the validity or priority of any such Lien.

 

-75-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.09 or any other Security Document (1) the Administrative Agent shall not require the taking of a Lien on, or require the perfection of any Lien granted in, those assets as to which the cost of obtaining or perfecting such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax or expenses relating to such Lien) is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 5.09 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction).

SECTION 5.10. Mortgaged Properties.

The Administrative Agent shall have received not later than 60 days after the Closing Date (unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion):

(i) a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Loan Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a lien under applicable Requirements of Law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a mortgage lien under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(ii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such consents, approvals, amendments, supplements, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments as necessary to consummate the Transactions or as shall reasonably be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in order for the owner or holder of the fee interest constituting such Mortgaged Property to grant the Lien contemplated by the Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property;

(iii) with respect to each Mortgage, a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid second mortgage Lien (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Term Loan Lenders) on the Mortgaged Property and fixtures described therein in the amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which policy (or such marked-up commitment) (each, a “Title Policy”) shall (A) be issued by the Title Company reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (B) to the extent necessary and available, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (C) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), (D) have been supplemented by such endorsements (or where such endorsements are not available, other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot, revolving credit, and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions), provided that to the extent that any such endorsement(s) or other documentation cannot be issued or is not available due to the state or condition of the Mortgaged Property, and such state or condition existed on the Closing Date (or, in the case of a Mortgaged Property acquired after the Closing Date, on the date of the acquisition of such Mortgaged Property) and such state or condition does not materially and adversely affect the use or the value of such Mortgaged Property for the business of the Company and its Affiliates, the Borrower shall have no obligation to procure such endorsement or other documentation, and (E) contain no exceptions to title other than Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(iv) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be required to induce the Title Company to issue the title policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above;

 

-76-


(v) evidence reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent of payment by the Borrower of all title policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the title policies referred to above;

(vi) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, copies of all leases in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary holds the lessor’s interest or other agreements relating to possessory interests if any. To the extent any of the foregoing leases affect any Mortgaged Property, such leases shall (x) be subordinate to the Lien of the Mortgage to be recorded against such Mortgaged Property, either expressly by its terms or pursuant to a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, with respect to which the applicable Loan Party shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and (y) shall otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that, if the Administrative Agent fails to notify the Borrower of rejection of the lease within 10 Business Days from receipt of the lease, the lease shall be deemed to have been reasonably accepted by the Administrative Agent;

(vii) Surveys with respect to each Mortgaged Property; provided that, if the Borrower is able to obtain a “no change” affidavit acceptable to the Title Company to enable it to issue a Title Policy removing all exceptions which would otherwise have been raised by the Title Company as a result of the absence of a new Survey for such Mortgaged Property, and issuing all survey related endorsements and coverages, then a new Survey shall not be requested;

(viii) a completed Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property; and

(ix) an Opinion of Counsel relating to each Mortgaged Property described above, which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.11. Designation of Subsidiaries.

(a) The Borrower may designate any subsidiary (including any existing subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless (A) such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the subsidiary to be so designated) (B) the assets of such subsidiary are included in the Borrowing Base; provided that

(i) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower;

(ii) such designation complies with the covenants described in Section 6.03(c) ;

(iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iv) either:

(A) the Borrower could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Excess Cash Availability test described in Section 6.01(a) ; or

(B) Excess Cash Availability for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to Excess Cash Availability immediately prior to such designation,

 

-77-


in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation; and

(v) each of:

(A) the subsidiary to be so designated; and

(B) its subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. Furthermore, no subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder unless it is also designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” for purposes of the Senior Notes, the Subordinated Notes or any Junior Financing.

(b) The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(i) the Borrower could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Excess Cash Availability test described in Section 6.01(a) ; or

(ii) Excess Cash Availability for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to Excess Cash Availability immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Borrower shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

SECTION 5.12. Appraisals . Upon the Administrative Agent’s request, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors will provide the Administrative Agent with appraisals or updates thereof of their Inventory from a nationally recognized appraiser selected and engaged by the Administrative Agent (following consultation with the Borrower), and prepared on a basis satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, such appraisals and updates to include, without limitation, information required by applicable law and regulations; provided , however , that if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, following the Closing Date, no more than one (1) such appraisal per calendar year shall be conducted at the expense of the Loan Parties.

SECTION 5.13. Post-Closing Collateral Arrangements . The Borrower shall execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 5.13 , in each case within the time limits specified on such schedule.

 

-78-


ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, until the Termination Date, the Borrower will not, nor will it cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) Directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if (A) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is not incurred or issued to refund or refinance (i) any Indebtedness permitted under clauses (ii) , (xv)  or (xx)  of Section 6.01(b) or (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness referred to in clause (i)  above, (B) Excess Cash Availability at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued exceeds $150,000,000 and (C) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; provided , further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph (a) is subject to the limitations of paragraph (g) below.

(b) The limitations set forth in clause (a)  will not apply to the following items:

(i) the Indebtedness under the Loan Documents (including any increase in the Revolving Commitments under Section 2.24 ) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder);

(ii) the incurrence by the Borrower and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Specified Senior Indebtedness;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (b)(i) , (ii) , (xv) , (xvii)  and (xx)  of this Section 6.01 ) and set forth in all material respects on Schedule 6.01 (including the Existing Intercompany Debt);

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock incurred and outstanding under this clause (iv) , not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of a security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date)

 

-79-


of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (vi) );

(vii) Indebtedness of (A) the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii) ;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii) ;

(ix) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01 , exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(x) obligations in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) (A) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower or cash contributed to the capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Specified Equity Contributions, and other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions and proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d)  of the definition of the term “Restricted Payment Applicable Amount” set forth in the Term Loan Agreement (to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to of Section 6.03(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (a)  and (c)  of the definition thereof); provided that any amounts incurred in excess of the aggregate amount of such net cash proceeds shall be Subordinated Indebtedness not subject to scheduled amortization and with a final maturity not prior to January 12, 2015; and (B) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi)(B) , does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi)(B) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 6.01(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 6.01(a) without reliance on this clause (xi)(B) ;

 

-80-


(xii) provided that no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted under Section 6.01(a) and clauses (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (xi)(A) , (xiii) , (xv) , (xviii)  and (xx)  of this Section 6.01(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (1) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (2) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,

(C) shall not include:

(1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower;

(2) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or

(3) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing); and

(E) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances or refunds Indebtedness permitted under clauses (ii) , (xv)  or (xx)  , Excess Cash Availability at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred exceeds $150,000,000.

provided , further , that notwithstanding the limitations set forth in clauses (A) , (B)  and (D (but subject to the limitation set forth in clause (E)), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) incur additional Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents to refund or refinance any Specified Senior Indebtedness and/or any Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, (b) incur additional Specified Senior Indebtedness to refund or refinance any Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents and/or any Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, (c) incur additional Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness to refund or refinance any Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents and/or any Specified Senior Indebtedness and (d) incur Indebtedness under this Agreement to refund or refinance any Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents and/or any Specified Senior Indebtedness and/or any Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness; provided , further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xii) (solely as it relates to Indebtedness under clause (xiii)  and Section 6.01(a) ) shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.01(g) to the same extent as the Indebtedness refinanced;

 

-81-


(xiii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) incurred to finance an acquisition, (y) of Persons (other than foreign Persons) that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Persons merged into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (z) that is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) in connection with such acquisition so long as:

(A) no Default exists or shall result therefrom;

(B) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in reliance on clause (x)  above shall not be Secured Indebtedness and shall not mature (and shall not be mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock of Preferred Stock) or require any payment of principal (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation), in each case, prior to January 12, 2015;

(C) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in reliance on clause (y)  or (z)  above shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and either (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness constituting Secured Indebtedness, together with all Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, shall not exceed $100,000,000 or (2) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger, the Excess Cash Availability would be greater than or equal to Excess Cash Availability immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; and

(D) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger either (1) Excess Cash Availability would be greater than or equal to Excess Cash Availability immediately prior to such acquisition or merger or (2) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Excess Cash Availability test described in Section 6.01(a) ;

provided that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xiii) is subject to the limitations of paragraph (g)  below;

(xiv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(xv) the Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) (A) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Indebtedness or other obligations are permitted under this Agreement, or (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that, in each case, (x) such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with its obligations under Section 5.09 and (y) in the case of any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement;

(xvii) Indebtedness under the (A) Inventory Financing Agreements and (B) other inventory financing agreements entered into after the Closing Date; provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under all inventory financing agreements described in clause (A) and clause (B) shall not exceed $300,000,000;

 

-82-


(xviii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or of any foreign Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that the aggregate amount outstanding of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock shall not at any time exceed $100,000,000;

(xix) Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in Section 6.03(b)(iv) ;

(xx) the incurrence by the Borrower and any Restricted Guarantor of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xxi) [Intentionally Reserved;]

(xxii) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

(xxiv) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries incurred to finance insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (xxvi) .

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01 :

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 6.01(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item (other than amounts described in clause (xvii)  of clause (b)  above, in the case of a reclassification as an incurrence pursuant to Section 6.01(a) ) of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above permitted clauses; and

(ii) at the time of incurrence or permitted reclassification, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in one or more types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 6.01(a) or (b) .

 

-83-


(d) The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 6.01 .

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b) , no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in reliance on Section 6.01(a) or (b)(xiii) (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed $100,000,000; provided that in no event shall any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (i)  and (ii) , not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this Section 6.01(g) .

SECTION 6.02. Liens . Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom.

SECTION 6.03. Restricted Payments . Directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, other than:

(a) any Restricted Payment made at any time at which (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) Excess Cash Availability immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and any related Borrowings would exceed $150,000,000.

(b) Section 6.03(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (1) Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor or (2) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in the case of each of clause (1)  and (2) , in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent contributed to the capital

 

-84-


of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clauses (vi)(A)  or (B)  of this Section 6.03(b) , the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (A) the Specified Senior Indebtedness in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of prepayments of Term Loans made by the Borrower pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement on a dollar for dollar basis or (B) the Specified Senior Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 6.01(b)(xii) ;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant (or any of their successors, heirs, estates or assigns) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed in any calendar year $25,000,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $50,000,000 in any calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Borrower, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date (other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 6.03(a) ; plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; less

(C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A)  and (B)  of this clause (iv) ;

and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from members of management of the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 6.01 ;

(vi) in connection with operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any

 

-85-


indirect or direct parent of the Borrower and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Borrower as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii)  that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (xvi ) of this Section 6.03(b) or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Borrower in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(x) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(xi) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi) not to exceed $25,000,000;

(xii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees made in the ordinary course business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions including the payment of up to $53,000,000 within 60 days of the Closing Date to participants in the Krasny Plan, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date and (C) the payment of the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted under Section 6.06 ;

(xiv) the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Senior Exchange Notes or Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes or other Subordinated Indebtedness upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (so long as such Change of Control has been waived by the Required Lenders);

(xv) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Borrower to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of its direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication;

(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

 

-86-


(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(E) amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(F) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Borrower incurred pursuant to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in Section 6.04 ;

(G) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent;

(H) amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 6.03 ; provided that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.04 ) in order to consummate such Investment, in each case, subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (h) and (m)  of, and the proviso set forth at the end of, the definition of Permitted Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by the Borrower shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(a) and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this Section 6.03 (other than pursuant to clause (x) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (i)  thereof);

(I) [ Intentionally Reserved ] ;

(J) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(K) reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents that were contributed to such Unrestricted Subsidiaries as an Investment pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.03(b) );

 

-87-


(xvii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 6.04 ; provided that if as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, a Change of Control has occurred, such Change of Control has been consented to or waived by the Required Lenders;

(xviii) Restricted Payments by (A) a non-Subsidiary Guarantor, (B) a Foreign Subsidiary or (C) any other subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(xix) payments or distributions in connection with an AHYDO “catch-up” payment with respect to the Specified Senior Indebtedness;

(xx) purchases of minority interests in non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries by the Borrower and the Guarantors;

(xxi) [Intentionally Reserved];

(xxii) [Intentionally Reserved]; and

(xxiii) any payment of any dividend from the Borrower to Holdings in connection with the payment of social security or other payroll taxes based on the issuance of Equity Interests to employees or other service providers;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (ii) , (iii) , (v) , (vi) , (ix)  (as determined at the time of the declaration of such dividend), (xi) , (xv(E)) and (xvi) , no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Closing Date, all of the subsidiaries of the Borrower will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to Section 5.11(b) . For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b)(vii) , (x)  or (xi) , or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Loan Documents.

SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes.

(a) The Borrower may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving corporation), and may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Borrower is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, the “ Successor Company ”);

(ii) the Successor Company, if other than the Borrower, expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Borrower pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

-88-


(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, either,

(A) Excess Cash Availability would exceed $150,000,000; or

(B) Excess Cash Availability would be equal to or greater than the Excess Cash Availability immediately prior to such transaction; and

in each case made or effected substantially simultaneously with such transaction or related financing;

(v) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 6.04(c)(i)(B) shall apply, shall have confirmed that its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(vi) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such documentation relating to the Loan Documents, if any, comply with this Agreement;

provided that the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any such transaction at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such transaction and (A) shall take all required actions in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Revolving Facility Primary Collateral securing the Secured Obligations on or prior to the consummation of such transaction and (B) shall take all required actions in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral (other than the Revolving Facility Primary Collateral) securing the Secured Obligations either prior to or upon the later to occur of 30 days following such transaction (or the earlier of the date of required delivery of the next Section 5.04 Financials and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent).

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Borrower under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clause (iv)  shall not apply to the Transactions (including the Merger).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (a)(iii) and (a)(iv) ,

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or a Restricted Guarantor;

(ii) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate of the Borrower solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Borrower in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby; and

(iii) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary.

(c) No Restricted Guarantor will, and the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Borrower or Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or Person, the “ Successor Person ”);

 

-89-


(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the Obligations of such Restricted Guarantor pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such documentation relating to the Loan Documents, if any, comply with this Agreement;

(ii) the transaction does not violate Section 6.05 ;

provided that the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any such transaction at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such transaction and (A) shall take all required actions in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Revolving Facility Primary Collateral securing the Secured Obligations on or prior to the consummation of such transaction and (B) shall take all required actions in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral (other than the Revolving Facility Primary Collateral) securing the Secured Obligations either prior to or upon the later to occur of 30 days following such transaction (or the earlier of the date of required delivery of the next Section 5.04 Financials and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent).

In the case of clause (i)(A) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor (x) may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Borrower or (y) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs if such dissolution, liquidation or winding up could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05. Dispositions . Cause, make or suffer to exist a Disposition, except:

(a) any Disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under Section 6.04 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.03 ;

(d) any Disposition of property or assets or issuance of Equity Interests (A) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or (B) by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that in the case of any event described in clause (B) where the transferee or purchaser is not a Guarantor, then at the option of the Borrower, either (1) such disposition shall constitute a Disposition for purposes of the definition of Prepayment Asset Sale or (2) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof, when aggregated with the amount of Permitted Investments made pursuant to clauses (a)  and (c)  of the definition thereof, shall not exceed the dollar amount set forth in the final proviso of such definition;

(e) any Permitted Asset Swap;

 

-90-


(f) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sub-lease of any real, intangible or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Guarantor in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(i) any sale or other disposition in connection with any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date (excluding property constituting Revolving Facility Primary Collateral), including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted under this Agreement;

(j) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(k) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor; provided such transfer shall constitute a Property Loss Event;

(l) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(m) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(n) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves;

(o) any Disposition to the extent not involving property (when taken together with any related Disposition or series of related Dispositions) with a fair market value in excess of $25,000,000; and

(p) Dispositions (other than Dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors primarily of Accounts and Inventory) not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05 , provided that:

(i) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations or that are owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Borrower and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C)  that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 2.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; or

 

-91-


(ii) any Disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions, when taken together with all other dispositions made in reliance on this paragraph (p) , does not have a fair market value in excess of 10.0% of Total Assets of the Borrower on the Closing Date, unless immediately after giving effect to such Disposition or sale of Equity Interests, Excess Cash Availability would exceed $150,000,000; and

(q) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date (other than any Mortgaged Property), (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as a Prepayment Asset Sale;

provided that the consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, with respect to any Disposition of any property with a fair market value in excess of $25,000,000 must be at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of. To the extent any Collateral is disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 6.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 6.06. Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions by or among the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year unless:

(a) such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(b) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent with respect to any such transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Borrower approving such transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such transaction complies with clause (a)  above.

(c) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties;

(ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay fees, expenses and make indemnification payments directly or indirectly to the Sponsor pursuant to and in accordance with the Sponsor Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date);

(iii) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(iv) issuances by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests not prohibited under this Agreement;

(v) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of the Borrower and its subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business, in the case of any direct or indirect parent to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

-92-


(vi) expense reimbursement and employment, severance and compensation arrangements entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with their officers, employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the payment of stay bonuses and incentive compensation and/or such officer’s, employee’s or consultant’s equity investment in certain Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Parent and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives);

(viii) the payment of reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business, in the case of any direct or indirect parent to the extent attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement) and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect;

(x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.03 ;

(xi) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith;

(xii) loans and other transactions among the Borrower and its subsidiaries (and any direct and indirect parent company of the Borrower) to the extent permitted under this Article VI ; provided that any Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to subordination provisions no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(xiii) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xiii)  to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole;

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business which are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xv) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Guarantor in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

-93-


(xvi) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith; and

(xvii) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

SECTION 6.07. Restrictive Agreements . Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon:

(a) the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations;

(b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(i) restrictions and conditions imposed by law, by any Loan Document or which (x) exist on the date hereof and (y) to the extent contractual obligations permitted by clause (x)  are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such contractual obligation;

(ii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to any sale of assets pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Person or property that is to be sold;

(iii) restrictions and conditions (x) on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder or (y) by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(iv) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the Person obligated under such Indebtedness and its subsidiaries or the property or assets intended to secure such Indebtedness;

(v) contractual obligations binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

(vi) restrictions and conditions imposed by the terms of the documentation governing any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted by Section 6.01 ;

(vii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.03 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the

 

-94-


Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Loan Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;

(ix) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(xi) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (x) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the reasonable, good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(d) clause (a)  and clause (c)  of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment, sale or transfer thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business or which exists on the date hereof, and no such clause in this Section 6.07 shall prohibit or restrict such party’s right to execute a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a form customary and reasonably acceptable to Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.08. Business of the Borrower and Its Restricted Subsidiaries . Engage in any line of business material to the Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a whole other than (a) those lines of business conducted by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date or (b) any Similar Business.

SECTION 6.09. Modification of Junior Financing Documentation and Term Loan Documents . Directly or indirectly, amend, modify or change (a) the subordination provisions of any Junior Financing Documentation (and the component definitions used therein), including the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or (b) any other term or condition of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation, the Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation, any Junior Financing Documentation or any Term Loan Documents, in the case of this clause (b) , in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders (unless, in the case of any Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation, Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or Term Loan Documents, the Indebtedness outstanding under such documentation, as so amended, modified or changed, would at such time be permitted to be incurred as Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in accordance with Section 6.01(b)(xii)) and, in each case, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

SECTION 6.10. Changes in Fiscal Year . Make any change in its fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 6.11. Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . If the average daily Excess Cash Availability for ten (10) or more consecutive Business Days shall be less than the Excess Availability Threshold (such occurrence, a “ triggering event ”), thereafter (and until such time as the daily Excess Cash Availability exceeds the Excess Availability Threshold for a period of thirty (30) consecutive Business Days), permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter (commencing with the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such triggering event) to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

 

-95-


ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in any Loan Document or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any certificate required to be furnished pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for mandatory prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or LC Disbursement or any Fee or other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to the Borrower), Section 5.02(b) , Section 5.04(h) (and such default with respect to Section 5.04(h) shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days, provided that Borrower may not rely on more than 3 such grace periods during any period of 12 consecutive months), Section 5.05(a) or in Article VI ;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Loan Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (b) , (c)  or (d)  above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to an applicable grace period), which failure enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or that is a failure to pay such Material Indebtedness at its maturity or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Material Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is otherwise permitted hereunder;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), or of a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator

 

-96-


or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary); and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g)  above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) become unable, admit in writing its general inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $80,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which an insurance company has not denied coverage or by an indemnification agreement as to which the indemnifying party has not denied liability) shall be rendered against the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

(j) an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or, (ii) a Pension Event occurs with respect to any Foreign Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery, shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms or in accordance with the terms of the other Loan Documents), or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability thereunder (other than as a result of the discharge of such Loan Party in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(l) other than with respect to de minimis items of Collateral not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate, any Lien purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) having the priority contemplated thereby (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) on the securities, assets or properties purported to be covered thereby, except to the extent that any lack of validity, perfection or priority results from any act or omission of any Administrative Agent, or any Lender (so long as such act or omission does not result from the breach or non-compliance by a Loan Party with the Loan Documents);

(m) there shall have occurred a Change of Control;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g)  or (h)  above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower

 

-97-


accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g)  or (h)  above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

SECTION 7.02. Right to Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01 , in the event that the Borrower fails (or, but for the operation of this Section 7.02 , would fail) to comply with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.11, until the expiration of the 10th day subsequent to the date the certificate calculating compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.11 is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(c) , the Borrower shall have the right to receive cash contributions to its capital from Holdings (collectively, the “ Cure Right ”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of such cash (the “ Specified Equity Contribution ”) such financial covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to a pro forma adjustment by which EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable quarter and any four-quarter period that contains such quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring such financial and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Specified Equity Contribution; provided, that, (i) in each four-fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised and (ii) for purposes of this Section 7.02 , the Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with such financial covenant. If, after giving effect to the adjustments in this Section 7.02 , the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the financial covenant, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of such financial covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of such financial covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for this purposes of the Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases and intercreditor agreements) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08 ), (c) each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan

 

-98-


Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action and (d) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of the subsidiaries thereof that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Loan Documents (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment). Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. Each Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.02 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by notifying in writing the Lenders, each Issuing Bank (if applicable) and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation of the Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under paragraphs (g)(i) or (h)  of Article VII ), to appoint a successor (other than a Disqualified Institution) which shall be a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States or any State or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, in each case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.

If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of resignation of the relevant Agent specified by such Agent in its notice, the resigning Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders with the consent of and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. If no successor agent has accepted

 

-99-


appointment as the successor agent by the date which is 60 days following the retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of such Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders, appoint a successor agent as provided for above (except in the case of the Administrative Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the resigning Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Agent is appointed). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as an Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Security Documents, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the obligations under Section 5.09 are satisfied, the successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.

None of Lenders or other Persons identified on the cover page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the Obligations shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether such Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise;

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the Obligations and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and each Agent or (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and each Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due such Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.05 and 9.05 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

-100-


(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to such Agent and, in the event such Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.05 and 9.05 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize any Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize such Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any such Lender in any such proceeding.

Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article VIII with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article VIII included such Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such Issuing Bank.

Each Lender hereby agrees that (a) it has requested a copy of each Report prepared by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent; (b) the Administrative Agent (i) makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any Report or any of the information contained therein or any inaccuracy or omission contained in or relating to a Report and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report; (c) the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, and that any Person performing any field examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel and that no Agent undertakes any obligation to update, correct or supplement the Reports; (d) it will keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, not share the Report with any Loan Party or any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; and (e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, it will pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices . Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

(a) if to the Borrower, to it at:

 

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Attention of:

 

Barbara A. Klein, Chief Financial Officer

(Fax No. 847-968-0304)

Email address: bklein@cdw.com

 

Christine A. Leahy, General Counsel

(Fax No. 847-968-0203)

Email address: cleahy@cdw.com

 

-101-


with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention of: George A. Peinado

(Fax No. 312-895-1346)

gpeinado@mdcp.com

 

and

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention of: Maureen Sweeney

(Fax No. 312- 660- 0359)

Email address: msweeney@kirkland.com

(b) if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank. N.A.

1111 Fannin Street, Floor 10

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Tonya Walker-Bell

(Fax No. 713- 750- 2938)

Email: tonya.m.walker-bell@jpmchase.com

 

with a copy to

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank. N.A.

4 New York Plaza, Floor 04

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Shari Stern

(Fax No. 212-623-1310)

Email: shari.stern@jpmorgan.com

if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date three Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case, delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01 . As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time in writing, notices and other communications may also be delivered or furnished by e-mail; provided that approval of such

 

-102-


procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein or any other Loan Document, shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by each Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or such Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and notwithstanding that any Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or actual knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Event shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. The provisions of Sections 2.14 , 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank.

SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. EACH LENDER AND EACH OTHER PERSON PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME (OTHER THAN THE LOAN PARTIES) HEREBY (A) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED A COPY OF THE TERM LOAN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND COPIES OF THE INVENTORY FINANCING INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS, (B) CONSENTS TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE TERM LOAN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THE INVENTORY FINANCING INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS, (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL BE BOUND BY AND WILL TAKE NO ACTIONS CONTRARY TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE TERM LOAN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THE INVENTORY FINANCING INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS AND (D) AUTHORIZES AND INSTRUCTS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT TO ENTER INTO THE TERM LOAN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THE INVENTORY FINANCING INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS ON THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF SUCH LENDER. EACH LENDER BY MAKING OR PURCHASING AN INTEREST IN ANY LOAN AT ANY TIME SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO BE BOUND BY THE TERM LOAN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THE INVENTORY FINANCING INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns.

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees (in each case, other than to Disqualified Institutions) all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided , however , that (i) each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower must give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent shall be required to any such assignment made to a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender (in each case, other than to Disqualified Institutions) (each, an “ Eligible Assignee ”) and the consent of the Borrower shall not be required during the continuance of any Event of Default arising under clause (b) , (c) , (g)(i) or (h)  of Article VII , (ii) (A) in the case of any assignment, other than assignments to any Eligible Assignee, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender (or, in the case of an assignment of Loans after the Commitment has expired or been terminated, the aggregate principal amount of the

 

-103-


loans of the assigning Lenders) subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment (or Loans)) and shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (or the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment (or Loans)), provided , however , that simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Related Funds shall be combined for purposes of determining whether the minimum assignment requirement is met, and (B) in the case of any assignment to any Eligible Assignee, after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate Revolving Commitments (or Loans), of the assigning Lender and its Affiliates and Related Funds shall be zero or not less than $1,000,000, (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance (such Assignment and Acceptance to be (A) electronically executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent via an electronic settlement system then acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and (B) delivered together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, unless waived or reduced by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion; provided that only one such fee shall be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Related Funds) and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender immediately prior to the assignment, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and the tax forms required under Section 2.20(e) , (f)  or (g) , as applicable. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e)  of this Section 9.04 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 , 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid). Any assignment or transfer that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (f)  of this Section 9.04 .

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Revolving Commitment, and the outstanding principal amount of its Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any subsidiary or the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower or any subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.05(a)  or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the

 

-104-


recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and any changes thereto, whether by assignment or otherwise, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans (and related interest amount and fees with respect to such Loan) owing and paid to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and Lenders at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)  above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Issuing Banks to such assignment (in each case to the extent required pursuant to paragraph (b)  above) and any applicable tax forms required by Section 2.20(e) (f) or (g) , as applicable, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) promptly record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e) and (iii) if requested by an assignee, provide to such assignee the most recent list of Disqualified Institutions identified in writing to the Administrative Agent as of such date; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance in connection therewith.

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower, the Swingline Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons (other than to Disqualified Institutions) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it and its participations in the LC Exposure and/or Swingline Loans); provided , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other Persons shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14 , 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant and in the case of Section 2.20 , only if such participant shall have provided any form of information that it would have been required to provide under such Section if it were a Lender), (iv) to the extent permitted by applicable law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.06 as though it were a Lender, so long as such participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18 as though it were a Lender and (v) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans or LC Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers described in clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii)  of Section 9.08(b)  as it pertains to the Loans or Commitments in which such participant has an interest). Each Lender selling a participation to a participant (i) shall keep a register, meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), of each such participation, specifying such participant’s entitlement to payments of principal and interest with respect to such participation, (ii) shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with the applicable forms, certificates and statements described in Section 2.20(e)  or (f)  hereof, as applicable, as if such participant was a Lender hereunder and (iii) if requested by a participant, provide to such participant the most recent list of Disqualified Institutions identified in writing to the Administrative Agent as of such date; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence to the contrary, each Lender shall have the right to sell one or more participations to one or more lenders or other Persons that provide financing to such Lender in the form of sales and repurchases of participations without having to satisfy the requirements set forth therein.

(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04 , disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any non-public information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that prior to any such disclosure, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or

 

-105-


participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such non-public information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16 .

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that (i) such assignment shall not increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and (ii) no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (x) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower hereunder, (y) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender) and (z) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes remain the Lender of record hereunder. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04 , any SPC may (A) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender and (B) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder (other than in a transaction permitted by Section 6.04 ) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

(k) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans or Commitments hereunder with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders to assign such Loans or Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 9.08 (with such replacement, if applicable, being deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9.08(d) ). Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans or Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to those of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in each material jurisdiction) incurred by the Arrangers

 

-106-


and the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to one counsel for all such Persons taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole in each material jurisdiction) incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights or remedies in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, costs and expenses incurred in connection with:

(i) appraisals (subject to Section 5.12 ) and insurance reviews; and

(ii) field examinations and the preparation of Reports based on the fees charged by a third party retained by the Administrative Agent or the internally allocated fees for each Person employed by the Administrative Agent with respect to each field examination ( provided , however , that absent the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, no more than two (2) field examinations per year (or, during any time that the Excess Cash Availability is greater than $150,000,000, one (1) field examinations per year) shall be conducted at the expense of the Borrower;

(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each of the foregoing Persons’ Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates and their successors and assigns (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole in each material jurisdiction; provided that if (i) one or more Indemnitees shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to one or more other Indemnitees or (ii) the representation of the Indemnitees (or any portion thereof) by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, then such expenses shall include the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket disbursements and other charges of one separate counsel to such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, in each relevant jurisdiction), and liabilities of such Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with (w) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Credit Facility), (x) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit,, (y) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (z) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the subsidiaries, or any liability under Environmental Laws related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or the subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such costs, expenses or liabilities (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (or its Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Indemnitee and such Indemnitee’s Affiliates) (each, a “related party” of such Indemnitee) or material breach of its (or any of its related parties’) obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or (y) relate to the presence or Release of Hazardous Materials that first occur at any property owned by Holdings or the Borrower after such property is transferred to any Indemnitee, any of its related parties or any of their respective successors or assigns by foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer. The Borrower shall have no obligation to reimburse any Indemnitee for fees and expenses unless such Indemnitee provides the Borrower with an undertaking in which such Indemnitee agrees to refund and return any and all amounts paid by the Borrower to such Indemnitee to the extent any of the foregoing items in clauses (x)  and (y)  occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to Tax matters, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20 .

 

-107-


(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent or any other Indemnitee related thereto under paragraph (a)  or (b)  of this Section (and without limiting its obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Arrangers, such Indemnitee and the Administrative Agent, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender or such Indemnitee in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of outstanding the aggregate Revolving Exposure and unused Commitments at the time.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim from (i) the use by others of information or other materials obtained through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems, except to the extent such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith, fraud or gross negligence of such party of any of its Affiliates or the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such party and such party’s Affiliates and (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Banks. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable within 30 days after receipt of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such amounts in reasonable detail.

SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff; Payments Set Aside.

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its subsidiaries) to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

(b) To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, then (i) to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect.

 

-108-


SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED AND IN EFFECT, ON THE DATE SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT WAS ISSUED, BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (THE “UNIFORM CUSTOMS”) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment.

(a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b)  below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Subject to Section 2.24 and clause (d)  below, and except for those actions expressly permitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Required Lenders and the Loan Parties that are party thereto and are affected by such waiver, amendment or modification and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) reduce the principal amount of, or extend or waive any scheduled amortization payment or the final scheduled maturity date of or date for the payment of any interest on, any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an LC Disbursement, forgive any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or LC Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that any change to the component definitions of Excess Cash Availability affecting the determination of interest and the waiver of a Default, Event of Default or default interest shall only require the consent of the Borrower and the Required Lenders), (ii) increase or extend the Commitment ( provided that the Administrative Agent may make Protective Advances as set forth in Section 2.25 ) or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.17 , the provisions of Section 2.18 , the provisions of Section 9.04(j) (it being understood that any change to Section 6.04 shall only require approval of the Required Lenders) or the provisions of this Section (except as set forth below) or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as permitted under Section 6.04 and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) waive or amend this Section 9.08(b)(iv) or (v) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or the term “Supermajority Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments and extensions of credit thereunder on the date hereof and this Section 9.08 may be amended to reflect such extension of credit) or (vi) increase the advance rates set forth in the definition of the Borrowing Base or amend the definitions of Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory, Borrowing Base or Reserves which has the effect of increasing Availability without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders; provided , further , that (w) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (x)  Section 9.04(i) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification.

 

-109-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Incremental Amendments effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.24 , this Agreement (including this Section 9.08 and Section 2.17 ) may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the credit extensions from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Loans and the accrued interest and Fees in respect thereof, (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new credit facilities and (iii) to provide customary class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(d) Each waiver, amendment, modification, supplement or consent made or given pursuant to this Section 9.08 shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and such waiver, amendment, modification or supplement shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding on the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans and Commitments.

SECTION 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any LC Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such LC Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees, the Arrangers, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO IT THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11 .

SECTION 9.12. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be

 

-110-


affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03 . Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower, Holdings or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(d) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in dollars, into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days thereafter. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase dollars with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in dollars, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.

 

-111-


SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ (other than Excluded Parties (as defined below)) trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) in connection with the transactions contemplated or permitted hereby, (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process ( provided , that the Administrative Agent, such Arranger, such Issuing Bank or such Lender that discloses any Information pursuant to this clause (c)  shall provide the Borrower with prompt notice of such disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable law), (d) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 9.16 (or as otherwise may be acceptable to the Borrower), to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower, any subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the written consent of the Borrower, (g) to any Rating Agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such Rating Agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Person) or (h) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16 ; provided that, no such disclosure shall be made by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to any of its affiliates that are engaged as principals primarily in private equity, mezzanine financing or venture capital (the “ Excluded Parties ”). For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all information received from the Borrower or Holdings and related to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender, other than by reason of disclosure by Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender in breach of this Section 9.16 .

SECTION 9.17. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each Agent and each Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 9.18. Release of Collateral . The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent agrees):

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (w) upon the Termination Date (and, concurrently therewith, to release all the Loan Parties from their obligations under the Loan Documents (other than those that specifically survive the

 

-112-


Termination Date)), (x) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (y) subject to Section 9.08 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (z) owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c)  below;

(b) at the request of the Borrower, to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clauses (f) , (h)  and (t)  of the definition of Permitted Liens; and

(c) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the Senior Notes, any Junior Financing and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof unless and until such Guarantor is (or is being simultaneously) released from its guarantee with respect to the Senior Notes, such Junior Financing and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.

Upon request by any Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing such Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to this Section 9.18 . In each case as specified in this Section 9.18 , the relevant Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Loan Documents, or to release such Loan Party from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.18 .

SECTION 9.19. USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender and each Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or such Agent, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 9.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents or any Hedging Obligation (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 9.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 9.21. Effectiveness of Merger . Upon the consummation of the Merger, the Company shall succeed to all the rights and obligations of Merger Sub under this Agreement, without any further action by any Person.

 

-113-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

VH MERGERSUB, INC.
By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:  

Barbara A. Klein

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender
By:  

/s/ Ann B. Kerns

Name:  

Ann B. Kerns

Title:  

Vice President

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Laurie Pepper

Name:  

Laurie Pepper

Title:  

Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Daniel Twenge

Name:  

Daniel Twenge

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Enrique Landaeta

Name:  

Enrique Landaeta

Title:  

Vice President

By:  

/s/ Marguerite Sutton

Name:  

Marguerite Sutton

Title:  

Director

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


CDW CORPORATION HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY ASSUMES ALL PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OBLIGATION OF VH MERGERSUB, INC. UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS
CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:  

Barbara A. Klein

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer/Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of October 24, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, (as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders (as defined therein) party hereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers for the Credit Facilities (as defined therein), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, and Lehman Brothers Inc., as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner.

R E C I T A L S :

The parties hereto have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as herein set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms which are defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

2. Amendments . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The title page of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

“GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Co-Documentation Agents”

(b) The definition of the term “ Banking Services ” is amended by amending and restating clause (a)  thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

“(a) commercial credit cards (including cardless e-payable services),”

(b) The definition of the term “ Sponsor Management Agreement ” is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Sponsor Management Agreement ” shall mean the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Borrower and any direct or indirect parent company, as in effect on the Closing Date.

(c) The definition of the term “ Fee Letter ” is added to the Credit Agreement in its appropriate alphabetical order to read in its entirety as follows:

Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of July 10, 2007, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Island Branch, Lehman Brothers Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.


(d) Section 2.02(d) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 p.m.” appearing therein with the phrase “by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:30 p.m.”.

(e) Section 2.25(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposure (including outstanding Protective Advances) shall not exceed the aggregate Commitments.” appearing therein with the phrase “the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposure (including outstanding Protective Advances) shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments”.

(f) Section 5.04(i) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “pursuant to the term of such [ Schedule ] ” appearing therein with the phrase “pursuant to the term of such Schedule” .

(g) Section 5.04(k) of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding at the end thereof the following sentence:

“It is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall provide each Lender with a copy of any appraisal and field examination report received by the Administrative Agent.”

(h) Clause (b)(xii) of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “refund or refinance” each time such phrase appears therein with the phrase “prepay, refund or refinance”.

(i) Clause (a)  of Section 6.03 of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and any related Borrowings” appearing therein with the phrase “after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and any related Borrowings (as reduced on a dollar for dollar basis by the aggregate amount of declared but unpaid dividends pursuant to clause (b)(i) below)”.

(j) Clause (b)(xviii) of Section 6.03 of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “any other subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor” appearing therein with the phrase “any other subsidiary, in each case to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor”.

(k) Section 6.09 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the phrase “and, in each case, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld)” from such Section .

(l) Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement is amended by amending and restating clause (iv)  of paragraph (b)  thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iv) waive or amend this Section 9.08(b) or”

(m) Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement is further amended by deleting paragraph (c) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(c) [ Intentionally Reserved ];”

 

2


3. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective on the date the Administrative Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Required Lenders

4. Representation and Warranties . Each of the Guarantors and the Borrower hereby represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the provisions of this Amendment, (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representation and warranty refers to an earlier date, in which case it is true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5. Continuing Effect of the Credit Agreement . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of any other provision of the Credit Agreement not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any Default, Event of Default or future action on the part of any Loan Party that would require the consent of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent. Except as expressly amended hereby, the provisions of the Credit Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts (including facsimiled counterparts), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Reaffirmation . Each of the Guarantors hereby acknowledges and reaffirms all of its obligations and undertakings under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and acknowledges and agrees that subsequent to, and after taking account of the provisions of this Amendment, each such Loan Document is and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

8. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Robert J. Welyki
Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:  

Vice President, Treasurer and

Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Loan Credit Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

individually as a Lender, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender

By:   /s/ Peter B. York
Name:   Peter B. York
Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Loan Credit Agreement]


LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Brian McNany
Name:   Brian McNany
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Loan Credit Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Daniel Twenge
Name:   Daniel Twenge
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Loan Credit Agreement]


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Enrique Landaeta
Name:   Enrique Landaeta
Title:   Vice President
By:   /s/ Marguerite Sutton
Name:   Marguerite Sutton
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Loan Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 12, 2007,

and

Amended and Restated as of March 12, 2008

among

VH MERGERSUB, INC.

(which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into)

CDW CORPORATION,

as the Borrower,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Co-Syndication Agent,

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.   Defined Terms    5
SECTION 1.02.   Terms Generally    45
SECTION 1.03.   Classification of Term Loans and Borrowings    46
SECTION 1.04.   Rounding    46
SECTION 1.05.   References to Agreements and Laws    46
SECTION 1.06.   Times of Day    46
SECTION 1.07.   Timing of Payment or Performance    46
SECTION 1.08.   Pro Forma Calculations    47

ARTICLE II

 

THE TERM LOANS

SECTION 2.01.   Term Loan Commitments    47
SECTION 2.02.   Term Loans    48
SECTION 2.03.   Borrowing Procedure    48
SECTION 2.04.   Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Term Loans    49
SECTION 2.05.   Administration Fee    49
SECTION 2.06.   Interest on Term Loans    49
SECTION 2.07.   Default Interest    50
SECTION 2.08.   Alternate Rate of Interest    50
SECTION 2.09.   Termination of Term Loan Commitments    50
SECTION 2.10.   Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings    50
SECTION 2.11.   Repayment of Borrowings    51
SECTION 2.12.   Optional Prepayment    52
SECTION 2.13.   Mandatory Prepayments    52
SECTION 2.14.   Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances    54
SECTION 2.15.   Change in Legality    55
SECTION 2.16.   Indemnity    55
SECTION 2.17.   Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements    56
SECTION 2.18.   Sharing of Setoffs    57
SECTION 2.19.   Payments    57
SECTION 2.20.   Taxes    57
SECTION 2.21.   Assignment of Term Loans Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate    59
SECTION 2.22.   Incremental Term Loans    60

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.01.   Organization; Powers    61
SECTION 3.02.   Authorization    61
SECTION 3.03.   Enforceability    62
SECTION 3.04.   Governmental Approvals    62
SECTION 3.05.   Financial Statements    62

 

-i-


         Page

SECTION 3.06.

  No Material Adverse Change    62

SECTION 3.07.

  Title to Properties    62

SECTION 3.08.

  Subsidiaries    63

SECTION 3.09.

  Litigation; Compliance with Laws    63

SECTION 3.10.

  Federal Reserve Regulations    63

SECTION 3.11.

  Investment Company Act    63

SECTION 3.12.

  Taxes    63

SECTION 3.13.

  No Material Misstatements    63

SECTION 3.14.

  Employee Benefit Plans    64

SECTION 3.15.

  Environmental Matters    64

SECTION 3.16.

  Security Documents    64

SECTION 3.17.

  Location of Real Property and Leased Premises    64

SECTION 3.18.

  Labor Matters    65

SECTION 3.19.

  Solvency    65

SECTION 3.20.

  Intellectual Property    65

SECTION 3.21.

  Subordination of Junior Financing    65

SECTION 3.22.

  Other Closing Date Representations    65

ARTICLE IV

 

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

SECTION 4.01.

  All Term Loans    65

SECTION 4.02.

  Initial Term Loan    66

SECTION 4.03.

  Amendment Closing Date    68

ARTICLE V

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01.

  Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties    68

SECTION 5.02.

  Insurance    69

SECTION 5.03.

  Taxes    69

SECTION 5.04.

  Financial Statements, Reports, etc    69

SECTION 5.05.

  Notices    71

SECTION 5.06.

  Information Regarding Collateral    71

SECTION 5.07.

  Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections    71

SECTION 5.08.

  Use of Proceeds    72

SECTION 5.09.

  Further Assurances    72

SECTION 5.10.

  Mortgaged Properties    74

SECTION 5.11.

  Designation of Subsidiaries    75

SECTION 5.12.

  Credit Ratings    76

SECTION 5.13.

  Post-Closing Collateral Arrangements    76

SECTION 5.14.

  Syndication Assistance    76

 

-ii-


         Page

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

SECTION 6.01.    Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock    77
SECTION 6.02.    Liens    82
SECTION 6.03.    Restricted Payments    83
SECTION 6.04.    Fundamental Changes    88
SECTION 6.05.    Dispositions    90
SECTION 6.06.    Transactions with Affiliates    91
SECTION 6.07.    Restrictive Agreements    93
SECTION 6.08.    Business of the Borrower and Its Restricted Subsidiaries    95
SECTION 6.09.    Modification of Junior Financing Documentation    95
SECTION 6.10.    Changes in Fiscal Year    95
SECTION 6.11.    Senior Secured Leverage Ratio    95

ARTICLE VII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 7.01.

   Events of Default    96

ARTICLE VIII

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01.

   Notices    101

SECTION 9.02.

   Survival of Agreement    102

SECTION 9.03.

   Binding Effect    102

SECTION 9.04.

   Successors and Assigns    102

SECTION 9.05.

   Expenses; Indemnity    106

SECTION 9.06.

   Right of Setoff; Payments Set Aside    107

SECTION 9.07.

   Applicable Law    108

SECTION 9.08.

   Waivers; Amendment    108

SECTION 9.09.

   Interest Rate Limitation    109

SECTION 9.10.

   Entire Agreement    109

SECTION 9.11.

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    109

SECTION 9.12.

   Severability    110

SECTION 9.13.

   Counterparts    110

SECTION 9.14.

   Headings    110

SECTION 9.15.

   Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process    110

SECTION 9.16.

   Confidentiality    111

SECTION 9.17.

   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility    111

SECTION 9.18.

   Release of Collateral    112

SECTION 9.19.

   USA PATRIOT Act Notice    112

SECTION 9.20.

   Lender Action    112

SECTION 9.21.

   Effectiveness of Merger    113

SECTION 9.22.

   Confirmation of Security Interest    113

 

-iii-


SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a)             Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01(b)             Disqualified Institutions
Schedule 1.01(c)             Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 1.01(d)             Immaterial Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.01(e)             Existing Investments
Schedule 2.01             Lenders and Term Loan Commitments
Schedule 3.08             Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.09             Litigation
Schedule 3.15             Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.17(a)             Owned Real Property
Schedule 3.17(b)             Leased Real Property
Schedule 3.18             Labor Matters
Schedule 3.20             Intellectual Property
Schedule 5.13             Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 6.01             Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02             Existing Liens
EXHIBITS            
Exhibit A        Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B        Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C        Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D        Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E        Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit F-1        Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit F-2        Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit F-3        Form of Copyright Security Agreement
Exhibit G        Form of Term Loan Note

 

-iv-


TERM LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of March 12, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), among CDW CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Borrower ”)), the Lenders (as defined herein), LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC. (“ LCPI ”), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in each case, as defined herein) for the Lenders (as defined herein), LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers (the “ Arrangers ”) and joint bookrunners for the Term Loan Facility (as defined herein), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Article I .

RECITALS

The Borrower is party to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Existing Term Loan Agreement ”) with VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), (which on the Closing Date was merged with and into) the Company, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agent, and several banks and other financial institutions or entities parties as lenders thereto.

The parties to the Existing Term Loan Agreement have agreed to amend the Existing Term Loan Agreement in certain respects and to restate the Existing Term Loan Agreement as so amended as provided in this Agreement.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that on the Amendment Closing Date (as defined below) $190,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans shall be prepaid notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.03 hereof and the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Term Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Term Loan, or the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquired Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person,

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a) .

 

-5-


Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves.

Administration Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a) .

Administrative Agent ” shall mean LCPI, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders, and shall include any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII .

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A , or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , however , that no Lender (nor any of its Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries by virtue of its capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Agents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII .

Agreement Currency ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.15(d) .

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus   1 / 2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

Amendment Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.03 shall have been satisfied.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan and any ABR Term Loan, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurodollar Rate Spread” and “ABR Rate Spread”, as the case may be (based upon the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination):

 

Total Senior Secured

Leverage Ratio

  

Eurodollar Rate
Spread

   

ABR Rate Spread

 

Category 1

Greater than 4.00 to 1.00

   3.00   2.00   

Category 2

Less than or equal to 4.00 to

1.00 but greater than 3.50 to 1.00

   2.75   1.75

Category 3

Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00

   2.50   1.50

Each change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be effective on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Section 5.04 Financials and a Pricing Certificate indicating such change until and including the date immediately

 

-6-


preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and the related Pricing Certificate indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Borrower shall have delivered the Section 5.04 Financials and the related Pricing Certificate covering a period that includes the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended after the Closing Date, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage. In addition, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, (x) at any time during which the Borrower has failed to deliver the Section 5.04 Financials or the related Pricing Certificate by the date required thereunder or (y) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, then the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for the purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage (but only for so long as such failure or Event of Default continues, after which the Category shall be otherwise as determined as set forth above).

Arrangers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and, to the extent required by Section 9.04(b) , consented to by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04 .

Borrower ” shall mean (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub and (b) upon and after consummation of the Merger, the Company.

Borrowing ” shall mean Term Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Term Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are generally authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Term Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Term Loan, or any other dealings in dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Term Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, as to any Person for any period, the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of such Person and its subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person.

Capital Stock ” shall mean:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

-7-


(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(a) dollars;

(b) in the case of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c)  and (d)  entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d)  above;

(f) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a)  through (g)  above;

(i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) [Intentionally Reserved]

(k) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

 

-8-


(l) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a)  through (k)  above; and

(m) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (a)  through (l)  or other high quality short term in-vestments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a)  and (b)  above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a)  and (b)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” shall mean a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Borrower and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Borrower and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an assignee, an adoption after the date such Person became a party to this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an assignee, a change after the date such Person became a party to this Agreement, or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14 , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date the relevant Lender becomes a party to this Agreement.

A “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) the Permitted Investors cease to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests of the Borrower representing a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Investors otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or (B) the Permitted Investors own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially an amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power that is equal to or more than 50% of the amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Investors of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date (determined by taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or other events subsequent to the Closing Date that changed the amount of Equity Interests, but not the percentage of Equity Interests, held by the Permitted Investors) and such ownership by the Permitted Investors represents the largest single block of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power held by any person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its subsidiaries, and

 

-9-


any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35% of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the Permitted Investors, and (B) during each period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower shall consist of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in (i) the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation to the extent the Specified Senior Indebtedness constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation to the extent the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, Holdings shall directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

Closing Date ” shall mean October 12, 2007.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any legislation successor thereto.

Collateral ” shall mean all property and assets of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is or is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent ” shall mean LCPI, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, and shall include any successor collateral agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII .

Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Consolidated ” or “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person, unless otherwise specifically indicated, refers to such Person consolidated with the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the total amount of Indebtedness under clauses (a)(i) , (a)(ii) , (a)(iii) (but, in the case of clause (iii) , only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder) and (a)(iv) of the definition thereof of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (b) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

-10-


Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (v) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (vi) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (vii) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(c) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that (without duplication),

(a) the net income for such period of any Person that is not a subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a subsidiary thereof that is the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, and

(b) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available under clause (b) of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount, the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 6.03 only (other than paragraph (c)  of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the

 

-11-


Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under paragraph (d) of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount.

Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that, in each case, do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, or

(b) to advance or supply funds

(i) for the purchase of payment of any such primary obligation, or

(ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primarily obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, or

(d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

Continuing Directors ” shall mean the directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Borrower is approved by a majority of the then Continuing Directors, such other director is appointed, approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Investors or is designated or appointed by the Permitted Investors in his or her election by the stockholders of the Borrower.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01 .

Current Assets ” shall mean, at any time, (a) the consolidated current assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, pension assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments) and (b) in the event that a Receivables Facility is accounted for off-balance sheet, (x) gross accounts receivable comprising part of the assets subject to such Receivables Facility less (y) collections against the amounts sold pursuant to clause (x) .

 

-12-


Current Liabilities ” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness, (b) the outstanding principal amount of loans and the outstanding amount of letter or credit reimbursement obligations and the aggregate undrawn face amount of letters of credit, in each case, under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (c) accruals of consolidated interest expense (excluding consolidated interest expense that is due and unpaid), (d) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (e) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves to the extent permitted to be included in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(v) thereof and (f) the current portion of pension liabilities.

Default ” shall mean any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed (which failure has not been cured) to fund any portion of the Term Loans required to be funded by it hereunder on the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed (which failure has not been cured) to pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder on the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (c) has notified the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Sections 2.02 or (d) is insolvent or is the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” shall mean Preferred Stock of the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount.

Disgorged Recovery ” shall mean, the portion, if any, of any payment or other distribution received by a Lender in satisfaction of Obligations of a Loan Party to such Lender, that is required in any Insolvency Proceedings or otherwise to be disgorged, turned over or otherwise paid to such Loan Party, such Loan Party’s estate or creditors of such Loan Party, whether because the transfer of such payment or other property is avoided or otherwise, including because it was determined to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer.

Disposition ” shall mean:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Disqualified Institutions ” shall mean (a) those institutions set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) hereto or (b) any Persons who are competitors of the Borrower and its subsidiaries and identified to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time.

 

-13-


Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock which is not Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (in each case, other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale shall be subject to the occurrence of the Termination Date or such repurchase or redemption is otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including as a result of a waiver or amendment hereunder)), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or its subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(a) increased (without duplication) by:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

(ii) Fixed Charges of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation or Amortization Expense but including the effects of purchase accounting adjustments) related to the Transactions, any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payment, recapitalization or the incurrence, repayment, amendment or modification of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period (in each case whether or not successful), including (u) the up to $20,000,000 in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of the Borrower for continued employment through 2007, (v) the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (w) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (x) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the incurrence of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, the incurrence of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility,

 

-14-


(y) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(v) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Company; provided that the maximum add-back to EBITDA shall be no greater than $1.0 million in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to the Borrower as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan; plus

(vi) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write offs or write downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(vii) [Intentionally Reserved]

(viii) other than for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (b)  of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsor to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 6.06 deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ix) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(x) (A) non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan and (B) other costs or expenses deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount; plus

(xi) [Intentionally Reserved]; plus

(xii) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of actions taken or to be taken in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the

 

-15-


amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (xii) for any period shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (xii)); plus

(xiii) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(xiv) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(xv) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(xvi) any non-cash increase (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) in expenses due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions; plus

(xvii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(b) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(ii) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), plus or minus, as applicable,

 

-16-


(iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, plus or minus, as applicable,

(iv) any net gain or loss from disposed or discontinued operations and any net gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus or minus, as applicable,

(v) the amount of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, plus or minus, as applicable, and

(vi) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.11 and for any other provision of this Agreement that utilizes a calculation of EBITDA, any cash equity contribution (other than Disqualified Stock) to the Borrower (or to Holdings to be contributed to the Borrower), on or after the first day of any fiscal quarter and prior to the day that is 10 Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter (it being understood that each such contribution shall be credited with respect to only one fiscal quarter; provided that such credit shall be effective as to such fiscal quarter for all periods in which such fiscal quarter is included) will, at the request of the Borrower, be deemed to increase, dollar for dollar, EBITDA for such fiscal quarter for the purposes of determining compliance with such financial covenant at the end of such fiscal quarter and applicable subsequent periods (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of EBITDA, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”).

ECF Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year, 50%; provided , however , if the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of a fiscal year is (a) less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 but greater than 4.50 to 1.00, then the ECF Percentage with respect to such fiscal year shall mean 25%, and (b) less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, then the ECF Percentage with respect to such fiscal year shall mean 0%.

Eligible Assignee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b) .

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives and orders (including consent orders), having the force and effect of law, in each case, relating to protection of the environment or natural resources, or to human health and safety as it relates to protection from environmental hazards.

Equity Interests ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

Equity Offering ” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or of a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(a) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or S-8;

(b) issuances to the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(c) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

-17-


ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, but excluding any event for which the 30-day notice period is waived, with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement that results in a Lien, with respect to a Pension Plan, (c) the incurrence by any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) the filing or a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, (e) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to the Code, ERISA or other applicable law, (f) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning statutory liability arising from the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (g) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to have any liability, (h) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or (i) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Term Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Term Loan, or the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII .

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any fiscal year of the Borrower, an amount equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) EBITDA;

(ii) reductions to working capital of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries ( i.e. , the decrease, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year), but excluding any such reductions in working capital arising from the acquisition of any Person by the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) foreign currency translation gains received in cash related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net cash gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), to the extent not otherwise included in calculating EBITDA;

 

-18-


(iv) net cash gains resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective pronouncements and interpretations;

(v) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring cash gains (other than gains on Dispositions), to the extent not otherwise included in calculating EBITDA; and

(vi) to the extent not otherwise included in calculating EBITDA, cash gains from any sale or disposition outside the ordinary course of business;

minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) the amount of any Taxes, including Taxes based on income, profits or capital, (or alternative tax in lieu thereof), foreign, state, franchise and similar Taxes, foreign withholding Taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added Taxes (to the extent added in calculating EBITDA), and including penalties and interest on any of the foregoing, in each case, paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA), including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, to the extent payable in cash and not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA;

(iii) foreign currency translation losses payable in cash related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net cash loss resulting from hedge agreements for currency risk), to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA;

(iv) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xviii)  below in a prior fiscal year, Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its subsidiaries made in cash, to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash;

(v) repayments of long-term Indebtedness (including (A) the principal component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11 and, to the extent made with the Net Cash Proceeds of a Prepayment Asset Sale that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, Section 2.13(a) , but excluding all other prepayments of the Term Loans), made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that such repayments (x) by their terms cannot be reborrowed or redrawn and (y) are not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness);

(vi) additions to working capital ( i.e ., the increase, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year), but excluding any such additions to working capital arising from the acquisition of any Person by the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xviii)  below in a prior fiscal year, the amount of Investments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.03 (other than Permitted Investments in

 

-19-


(x) Cash Equivalents and Government Securities and (y) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), in cash, to the extent such Investments were financed with Internally Generated Cash;

(viii) letter of credit fees paid in cash, to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA;

(ix) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring cash charges, to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA;

(x) cash fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, any Investment permitted under Section 6.03 , any disposition not prohibited under Section 6.05 , any recapitalization, any Equity Offering, the issuance of any Indebtedness or any exchange, refinancing or other early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement (in each case, whether or not consummated);

(xi) cash charges, expenses or losses added to EBITDA pursuant to clauses (a)(v) , (ix) , (x) , (xi)  and (xii)  thereof;

(xii) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transactional and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor permitted by Section 6.06 , to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA;

(xiii) the amount of Restricted Payments made by the Borrower to the extent permitted by clauses (iv) , (xv)  (but, with respect to Section 6.03(b)(xv)(H) , only to the extent such amounts would have been permitted to be deducted under clause (b) of this definition if the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary had instead made such Investment) and ( xx ) of Section 6.03(b) to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash;

(xiv) cash expenditures in respect of Hedging Obligations (including net cash losses resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective pronouncements and interpretations), to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating EBITDA;

(xv) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income, cash losses from any sale or disposition outside the ordinary course of business;

(xvi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of long-term liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed; and

(xviii) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in a prior fiscal year, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such fiscal year relating to Investments permitted under Section 6.03 (other than Investments in (x) Cash Equivalents and Government Securities and (y) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such fiscal year provided that to the

 

-20-


extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such Capital Expenditures or Investments during such period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters.

Excluded Contributions ” shall mean net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower from,

(a) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(b) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Borrower,

in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation of the Restricted Payment Applicable Amount.

Excluded Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16 .

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (c) any subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law or contractual obligations from guaranteeing the Obligations, (d) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (e) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any captive insurance subsidiary, (g) any not-for-profit subsidiary, (h) any other subsidiary with respect to which in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom (it being agreed that the cost and other consequences of a Foreign Subsidiary providing a guarantee are excessive in view of the benefits), (i) any Receivables Subsidiary and (j) any subsidiary that is a special purpose entity.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its income and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it in lieu of income Taxes pursuant to the laws of the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction in which such recipient is organized or in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such recipient is located (or any political subdivision thereof), (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a)  above and (c) in the case of a recipient (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.21(a) ), any withholding Tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such recipient at the time such recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or (ii) is attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(e) , (f)  or (g) , as applicable, except in the case of clause (i) to the extent that such recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) .

Existing Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness outstanding under that certain unsecured line of credit of the Company with The Northern Trust Company, as evidenced by that certain Line of Credit Demand Note dated July 25, 2001 of the Company in favor of The Northern Trust Company.

Existing Inventory Financing Agreements ” means the following agreements, in each case, as amended, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time: (i) the Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, Berbee Information Networks

 

-21-


Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Government, Inc., an Illinois corporation and CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company and (ii) the Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation.

Existing Intercompany Debt ” shall mean the intercompany Indebtedness among the Company and its Foreign Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and identified as such on Schedule 6.01 .

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean all letters of credit outstanding on the Closing Date as more fully described on Schedule 1.01(c) .

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Officer ” of any Person shall mean the chief executive officer, the president, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Person.

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

(b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

(c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, unless such Lender is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded U.S. entity.

Foreign Plan ” shall mean any pension plan, fund or other similar program (other than a government-sponsored plan) that (a) primarily covers employees of any Loan Party and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are employed outside of the United States and (b) is subject to any statutory funding requirement as to which the failure to satisfy results in a Lien or other statutory requirement permitting any governmental authority to accelerate the obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded, accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (b) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (a) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

-22-


Government Securities ” shall mean securities that are:

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America or any other nation, any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i) .

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any material, substance or waste classified, characterized or regulated as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Environmental Laws.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer of mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals and shall include any successors to such Person or assigns.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” shall mean each of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower for which (a) (i) the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary constitute less than 2.5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (ii) the EBITDA of such Restricted Subsidiary accounts for less than 2.5% of the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (b) (i) the assets of all relevant Restricted Subsidiaries constitute 5.0% or less than the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and (ii) the EBITDA of all relevant Restricted Subsidiaries accounts for less than 5.0% of the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case that has been designated as such by the Borrower in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, on the Closing Date, listed on Schedule 1.01(d) ) other than any such Restricted Subsidiary as to which the Borrower has revoked such designation by written notice to the Administrative Agent.

Incremental Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b) .

 

-23-


Incremental Facility Closing Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b) .

Incremental Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a) .

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

(iii) evidenced by letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(iv) Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(v) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (A) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (B) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (C) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed; or

(vi) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a)  of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (x) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (y) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person under clause (c) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as reasonably determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b) .

 

-24-


Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Insolvency Proceedings ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any case or proceeding with respect to such Person under U. S. federal bankruptcy laws or any other state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, receivership, or other similar law, or the appointment, whether at common law, in equity or otherwise, of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or the like for all or any material portion of the property of such Person.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” shall mean any of the following agreements executed on or after the Closing Date (a) a Trademark Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , (b) a Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or (c) a Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3 .

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Term Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing December 31, 2007 and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Term Loan and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

Interest Period ” shall mean with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six (or nine or twelve, if available to all of the Lenders) months (or such other periods acceptable to the Lenders) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , however , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean any amount expended by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not representing (a) a reinvestment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Prepayment Asset Sale outside the ordinary course of business or Property Loss Event, (b) the proceeds of any issuance of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility) or (c) any credit received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any trade in of property for substantially similar property or any “like kind exchange” of assets.

Investment Grade Rating ” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” shall mean:

(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings, the Borrower and its subsidiaries;

(c) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a)  and (b)  which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

-25-


(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, issuances of letters of credit or similar financial accommodations or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, management fees, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to directors, officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. The amount of any Investment shall be deemed to be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in value but giving effect to any returns or distributions received by such Person with respect thereto. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 6.03 :

(a) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(i) the Borrower’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(ii) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.15(d) .

Junior Financing ” shall mean any Subordinated Indebtedness which is Material Indebtedness.

Junior Financing Documentation ” shall mean any indenture and/or other agreement pertaining to Junior Financing and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Krasny Plan ” shall mean the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Lenders ” shall mean (a) the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such Person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or pursuant to Section 2.21(a) ) and (b) any Person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

LCPI ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing

 

-26-


provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any other agreement to give a security interest in such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(g) .

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, and the Notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) .

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, a Target Material Adverse Effect and (b) after the Closing Date a material adverse effect (i) on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) on any material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document, taken as a whole.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans), or Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount greater than or equal to $80,000,000. For purposes of determining “Material Indebtedness”, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if the relevant hedging agreement were terminated at such time.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

Merger ” shall mean the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity of such merger, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” shall mean that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 29, 2007 among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Minimum Threshold ” means (a) in the case of ABR Term Loans, $2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) in the case of Eurodollar Term Loans denominated in dollars, $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

-27-


Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean each parcel of fee owned real property located in the United States with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.09 or Section 5.10 to secure the Secured Obligations.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust and other security documents granting a Lien on any fee owned real property of a Loan Party, together with its interest in such fee owned real property, to secure the Secured Obligations, each in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA under which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Disposition or Property Loss Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of Taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement of the type described in clause (b)(i) of the definition of Excess Cash Flow), in connection with such Disposition or such Property Loss Event (including, in the case of any such Disposition or Property Loss Event in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, Taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Disposition and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold that (A) has priority over the Lien securing the Obligations and which is repaid (other than Indebtedness hereunder) or (B) is required to be repaid and is repaid pursuant to intercreditor arrangements entered into by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and (iv) in the case of any such Disposition or Property Loss Event by a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv) ) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof and (b) with respect to any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all Taxes (including, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary, Taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds) and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith.

Non-Consenting Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21 .

Nonpriority Hedging Obligations ” shall mean all Hedging Obligations other than Priority Hedging Obligations.

Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(e) .

Obligations ” shall mean the unpaid principal of and interest on the Term Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document and whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that are required to

 

-28-


be paid pursuant hereto or any other Loan Document and including interest accruing after the maturity of the Term Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to a Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) or otherwise.

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Opinion of Counsel ” shall mean a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Borrower or the relevant Loan Party.

Other Closing Date Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties made by the Company in the Merger Agreement that (a) are material to the interests of the Lenders and (b) a breach of any of which would permit Holdings and/or Merger Sub to terminate their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes arising from the execution, delivery or enforcement of any Loan Document.

Parent ” shall mean a Person formed for the purpose of owning all of the Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, of Holdings.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Event ” shall mean (a) the whole or partial withdrawal of a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Foreign Plan during a Foreign Plan year, (b) the filing or a notice of interest to terminate in whole or in part a Foreign Plan or the treatment of a Foreign Plan amendment as a termination or partial termination, (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Authority to terminate in whole or in part or have a trustee appointed to administer a Foreign Plan, (d) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds for the termination of, winding up or partial termination or winding up or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Foreign Plan, (e) the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement, (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Foreign Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to applicable law or (g) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan which, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses, could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and/or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a perfection certificate executed by the Loan Parties in a form reasonably approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time.

Permitted Asset Swap ” shall mean, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

 

-29-


Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) any Investment in the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the fair market value of all Investments made by Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties made pursuant to this clause (a)  shall not exceed the sum of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested (other than in reliance on this clause (a) ) pursuant to Section 2.13(a) and which are not used for purposes of clause (l)  below (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(c) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(i) such Person becomes a Loan Party; or

(ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Loan Party,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(d) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with a Disposition made pursuant to Section 6.05 ;

(e) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date, or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date, in each case, if greater than $5,000,000 as listed on Schedule 1.01(e) ; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(f) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(ii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(g) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 6.01(b)(ix) ;

(h) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the Restricted Payment Applicable Amount;

(i) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 ;

 

-30-


(j) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 6.06 (except transactions described in clauses (c)(ix), (x)  and (xiii)  thereof);

(k) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(l) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l) that are at the time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed (i) on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the sum of (A) the greater of $150,000,000 or 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested (other than in reliance on this clause (l)) pursuant to Section 2.13(b) and which are not used for purposes of clause (a) above, (ii) after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the sum of (A) the greater of $150,000,000 or 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investments, plus (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested (other than in reliance on this clause (l)) pursuant to Section 2.13(b) and which are not used for purposes of clause (a) above, plus (C) without duplication of amounts included in subclause (ii)(B), 100% of the unutilized portion of the amount of Investments permitted by subclause (i) above and (iii) hereafter, (A) the greater of $100,000,000 or 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested (other than in reliance on this clause (l) pursuant to Section 2.13(b) and which are not used for purposes of clause (a) above, plus (C) without duplication of amounts included in subclause (iii)(B), 100% of the unutilized portion of the amount of Investments permitted by subclause (ii) above, so long as, in the case of each clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, after giving pro forma effect to such Investment and any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock assumed or incurred in connection therewith, the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the making of such Investment; provided , however , the fair market value of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to this clause (l) shall not exceed the greater of $50,000,000 or 1.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , further , if immediately after giving effect to any Investment that would otherwise be subject to this clause (l), the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Net Leverage Ratio test described in Section 6.01(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such Investment and any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock assumed or incurred in connection therewith, such additional Investments shall not be subject to any aggregate threshold;

(m) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable, good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

(n) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(o) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for moving or relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

(p) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

 

-31-


(q) additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not in excess of $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(r) loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise specified in Section 6.06 ;

(s) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Borrower or any such subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(u) deposits made by the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(v) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Investors ” shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date; (c) any Related Entity of any of the foregoing Persons and (d) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above (subject, in the case of officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group,” and provided further , that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b) , (c)  or (d) .

Permitted Liens ” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

(a) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 45 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

-32-


(d) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(e) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(f) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(iv) , (xiii) , (xv) , (xvii) , (xxii)  and (xxvi) ; provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) and (xiii)  are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed, improved, acquired or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and such Liens attach concurrently with or, in the case of paragraph (b)(iv) , within 270 days after the purchase, construction, improvement or acquisition of such assets;

(g) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in all material respects on Schedule 6.02 ;

(h) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(i) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 6.01(b)(vii) ;

(k) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(l) [reserved];

(m) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses or operating agreements (including licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

(n) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Guarantor;

 

-33-


(p) Liens on inventory or equipment of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(q) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(r) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 and secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (f) , (g) , (h)  and (i) ; provided , however , that (i) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (ii) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (f) , (g) , (h)  and (i)  at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien hereunder, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(s) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under Section 6.01(b)(xxiv) ;

(t) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(u) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(w) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 6.01 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(x) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(y) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

-34-


(z) Liens securing the Obligations and the Secured Obligations;

(aa) Liens on cash deposits of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(bb) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement, provided that no such encumbrance or restriction affects in any way the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with Section 5.09 ;

(cc) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(dd) Liens consisting of contractual restrictions of the type described in the definition of Restricted Cash; and

(ee) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Platform ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment Asset Sale ” shall mean any Disposition, to the extent that (a) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all such Dispositions, together with all Property Loss Events, without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all such Dispositions, together with all Property Loss Events, without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000; provided , however, that the term “Prepayment Asset Sale” shall not include any transaction permitted (or not expressly prohibited) by Section 6.05 (other than transactions consummated in reliance on Section 6.05(o) , (p)  and (q) ).

Pricing Certificate ” shall mean a certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(c) .

Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum from time to time set forth on the British Banking Association Telerate Page 5.

Priority Hedging Obligations ” means bona fide non-speculative Hedging Obligations (i) incurred before or within 90 days following the Closing Date for the purpose of fixing the rate of interest with respect to Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement in connection with the Transactions or (ii) incurred for the purpose of renewing or extending such fixed interest rates for a period not to exceed, on a weighted average basis, the weighted average life to maturity of the underlying Indebtedness.

Property Loss Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such

 

-35-


equipment, fixed assets or real property; provided , however , for purposes of determining whether a prepayment under Section 2.13(a) would be required, a Property Loss Event shall be deemed to have occurred only to the extent that the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds (a) of all such events, together with all Dispositions that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) of all such events, together with all Dispositions that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five-fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000.

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04 .

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person shall mean any Equity Interest of such Person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Proceeds ” shall mean assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Borrower reasonably and in good faith.

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

Rating Agencies ” shall mean Moody’s and S&P.

Receivables Facility ” shall mean any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (A) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” shall mean distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(d) .

Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(b)(xii) .

Refunding Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(b)(ii) .

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d) .

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

-36-


Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Business Assets ” shall mean assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Entity ” shall mean (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment.

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(d) .

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments at such time; provided that any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person shall mean any Financial Officer or any executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Person.

Restricted Cash ” shall mean cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Borrower or that are classified as “restricted cash” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Restricted Guarantor ” shall mean a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

-37-


Restricted Payment ” shall mean:

(a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(i) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower; or

(ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(b) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) the making of any principal payment on, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, of any Specified Senior Indebtedness or any Subordinated Indebtedness other than: (i) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(b)(vii) ; or

(ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Specified Senior Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year (or, in the case of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, 9 months) of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(d) the making of any Restricted Investment.

Restricted Payment Applicable Amount ” shall mean, at any time (the “ Reference Time ”), an amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of:

(a) $100,000,000;

(b) an amount, not less than zero, determined on a cumulative basis equal to that portion of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of the Borrower ended on or after December 31, 2008 and prior to the Reference Time multiplied by 100% minus the ECF Percentage for the relevant fiscal year; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (without the issuance of additional Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary) since immediately after the Closing Date (other than (i) to the extent used to fund the Transactions or other Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(b ), (ii) Specified Equity Contributions and (iii) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(xi)(A) ) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Borrower, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.03(b)(iv) ; and

 

-38-


(y) Designated Preferred Stock;

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (without the issuance of additional Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary), Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.03(b)(iv)) ; or

(ii) debt of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower or a direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or

(iii) Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower;

provided , however , that this paragraph (c)  shall not include the proceeds from (w) Refunding Capital Stock, (x) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Borrower following the Closing Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent utilized pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(xi)(A) , (ii) to the extent applied to fund the Transactions or other Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(b) , (iii) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) Specified Equity Contributions and (v) any Excluded Contributions); plus

(e) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) of, or interest, returns, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date; or

(ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(vii) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

 

-39-


(f) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $35,000,000, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(vii) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Revolving Loan Credit Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 among MergerSub, the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, and Lehman Brothers Inc., as co-syndication agent.

Revolving Credit Documents ” shall mean the “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility ” shall mean the asset backed revolving credit facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 5.04 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Sections 5.04(a) and (b) .

Secured Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Secured Obligations ” shall mean all obligations defined as “Obligations” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents.

Secured Parties ” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

-40-


Security Documents ” shall mean the Mortgages, Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and the Perfection Certificate and each of the other instruments and documents executed and delivered with respect to the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.09 , or 5.10 .

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall mean the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Holdings; the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Bridge Loans ” shall mean up to $1,190,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured increasing rate term loans made available to the Borrower under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Notes ” shall mean up to $1,190,000,000 aggregate principal amount of (i) the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Borrower issued in exchange for Senior Bridge Loans and/or (ii) the Senior Notes due 2015 of the Borrower.

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (i) (A)Consolidated Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is not contractually subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness and that is secured by a Lien on property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including all Capital Lease Obligations, at such date minus (B) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP to (ii) EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) the calculation of Consolidated Indebtedness shall be determined after giving effect to the application of any Specified Equity Contribution proceeds that are applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness and (ii) the calculation of clause (B) hereof shall be determined after giving effect to any increase in the amount of Cash or Cash Equivalents that has resulted from a Specified Equity Contribution to the extent not applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness.

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall mean the senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Holdings; the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans ” shall mean up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loans made available to the Borrower under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” shall mean up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of (i) the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 of the Borrower issued in exchange for Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and/or (ii) the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 of the Borrower.

Similar Business ” shall mean any business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Company and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

 

-41-


Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) on a going concern basis the consolidated fair value of the assets of such Person and its subsidiaries, at a fair valuation, will exceed their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the consolidated present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its subsidiaries will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their consolidated debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) such Person and its subsidiaries will be able to pay their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i) .

Specified Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13(a) .

Specified Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “EBITDA”.

Specified Senior Indebtedness ” shall mean up to $1,190,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes and/or the Senior Bridge Loans.

Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation ” shall mean any credit agreement, indenture and/or other agreement governing the Specified Senior Indebtedness and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and/or the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans.

Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation ” shall mean any credit agreement, indenture and/or other agreement governing the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Sponsor ” shall mean Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” shall mean collectively (a) the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Borrower and any direct or indirect parent company, and (b) the MDP Unit Purchase Agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) applicable on the interest rate determination date (expressed as a decimal) established by the Board and applicable to any member of bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board).

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Guarantors which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable.

 

-42-


subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned or held by the parent, one or more subsidiaries of the parent or a combination thereof. Unless otherwise specified, “subsidiary” shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(a) , and each other subsidiary that is or becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to Section 5.09 or otherwise, excluding (a) any Excluded Subsidiary and (b) any Foreign Subsidiary.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(a)(i) .

Successor Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(c)(i) .

Survey ” shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any material exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any material easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) within a reasonable period after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 5.10 or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Target Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, when used in connection with the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, any change, effect or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that is materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, as the case may be; provided , however, that to the extent any change, effect or circumstance is caused by or results from any of the following, it shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been a “Material Adverse Effect” with respect to the Company or Holdings, as the case may be: (i) the entry into or the announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement (including losses or threatened losses of the relationships of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with customers, vendors or suppliers or the loss or departure of officers or other coworkers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), actions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the performance of obligations under the Merger Agreement, including the termination of the Company Financing Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement) as provided under Section 8.3(c) of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the identity of Holdings or any of its Affiliates as the acquiror of the Company, (iii) changes affecting the United States economy or financial or securities markets as a whole or changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct their business, to the extent such changes do not materially disproportionately impact the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct their business, (iv) the failure, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such failure), to meet any internal or public projections, forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period ending on or after the date hereof, (v) any change, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such change), in the market price or trading volume of the

 

-43-


equity securities of the Company on or after the date hereof, (vi) the suspension of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (vii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation of GAAP or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, (viii) the availability or cost of financing to Holdings or Merger Sub, (ix) the commencement, occurrence or continuation of any war, armed hostilities or acts of terrorism involving or affecting the United States of America or any part thereof and (x) any litigation arising from or relating to allegations of a breach of fiduciary duty relating to the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan ” shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 and, if applicable, any Incremental Term Loans.

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Term Loan Commitment or Term Loans, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 .

Term Loan Facility ” shall mean the term loan facility contemplated by Section 2.01 .

Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean October 10, 2014.

Termination Date ” shall mean the date upon which all Term Loan Commitments have terminated and the Term Loans, together with all interest, the Administration Fee and other non-contingent Obligations, have been paid in full in cash.

Title Company ” shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Total Assets ” shall mean total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (i) (A) Consolidated Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date minus (B) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP to (ii) EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) the calculation of Consolidated Indebtedness shall be determined after giving effect to the application of any Specified Equity Contribution proceeds that are applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness and (ii) the calculation of clause (B) hereof shall be determined after giving effect to any increase in the amount of Cash or Cash Equivalents that has resulted from a Specified Equity Contribution to the extent not applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness.

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean any fees, costs or expenses incurred or paid by the Sponsor, the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions), the Sponsor Management Agreement, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

-44-


Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Merger, (b) the Equity Investment, (c) the funding of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, (d) the funding of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, (e) the funding of the Term Loans and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (f) the consummation of the refinancing of the Existing Debt as contemplated by Sections 4.02(l) , (g) the execution and delivery of the Revolving Credit Agreement and the borrowings of loans and the issuance of letters of credit thereunder, and (h) the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Treasury Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b)(ii) .

Type ”, when used in respect of any Term Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Term Loan or on the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean:

(a) any subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Borrower, as provided in Section 5.11 ); and

(b) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(b) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible

 

-45-


assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. All references herein to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses, subclauses, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses and subclauses of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (and the financial definitions used therein) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the Closing Date; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein to implement the effect of any change in GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the Closing Date on the operation thereof (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein for such purpose), then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the definitions used therein (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders) to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such changes in GAAP; provided that all determinations made pursuant to the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein shall be determined on the basis of GAAP as applied and in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP or the application thereof became effective, until the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or such financial definition is amended. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, as in effect from time to time. The words “date hereof” and “date of this Agreement” and words of similar impact mean October 12, 2007.

SECTION 1.03. Classification of Term Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Term Loans may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Term Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.04. Rounding . The calculation of any financial ratios under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-down if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements and Laws . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) all references to documents, instruments and other agreements (including the Loan Documents and organizational documents) shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document and (b) references to any law, statute, rule or regulation shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Term Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

-46-


SECTION 1.08. Pro Forma Calculations . For purposes of determining whether any action is otherwise permitted to be taken hereunder, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated as follows:

(a) In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which such ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of such ratio is made (a “ Ratio Calculation Date ”), then such ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

(b) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the relevant Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with such Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then such ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

(c) For purposes of this Section 1.08 , whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (i) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (ii) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (5) to the “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data” under “Offering Circular Summary” in the offering circular for the Borrower’s Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period; provided that such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and otherwise comply with the limitations set forth in the definition of “EBITDA”.

ARTICLE II

The Term Loans

SECTION 2.01. Term Loan Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a Term Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan Commitment. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

-47-


SECTION 2.02. Term Loans .

(a) Each Term Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Term Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Term Loan Commitments; provided , however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Term Loan shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Term Loan required to be made by such other Lender). The Term Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than the Minimum Threshold.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.02(e) , 2.08 and 2.15 , all Term Loans shall be made as ABR Term Loans or Eurodollar Term Loans. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than fifteen Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time.

(c) Each Lender shall make each Term Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 11:00 a.m. and the Administrative Agent shall promptly wire transfer the amounts so received to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c)  above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing at the time and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for ABR Term Loans. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Term Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement and (x) the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(d)  shall cease and (y) if the Borrower pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, the amount so paid shall constitute a repayment of such Borrowing by such amount.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Eurodollar Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Term Loan Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03. Borrowing Procedure . In order to request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:30 p.m. three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:30 p.m. one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic request shall be irrevocable, shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or fax to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such

 

-48-


Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods with respect thereto; provided , however , that notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02 . If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Term Loans .

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11 .

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Term Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Term Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b)  and  (c)  above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that the Term Loan made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit G with appropriate insertions and deletions (each, a “ Note ”). In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender and its permitted registered assigns. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a Note, the interests represented by such Note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 9.04 ) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

SECTION 2.05. Administration Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees in the amounts and at the times as separately agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (the “ Administration Fee ”).

SECTION 2.06. Interest on Term Loans .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07 , the Term Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07 , Term Loans comprising a Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

 

-49-


(c) Interest, including interest payable pursuant to Section 2.07 , shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days (other than computations of interest for ABR Term Loans, which shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 day, as applicable) and shall be calculated from and including the date of the relevant Borrowing to, but excluding, the date of repayment thereof. Interest on each Term Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Term Loan, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07. Default Interest . If an Event of Default under Section 7.01(b) or (c)  shall have occurred and shall be continuing, by acceleration or otherwise, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders until the related defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, to the extent permitted by law, such overdue amount shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of principal of a Term Loan, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Term Loan plus 2.00% per annum.

SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest . In the event, and on each occasion, that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined that deposits in the principal amounts and denominations of the Term Loans comprising any Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such deposits are being offered in the London interbank market will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Term Loan during the applicable Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period or (ii) the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any Interest Period will not adequately reflect the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining such Term Loans for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which the Administrative Agent agrees to give promptly after such circumstances no longer exist), each affected Eurodollar Term Loan shall automatically, on the last day of the current Interest Period for such Term Loan, convert into an ABR Term Loan and the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Term Loans denominated in dollars or to convert ABR Term Loans into Eurodollar Term Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that the Required Lenders have determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.09. Termination of Term Loan Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate upon the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date.

SECTION 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings . The Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:30 p.m., one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing and (ii) not later than 12:30 p.m., three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(w) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Term Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

(x) if less than all of the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

 

-50-


(y) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent recording, for the account of such Lender, the Type of such Term Loan resulting from such conversion and reducing the Term Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Term Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion; and

(z) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16 .

Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable (subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15 ) and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be converted into an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.11. Repayment of Borrowings .

(a) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders the principal amount of the Term Loans on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Date

               Amount

09/30/09

       $ 5,500,000

12/31/09

       $ 5,500,000

03/31/10

       $ 5,500,000

06/30/10

       $ 5,500,000

09/30/10

       $ 5,500,000

12/31/10

       $ 5,500,000

03/31/11

       $ 5,500,000

06/30/11

       $ 5,500,000

09/30/11

       $ 5,500,000

12/30/11

       $ 5,500,000

03/30/12

       $ 5,500,000

06/29/12

       $ 5,500,000

09/28/12

       $ 5,500,000

12/31/12

       $ 5,500,000

 

-51-


Date

               Amount

03/28/13

       $ 5,500,000

06/28/13

       $ 5,500,000

9/30/13

       $ 5,500,000

12/31/13

       $ 5,500,000

03/31/14

       $ 5,500,000

06/30/14

       $ 5,500,000
Term Loan Maturity Date          2,090,000,000

(b) To the extent not previously paid, the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans on the Term Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

(c) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16 , but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

SECTION 2.12. Optional Prepayment .

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice by the Borrower in the case of Eurodollar Term Loans, or written or fax notice by the Borrower at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Term Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 12:30 p.m.; provided , however , that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than the Minimum Threshold.

(b) Optional prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans under Section 2.11(a) in the manner specified by the Borrower or, if not so specified on or prior to the date of such optional prepayment, in direct order of maturity. Optional prepayments of Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans shall be applied ratably among the outstanding Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans.

(c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein.

SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments .

(a) Not later than the tenth Business Day following the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Prepayment Asset Sale or Property Loss Event, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect thereto, (subject to the restrictions set forth herein) to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(d) ; provided , however , that, the foregoing percentage shall be reduced to (i) 50% if the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 but greater than 5.00 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% if the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00, in each case, determined by reference to the most recently delivered Pricing Certificate at the time of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds; and provided , further , that if (A) prior to the date any such prepayment is required to be made, the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds in assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Related Business Assets) and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed reinvestment, and no Event of Default under clause (b) , (c) , (g)  or (h)  of Section 7.01 (each, a “ Specified Default ”) shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the time of proposed reinvestment (unless, in the case of such Specified Default, such

 

-52-


reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay Term Loans hereunder in respect of such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds are so reinvested within 365 days after the date of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds (or, within such 365 day period, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries enters into a binding commitment to so reinvest in such Net Cash Proceeds, and such Net Cash Proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such binding commitment is so entered into); provided , however , that (I) if any Net Cash Proceeds are not reinvested or applied as a repayment on or prior to the last day of the applicable application period, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five Business Days to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth above (without regard to the immediately preceding proviso) and (II) if, as a result of any Prepayment Asset Sale or Property Loss Event, the Borrower would be required to prepay or make an “offer to purchase” the Specified Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation or any other Material Indebtedness, in any such case prior to the expiry of the foregoing reinvestment or repayment periods, the Borrower shall apply the relevant percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds as required above by this paragraph (a)  to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(d) on the day immediately preceding the date of such required “offer to purchase” (without regard to the immediately preceding proviso).

(b) No later than the tenth Business Day following the delivery of the Section 5.04 Financials under Section 5.04(a) (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008), the Borrower shall prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(d)  in an aggregate principal amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year then ended over (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 2.12 and “Revolving Loans” (to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction of the “Revolving Credit Commitments” each as defined under the Revolving Credit Agreement) during such fiscal year or on or prior to the date such payment is required to be made (without duplication), in each case to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness).

(c) In the event that the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (other than any cash proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 ), the Borrower shall no later than the third Business Day following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(d) .

(d) Prior to the repayment in full of all Term Loans and all Obligations (other than contingent obligations) relating thereto, all prepayments required by this Section 2.13 shall be applied to the repayment of the Term Loans until paid in full (based on the principal amounts of such Term Loans on the date of prepayment and applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans in the direct order of maturity); provided that to the extent an Event of Default then exists, such prepayment shall instead be applied in accordance with Section 2.17(b) .

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.13 or elsewhere in this Agreement including in Section 9.08 , the Borrower shall have the option in its sole discretion to give the Lenders the option to waive their pro rata share of a mandatory prepayment of Term Loans which is to be made pursuant to Section 2.13(a) , (b)  or (c) (each such repayment a “ Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ”) upon the terms and provisions set forth in this Section 2.13(e) . If the Borrower elects to exercise the option referred to in the immediately preceding sentence the Borrower shall give to the Administrative Agent written notice of its intention to give the Lenders the right to waive a Waivable Mandatory Prepayment including in such notice the aggregate amount of such proposed prepayment not later than 12:30 p.m. five Business Days prior to the date of the proposed prepayment which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly forward to all Lenders indicating in such notice the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each such Lender’s outstanding Term Loans. The Borrower’s offer to permit the Lenders to waive any such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment may apply to all or part of such prepayment, provided that any offer to waive part of such prepayment must be made ratably to the Term Loan Lenders (based on the principal

 

-53-


amount of the Term Loans on the date of prepayment). In the event that any such Lender desires to waive its pro rata share of such Lender’s right to receive any such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment in whole or in part such Lender shall so advise the Administrative Agent no later than 4:00 p.m. on the date which is two Business Days after the date of such notice from the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the Borrower thereof which notice shall also include the amount such Lender desires to receive in respect of such prepayment. If any Lender does not reply to the Administrative Agent within such two Business Day period such Lender will be deemed not to have waived any part of such prepayment. If any Lender does not specify an amount it wishes to receive such Lender will be deemed to have accepted 100% of its share of such prepayment. In the event that any such Lender waives all or part of its share of any such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment the Borrower shall retain 100% of the amount so waived by such Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above if one or more Lenders waives its right to receive all or any part of any Waivable Mandatory Prepayment but less than all the Lenders waive in full their right to receive 100% of the total Waivable Mandatory Prepayment otherwise required with respect to the Term Loans, then the amount actually applied to the repayment of Term Loans of Lenders which have waived all or any part of their right to receive 100% of such prepayment shall be applied to each then outstanding Borrowing of Term Loans on a pro rata basis so that each Lender with outstanding Term Loans shall after giving effect to the application of the respective repayment maintain the same percentage as determined for such Lender but not the same percentage that the other Term Loan Lenders hold and not the same percentage held by such Lender prior to prepayment of each Borrowing of Term Loans which remains outstanding after giving effect to such application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary Lenders shall not have the right to waive mandatory prepayments under this Section 2.13 except as set forth in this Section 2.13(e) .

SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Term Loans made by such Lender, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Term Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Term Loans made or participations in Term Loans purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a)  or (b)  above shall be delivered to the Borrower, shall describe the applicable Change in Law, the resulting costs incurred or reduction suffered (including a calculation thereof), certifying that such Lender is generally charging such amounts to similarly situated borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 30 days after its receipt of the same.

 

-54-


(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under paragraph (a)  or (b)  above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such request; provided further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 180-day period. The protection of this Section 2.14 shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed; provided that if, after the payment of any amounts by the Borrower under this Section 2.14 , any Change in Law in respect of which a payment was made is thereafter determined to be invalid or inapplicable to the relevant Lender, then such Lender shall, within 30 days after such determination, repay any amounts paid to it by the Borrower hereunder in respect of such Change in Law.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.14 to the contrary, this Section 2.14 shall not apply to any Change in Law with respect to Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20 .

SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Term Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Term Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Term Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Term Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Term Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Term Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Term Loan into an ABR Term Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and

(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Term Loans made by such Lender shall be converted to ABR Term Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Term Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Term Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b)  below.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i)  or (ii)  above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Term Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Term Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Term Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Term Loans.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15 , a notice to the Borrower by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Term Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Term Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower. Such Lender shall withdraw such notice promptly following any date on which it becomes lawful for such Lender to make and maintain Eurodollar Term Loans or give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan.

SECTION 2.16. Indemnity . The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or

 

-55-


being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Term Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Term Loan to an ABR Term Loan or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Term Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Term Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10 ) not being made after notice of such Term Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder other than by operation of Section 2.08 (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “ Breakage Event ”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Term Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Term Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period (exclusive of any loss of anticipated profits). A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements .

(a) Except as provided below in this Section 2.17 and as required under Section 2.13 , 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.20 or 2.21 , each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Term Loans and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Term Loan Commitments (or, if such Term Loan Commitments shall have terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their respective applicable outstanding Term Loans). In addition, in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any payment or other distribution (whether from proceeds of collateral or any other source, whether in the form of cash, securities or otherwise, and whether made by any Loan Party or in connection with any exercise of remedies by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender) made or applied in respect of any of the Obligations during the existence of an Event of Default or during or in connection with Insolvency Proceedings involving any Loan Party (or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization in connection therewith), shall be made or applied, as the case may be, in the following order of priority (with higher priority Obligations to be paid in full prior to any payment or other distribution in respect of lower priority Obligations): (i) first , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent in their capacities as such; (ii)  second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders, including attorney fees (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause s econd payable to them); (iii)  third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Term Loans (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause third payable to them), including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (iv)  fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Term Loans (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fourth held by them) and amounts constituting Nonpriority Hedging Obligations; and (v)  last, in the case of proceeds of collateral, the balance, if any, thereof, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Applicable Law. Each Lender agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.17 (including the priority of the Obligations as set forth herein) constitute an intercreditor agreement among them for value received that is independent of

 

-56-


any value received from the Loan Parties, and that such agreement shall be enforceable as against each Lender, including in any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, to the same extent that such agreement is enforceable under applicable non-bankruptcy law (including pursuant to Section 510(a) of the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of applicable insolvency law), and that, if any Lender receives any payment or distribution in respect of any Obligation (including in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization therein) to which such Lender is not entitled in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Section 2.17 , such amount shall be held in trust by such Lender for the benefit of the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution hereunder, and promptly shall be turned over by such Lender to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution in accordance with this Section 2.17 .

SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Term Loan as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Term Loans shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Term Loans of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Term Loans of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans and participations in Term Loans held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding as the principal amount of its Term Loans prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that (i) if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Term Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a Term Loan deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Term Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 2.19. Payments . The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Administration Fee or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date when due in dollars in immediately available funds. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Attn: Loan Portfolio Group - CDW Portfolio Manager, Tel: (212) 526-1819, Fax: (646) 834-4997, Email: ritam.bhalla@lehman.com. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.20. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided , that if any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20 ) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such

 

-57-


deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes (but not Other Taxes) were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided that if, after the payment of any amounts by the Borrower under this Section, any such Indemnified Taxes in respect of which a payment was made are thereafter determined to have been incorrectly or illegally imposed, then the relevant recipient of such payment shall, within 30 days after such determination, repay any amounts paid to it by the Borrower hereunder in respect of such Indemnified Taxes; provided , further , that the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, notifies the Borrower of its intention to claim compensation therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Foreign Lender shall (a) furnish to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) on or before the date it becomes a party to the Agreement either (i) two accurate and complete originally executed copies of U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-8BEN (or successor form), (ii) two accurate and complete originally executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or (iii) two accurate and complete originally executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) together with any required attachments, certifying, in any case, to such Foreign Lender’s legal entitlement to an exemption or reduction from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to all payments hereunder and (b) provide to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a new Form W-8BEN (or successor form), Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or Form W-8IMY (or successor form) together with any required attachments upon (i) the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form to reconfirm any complete exemption from, or any entitlement to a reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payment hereunder, (ii) the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it and (iii) from time to time if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; provided that any Foreign Lender that is relying on the so-called “portfolio interest exemption” shall also furnish a “Non-Bank Certificate” in the form of Exhibit E together with a Form W-8BEN. Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Foreign Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(f) Any Lender that is a United States Person, as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, shall (unless such Lender may be treated as an exempt recipient based on the indicators described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii)(A)(1)) deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the times specified in Section 2.20(e) , two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-9, or any successor form that such Person is entitled to provide at such time, in order to qualify for an exemption from United States back-up withholding requirements.

 

-58-


(g) In the event that the Borrower is resident in or conducts business in Puerto Rico, each Lender that is not a resident of Puerto Rico for Puerto Rican Tax purposes shall file any certificate or document reasonably requested by the Borrower and, when prescribed by applicable law and reasonably requested by the Borrower, update or renew any such certificate or document, pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, if such filing (i) would eliminate or reduce the amount of withholding Taxes imposed by Puerto Rico with respect to any payment hereunder and (ii) would not, in the sole discretion of such Lender, result in a legal, economic or regulatory disadvantage to such Lender.

(h) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.20(h) with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that (i) the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority and (ii) nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Administrative Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or Administrative Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

SECTION 2.21. Assignment of Term Loans Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate .

(a) In the event (i) any Lender requests compensation pursuant to Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 , (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 , (iv) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or (v) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.08 or all the Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders (any such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), the Borrower may, at its sole cost and expense, upon notice to such Lender and upon the consent of the Administrative Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, either:

(x) replace such Lender, as the case may be, by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign, at par, 100% of the principal of its outstanding Term Loans plus any accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to Section 9.04 (with the assignment fee to be waived in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Persons (which Persons shall otherwise be subject to the approval rights set forth in Section 9.04(b) ); provided that (I)(A) the replacement Lender shall agree to the consent, waiver or amendment to which the Non-Consenting Lender did not agree, (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person and (C) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (II) the Borrower shall pay to such Lender all Obligations (other than contingent obligations and other than principal and accrued interest paid by the assignee) owing to such Lender as of the date of such assignment; or

(y) repay all Obligations (other than contingent obligations) owing to such Lender as of such termination date.

 

-59-


Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in respect of the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.21 .

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender, pursuant to Section 2.20 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be material) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20 , as the case may be, in the future.

SECTION 2.22. Incremental Term Loans .

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”); provided that both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Event of Default shall exist. Each Incremental Term Loan shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000 (or such lower amount that either (A) represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence or (B) is acceptable to the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans shall not exceed the lesser of (x) $500,000,000 and (y) the maximum amount at the time of such proposed Incremental Term Loan that could be incurred such that before and after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Loan and after giving effect to any acquisition permitted under this Agreement and consummated in connection with the application of such proceeds, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.00:1.00 as of the last date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent. Each Incremental Term Loan (1) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the then-existing Term Loans, (2) shall not mature earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date, (3) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the then-existing Term Loans (without giving effect to annual amortization on any Incremental Term Loan Facility not in excess of 1% of the principal amount thereof) and (4) shall be treated in the same manner as the Term Loans for purposes of Section 2.13(c) . Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.22 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loan. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”); provided that the relevant Persons under Section 9.04(b) shall have consented (in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans, if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b)  for an assignment of Term Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender.

(b) Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans shall become Term Loan Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Term Loan Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.22 . The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” or similar language in

 

-60-


such Section 4.01 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment). The Borrower may use the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loan unless it so agrees in its sole discretion.

(c) The Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments established pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Security Documents. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such new Term Loans or any such new Term Loan Commitments.

(d) This Section 2.22 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or 9.08 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants (it being understood that, for purposes of the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents on the Closing Date and on the Amendment Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be construed as though the Transactions have been consummated) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be duly organized or formed or to exist (other than in the case of the Borrower) or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (where relevant) in, every jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational and, if required, stockholder or member action of each Loan Party and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision (x) of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation, or (y) of the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other constitutive documents of any Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any Governmental Authority, (C) any provision of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation or the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Notes Documentation or (D) any provision of any other material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give rise to any right to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under (x) the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation or the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Notes Documentation or (y) any other such material indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens created or permitted hereunder or under the Security Documents); except with respect to clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii) (other than clauses (b)(i)(A)(y) , (b)(i)(C) and (b)(ii)(x) ), to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, default, or creation or imposition of Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-61-


SECTION 3.03. Enforceability . This Agreement and each other Loan Document (when delivered) have been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document delivered on the Closing Date constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals . Except to the extent the failure to obtain or make the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is necessary or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by the Loan Parties, except for (a) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Collateral Agent and (b) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements .

(a) The Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholder’s equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, audited by and accompanied by the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise noted therein.

(b) The Company has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma statements of income and cash flows as of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the first day of the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by the Borrower, based on the assumptions believed by the Borrower on the date of delivery thereof to be reasonable, are based in all material respects on the information reasonably available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and reflect in all material respects the adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions, it being understood that actual adjustments may vary from the pro forma adjustments and actual results may vary from such projected results and, in each case, such variations may be material.

SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change . Since the December 31, 2006, no event, change or condition has occurred that (individually or in the aggregate) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets other than (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes, (ii) except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) all such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

 

-62-


SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all subsidiaries of the Borrower, the jurisdiction of their formation or organization, as the case may be, and the percentage ownership interest of such subsidiary’s parent company therein, and such Schedule shall denote which subsidiaries as of the Closing Date are not Subsidiary Guarantors.

SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such Person that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties is in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where any such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations .

(a) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Term Loan will be used (i) to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or (ii) for a purpose in violation of Regulation T, U or X issued by the Board.

SECTION 3.11. Investment Company Act . None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.12. Taxes . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has, except where the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other Tax returns required to have been filed by it and has paid, caused to be paid, or made provisions for the payment of all Taxes due and payable by it and all material assessments received by it, except such Taxes and assessments that are not overdue by more than 45days or the amount or validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 3.13. No Material Misstatements . As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the written information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished by (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the Closing Date) or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (other than projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (taken as a whole) did not and, as of the Closing Date, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading. The projections furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the Closing Date) were prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such projections, and represented, at the time of delivery thereof, a reasonable good faith estimate of future financial performance by the Borrower (it being understood that

 

-63-


such projections are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower, that actual results may vary from projected results and such variances may be material and that the Borrower makes no representation as to the attainability of such projections or as to whether such projections will be achieved or will materialize).

SECTION 3.14. Employee Benefit Plans . No ERISA Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pension Plan and/or Foreign Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and/or applicable law, except for such non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Pension Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.15. Environmental Matters . Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 3.15 , or except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and have obtained, and are in compliance with, all permits required of them under applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) there are no claims, proceedings, investigations or actions by any Governmental Authority or other Person pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, (iii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has agreed to assume or accept responsibility, by contract, for any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws and (iv) there are no facts, circumstances or conditions relating to the past or present business or operations of any Loan Party, any of their respective subsidiaries, or any of their respective predecessors (including the disposal of any wastes, hazardous substances or other materials), or to any past or present assets of any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to result in any Loan Party or any subsidiary incurring any claim or liability under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 3.16. Security Documents . All filings and other actions necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral created under, and in the manner contemplated by, this Agreement and the Security Documents have been duly made or taken or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the terms of this Agreement or such Security Documents and the Security Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid, and together with such filings and other actions required by this Agreement or the Security Documents, perfected first priority Lien in the Collateral (to the extent that, with respect to Collateral that is intellectual property, a valid, perfected Lien in such Collateral is possible through such filings and other actions) or, with respect to Revolving Credit Facility Collateral, a valid, and together with such filings and other actions required by this Agreement or the Security Documents, perfected second priority Lien in such Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, subject only to Permitted Liens; provided , however , the representation and warranty set forth in this Section 3.16 as it relates to the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect thereto shall be made only to the extent of comparable representations and warranties applicable to such Equity Interests or Collateral set forth in the Security Documents pursuant to which Liens on such Equity Interests or Collateral are purported to be granted.

SECTION 3.17. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises .

(a) Schedule 3.17(a)  lists completely and correctly (in all material respects) as of the Closing Date all real property owned in fee by the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof, to the extent reasonably available. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 3.17(a) , the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth on such schedule, except to the extent the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 3.17(b)  lists completely and correctly (in all material respects) as of the Closing Date all real property in excess of 100,000 square feet leased by the Loan Parties and the Restricted

 

-64-


Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Except as otherwise provided on Schedule 3.17(b) , the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have valid leasehold interests in all the real property set forth on such schedule, except to the extent the failure to have such valid leasehold interest could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.18. Labor Matters . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 and except in the aggregate to the extent the same has not had and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, and (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters.

SECTION 3.19. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 3.20. Intellectual Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.20 , the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all intellectual property, free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens, from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights or the imposition of such restrictions or Liens could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.21. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations constitute “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

SECTION 3.22. Other Closing Date Representations . On the Closing Date, each of the Other Closing Date Representations is true.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of the Lenders to make Term Loans hereunder are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date and in accordance with Section 9.08 thereafter) of the following conditions:

SECTION 4.01. All Term Loans . On the date of the making of each Term Loan, including the making of an Incremental Term Loan (it being understood that the conversion into a Eurodollar Term Loan or an ABR Term Loan or continuation of a Eurodollar Term Loan does not constitute the making of a Term Loan):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Term Loan as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02 ).

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of such Term Loan with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , however , that solely for purposes of representations and warranties made on the Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be limited in all respects to the representations and warranties in Sections 3.01(d) , 3.02(a) , 3.03 , 3.10 , 3.11 and 3.21 and the Other Closing Date Representations.

 

-65-


(c) At the time of and immediately after the making of such Term Loan (other than on the Closing Date), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

The making of each Term Loan shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower to the Lenders on the date of the making of such Term Loan as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b)  and (c)  of this Section 4.01 .

SECTION 4.02. Initial Term Loan . On the Closing Date:

(a) The Existing Term Loan Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and of such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that (except in connection with the Merger) the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, certifying compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.01(b) and 4.02(i) .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by Merger Sub hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(f) The Borrower shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Administrative Agent a solvency certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth the conclusions that, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties (on a consolidated basis) are Solvent.

(g) The Security Documents (other than any Mortgages) shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and shall be in full force and effect. All

 

-66-


actions necessary to establish that the Collateral Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) shall have been taken: provided , however , that, with respect to any Collateral the security interest in which may not be perfected by filing of a UCC financing statement or by the delivery of a stock certificate and stock power duly executed in blank, if the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral may not be accomplished prior to the Closing Date without undue burden or expense, then delivery of documents and instruments for perfection of such security interest shall not constitute a condition precedent to the initial borrowings hereunder if the Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests on terms and conditions as set forth in Section 5.13 .

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of (i) searches of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) and (ii) bankruptcy, judgment and tax lien searches, made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Person, together with (in the case of clause (i)) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search.

(i) From December 31, 2006, no event, change or effect shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 5.02 .

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certified copy of the Merger Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto). The Merger shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial funding of Term Loans on the Closing Date in accordance with and on the terms described in the Merger Agreement, and no material provision of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(l) Substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Term Loans on the Closing Date (i) the Equity Investment shall have been made, (ii) Merger Sub shall have received gross cash proceeds of (x) not less than $1,190,000,000 from the borrowing of Senior Bridge Loans and (y) not less than $750,000,000 from the borrowing of Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and (iii) the Revolving Credit Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(m) All amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Debt shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of the Term Loans on the Closing Date shall be) paid in full, all commitments (if any) respect thereof terminated and all guarantees (if any) thereof discharged and released. After giving effect to the Transactions, substantially all of the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have been repaid other than (i) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, (i) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Documents, (iii) the Specified Senior Indebtedness, (iv) the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and (v) other Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b)(iii) .

(n) The Lenders shall have received from the Loan Parties, to the extent requested at least ten days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(o) The Lenders shall have received (i) the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”),

 

-67-


certified by the Borrower as having been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (A) the Transactions, including the Term Loans, Senior Bridge Loans and Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, to be made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof and (B) the payment of Transaction Expenses; and (ii) the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 3.05 . The Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall have been prepared based upon the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2007, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date, and shall be so certified by the Borrower.

SECTION 4.03. Amendment Closing Date . On the Amendment Closing Date:

(a) The amendment and restatement of the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Agents and each of the Lenders. In addition, each of the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered its confirmation and consent provided for on the signature pages hereto.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the Agents and the Lenders, and of such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Amendment Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, certifying compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.02(i) and 4.03(c) .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Amendment Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that until the Termination Date the Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01. Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties .

(a) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 .

 

-68-


(b) Other than where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the material rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names necessary to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply in all material respects with applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority (including Environmental Laws and ERISA), whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property necessary to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needed repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in the reasonable judgment of management to the conduct of its business.

SECTION 5.02. Insurance .

(a) Keep its material insurable properties adequately insured in all material respects at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

(b) Cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement and, to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms, cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium unless not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof is given by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (giving the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason unless not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof is given by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require and is considered normal and customary and at reasonable cost, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 5.03. Taxes . Pay and discharge when due all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become overdue by more than 45 days; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established or (ii) with respect to which the failure to pay or discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who will distribute to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available but in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and (ii) an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception

 

-69-


and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K for such year, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.04(a)(i) );

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after the 45th day following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and for each fiscal quarter occurring after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for such quarter, as filed with the SEC will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.04(b) with respect to such quarter);

(c) concurrently with any delivery of Section 5.04 Financials, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that to such Financial Officer’s knowledge, no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably specifying the nature thereof, (ii) setting forth (x) to the extent applicable, computations in reasonable detail demonstrating the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the date of such financial statements, (y) to the extent applicable, computations in reasonable detail necessary for determining compliance by the Borrower with the provisions of Section 6.11 as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be and (z) in the case of a certificate delivered with the financial statements required by paragraph (a)  above (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008), setting forth the Borrower’s calculation of Excess Cash Flow;

(d) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the fifth Business Day after the 90th day after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower, copy of the projections by the Borrower of the operating budget and cash flow budget of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for such fiscal year, such projections to be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such Financial Officer believes such projections to have been prepared on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

(e) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.04 Financials, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries from such consolidated financial statements (but only to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiaries would not be considered “minor” under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act);

(f) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.04 Financials, management’s discussion and analysis of the important operational and financial developments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the respect fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be; it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5.04(f) ;

(g) after the request by any Lender (through the Administrative Agent), all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act; and

 

-70-


(h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business, legal or corporate affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.04 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on a SyndTrak, IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available (the “ Platform ”) on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov or on the website of the Borrower. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on the Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

SECTION 5.05. Notices . Promptly upon any Responsible Officer of the Borrower becoming aware thereof, furnish to the Administrative Agent notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default; and

(b) the occurrence of any event that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral . Furnish to the Administrative Agent notice of any change on or prior to the later to occur of (a) 30 days following the occurrence of such change and (b) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the Pricing Certificate following such change and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter following such change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party or (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure.

SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections . Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP are made. Permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect

 

-71-


during normal business hours the corporate, financial and operating records and the properties of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon reasonable advance notice, and to make extracts from and copies of such records, and permit any such representatives to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such Person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided that the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower an opportunity to participate in any discussions with its accountants; provided , further , that in the absence of the existence of an Event of Default, (i) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.07 and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise its rights under this Section 5.07 more often than two times during any fiscal year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and their respective designees may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.

SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with the Equity Investment, the Senior Bridge Loans and Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, shall be used solely to pay the cash consideration for the Merger, to repay the Existing Debt, to pay Transaction Expenses and for general corporate purposes (including any purposes permitted by this Agreement).

SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances .

(a) From time to time duly authorize, execute and deliver, or cause to be duly authorized, executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates, financing statements, agreements or documents, and take all reasonable actions (including filing UCC and other financing statements but subject to the limitations set forth in the Security Documents), as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, for the purposes of perfecting the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds or products thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) With respect to any assets acquired by any Loan Party after the Closing Date of the type constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest, on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following such acquisition and (ii) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the Pricing Certificate following the date of such acquisition and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other Security Documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such assets and (y) take all commercially reasonable actions necessary to grant to, or continue on behalf of, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such assets (subject only to Permitted Liens), including the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

(c) With respect to any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary or a Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded non-U.S. entity) created or acquired after the Closing Date, on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following the date of such creation or acquisition and (ii) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the Pricing Certificate following such creation or acquisition and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Secured Parties, a valid,

 

-72-


perfected first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest in the Equity Interests in such new subsidiary that are owned by any of the Loan Parties to the extent the same constitute Collateral under the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (y) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing any of such Equity Interests that constitute certificated securities, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor and (z) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and, to the extent applicable, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement and (B) to take such actions necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest in any assets required to be Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, including, if applicable, the recording of instruments in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreement or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

(d) With respect to any Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary that are acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including as a result of formation of a new Foreign Subsidiary), on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following the date of such acquisition and (ii) the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the Pricing Certificate following the date of such acquisition and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary in order to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in the Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary that are owned by the Loan Parties to the extent the same constitutes Collateral under the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ( provided that (A) only first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries owned directly by such Loan Party shall be pledged by such Loan Party and (B) only 65% of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary shall be pledged by such Loan Party and (y) deliver to the Collateral Agent any certificates representing any such Equity Interests that constitute certificated securities, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent thereon (but subject to the limitations set forth in the Security Documents).

(e) If, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary that is not a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded non-U.S. entity ceases to constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary in accordance with the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary”, then the Borrower shall cause such subsidiary to become an additional Loan Party and take all the actions contemplated by Section 5.09(c) as if such subsidiary were a newly-formed wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower.

(f) With respect to any fee interest in any real property located in the United States with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 (as reasonably estimated by the Borrower) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, within 90 days following the date of such acquisition (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent) (i) execute and deliver Mortgages in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property and complying with the provisions herein and in the Security Documents and (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 5.10 with respect to any Mortgages to be provided after the Closing Date pursuant to such Schedule.

(g) Furthermore, to the extent Indebtedness outstanding under the Term Loans shall at any time be less than the amount originally set forth in any Mortgage on any Mortgaged Property located in the State of New York or to the extent otherwise required by law to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created by such Mortgage and the validity or priority thereof, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its applicable subsidiaries to, promptly take all such further actions including the payment of any additional

 

-73-


mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required so to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created by such Mortgage to the maximum amount of Indebtedness by its terms secured thereby and the validity or priority of any such Lien.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.09 or any other Security Document (1) the Collateral Agent shall not require the taking of a Lien on, or require the perfection of any Lien granted in, those assets as to which the cost of obtaining or perfecting such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax or expenses relating to such Lien) is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 5.09 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction).

SECTION 5.10. Mortgaged Properties .

The Collateral Agent shall have received not later than 60 days after the Closing Date (unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion):

(i) a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Loan Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a lien under applicable Requirements of Law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a mortgage lien under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent:

(ii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such consents, approvals, amendments, supplements, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments as necessary to consummate the Transactions or as shall reasonably be deemed necessary by the Collateral Agent in order for the owner or holder of the fee interest constituting such Mortgaged Property to grant the Lien contemplated by the Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property;

(iii) with respect to each Mortgage, a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid first mortgage Lien on the Mortgaged Property and fixtures described therein in the amount reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, which policy (or such marked-up commitment) (each, a “ Title Policy ”) shall (A) be issued by the Title Company reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, (B) to the extent necessary and available, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (C) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), (D) have been supplemented by such endorsements (or where such endorsements are not available, other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot, revolving credit, and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions); provided that to the extent that any such endorsement(s) or other documentation cannot be issued or is not available due to the state or condition of the Mortgaged Property, and such state or condition existed on the Closing Date (or, in the case of a Mortgaged Property acquired after the Closing Date, on the date of the acquisition of such Mortgaged Property) and such state or condition does not materially and adversely affect the use or the value of such Mortgaged Property for the business of the Company and its Affiliates, the

 

-74-


Borrower shall have no obligation to procure such endorsement or other documentation, and (E) contain no exceptions to title other than Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent;

(iv) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be required to induce the Title Company to issue the title policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above;

(v) evidence reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent of payment by the Borrower of all title policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the title policies referred to above;

(vi) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, copies of all leases in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary holds the lessor’s interest or other agreements relating to possessory interests if any. To the extent any of the foregoing leases affect any Mortgaged Property, such leases shall (x) be subordinate to the Lien of the Mortgage to be recorded against such Mortgaged Property, either expressly by its terms or pursuant to a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, with respect to which the applicable Loan Party shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and (y) shall otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to notify the Borrower of rejection of the lease within 10 Business Days from receipt of the lease, the lease shall be deemed to have been reasonably accepted by the Collateral Agent;

(vii) Surveys with respect to each Mortgaged Property; provided that, if the Borrower is able to obtain a “no change” affidavit acceptable to the Title Company to enable it to issue a Title Policy removing all exceptions which would otherwise have been raised by the Title Company as a result of the absence of a new Survey for such Mortgaged Property, and issuing all survey related endorsements and coverages, then a new Survey shall not be requested;

(viii) a completed Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property; and

(ix) an Opinion of Counsel relating to each Mortgaged Property described above, which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.11. Designation of Subsidiaries .

(a) The Borrower may designate any subsidiary (including any existing subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(i) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower;

(ii) such designation complies with the covenants described in Section 6.03(c) ;

(iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

-75-


(iv) the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a);

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation; and

(v) each of:

(A) the subsidiary to be so designated; and

(B) its subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. Furthermore, no subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder unless it is also designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” for purposes of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or any Junior Financing.

(b) The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a), on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Borrower shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

SECTION 5.12. Credit Ratings . Within 10 Business Days after being directed by the Arrangers, unless otherwise extended by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, the Borrower shall cause to be obtained and thereafter shall maintain at all times (a) a rating of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s and (b) a corporate credit rating from S&P and Moody’s.

SECTION 5.13. Post-Closing Collateral Arrangements . The Borrower shall execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 5.13 , in each case within the time limits specified on such schedule.

SECTION 5.14. Syndication Assistance . In consultation with the Sponsor and subject to the Sponsor’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Arrangers in completing syndications reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers. Such assistance shall include the Borrower using commercially reasonable efforts to (i) ensure that the syndication efforts benefit from the Borrower’s existing banking relationships, (ii) cause direct contact between the Borrower’s senior management, on the one hand, and the proposed Lenders, on the other hand, at mutually agreed upon times and with a frequency which is commercially reasonable, (iii) assist in the preparation and updating of customary Confidential Information Memoranda for the Term Loan Facility and other customary marketing materials to be used in connection with the syndication; provided that the frequency of such updating shall be commercially reasonable and no more frequent than once per quarter and (iv) host, with the Arrangers, one meeting of prospective Lenders at a time and at a location to be mutually agreed upon (and to the extent necessary, one or more additional meetings of prospective Lenders and/or conference calls with prospective Lenders in lieu of a meeting); provided that the frequency of such meetings shall be commercially reasonable and not disruptive to the managements’ operation of its business and affairs.

 

-76-


ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, until the Termination Date, the Borrower will not, nor will it cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) Directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, (A) if the Total Net Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.50 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom and after giving pro forma effect to any acquisition permitted under this Agreement and consummated in connection with the application of such proceeds), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and (B) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; provided , further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph (a) is subject to the limitations of paragraph (g) below.

(b) The limitations set forth in clause (a)  will not apply to the following items:

(i) the Indebtedness under the Loan Documents (including any Incremental Term Loans under Section 2.22 ) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) the incurrence by the Borrower and any Restricted Guarantor of the Specified Senior Indebtedness;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (b)(i) , (ii) , (xv)  and (xx)  of this Section 6.01 ) and set forth in all material respects on Schedule 6.01 (including the Existing Intercompany Debt);

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock incurred and outstanding under this clause (iv) , not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the

 

-77-


ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of a security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (vi) );

(vii) Indebtedness of (A) the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii) ;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii) ;

(ix) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01 , exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(x) obligations in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) (A) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower or cash contributed to the capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Specified Equity Contributions, and other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions and proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d)  of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount (to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied

 

-78-


pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to of Section 6.03(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (a)  and (c)  of the definition thereof); provided that any amounts incurred in excess of the aggregate amount of such net cash proceeds shall be Subordinated Indebtedness not subject to scheduled amortization and with a final maturity not prior to the date occurring 180 days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; and (B) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi)(B) , does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi)(B) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 6.01(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 6.01(a) without reliance on this clause (xi)(B) ;

(xii) provided that no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted under Section 6.01(a) and clauses (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (xi)(A) , (xiii) , (xviii) , (xv) and (xx)  of this Section 6.01(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (1) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (2) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,

(C) shall not include:

(1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower;

(2) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or

(3) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

-79-


(D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

provided , further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xii) (solely as it relates to Indebtedness under clause (xiii)  and Section 6.01(a) ) shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.01(g) to the same extent as the Indebtedness refinanced;

(xiii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) incurred to finance an acquisition, (y) of Persons (other than foreign Persons) that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Persons merged into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (z) that is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) in connection with such acquisition so long as:

(A) no Default exists or shall result therefrom;

(B) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in reliance on clause (x)  above shall not be Secured Indebtedness and shall not mature (and shall not be mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock of Preferred Stock) or require any payment of principal (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation), in each case, prior to the date which is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

(C) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in reliance on clause (y)  or (z)  above shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and either (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness constituting Secured Indebtedness, together with all Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, shall not exceed $100,000,000 or (2) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger, the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(D) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger either (1) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Total Net Leverage Ratio test immediately prior to such acquisition or merger or (2) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Net Leverage Ratio test described in Section 6.01(a) ;

provided that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xiii) is subject to the limitations of paragraph (g)  below;

(xiv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(xv) the Indebtedness under or secured by the Revolving Credit Documents of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof);

 

-80-


(xvi) (A) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Indebtedness or other obligations are permitted under this Agreement, or (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that, in each case, (x) such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with its obligations under Section 5.09 and (y) in the case of any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement;

(xvii) Indebtedness under the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (B) other inventory financing agreements; provided that the aggregate amount outstanding at any time under this clause (xvii) shall not exceed $300,000,000;

(xviii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or of any foreign Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided , that the aggregate amount outstanding of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock shall not at any time exceed $100,000,000;

(xix) Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in Section 6.03(b)(iv) ;

(xx) the incurrence by the Borrower and any Restricted Guarantor of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xxi) [Intentionally Reserved;]

(xxii) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

(xxiv) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries incurred to finance insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (xxvi).

 

-81-


(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01 :

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 6.01(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item (other than amounts described in clause (xvii)  of clause (b)  above, in the case of a reclassification as an incurrence pursuant to Section 6.01(a) ) of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above permitted clauses; and

(ii) at the time of incurrence or permitted reclassification, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in one or more types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 6.01(a) or (b) .

(d) The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 6.01 .

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b) , no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in reliance on Section 6.01(a) or (b)(xiii) (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed $100,000,000; provided that in no event shall any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (i)  and (ii) , not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this Section 6.01(g) .

SECTION 6.02. Liens . Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom.

 

-82-


SECTION 6.03. Restricted Payments . Directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, other than:

(a) Restricted Payments in an amount, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) , (ii)  (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (C) thereof only), (vi)(C) and (ix)  of Section 6.03(b) , but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.03(b) ) not to exceed the Restricted Payment Applicable Amount; provided that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a).

(b) Section 6.03(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (1) Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor or (2) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in the case of each of clause (1)  and (2) , in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent contributed to the capital of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clauses (vi)(A)  or (B)  of this Section 6.03(b) , the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (A) the Specified Senior Indebtedness in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of prepayments of Term Loans made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.12 , 2.13(b) or 2.13(c) on a dollar for dollar basis or (B) the Specified Senior Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 6.01 so long as in the case of the clause (B):

 

  (I) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

  (II) solely in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

-83-


  (III) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

 

  (IV) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant (or any of their successors, heirs, estates or assigns) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed in any calendar year $25,000,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $50,000,000 in any calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Borrower, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date (other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 6.03(a) ; plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; less

(C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A)  and (B)  of this clause (iv) ;

and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from members of management of the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 6.01, provided , however , that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Disqualified Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a);

(vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (including Disqualified Stock issued in accordance with Section 6.01 ) issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (A)  shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;

 

-84-


(B) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Closing Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (B)  shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (ii ) of this Section 6.03(b) ;

provided , however , in the case of each of clause (A) , (B)  and (C)  of this clause (vi) , that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a);

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii)  that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (xvi ) of this Section 6.03(b) or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) in connection with operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Borrower and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Borrower as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Borrower in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(x) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(xi) Other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi) not to exceed $25,000,000;

(xii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions including the payment of up to $53,000,000 within 60 days of the Closing Date to participants in the Krasny Plan, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 business days after the Closing Date and (C) the payment of the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted under Section 6.06 ;

 

-85-


(xiv) the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or other Subordinated Indebtedness upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (so long as such Change of Control has been waived by the Required Lenders);

(xv) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Borrower to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of its direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(E) amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(F) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Borrower incurred pursuant to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in Section 6.04 ;

(G) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent;

(H) amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 6.03 ; provided that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.04 ) in order to consummate such Investment, in each case, subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (h) and (m)  of, and the proviso set forth at the end of, the definition of Permitted Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property

 

-86-


received by the Borrower shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(a) and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this Section 6.03 (other than pursuant to clause (x) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (i)  thereof);

(I) [reserved];

(J) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(K) reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents that were contributed to such Unrestricted Subsidiaries as an Investment pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.03(b) );

(xvii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 6.04 ; provided that if as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, a Change of Control has occurred, such Change of Control has been consented to or waived by the Required Lenders;

(xviii) Restricted Payments by (A) a non-Subsidiary Guarantor, (B) a Foreign Subsidiary or (C) any other subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor that;

(xix) payments or distributions in connection with an AHYDO “catch-up” payment with respect to the Specified Senior Indebtedness;

(xx) purchases of minority interests in non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries by the Borrower and the Guarantors;

(xxi) [Intentionally Reserved];

(xxii) [Intentionally Reserved]; and

(xxiii) any payment of any dividend from the Borrower to Holdings in connection with the payment of social security or other payroll taxes based on the issuance of Equity Interests to employees or other service providers;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (ii) , (iii) , (v) , (vi) , (vii) , (ix)  (as determined at the time of the declaration of such dividend), (xi) , (xv(E)) and (xvi) , no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

-87-


(c) As of the Closing Date, all of the subsidiaries of the Borrower will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to Section 5.11(b) . For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b)(vii) , (x)  or (xi) , or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Loan Documents.

SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes .

(a) The Borrower may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving corporation), and may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Borrower is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, the “ Successor Company ”);

(ii) the Successor Company, if other than the Borrower, expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Borrower pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Net Leverage Test described in Section 6.01(a) ;

in each case made or effected substantially simultaneously with such transaction or related financing;

(v) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 6.04(c)(i)(B) shall apply, shall have confirmed that its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(vi) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such documentation relating to the Loan Documents, if any, comply with this Agreement;

provided that the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any such transaction and shall take all required actions either prior to or upon the later to occur of 30 days following such transaction (or the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the next Pricing Certificate and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent) in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations.

 

-88-


The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Borrower under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clause (iv)  shall not apply to the Transactions (including the Merger).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (a)(iii) and (a)(iv) ,

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or a Restricted Guarantor;

(ii) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate of the Borrower solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Borrower in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby; and

(iii) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary.

(c) No Restricted Guarantor will, and the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Borrower or Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or Person, the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the Obligations of such Restricted Guarantor pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such documentation relating to the Loan Documents, if any, comply with this Agreement;

(ii) the transaction does not violate Section 6.05 ;

provided that the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any such transaction and shall take all required actions either prior to or upon the later to occur of 30 days following such transaction (or the earlier of the date of the required delivery of the next Pricing Certificate and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent) in order to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations.

In the case of clause (i)(A) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor (x) may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Borrower or (y) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs if such dissolution, liquidation or winding up could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-89-


SECTION 6.05. Dispositions . Cause, make or suffer to exist a Disposition, except:

(a) any Disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under Section 6.04 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.03 ;

(d) any Disposition of property or assets or issuance of Equity Interests (A) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or (B) by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that in the case of any event described in clause (B) where the transferee or purchaser is not a Guarantor, then at the option of the Borrower, either (1) such disposition shall constitute a Disposition for purposes of the definition of Prepayment Asset Sale or (2) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof, when aggregated with the amount of Permitted Investments made pursuant to clauses (a)  and (c)  of the definition thereof, shall not exceed the dollar amount set forth in the final proviso of such definition;

(e) any Permitted Asset Swap;

(f) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sub-lease of any real, intangible or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(i) any sale or other disposition in connection with any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted under this Agreement;

(j) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(k) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor; provided such transfer shall constitute a Property Loss Event;

(l) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(m) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(n) Dispositions (including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) by a Foreign Subsidiary designed to generate foreign distributable reserves;

 

-90-


(o) any Disposition to the extent not involving property (when taken together with any related Disposition or series of related Dispositions) with a fair market value in excess of $25,000,000; and

(p) Dispositions not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05 , provided that:

(i) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations or that are owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Borrower and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C)  that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 2.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and

(ii) any Disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions, when taken together with all other dispositions made in reliance on this paragraph (p) , does not have a fair market value in excess of 10.0% of Total Assets of the Borrower on the Closing Date; and

(q) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date (other than any Mortgaged Property), (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as a Prepayment Asset Sale;

provided that the consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, with respect to any Disposition of any property with a fair market value in excess of $25,000,000 must be at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of. To the extent any Collateral is disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 6.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 6.06. Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions by or among the Borrower and the Restricted Guarantors, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year unless:

(a) such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

-91-


(b) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent with respect to any such transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Borrower approving such transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such transaction complies with clause (a)  above.

(c) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties;

(ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay fees, expenses and make indemnification payments directly or indirectly to the Sponsor pursuant to and in accordance with the Sponsor Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date);

(iii) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(iv) issuances by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests not prohibited under this Agreement;

(v) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of the Borrower and its subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business, in the case of any direct or indirect parent to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(vi) expense reimbursement and employment, severance and compensation arrangements entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with their officers, employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the payment of stay bonuses and incentive compensation and/or such officer’s, employee’s or consultant’s equity investment in certain Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Parent and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives);

(viii) the payment of reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business, in the case of any direct or indirect parent to the extent attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement) and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect;

(x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.03 ;

 

-92-


(xi) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith;

(xii) loans and other transactions among the Borrower and its subsidiaries (and any direct and indirect parent company of the Borrower) to the extent permitted under this Article VI ; provided that any Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to subordination provisions no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(xiii) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xiii)  to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole;

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business which are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xv) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(xvi) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith; and

(xvii) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

SECTION 6.07. Restrictive Agreements . Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon:

(a) the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations;

(b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-93-


provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(i) restrictions and conditions imposed by law, by any Loan Document or which (x) exist on the date hereof and (y) to the extent contractual obligations permitted by clause (x)  are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such contractual obligation;

(ii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to any sale of assets pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Person or property that is to be sold;

(iii) restrictions and conditions (x) on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder or (y) by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(iv) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the Person obligated under such Indebtedness and its subsidiaries or the property or assets intended to secure such Indebtedness;

(v) contractual obligations binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

(vi) restrictions and conditions imposed by the terms of the documentation governing any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted by Section 6.01 ;

(vii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.03 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 but only if such negative pledge or restriction expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Loan Documents on a senior basis and without a requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably or on a junior basis;

(ix) restrictions on cash, other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 that limit the right of the obligor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(xi) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (x) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the reasonable, good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

-94-


(d) clause (a)  and clause (c)  of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment, sale or transfer thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business or which exists on the date hereof, and no such clause in this Section 6.07 shall prohibit or restrict such party’s right to execute a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a form customary and reasonably acceptable to Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.08. Business of the Borrower and Its Restricted Subsidiaries . Engage in any line of business material to the Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a whole other than (a) those lines of business conducted by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date or (b) any Similar Business.

SECTION 6.09. Modification of Junior Financing Documentation . Directly or indirectly, amend, modify or change (a) the subordination provisions of any Junior Financing Documentation (and the component definitions used therein), including the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or (b) any other term or condition of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation, the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or any Junior Financing Documentation, in the case of this clause (b) , in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and, in each case, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

SECTION 6.10. Changes in Fiscal Year . Make any change in its fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 6.11. Senior Secured Leverage Ratio . Permit the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or nearest to the date set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such date:

 

Period

         Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2008

     7.00 to 1.00

March 31, 2009

     7.00 to 1.00

June 30, 2009

     6.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2009

     6.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2009

     6.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2010

     5.75 to 1.00

June 30, 2010

     5.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2010

     5.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2010

     5.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2011

     4.75 to 1.00

June 30, 2011

     4.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2011

     4.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2011

     4.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2012 and each fiscal quarter thereafter

     3.75 to 1.00

 

-95-


ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in any Loan Document or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any certificate required to be furnished pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Term Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for mandatory prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Term Loan or the Administration Fee or other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to the Borrower), 5.05(a) or in Article VI ;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Loan Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (b) , (c)  or (d)  above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to an applicable grace period), which failure enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or that is a failure to pay such Material Indebtedness at its maturity or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Material Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is otherwise permitted hereunder;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), or of a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of the

 

-96-


property or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary); and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g)  above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) become unable, admit in writing its general inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $80,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which an insurance company has not denied coverage or by an indemnification agreement as to which the indemnifying party has not denied liability) shall be rendered against the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

(j) (i) an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a Pension Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery, shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms or in accordance with the terms of the other Loan Documents), or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability thereunder (other than as a result of the discharge of such Loan Party in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(l) other than with respect to de minimis items of Collateral not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate, any Lien purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) having the priority contemplated thereby (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) on the securities, assets or properties purported to be covered thereby, except to the extent that any lack of validity, perfection or priority results from any act or omission of any Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, or any Lender (so long as such act or omission does not result from the breach or non-compliance by a Loan Party with the Loan Documents); or

(m) there shall have occurred a Change of Control;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g)  or (h)  above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Term Loan Commitments and (ii) declare the Term Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Term Loans so declared to be due and payable, together

 

-97-


with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Administration Fee and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g)  or (h)  above, the Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Term Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Administration Fee and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “ Agents ”) its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases and intercreditor agreements) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08 ), (c) each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action and (d) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of the subsidiaries thereof that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Loan Documents (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment). Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants,

 

-98-


agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. Each Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.02 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by notifying in writing the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under paragraphs (g)(i) or (h)  of Article VII ), to appoint a successor (other than a Disqualified Institution) which shall be a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States or any State or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, in each case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.

If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of resignation of the relevant Agent specified by such Agent in its notice, the resigning Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and with the consent of the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the successor agent by the date which is 60 days following the retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of such Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders, appoint a successor agent as provided for above (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the resigning Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as an Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Security Documents, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the obligations under Section 5.09 are satisfied, the successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower

 

-99-


to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.

None of Lenders or other Persons identified on the cover page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arrangers or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arrangers or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the Obligations shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether such Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise;

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the Obligations and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and each Agent or (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and each Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due such Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.05 and 9.05 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to such Agent and, in the event such Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.05 and 9.05 .

 

-100-


Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize any Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize such Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any such Lender in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices . Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

 

  (a) if to the Borrower, to it at:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Attention: Barbara A. Klein, Chief Financial Officer

Phone: (847) 968-0204

Facsimile: (847) 968-0304

Christine Leahy, General Counsel

Phone: (847) 968-0203

Facsimile: (847) 968-0303

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention of: George Peinado

(Fax No. (312) 895-1346)

Email address: gpeinado@mdcp.com

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention of: Maureen Sweeney

(Fax No. (312) 660-0359)

Email address: (312) 861-2190

if to LCPI as an Agent, to:

Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention of: CDW Portfolio Manager

(Fax No. (646) 834-4997)

(Telephone No. (212) 526-1819)

 

-101-


(b) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date three Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case, delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01 . As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time in writing, notices and other communications may also be delivered or furnished by e-mail; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein or any other Loan Document, shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Agents and the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Term Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Agents or the Lenders or on their behalf, and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or actual knowledge of any Default at the time of the making of any Term Loans shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. The provisions of Sections 2.14 , 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Term Loans, the expiration of the Term Loan Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns .

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees (in each case, other than to Disqualified Institutions) all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitment and the Term Loans at the time owing to it); provided , however , that (i) each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower must give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent shall be required to any such assignment made to a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender (in each case, other than to Disqualified Institutions) (each, an “ Eligible Assignee ”) and the consent of the Borrower shall not be required during the continuance of any Event of Default arising under clause (b) , (c) , (g)(i) or (h)  of Article VII , (ii) (A) in the case of any assignment, other than assignments to any Eligible Assignee, the amount of the Term Loan Commitment or Term Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or if less,

 

-102-


the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Term Loans) and shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (or the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Term Loans), provided , however , that simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Related Funds shall be combined for purposes of determining whether the minimum assignment requirement is met, and (B) in the case of any assignment to any Eligible Assignee, after giving effect to such assignment, Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans of the assigning Lender and its Affiliates and Related Funds shall be zero or not less than $1,000,000, (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance (such Assignment and Acceptance to be (A) electronically executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent via an electronic settlement system then acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and (B) delivered together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, unless waived or reduced by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion; provided that only one such fee shall be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Related Funds) and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender immediately prior to the assignment, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and the tax forms required under Section 2.20(e) , (f)  or (g) , as applicable. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e)  of this Section 9.04 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 , 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment, as well as to any Administration Fee accrued for its account and not yet paid). Any assignment or transfer that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (f)  of this Section 9.04 .

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Term Loan Commitment, and the outstanding principal amount of its Term Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any subsidiary or the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower or any subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.05(a)  or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

-103-


(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and any changes thereto, whether by assignment or otherwise, and the Term Loan Commitment of, and principal amount of the Term Loans (and related interest amount and fees with respect to such Term Loan) owing and paid to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and Lenders at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)  above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to such assignment (in each case to the extent required pursuant to paragraph (b)  above) and any applicable tax forms required by Section 2.20(e) (f) or (g) , as applicable, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) promptly record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e) and (iii) if requested by an assignee, provide to such assignee the most recent list of Disqualified Institutions identified in writing to the Administrative Agent as of such date; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance in connection therewith.

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons (other than to Disqualified Institutions) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitment and the Term Loans owing to it); provided , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other Persons shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14 , 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant and in the case of Section 2.20 , only if such participant shall have provided any form of information that it would have been required to provide under such Section if it were a Lender), (iv) to the extent permitted by applicable law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.06 as though it were a Lender, so long as such participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18 as though it were a Lender and (v) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Term Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers described in clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii)  of Section 9.08(b)  as it pertains to the Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments in which such participant has an interest). Each Lender selling a participation to a participant (i) shall keep a register, meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), of each such participation, specifying such participant’s entitlement to payments of principal and interest with respect to such participation, (ii) shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with the applicable forms, certificates and statements described in Section 2.20(e)  or (f)  hereof, as applicable, as if such participant was a Lender hereunder and (iii) if requested by a participant, provide to such participant the most recent list of Disqualified Institutions identified in writing to the Administrative Agent as of such date; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence to the contrary, each Lender shall have the right to sell one or more participations to one or more lenders or other Persons that provide financing to such Lender in the form of sales and repurchases of participations without having to satisfy the requirements set forth therein.

 

-104-


(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04 , disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any non-public information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that prior to any such disclosure, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such non-public information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16 .

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that (i) such assignment shall not increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and (ii) no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Term Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Term Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Term Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Term Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Term Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Term Loan Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Term Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (x) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower hereunder, (y) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender) and (z) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes remain the Lender of record hereunder. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04 , any SPC may (A) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Term Loans to the Granting Lender and (B) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Term Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder (other than in a transaction permitted by Section 6.04 ) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

(k) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments hereunder with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Term Loans or reducing or terminating the Term Loan Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders to assign such Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 9.08 (with such replacement, if applicable, being deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9.08(d) ). Pursuant to any such assignment, all Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders in the same manner as would be required if such Term Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Term Loan Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

 

-105-


SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to those of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP , counsel for the Agents and the Arrangers taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in each material jurisdiction) incurred by the Arrangers and the Agents, in connection with the syndication of the Term Loan Facility and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to one counsel for all such Persons taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole in each material jurisdiction) incurred by the Agents or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights or remedies in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Term Loans made hereunder.

(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each of the foregoing Persons’ Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates and their successors and assigns (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole in each material jurisdiction; provided that if (i) one or more Indemnitees shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to one or more other Indemnitees or (ii) the representation of the Indemnitees (or any portion thereof) by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, then such expenses shall include the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket disbursements and other charges of one separate counsel to such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, in each relevant jurisdiction), and liabilities of such Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with (w) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Term Loan Facility), (x) the use of the proceeds of the Term Loans, (y) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (z) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the subsidiaries, or any liability under Environmental Laws related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or the subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such costs, expenses or liabilities (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (or its Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Indemnitee and such Indemnitee’s Affiliates) (each, a “related party” of such Indemnitee) or material breach of its (or any of its related parties’) obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or (y) relate to the presence or Release of Hazardous Materials that first occur at any property owned by Holdings or the Borrower after such property is transferred to any Indemnitee, any of its related parties or any of their respective successors or assigns by foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer. The Borrower shall have no obligation to reimburse any Indemnitee for fees and expenses unless such Indemnitee provides the Borrower with an undertaking in which such Indemnitee agrees to refund and return any and all amounts paid by the Borrower to such Indemnitee to the extent any of the foregoing items in clauses (x)  and (y)  occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to Tax matters, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20 .

 

-106-


(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent or any other Indemnitee related thereto under paragraph (a)  or (b)  of this Section (and without limiting its obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Arrangers, such Indemnitee and the Administrative Agent, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Arrangers, the Agents or such Indemnitee in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of outstanding Term Loans and unused Term Loan Commitments at the time.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim from (i) the use by others of information or other materials obtained through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems, except to the extent such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith, fraud or gross negligence of such party of any of its Affiliates or the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such party and such party’s Affiliates and (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Term Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Term Loans, the expiration of the Term Loan Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable within 30 days after receipt of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such amounts in reasonable detail.

SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff; Payments Set Aside .

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its subsidiaries) to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

(b) To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, then (i) to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect.

 

-107-


SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b)  below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Subject to Section 2.22 and clause (d)  below, and except for those actions expressly permitted to be taken by the Agents, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Required Lenders and the Loan Parties that are party thereto and are affected by such waiver, amendment or modification and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) reduce the principal amount of, or extend or waive any scheduled amortization payment or the final scheduled maturity date of or date for the payment of any interest on, any Term Loan, forgive any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Term Loan, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that any change to the component definitions of the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio affecting the determination of interest and the waiver of a Default, Event of Default or default interest shall only require the consent of the Borrower and the Required Lenders), (ii) increase or extend the Term Loan Commitment without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.17 , the provisions of Section 2.18 , the provisions of Section 9.04(j) (it being understood that any change to Section 6.04 shall only require approval of the Required Lenders) or the provisions of this Section (except as set forth below) or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as permitted under Section 6.04 and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) waive or amend this Section 9.08(b) or (v) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional term loans pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments and Term Loans on the date hereof and this Section 9.08 may be amended to reflect such term loans); provided , further , that (w) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and (x)  Section 9.04(i) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Term Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any term loans and related Incremental Amendments effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.22 , this Agreement (including this Section 9.08 and Section 2.17 ) may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the term loans from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this

 

-108-


Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and Administration Fee in respect thereof, (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such term loan facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new term loan facilities and (iii) to provide customary class protection for any additional term loan facilities.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing in whole, but not in part, of outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”), provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (ii) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (without giving effect to annual amortization on any Refinanced Term Loan Facility not in excess of 1% of the principal amount thereof) and (iv) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(e) Each waiver, amendment, modification, supplement or consent made or given pursuant to this Section 9.08 shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and such waiver, amendment, modification or supplement shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding on the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments.

SECTION 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Term Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Term Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Term Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Term Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Term Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Term Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees, the Arrangers, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR

 

-109-


OTHERWISE, TO IT THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11 .

SECTION 9.12. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03 . Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower, Holdings or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(d) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in dollars, into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of

 

-110-


exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days thereafter. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase dollars with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in dollars, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.

SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ (other than Excluded Parties (as defined below)) trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) in connection with the transactions contemplated or permitted hereby, (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process ( provided , that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such Arranger or such Lender that discloses any Information pursuant to this clause (c)  shall provide the Borrower with prompt notice of such disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable law), (d) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 9.16 (or as otherwise may be acceptable to the Borrower), to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower, any subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the written consent of the Borrower, (g) to any Rating Agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such Rating Agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Person) or (h) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16 ; provided that, no such disclosure shall be made by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to any of its affiliates that are engaged as principals primarily in private equity, mezzanine financing or venture capital (the “ Excluded Parties ”). For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all information received from the Borrower or Holdings and related to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Arranger or any Lender, other than by reason of disclosure by Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Arranger or any Lender in breach of this Section 9.16 .

SECTION 9.17. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agents and the Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents and the Arrangers on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each Agent and each Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither any Agent nor any

 

-111-


Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Agents and the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agents and the Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 9.18. Release of Collateral . The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agents (and the Agents agree):

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (w) upon the Termination Date (and, concurrently therewith, to release all the Loan Parties from their obligations under the Loan Documents (other than those that specifically survive the Termination Date)), (x) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (y) subject to Section 9.08 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (z) owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c)  below;

(b) at the request of the Borrower, to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clauses (f) , (h)  and (t)  of the definition of Permitted Liens; and

(c) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, any Junior Financing and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof unless and until such Guarantor is (or is being simultaneously) released from its guarantee with respect to the Specified Senior Indebtedness, such Junior Financing and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.

Upon request by any Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing such Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to this Section 9.18 . In each case as specified in this Section 9.18 , the relevant Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Loan Documents, or to release such Loan Party from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.18 .

SECTION 9.19. USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender and each Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or such Agent, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 9.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents or any Hedging Obligation (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any

 

-112-


other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 9.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 9.21. Effectiveness of Merger . Upon the consummation of the Merger, the Company shall succeed to all the rights and obligations of Merger Sub under this Agreement, without any further action by any Person.

SECTION 9.22. Confirmation of Security Interest . The Borrower, by its execution of this Agreement, hereby confirms and ratifies that all of its obligations as a “Grantor” under the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to this Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Term Loan Agreement. The Borrower, by its execution of this Amendment and Restatement, hereby confirms that the security interests granted by it under each of the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agents with respect to the Existing Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

 

-113-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant
  Secretary

 

-114-


LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as
Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Frank P. Turner

Name:   Frank P. Turner
Title:   Authorized Signatory
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., as Joint Lead
Arranger and as Joint Bookrunner
By:  

/s/ Frank P. Turner

Name:   Frank P. Turner
Title:   Authorized Signatory
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., as Joint Lead
Arranger and as Joint Bookrunner
By:  

/s/ Harold F. Thiessen

Name:   Harold F. Thiessen
Title:   Executive Director
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Co-Syndication Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ann B. Kerns

Name:   Ann B. Kerns
Title:   Vice President
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Co-Syndication Agent and as Joint Bookrunner
By:  

/s/ Henry F. D’Alessandro

Name:   Henry F. D’Alessandro
Title:   Vice President
MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Gene Martin

Name:   Gene Martin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

-115-


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as
a Lender
By:  

/s/ David Mayhew

Name:   David Mayhew
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cayer

Name:   Stephen Cayer
Title:   Director
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
as Co-Syndication Agent and as Joint Bookrunner
By:  

/s/ Nicholas Hayes

Name:   Nicholas Hayes
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Mark Fedorcik

Name:   Mark Fedorcik
Title:   Managing Director

 

-116-


By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Term Loan Agreement and confirms that the obligations of the Borrower under said Term Loan Agreement as amended by said Amendment and Restatement shall constitute “Obligations” under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under and as defined in said Existing Term Loan Agreement for all purposes of said Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By its signature below, the undersigned hereby confirms that all of its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall continue unchanged and in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to this Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Term Loan Agreement.

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:   Barbara A. Klein
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary

 

-117-


CDW ASIA HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary

 

-118-

Exhibit 10.4

AMENDMENT NO. 1

AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of November 4, 2009 (this “ Amendment No. 1 ”) to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 12, 2008, and as otherwise modified and supplemented as in effect on the date hereof (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (successor by merger to VH MergerSub, Inc.) (“ CDW ” or the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (as successor to Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.), as Administrative Agent, and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (as successor to Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.), as Collateral Agent.

The Borrower and the Lenders party hereto wish to amend the Term Loan Agreement in certain respects and accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Amendment No. 1 and not otherwise defined are used herein as defined in the Term Loan Agreement (as amended hereby).

Section 2. Amendments . Effective as provided in Section 4 hereof, the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

2.01. References in the Term Loan Agreement (including references to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby) to “this Agreement” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “hereby”, “herein” and “hereof”) shall be deemed to be references to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

2.02. The Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: bold and double-underlined text ) as set forth on the pages of the Term Loan Agreement attached as Annex A hereto.

Section 3. Confirmation of Security Interest . The Borrower, by its execution of this Amendment No. 1, hereby confirms and ratifies that all of its obligations as a “Grantor” under the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby. The Borrower, by its execution of this Amendment No. 1, hereby confirms that the security interests granted by it under each of the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agents with respect to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

Section 4. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . The amendments set forth in Section 2 hereof shall become effective on the date upon which each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) Amendment No. 1 . This Amendment No. 1 shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Required Lenders and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received (1) for the account of each Lender that has approved this Amendment No. 1 at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City


time, on October 30, 2009, an amendment fee in an amount equal to 0.05% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans owned by such Lender at such time and (2) all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the date hereof, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the date hereof, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(c) Certificates, Corporate Documents and Legal Opinions .

(1) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) (A) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization or a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Loan Party dated as of the date hereof and certifying that the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of such Loan Party delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(c) of the Term Loan Agreement have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (B) a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated as of the date hereof and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the date hereof or that the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(c) of the Term Loan Agreement have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (B) that the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of such Loan Party, if delivered pursuant to clause (i) above, have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i)  above.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated as of the date hereof and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01(b) and 4.02(i) of the Term Loan Agreement.

(3) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and of such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Section 5. Miscellaneous . Except as herein provided, the Term Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment No. 1 by signing any such counterpart. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC,
as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Stephen B. King

Name:   Stephen B. King
Title:   Vice President

 


CDW CORPORATION,
as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 


By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment No. 1 to the Term Loan Agreement and hereby confirms that all of its obligations under each Security Document (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall continue unchanged and in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the Term Loan Agreement as amended by said Amendment No. 1.

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CDW DIRECT, LLC,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 


CDW LOGISTICS, INC.,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CDW CORPORATION,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:   Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. ,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary

 


AF III US BD Holdings L.P.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Matt Cwiertnia

Name:   Matt Cwiertnia
ARES ENHANCED LOAN INVESTMENT STRATEGY III, LTD.,
as a Lender
ARES ENHANCED LOAN INVESTMENT STRATEGY III, LTD.
By:   ARES ENHANCED LOAN MANAGEMENT III, L.P.
By:   ARES ENHANCED LOAN III GP, LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By:   ARES MANAGEMENT LLC, ITS MANAGER
By:  

/s/ Americo Cascella

Name:   Americo Cascella
Title:   Vice President
ARES IIIR/IVR CLO LTD.,
as a Lender
ARS IIIR/IVR CLO LTD.
By:   ARES CLO MANAGEMENT IIIR/IVR, L.P.
By:   ARES CLO GP IIIR/IVR, LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By:   ARES MANAGEMENT LLC, ITS MANAGER
By:  

/s/ Americo Cascella

Name:   Americo Cascella
Title:   Vice President


Ares VIR CLO Ltd.,
as a Lender
Ares VIR CLO Ltd.
By:   Ares CLO Management VIR, L.P., Investment Manager
By:   Ares CLO GP VIR, LLC, Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Americo Cascella

Name:   Americo Cascella
Title:   Vice President
Ares VR CLO Ltd.,
as a Lender
Ares VR CLO Ltd.
By:   Ares CLO Management VR, L.P., Investment Manager
By:   Ares CLO GP VR, LLC, Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Americo Cascella

Name:   Americo Cascella
Title:   Vice President
Banc Investment Group, LLC, as Agent for Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Allen Szutkowski

Name:   Allen Sztukowski
Title:   Chief Compliance Officer
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan M. Barnes

Name:   Jonathan M. Barnes
Title:   Vice President


Barclays Bank, PLC,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Dan Picard

Name:   Dan Picard
Canpartners Investments IV, LLC,
as a Lender
By:   Canpartners Investments IV, LLC, a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Kaplan

Name:   Jonathan Kaplan
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Canyon Capital CLO 2004-1, Ltd.,
Canyon Capital CLO 2006-1, Ltd., AND
Canyon Capital CLO 2007-1, Ltd.,
as a Lender
By:   Canyon Capital Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Kaplan

Name:   Jonathan Kaplan
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Canyon Special Opportunities Master Fund (Cayman), Ltd., an Exempted Company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability,
as a Lender
By:   Canyon Capital Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Kaplan

Name:   Jonathan Kaplan
Title:   Authorized Signatory


CCP Acquisition Holdings, LLC,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Richard J. Grissinger

Name:  

Richard J. Grissinger

CCP Credit Acquisition Holdings, LLC,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Richard J. Grissinger

Name:  

Richard J. Grissinger

COA CLO Financing Ltd.,
as a Lender
By:   FS COA Management, LLC, as Portfolio Manager
By:  

/s/ John W. Fraser

Name:   John W. Fraser
Title:   Manager
Concerto Credit Opportunity Master Fund I LP,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ J. Matt MacIver

Name:   J. Matt MacIver
Cortina Funding,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Arlene Arellano

Name:   Arlene Arellano
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 


Credos Floating Rate Fund, L.P.
By:   Shenkman Capital Management, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Richard H. Weinstein

Name:   Richard H. Weinstein
Title:   Executive Vice President
Dalton Investments, on behalf of 2B LLC,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Steve Persky

Name:   Steve Persky
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:   DB Services New Jersey, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Edward Schaffer

Name:   Edward Schaffer
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Deirdre D. Cesario

Name:   Deirdre D. Cesario
Title:   Assistant Vice President
Fraser Sullivan CLO I Ltd.,
as a Lender
By:   Fraser Sullivan Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ John W. Fraser

Name:   John W. Fraser
Title:   Managing Partner


Fraser Sullivan CLO II Ltd.,
as a Lender
By:   Fraser Sullivan Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ John W. Fraser

Name:   John W. Fraser
Title:   Managing Partner
Fusion Funding, Ltd.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Marie G. Mollo

Name:   Marie G. Mollo
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory, as Servicer for Fusion Funding, Ltd.
GENERAL ELECTRIC PENSION TRUST,
as a Lender
By:   GE Capital Debt Advisors, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Kathleen Brooks

Name:   Kathleen Brooks
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Icahn Partners LP,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Keith Cozza

Name:   Keith Cozza
Icahn Partners Master Fund LP,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Keith Cozza

Name:   Keith Cozza


Icahn Partners Master Fund II L.P.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Keith Cozza

Name:   Keith Cozza
Icahn Partners Master Fund III L.P.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Keith Cozza

Name:   Keith Cozza
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John G. Kowalczuk

Name:   John G. Kowalczuk
Title:   Executive Director
KKR Debt Investors II (2006) (Ireland) L.P.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KKR FI Partners I L.P.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KKR Financial CLO 2005-2 Ltd,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory


KKR Financial CLO 2006-1 Ltd,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KKR Financial CLO 2007-1 Ltd,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KKR Financial CLO 2007-A Ltd,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Meritage Fund Ltd,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David Zierk

Name:   David Zierk
Title:   Vice President
MFP Partners, L.P.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Timothy E. Lodin

Name:   Timothy E. Lodin
Title:   General Counsel


NCM FSIM 2008-1 LLC,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Sean Cheramie

Name:   Sean Cheramie
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OLYMPIC CLO I LTD,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Casparian

Name:   John Casparian
Title:   Co-President, Churchill Pacific Asset Management
Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Casanova

Name:   Mark Casanova
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Portillo Funding,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Irfan Ahmend

Name:   Irfan Ahmed
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Redwood Master Fund, Ltd,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Rich Barrera

Name:   Rich Barrera
Title:   Principal, Redwood Capital Management, LLC, as Investment Manager


SAN GABRIEL CLO I LTD,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Casparian

Name:   John Casparian
Title:   Co-President, Churchill Pacific Asset Management
SHASTA CLO I LTD,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Casparian

Name:   John Casparian
Title:   Co-President, Churchill Pacific Asset Management
SHASTA CLO II LTD,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Casparian

Name:   John Casparian
Title:   Co-President, Churchill Pacific Asset Management
Silver Lake Credit Fund, L.P.,
as a Lender
By:   Silver Lake Financial Associates, L.P., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Roger Wittlin

Name:   Roger Wittlin
Title:   Managing Director
SL Capital Appreciation Fund, L.L.C.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Roger Wittlin

Name:   Roger Wittlin
Title:   Managing Director


SLP III CAYMAN DS V, LLC.,
as a Lender
By:   Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., a managing member
By:   Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., its general partner
By:   SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner
By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its sole member
By:  

/s/ Jim Davidson

Name:   Jim Davidson
Title:   Managing Member
By:   Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., a managing member
By:   Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., its general partner
By:   SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner
By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its sole member
By:  

/s/ Jim Davidson

Name:   Jim Davidson
Title:   Managing Member
SLP III CAYMAN DS III, LTD.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jim Davidson

Name:   Jim Davidson
Title:   Director


STICHTING DEPOSITARY APG FIXED INCOME CREDITS POOL,
as a Lender
By:   apg Asset Management US Inc.
By:  

/s/ Michael Leiva

Name:   Michael Leiva
Title:   Portfolio Manager
Tavitian Foundation Inc.
By:   Shenkman Capital Management, Inc., as Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Richard H. Weinstein

Name:   Richard H. Weinstein
Title:   Executive Vice President
Westbrook CLO, Ltd.
By:   Shenkman Capital Management, Inc., as Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Richard H. Weinstein

Name:   Richard H. Weinstein
Title:   Executive Vice President
WHITNEY CLO I LTD,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Casparian

Name:   John Casparian
Title:   Co-President, Churchill Pacific Asset Management


Each of the persons listed on Annex A Severally but not jointly as Lender
By:   Wellington Management Company, LLP as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Donald M. Caiazza

  Name:   Donald M. Caiazza
  Tide:   Vice President and Counsel


Annex A

Hiscox Insurance Company (Bermuda) Ltd

Hiscox Syndicate 33

Max Bermuda Ltd.

Stellar Performer Global Series W - Global Credit

SunAmerica Senior Floating Rate Fund, Inc.

Symetra Life Insurance Company

UMC Benefit Board, Inc.

United America Indemnity, Ltd

Wellington Trust Company, National Association Multiple Common Trust Funds Trust-

Opportunistic Fixed Income Allocation Portfolio

Wellington Trust Company, National Association Multiple Common Trust Funds Trust,

Opportunistic Investment Portfolio


C ATERPILLAR I NC . M ASTER R ETIREMENT T RUST ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of Caterpillar Inc. Master Retirement Trust, in its capacity as investment manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DDJ H IGH Y IELD F UND ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, its attorney-in-fact*
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory
* The execution of this agreement shall not bind the Trustee, Manager or any Unit Holder of DDJ High Yield Fund and recourse shall be limited to the Trust Property (each such term as defined in the trust agreement governing the DDJ High Yield Fund).

DDJ C APITAL M ANAGEMENT G ROUP T RUST ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as attorney-in-fact
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory


 

S TICHTING P ENSIOENFONDS H OOGOVENS ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, on behalf of Stichting Pensioenfonds Hoogovens, in its capacity as Manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory

H OUSTON M UNICIPAL E MPLOYEES P ENSION S YSTEM ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory

S TICHTING B EWAARDER I NTERPOLIS P ENSIOENEN

G LOBAL H IGH Y IELD P OOL ,

as a Lender

By:   Syntrus Achmea Asset Management, as asset manager
By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, as subadviser
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory

S TICHTING P ENSIOENFONDS V AN D E M ETALEKTRO (PME) (f/k/a Stichting Bedrijfstakpensioenfonds voor de Metalektro),

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory


 

S TICHTING P ENSIOENFONDS M ETAAL E N T ECHNIEK ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as Manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory

S TICHTING P ENSIOENFONDS VOOR F YSIOTHERAPEUTEN ,

as a Lender

By:   DDJ Capital Management, LLC, in its capacity as investment manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Goolgasian, Jr.

Name:   David L. Goolgasian, Jr.
Title:   Authorized Signatory


Annex A

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of March 12, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), among CDW CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Borrower ”)), the Lenders (as defined herein), LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. (“ LCPI Morgan Stanley ”), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in each case, as defined herein) for the Lenders (as defined herein), LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers (the “ Arrangers ”) and joint bookrunners for the Term Loan Facility (as defined herein), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Article I .

RECITALS

The Borrower is party to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Existing Term Loan Agreement ”) with VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), (which on the Closing Date was merged with and into) the Company, Lehman Commercial Paper Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent -and , Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Collateral Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agent, and several banks and other financial institutions or entities parties as lenders thereto.

The parties to the Existing Term Loan Agreement have agreed to amend the Existing Term Loan Agreement in certain respects and to restate the Existing Term Loan Agreement as so amended as provided in this Agreement.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that on the Amendment Closing Date (as defined below) $190,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans shall be prepaid notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.03 hereof and the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Term Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Term Loan, or the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquired Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person,

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

- 6-


Additional Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a) .

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves.

Administration Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a) .

Administrative Agent ” shall mean LCPI Morgan Stanley , in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders, and shall include any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII .

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A , or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , however , that no Lender (nor any of its Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries by virtue of its capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Agents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII .

Agreement Currency ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.15(d) .

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

Amendment Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.03 shall have been satisfied.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan and any ABR Term Loan, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurodollar Rate Spread” and “ABR Rate Spread”, as the case may be (based upon the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination):

 

Total Senior Secured

Leverage Ratio

   Eurodollar Rate
Spread
    ABR Rate Spread  

Category 1

 

Greater than 4.00 to 1.00

   3.00 4.00   2.00 3.00 %  

Category 2

 

Less than or equal to 4.00 to

1.00 but greater than 3.50 to

1.00

   2.75 3.75   175 2.25

 

- 7-


Total Senior Secured

Leverage Ratio

   Eurodollar Rate
Spread
    ABR Rate Spread  

Category 3

 

Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00

   2.50 3.50   150 2.50

Each change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be effective on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Section 5.04 Financials and a Pricing Certificate indicating such change until and including the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and the related Pricing Certificate indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Borrower shall have delivered the Section 5.04 Financials and the related Pricing Certificate covering a period that includes the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended after the Closing Date, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage. In addition, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, (x) at any time during which the Borrower has failed to deliver the Section 5.04 Financials or the related Pricing Certificate by the date required thereunder or (y) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, then the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for the purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage (but only for so long as such failure or Event of Default continues, after which the Category shall be otherwise as determined as set forth above).

Arranger s ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and, to the extent required by Section 9.04(b) , consented to by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04 .

Borrower ” shall mean (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub and (b) upon and after consummation of the Merger, the Company.

Borrowing ” shall mean Term Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Term Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are generally authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Term Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Term Loan, or any other dealings in dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Term Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

- 8-


(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a)  through (g)  above;

(i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) [Intentionally Reserved]

(k) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(l) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a)  through (k)  above; and

(m) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (a)  through (1)  or other high quality short term in-vestments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a)  and (b)  above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a)  and (b)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” shall mean a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Borrower and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Borrower and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an assignee, an adoption after the date such Person became a party to this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an assignee, a change after the date such Person became a party to this Agreement, or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14 , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date the relevant Lender becomes a party to this Agreement.

A “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) the Permitted Investors cease to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests of the Borrower representing a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i)   at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever,

( A i ) the Permitted Investors otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or

 

- 10-


(B) the Permitted Investors own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially an amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power that is equal to or more than 50% of the amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Investors of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date (determined by taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or other events subsequent to the Closing Date that changed the amount of Equity Interests, but not the percentage of Equity Interests, held by the Permitted Investors) and such ownership by the Permitted Investors represents the largest single block of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power held by any person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (ii) (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its subsidiaries, and any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35% of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power and (y)  the percentage of the then outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the Permitted Investors, and (B) during each period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower shall consist of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in (i) the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation to the extent the Specified Senior Indebtedness constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation to the extent the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or(c) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, Holdings shall directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

Closing Date ” shall mean October 12, 2007.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any legislation successor thereto.

Collateral ” shall mean all property and assets of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is or is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent ” shall mean LCPI Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated , in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, and shall include any successor collateral agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII .

Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

 

- 11-


such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(vii) [Intentionally Reserved]

(viii) other than for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees , reasonable and related, expenses documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Sponsor owed to non-affiliated third parties and out-of-pocket and documented indemnification obligations of the Sponsor paid in such period to the Sponsor to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 6.06 deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ix) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(x) (A) non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan and (B) other costs or expenses deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount; plus

(xi) [Intentionally Reserved]; plus

(xii) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and/or acquisition synergies had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of actions taken or to be taken in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and/or acquisition synergies are reasonably identifiable -and , factually supportable and expected to have continuing effect (in each case as determined in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower in a. certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent), (B) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings and/or acquisition synergies added pursuant to this clause (xii)  of the definition of EBITDA for any period with respect to a particular acquisition shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of EBITDA of the Borrower 10% of the EBITDA of the Person acquired in accordance with the terms of this Agreement but not subsequently so disposed of (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of EBITDA were references to such acquired Person and its subsidiaries, without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (xii)  or clause (xiii) of the definition of EBITDA) for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (xii)) ; plus

 

- 17-


(xiii) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(xiv) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(xv) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(xvi) any non-cash increase (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or (B) in expenses due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions; plus

(xvii) the amount of loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(b) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(c) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(ii) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), plus or minus, as applicable,

(iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, plus or minus, as applicable,

 

- 18-


(iv) any net gain or loss from disposed or discontinued operations and any net gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus or minus, as applicable,

(v) the amount of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, plus or minus, as applicable, and

(vi) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP.

For Solely for purposes of (i)   determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.11 and for (ii) any other provision of this Agreement that utilizes a calculation of EBITDA, any cash equity contribution (other than Disqualified Stock) to the Borrower (or to Holdings to be that is contributed to the Borrower as a cash equity contribution (other than Disqualified Stock) ), on or after the first day of any fiscal quarter and prior to the day that is 10 Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter (it being understood that each such contribution shall be credited with respect to only one fiscal quarter; provided that such credit shall be effective as to such fiscal quarter for all periods in which such fiscal quarter is included) will, at the request of the Borrower, be deemed to increase, dollar for dollar, EBITDA for such fiscal quarter for the purposes of determining compliance with such financial covenant at the end of such fiscal quarter and applicable subsequent periods (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of EBITDA, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”).

ECF Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year, 50%; provided , however , if the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of a fiscal year is (a) less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 but greater than 4.50 to 1.00, then the ECF Percentage with respect to such fiscal year shall mean 25%, and (b) less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, then the ECF Percentage with respect to such fiscal year shall mean 0%.

Eligible Assignee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b) .

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives and orders (including consent orders), having the force and effect of law, in each case, relating to protection of the environment or natural resources, or to human health and safety as it relates to protection from environmental hazards.

Equity Interests ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

Equity Offering ” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or of a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(a) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or S-8;

(b) issuances to the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(c) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

- 19-


funding requirement as to which the failure to satisfy results in a Lien or other statutory requirement permitting any governmental authority to accelerate the obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded, accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (b) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (a) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Government Securities” shall mean securities that are:

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America or any other nation, any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i) .

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any material, substance or waste classified, characterized or regulated as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Environmental Laws.

“Hedging Agreement” shall mean any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

- 25-


Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer of mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals and shall include any successors to such Person or assigns mean VH Holdings. Inc .

Immaterial Subsidiary ” shall mean each of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower for which (a) (i) the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary constitute less than 2.5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (ii) the EBITDA of such Restricted Subsidiary accounts for less than 2.5% of the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (b) (i) the assets of all relevant Restricted Subsidiaries constitute 5.0% or less than the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and (ii) the EBITDA of all relevant Restricted Subsidiaries accounts for less than 5.0% of the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case that has been designated as such by the Borrower in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, on the Closing Date, listed on Schedule 1.01(d) ) other than any such Restricted Subsidiary as to which the Borrower has revoked such designation by written notice to the Administrative Agent.

Incremental Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b) .

Incremental Facility Closing Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b) .

Incremental Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a) .

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent

(i) in respect of borrowed money;

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

(iii) evidenced by letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(iv) Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(v) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (A) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (B) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (C) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed; or

(vi) representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

- 26-


(ii) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.15(d) .

Junior Financing” shall mean any Subordinated Indebtedness which is Material Indebtedness.

Junior Financing Documentation ” shall mean any indenture and/or other agreement pertaining to Junior Financing and all documentation delivered pursuant thereto.

Krasny Plan ” shall mean the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Lenders ” shall mean (a) the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such Person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or pursuant to Section 2.21(a) ) and (b) any Person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

LCPI shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR” ), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any other agreement to give a security interest in such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(g) .

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, and the Notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) .

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

 

- 29-


Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, a Target Material Adverse Effect and (b) after the Closing Date a material adverse effect (i) on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) on any material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document, taken as a whole.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans), or Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount greater than or equal to $80,000,000. For purposes of determining “Material Indebtedness”, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if the relevant hedging agreement were terminated at such time.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

Merger ” shall mean the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity of such merger, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” shall mean that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 29, 2007 among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Minimum Threshold ” means (a) in the case of ABR Term Loans, $2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) in the case of Eurodollar Term Loans denominated in dollars, $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Morgan Stanley shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean each parcel of fee owned real property located in the United States with a book value in excess of $5,000,000 and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.09 or Section 5.10 to secure the Secured Obligations.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust and other security documents granting a Lien on any fee owned real property of a Loan Party, together with its interest in such fee owned real property, to secure the Secured Obligations, each in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA under which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Disposition or Property Loss Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of Taxes paid or payable

 

- 30-


Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes arising from the execution, delivery or enforcement of any Loan Document.

Parent ” shall mean a Person formed for the purpose of owning all of the Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, of Holdings.

“Participating Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

“Participation Portion” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Event ” shall mean (a) the whole or partial withdrawal of a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Foreign Plan during a Foreign Plan year, (b) the filing or a notice of interest to terminate in whole or in part a Foreign Plan or the treatment of a Foreign Plan amendment as a termination or partial termination, (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Authority to terminate in whole or in part or have a trustee appointed to administer a Foreign Plan, (d) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds for the termination of, winding up or partial termination or winding up or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Foreign Plan, (e) the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement, (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Foreign Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to applicable law or (g) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan which, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses, could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and/or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a perfection certificate executed by the Loan Parties in a form reasonably approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time.

Permitted Asset Swap ” shall mean, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) any Investment in the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the fair market value of all Investments made by Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties made pursuant to this clause (a)  shall not exceed the sum of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition or Property Loss Event which are not required to be used prior to such time to prepay Term Loans or reinvested (other than in reliance on this clause (a) ) pursuant to Section 2.13(a) and which are not used for purposes of clause (1)  below (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

- 32-


(s) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Borrower or any such subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(u) deposits made by the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(v) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Investors ” shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date;. (c) any Related Entity of any of the foregoing Persons and (d , (d) Silver Lake Partners III, L.P. and any of its Affiliates., (e) Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P. and any of its Affiliates and (f ) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (a), (b)  or , (c)  above (subject, in the case of officers, to the foregoing limitation), (d) or (e) above, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group ,” and provided further , that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b) , (c)  or (d) .

Permitted Liens ” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

(a) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 45 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

- 35-


Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d) .

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Business Assets ” shall mean assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Entity ” shall mean (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment.

“Remaining Incremental Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term Section 2.22(a).

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(d) .

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments at such time; provided that any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person shall mean any Financial Officer or any executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Person.

 

- 40-


Restricted Cash ” shall mean cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Borrower or that are classified as “restricted cash” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Restricted Guarantor ” shall mean a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean:

(a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(i) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower; or

(ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(b) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) the making of any principal payment on, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, of any Specified Senior Indebtedness or any Subordinated Indebtedness other than: (i) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(b)(vii) ; or

(ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Specified Senior Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year (or, in the case of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, 9 months) of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(d) the making of any Restricted Investment.

Restricted Payment Applicable Amount ” shall mean, at any time (the “ Reference Time ”), an amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of:

(a) $100 000 000;- [Intentionally Reserved]:

(b) an amount , not less than zero, determined on a cumulative basis equal to that portion 50% of Excess Cash Flow (or, for each such year Excess Cash Flow is a negative number, 100% of such Excess Cash Flow) for each fiscal year of the Borrower ended on or after

 

- 41-


December 31, 2008 and prior to the Reference Time multiplied by 100% minus the ECF Percentage for the relevant, fiscal year ; provided that. both before and immediately after giving effect to any Restricted Payment made with such amount. the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 5.75: 1.00 ; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (without the issuance of additional Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary) since immediately after the Closing Date (other than (i) to the extent used to fund the Transactions or other Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(b) , (ii) Specified Equity Contributions and (iii) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(xi)(A)) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Borrower, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.03(b)(iv) ; and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock;

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (without the issuance of additional Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary), Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.03(b)(iv)) ; or

(ii) debt of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower or a direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or

(iii) Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower;

provided , however , that this paragraph (c)  shall not include the proceeds from (w) Refunding Capital Stock, (x) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Borrower following the Closing Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent utilized pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(xi)(A) , (ii) to the extent applied to fund the Transactions or other Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(b) , (iii) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) Specified Equity Contributions and (v) any Excluded Contributions); plus

 

- 42-


(e) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower, of marketable securities or other property received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) of, or interest, returns, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date; or

(ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(vii) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

(f) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $35,000,000, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(vii) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Revolving Loan Credit Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 among MergerSub, the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-syndication agent and joint bookrunner, and Lehman Brothers Inc., as co-syndication agent.

Revolving Credit Documents ” shall mean the “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility ” shall mean the asset backed revolving credit facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” shall mean any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

- 43-


SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 5.04 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Sections 5.04(a) and (b) .

Secured Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Secured Obligations ” shall mean all obligations defined as “Obligations” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents.

Secured Parties ” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Documents ” shall mean the Mortgages, Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and the Perfection Certificate and each of the other instruments and documents executed and delivered with respect to the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.09 , or 5.10 .

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall mean the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Holdings; the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Bridge Loans ” shall mean up to $1,190,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured increasing rate term loans made available to the Borrower under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Notes ” shall mean up to $1,190,000,000 aggregate principal amount of (i) the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Borrower issued in exchange for Senior Bridge Loans and/or (ii) the Senior Notes due 2015 of the Borrower.

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (i) (A)Consolidated Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is not contractually subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness and that is secured by a Lien on property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including all Capital Lease Obligations, at such date minus (B) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP to (ii) EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent ; provided that (i) the calculation of Consolidated Indebtedness shall be determined after giving effect to the application of any Specified Equity Contribution proceeds that are applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness and (ii) the calculation of clause (B) hereof shall be determined after giving effect to any increase in the amount of Cash or Cash Equivalents that has resulted from a Specified Equity Contribution to the extent not applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness .

 

- 44-


Termination Date ” shall mean the date upon which all Term Loan Commitments have terminated and the Term Loans, together with all interest, the Administration Fee and other non-contingent Obligations, have been paid in full in cash.

Title Company ” shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Total Assets ” shall mean total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (i) (A) Consolidated Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date minus (B) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP to (ii) EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent ; provided that(i)the calculation of Consolidated Indebtedness shall be determined after giving effect to the application of any Specified Equity Contribution proceeds that are applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness and (ii) the calculation of clause (B) hereof shall be determined after giving effect to any increase in the amount of Cash or Cash Equivalents that has resulted from a Specified Equity Contribution to the extent not applied to the repayment of Consolidated Indebtedness .

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean any fees, costs or expenses incurred or paid by the Sponsor, the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions), the Sponsor Management Agreement, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Merger, (b) the Equity Investment, (c) the funding of the Specified Senior Indebtedness, (d) the funding of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, (e) the funding of the Term Loans and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (f) the consummation of the refinancing of the Existing Debt as contemplated by Sections 4.02(l) , (g) the execution and delivery of the Revolving Credit Agreement and the borrowings of loans and the issuance of letters of credit thereunder, and (h) the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Treasury Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b)(ii) .

Type ”, when used in respect of any Term Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Term Loan or on the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean:

(a) any subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Borrower, as provided in Section 5.11 ); and

(b) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

- 48-


USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(b) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. All references herein to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses, subclauses, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses and subclauses of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (and the financial definitions used therein) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the Closing Date; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein to implement the effect of any change in GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the Closing Date on the operation thereof (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein for such purpose), then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the definitions used therein (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders) to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such changes in GAAP; provided that all determinations made pursuant to the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any financial definition used therein shall be determined on the basis of GAAP as applied and in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP or the application thereof became effective, until the Total Net Leverage Ratio or Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or such financial definition is amended ; provided, further, that, if at any time after the Closing Date, any obligations of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would not have constituted Indebtedness as of the Closing Date are recharacterized as Indebtedness in accordance with any relevant changes in GAAP, such recharacterized obligations shall not be considered Indebtedness for all purposes hereunder . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in distribution to the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution in accordance with this Section 2.17 .

 

- 49-


SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Term Loan as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Term Loans shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Term Loans of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Term Loans of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans and participations in Term Loans held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding as the principal amount of its Term Loans prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that (i) if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Term Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a Term Loan deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Term Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 2.19. Payments . The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Administration Fee or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date when due in dollars in immediately available funds. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Attn: Loan Portfolio Group CDW Portfolio Manager, Tel: (212) 526 1819 , Morgan Stanley, 1 Pierrepont Plaza, 7 th Floor, Brooklyn, NY 11201, Attention: Cindy Kwok, Fax no : ( 646) 834 4997 , 718) 233-0928. Email: ritam.bhalla@lehman cindy.kwok@morganstanley.com . The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.20. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided , that if any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

- 61-


(y) repay all Obligations (other than contingent obligations) owing to such Lender as of such termination date.

Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in respect of the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.21 .

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender, pursuant to Section 2.20 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be material) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future.

SECTION 2.22. Incremental Term Loans .

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the “Incremental Term Loans ”); provided that both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Event of Default shall exist ; provided further that the proceeds of such Incremental Term Loans shall be used solely to pay cash consideration for acquisitions permitted under this Agreement . Each Incremental Term Loan shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000 (or such lower amount that either (A) represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence or (B) is acceptable to the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans shall not exceed the le a s ser t of (x) $ 500,000,000 and 300,000,000, (y) the maximum amount at the time of such proposed Incremental Term Loan that could be incurred such that before and after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Loan and after giving effect to any the applicable acquisition permitted under this Agreement and consummated in connection with the application of such proceeds, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and (z) the maximum amount at the time of such proposed Incremental Term Loans that could be incurred such that before and after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Loans and the applicable acquisition permitted under this Agreement and consummated in connection with the application of such proceeds, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.00:1.00 as of the last date for which Section 5.04 Financials have been delivered to the Administrative Agent. Each The Incremental Term Loans ( 1 i ) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the then- existing Term Loans, ( 2 ii ) shall not mature earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date, ( 3 iii ) shall not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of than the then existing Term Loans (without giving effect to annual amortization on any Incremental Term Loan Facility not in excess of 1% of the principal amount thereof) and (4) shall be treated in the same manner as the Term Loans for purposes of Section 2.13(c) existing Term Loans. (iv) the amortization schedule and Applicable Percentages for the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders of the Incremental Term Loans; provided that the all-in yield applicable to any Incremental Term Loans with respect to which any Sponsor is making more than such Sponsor’s Participation Portion of such Incremental Term Loans shall not exceed 12% per annum; provided, further, that (x) such all-in yield shall be calculated

 

- 64-


based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate, including giving effect to any LIBO Rate floor, as of the date such Incremental Term Loans are made to the Borrower, (y) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders of the Incremental Term Loans in the primary syndication thereof shall be included in the calculation of such all-in yield (with OID being equated to interest based on a four-year to life maturity) and (z) customary arrangement or commitment fees payable to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) of the Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded from the calculation of such all-in yield, and (v) may otherwise have terms and conditions different from those of the then existing Term Loans; provided that any differences set forth in this clause (v) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent . Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.22 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loan. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”) ; (and each existing Lender will have the right, but not the obligation, to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan up to an amount equal to its pro rata share of the then existing Term Loans (a “Participation Portion”). on terms permitted in this Section 2.22; provided that to the extent that any existing Lender does not offer to lend its full Participation Portion (any such remaining Incremental Term Loans, “Remaining Incremental Term Loans”), any existing Lender that does offer to lend its full Participation Portion (a “Participating Lender”) will have the right, but not the obligation, to make all or any portion of the entire Remaining Incremental Term Loans, and if the Participating Lenders, in the aggregate have elected, pursuant to this proviso, to make Incremental Term Loans in excess of the Remaining Incremental Term Loans, then the Remaining Incremental Term Loans shall be allocated among such Lenders pro rata based on the amount of Remaining Incremental Term Loans such Lender was willing to make; provided, further, that any existing Lender may assign its right to make Incremental Term Loans to an Affiliate of such existing Lender); provided that the relevant Persons under Section 9.04(b) shall have consented (in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender's or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans, if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Term Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender.

(b) Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans shall become Term Loan Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Term Loan Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.22 . The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” or similar language in such Section 4.01 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment). The-Borrower may use the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loan unless it so agrees in its sole discretion.

(c) The Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments established pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Security Documents. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such new Term Loans or any such new Term Loan Commitments.

 

- 65-


SECTION 3.18. Labor Matters . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 and except in the aggregate to the extent the same has not had and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, and (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters.

SECTION 3.19. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 3.20. Intellectual Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.20 , the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all intellectual property, free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens, from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights or the imposition of such restrictions or Liens could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.21. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations constitute “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

SECTION 3.22. Other Closing Date Representations . On the Closing Date, each of the Other Closing Date Representations is true.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of the Lenders to make Term Loans hereunder are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Arranger s on or prior to the Closing Date and in accordance with Section 9.08 thereafter) of the following conditions:

SECTION 4.01. All Term Loans . On the date of the making of each Term Loan, including the making of an Incremental Term Loan (it being understood that the conversion into a Eurodollar Term Loan or an ABR Term Loan or continuation of a Eurodollar Term Loan does not constitute the making of a Term Loan):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Term Loan as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02) .

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of such Term Loan with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , however , that solely for purposes of representations and warranties made on the Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be limited in all respects to the representations and warranties in Sections 3.01(d) , 3.02(a) , 3.03 , 3.10 , 3.11 and 3.21 and the Other Closing Date Representations.

(c) At the time of and immediately after the making of such Term Loan (other than on the Closing Date), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

- 70-


constitute a condition precedent to the initial borrowings hereunder if the Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests on terms and conditions as set forth in Section 5.13 .

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of (i) searches of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) and (ii) bankruptcy, judgment and tax lien searches, made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Person, together with (in the case of clause (i)) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search.

(i) From December 31, 2006, no event, change or effect shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 5.02 .

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certified copy of the Merger Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto). The Merger shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial funding of Term Loans on the Closing Date in accordance with and on the terms described in the Merger Agreement, and no material provision of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Arranger s , not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(l) Substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Term Loans on the Closing Date (i) the Equity Investment shall have been made, (ii) Merger Sub shall have received gross cash proceeds of (x) not less than $1,190,000,000 from the borrowing of Senior Bridge Loans and (y) not less than $750,000,000 from the borrowing of Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans and (iii) the Revolving Credit Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(m) All amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Debt shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of the Term Loans on the Closing Date shall be) paid in full, all commitments (if any) respect thereof terminated and all guarantees (if any) thereof discharged and released. After giving effect to the Transactions, substantially all of the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have been repaid other than (i) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, (i) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Documents, (iii) the Specified Senior Indebtedness, (iv) the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and (v) other Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b)(iii) .

(n) The Lenders shall have received from the Loan Parties, to the extent requested at least ten days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(o) The Lenders shall have received (i) the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), certified by the Borrower as having been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (A) the Transactions, including the Term Loans, Senior Bridge Loans and Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans, to be made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof and (B) the payment of Transaction Expenses; and (ii) the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 3.05 . The Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall have been prepared based upon the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal

 

- 72-


(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.09 or in any other Loan Document, as soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, on or before January 31. 2010, cause each Loan Party, with respect to each deposit account (other than an Excluded Deposit Account (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement)) (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) maintained by such Loan Party or opened by such Loan Party prior to such date, to enter into a deposit account control agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent among such Loan Party, the bank (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) with which such deposit account is maintained, and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Collateral Agent shall have a perfected, first priority (subject, as to priority, only to Permitted Liens) security interest in such deposit account (and all funds deposited therein or credited thereto), in each case perfected by control (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code). No Loan Party shall open a deposit account (other than an Excluded Deposit Account) after October 15, 2009 unless, prior to the date on which such account is opened, such Loan Party, the bank with which such account is to be maintained and the Collateral Agent enter into a deposit account control agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Collateral Agent shall have a perfected, first priority (subject, as to priority, only to Permitted Liens) security interest in such deposit account (and all funds deposited therein or credited thereto), in each case perfected by control. No Loan Party has granted or shall grant control of any deposit account (including any deposit account of the type referenced in the preceding sentence) to any Person other than the Collateral Agent to secure the Secured Obligations and the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement). The Collateral Agent shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of funds from time to time deposited in or credited to any deposit account, or withhold any withdrawal rights from the Loan Party in whose name the deposit account is maintained, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or after giving effect to any withdrawal, would occur and subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.09 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.09 (other than Section 5.09(h)) or any other Security Document , but subject in all respects to Section 5.09(h), (1) the Collateral Agent shall not require the taking of a Lien on, or require the perfection of any Lien granted in, those assets as to which the cost of obtaining or perfecting such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax or expenses relating to such Lien) is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 5.09 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction).

SECTION 5.10. Mortgaged Properties .

The Collateral Agent shall have received not later than 60 days after the Closing Date (unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion):

(i) a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Loan Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a lien under applicable Requirements of Law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a

 

- 79-


have occurred and be continuing and the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a), on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Borrower shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Credit Ratings.

Within 10 Business Days after being directed by the Arranger s , unless otherwise extended by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, the Borrower shall cause to be obtained and thereafter shall maintain at all times (a) a rating of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s and (b) a corporate credit rating from S&P and Moody’s.

Post-Closing Collateral Arrangements.

The Borrower shall execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 5.13 , in each case within the time limits specified on such schedule.

Syndication Assistance.

In consultation with the Sponsor and subject to the Sponsor’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Arranger s in completing syndications reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger s . Such assistance shall include the Borrower using commercially reasonable efforts to (i) ensure that the syndication efforts benefit from the Borrower’s existing banking relationships, (ii) cause direct contact between the Borrower’s senior management, on the one hand, and the proposed Lenders, on the other hand, at mutually agreed upon times and with a frequency which is commercially reasonable, (iii) assist in the preparation and updating of customary Confidential Information Memoranda for the Term Loan Facility and other customary marketing materials to be used in connection with the syndication; provided that the frequency of such updating shall be commercially reasonable and no more frequent than once per quarter and (iv) host, with the Arranger s , one meeting of prospective Lenders at a time and at a location to be mutually agreed upon (and to the extent necessary, one or more additional meetings of prospective Lenders and/or conference calls with prospective Lenders in lieu of a meeting); provided that the frequency of such meetings shall be commercially reasonable and not disruptive to the managements’ operation of its business and affairs.

Interest, Rate Protection.

The Borrower shall be party to, and maintain at all times throughout the term of this Agreement, Hedging Agreements with terms and conditions and counterparties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent that result in at least 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans being effectively subject to a fixed or maximum interest rate reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that (a) as of the effective date of each Hedging Agreement, the term of such Hedging Agreement shall be for at least two years or, if less, the remaining term of this Agreement (or, in each case, such lesser term as consented to by the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (b) if the Borrower is required to post cash collateral or otherwise provide a Lien on cash collateral to secure its Hedging Obligations under any such Hedging Agreement after using its commercially reasonable efforts to enter into Hedging Agreements which would not require the posting of cash collateral or a Lien on cash collateral to secure such Hedging Obligation, then the Borrower shall not be required to comply with this Section 5.15 to the extent of any such requirement.

 

- 82-


(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of a security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (vi)) ;

(vii) Indebtedness of (A) the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii) ;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii) ;

(ix) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01 , exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(x) obligations in respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) (A) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0 100.0 %

 

- 84-


of the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower or cash contributed to the capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Specified Equity Contributions, and other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions and proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d)  of the definition of Restricted Payment Applicable Amount (to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to of Section 6.03(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (a)  and (c)  of the definition thereof); provided that any amounts incurred in excess of the aggregate amount of such net cash proceeds shall be Subordinated Indebtedness not subject to scheduled amortization and with a final maturity not prior to the date occurring 180 days following the Term Loan Maturity Date; and (B) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi)(B) , does not at any one time outstanding exceed $ 150,000,000 50,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi)(B) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 6.01(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 6.01(a) without reliance on this clause (xi)(B) ;

(xii) provided that no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted under Section 6.01(a) and clauses (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (xi)(A) , (xiii) , (xviii) , (xv) and (xx)  of this Section 6.01(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (1) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (2) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,

(C) shall not include:

(1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower;

 

- 85-


(2) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or

(3) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

provided , further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xii)  (solely as it relates to Indebtedness under clause (xiii)  and Section 6.01(a) ) shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.01(g) to the same extent as the Indebtedness refinanced;

(xiii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) incurred to finance an acquisition, (y) of Persons (other than foreign Persons) that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Persons merged into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (z) that is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) in connection with such acquisition so long as:

(A) no Default exists or shall result therefrom;

(B) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in reliance on clause (x)  above shall not be Secured Indebtedness and shall not mature (and shall not be mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock of Preferred Stock) or require any payment of principal (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation), in each case, prior to the date which is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

(C) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in reliance on clause (y)  or (z)  above shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and either (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness constituting Secured Indebtedness, together with all Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, shall not exceed $100,000,000 or (2) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger, the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness. Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or assumed with respect to such acquisition pursuant to sub-clause (1) of this clause (C) and Section 6.01(b)(xxvi) shall not exceed 500% of the EBITDA of the Person to be acquired in such acquisition (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of EBITDA were references to such acquired Person and its subsidiaries, without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to clause (xii) or (xiii) of the definition of EBITDA) for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date;

(D) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger either (1) the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Total Net Leverage Ratio test immediately

 

- 86-


prior to such acquisition or merger or (2) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Net Leverage Ratio test described in Section 6.01(a) ;

provided that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xiii)  is subject to the limitations of paragraph (g)  below;

(xiv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(xv) the Indebtedness under or secured by the Revolving Credit Documents of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof);

(xvi) (A) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Indebtedness or other obligations are permitted under this Agreement, or (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that, in each case, (x) such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with its obligations under Section 5.09 and (y) in the case of any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement;

(xvii) Indebtedness under the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (B) other inventory financing agreements; provided that the aggregate amount outstanding at any time under this clause (xvii) shall not exceed $300,000,000;

(xviii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or of any foreign Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided , that the aggregate amount outstanding of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock shall not at any time exceed $100,000,000 35,000,000 ;

(xix) Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in Section 6.03(b)(iv) ;

(xx) the incurrence by the Borrower and any Restricted Guarantor of the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xxi) [Intentionally Reserved;]

(xxii) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

 

- 87-


(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

(xxiv) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries incurred to finance insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (xxvi) ; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or assumed with respect to such acquisition pursuant to this Section 6.01(b)(xxvi) and sub-clause (1) of Section 6.01(b)(xiii)(C) shall not exceed 500% of the EBITDA of the Person to be acquired in such acquisition (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of EBITDA were references to such acquired Person and its subsidiaries, without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to clause (xii) or (xiii) of the definition of EBITDA) for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date .

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01 :

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 6.01(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item (other than amounts described in clause (xvii)  of clause (b)  above, in the case of a reclassification as an incurrence pursuant to Section 6.01(a)) of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above permitted clauses; and

(ii) at the time of incurrence or permitted reclassification, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in one or more types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 6.01(a) or (b).

(d) The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 6.01 .

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

 

- 88-


(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b), no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in reliance on Section 6.01(a) or (b)(xiii) (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed $100,000,000; provided that in no event shall any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (i)  and (ii) , not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this Section 6.01(g) .

SECTION 6.02. Liens . Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom.

SECTION 6.03. Restricted Payments . Directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, other than:

(a) Restricted Payments in an amount, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) , (ii)  (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (C)  thereof only), (vi)(C) and (ix)  of Section 6.03(b) , but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.03(b)) not to exceed the Restricted Payment Applicable Amount; provided that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 6.01(a).

(b) Section 6.03(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (1) Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Subordinated Indebtedness or Specified Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor or (2) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, in the case of each of clause (1)  and (2) , in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent contributed to the capital of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of

 

- 89-


(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii)  that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (xvi)  of this Section 6.03(b) or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); [Intentionally Reserved];

(viii) in connection with operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Borrower and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Borrower as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Borrower in or from any such public Equity Offering;

(x) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions) ;

(xi) Other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi)  not to exceed $25,000,000;

(xii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions including the payment of up to $53,000,000 within 60 days of the Closing Date to participants in the Krasny Plan, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 business days after the Closing Date and (C) the payment of the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted under Section 6.06 ;

(xiv) the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or other Subordinated Indebtedness upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (so long as such Change of Control has been waived by the Required Lenders);

(xv) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Borrower to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of its direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such

 

- 92-


payments shall be equal to the amount that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(E) amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including all obligations and expenses incurred by the Sponsor in the performance of its duties under the Sponsor Management Agreement); provided that the aggregate amount of fees payable pursuant to this clause (E) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any calendar year; and provided, further, that indemnification obligations and expenses payable pursuant to this clause (E) shall constitute reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Sponsor owed to non-affiliated third parties and out-of-pocket and documented indemnification obligations of the Sponsor ;

(F) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Borrower incurred pursuant to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in Section 6.04 ;

(G) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent;

(H) amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 6.03 ; provided that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.04) in order to consummate such Investment, in each case, subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (h)  and (m)  of, and the proviso set forth at the end of, the definition of Permitted Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by the Borrower shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.03(a) and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this Section 6.03 (other than pursuant to clause (x)  hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (i)  thereof);

 

- 93-


(I) [reserved];

(J) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(K) reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries- (other-than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents that were contributed to such Unrestricted Subsidiaries as an Investment pursuant to clause (vii)  of this Section 6.03(b)) ;

(xvii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 6.04 ; provided that if as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, a Change of Control has occurred, such Change of Control has been consented to or waived by the Required Lenders;

(xviii) Restricted Payments by (A) a non-Subsidiary Guarantor, (B) a Foreign Subsidiary or (C) any other subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor that;

(xix) payments or distributions in connection with an AHYDO “catch-up” payment with respect to the Specified Senior Indebtedness;

(xx) purchases of minority interests in non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries by the Borrower and the Guarantors;

(xxi) [Intentionally Reserved];

(xxii) [Intentionally Reserved]; and

(xxiii) any payment of any dividend from the Borrower to Holdings in connection with the payment of social security or other payroll taxes based on the issuance of Equity Interests to employees or other service providers;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (ii) , (iii) , (v) , (vi) , (vii) , (ix)  (as determined at the time of the declaration of such dividend), (xi) , (xv(E)) and (xvi) , no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Closing Date, all of the subsidiaries of the Borrower will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to Section 5.11(b) . For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an

 

- 94-


(c) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties;

(ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay fees, expenses and make indemnification payments directly or indirectly to the Sponsor pursuant to and in accordance with the Sponsor Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date); provided that the aggregate amount of fees payable pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any calendar year; and provided, Further, that indemnification obligations and expenses payable pursuant to this clause (ii) shall constitute reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Sponsor owed to non-affiliated third parties and out-of-pocket and documented indemnification obligations of the Sponsor;

(iii) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(iv) issuances by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests not prohibited under this Agreement;

(v) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of the Borrower and its subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business, in the case of any direct or indirect parent to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(vi) expense reimbursement and employment, severance and compensation arrangements entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with their officers, employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the payment of stay bonuses and incentive compensation and/or such officer’s, employee’s or consultant’s equity investment in certain Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Parent and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives);

(viii) the payment of reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business, in the case of any direct or indirect parent to the extent attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement) and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect;

(x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.03 ;

(xi) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith;

 

- 99-


(xii) loans and other transactions among the Borrower and its subsidiaries (and any direct and indirect parent company of the Borrower) to the extent permitted under this Article VI ; provided that any Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to subordination provisions no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(xiii) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xiii)  to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole;

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business which are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xv) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(xvi) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith; and

(xvii) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or otherwise, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not (i) pay fees directly or indirectly to the Sponsor whether pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise in an aggregate amount in excess of the amount set forth in clause (c)(ii) above, or (ii) amend, modify or supplement the Sponsor Management Agreement, or enter into a substitute or replacement sponsor management agreement, the effect of which is to increase the fees payable directly or indirectly to the Sponsor thereunder to an aggregate amount in excess of the amount set forth in clause (c)(ii) above.

SECTION 6.07. Restrictive Agreements . Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon:

(a) the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations;

(b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

- 100-


clauses (i) through (x) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the reasonable, good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(d) clause (a)  and clause (c)  of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment, sale or transfer thereof, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business or which exists on the date hereof, and no such clause in this Section 6.07 shall prohibit or restrict such party’s right to execute a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a form customary and reasonably acceptable to Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.08. Business of the Borrower and Its Restricted Subsidiaries . Engage in any line of business material to the Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a whole other than (a) those lines of business conducted by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date or (b) any Similar Business.

SECTION 6.09. Modification of Junior Financing Documentation . Directly or indirectly, amend, modify or change (a) the subordination provisions of any Junior Financing Documentation (and the component definitions used therein), including the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or (b) any other term or condition of the Specified Senior Indebtedness Documentation, the Specified Senior Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or any Junior Financing Documentation, in the case of this clause (b) , in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and, in each case, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

SECTION 6.10. Changes in Fiscal Year . Make any change in its fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 6.11. Senior Secured Leverage Ratio . Permit the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or nearest to the date set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such date:

 

Period

   Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2008    7.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2009    7.00 to 1.00
June 30, 2009    6.75 to 1.00
September 30, 2009    6.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2009    7.25 to 1.00
March 31, 2010    7.75 to 1.00
June 30, 2010    7.75 to 1.00
September 30, 2010    7.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2010    8.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2011    7.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2011    7.50 to 1.00

 

-102-


September 30, 2011    7.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2011    7.25 to 1.00
March 31, 2012    7.00 to 1.00
June 30, 2012    7.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2012    6.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2012    6.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2013    6.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2013    6.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2013    6.00 to 1.00
December 31, 2013    5.75 to 1.00
   5.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2014 and each fiscal    5.75 to 1.00
quarter thereafter    5.75 to 1.00
   4.75 to 1.00
   4.75 to 1.00
   4.75 to 1.00
   4.75 to 1.00
   3-75 5.50  to 1.00

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in any Loan Document or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any certificate required to be furnished pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Term Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for mandatory prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Term Loan or the Administration Fee or other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (b)  above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to the Borrower), 5.05(a) or in Article VI ;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Loan Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

 

-103-


Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by notifying in writing the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under paragraphs (g)(i) or (h) of Article VII ), to appoint a successor (other than a Disqualified Institution) which shall be a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States or any State or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, in each case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.

If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of resignation of the relevant Agent specified by such Agent in its notice, the resigning Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and with the consent of the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the successor agent by the date which is 60 days following the retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of such Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders, appoint a successor agent as provided for above (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of any Secured Parties, the resigning Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as an Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Security Documents, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the obligations under Section 5.09 are satisfied, the successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.

None of Lenders or other Persons identified on the cover page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arranger s or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arranger s or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did

 

-107-


not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the Obligations shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether such Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise;

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the Obligations and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and each Agent or (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and each Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due such Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.05 and 9.05) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to such Agent and, in the event such Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.05 and 9.05 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize any Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize such Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any such Lender in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices . Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

 

  (a) if to the Borrower, to it at:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Attention: Barbara A. Klein Ann E. Ziegler , Chief Financial Officer

Phone: (847) 968 -0204 0610

Facsimile: (847) 968-0304

 

-108-


Christine Leahy, General Counsel

Phone: (847) 968-0203

Facsimile: (847) 968-0303

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention of: George Peinado

(Fax No. (312) 895-1346)

Email address: gpeinado@mdcp.com

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive 300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60601 60654

Attention of: Maureen Sweeney

(Fax No. (312)  660 0359 862-2200 )

Email address: (312)  861 862 -2190

if to LCPI as an Agent, to: Morgan Stanley as Administrative Agent and Morgan

Stanley &Co. Incorporated as Collateral Agent, to:

Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention of: CDW Portfolio Manager

(Fax No. (646) 834 4997)

(Telephone No. (212) 526 1819)

Morgan Stanley

1 Pierrepont Plaza, 7 th Floor

Brooklyn. NY 11201

Attention: Cindy Kwok

Telecopy no: (718) 233-0928

E-Mail Address: cindy.kwok@morganstanley.com

With copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Ben Lerner

Morgan Stanley

1585 Broadway. Floor 04

New York, NY 10036

Telecopy no: (646) 452-4810

E-Mail Address: ben.lerner@morganstanley.com

Steve King

Morgan Stanley

1585 Broadway, Floor 04

 

-109-


New York, NY 10036

Telecopy no: (212) 507-4687

E-Mail Address: stephen.b.king@morganstanley.com

(b) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date three Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case, delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01 . As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time in writing, notices and other communications may also be delivered or furnished by e-mail; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein or any other Loan Document, shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Agents and the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Term Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Agents or the Lenders or on their behalf, and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or actual knowledge of any Default at the time of the making of any Term Loans shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Term Loans, the expiration of the Term Loan Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns .

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees (in each case, other than to Disqualified Institutions) all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitment and the Term Loans at the time owing to it); provided , however , that (i) each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower must give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent shall be required to any such assignment made to a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund

 

-110-


subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Term Loans or reducing or terminating the Term Loan Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders to assign such Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 9.08 (with such replacement, if applicable, being deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9.08(d) ). Pursuant to any such assignment, all Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders in the same manner as would be required if such Term Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Term Loan Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 . By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to those of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP , counsel for the Agents and the Arranger s taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in each material jurisdiction) incurred by the Arranger s and the Agents, in connection with the syndication of the Term Loan Facility and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, as to legal fees and expenses, to one counsel for all such Persons taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole in each material jurisdiction) incurred by the Agents or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights or remedies in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Term Loans made hereunder.

(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each of the foregoing Persons’ Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates and their successors and assigns (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole in each material jurisdiction; provided that if (i) one or more Indemnitees shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to one or more other Indemnitees or (ii) the representation of the Indemnitees (or any portion thereof) by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, then such expenses shall include the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket disbursements and other charges of one separate counsel to such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, in each relevant jurisdiction), and liabilities of such Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with (w) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Term Loan Facility), (x) the use of the proceeds of the Term Loans, (y) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (z) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the subsidiaries, or any liability under Environmental Laws related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or the subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to

 

-114-


the extent that such costs, expenses or liabilities (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (or its Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Indemnitee and such Indemnitee’s Affiliates) (each, a “related party” of such Indemnitee) or material breach of its (or any of its related parties’) obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or (y) relate to the presence or Release of Hazardous Materials that first occur at any property owned by Holdings or the Borrower after such property is transferred to any Indemnitee, any of its related parties or any of their respective successors or assigns by foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer. The Borrower shall have no obligation to reimburse any Indemnitee for fees and expenses unless such Indemnitee provides the Borrower with an undertaking in which such Indemnitee agrees to refund and return any and all amounts paid by the Borrower to such Indemnitee to the extent any of the foregoing items in clauses (x)  and (y)  occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to Tax matters, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20 .

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Arranger s , the Administrative Agent or any other Indemnitee related thereto under paragraph (a)  or (b)  of this Section (and without limiting its obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Arranger s , such Indemnitee and the Administrative Agent, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Arranger s , the Agents or such Indemnitee in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of outstanding Term Loans and unused Term Loan Commitments at the time.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim from (i) the use by others of information or other materials obtained through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems, except to the extent such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith, fraud or gross negligence of such party of any of its Affiliates or the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such party and such party’s Affiliates and (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Term Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Term Loans, the expiration of the Term Loan Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable within 30 days after receipt of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such amounts in reasonable detail.

SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff; Payments Set Aside .

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its subsidiaries) to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a

 

-115-


have been payable in respect of such Term Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Term Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees, the Arranger s , the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO IT THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11 .

SECTION 9.12. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03 . Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees

 

-118-


that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower, Holdings or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(d) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in dollars, into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days thereafter. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase dollars with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in dollars, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.

SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger s and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ (other than Excluded Parties (as defined below)) trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) in connection with the transactions contemplated or permitted hereby, (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process ( provided, that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such Arranger or such Lender that discloses any Information pursuant to this clause (c)  shall provide the Borrower with prompt notice of such disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable law), (d) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 9.16 (or as otherwise may be acceptable to the Borrower), to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the

 

-119-


Borrower, any subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the written consent of the Borrower, (g) to any Rating Agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such Rating Agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Person) or (h) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16 ; provided that, no such disclosure shall be made by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to any of its affiliates that are engaged as principals primarily in private equity, mezzanine financing or venture capital (the “ Excluded Parties ”). For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all information received from the Borrower or Holdings and related to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Arranger or any Lender, other than by reason of disclosure by Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Arranger or any Lender in breach of this Section 9.16 .

SECTION 9.17. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agents and the Arranger s are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents and the Arranger s on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each Agent and each Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Agents and the Arranger s and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agents and the Arranger s with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 9.18. Release of Collateral . The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agents (and the Agents agree):

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (w) upon the Termination Date (and, concurrently therewith, to release all the Loan Parties from their obligations under the Loan Documents (other than those that specifically survive the Termination Date)), (x) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (y) subject to Section 9.08 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (z) owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c)  below;

(b) at the request of the Borrower, to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clauses (f) , (h)  and (t)  of the definition of Permitted Liens; and

(c) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a

 

-120-

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

SENIOR BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 12, 2007

and

Amended and Restated as of March 12, 2008

among

VH MERGERSUB, INC.

(TO BE MERGED WITH AND INTO

CDW CORPORATION),

as Borrower,

VH HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Holdings,

The Subsidiary Guarantors Party Hereto,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto,

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I Definitions    1
    SECTION 1.01.   Defined Terms    1
    SECTION 1.02.   Other Interpretive Provisions    55
    SECTION 1.03.   Accounting Terms    56
    SECTION 1.04.   Rounding    56
    SECTION 1.05.   References to Agreements, Laws, Etc    56
    SECTION 1.06.   Times of Day    57
    SECTION 1.07.   Timing of Payment or Performance    57
ARTICLE II The Commitments and Loans    57
    SECTION 2.01.   Loans    57
    SECTION 2.02.   Procedure for Borrowing    57
    SECTION 2.03.   Extended Loans; Exchange Notes    59
    SECTION 2.04.   Prepayments    61
    SECTION 2.05.   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt    63
    SECTION 2.06.   Interest and Fees    64
    SECTION 2.07.   Alternate Rate of Interest    66
    SECTION 2.08.   Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans    66
    SECTION 2.09.   Funding Losses    68
    SECTION 2.10.   Taxes    68
    SECTION 2.11.   Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment    71
    SECTION 2.12.   Sharing of Payments    74
    SECTION 2.13.   Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances    74
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties    76
    SECTION 3.01.   Organization; Powers    76
    SECTION 3.02.   Authorization    76
    SECTION 3.03.   Enforceability    76
    SECTION 3.04.   Governmental Approvals    77
    SECTION 3.05.   Financial Statements    77
    SECTION 3.06.   No Material Adverse Change    77
    SECTION 3.07.   Title to Properties    77
    SECTION 3.08.   Subsidiaries    78
    SECTION 3.09.   Litigation; Compliance with Laws    78

 

ii


    SECTION 3.10.   Federal Reserve Regulations    78
    SECTION 3.11.   Investment Company Act    78
    SECTION 3.12.   Taxes    78
    SECTION 3.13.   No Material Misstatements    79
    SECTION 3.14.   Employee Benefit Plans    79
    SECTION 3.15.   Environmental Matters    79
    SECTION 3.16.   Labor Matters    79
    SECTION 3.17.   Solvency    80
    SECTION 3.18.   Intellectual Property    80
    SECTION 3.19.   [Intentionally Reserved]    80
    SECTION 3.20.   Other Closing Date Representations    80
ARTICLE IV Conditions Precedent    80
    SECTION 4.01.   Conditions to Initial Loans    80
    SECTION 4.02.   Conditions to Amendment Closing Date    82
ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants    84
    SECTION 5.01.   Financial Statements    84
    SECTION 5.02.   Notices    86
    SECTION 5.03.   Taxes    86
    SECTION 5.04.   Existence, Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties    86
    SECTION 5.05.   Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections    87
    SECTION 5.06.   Insurance    87
    SECTION 5.07.   Use of Proceeds    87
    SECTION 5.08.   Exchange Notes    88
    SECTION 5.09.   Further Assurances    88
    SECTION 5.10.   Take-Out Financing    89
    SECTION 5.11.   Reports and Other Information    90
    SECTION 5.12.   Additional Guarantees    92
ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants    92
    SECTION 6.01.   Limitation on Restricted Payments    92
    SECTION 6.02.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries    101
    SECTION 6.03.   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock    104
    SECTION 6.04.   Asset Sales    110
    SECTION 6.05.   Transactions with Affiliates    113
    SECTION 6.06.   Liens    115
    SECTION 6.07.   Limitation on Business Activities    115
    SECTION 6.08.   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets    115
    SECTION 6.09.   Change of Control    117

 

iii


ARTICLE VII Events of Default    118
    SECTION 7.01.   Events of Default Prior to Conversion Date    119
    SECTION 7.02.   Remedies Upon Event of Default Prior to Conversion Date    121
    SECTION 7.03.   Events of Default Following Conversion Date    121
    SECTION 7.04.   Remedies Upon Event of Default Following Conversion Date    123
    SECTION 7.05.   Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries    124
    SECTION 7.06.   Application of Funds    124
ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent and Other Agents    125
    SECTION 8.01.   Appointment and Authorization of Agents    125
    SECTION 8.02.   Delegation of Duties    125
    SECTION 8.03.   Liability of Agents    126
    SECTION 8.04.   Reliance by Agents    126
    SECTION 8.05.   Notice of Default    127
    SECTION 8.06.   Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents    127
    SECTION 8.07.   Indemnification of Agents    128
    SECTION 8.08.   Agents in their Individual Capacities    128
    SECTION 8.09.   Successor Agents    129
    SECTION 8.10.   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim    129
    SECTION 8.11.   Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers    130
    SECTION 8.12.   Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents    130
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous    131
    SECTION 9.01.   Amendments, Etc    131
    SECTION 9.02.   Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies    134
    SECTION 9.03.   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    135
    SECTION 9.04.   Attorney Costs and Expenses    135
    SECTION 9.05.   Indemnification by the Borrower    135
    SECTION 9.06.   Payments Set Aside    137
    SECTION 9.07.   Successors and Assigns    137
    SECTION 9.08.   Confidentiality    140
    SECTION 9.09.   Setoff    142
    SECTION 9.10.   Interest Rate Limitation    142
    SECTION 9.11.   Counterparts    143
    SECTION 9.12.   Integration    143
    SECTION 9.13.   Survival of Representations and Warranties    143
    SECTION 9.14.   Severability    143
    SECTION 9.15.   Tax Forms    143
    SECTION 9.16.   GOVERNING LAW    146
    SECTION 9.17.   WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY    146
    SECTION 9.18.   Binding Effect    146
    SECTION 9.19.   [Reserved]    147
    SECTION 9.20.   Lender Action    147
    SECTION 9.21.   USA PATRIOT Act    147
    SECTION 9.22.   Agent for Service of Process    147

 

iv


ARTICLE X Guarantees    147
    SECTION 10.01.   Guarantees    147
    SECTION 10.02.   [Intentionally Omitted]    150
    SECTION 10.03.   Successors and Assigns    150
    SECTION 10.04.   No Waiver    150
    SECTION 10.05.   Modification    150
    SECTION 10.06.   Release of Guarantor    151
    SECTION 10.07.   Contribution    151
    SECTION 10.08.   Confirmation of Guarantee    151
     SCHEDULES:     
    Schedule 1.01   Liens   
    Schedule 2.01   Commitments and Loans   
    Schedule 3.08   Subsidiaries   
    Schedule 3.09   Litigation   
    Schedule 3.15   Environmental Matters   
    Schedule 3.16   Labor Matters   
    Schedule 3.18   Intellectual Property   
    Schedule 6.05   Payments and Agreements in Effect on the Closing Date   
    Schedule 9.02   Notice Addresses   
     EXHIBITS:     
    Exhibit A   Form of Assignment and Assumption   
    Exhibit B   Form of Exchange Note Indenture   
    Exhibit C   Form of Promissory Note   
    Exhibit D   Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel   
    Exhibit E   Form of Registration Rights Agreement   

 

v


This SENIOR BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 12, 2008, among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“ CDW ”, the “ Company ” or the “ Borrower ”), VH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS party hereto (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the LENDERS party hereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Borrower is party to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Existing Bridge Facility ”) with VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) (which on the Closing Date was merged with and into) the Company, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto, and the Administrative Agent.

The parties to the Existing Bridge Facility have agreed to amend the Existing Bridge Facility in certain respects and to restate the Existing Bridge Facility as so amended as provided herein (as amended and restated, the “ Bridge Facility ”).

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that on the Amendment Closing Date (as defined below) the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility will be prepaid in an amount not to exceed $190,000,000, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01 hereof, and the Existing Bridge Facility shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Cap ” means $5,500,000 per annum, the per annum interest rate equivalent of which amount (determined reasonably by the Qualifying Bookrunners

 

1


based upon the principal amount of the Senior Loans, PIK Election Loans and/or “Loans” under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility, as the case may be, at the time of designation) may be designated by the Qualifying Bookrunners to be used as part of the Senior Loans Total Cap, the PIK Election Loans Total Cap and/or the “Total Cap” under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility.

Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Bridge Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 9.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , however , that no Lender (nor any of its Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries by virtue of its capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.05.

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any).

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

AHYDO Redemption Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04(d).

Amendment Closing Date ” means the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied.

Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make an Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan hereunder on the Amendment Closing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.07. The initial amount of each Lender’s Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in

 

2


the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Senior Loan Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitments is $150,000,000.

Applicable Margin ” means (a) with respect to any Initial Senior Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (i) 362.5 basis points for the Interest Period beginning on the Closing Date, (ii) 362.5 basis points for the second Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) 412.5 basis points for the third Interest Period applicable thereto and (iv) 462.5 basis points for the fourth Interest Period applicable thereto, (b) with respect to any Initial PIK Election Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (i) 400.0 basis points for the Interest Period beginning on the Closing Date, (ii) 400.0 basis points for the second Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) 450.0 basis points for the third Interest Period applicable thereto and (iv) 500.0 basis points for the fourth Interest Period applicable thereto and (c) with respect to any Initial Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, for any period, the Applicable Margin then applicable to Eurocurrency Rate Loans less 100 basis points.

Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Arrangers ” means each of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., in its capacity as Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

Asset Sale ” means (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (as lessor) or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Borrower (other than the sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 6.08 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 6.06 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required

 

3


by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25,000,000;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real, intangible or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(i) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof;

(l) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and Receivables Facility financings permitted under this Agreement;

(m) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;

(n) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(p) any Permitted Asset Swap; and

(q) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date, (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as an Asset Sale.

 

4


Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.04.

Assignee ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.07), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest per annum in effect for such day as announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” at its principal office in New York, New York. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Base Rate.

Blockage Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the disinterested directors, in which case by a majority of such directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

5


Borrower Materials ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Borrowing ” means the incurrence of the Initial Loans.

Borrowing Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.02(a).

Bridge Facility ” has the meaning provided in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Bridge Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.05(e), the Fee Letter, all guarantees of the Loans and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case including any annexes, exhibits, appendices or schedules thereto, but excluding the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Indenture and any guarantees of the Exchange Notes or other documents related to the Exchange Note Indenture, including the Registration Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday; provided that if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Cap Designation Letter ” means a letter delivered to the Administrative Agent with a copy to the Borrower by the Qualifying Bookrunners designating all or any portion of the Unused Additional Cap to be used as part of the Senior Loans Total Cap and/or the PIK Election Loans Total Cap.

Capital Stock ” means:

(a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

6


Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any other Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Election ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(d).

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars;

(2) (a) Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the economic and monetary union contemplated by the Treaty on European Union or (b) in the case of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any lender under Senior Credit Facilities or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

7


(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) [intentionally reserved];

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated A- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or A3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s:

(12) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1) through (11) above; and

(13) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12) above or other high quality short term investments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Interest ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(c).

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Borrower and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Borrower and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

A “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) the Permitted Investors cease to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests of the Borrower representing a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of

 

8


directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Investors otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or (B) the Permitted Investors own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially an amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power that is equal to or more than 50% of the amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Investors of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date (determined by taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or other events subsequent to the Closing Date that changed the amount of Equity Interests, but not the percentage of Equity Interests, held by the Permitted Investors) and such ownership by the Permitted Investors represents the largest single block of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power held by any person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its subsidiaries, and any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35% of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the Permitted Investors, and (B) during each period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower shall consist of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in each of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement to the extent the Indebtedness thereunder constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, Holdings shall directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.

 

9


Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.09(b).

Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.09(b).

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan, Borrowing or Commitment, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are Senior Loans or PIK Election Loans or whether such Commitment is a Senior Loan Commitment or a PIK Election Loan Commitment.

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01, which date was October 12, 2007.

Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make an Initial Closing Date Senior Loan hereunder on the Closing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Initial Closing Date Senior Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.07. The initial amount of each Lender’s Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Senior Loan Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Closing Date Senior Loan Commitments is $520,000,000.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and rules and regulations related thereto.

Commitment ” means a Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment, a PIK Election Loan Commitment or an Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

Common Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock in such Person that does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

Compensation Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.11(d)(ii).

consolidated ” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

 

10


Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (f) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (g) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that (without duplication),

(1) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions, including, but not limited to, up to $20,000,000 in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of the Borrower for continued employment

 

11


through 2007 and the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date), severance, integration costs, relocation costs, transition costs, other restructuring costs, litigation settlement or losses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded; provided that, solely for the purpose of determining the amounts available for Restricted Payments under Section 6.01(d)(3), such losses, costs, charges or other expenses shall be excluded only to the extent they are non-cash and will not require cash settlement in the future (it being understood that the payment of up to $53,000,000 referenced above shall be considered “non-cash” for this purpose),

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (6) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Borrower in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Borrower has funded such net loss in cash with respect to such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not wholly permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided , that Consolidated Net

 

12


Income of the Borrower will be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (6)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-up, write-down or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, in each case to the extent permitted hereunder, shall be excluded,

(9) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) impairment charge or asset write-off, write-up or write-down (other than write-offs or write-downs of inventory or receivables), in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of assets or liabilities, including intangibles arising (including goodwill and organizational costs) pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded,

(11) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Company shall be excluded; provided that the maximum add-back to Consolidated Net Income shall be no greater than $1,000,000 in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to the Company as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded, and

(12) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payments, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing or recapitalization transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

 

13


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 6.01 hereof only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor,

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, or

(4) as an account party with respect to any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

Continuing Directors ” means the directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Borrower is approved by a majority of the then Continuing Directors, such other director is appointed, approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Investors or is designated or appointed by the Permitted Investors in his or her election by the stockholders of the Borrower.

 

14


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than one times the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contribution amount to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (a) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (b) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity equal to or later than the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Notes, and

(2) such cash contribution amount is not applied to make Restricted Payments.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Conversion Date ” means October 10, 2008.

Conversion Spread ” means, with respect to any Extended Loan, 50 basis points during the Interest Period beginning on the Conversion Date, which amount shall increase by an additional 50 basis points at the beginning of each subsequent three-month period.

Converted Senior Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(f).

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

15


Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock of the Borrower), that is issued for cash (other than to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the earlier of the Maturity Date or the date the Loans are repaid in full; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

 

16


(b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (ii) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the offering of the Exchange Notes, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the Bridge Facility, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, (iii) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Exchange Notes, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the Bridge Facility, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write-offs or write-downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(f) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

17


(g) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof; plus

(i) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of specified actions taken or initiated in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (i) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (ii) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (iii) the aggregate amount of costs savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Borrower’s EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date; plus

(j) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(k) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

 

18


(l) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(m) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods) or (B) due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

Eligible Assignee ” means any assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 9.07.

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives and orders (including consent orders), having the force and effect of law, in each case, relating to protection of the environment or natural resources, or to human health and safety as it relates to protection from environmental hazards.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the

 

19


generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Investment ” means the contribution by the Equity Investors, to fund a portion of the Merger, of an amount in cash to CDW Holdings LLC, and in turn to Holdings, in exchange for Equity Interests (which cash will be contributed to Merger Sub in exchange for Equity Interests in Merger Sub), which together with the amount of any rollover equity issued to existing shareholders of CDW, shall be no less than 25.0% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of Holdings.

Equity Investors ” means the Sponsor and the Management Stockholders.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (1) public offerings with respect to Common Stock of the Borrower or of any of its direct or indirect parent companies registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (3) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, but excluding any event for which the 30-day notice period is waived, with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement that results in a Lien, with respect to a Pension Plan, (c) the incurrence by any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) the filing or a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, (e) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension

 

20


Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to the Code, ERISA or other applicable law, (f) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning statutory liability arising from the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (g) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to have any liability, (h) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or (i) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan:

(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Dow Jones Market screen (or any successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, or

(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, or

(c) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the

 

21


Eurocurrency Rate Loan with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by a London Affiliate of the Administrative Agent to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning provided in Article VII.

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.04.

Exchange ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(i).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(ii).

Exchange Note ” means (a) the Notes (as defined in the Exchange Note Indenture) (including any Increasing Rate Exchange Notes and Fixed Rate Exchange Notes (unless the context otherwise requires)) issued under the Exchange Note Indenture in exchange for one or more Loans, one or more other Exchange Notes or in respect of interest with respect to one or more Exchange Notes, substantially in the form attached as an exhibit to the Exchange Note Indenture and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act (as defined herein) and issued, the Borrower’s senior exchange notes due 2015 issued in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in exchange for any Exchange Notes or otherwise registered under the Securities Act.

Exchange Note Indenture ” means the Senior Exchange Note Indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto to be entered into pursuant to Section 5.08(a) among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the trustee thereunder relating to the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Exchange Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

 

22


in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(c) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Existing Debt ” means Indebtedness outstanding under that certain unsecured line of credit of CDW with The Northern Trust Company, as evidenced by that certain Line of Credit Demand Note dated July 25, 2001 of CDW in favor of The Northern Trust Company.

Existing Inventory Financing Agreements ” means the following agreements, in each case, as amended, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time: (i) the Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Government, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company and (ii) the Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation.

Extended Loan Interest Rate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(a)(ii).

Extended Loans ” means Loans that remain outstanding on and after the Conversion Date. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the “principal” amount of the Extended Loans shall include any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of  1 / 100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” means the Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated June 27, 2007, between Holdings, Merger Sub, Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank, Lehman

 

23


Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Financial Officer ” of any Person means the chief executive officer, the president, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Person.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02

 

24


of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 18-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that in each case such adjustments are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate signed by the Borrower’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Agreement. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (1) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization/accretion of original issue discount (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period and (2) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Fixed Rate Exchange Note ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(ii) hereto.

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.15(a)(i).

 

25


Foreign Plan ” means any pension plan, fund or other similar program (other than a government-sponsored plan) that (a) primarily covers employees of any Loan Party and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are employed outside of the United States and (b) is subject to any statutory funding requirement as to which the failure to satisfy results in a Lien or other statutory requirement permitting any governmental authority to accelerate the obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded, accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (b) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (a) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(h).

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.01(a).

Guarantor ” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Agreement, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors will be Holdings and each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Restricted Subsidiary and a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.

 

26


Hazardous Materials ” means any material, substance or waste classified, characterized or regulated as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Environmental Laws.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity, raw materials, utilities and energy prices.

Holdings ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Increasing Rate Exchange Note ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Exchange Note Indenture.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money,

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,

(c) evidenced by letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(d) Capitalized Lease Obligations,

(e) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed, or

(f) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

 

27


(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),

(3) Disqualified Stock of such Person, and

(4) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (i) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” and (iii) obligations with respect to Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any person under clause (1)(d) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such person in good faith.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.05.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.05.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Information ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.08.

Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(c).

Initial Closing Date Senior Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a).

Initial Lenders ” means Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch.

Initial Loans ” means the Initial Senior Loans and the Initial PIK Election Loans. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the “principal” amount of the Loans shall include any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

 

28


Initial PIK Election Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(b).

Initial Senior Loans ” means the Initial Closing Date Senior Loans, subject to Section 2.01(f) , the Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans and the Converted Senior Loans.

Initial Promissory Note ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Interest Election Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(d).

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) prior to and on the Conversion Date, (i) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, with respect to any Loan, the Conversion Date and (b) following the Conversion Date, with respect to any Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan.

Interest Period ” means (a) prior to the Conversion Date, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is three months thereafter, and each successive three-month period commencing on the last day of the preceding interest period and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is three months thereafter, and (b) on and after the Conversion Date, the period commencing on the Conversion Date (in the case of the first such Interest Period) or the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period (in the case of each subsequent Interest Period) and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding April 15 or October 15 and (ii) the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

Investment Banks ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

29


Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the third paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 6.01 hereof, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its

 

30


fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation in respect of any Indebtedness that is or is required to be subordinated to the Loan Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Bridge Loan Documents or otherwise.

Krasny Plan ” means the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lender ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender”.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with respect to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

31


Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.03.

Loan Obligations ” means advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries arising under any Bridge Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties and the Guarantors under the Bridge Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Bridge Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees (including, without limitation, the fees referenced in Section 2.06), Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any Bridge Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary.

Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and the Guarantors (and each individually, a “ Loan Party ”).

Loans ” means the PIK Election Loans and the Senior Loans. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the “principal” amount of the Loans shall include any PIK Interest issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount thereof) as a result of the payment of any PIK Interest.

Mandatory Principal Redemption ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d).

Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d).

Margin Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, a Target Material Adverse Effect and (b) after the Closing Date a material adverse effect (i) on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) on any material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Bridge Loan Document, taken as a whole.

Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most

 

32


recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Material Domestic Subsidiary” shall also include any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries selected by the Borrower which is required to ensure that all Material Domestic Subsidiaries have in the aggregate (i) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries at such date and (ii) gross revenues for such Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Material Foreign Subsidiary” shall also include any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries selected by the Borrower which is required to ensure that all Material Foreign Subsidiaries have in the aggregate (i) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries at such date and (ii) gross revenues for such Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount greater than or equal to $100,000,000. For purposes of determining “Material Indebtedness”, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if the relevant hedging agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary.

Maturity Date ” means October 12, 2015.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.10.

Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

 

33


Merger Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 29, 2007 among Holdings, Merger Sub and CDW.

Merger Sub ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA under which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Net Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale, Prepayment Asset Sale or Property Loss Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement), in connection with such Asset Sale (including, in the case of any such Asset Sale in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold, (iv) in the case of any such Asset Sale by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof and (v) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest under the Senior Credit Facilities as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(b) with respect to any issuance, sale or incurrence of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or incurrence net of (i)

 

34


attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof and (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest under the Senior Credit Facilities as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.13(c).

Non-Payment Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness.

Offering Document ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10(b).

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Borrower or the relevant Loan Party.

Other Closing Date Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties made by CDW in the Merger Agreement that (a) are material to the interests of the Lenders and (b) a breach of any of which would permit Holdings and/or Merger Sub to terminate their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(b).

Parent ” means a Person formed for the purpose of owning all of the Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, of Holdings.

Participant ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(e).

Participation ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(e).

Payment Blockage Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

Payment Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

 

35


PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Event ” means (a) the whole or partial withdrawal of a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Foreign Plan during a Foreign Plan year, (b) the filing or a notice of interest to terminate in whole or in part a Foreign Plan or the treatment of a Foreign Plan amendment as a termination or partial termination, (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Authority to terminate in whole or in part or have a trustee appointed to administer a Foreign Plan, (d) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds for the termination of, winding up or partial termination or winding up or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Foreign Plan, (e) the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement, (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Foreign Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to applicable law or (g) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan which, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses, could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and/or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.03.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment

 

36


(A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed the greater of: (x) $150,000,000; and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets of the Borrower; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

 

37


(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof;

(12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.03 hereof and performance guarantees consistent with past practice, and the creation of liens on the assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 6.06 hereof;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility;

(15) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(16) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 6.05 hereof, except transactions permitted by clauses (2), (6), (10), (12) or (13);

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(18) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(19) additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(20) loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05 hereof;

(21) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Borrower or any such Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

 

38


(23) deposits made by the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(24) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Investors ” means (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date; (c) any Related Entity of any of the foregoing Persons and (d) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above (subject, in the case of officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group,” and provided further , that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b), (c) or (d).

Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of stay, customs, performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

39


(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in all material respects on Schedule 1.01 hereto;

(7) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Closing Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (l9)(B) of this definition; provided , however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lien holders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its

 

40


books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(14) minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15) leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses or operating agreements (including, without limitation, licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) with a principal amount not exceeding $75,000,000 at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided , however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

 

41


(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(21) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(24) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 6.03 hereof;

(25) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11), (20) and (24) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(29) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) with respect to customs duties in

 

42


the ordinary course of business, (ii) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (iii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iv) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(32) Liens on inventory or equipment of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(33) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(34) Liens on cash deposits of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(35) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

(36) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(37) Liens consisting of customary contractual restrictions on cash and Cash Equivalents; and

(38) (A) Liens securing the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) and the related guarantees) and (B) Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (11) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and other obligations that are secured by the security documents related to the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

43


Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

PIK Election ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(d).

PIK Election Exchange Notes ” means the PIK Notes as defined in the Exchange Note Indenture.

PIK Election Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make an Initial PIK Election Loan hereunder on the Closing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the PIK Election Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.07. The initial amount of each Lender’s PIK Election Loan Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its PIK Election Loan Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ PIK Election Loan Commitments is $520,000,000.

PIK Election Loans ” means the PIK election loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), including the Initial PIK Election Loans and the Extended Loans that are PIK Election Loans, but excluding PIK Election Loans that have become Converted Senior Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(f) .

PIK Election Loans Total Cap ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(a)(iii).

PIK Interest ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(c).

PIK Margin ” means 0.75% per annum.

Platform ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.

PORTAL ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.08(b).

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment Asset Sale ” shall mean any Asset Sale, to the extent that (a) the aggregate Net Proceeds of all such Asset Sales, together with all Property Loss Events, without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Net Proceeds of all such Asset Sales, together with all Property Loss Events, without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000.

 

44


Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(g).

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments at such time; provided that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Projections ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10(b).

Property Loss Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property; provided , however , for purposes of determining whether a prepayment under Section 2.04(b)(iii) would be required, a Property Loss Event shall be deemed to have occurred only to the extent that the aggregate Net Proceeds (a) of all such events, together with all Asset Sales that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) of all such events, together with all Asset Sales that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five-fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000.

Public Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Public Offering ” means the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

Qualifying Bookrunner ” means each of (a) J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., (b) Lehman Brothers Inc., (c) Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and (d) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., so long as at the time of determination it, together with its Affiliates, owns at least 10% of each of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Loans and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding “Loans” under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility.

 

45


Rating Agencies ” means (a) S&P and Moody’s or (b) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.03(13).

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning provided in clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Register ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(d).

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

46


Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Entity ” means (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to in clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Representative ” means any trustee, agent or other representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having Commitments and Loans representing more than 50% of the sum of all Commitments and Loans outstanding at such time.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means any Financial Officer or any executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Person.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.01.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

 

47


Retired Capital Stock ” has the meaning provided in clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing

Same Day Funds ” means immediately available funds.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Section 5.01 Financials ” means the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b).

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted to be incurred by this Agreement.

Securities ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10(a).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securities Demand ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower and the lenders and agents party thereto in their capacities as such thereunder, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 6.03 hereof).

Senior Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.01(a) and (c), including the Initial Senior Loans and the Extended Loans that are Senior Loans, and Converted Senior Loans.

 

48


Senior Loans Total Cap ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(a)(iii).

Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Borrower, the Loans and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Loans; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement ” means the new senior secured asset backed revolving credit agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent; J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ” means the senior secured asset backed revolving credit facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement.

Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement ” means the new senior secured term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent; Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement.

Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility ” means the senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the new senior subordinated unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Holdings; the Subsidiary Guarantors party

 

49


thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture ” means the Indenture to be entered into between the Borrower, the Guarantors and the trustee thereunder, pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes may be issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement in the form of Exhibit F to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ” means up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 of the Borrower.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Similar Business ” means any business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by CDW and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) on a going concern basis the consolidated fair value of the assets of such Person and its subsidiaries, at a fair valuation, will exceed their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the consolidated present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its subsidiaries will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their consolidated debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) such Person and its subsidiaries will be able to pay their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

50


SPC ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(h).

Specified Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04(b)(iii).

Sponsor ” means Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Borrower and any direct or indirect parent company.

Standard Receivables Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Borrower, any Indebtedness of the Borrower which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a) any corporation, association, or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(i) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such

 

51


Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(ii) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means, collectively, the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Guarantors.

Successor Company ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.08(i)(A)(b).

Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.12(a) and “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Syndication Agents ” means each of Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in its capacity as Co-Syndication Agent under this Agreement.

Target Material Adverse Effect ” means, when used in connection with CDW or Holdings, as the case may be, any change, effect or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that is materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of CDW and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, as the case may be; provided , however, that to the extent any change, effect or circumstance is caused by or results from any of the following, it shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been a “Material Adverse Effect” with respect to CDW or Holdings, as the case may be: (i) the entry into or the announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement (including losses or threatened losses of the relationships of CDW or any of its subsidiaries with customers, vendors or suppliers or the loss or departure of officers or other coworkers of CDW or any of its subsidiaries), actions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the performance of obligations under the Merger Agreement, including the termination of the Company Financing Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement) as provided under Section 8.3(c) of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the identity of Holdings or any of its Affiliates as the acquiror of CDW, (iii) changes affecting the United States economy or financial or securities markets as a whole or changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industries in which CDW and its subsidiaries conduct their business, to the extent such changes do not materially disproportionately impact CDW and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industries in which CDW and its subsidiaries conduct their business, (iv) the failure, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such failure), to meet any internal or public projections, forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period ending on or after the date hereof, (v) any change, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such change), in the market price or trading volume of the equity securities of CDW on or after the date hereof, (vi) the suspension of trading in securities generally on

 

52


the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (vii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation of GAAP or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, (viii) the availability or cost of financing to Holdings or Merger Sub, (ix) the commencement, occurrence or continuation of any war, armed hostilities or acts of terrorism involving or affecting the United States of America or any part thereof and (x) any litigation arising from or relating to allegations of a breach of fiduciary duty relating to the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Taxes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(a).

Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ended March 31, 2007. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “March 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended March 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Net Tangible Assets ” means total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and any other like intangibles, all on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings, the Borrower, or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the transactions described in clauses (a) through (g) of the definition of the term “Transactions”, the Sponsor Management Agreement, this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture, the Exchange Notes and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Merger and the Krasny Plan, (b) the Equity Investment, (c) the funding of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility on the Closing Date, (d) the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of the Borrower, (e) the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, (f) the execution and delivery of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement and the borrowings of loans and the issuance of letters of credit thereunder, (g) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (h) the payment of the Transaction Expenses.

 

53


Trustee ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.08(a).

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 6.01 hereof and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be so designated). The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and any Indebtedness assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such designation shall have been permitted to have been incurred by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Administrative Agent a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Unused Additional Cap ” means, at any time, the portion, if any, of the Additional Cap that has not theretofore been designated to be used as part of the Senior Loans Total Cap, the PIK Election Loans Total Cap or the “Total Cap” under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility.

USA PATRIOT Act ” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.

 

54


U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

Except as described in Section 6.03 hereof, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Borrower has complied with any covenant in this Agreement or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.15(b).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Bridge Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

55


(b) (i) The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Bridge Loan Document shall refer to such Bridge Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Bridge Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Bridge Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document.

(e) The terms “date hereof” and words of similar impact mean October 12, 2007.

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

SECTION 1.04. Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to documents, agreements (including the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Bridge Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

 

56


SECTION 1.06. Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Loans

SECTION 2.01. Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Closing Date a single loan denominated in Dollars (the “ Initial Closing Date Senior Loan ”) in a principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Closing Date a single PIK election loan denominated in Dollars (the “ Initial PIK Election Loan ”) in a principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s PIK Election Loan Commitment.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Amendment Closing Date a single loan denominated in Dollars (the “ Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan ”) in a principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitment.

(d) Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Section 2.07, Loans will be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(e) The Commitments (other than the Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitments) shall automatically terminate on the making of the Initial Loans (other than the Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans) on the Closing Date. The Amendment Closing Date Senior Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate on the making of the Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans on the Amendment Closing Date.

(f) On the Amendment Closing Date, $220,000,000 of PIK Election Loans shall automatically become, and continue outstanding as, Senior Loans and shall cease thereafter to be PIK Election Loans (such Loans “ Converted Senior Loans ”).

SECTION 2.02. Procedure for Borrowing. (a) The Initial Loans shall be made on the Closing Date or the Amendment Closing Date, as applicable, upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by

 

57


telephone. Such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) three Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Amendment Closing Date, as applicable, or such later time as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written notice (a “ Borrowing Request ”), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, specifying (i) the requested date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the principal amount of Initial Loans to be borrowed, and (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed.

(b) Following receipt of a Borrowing Request for Loans of any Class, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender holding Commitments of such Class of the amount of such Lender’s Initial Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of its Initial Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the Closing Date or the Amendment Closing Date, as applicable. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.01 or Section 4.02, as applicable, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(c) The Initial Loans made on (i) the Closing Date shall initially bear interest at the Base Rate and shall convert into Eurocurrency Rate Loans on the third Business Day following delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable notice of such conversion (which notice shall specify the length of the Interest Period therefore) and (ii) the Amendment Closing Date shall initially have an Interest Period that is coterminus with the then-existing Interest Period for the Initial Closing Date Senior Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Senior Loans of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for the Senior Loans upon determination of such interest rate. Following the election to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.06(c), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the PIK Election Loans of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for the PIK Election Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the interest rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(d) The failure of any Lender to make the Initial Loan to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the Closing Date or the Amendment Closing Date, as applicable, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Initial Loan to be made by such other Lender on the Closing Date or the Amendment Closing Date, as applicable.

 

58


(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Closing Date that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to Initial Loans hereunder and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(e) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s portion of the Initial Loans is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after the Closing Date or the Amendment Closing Date, as applicable, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon accruing from the date on which the Administrative Agent made the funds available to the Borrower at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans, on demand, from the Borrower. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount (exclusive of interest thereon) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of the Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement, and the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(e) shall cease. If the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount (exclusive of any interest thereon) shall constitute a reduction of such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.03. Extended Loans; Exchange Notes. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Initial Loans may remain outstanding as such to, but excluding, the Conversion Date, whereupon the outstanding Initial Loans shall automatically be converted, without the need for any action by any party hereto, to Extended Loans.

(b) (i) Each Lender will have the option at any time on or after the Conversion Date to receive Exchange Notes in exchange for the Extended Loans (or a portion thereof) of such Lender then outstanding pursuant to Section 5.08 (each such event being referred to herein as an “ Exchange ”); provided that Extended Loans that are PIK Election Loans may only be exchanged for PIK Election Exchange Notes; provided further that the Borrower shall not be required to issue Exchange Notes until it shall have received Exchange Requests to issue not less than $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes; provided further that each Exchange Note shall be in respect of an Extended Loan with an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or the entire remaining amount of any Lender’s Extended Loan). Prior to the first issuance of Exchange Notes, the Administrative Agent

 

59


shall maintain a record of all Exchange Requests until such Exchange Requests, in the aggregate, request the issuance of Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 and shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower, the Trustee and any Lenders who have delivered Exchange Requests that such requests then equal or exceed such $100,000,000 amount. Upon such notification, any Lenders who have delivered Exchange Requests shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of the Exchange Date selected by such Lender, which Exchange Date will not be fewer than three Business Days after notice of the selected Exchange Date is delivered to the Borrower.

(ii) The principal amount of the Exchange Notes will equal 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Loans (or the portions thereof) for which they are exchanged and will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Extended Loan Interest Rate (subject to, as applicable, the Senior Loans Total Cap or the PIK Election Loans Total Cap, without giving effect to any PIK Margin); provided that any Lender (other than as provided in the next succeeding proviso) that elects to receive Exchange Notes in exchange for Extended Loans or Increasing Rate Exchange Notes may elect to have the interest rate fixed at the rate per annum in effect on the date of such exchange (the resulting Exchange Note, a “ Fixed Rate Exchange Note ”) (it being understood that the PIK Margin will be applicable to any Fixed Rate Exchange Note in respect of which a PIK Election is made). The Exchange Notes will rank pari passu with the Extended Loans and will have the terms set forth in the Exchange Note Indenture. If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing on any date an Exchange occurs (an “ Exchange Date ”), any notices given or cure periods commenced while any Loan was outstanding shall be deemed given or commenced (as of the actual dates thereof) for all purposes with respect to the Exchange Notes (with the same effect as if the Exchange Notes had been outstanding as of the actual dates thereof).

(iii) In order to effect an Exchange, a Lender shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower written or telecopy notice (an “ Exchange Request ”) at least ten Business Days prior to an Exchange Date (which shall be a Business Day) selected by such Lender for an Exchange in compliance with clauses (i) and (ii) above, together with such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Each Exchange Request shall specify (A) the Lender’s legal name; (B) the Exchange Date selected by such Lender; (C) the principal amount and Class of the Extended Loans to be exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the applicable notice; and (D) if the Lender is electing to have the interest rate fixed pursuant to clause (ii) with respect to all or any portion of the Exchange Notes, the principal amount of the Exchange Notes to be represented by a Fixed Rate Exchange Note. Upon receipt of an Exchange Request, the Administrative Agent shall send, on the date that is no later than five days prior to the Exchange Date specified in such Exchange Request, written or telecopy notice of such proposed Exchange to the depositary, with a copy to the Borrower, that shall specify the information contained in such Exchange Request. Promptly upon receipt of an Exchange Note and subject to

 

60


the immediately following proviso, the Lender receiving such Exchange Note shall return to the Administrative Agent (for prompt delivery to the Borrower) any promissory note delivered to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(e) hereof (the “ Initial Promissory Note ”) in respect of the Loans for which such Exchange Note was issued; provided , however , that if any Loans represented by such promissory note are to remain outstanding after the Exchange, such Lender shall not be obligated to return the Initial Promissory Note until such Lender has received the Exchange Note and a promissory note representing the Loans that remain outstanding.

SECTION 2.04. Prepayments. (a)  Optional. The Borrower may, upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) one Business Day prior to any date of prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the Borrower shall make such prepayment, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.09. Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(a) shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares; provided that on or after the Conversion Date, any optional prepayment pursuant to this clause (a) shall be applied pro rata among the Loans and any Exchange Notes that are then callable at par.

(b) Mandatory. If, prior to the Conversion Date:

(i) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (1) incur any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 6.03(1)(w), (1)(x), (2), (13) or (14) (as it relates to Section 6.03(2) and (14) only) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith or (2) issue any debt securities (including any Securities issued pursuant to a Securities Demand), then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied promptly (but in no event later than three Business Days) after the receipt thereof toward the prepayment of the Initial Loans;

(ii) the Borrower, Holdings or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries shall issue any public equity securities (other than (1) to the Equity Investors, (2) in connection with an acquisition permitted by the terms of this Agreement and (3) to employees pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on

 

61


the Closing Date), then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied promptly (but in no event later than ten Business Days) after the receipt thereof toward the prepayment of the Initial Loans; or

(iii) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Proceeds in respect of any Prepayment Asset Sale or Property Loss Event, then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof, (subject to the restrictions set forth herein) shall be applied promptly (but not in no event later than ten Business Days) after the receipt thereof toward the prepayment of the Initial Loans; provided that if (A) prior to the date any such prepayment is required to be made, the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest such Net Proceeds in assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Related Business Assets) and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed reinvestment, and no Event of Default under clause (a)  or (f)  of Section 7.01 (each, a “ Specified Default ”) shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the time of proposed reinvestment (unless, in the case of such Specified Default, such reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay Initial Loans hereunder in respect of such Net Proceeds to the extent that such Net Proceeds are so reinvested within 365 days after the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds (or, within such 365 day period, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries enters into a binding commitment to so reinvest in such Net Proceeds, and such Net Proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such binding commitment is so entered into); provided , however , that if any Net Proceeds are not reinvested or applied as a repayment on or prior to the last day of the applicable application period, such Net Proceeds shall be applied within five Business Days to the prepayment of the Initial Loans as set forth above (without regard to the immediately preceding proviso); or

(c) If the Borrower shall optionally redeem any Exchange Notes pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Note Indenture, then the Borrower shall prepay Loans on a pro rata basis with the Exchange Notes so redeemed.

(d) If the Loans would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each tax accrual period beginning with the first tax accrual period ending after October 12, 2012 (each, an “ AHYDO Redemption Date ”), the Borrower will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each such Loan then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount (as defined below) with respect to such accrual period (such redemption, a “ Mandatory Principal Redemption ”). The redemption price for the portion of each Loan redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The “ Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” with respect to an accrual period means the portion of a Loan required to be redeemed to prevent such Loan from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Loan prior to

 

62


an AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement will alter the Borrower’s obligation to make a Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Loans that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date.

(e) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment hereunder at least three Business Days before the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the prepayment date and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the Borrower shall make such prepayment, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable, on the date specified therein. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. All prepayments under this Section 2.04 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Loan pursuant to Section 2.09.

SECTION 2.05. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Extended Loan on the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which such Loans are required to be repaid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.06.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any Loan exchanged for an Exchange Note.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (with applicable interest) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in the form of Exhibit C. Thereafter,

 

63


the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.07) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, all Loans shall be repaid, whether pursuant to this Section 2.05 or otherwise, in Dollars.

SECTION 2.06. Interest and Fees. (a) (i) Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.06(b), 2.07 and 2.08, Initial Closing Date Senior Loans and Initial PIK Loans shall bear interest for each Interest Period commencing on or after the Closing Date and ending on or before the Conversion Date, and Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans and Converted Senior Loans shall bear interest for each Interest Period commencing after the Amendment Closing Date and ending on or before the Conversion Date, in each case on the unpaid principal thereof at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days (or 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, in the case of Initial Loans bearing interest computed by reference to the Base Rate at times when the Base Rate is based on the “prime rate”)) equal to (x) with respect to any Initial Closing Date Senior Loan, the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan, (y) except as otherwise provided in subclause (A) below, with respect to any Initial PIK Election Loan, (1) in the case of Cash Interest, the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan and (2) in the case of PIK Interest, the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan plus the PIK Margin; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) PIK Election Loans that become Converted Senior Loans shall bear interest (I) for each day from and including the first day of the Interest Period in which the Amendment Closing Date occurs to but excluding the Amendment Closing Date at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to PIK Election Loans and (II) for each day from and including the Amendment Closing Date to but excluding the last day of the Interest Period in which Amendment Closing Date occurs at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Initial Senior Loans and (B) the Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the Eurocurrency Rate then in effect for Initial Closing Date Senior Loans for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Initial Senior Loans.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(b) and 2.08, Extended Loans shall bear interest for Interest Periods commencing on or after the Conversion Date on the unpaid principal thereof at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) (the “ Extended Loan Interest Rate ”) equal to the sum of (x) with respect to any Extended Loan that is a Senior Loan, (1) the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for the Interest Period immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (2) the Applicable

 

64


Margin applicable to such Loan on the date immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (3) the Conversion Spread or (y) with respect to any Extended Loan that is a PIK Election Loan, (1) in the case of Cash Interest, (A) the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for the Interest Period immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (B) the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan on the date immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (C) the Conversion Spread and (2) in the case of PIK Interest, (1) the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for the Interest Period immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (2) the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan on the date immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (3) the Conversion Spread plus (4) the PIK Margin.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), but subject to Section 2.06(b), the per annum interest rate borne by the Senior Loans shall not exceed, at any time, the sum of 10.75% plus any Unused Additional Cap at such time designated for such purpose in a Cap Designation Letter (the “ Senior Loans Total Cap ”) per annum and the per annum interest rate borne by the PIK Election Loans shall not exceed the sum of 11.125% plus any Unused Additional Cap at such time designated for such purpose in a Cap Designation Letter (the “ PIK Election Loans Total Cap ”); provided that the PIK Margin shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the PIK Election Loans Total Cap, and the PIK Election Loans Total Cap shall not limit or affect in any manner the Borrower’s obligation to pay interest due in respect of the PIK Margin as required by Section 2.06(a)(i) and (ii).

(iv) Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Eurocurrency Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change is announced; provided , however , that no change (other than pursuant to Section 2.08(c)) in the Eurocurrency Rate during an Interest Period shall affect the interest rate borne by any outstanding Loan during such Interest Period. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any of the Loans or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such Loan shall, without limiting the rights of the Lenders under Article VII, bear interest at the rate then applicable to the outstanding Loans plus 2.0% per annum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the Senior Loans Total Cap or the PIK Election Loans Total Cap, as applicable, limit or affect the Borrower’s obligation to pay interest on overdue amounts at the rate required to be paid by this Section 2.06(b).

(c) Interest on the Senior Loans shall be payable entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”). Interest on the PIK Election Loans shall be payable, at the Borrower’s election, for any Interest Period commencing prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date (i) as Cash Interest, (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Loans (“ PIK Interest ”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest.

 

65


Interest on the PIK Election Loans for the Interest Period commencing on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, will be payable entirely in cash. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any repayment of the Loans pursuant to Sections 2.04, 6.08 or 6.09 shall be made solely in cash. Interest shall be payable on arrears on each Interest Payment Date and upon the Maturity Date in respect of which any such interest is accruing; provided that (i) additional interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.06(b) shall be payable from time to time in cash upon demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

(d) With respect to the PIK Election Loans, the Borrower must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each Interest Period by delivering a notice (the “ Interest Election Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent not less than 30 days prior to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period. Each Interest Election Notice shall include: (i) the relevant Interest Payment Date and (ii) whether interest shall be paid on such Interest Payment Date entirely as Cash Interest (a “ Cash Election ”), entirely as PIK Interest (a “ PIK Election ”) or 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Any Cash Election or PIK Election shall apply to all then outstanding PIK Election Loans and PIK Election Exchange Notes. If the Borrower does not deliver an Interest Election Notice, the interest on the PIK Election Loans will be payable on the related Interest Payment Date in the form specified in the most recent Interest Election Notice delivered by the Borrower.

(e) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.

(f) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agents, for their own account (for distribution, if and as appropriate, to the Lenders), the fees agreed upon in the Fee Letter at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth therein.

SECTION 2.07. Alternate Rate of Interest. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Loans at the Eurocurrency Rate shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, the affected Initial Loans will accrue interest until the Conversion Date at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

SECTION 2.08. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans. (a) If any Lender determines that as a result of

 

66


the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the date hereof, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Loans, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 2.08(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 2.10, (ii) the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any taxes payable by such Lender, or (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 2.08(c), then from time to time within 15 days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 9.02), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts in cash as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 9.02), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender in cash such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within 15 days after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest in the form of Cash Interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable in cash on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to

 

67


compensate a Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(a), (b) or (c) for any such increased cost or reduction incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender demands, or notifies the Borrower of its intention to demand, compensation therefor; provided further that, if the circumstance giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then such 180-day period shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 2.08, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided further that nothing in this Section 2.08(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Loan Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(a) or (b).

SECTION 2.09. Funding Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay or borrow any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 2.09, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

SECTION 2.10. Taxes. (a) Except as provided for in Section 9.15, any and all payments by the Borrower or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (including branch profits), and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a Lending Office, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto (all such non-

 

68


excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If the Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under this Agreement to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.10), such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within 30 days, as soon as possible thereafter), the Borrower shall furnish to such Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. If the Borrower fails to pay any Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify each Agent and such Lender for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this Agreement or from the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Assignment and Assumption, grant of a Participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under this Agreement, except to the extent that any such change is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (all such non-excluded taxes described in this Section 2.10(b) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable and paid under this Section 2.10 payable by such Agent and such Lender and (ii) any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, provides the Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts. Payment under this Section 2.10(c) shall be made within ten days after the date such Lender or such Agent makes a demand therefor.

(d) The Borrower shall not be required pursuant to this Section 2.10 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or any Agent, as the case may be, to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or such Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) as a result of a change in the place of organization or place of doing business

 

69


of such Lender or such Agent or a change in the lending office of such Lender, except to the extent that any such change is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (and provided that nothing in this clause (d) shall be construed as relieving the Borrower from any obligation to make such payments or indemnification in the event of a change in lending office or place of organization that precedes a change in Law to the extent such Taxes result from a change in Law).

(e) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender or an Agent is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, first becomes a party to this Agreement, U.S. federal withholding tax (including additions to tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to such U.S. federal withholding tax which is excluded from Taxes under this clause (e)) imposed by such jurisdiction at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, is subject to a lesser rate of withholding and provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon U.S. federal withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such forms for which such lesser rate applies; provided that, if at the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under clause (a) of this Section 2.10 in respect of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include the U.S. federal withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such date.

(f) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.10, it shall use its reasonable best efforts to receive such refund and upon receipt of any such refund shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.10 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or such Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or such Agent deems confidential). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or such Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or such Agent to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or such Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, relief, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

 

70


(g) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a) or (c) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 2.10(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Loan Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or (c).

SECTION 2.11. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment. (a) All payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in such other Bridge Loan Document, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date specified. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute any payments received by it, including prepayments of principal and each payment of cash interest, for the accounts of other Lenders to the relevant Lenders in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m., New York City time, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or under any other Bridge Loan Document, when combined with any payment received by the Trustee under the Exchange Note Indenture, is insufficient to pay in full all amounts then due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee, the Lenders and the holders of Exchange Notes under this Agreement and the Exchange Note Indenture, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the following order, with appropriate adjustment being made to account for any payment received by the Trustee in respect of the Exchange Notes: first , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.04 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the

 

71


Arrangers in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them), and to the fees and expenses due and payable to the Trustee under the Exchange Note Indenture; second , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders and the Exchange Note holders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.05 and amounts payable under Article II), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them; third , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Loans and the Exchange Notes and ratably among the Lenders and Exchange Note holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them; fourth , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and the Exchange Notes ratably among the Lenders and Exchange Note holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and fifth , to the payment of all other Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the Exchange Note holders on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Loan Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the Exchange Note holders on such date.

(d) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. Each Lender and the Borrower severally agrees that, if and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made by such Lender or the Borrower, as applicable, to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry

 

72


rules on interbank compensation. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to Initial Loans hereunder. If the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent then such amount (exclusive of any interest thereon) shall constitute a reduction of such Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.11 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(e) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to borrowing set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.02(e) and 2.11(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

(g) Promptly upon the payment of any Loan, whether at maturity, pursuant to Sections 2.04, 6.08, 6.09 or otherwise, any Lender receiving such payment shall return to the Administrative Agent (for prompt delivery to the Borrower) any promissory note delivered to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(e); provided , however , that if any Loans represented by such promissory note are to remain outstanding after such payment, such Lender shall not be obligated to return such promissory note until such Lender has received a promissory note representing the Loans to remain outstanding.

(h) Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (i) each Borrowing of a particular Class shall be made from the applicable Lenders pro rata according to the amounts of the respective Commitments of such Class and shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Lenders according to the amounts of their respective Commitments of such Class; (ii) each payment or prepayment of principal of Loans by the Borrower

 

73


shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Loans held by such Lenders; (iii) each payment of Cash Interest on Loans by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts of Cash Interest on such Loans of such Class then due and payable to such Lenders and (iv) each payment of PIK Interest and each payment of Cash Interest on the PIK Election Loans by the Borrower shall be made for the account of the applicable Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the PIK Election Loans held by such Lenders.

SECTION 2.12. Sharing of Payments. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 9.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 9.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.12 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Loan Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Loan Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.13. Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances. (a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.10 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 2.08, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to

 

74


(and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 9.07 (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that (1) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.08 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (2) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Bridge Loan Documents.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 2.13(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and (ii) deliver any promissory notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (1) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (2) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such assignment and assumption and (3) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate promissory note(s) executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.

(c) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Bridge Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.07 and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

(d) All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article II shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Loan Obligations hereunder.

 

75


ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants (it being understood that, for purposes of the representations and warranties made in the Bridge Loan Documents on the Closing Date and on the Amendment Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be construed as though the Transactions have been consummated) to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be duly organized or formed or to exist (other than in the case of the Borrower) or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (where relevant) in, every jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Bridge Loan Documents to which it is a party.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational and, if required, stockholder or member action of each Loan Party and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision (x) of any applicable Law or (y) of the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other constitutive documents of any Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any Governmental Authority, (C) any provision of the documentation for the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility or the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility or (D) any provision of the Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture or any other material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give rise to any right to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under the Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture or any material indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary; except with respect to clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii) (other than clauses (b)(i)(A)(y), (b)(i)(C) and (b)(ii)), to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, default, or creation or imposition of Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.03. Enforceability. This Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement (when delivered) have been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto. This Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document delivered on the Closing Date constitutes, and each other Bridge Loan Document when executed and delivered by each

 

76


Loan Party which is a party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar Laws of general applicability relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals. Except to the extent the failure to obtain or make the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is necessary or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement by the Loan Parties, except for such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements.

(i) The Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholder’s equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, audited by and accompanied by the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise noted therein.

(ii) The Company has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma statements of income and cash flows as of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the first day of the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by the Borrower, based on the assumptions believed by the Borrower on the date of delivery thereof to be reasonable, are based in all material respects on the information reasonably available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and reflect in all material respects the adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions, it being understood that actual adjustments may vary from the pro forma adjustments and actual results may vary from such projected results and, in each case, such variations may be material.

SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change. Since the December 31, 2006, no event, change or condition has occurred that (individually or in the aggregate) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets other than (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for

 

77


their intended purposes, (ii) except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) all such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all subsidiaries of the Borrower, the jurisdiction of their formation or organization, as the case may be, and the percentage ownership interest of such subsidiary’s parent company therein, and such Schedule shall denote which subsidiaries as of the Closing Date are not Subsidiary Guarantors.

SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws.

(i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such Person that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties is in violation of any applicable Law, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where any such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations.

(i) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(ii) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used (i) to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or (ii) for a purpose in violation of Regulation T, U or X issued by the Board.

SECTION 3.11. Investment Company Act. None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.12. Taxes. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has, except where the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other Tax returns required to have been filed by it and has paid, caused to be paid, or made provisions for the payment of all Taxes due and payable by it and all material assessments received by it, except such Taxes and assessments that are not overdue by more than 45 days or the amount or validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

78


SECTION 3.13. No Material Misstatements. As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the written information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished by (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the Closing Date) or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (other than projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (taken as a whole) did not and, as of the Closing Date, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading.

SECTION 3.14. Employee Benefit Plans. No ERISA Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pension Plan and/or Foreign Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and/or applicable Law, except for such non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Pension Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.15. Environmental Matters. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 3.15 , or except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and have obtained, and are in compliance with, all permits required of them under applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) there are no claims, proceedings, investigations or actions by any Governmental Authority or other Person pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, (iii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has agreed to assume or accept responsibility, by contract, for any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws and (iv) there are no facts, circumstances or conditions relating to the past or present business or operations of any Loan Party, any of their respective subsidiaries, or any of their respective predecessors (including the disposal of any wastes, hazardous substances or other materials), or to any past or present assets of any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to result in any Loan Party or any subsidiary incurring any claim or liability under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 3.16. Labor Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 and except in the aggregate to the extent the same has not had and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, and (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters.

 

79


SECTION 3.17. Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 3.18. Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 , the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all intellectual property, free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens, from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights or the imposition of such restrictions or Liens could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.19. [Intentionally Reserved].

SECTION 3.20. Other Closing Date Representations. On the Closing Date, each of the Other Closing Date Representations is true.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent

SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Loans. The obligation of each Lender to make Initial Loans (other than Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans) hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Arrangers:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(ii) a promissory note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a promissory note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;

(iii) (1) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date and (2) such customary documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each Loan Party and the authorization of the Transactions;

 

80


(iv) an opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and from such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(v) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, from the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower;

(vi) certified copies of the Merger Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto, together with all material agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, each including certification by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that such documents are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date;

(vii) a Borrowing Request relating to the Initial Loans to be borrowed on the Closing Date; and

(viii) copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loan Parties.

(b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full in cash or will be paid on the Closing Date out of the Borrowing on such date.

(c) From December 31, 2006, no event, change or effect shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The Merger shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the funding of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date in accordance with and on the terms described in the Merger Agreement, and no material provision of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(e) Substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date (i) the Equity Investment shall have been made, (ii) Merger Sub shall have received gross cash proceeds of (x) not less than $2,200,000,000 from the loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and (y) not less than $940,000,000 from the loans under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility and (iii) the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

 

81


(f) All amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Debt shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date shall be) paid in full, all commitments (if any) respect thereof terminated and all guarantees (if any) thereof discharged and released. After giving effect to the Transactions, substantially all of the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have been repaid other than (i) Indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and (ii) other Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(3).

(g) The Lenders shall have received (i) the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), certified by the Borrower as having been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (A) the Transactions, including the Initial Loans and the loans under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof and (B) the payment of Transaction Expenses; and (ii) the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 3.05. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall have been prepared based upon the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2007, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date, and shall be so certified by the Borrower.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information that is reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date in order to allow the Agents to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(i) Satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 of the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement and Section 4.01 of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

(j) The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.01(d) , 3.02(a) , 3.03 , 3.10 , 3.11 , and 3.21 and the Other Closing Date Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Amendment Closing Date. On the Amendment Closing Date:

(a) The amendment and restatement of the Existing Bridge Facility shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. In addition, each of the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered its confirmation and consent provided for on the signature pages hereto.

 

82


(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the Agents and the Lenders, and of such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Bridge Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Amendment Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, certifying compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.01(c) and 4.02(c) .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request relating to the Initial Amendment Closing Date Senior Loans to be borrowed on the Amendment Closing Date.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to the effect that none of the good standing certificates and certified copies of the charter and by-laws (or equivalent documents) of each Loan Party has been modified since delivery thereof pursuant to the Existing Bridge Facility and of all corporate authority for such Loan Party (including, without limitation, board of director resolutions and evidence of the incumbency of officers) with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other document to be delivered by such Loan Party from time to time in connection herewith and the Loans hereunder (and the Administrative Agent and each Lender may conclusively rely on such certificate until it receives notice in writing from such Loan Party to the contrary).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Amendment Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Days prior to the Amendment Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document.

 

83


ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Loan Party jointly and severally agrees as to all Loan Parties that from and after the date hereof until the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, take the actions in this Article V; provided that the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 5.01 through 5.07 following the Conversion Date:

SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who will distribute to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and (ii) an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K for such year, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.01(a)(i));

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the 45th day following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and for each fiscal quarter occurring after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for such quarter, as filed with the SEC will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.01(b) with respect to such quarter);

 

84


(c) concurrently with any delivery of Section 5.01 Financials, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that to such Financial Officer’s knowledge, no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably specifying the nature thereof, (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail demonstrating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the date of such financial statements;

(d) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the 90th day after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower, copy of the projections by the Borrower of the operating budget and cash flow budget of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for such fiscal year, such projections to be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such Financial Officer believes such projections to have been prepared on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

(e) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.01 Financials, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries from such consolidated financial statements (but only to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiaries would not be considered “minor” under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act);

(f) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.01 Financials, management’s discussion and analysis of the important operational and financial developments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the respective fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be; it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5.01(f);

(g) after the request by any Lender (through the Administrative Agent), all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act; and

(h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business, legal or corporate affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on a SyndTrak, IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available (the “ Platform ”) on the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov or on the website of the Borrower. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

85


The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on the Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.08); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

SECTION 5.02. Notices. Promptly after obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default; and

(ii) the occurrence of any event that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.03. Taxes. Pay and discharge when due all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become overdue by more than 45 days; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established or (ii) with respect to which the failure to pay or discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04. Existence, Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties.

(a) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.08.

 

86


(b) Other than where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the material rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names necessary to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply in all material respects with applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority (including Environmental Laws and ERISA), whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property necessary to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needed repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in the reasonable judgment of management to the conduct of its business.

SECTION 5.05. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP are made. Permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect during normal business hours the corporate, financial and operating records and the properties of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon reasonable advance notice, and to make extracts from and copies of such records, and permit any such representatives to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such Person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided that the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower an opportunity to participate in any discussions with its accountants; provided , further , that in the absence of the existence of an Event of Default, (i) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.05 and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise its rights under this Section 5.05 more often than two times during any fiscal year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and their respective designees may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.

SECTION 5.06. Insurance. Keep its material insurable properties adequately insured in all material respects at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.07. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans, together with the Equity Investment and the loans made pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, shall be used solely to pay the cash consideration for the Merger, to repay the Existing Debt, to pay Transaction Expenses.

 

87


SECTION 5.08. Exchange Notes. (a) On or prior to the date that is 11 months following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall (i) enter into (x) the Exchange Note Indenture on the terms set forth in Exhibit B hereto with a trustee to be agreed (the “ Trustee ”) and (y) the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth in Exhibit E hereto and (ii) execute and deliver to the Trustee certificates evidencing the principal amount of the outstanding Loans at such date, to be held by the Trustee, undated and unauthenticated, pending issuance pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b) The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) no later than ten Business Days prior to the Conversion Date, cause the Exchange Notes to become eligible for deposit at The Depository Trust Company (including, without limitation, by the filing of an appropriately executed letter of representations), (ii) as soon as practicable after the relevant Exchange Date, obtain “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers for the Exchange Notes issued on such Exchange Date (and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same “CUSIP” number for all Increasing Rate Exchange Notes and the same “CUSIP” number for all Fixed Rate Exchange Notes that bear the same rate of interest) and (iii) from time to time prior to the issuance of Exchange Notes, cause such Exchange Notes to be eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages (“ PORTAL ”) market.

(c) On or prior to the tenth Business Day following the receipt of an Exchange Request from a Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(b) that requests the exchange of any Extended Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender for Exchange Notes, to the extent required under such Section, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such Exchange Request and with the terms of the Exchange Note Indenture, a fully executed Exchange Note or Exchange Notes, which may be Fixed Rate Exchange Notes as specified in such Exchange Request in accordance with Section 2.03(b), bearing interest and with a maturity date as set forth for such Exchange Notes in the Exchange Note Indenture, in exchange for such Extended Loan (or portion thereof), dated the date of the issuance of such Exchange Note. Such Exchange Note shall either (i) be recorded in book-entry form as a beneficial interest in one or more global notes deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company and credited to the account of the exchanging Lender directly or indirectly through its participant in The Depository Trust Company system, in each case in the same principal amount as such Extended Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged or (ii) subject to the terms of the Exchange Note Indenture, be issued as a definitive registered note payable to the order of the holder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, in the same principal amount as such Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged.

(d) It is understood and agreed that the Extended Loans exchanged for Exchange Notes constitute the same indebtedness as such Exchange Notes and that no novation shall be effected by any such exchange.

SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (a) correct any material defect or error that may be

 

88


discovered in the execution and acknowledgment of any Guarantee or other document or instrument relating to any Guarantee, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver and do such further acts as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.10. Take-Out Financing. (a) The Borrower has engaged investment banks pursuant to terms previously identified to the Arrangers (collectively, the “ Investment Banks ”) to publicly or privately place cash-pay, pay-in-kind, discount or other debt securities (or any combination of the foregoing) of the Borrower (the “ Securities ”) that will provide proceeds in an aggregate amount sufficient to repay all or any portion of the principal of, and other amounts on, any Loans then outstanding in accordance with this Section 5.10. The Borrower shall, subject to the remainder of this Section, take actions reasonably necessary or desirable so that the Investment Banks can publicly or privately place the Securities, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to cause senior management of Holdings and the Borrower to participate in the “roadshow” referred to below. Upon notice by the Investment Banks (a “ Securities Demand ”), at any time and from time to time (but not more than twice (it being understood that an Investment Bank’s proposal may relate to one or more series of Securities)) on or after April 11, 2008 and prior to October 10, 2008, if the Loans have not been repaid in full, after completion of a customary “roadshow”, the Borrower shall cause the issuance and sale of the Securities on terms and conditions including ranking, interest or dividend rate, covenants, optional redemption, yields and redemption prices, as are necessary or appropriate in light of then prevailing market conditions, all as reasonably determined by the Investment Banks, in consultation with the Borrower, and consistent with other similar high-yield debt securities transactions for affiliates of the Sponsor; provided that (i) the blended weighted average total effective yield thereof (together with all Loans and all loans made and/or securities issued under the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility) shall not exceed 11.67% (without giving effect to any PIK Election); (ii) the maturities thereof shall not be less than eight years; (iii) any such issuance shall be pursuant to a purchase or placement agreement and indenture and related documents which shall contain such terms, conditions and covenants as are mutually agreed by the Investment Banks and the Sponsor; (iv) any Securities issued shall provide the issuer the option to pay interest in cash or elect for interest to be paid-in-kind with respect to the entire principal amount of such Securities in accordance with the PIK Election interest election provisions of this Agreement, but in no event shall (1) any increase in total effective yield exceed the PIK Election Loans Total Cap or (2) the aggregate principal amount of such Securities be less than $300,000,000; (v) the Securities shall be issued through a public offering or a Rule 144A or other private placement; and (vi) other arrangements with respect to such Securities shall be reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Investment Banks and the Sponsor in light of the then prevailing market conditions.

(b) The Borrower shall prepare a prospectus and/or private placement memorandum or other document to be used in connection with the issuance of the Securities (the “ Offering Document ”) which shall include all reasonably available information with respect to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated thereunder,

 

89


including, without limitation, all reasonably available financial information concerning the Borrower (excluding (other than in a public offering) financial statements required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X and omitting from any financial statements included therein a note with respect thereto) that the Lenders may reasonably request for inclusion in any Offering Document that would typically be included in a public offering or a Rule 144A offering or other private placement and that would enable the Lenders to obtain customary comfort letters from the Borrower’s independent public accountants In addition, the Borrower shall make available all financial information required to be available in order to offer and sell the Securities pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act. To the extent reasonably requested by the Lenders for diligence purposes in connection with the issuance of the Securities or for use in connection with private placements other than a Rule 144A offering, the Borrower shall prepare projections relating to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated under such Offering Document.

(c) The Borrower shall use the Net Proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities to repay the Loans to the extent required by Section 2.04.

SECTION 5.11. Reports and Other Information. Notwithstanding that the Borrower may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, following the Conversion Date, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, without cost to the Administrative Agent (who, at the Borrower’s expense, will furnish by IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available to each Lender):

(a) within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending after the Conversion Date, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for such year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon by the Borrower’s independent auditors, a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Closing Date); it being understood that the Borrower shall not be required to include (i) any consolidating financial information with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower, or any separate financial statements or information for the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower or (ii) except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a), any other adjustment that would be required by any SEC rule, regulation or interpretation, including but not limited to any “push down” accounting adjustment;

(b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Borrower, the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Closing Date);

 

90


it being understood that the Borrower shall not be required to include (i) any consolidating financial information with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower, or any separate financial statements or information for the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower or (ii) except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b), any other adjustment that would be required by any SEC rule, regulation or interpretation, including but not limited to any “push down” accounting adjustment, or (iii) quarterly financial statements or other information with respect to any other fiscal quarter ended on or prior to the Conversion Date, or any comparison to any such quarterly period in any such “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; and

(c) within 20 days after the occurrence of an event that would require the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Closing Date) if the Borrower were required to file such reports with the SEC, any such current report; provided , however , that no such current report shall be required to be furnished or made available if the Borrower determines in good faith that such current report is not material to the Lenders.

(d) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing to the Administrative Agent of the information specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, the Borrower shall also (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to post copies of such reports on a nonpublic website to be maintained by the Borrower to which access is given to the Lenders, or (ii) to the extent the Borrower determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner described in the preceding clause after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Lenders, upon their request.

(e) Prior to the disclosure of the annual, quarterly and periodic information required by clauses (a) through (c) above, the Borrower shall notify the Lenders that such information will be made available and direct such Lenders to contact the Borrower to obtain such information. The Borrower shall either post such information to the website referenced above or distribute via electronic mail such information to the Lenders who request to receive such distributions. In addition, the Borrower shall, for so long as any Loans remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, furnish to the Lenders and prospective lenders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(f) If any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower is or becomes a Guarantor, the Borrower may satisfy its obligations under this Section with respect to financial information relating to the Borrower by furnishing financial information relating to such other parent Guarantor; provided that the same are accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent Guarantor, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

91


SECTION 5.12. Additional Guarantees. After the Closing Date, the Borrower shall cause (i) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs any Indebtedness in excess of $25,000,000 (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (15) of the second paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof) and (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within ten (10) Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guarantee, together with an Opinion of Counsel, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Loans and all other obligations under this Agreement on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each Loan Party jointly and severally agrees as to all Loan Parties that from and after the date hereof until the Maturity Date:

SECTION 6.01. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (i) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iii), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation), provided that the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Borrower held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

92


(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (11), (13), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph; provided that the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2007 to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of

 

93


the Borrower and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower after the Closing Date, in each case to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

(d) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received after the Closing Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or interest, return, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or other distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

94


(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(2) (A) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with Section 6.03 hereof so long as (A) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the

 

95


Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) the principal amount, including any accrued and unpaid interest, of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit agreement, agreement or arrangement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement), provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year (x) on or prior to December 31, 2008, $40,000,000 and (y) thereafter, $50,000,000 (which, in either case, shall increase to $70,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $90,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower); and provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date ( provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 6.03 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

 

96


(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date;

(7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8) the payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Borrower of dividends on such entity’s common stock) following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10) other Restricted Payments after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) $75,000,000; and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets;

(11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and purchase of any assets in connection with a Receivables Facility made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

 

97


(12) the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions for repurchases at the option of holders following changes of control or asset sales; provided that all Loans to be repaid or repurchased in connection with a Change of Control or Asset Sale have been repaid, repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value

(13) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Borrower to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(i) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(ii) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided , that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(iii) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v) amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(vi) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Borrower related to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this section (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in under Section 6.08 hereof;

 

98


(vii) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(viii) amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.08 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by the Borrower shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 6.01 and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this paragraph (other than pursuant to clause (9) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (11) thereof);

(ix) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(x) reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Borrower; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this Section 6.01 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower);

(15) distributions, by dividends or otherwise, of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

99


(16) cash dividends or other distributions on the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses, including any severance and indemnification obligations or deferred compensation, incurred in connection with the Transactions or this offering, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 6.05 hereof;

(17) any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto, including the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date and (c) the payment of fees and expenses related thereto;

(18) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (15) of this paragraph or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(19) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 6.08 hereof;

(20) [Intentionally Reserved]; and

(21) (i) in connection with the implementation and operation of the Krasny Plan, tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Company; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Company as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan.

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (6), (8), (10), (12) and (13)(v) and (vi) above, no default which, with the passage of time would be an Event of Default, or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed

 

100


to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 6.01 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 6.01 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants of this Agreement.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 6.01 may be in the form of a loan.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any (i) Restricted Payment covered in clauses (a) through (c) of the definition of Restricted Payments (including, without limitation, any payment, dividend or distribution) to the holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (which shall include the Sponsor and its Affiliates) (other than (x) to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies with respect to Equity Interests held by them in such capacities pursuant to clause (4) and (y) a Restricted Payment made pursuant to clause (13)(i)-(iv), (ix) or (x) of the second paragraph of this Section 6.01) or (ii) Investment in the Sponsor, any Permitted Investors who are members of a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) with the Sponsor and its Affiliates (other than to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and members of management of the Borrower (or its direct parent)), in each case during any period beginning on the date on which the Borrower makes an election to pay PIK Interest with respect to any Interest Period and ending on the first date after such Interest Period on which the Borrower makes a payment of Cash Interest with respect to a subsequent Interest Period.

SECTION 6.02. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

101


(2) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Bridge Loan Documents, the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility or related documents as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Closing Date;

(2) (a) the Exchange Note Indenture, the Exchange Notes and Guarantees (including any notes to be issued in exchange for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and related exchange Guarantees) and (b) the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees (including any notes to be issued in exchange for Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Registration Rights Agreement and related exchange guarantees);

(3) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this Section 6.02 on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

102


(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 6.03 and 6.06 hereof that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof, provided , that the terms of such agreements are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture or this Agreement on the Closing Date;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12) restrictions and conditions by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement; and

(14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 6.02 hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Loans, in each case as and when due; provided further , however , that with respect to agreements existing on the Closing Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

103


SECTION 6.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the limitations of set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Section 6.03.

The first paragraph of this Section 6.03 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1) (w) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to this Bridge Facility, (x) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $750,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (y) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (y) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (A) $900,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 6.04 hereof, less the aggregate principal amount of outstanding obligations under or in respect of any Receivables Subsidiary and (B) (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 65% of the book value of the inventory of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (z) and then outstanding does not exceed $2,700,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 6.04 hereof;

 

104


(2) (x) the incurrence by the Borrower and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes (including any Guarantees thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Exchange Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (y) the incurrence by the Borrower and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes (including any Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes (including any related guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Registration Rights Agreement;

(3) any Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2) above);

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, construction, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, construction, lease or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause

 

105


(6)) and (B) in the case of a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) and (B) if the Borrower or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor with respect to the Loans;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(10) obligations in respect of customs, stay, bid, appeal, performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150,000,000; provided , that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred and outstanding for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 without reliance on this clause;

 

106


(12) (x) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Loans substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(13) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 and clauses (2) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) and (19) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, and (y) 90 days after the Stated Maturity of any Loans then outstanding, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness pari passu to the Loans or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Loans or the Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

(14) (i) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided, that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge

 

107


Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two (2) Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility that is not recourse to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Receivables Undertakings);

(18) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses, former spouses, heirs or family members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies permitted by Section 6.01 hereof;

(19) Contribution Indebtedness (it being understood that any Contribution Indebtedness issued pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 hereof from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Contribution Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 hereof without reliance on this clause (19));

(20) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Exchange Notes as described in Article VIII of the Exchange Note Indenture;

(21) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(22) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

 

108


(23) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(24) Indebtedness under (x) the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (y) other inventory financing agreements which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (x) and this clause (y), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400,000,000.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.03 in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 6.03, the Borrower will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 6.03, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness (including PIK Interest) or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 6.03 and Section 6.06 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Bridge Facility, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Facility, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility outstanding on the Closing Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and any such Indebtedness that was outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of the Closing Date may not later be reclassified. Additionally, all or any portion of any other item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the

 

109


Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Loans to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Loans. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or in the definition of Permitted Debt, no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Preferred Stock in reliance on the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or clause (14) of the definition of Permitted Debt (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 5.0% of Total Net Tangible Assets of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries; provided , that in no event shall any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (x) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (x) and (y), not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this paragraph.

SECTION 6.04. Asset Sales . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Borrower (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

110


For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities other than contingent liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Borrower and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by the applicable creditor(s) in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any assets described in clauses (2) or (3) below, and (iv) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 2% of Total Assets of the Borrower on the date on which such Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

The Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Asset Sale occurring prior to the Conversion Date shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.04(b)(iii). With respect to any Asset Sale occurring on or after the Conversion Date, within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from such an Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may

(a) apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) (i) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (ii) to reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower of another Restricted Subsidiary) and (iii) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto ( provided that if the Borrower or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Borrower will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Loans);

(2) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other non-current assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

 

111


(3) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(b) enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (a)(1), (2) or (3) above, provided that such binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated, and (y) the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365 day period.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale occurring on or after the Conversion Date not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”; provided that if during such 365-day period the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25,000,000, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Lenders and, if required by the terms of any Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Loans and such other Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate principal amount of Loans prepaid with such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess

 

112


Proceeds, the Administrative Agent will select the Loans to be prepaid on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

SECTION 6.05. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:

(A) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25,000,000, a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Agreement;

(3) the payment to the Sponsor and any of its officers or Affiliates by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination or indemnification payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment (x) does not increase the amount of fees payable to the Sponsor and (y) is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the Sponsor Management Agreement) or other agreements as in effect on the Closing Date that are entered into in connection with the Transactions and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so

 

113


long as any such amendment is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(4) payments in respect of employment, severance and any other compensation arrangements with, and fees and expenses paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or any Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of business and made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of this first paragraph of this Section 6.05;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement (which are permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of this Section 6.05), but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) that are disclosed in Schedule 6.05 hereto, including with additional parties that may be added subsequent to the Closing Date and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including Holdings and its Subsidiaries), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

 

114


(10) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Permitted Investor, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Borrower (other than a Subsidiary);

(11) any transaction permitted by Section 6.08 hereof;

(12) any transaction with a Receivables Subsidiary effected as part of a Receivables Facility;

(13) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(14) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Holdings and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives); and

(15) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

SECTION 6.06. Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness unless the Loans are equally and ratably secured with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Loans if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien that is granted to secure the Loans or the Guarantees under this Section 6.06 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Loans or such Guarantee under this Section 6.06.

SECTION 6.07. Limitation on Business Activities. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 6.08. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(i) The Borrower may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

(A) (a) the Borrower is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition

 

115


has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(B) the Successor Company (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(D) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period either (i) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(E) each Guarantor (except if it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (2) above shall apply) shall have confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3), (4) and (5) above will not be applicable to: (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Guarantor; (b) the Borrower merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction; and (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary; provided that if the Foreign Subsidiary so consolidating, merging or transferring all or part of its properties and assets is a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, such Foreign Subsidiary shall, substantially simultaneously with such merger, transfer or disposition, terminate its Guarantee and otherwise be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) For purposes of this Section 6.08, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, which properties and assets, if held by the Borrower instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower.

 

116


(iv) The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Borrower under this Agreement, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Loans.

(v) In connection with any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower contemplated by this Section 6.08, the Borrower shall expressly assume the obligations under this Agreement and shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such documentation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, evidencing such succession together with an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower contemplated by this Section 6.08 and such documentation in respect thereto complies with this Section 6.08 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the successor entity, subject to the customary exceptions.

SECTION 6.09. Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Lender shall have the right to require that the Borrower prepay such Lender’s Loans at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment, in accordance with the terms contemplated in Section 6.09(b).

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Borrower shall mail a notice to each Lender by first class mail with a copy to the Administrative Agent (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) stating:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 6.09 and that all Lenders electing to have Loans prepaid will be prepaid by the Borrower;

(2) the prepayment date, which will be no earlier than five Business Days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date );

(3) that any Loan which a Lender does not elect to have prepaid will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Borrower defaults in the prepayment pursuant to this Section 6.09, all Loans that Lenders elect to have prepaid will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

117


(5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(6) the instructions, as determined by the Borrower, consistent with this Section, that a Lender must follow in order to have its Loans prepaid.

(c) Lenders electing to have Loans prepaid shall be required to give notice of such election, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Administrative Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the prepayment date. Lenders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Administrative Agent receives not later than one Business Day prior to the prepayment date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Lender, the principal amount of the Loan with respect to which a prepayment election was made and a statement that such Lender is withdrawing his election to have such Loan prepaid.

(d) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(e) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Borrower will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 6.09 and prepays all Loans subject to prepayment and for which the applicable Lenders’ prepayment election is not withdrawn pursuant to clause (c) herein.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Prior to the Conversion Date, the Events of Default set forth in Section 7.01 and the related provision in Section 7.02 shall apply. On and after the Conversion Date, the Events of Default and the related provisions set forth in such Sections shall be deemed, without notice to, consent of or any action by any Person, to have been replaced by the Events of Default set forth in Section 7.03 and the related provisions set forth in Section 7.04 (which, in each case, shall not apply prior to the Conversion Date). Section 7.06 shall apply from the date hereof until the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Loan Obligations have been fulfilled in accordance with this Agreement).

If a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Conversion Date, the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph shall not affect any such Default or Event of Default (or the actions or circumstances necessary to cure any such Default or Event of Default) and any notices given or cure periods commenced prior to such date with respect to any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed given or commenced as of the actual dates thereof for all purposes.

 

118


SECTION 7.01. Events of Default Prior to Conversion Date. Prior to the Conversion Date (subject to the immediately preceding paragraph), each of the following events referred to in any of clauses (a) through (k) inclusive of this Section 7.01 shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Initial Loan, or (ii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Initial Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Bridge Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 5.02 or 5.04(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Article VI; or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 7.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Bridge Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after receipt by the Borrower of written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein, in any other Bridge Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Acceleration. Any default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness existed prior to the Closing Date or is created thereafter, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding; or

 

119


(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $100,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(h) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination, withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) Invalidity of Bridge Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Bridge Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 6.08) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Loan Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Bridge Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Bridge Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Loan Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Bridge Loan Document; or

 

120


(j) Junior Financing Documentation. (i) Any of the Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Bridge Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable.

SECTION 7.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default Prior to Conversion Date. If any Event of Default under Section 7.01 occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and

(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under applicable Law.

provided that upon the occurrence of an entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 7.03. Events of Default Following Conversion Date. Following the Conversion Date, each of the following events referred to in clause (a) through (h) inclusive of this Section 7.03 shall constitute an “Event of Default”.

(a) Non-Payment of Principal. The Borrower defaults in the payment of the principal of any Extended Loan, when the same becomes due and payable, whether at the due date thereof, upon acceleration or otherwise; or

(b) Non-Payment of Interest. The Borrower defaults in any payment of interest or other costs on any Extended Loan payable hereunder or with respect to any other Bridge Loan Document, when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; or

(c) Specific Covenants. Any Loan Party fails to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above) in any Bridge Loan Document, and such failure continues for a period of 60

 

121


days (or 120 days in the case of Section 5.11) after receipt of written notice given by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Extended Loans; or

(d) Cross-Acceleration. Any default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness existed prior to the Closing Date or is created thereafter, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding; or

(e) Judgments. The Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Inability to Pay Debt, Etc. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

122


(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

(g) Adjudication of Bankruptcy. A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in a proceeding in which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or for all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(h) Invalidity of Guarantees. The Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Agreement or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Agreement.

SECTION 7.04. Remedies Upon Event of Default Following Conversion Date. (a) If any Event of Default under Section 7.03 (other than of a type specified in Section 7.03(f) or (g)) occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Extended Loans may declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document to be immediately due and payable; provided that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of (i) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Borrower and the

 

123


Representative with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities. Upon the effectiveness of the declaration referred to in this clause (a), such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

(b) If any Event of Default under Section 7.03(f) or (g) occurs, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document shall automatically become immediately due and payable, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent annually a statement regarding compliance with this Agreement, and, within five Business Days upon becoming aware of any Default, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a statement specifying such Default.

SECTION 7.05. Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries. Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default has occurred under clauses (f) or (g) of Section 7.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that is not a Material Subsidiary (it being agreed that all Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).

SECTION 7.06. Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Sections 7.02 or 7.04 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Loan Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.04 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them);

Second , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.05 and amounts payable under Article II), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Loans and ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

124


Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Fifth , to the payment of all other Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Loan Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders on such date.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 8.01. Appointment and Authorization of Agents. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Bridge Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Bridge Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) The bank serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 8.02. Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any

 

125


agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Administrative Agent (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

SECTION 8.03. Liability of Agents. No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or Participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes.

SECTION 8.04. Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Bridge Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Article IV, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have

 

126


consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 8.05. Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Bridge Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 8.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents. Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent or Agent-Related Person hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents and the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes, and to make such

 

127


investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 8.07. Indemnification of Agents. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Bridge Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 8.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 8.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture, the Exchange Notes or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 8.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Loan Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.08. Agents in their Individual Capacities. JPMCB and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and its Affiliates as though JPMCB were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, JPMCB or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality

 

128


obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, JPMCB shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include JPMCB in its individual capacity.

SECTION 8.09. Successor Agents. The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent at any time upon notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, which resignation shall be effective upon the earlier of (a) the date that is 30 days after such notice and (b) the appointment of a successor agent as provided in this paragraph. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(f) or Section 7.03(f) or (g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent”, shall mean such successor administrative agent and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII and Sections 9.04 and 9.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Bridge Loan Documents. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.10. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and

 

129


irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Loan Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.06(f) and 9.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.06(f) and 9.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Loan Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.11. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent”, “sole bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 8.12. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents. (a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Bridge Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the

 

130


Bridge Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Bridge Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to the Loans, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Bridge Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Loans shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Loans and to perform such duties with respect to such Loans, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Bridge Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article VIII and of Sections 9.04 and 9.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document (including any waiver of a Default or Event of Default), and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be

 

131


effective unless, in this case of this Agreement, in writing signed by the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Guarantors, or, in the case of any other such Bridge Loan Document, in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties party thereto, in each case, with the consent of the Required Lenders. Each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood that a waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.05 or 2.06 or any fees hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest, the Applicable Margin, the Conversion Spread or PIK Margin specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to clause (i) of the second succeeding proviso to this Section 9.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) extend the Conversion Date or the Maturity Date, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(e) place additional restrictions on the right to exchange Extended Loans for Exchange Notes or modify the rate of such exchange without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(f) change any provision of the Exchange Note Indenture that requires (or would require if any Exchange Notes were outstanding) the approval of all holders of Exchange Notes without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(g) change any provision of this Section 9.01, the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”, Section 2.11(h), Section 2.12 or Section 7.06 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

 

132


(h) other than as provided under Section 10.06, release all of substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender;

(i) change the currency in which any Loan is denominated without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan; or

(j) amend the definition of the term “Interest Period” so as to permit intervals in excess of three months without regard to availability to all Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document and (ii) Section 9.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the expiration of the Commitment of such Lender may not be postponed without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.01, the Administrative Agent, without the consent of the Required Lenders, may, but shall have no obligation to, amend Section 2.06(a)(iii) of this Agreement to reflect in percentage terms the Senior Loans Total Cap and the PIK Election Loans Total Cap in effect from time to time.

The Administrative Agent will provide to the Trustee a copy of each amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.01, guarantees and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such Guarantee or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, no amendment or waiver of any provision of the Exchange Note Indenture shall be effective without the consent of the Lenders and the holders of Exchange Notes pursuant to the terms of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 of the Exchange Note Indenture.

 

133


SECTION 9.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies. (a)  General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (1) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (2) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (3) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (4) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 9.02(c)), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Bridge Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

134


SECTION 9.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Bridge Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

SECTION 9.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses. The Borrower agrees (a) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP and one local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Arrangers and each Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all Attorney Costs of counsel to the Administrative Agent). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable, in the case of Section 9.04(a), and all other documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in Section 2.06(e) and this Section 9.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Loan Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 9.04 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party or Guarantor fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9.05. Indemnification by the Borrower. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, trustees, investment advisors and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs,

 

135


expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment or Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee or (y) a material breach of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 9.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be paid within ten Business Days after demand therefor; provided , however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 9.05. The agreements in this Section 9.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Loan Obligations.

 

136


SECTION 9.06. Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.

SECTION 9.07. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 9.07(g), (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(h) or (v) by way of assignment in accordance with Section 9.07(b) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 9.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of, until the Conversion Date, the Borrower, if any assignment will result in the Initial Lenders holding less than 50.1% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Initial Loans; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or (f) or Section 7.03(a), (b), (f) or (g), as applicable, has occurred and is continuing;

 

137


(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (A) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or (f) or Section 7.03(a), (b), (f) or (g), as applicable, has occurred and is continuing and (B) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(2) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(3) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts (as defined in the Administrative Questionnaire) to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including federal and state securities laws.

(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.08, 2.09 and 2.10 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its promissory note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a promissory note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 9.07(e).

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each

 

138


Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower (but subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent), sell participations (“ Participations ”) to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a Participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents and the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Bridge Loan Documents and the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 9.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 9.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 (subject to the requirements of Section 9.15), 2.08 and 2.09 (through the applicable Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 9.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 3.12 as though it were a Lender.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.08, 2.09 or 2.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the Participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the Participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its promissory note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

139


(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing prior to the Closing Date by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Sections 2.08, 2.09 or 2.10, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Bridge Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the promissory note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the promissory note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 9.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Bridge Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Bridge Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

SECTION 9.08. Confidentiality. Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information and to not use or disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this

 

140


Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 9.07(g) or 9.07(i), counterparty to a Hedging Obligation, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.08; (h) to any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender; (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender); or (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document, or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document, or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents, or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, the Commitments, and the Borrowing. For the purposes of this Section 9.08, “ Information ” means all information received from any Loan Party or its Affiliates or its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their subsidiaries or their business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or is delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.02 hereof.

EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION 9.08 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR AFFILIATES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE LOAN PARTIES OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED

 

141


PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE LOAN PARTIES AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 9.09. Setoff. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Loan Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made a demand under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document and although such Loan Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owning by such Lender or its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Section 9.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent and such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.10. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Bridge Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Bridge Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Loan Obligations hereunder.

 

142


SECTION 9.11. Counterparts. This Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Bridge Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier.

SECTION 9.12. Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Bridge Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Bridge Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

SECTION 9.13. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Bridge Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Borrowing, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Loan Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

SECTION 9.14. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.15. Tax Forms. (a) (i) Each Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ Foreign Lender ”, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include reference to the Administrative Agent if it is not a “United States person”) shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so,

 

143


deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date which is ten Business Days after the Closing Date (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed, properly completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document) or such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, and in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming such an exemption under Section 881(c) of the Code, a certificate that establishes in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is not (i) a “bank” as defined in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (ii) a 10-percent stockholder within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or (iii) a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower with the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, (A) promptly submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States Laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Bridge Loan Document, in each case, (1) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence expires or becomes obsolete, (2) after the occurrence of a change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (3) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (B) promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(ii) Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Foreign Lender under any of the Bridge Loan Documents, shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in either case, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Foreign Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid

 

144


or payable with respect to which such Foreign Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to United States federal withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Foreign Lender is required to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Foreign Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Foreign Lender.

(iii) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount or any indemnity payment under Section 2.10 to (A) any Foreign Lender if such Foreign Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.15(a), or (B) any U.S. Lender if such U.S. Lender shall have failed to satisfy the provisions of Section 9.15(b); provided that (i) if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this or Section 9.15(b), as applicable, on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Bridge Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 9.15(a) or Section 9.15(b) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 2.10 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable Law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Bridge Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate and (ii) nothing in this Section 9.15(a) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.10 in the event that the requirements of 9.15(a)(ii) have not been satisfied if the Borrower is entitled, under applicable Law, to rely on any applicable forms and statements required to be provided under this Section 9.15 by the Foreign Lender that does not act or has ceased to act for its own account under any of the Loan Documents.

(iv) The Administrative Agent may deduct and withhold any taxes required by any Laws to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Bridge Loan Documents.

(b) Each Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ U.S. Lender ” which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include reference to the Administrative Agent if it is a “United States person”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower two duly signed, properly completed copies of IRS Form W-9, or any successor thereto, certifying that such U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent. If such U.S. Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to such U.S. Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable backup withholding tax imposed by the Code.

 

145


SECTION 9.16. GOVERNING LAW. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED THEREIN).

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

SECTION 9.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 9.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 9.18. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor Party hereto and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and

 

146


inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not have the right to assign their rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 6.08.

SECTION 9.19. [Reserved].

SECTION 9.20. Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Bridge Loan Documents or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes (to the extent such right or remedy is granted pursuant to the Agreement) (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 9.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 9.21. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower and the Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the Guarantors and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the Guarantors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 9.22. Agent for Service of Process. The Borrower agrees that promptly following request by the Administrative Agent it shall cause each Material Foreign Subsidiary to appoint and maintain an agent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to receive service of process in New York City on behalf of such Material Foreign Subsidiary.

ARTICLE X

Guarantees

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. (a) Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Lender and to the Administrative Agent and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of the Loan Obligations when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other Loan Obligations (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

 

147


(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of acceptance of its Guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default on the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents or any other agreement; (iv) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) except as set forth in Section 10.06, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender in favor of the Borrower or any other person.

(d) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 10.01(f) and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents or any other agreement, by (ii) any recession, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any thereof, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor. The Administrative Agent and the other Lenders may, at their election, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Guarantor or exercise any other right or

 

148


remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Guarantor, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor, as the case may be.

(f) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and each other Lender, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Agreement and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(g) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Bridge Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Agreement are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(h) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender or the Administrative Agent upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any Guarantor or otherwise.

(i) In furtherance of the foregoing clauses (a) through (h) and not in limitation of any other right which any Lender or the Administrative Agent has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Guarantor to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

 

149


(j) Each Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article VII for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VII, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.

(k) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Section.

(l) Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Guarantor’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 10.02. [Intentionally Omitted].

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article X shall be, subject to Section 10.06, binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Agreement and in the other Bridge Loan Documents shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in

 

150


the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 10.06. Release of Guarantor. Each Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under this Article X (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.07) upon:

(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, in each case made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement;

(b) the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement; or

(c) the release or discharge of (i) the guarantee by such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) such Guarantor’s obligations under any Ineligible Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor, if any, that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, other than in the case of clause (i), a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with.

SECTION 10.07. Contribution. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Agreement to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 10.08. Confirmation of Guarantee. Each Guarantor, by its execution of this Agreement, hereby confirms and ratifies that all of its obligations as a Guarantor shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations as amended by this Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Bridge Facility.

 

151


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement


By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and confirms that the obligations of the Borrower under said Senior Bridge Loan Agreement as amended by said Amendment and Restatement shall constitute “Guaranteed Obligations” under Section 10.1 of said Senior Bridge Loan Agreement. By its signature below, the undersigned hereby confirms that all of its obligations under Section 10.1 of said Senior Bridge Loan Agreement shall continue unchanged and in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to this Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:   Barbara A. Klein
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

CDW DIRECT, LLC

By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:

  Robert J. Welyki

Title:

 

Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant

Secretary

CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement


CDW LOGISTICS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW ASIA HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President. Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement


 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as

Administrative Agent and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Ann B. Kerns

Name:   Ann B. Kerns
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement

 


DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Lender

By:

 

/s/ David Mayhew

Name:

 

David Mayhew

Title:

 

Managing Director

By:

 

/s/ STEPHEN CAYER

Name:

 

STEPHEN CAYER

Title:

 

DIRECTOR

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement


 

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Frank P. Turner

Name:   Frank P. Turner
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Gene Martin

Name:   Gene Martin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Bridge Loan Agreement

Exhibit 10.6

AMENDMENT NO. 1

AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of April 2, 2008 to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 (the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”) among VH MergerSub, Inc. (“ Merger Sub ” and, prior to the Merger, the “ Borrower ”), an Illinois corporation to be merged with and into CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“ CDW ” or the “ Company ” and, after the Merger, the “ Borrower ”), VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the Lenders party thereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Lenders wish to amend the Bridge Loan Agreement in certain respects, and accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Amendment No. 1 and not otherwise defined are used herein as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement (as amended hereby).

Section 2. Amendments . Effective as provided in Section 5 hereof, the Bridge Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

2.01. References in the Bridge Loan Agreement (including references to the Bridge Loan Agreement as amended hereby) to “this Agreement” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “hereby”, “herein” and “hereof”) shall be deemed to be references to the Bridge Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

2.02. Section 1.01 of the Bridge Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definitions in their entirety: “ Additional Cap ”, “ Cap Designation Letter ”, “ Qualifying Bookrunner ” and “ Unused Additional Cap ”.

2.03. Section 2.06(a)(iii) of the Bridge Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), but subject to Section 2.06(b), the per annum interest rate borne by the Senior Loans shall not exceed 11.00% (the “ Senior Loans Total Cap ”) per annum and the per annum interest rate borne by the PIK Election Loans shall not exceed 11.50% (the “ PIK Election Loans Total Cap ”); provided that the PIK Margin shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the PIK Election Loans Total Cap, and the PIK Election Loans Total Cap shall not limit or affect in any manner the Borrower’s obligation to pay interest due in respect of the PIK Margin as required by Section 2.06(a)(i) and (ii).

Section 3. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants (it being understood that, for purposes of the representations and warranties made in the Bridge Loan Documents on the Closing Date and on the date hereof, such representations and warranties shall be construed as though the Transactions have been consummated) to the


Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders that (a) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Bridge Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (b) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Section 4. Confirmation of Guarantee . Each Guarantor, by its execution of this Agreement, hereby confirms and ratifies that all of its obligations as a Guarantor shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations as amended by this Amendment No. 1.

Section 5. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . The amendments set forth in Section 2 hereof shall become effective on the date upon which each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) Amendment No. 1 . This Amendment No. 1 shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. In addition, each of the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered its confirmation and consent provided for on the signature pages hereto.

(b) Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the date hereof, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the date hereof, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document.

Section 6. Miscellaneous . Except as herein provided, the Bridge Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment No. 1 by signing any such counterpart. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:   Barbara A. Klein
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael C. Moravec

Name:   Michael C. Moravec
Title:   Managing Director

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ann B. Kerns

Name:   Ann B. Kerns
Title:   Vice President

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Henry F. D’Alessandro

Name:   Henry F. D’Alessandro
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David Mayhew

Name:   David Mayhew
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cayer

Name:   Stephen Cayer
Title:   Director

 


VH HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW ASIA HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary


 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

 

SENIOR SUBORDINATED BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 12, 2007

and

Amended and Restated as of March 12, 2008

among

VH MERGERSUB, INC.

(TO BE MERGED WITH AND INTO

CDW CORPORATION),

as Borrower,

VH HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Holdings,

The Subsidiary Guarantors Party Hereto,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto,

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,

as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Syndication Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page
ARTICLE I Definitions    1
  SECTION 1.01.   Defined Terms    1
  SECTION 1.02.   Other Interpretive Provisions    54
  SECTION 1.03.   Accounting Terms    55
  SECTION 1.04.   Rounding    55
  SECTION 1.05.   References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.    55
  SECTION 1.06.   Times of Day    56
  SECTION 1.07.   Timing of Payment or Performance    56
ARTICLE II The Commitments and Loans    56
  SECTION 2.01.   Loans    56
  SECTION 2.02.   Procedure for Borrowing    56
  SECTION 2.03.   Extended Loans; Exchange Notes    58
  SECTION 2.04.   Prepayments    59
  SECTION 2.05.   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt    61
  SECTION 2.06.   Interest and Fees    62
  SECTION 2.07.   Alternate Rate of Interest    63
  SECTION 2.08.   Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans    63
  SECTION 2.09.   Funding Losses    64
  SECTION 2.10.   Taxes    65
  SECTION 2.11.   Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment    67
  SECTION 2.12.   Sharing of Payments    70
  SECTION 2.13.   Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances    71
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties    72
  SECTION 3.01.   Organization; Powers    72
  SECTION 3.02.   Authorization    72
  SECTION 3.03.   Enforceability    73
  SECTION 3.04.   Governmental Approvals    73
  SECTION 3.05.   Financial Statements    73
  SECTION 3.06.   No Material Adverse Change    74
  SECTION 3.07.   Title to Properties    74
  SECTION 3.08.   Subsidiaries    74
  SECTION 3.09.   Litigation; Compliance with Laws    74

 

ii


  SECTION 3.10.   Federal Reserve Regulations    75
  SECTION 3.11.   Investment Company Act    75
  SECTION 3.12.   Taxes    75
  SECTION 3.13.   No Material Misstatements    75
  SECTION 3.14.   Employee Benefit Plans    75
  SECTION 3.15.   Environmental Matters    76
  SECTION 3.16.   Labor Matters    76
  SECTION 3.17.   Solvency    76
  SECTION 3.18.   Intellectual Property    76
  SECTION 3.19.   [Intentionally Omitted]    76
  SECTION 3.20.   Other Closing Date Representations    76
ARTICLE IV Conditions to Initial Loans    77
  SECTION 4.01.   Conditions to Initial Loans    77
ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants    80
  SECTION 5.01.   Financial Statements    80
  SECTION 5.02.   Notices    82
  SECTION 5.03.   Taxes    82
  SECTION 5.04.   Existence, Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties    83
  SECTION 5.05.   Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections    83
  SECTION 5.06.   Insurance    83
  SECTION 5.07.   Use of Proceeds    84
  SECTION 5.08.   Exchange Notes    84
  SECTION 5.09.   Further Assurances    85
  SECTION 5.10.   Take-Out Financing    85
  SECTION 5.11.   Reports and Other Information    86
  SECTION 5.12.   Additional Guarantees    88
ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants    88
  SECTION 6.01.   Limitation on Restricted Payments    88
  SECTION 6.02.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries    97
  SECTION 6.03.   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock    99
  SECTION 6.04.   Asset Sales    106
  SECTION 6.05.   Transactions with Affiliates    108
  SECTION 6.06.   Liens    111
  SECTION 6.07.   Limitation on Business Activities    111
  SECTION 6.08.   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets    111
  SECTION 6.09.   Change of Control    113
ARTICLE VII Events of Default    114
  SECTION 7.01.   Events of Default Prior to Conversion Date    114

 

iii


  SECTION 7.02.   Remedies Upon Event of Default Prior to Conversion Date    116
  SECTION 7.03.   Events of Default Following Conversion Date    117
  SECTION 7.04.   Remedies Upon Event of Default Following Conversion Date    119
  SECTION 7.05.   Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries    119
  SECTION 7.06.   Application of Funds    120
ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent and Other Agents    120
  SECTION 8.01.   Appointment and Authorization of Agents    120
  SECTION 8.02.   Delegation of Duties    121
  SECTION 8.03.   Liability of Agents    121
  SECTION 8.04.   Reliance by Agents    122
  SECTION 8.05.   Notice of Default    122
  SECTION 8.06.   Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents    123
  SECTION 8.07.   Indemnification of Agents    123
  SECTION 8.08.   Agents in their Individual Capacities    124
  SECTION 8.09.   Successor Agents    124
  SECTION 8.10.   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim    125
  SECTION 8.11.   Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers    126
  SECTION 8.12.   Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents    126
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous    127
  SECTION 9.01.   Amendments, Etc.    127
  SECTION 9.02.   Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies    129
  SECTION 9.03.   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    130
  SECTION 9.04.   Attorney Costs and Expenses    130
  SECTION 9.05.   Indemnification by the Borrower    131
  SECTION 9.06.   Payments Set Aside    132
  SECTION 9.07.   Successors and Assigns    132
  SECTION 9.08.   Confidentiality    136
  SECTION 9.09.   Setoff    137
  SECTION 9.10.   Interest Rate Limitation    138
  SECTION 9.11.   Counterparts    138
  SECTION 9.12.   Integration    138
  SECTION 9.13.   Survival of Representations and Warranties    139
  SECTION 9.14.   Severability    139
  SECTION 9.15.   Tax Forms    139
  SECTION 9.16.   GOVERNING LAW    141
  SECTION 9.17.   WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY    142
  SECTION 9.18.   Binding Effect    142
  SECTION 9.19.   [Reserved]    142
  SECTION 9.20.   Lender Action    142
  SECTION 9.21.   USA PATRIOT Act    142
  SECTION 9.22.   Agent for Service of Process    143

 

iv


ARTICLE X Guarantees    143
  SECTION 10.01.   Guarantees    143
  SECTION 10.02.   [Intentionally Reserved]    145
  SECTION 10.03.   Successors and Assigns    146
  SECTION 10.04.   No Waiver    146
  SECTION 10.05.   Modification    146
  SECTION 10.06.   Release of Guarantor    146
  SECTION 10.07.   Contribution    147
ARTICLE XI Subordination    147
  SECTION 11.01.   Agreement To Subordinate    147
  SECTION 11.02.   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy    147
  SECTION 11.03.   Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower    148
  SECTION 11.04.   Acceleration of Payment of Loans    149
  SECTION 11.05.   When Distribution Must Be Paid Over    150
  SECTION 11.06.   Subrogation    150
  SECTION 11.07.   Relative Rights    150
  SECTION 11.08.   Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Borrower    150
  SECTION 11.09.   Rights of Administrative Agent    150
  SECTION 11.10.   Distribution or Notice to Representative    151
  SECTION 11.11.   Article XI Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate    151
  SECTION 11.12.   Administrative Agent Entitled To Rely    151
  SECTION 11.13.   Administrative Agent to Effectuate Subordination    152
  SECTION 11.14.   Administrative Agent Not Fiduciary for Lenders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower    152
  SECTION 11.15.   Reliance by Lenders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower on Subordination Provisions    152
  SCHEDULES:   
  Schedule 1.01   Liens   
  Schedule 2.01   Commitments and Loans   
  Schedule 3.08   Subsidiaries   
  Schedule 3.09   Litigation   
  Schedule 3.15   Environmental Matters   
  Schedule 3.16   Labor Matters   
  Schedule 3.18   Intellectual Property   
  Schedule 6.05   Payments and Agreements in Effect on the Closing Date   
  Schedule 9.02   Notice Addresses   
  EXHIBITS :     
  Exhibit A   Form of Assignment and Assumption   

 

v


  Exhibit B   Form of Exchange Note Indenture   
  Exhibit C   Form of Promissory Note   
  Exhibit D   Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel   
  Exhibit E   Form of Registration Rights Agreement   

 

vi


This SENIOR SUBORDINATED BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 12, 2008, among CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“ CDW ”, the “ Company ” or the “ Borrower ”), VH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS party hereto (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the LENDERS party hereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Borrower is party to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Existing Bridge Facility ”) with VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) (which on the Closing Date was merged with and into) the Company, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto, and the Administrative Agent.

The parties to the Existing Bridge Facility have agreed to amend the Existing Bridge Facility in certain respects and to restate the Existing Bridge Facility as so amended as provided herein (as amended and restated, the “ Bridge Facility ”).

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that on the Amendment Closing Date (as defined below) the Existing Bridge Facility will be prepaid in an amount not to exceed $190,000,000 and the Existing Bridge Facility shall be amended and restate to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Cap ” means $5,500,000 per annum, the per annum interest rate equivalent of which amount (determined reasonably by the Qualifying Bookrunners based upon the principal amount of the Loans, “Senior Loans” and/or “PIK Election


Loans” each under and as defined in the Senior Bridge Facility, as the case may be, at the time of designation) may be designated by the Qualifying Bookrunners to be used as part of the Total Cap, the “Senior Loans Total Cap” and/or the “PIK Election Loans Total Cap” each under and as defined in the Senior Bridge Facility.

Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Bridge Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 9.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , however , that no Lender (nor any of its Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries by virtue of its capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.05.

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any).

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Amendment Closing Date ” means the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied.

Applicable Margin ” means (a) with respect to any Initial Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (i) 500 basis points for the Interest Period beginning on the Closing Date, (ii) 500 basis points for the second Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) 550 basis points for the third Interest Period applicable thereto and (iv) 600 basis points for the fourth Interest Period applicable thereto and (b) with respect to any Initial Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, for any period, the Applicable Margin then applicable to Eurocurrency Rate Loans less 100 basis points.

Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

 

2


Arrangers ” means each of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., in its capacity as Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

Asset Sale ” means (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (as lessor) or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Borrower (other than the sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 6.08 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 6.06 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25,000,000;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real, intangible or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(i) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

3


(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof;

(l) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and Receivables Facility financings permitted under this Agreement;

(m) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor;

(n) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(p) any Permitted Asset Swap; and

(q) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions involving (i) real property owned on the Closing Date, (ii) property acquired not more than 180 days prior to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction for cash in an amount at least equal to the cost of such property and (iii) other property for cash consideration if the sale is treated as an Asset Sale.

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.04.

Assignee ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.07), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest per annum in effect for such day as announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” at its principal office in New York, New York. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement of such change.

 

4


Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Base Rate.

Blockage Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the disinterested directors, in which case by a majority of such directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Borrowing ” means the incurrence of the Initial Loans.

Borrowing Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.02(a).

Bridge Facility ” has the meaning provided in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Bridge Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.05(e), the Fee Letter, all guarantees of the Loans and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case including any annexes, exhibits, appendices or schedules thereto, but excluding the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Indenture and any guarantees of the Exchange Notes or other documents related to the Exchange Note Indenture, including the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

5


Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday; provided that if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Cap Designation Letter ” means a letter delivered to the Administrative Agent with a copy to the Borrower by the Qualifying Bookrunners designating all or any portion of the Unused Additional Cap to be used as part of the Total Cap.

Capital Stock ” means:

(a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any other Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars;

(2) (a) Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the economic and monetary union contemplated by the Treaty on European Union or (b) in the case of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

6


(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (i) any lender under Senior Credit Facilities or an Affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of P-1 or A-1 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) [intentionally reserved];

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated A- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or A3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s:

(12) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and substantially all the investments of which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1) through (11) above; and

(13) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenure and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through

 

7


(12) above or other high quality short term investments, in each case, customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Interest ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(c).

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution, the Borrower and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by the Borrower and such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

A “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) the Permitted Investors cease to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests of the Borrower representing a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Investors otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or (B) the Permitted Investors own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially an amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power that is equal to or more than 50% of the amount of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Investors of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date (determined by taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or other events subsequent to the Closing Date that changed the amount of Equity Interests, but not the percentage of Equity Interests, held by the Permitted Investors) and such ownership by the Permitted Investors represents the largest single block of Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power held by any person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such

 

8


Person and its subsidiaries, and any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35% of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the Permitted Investors, and (B) during each period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower shall consist of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in each of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement or the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement to the extent the Indebtedness thereunder constitutes Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, Holdings shall directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.09(b).

Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.09(b).

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01, which date was October 12, 2007.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and rules and regulations related thereto.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make an Initial Loan hereunder on the Closing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.07. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $940,000,000.

Common Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock in such Person that does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

 

9


Compensation Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.11(d)(ii).

consolidated ” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (f) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (g) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that (without duplication),

 

10


(1) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions, including, but not limited to, up to $20,000,000 in retention bonuses to be paid in 2008 to employees of the Borrower for continued employment through 2007 and the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date), severance, integration costs, relocation costs, transition costs, other restructuring costs, litigation settlement or losses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded; provided that, solely for the purpose of determining the amounts available for Restricted Payments under Section 6.01(d)(3), such losses, costs, charges or other expenses shall be excluded only to the extent they are non-cash and will not require cash settlement in the future (it being understood that the payment of up to $53,000,000 referenced above shall be considered “non-cash” for this purpose),

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of gains or losses (less all accrued fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (6) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Borrower in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Borrower has funded such net loss in cash with respect to such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar

 

11


distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not wholly permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower will be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (6)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-up, write-down or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, in each case to the extent permitted hereunder, shall be excluded,

(9) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) impairment charge or asset write-off, write-up or write-down (other than write-offs or write-downs of inventory or receivables), in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of assets or liabilities, including intangibles arising (including goodwill and organizational costs) pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any pro forma after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of non-cash compensation or other expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or as a result of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded,

(11) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Company shall be excluded; provided that the maximum add-back to Consolidated Net Income shall be no greater than $1,000,000 in any four quarter period; and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. in an amount not in excess of the amount of the net tax benefit to the Company as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan shall be excluded, and

 

12


(12) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, disposition, dividend or similar Restricted Payments, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing or recapitalization transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 6.01 hereof only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor,

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, or

(4) as an account party with respect to any letter of credit, letter of guaranty or bankers’ acceptance.

 

13


Continuing Directors ” means the directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Borrower is approved by a majority of the then Continuing Directors, such other director is appointed, approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Investors or is designated or appointed by the Permitted Investors in his or her election by the stockholders of the Borrower.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than one times the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contribution amount to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (a) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (b) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity equal to or later than the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Notes, and

(2) such cash contribution amount is not applied to make Restricted Payments.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Conversion Date ” means October 10, 2008.

Conversion Spread ” means, with respect to any Extended Loan, 50 basis points during the Interest Period beginning on the Conversion Date, which amount shall increase by an additional 50 basis points at the beginning of each subsequent three-month period.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of

 

14


the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock of the Borrower), that is issued for cash (other than to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(a) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and Hedging Obligations;

(b) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Exchange Note Indenture and Senior Bridge Loan Agreement; and

(c) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $50,000,000 and is specifically designated by the Borrower in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Agreement.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the earlier of the Maturity Date or the date the Loans are repaid in full; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

15


Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges (other than Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (ii) such fees, costs, commissions, expenses or other charges related to the offering of the Exchange Notes, the Senior Exchange Notes, the Bridge Facility, the Senior Bridge Facility, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, (iii) any such fees, costs (including call premium), commissions, expenses or other charges related to any amendment or other modification of the Exchange Notes, the Senior Exchange Notes, the Bridge Facility, the Senior Bridge Facility, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

16


(e) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write-offs or write-downs and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(f) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof; plus

(i) the amount of net cost savings and acquisition synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of specified actions taken or initiated in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition or disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA from such actions; provided that (i) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (ii) such actions are taken within 18 months after the Closing Date or the date of such acquisition or disposition and (iii) the aggregate amount of costs savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Borrower’s EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date; plus

 

17


(j) any net after-tax non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses; plus

(k) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or otherwise paid, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed or otherwise paid by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed or otherwise paid within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed or otherwise paid within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events and expenses or losses relating to business interruption; plus

(l) expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and actually paid or refunded, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be paid or refunded by the indemnifying party or other obligor and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable indemnifying party or obligor in writing within 90 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 180 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 180 days); plus

(m) any non-cash increase in expenses (A) resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods) or (B) due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions or any future acquisitions;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss included in calculating Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

 

18


Eligible Assignee ” means any assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 9.07.

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives and orders (including consent orders), having the force and effect of law, in each case, relating to protection of the environment or natural resources, or to human health and safety as it relates to protection from environmental hazards.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Investment ” means the contribution by the Equity Investors, to fund a portion of the Merger, of an amount in cash to CDW Holdings LLC, and in turn to Holdings, in exchange for Equity Interests (which cash will be contributed to Merger Sub in exchange for Equity Interests in Merger Sub), which together with the amount of any rollover equity issued to existing shareholders of CDW, shall be no less than 25.0% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of Holdings.

Equity Investors ” means the Sponsor and the Management Stockholders.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (1) public offerings with respect to Common Stock of the Borrower or of any of its direct or indirect parent companies registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (3) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

19


ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, but excluding any event for which the 30-day notice period is waived, with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement that results in a Lien, with respect to a Pension Plan, (c) the incurrence by any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) the filing or a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, (e) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to the Code, ERISA or other applicable law, (f) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning statutory liability arising from the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (g) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to have any liability, (h) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or (i) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan:

(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Dow Jones Market screen (or any successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, or

(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per

 

20


annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, or

(c) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by a London Affiliate of the Administrative Agent to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning provided in Article VII.

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.04.

Exchange ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(i).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(ii).

Exchange Note ” means (a) the Notes (as defined in the Exchange Note Indenture) (including any Increasing Rate Exchange Notes and Fixed Rate Exchange Notes (unless the context otherwise requires)) issued under the Exchange Note Indenture in exchange for one or more Loans, one or more other Exchange Notes or in respect of interest with respect to one or more Exchange Notes, substantially in the form attached as an exhibit to the Exchange Note Indenture and (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise registered under the Securities Act (as defined herein) and issued, the Borrower’s senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 issued in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in exchange for any Exchange Notes or otherwise registered under the Securities Act.

 

21


Exchange Note Indenture ” means the Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto to be entered into pursuant to Section 5.08(a) among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the trustee thereunder relating to the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Exchange Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3)(c) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Existing Debt ” means Indebtedness outstanding under that certain unsecured line of credit of CDW with The Northern Trust Company, as evidenced by that certain Line of Credit Demand Note dated July 25, 2001 of CDW in favor of The Northern Trust Company.

Existing Inventory Financing Agreements ” means the following agreements, in each case, as amended, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time: (i) the Inventory Financing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, CDW Government, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and CDW Direct, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company and (ii) the Agreement for Inventory Financing, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among IBM Credit LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CDW Logistics, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation.

Extended Loan Interest Rate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(a)(ii).

Extended Loans ” means Loans that remain outstanding on and after the Conversion Date.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published

 

22


by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of  1 / 100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” means the Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated June 27, 2007, between Holdings, Merger Sub, Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Financial Officer ” of any Person means the chief executive officer, the president, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Person.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any

 

23


Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 18-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that in each case such adjustments are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate signed by the Borrower’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Agreement. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (1) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization/accretion of original issue discount (including any original issue discount

 

24


created by fair value adjustments to Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period and (2) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Fixed Rate Exchange Note ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(ii) hereto.

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.15(a)(i).

Foreign Plan ” means any pension plan, fund or other similar program (other than a government-sponsored plan) that (a) primarily covers employees of any Loan Party and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are employed outside of the United States and (b) is subject to any statutory funding requirement as to which the failure to satisfy results in a Lien or other statutory requirement permitting any governmental authority to accelerate the obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded, accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any subsidiary of such Person that is organized and existing under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America or (b) any subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more subsidiaries described in clause (a) and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such Capital Stock or subsidiaries.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(h).

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

25


Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.01(a).

Guarantor ” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Agreement, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Closing Date, the Guarantors will be Holdings and each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Restricted Subsidiary and a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.

Hazardous Materials ” means any material, substance or waste classified, characterized or regulated as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Environmental Laws.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity, raw materials, utilities and energy prices.

Holdings ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Increasing Rate Exchange Note ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Exchange Note Indenture.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money,

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,

(c) evidenced by letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(d) Capitalized Lease Obligations,

(e) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) earn-outs

 

26


and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed, or

(f) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),

(3) Disqualified Stock of such Person, and

(4) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (i) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” and (iii) obligations with respect to Receivables Facilities. The amount of Indebtedness of any person under clause (1)(d) above shall be deemed to equal the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such person in good faith.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.05.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.05.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Information ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.08.

Initial Lenders ” means Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch.

 

27


Initial Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a).

Initial Promissory Note ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) prior to and on the Conversion Date, (i) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, with respect to any Loan, the Conversion Date and (b) following the Conversion Date, with respect to any Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan.

Interest Period ” means (a) prior to the Conversion Date, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is three months thereafter, and each successive three-month period commencing on the last day of the preceding interest period and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is three months thereafter, and (b) on and after the Conversion Date, the period commencing on the Conversion Date (in the case of the first such Interest Period) or the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period (in the case of each subsequent Interest Period) and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding April 15 or October 15 and (ii) the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

Investment Banks ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

28


(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, entertainment, relocation, payroll and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the third paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 6.01 hereof, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

29


Krasny Plan ” means the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lender ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender”.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with respect to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or occupancy agreement be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.03.

Loan Obligations ” means advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries arising under any Bridge Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties and the Guarantors under the Bridge Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Bridge Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees (including, without limitation, the fees referenced in

 

30


Section 2.06), Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any Bridge Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary.

Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and the Guarantors (and each individually, a “ Loan Party ”).

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a), including the Initial Loans and the Extended Loans.

Mandatory Principal Redemption ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d).

Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d).

Margin Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, a Target Material Adverse Effect and (b) after the Closing Date a material adverse effect (i) on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) on any material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Bridge Loan Document, taken as a whole.

Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Material Domestic Subsidiary” shall also include any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries selected by the Borrower which is required to ensure that all Material Domestic Subsidiaries have in the aggregate (i) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries at such date and (ii) gross revenues for such Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test

 

31


Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Material Foreign Subsidiary” shall also include any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries selected by the Borrower which is required to ensure that all Material Foreign Subsidiaries have in the aggregate (i) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries at such date and (ii) gross revenues for such Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount greater than or equal to $100,000,000. For purposes of determining “Material Indebtedness”, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if the relevant hedging agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary.

Maturity Date ” means October 12, 2017.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.10.

Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 29, 2007 among Holdings, Merger Sub and CDW.

Merger Sub ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA under which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Net Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale, Prepayment Asset Sale or Property Loss Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of deferred

 

32


payments or noncash consideration initially received, net of any costs relating to the disposition thereof), net of (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable and customary broker’s fees or commissions, investment banking, consultant, legal, accounting or similar fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer, deed, recording and similar taxes incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith), and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable (including payments under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement), in connection with such Asset Sale (including, in the case of any such Asset Sale in respect of property of any Foreign Subsidiary, taxes payable upon the repatriation of any such proceeds), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any (x) liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale and (y) other liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or other obligation which is secured by a Lien on the asset sold, (iv) in the case of any such Asset Sale by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iv)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof and (v) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest under the Senior Credit Facilities as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(b) with respect to any issuance, sale or incurrence of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or incurrence net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof and (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest under the Senior Credit Facilities as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.13(c).

Non-Payment Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

 

33


Obligations ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness.

Offering Document ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10(b).

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Borrower or the relevant Loan Party.

Other Closing Date Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties made by CDW in the Merger Agreement that (a) are material to the interests of the Lenders and (b) a breach of any of which would permit Holdings and/or Merger Sub to terminate their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(b).

Parent ” means a Person formed for the purpose of owning all of the Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, of Holdings.

Participant ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(e).

Participation ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(e).

Payment Blockage Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

Payment Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.03.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Event ” means (a) the whole or partial withdrawal of a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Foreign Plan during a Foreign Plan year, (b) the filing or a notice of interest to terminate in whole or in part a Foreign Plan or the treatment of a Foreign Plan amendment as a termination or partial termination, (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Authority to terminate in whole or in part or have a trustee appointed to administer a Foreign Plan, (d) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds for the termination of, winding up or partial termination or winding up or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Foreign Plan, (e) the failure to satisfy any statutory funding requirement, (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Foreign Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to applicable law or (g) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan which, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses, could reasonably be expected to result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan.

 

34


Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and/or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means, to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets (excluding any boot thereon) between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.03.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of

 

35


any extension, modification, replacement, renewal of any Investment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, employees, officers and consultants not in excess of $15,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed the greater of: (x) $150,000,000; and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets of the Borrower; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof;

(12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.03 hereof and performance guarantees consistent with past practice, and the creation of liens on the assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 6.06 hereof;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

36


(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility;

(15) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition;

(16) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 6.05 hereof, except transactions permitted by clauses (2), (6), (10), (12) or (13);

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(18) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(19) additional Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(20) loans and advances relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05 hereof;

(21) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by assets leased to and operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets, so long as the Borrower or any such Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;

(23) deposits made by the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries in Cash Pooling Arrangements; and

(24) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Investors ” means (a) the Sponsor, (b) any Person who is an officer or otherwise a member of management of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Closing Date; (c) any Related Entity of any of the foregoing Persons and (d) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above (subject, in the case of officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial

 

37


ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group,” and provided further , that, in no event shall the Sponsor own a lesser percentage of voting stock than any other person or group referred to in clauses (b), (c) or (d).

Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of stay, customs, performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in all material respects on Schedule 1.01 hereto;

(7) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Closing Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (l9)(B) of this definition; provided , however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lien holders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in

 

38


respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(14) minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

 

39


(15) leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses or operating agreements (including, without limitation, licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or which do not by their own terms secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) with a principal amount not exceeding $75,000,000 at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided , however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(21) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

40


(22) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(24) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 6.03 hereof;

(25) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11), (20) and (24) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(29) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) with respect to customs duties in the ordinary course of business, (ii) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (iii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iv) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(32) Liens on inventory or equipment of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s clients or customers at which such inventory or equipment is located;

 

41


(33) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(34) Liens on cash deposits of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(35) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

(36) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;

(37) Liens consisting of customary contractual restrictions on cash and Cash Equivalents; and

(38) (A) Liens securing the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) and the related guarantees) and (B) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Platform ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.

PORTAL ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.08(b).

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment Asset Sale ” shall mean any Asset Sale, to the extent that (a) the aggregate Net Proceeds of all such Asset Sales, together with all Property Loss Events, without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Net Proceeds of all such Asset

 

42


Sales, together with all Property Loss Events, without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(g).

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments at such time; provided that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Projections ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10(b).

Property Loss Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property; provided , however , for purposes of determining whether a prepayment under Section 2.04(b)(iii) would be required, a Property Loss Event shall be deemed to have occurred only to the extent that the aggregate Net Proceeds (a) of all such events, together with all Asset Sales that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any fiscal year exceed $25,000,000 and (b) of all such events, together with all Asset Sales that constitute Prepayment Asset Sales without giving effect to the dollar thresholds in the definition thereof, during any five-fiscal year period exceed $50,000,000.

Public Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Public Offering ” means the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

Qualifying Bookrunner ” means each of (a) J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., (b) Lehman Brothers Inc., (c) Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and (d) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., so long as at the time of determination it, together with its Affiliates, owns at least 10% of each of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Loans and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding “Loans” under and as defined in the Senior Bridge Facility.

 

43


Rating Agencies ” means (a) S&P and Moody’s or (b) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.03(13).

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning provided in clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

Register ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(d).

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

44


Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Related Entity ” means (a) with respect to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, (i) any investment fund controlled by or under common control with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or Providence Equity Partners, any officer, director or person performing an equivalent function of the foregoing persons, or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons and (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officers and directors referred to in clause (a)(i); and (b) with respect to any officer of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, (i) any spouse or lineal descendant (including by adoption and stepchildren) of the officer and (ii) any trust, corporation or partnership or other entity, in each case to the extent not an operating company, of which an 80% or more controlling interest is held by the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners who are the officer, any of the persons described in clause (b)(i) above or any combination of these identified relationships.

Representative ” means any trustee, agent or other representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having Commitments and Loans representing more than 50% of the sum of all Commitments and Loans outstanding at such time.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means any Financial Officer or any executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Person.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.01.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

 

45


Retired Capital Stock ” has the meaning provided in clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 6.01 hereof.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing

Same Day Funds ” means immediately available funds.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Section 5.01 Financials ” means the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b).

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted to be incurred by this Agreement.

Securities ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10(a).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securities Demand ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.10.

Senior Bridge Facility ” means the senior unsecured increasing rate term loan facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

Senior Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the new senior unsecured increasing rate term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Holdings; the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower and the lenders and agents party thereto in their capacities as such thereunder, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities

 

46


with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 6.03 hereof).

Senior Exchange Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Senior Exchange Note Indenture and the Senior Exchange Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Exchange Note Indenture.

Senior Exchange Note Indenture ” means the Indenture to be entered into between the Borrower, the Guarantors and the trustee thereunder, pursuant to which the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes may be issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Senior Exchange Note Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into in the form of Exhibit F to the Senior Exchange Note Indenture.

Senior Exchange Notes ” means up to $890,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Borrower.

Senior Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including interest thereon (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and other amounts (including fees, expenses, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit and indemnities) owing in respect thereof, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred, unless the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligations are subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include, as applicable:

(1) any obligation of the Borrower to any Subsidiary of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower ,

(2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary,

(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities),

 

47


(4) any Indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or obligation of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, including any Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness,

(5) any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock, or

(6) any Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Agreement but, as to any such Indebtedness incurred under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement or the Senior Exchange Note Indenture, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holders of such Indebtedness or their Representative shall have received an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of a revolving credit facility thereunder, the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate this Agreement.

If any Senior Indebtedness is disallowed, avoided or subordinated pursuant to the provisions of Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law, such Senior Indebtedness nevertheless will constitute Senior Indebtedness.

Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes ” means up to $300,000,000 plus the amount of any increase in principal amount of loans under the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement resulting from the payment of paid-in-kind interest, aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 of the Borrower.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement ” means the new senior secured asset backed revolving credit agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent; J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ” means the senior secured asset backed revolving credit facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement.

Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement ” means the new senior secured term loan agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Borrower; Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent; Lehman

 

48


Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan facility made available to the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to a Person, the Loans (in the case of the Borrower), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Loans or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person that is not Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Borrower, the Loans and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Loans; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Similar Business ” means any business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by CDW and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) on a going concern basis the consolidated fair value of the assets of such Person and its subsidiaries, at a fair valuation, will exceed their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the consolidated present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its subsidiaries will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their consolidated debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) such Person and its subsidiaries will be able to pay their consolidated debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are

 

49


engaged. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.07(h).

Specified Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04(b)(iii).

Sponsor ” means Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Borrower and any direct or indirect parent company.

Standard Receivables Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Borrower, any Indebtedness of the Borrower which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a) any corporation, association, or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(i) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

50


(ii) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means, collectively, the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Guarantors.

Successor Company ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.08(i)(A)(b).

Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.12(a) and “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Syndication Agents ” means each of Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in its capacity as Co-Syndication Agent under this Agreement.

Target Material Adverse Effect ” means, when used in connection with CDW or Holdings, as the case may be, any change, effect or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that is materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of CDW and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, as the case may be; provided , however, that to the extent any change, effect or circumstance is caused by or results from any of the following, it shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been a “Material Adverse Effect” with respect to CDW or Holdings, as the case may be: (i) the entry into or the announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement (including losses or threatened losses of the relationships of CDW or any of its subsidiaries with customers, vendors or suppliers or the loss or departure of officers or other coworkers of CDW or any of its subsidiaries), actions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the performance of obligations under the Merger Agreement, including the termination of the Company Financing Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement) as provided under Section 8.3(c) of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the identity of Holdings or any of its Affiliates as the acquiror of CDW, (iii) changes affecting the United States economy or financial or securities markets as a whole or changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industries in which CDW and its subsidiaries conduct their business, to the extent such changes do not materially disproportionately impact CDW and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industries in which CDW and its subsidiaries conduct their business, (iv) the failure, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such failure), to meet any internal or public projections, forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period ending

 

51


on or after the date hereof, (v) any change, in and of itself (as opposed to the facts underlying such change), in the market price or trading volume of the equity securities of CDW on or after the date hereof, (vi) the suspension of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (vii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation of GAAP or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, (viii) the availability or cost of financing to Holdings or Merger Sub, (ix) the commencement, occurrence or continuation of any war, armed hostilities or acts of terrorism involving or affecting the United States of America or any part thereof and (x) any litigation arising from or relating to allegations of a breach of fiduciary duty relating to the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Taxes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(a).

Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ended March 31, 2007. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “March 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended March 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Total Cap ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(a)(iii).

Total Net Tangible Assets ” means total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and any other like intangibles, all on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings, the Borrower, or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the transactions described in clauses (a) through (g) of the definition of the term “Transactions”, the Sponsor Management Agreement, this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture, the Exchange Notes and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Merger and the Krasny Plan, (b) the Equity Investment, (c) the funding of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and

 

52


the Senior Bridge Facility on the Closing Date, (d) the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of the Borrower, (e) the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, (f) the execution and delivery of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement and the borrowings of loans and the issuance of letters of credit thereunder, (g) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (h) the payment of the Transaction Expenses.

Trustee ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.08(a).

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 6.01 hereof and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be so designated). The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and any Indebtedness assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such designation shall have been permitted to have been incurred by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Administrative Agent a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Unused Additional Cap ” means, at any time, the portion, if any, of the Additional Cap that has not theretofore been designated to be used as part of the Total Cap or the “Senior Loans Total Cap” or the “PIK Election Loans Total Cap” each under and as defined in the Senior Bridge Facility.

USA PATRIOT Act ” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.

 

53


U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

Except as described in Section 6.03 hereof, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Borrower has complied with any covenant in this Agreement or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.15(b).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Bridge Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

54


(b) (i) The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Bridge Loan Document shall refer to such Bridge Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Bridge Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Bridge Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document.

(e) The term “date hereof” and words of similar impact mean October 12, 2007.

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

SECTION 1.04. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to documents, agreements (including the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Bridge Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

 

55


SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Loans

SECTION 2.01. Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Closing Date a single loan denominated in Dollars (the “ Initial Loan ”) in a principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment.

(b) Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Section 2.07, Loans will be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(c) The Commitments shall automatically terminate on the making of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date.

SECTION 2.02. Procedure for Borrowing . (a) The Initial Loans shall be made on the Closing Date upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) three Business Days prior to the Closing Date or such later time as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written notice (a “ Borrowing Request ”), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, specifying (i) the requested date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the principal amount of Initial Loans to be borrowed, and (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed.

(b) Following receipt of a Borrowing Request for Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender holding Commitments of the amount of such Lender’s Initial Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of its Initial Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the Closing Date. Upon satisfaction of the applicable

 

56


conditions set forth in Section 4.01, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(c) The Initial Loans made on the Closing Date shall initially bear interest at the Base Rate and shall convert into Eurocurrency Rate Loans on the third Business Day following delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable notice of such conversion (which notice shall specify the length of the Interest Period therefore). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Loans of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for the Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the interest rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(d) The failure of any Lender to make the Initial Loan to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the Closing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Initial Loan to be made by such other Lender on the Closing Date.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Closing Date that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to Initial Loans hereunder and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(e) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s portion of the Initial Loans is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon accruing from the date on which the Administrative Agent made the funds available to the Borrower at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans, on demand, from the Borrower. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount (exclusive of interest thereon) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of the Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement, and the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount

 

57


pursuant to this Section 2.02(e) shall cease. If the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount (exclusive of any interest thereon) shall constitute a reduction of such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.03. Extended Loans; Exchange Notes . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Initial Loans may remain outstanding as such to, but excluding, the Conversion Date, whereupon the outstanding Initial Loans shall automatically be converted, without the need for any action by any party hereto, to Extended Loans.

(b) (i) Each Lender will have the option at any time on or after the Conversion Date to receive Exchange Notes in exchange for the Extended Loans (or a portion thereof) of such Lender then outstanding pursuant to Section 5.08 (each such event being referred to herein as an “ Exchange ”); provided that the Borrower shall not be required to issue Exchange Notes until it shall have received Exchange Requests to issue not less than $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes; provided further that each Exchange Note shall be in respect of an Extended Loan with an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or the entire remaining amount of any Lender’s Extended Loan). Prior to the first issuance of Exchange Notes, the Administrative Agent shall maintain a record of all Exchange Requests until such Exchange Requests, in the aggregate, request the issuance of Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 and shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower, the Trustee and any Lenders who have delivered Exchange Requests that such requests then equal or exceed such $100,000,000 amount. Upon such notification, any Lenders who have delivered Exchange Requests shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of the Exchange Date selected by such Lender, which Exchange Date will not be fewer than three Business Days after notice of the selected Exchange Date is delivered to the Borrower.

(ii) The principal amount of the Exchange Notes will equal 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Loans (or the portions thereof) for which they are exchanged and will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Extended Loan Interest Rate (subject to, as applicable, the Total Cap); provided that any Lender (other than as provided in the next succeeding proviso) that elects to receive Exchange Notes in exchange for Extended Loans or Increasing Rate Exchange Notes may elect to have the interest rate fixed at the rate per annum in effect on the date of such exchange (the resulting Exchange Note, a “ Fixed Rate Exchange Note ”). The Exchange Notes will rank pari passu with the Extended Loans and will have the terms set forth in the Exchange Note Indenture. If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing on any date an Exchange occurs (an “ Exchange Date ”), any notices given or cure periods commenced while any Loan was outstanding shall be deemed given or commenced (as of the actual dates thereof) for all purposes with respect to the Exchange Notes (with the same effect as if the Exchange Notes had been outstanding as of the actual dates thereof).

 

58


(iii) In order to effect an Exchange, a Lender shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower written or telecopy notice (an “ Exchange Request ”) at least ten Business Days prior to an Exchange Date (which shall be a Business Day) selected by such Lender for an Exchange in compliance with clauses (i) and (ii) above, together with such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Each Exchange Request shall specify (A) the Lender’s legal name; (B) the Exchange Date selected by such Lender; (C) the principal amount of the Extended Loans to be exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the applicable notice; and (D) if the Lender is electing to have the interest rate fixed pursuant to clause (ii) with respect to all or any portion of the Exchange Notes, the principal amount of the Exchange Notes to be represented by a Fixed Rate Exchange Note. Upon receipt of an Exchange Request, the Administrative Agent shall send, on the date that is no later than five days prior to the Exchange Date specified in such Exchange Request, written or telecopy notice of such proposed Exchange to the depositary, with a copy to the Borrower, that shall specify the information contained in such Exchange Request. Promptly upon receipt of an Exchange Note and subject to the immediately following proviso, the Lender receiving such Exchange Note shall return to the Administrative Agent (for prompt delivery to the Borrower) any promissory note delivered to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(e) hereof (the “ Initial Promissory Note ”) in respect of the Loans for which such Exchange Note was issued; provided , however , that if any Loans represented by such promissory note are to remain outstanding after the Exchange, such Lender shall not be obligated to return the Initial Promissory Note until such Lender has received the Exchange Note and a promissory note representing the Loans that remain outstanding.

SECTION 2.04. Prepayments . (a)  Optional . The Borrower may, upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) one Business Day prior to any date of prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the Borrower shall make such prepayment, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.09. Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(a) shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares; provided that on or after the Conversion Date, any optional prepayment pursuant to this clause (a) shall be applied pro rata among the Loans and any Exchange Notes that are then callable at par.

(b) Mandatory . If, prior to the Conversion Date:

(i) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (1) incur any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or

 

59


refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 6.03(1)(w), (1)(x), (2), (13) or (14) (as it relates to Section 6.03(2) and (14) only) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith or (2) issue any debt securities (including any Securities issued pursuant to a Securities Demand), then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied promptly (but in no event later than three Business Days) after the receipt thereof toward the prepayment of the Initial Loans;

(ii) the Borrower, Holdings or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries shall issue any public equity securities (other than (1) to the Equity Investors, (2) in connection with an acquisition permitted by the terms of this Agreement and (3) to employees pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the Closing Date), then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied promptly (but in no event later than ten Business Days) after the receipt thereof toward the prepayment of the Initial Loans; or

(iii) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive Net Proceeds in respect of any Prepayment Asset Sale or Property Loss Event, then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof, (subject to the restrictions set forth herein) shall be applied promptly (but not in no event later than ten Business Days) after the receipt thereof toward the prepayment of the Initial Loans; provided that if (A) prior to the date any such prepayment is required to be made, the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest such Net Proceeds in assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Related Business Assets) and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed reinvestment, and no Event of Default under clause (a)  or (f)  of Section 7.01 (each, a “ Specified Default ”) shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the time of proposed reinvestment (unless, in the case of such Specified Default, such reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay Initial Loans hereunder in respect of such Net Proceeds to the extent that such Net Proceeds are so reinvested within 365 days after the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds (or, within such 365 day period, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries enters into a binding commitment to so reinvest in such Net Proceeds, and such Net Proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such binding commitment is so entered into); provided , however , that if any Net Proceeds are not reinvested or applied as a repayment on or prior to the last day of the applicable application period, such Net Proceeds shall be applied within five Business Days to the prepayment of the Initial Loans as set forth above (without regard to the immediately preceding proviso); or

 

60


(c) If the Borrower shall optionally redeem any Exchange Notes pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Note Indenture, then the Borrower shall prepay Loans on a pro rata basis with the Exchange Notes so redeemed.

(d) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment hereunder at least three Business Days before the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the prepayment date and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the Borrower shall make such prepayment, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable, on the date specified therein. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. All prepayments under this Section 2.04 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Loan pursuant to Section 2.09.

SECTION 2.05. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Extended Loan on the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which such Loans are required to be repaid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.06.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any Loan exchanged for an Exchange Note.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (with applicable interest) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in the form of Exhibit C . Thereafter,

 

61


the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.07) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, all Loans shall be repaid, whether pursuant to this Section 2.05 or otherwise, in Dollars.

SECTION 2.06. Interest and Fees . (a) (i) Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.06(b), 2.07 and 2.08, Initial Loans shall bear interest for each Interest Period commencing on or after the Closing Date and ending on or before the Conversion Date on the unpaid principal thereof at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days (or 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, in the case of Initial Loans bearing interest computed by reference to the Base Rate at times when the Base Rate is based on the “prime rate”)) equal to the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(b) and 2.08, Extended Loans shall bear interest for Interest Periods commencing on or after the Conversion Date on the unpaid principal thereof at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) (the “ Extended Loan Interest Rate ”) equal to the sum of (1) the Eurocurrency Rate in effect for the Interest Period immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (2) the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loan on the date immediately prior to the Conversion Date plus (3) the Conversion Spread.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), but subject to Section 2.06(b), the per annum interest rate borne by the Loans shall not exceed 12.25% per annum. plus any Unused Additional Cap at such time designated for such purpose in a Cap Designation Letter (the “ Total Cap ”) per annum.

(iv) Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Eurocurrency Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change is announced; provided , however , that no change (other than pursuant to Section 2.08(c)) in the Eurocurrency Rate during an Interest Period shall affect the interest rate borne by any outstanding Loan during such Interest Period. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any of the Loans or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such Loan shall, without limiting the rights of the Lenders under Article VII, bear interest at the rate then applicable to the outstanding Loans plus 2.0% per annum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the Total Cap limit or affect the Borrower’s obligation to pay interest on overdue amounts at the rate required to be paid by this Section 2.06(b).

 

62


(c) Interest on the Loans shall be payable entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any repayment of the Loans pursuant to Sections 2.04, 6.08 or 6.09 shall be made solely in cash. Interest shall be payable on arrears on each Interest Payment Date and upon the Maturity Date in respect of which any such interest is accruing; provided that (i) additional interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.06(b) shall be payable from time to time in cash upon demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agents, for their own account (for distribution, if and as appropriate, to the Lenders), the fees agreed upon in the Fee Letter at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth therein.

SECTION 2.07. Alternate Rate of Interest . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Loans at the Eurocurrency Rate shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, the affected Initial Loans will accrue interest until the Conversion Date at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

SECTION 2.08. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans . (a) If any Lender determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the date hereof, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Loans, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 2.08(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 2.10, (ii) the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any taxes payable by such Lender, or (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 2.08(c), then from time to time within 15 days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 9.02), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts in cash as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as

 

63


a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 9.02), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender in cash such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within 15 days after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest in the form of Cash Interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable in cash on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(a), (b) or (c) for any such increased cost or reduction incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender demands, or notifies the Borrower of its intention to demand, compensation therefor; provided further that, if the circumstance giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then such 180-day period shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 2.08, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided further that nothing in this Section 2.08(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Loan Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(a) or (b).

SECTION 2.09. Funding Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

 

64


(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay or borrow any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 2.09, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

SECTION 2.10. Taxes . (a) Except as provided for in Section 9.15, any and all payments by the Borrower or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (including branch profits), and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a Lending Office, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If the Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under this Agreement to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.10), such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within 30 days, as soon as possible thereafter), the Borrower shall furnish to such Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. If the Borrower fails to pay any Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify each Agent and such Lender for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure.

 

65


(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this Agreement or from the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Assignment and Assumption, grant of a Participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under this Agreement, except to the extent that any such change is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (all such non-excluded taxes described in this Section 2.10(b) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable and paid under this Section 2.10 payable by such Agent and such Lender and (ii) any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, provides the Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts. Payment under this Section 2.10(c) shall be made within ten days after the date such Lender or such Agent makes a demand therefor.

(d) The Borrower shall not be required pursuant to this Section 2.10 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or any Agent, as the case may be, to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or such Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) as a result of a change in the place of organization or place of doing business of such Lender or such Agent or a change in the lending office of such Lender, except to the extent that any such change is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (and provided that nothing in this clause (d) shall be construed as relieving the Borrower from any obligation to make such payments or indemnification in the event of a change in lending office or place of organization that precedes a change in Law to the extent such Taxes result from a change in Law).

(e) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender or an Agent is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, first becomes a party to this Agreement, U.S. federal withholding tax (including additions to tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to such U.S. federal withholding tax which is excluded from Taxes under this clause (e)) imposed by such jurisdiction at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, is subject to a lesser rate of withholding and provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon U.S. federal withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such forms for which such

 

66


lesser rate applies; provided that, if at the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under clause (a) of this Section 2.10 in respect of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include the U.S. federal withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such date.

(f) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.10, it shall use its reasonable best efforts to receive such refund and upon receipt of any such refund shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.10 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or such Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or such Agent deems confidential). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or such Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or such Agent to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or such Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, relief, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(g) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a) or (c) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 2.10(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Loan Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or (c).

SECTION 2.11. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment . (a) All payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in such other Bridge Loan Document, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the

 

67


Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date specified. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute any payments received by it, including prepayments of principal and each payment of cash interest, for the accounts of other Lenders to the relevant Lenders in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m., New York City time, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or under any other Bridge Loan Document, when combined with any payment received by the Trustee under the Exchange Note Indenture, is insufficient to pay in full all amounts then due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee, the Lenders and the holders of Exchange Notes under this Agreement and the Exchange Note Indenture, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the following order, with appropriate adjustment being made to account for any payment received by the Trustee in respect of the Exchange Notes: first , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.04 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them), and to the fees and expenses due and payable to the Trustee under the Exchange Note Indenture; second , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders and the Exchange Note holders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.05 and amounts payable under Article II), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them; third , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Loans and the Exchange Notes and ratably among the Lenders and Exchange Note holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them; fourth , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and the Exchange Notes ratably among the Lenders and Exchange Note holders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and fifth , to the payment of all other Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the Exchange Note holders on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Loan Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the Exchange Note holders on such date.

 

68


(d) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. Each Lender and the Borrower severally agrees that, if and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made by such Lender or the Borrower, as applicable, to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to Initial Loans hereunder. If the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent then such amount (exclusive of any interest thereon) shall constitute a reduction of such Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

69


A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.11 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(e) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to borrowing set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.02(e) and 2.11(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

(g) Promptly upon the payment of any Loan, whether at maturity, pursuant to Sections 2.04, 6.08, 6.09 or otherwise, any Lender receiving such payment shall return to the Administrative Agent (for prompt delivery to the Borrower) any promissory note delivered to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(e); provided , however , that if any Loans represented by such promissory note are to remain outstanding after such payment, such Lender shall not be obligated to return such promissory note until such Lender has received a promissory note representing the Loans to remain outstanding.

(h) Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (i) each Borrowing shall be made from the applicable Lenders pro rata according to the amounts of the respective Commitments and shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Lenders according to the amounts of their respective Commitments; (ii) each payment or prepayment of principal of Loans by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Loans held by such Lenders; and (iii) each payment of Cash Interest on Loans by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts of Cash Interest on such Loans then due and payable to such Lenders.

SECTION 2.12. Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 9.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be

 

70


rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 9.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.12 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Loan Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Loan Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.13. Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances . (a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.10 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 2.08, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 9.07 (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that (1) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.08 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (2) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Bridge Loan Documents.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 2.13(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and (ii) deliver any promissory notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (1) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (2) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender

 

71


concurrently with such assignment and assumption and (3) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate promissory note(s) executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.

(c) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Bridge Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.07 and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

(d) All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article II shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Loan Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants (it being understood that, for purposes of the representations and warranties made in the Bridge Loan Documents on the Closing Date and on the Amendment Closing Date, such representations and warranties shall be construed as though the Transactions have been consummated) to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be duly organized or formed or to exist (other than in the case of the Borrower) or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (where relevant) in, every jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Bridge Loan Documents to which it is a party.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Registration

 

72


Rights Agreement (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational and, if required, stockholder or member action of each Loan Party and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision (x) of any applicable Law or (y) of the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other constitutive documents of any Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any Governmental Authority, (C) any provision of the documentation for the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility or the Senior Bridge Facility or (D) any provision of the Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Exchange Note Indenture or any other material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give rise to any right to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under the Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Exchange Note Indenture or any material indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary; except with respect to clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii) (other than clauses (b)(i)(A)(y), (b)(i)(C) and (b)(ii)), to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, default, or creation or imposition of Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.03. Enforceability . This Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement (when delivered) have been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto. This Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document delivered on the Closing Date constitutes, and each other Bridge Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar Laws of general applicability relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals . Except to the extent the failure to obtain or make the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is necessary or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement by the Loan Parties, except for such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements .

(i) The Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholder’s equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, audited by and accompanied by the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP present fairly in all material respects the financial

 

73


condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise noted therein.

(ii) The Company has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma statements of income and cash flows as of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the first day of the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by the Borrower, based on the assumptions believed by the Borrower on the date of delivery thereof to be reasonable, are based in all material respects on the information reasonably available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and reflect in all material respects the adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions, it being understood that actual adjustments may vary from the pro forma adjustments and actual results may vary from such projected results and, in each case, such variations may be material.

SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change . Since the December 31, 2006, no event, change or condition has occurred that (individually or in the aggregate) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets other than (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes, (ii) except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) all such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all subsidiaries of the Borrower, the jurisdiction of their formation or organization, as the case may be, and the percentage ownership interest of such subsidiary’s parent company therein, and such Schedule shall denote which subsidiaries as of the Closing Date are not Subsidiary Guarantors.

SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws .

(i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such Person that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

74


(ii) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties is in violation of any applicable Law, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where any such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations .

(i) None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(ii) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used (i) to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or (ii) for a purpose in violation of Regulation T, U or X issued by the Board.

SECTION 3.11. Investment Company Act . None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.12. Taxes . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has, except where the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other Tax returns required to have been filed by it and has paid, caused to be paid, or made provisions for the payment of all Taxes due and payable by it and all material assessments received by it, except such Taxes and assessments that are not overdue by more than 45 days or the amount or validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 3.13. No Material Misstatements . As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the written information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished by (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the Closing Date) or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (other than projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (taken as a whole) did not and, as of the Closing Date, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading.

SECTION 3.14. Employee Benefit Plans . No ERISA Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pension Plan and/or Foreign Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and/or applicable Law, except for such non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Pension Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

75


SECTION 3.15. Environmental Matters . Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 3.15 , or except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and have obtained, and are in compliance with, all permits required of them under applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) there are no claims, proceedings, investigations or actions by any Governmental Authority or other Person pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, (iii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has agreed to assume or accept responsibility, by contract, for any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws and (iv) there are no facts, circumstances or conditions relating to the past or present business or operations of any Loan Party, any of their respective subsidiaries, or any of their respective predecessors (including the disposal of any wastes, hazardous substances or other materials), or to any past or present assets of any Loan Party or any of their respective subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to result in any Loan Party or any subsidiary incurring any claim or liability under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 3.16. Labor Matters . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 and except in the aggregate to the extent the same has not had and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, and (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters.

SECTION 3.17. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 3.18. Intellectual Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 , the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all intellectual property, free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens, from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights or the imposition of such restrictions or Liens could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.19. [Intentionally Omitted] .

SECTION 3.20. Other Closing Date Representations . On the Closing Date, each of the Other Closing Date Representations is true.

 

76


ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent

SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make Initial Loans hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Arrangers:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(ii) a promissory note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a promissory note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;

(iii) (1) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date and (2) such customary documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each Loan Party and the authorization of the Transactions;

(iv) an opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and from such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(v) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, from the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower;

(vi) certified copies of the Merger Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto, together with all material agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, each including certification by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that such documents are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date;

 

77


(vii) a Borrowing Request relating to the Initial Loans to be borrowed on the Closing Date; and

(viii) copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loan Parties.

(b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full in cash or will be paid on the Closing Date out of the Borrowing on such date.

(c) From December 31, 2006, no event, change or effect shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The Merger shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the funding of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date in accordance with and on the terms described in the Merger Agreement, and no material provision of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(e) Substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date (i) the Equity Investment shall have been made, (ii) Merger Sub shall have received gross cash proceeds of (x) not less than $2,200,000,000 from the loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and (y) not less than $1,040,000,000 from the loans under the Senior Bridge Facility and (iii) the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(f) All amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Debt shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Loans on the Closing Date shall be) paid in full, all commitments (if any) respect thereof terminated and all guarantees (if any) thereof discharged and released. After giving effect to the Transactions, substantially all of the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have been repaid other than (i) Indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement and the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and (ii) other Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(3).

(g) The Lenders shall have received (i) the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), certified by the Borrower as having been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (A) the Transactions, including the Initial Loans and the loans under the Senior Bridge Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof and (B) the payment of Transaction Expenses; and (ii) the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 3.05. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall have been

 

78


prepared based upon the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2007, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date, and shall be so certified by the Borrower.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information that is reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date in order to allow the Agents to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(i) Satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 of the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement and Section 4.01 of the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement.

(j) The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.01(d), 3.02(a), 3.03, 3.10 and 3.11 and the Other Closing Date Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Amendment Closing Date . On the Amendment Closing Date:

(a) The amendment and restatement of the Existing Bridge Facility shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. In addition, each of the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered its confirmation and consent provided for on the signature pages hereto.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the Agents and the Lenders, and of such other counsel to the Loan Parties satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Bridge Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Amendment Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, certifying compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.01(c) and 4.02(c) .

 

79


(e) The Borrower shall have prepaid the Loans in an amount not to exceed $190,000,000.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Amendment Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Loan Party jointly and severally agrees as to all Loan Parties that from and after the date hereof until the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, take the actions in this Article V; provided that the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 5.01 through 5.07 following the Conversion Date:

SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who will distribute to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and (ii) an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K for such year, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.01(a)(i));

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the 45th day following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Persons during such fiscal quarter and the then

 

80


elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and for each fiscal quarter occurring after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes (it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for such quarter, as filed with the SEC will satisfy the Borrower’s obligation under this Section 5.01(b) with respect to such quarter);

(c) concurrently with any delivery of Section 5.01 Financials, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that to such Financial Officer’s knowledge, no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably specifying the nature thereof, (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail demonstrating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the date of such financial statements;

(d) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the 90th day after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower, copy of the projections by the Borrower of the operating budget and cash flow budget of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for such fiscal year, such projections to be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such Financial Officer believes such projections to have been prepared on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

(e) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.01 Financials, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries from such consolidated financial statements (but only to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiaries would not be considered “minor” under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act);

(f) simultaneously with the delivery of any Section 5.01 Financials, management’s discussion and analysis of the important operational and financial developments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the respective fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be; it being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrower’s annual report on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC, will satisfy the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5.01(f);

(g) after the request by any Lender (through the Administrative Agent), all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act; and

(h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business, legal or corporate affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

 

81


Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on a SyndTrak, IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available (the “ Platform ”) on the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov or on the website of the Borrower. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on the Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.08); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

SECTION 5.02. Notices . Promptly after obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default; and

(ii) the occurrence of any event that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.03. Taxes . Pay and discharge when due all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become overdue by more than 45 days; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have

been established or (ii) with respect to which the failure to pay or discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

82


SECTION 5.04. Existence, Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties .

(a) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.08.

(b) Other than where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the material rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names necessary to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply in all material respects with applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority (including Environmental Laws and ERISA), whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property necessary to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needed repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in the reasonable judgment of management to the conduct of its business.

SECTION 5.05. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections . Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP are made. Permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect during normal business hours the corporate, financial and operating records and the properties of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon reasonable advance notice, and to make extracts from and copies of such records, and permit any such representatives to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such Person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided that the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower an opportunity to participate in any discussions with its accountants; provided , further , that in the absence of the existence of an Event of Default, (i) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.05 and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise its rights under this Section 5.05 more often than two times during any fiscal year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and their respective designees may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.

SECTION 5.06. Insurance . Keep its material insurable properties adequately insured in all material respects at all times by financially sound and reputable

 

83


insurers to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.07. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans, together with the Equity Investment and the loans made pursuant to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement and the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, shall be used solely to pay the cash consideration for the Merger, to repay the Existing Debt, to pay Transaction Expenses.

SECTION 5.08. Exchange Notes . (a) On or prior to the date that is 11 months following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall (i) enter into (x) the Exchange Note Indenture on the terms set forth in Exhibit B hereto with a trustee to be agreed (the “ Trustee ”) and (y) the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth in Exhibit E hereto and (ii) execute and deliver to the Trustee certificates evidencing the principal amount of the outstanding Loans at such date, to be held by the Trustee, undated and unauthenticated, pending issuance pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b) The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) no later than ten Business Days prior to the Conversion Date, cause the Exchange Notes to become eligible for deposit at The Depository Trust Company (including, without limitation, by the filing of an appropriately executed letter of representations), (ii) as soon as practicable after the relevant Exchange Date, obtain “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers for the Exchange Notes issued on such Exchange Date (and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same “CUSIP” number for all Increasing Rate Exchange Notes and the same “CUSIP” number for all Fixed Rate Exchange Notes that bear the same rate of interest) and (iii) from time to time prior to the issuance of Exchange Notes, cause such Exchange Notes to be eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages (“ PORTAL ”) market.

(c) On or prior to the tenth Business Day following the receipt of an Exchange Request from a Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(b) that requests the exchange of any Extended Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender for Exchange Notes, to the extent required under such Section, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such Exchange Request and with the terms of the Exchange Note Indenture, a fully executed Exchange Note or Exchange Notes, which may be Fixed Rate Exchange Notes as specified in such Exchange Request in accordance with Section 2.03(b), bearing interest and with a maturity date as set forth for such Exchange Notes in the Exchange Note Indenture, in exchange for such Extended Loan (or portion thereof), dated the date of the issuance of such Exchange Note. Such Exchange Note shall either (i) be recorded in book-entry form as a beneficial interest in one or more global notes deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company and credited to the account of the exchanging Lender directly or indirectly through its participant in The Depository Trust Company system, in each case in the same principal amount as such Extended Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged or (ii) subject to the terms of the Exchange Note Indenture, be issued as a definitive registered note payable to the order of the holder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, in the same principal amount as such Loan (or portion thereof) being exchanged.

 

84


(d) It is understood and agreed that the Extended Loans exchanged for Exchange Notes constitute the same indebtedness as such Exchange Notes and that no novation shall be effected by any such exchange.

SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances . Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution and acknowledgment of any Guarantee or other document or instrument relating to any Guarantee, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver and do such further acts as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.10. Take-Out Financing . (a) The Borrower has engaged investment banks pursuant to terms previously identified to the Arrangers (collectively, the “ Investment Banks ”) to publicly or privately place cash-pay, pay-in-kind, discount or other debt securities (or any combination of the foregoing) of the Borrower (the “ Securities ”) that will provide proceeds in an aggregate amount sufficient to repay all or any portion of the principal of, and other amounts on, any Loans then outstanding in accordance with this Section 5.10. The Borrower shall, subject to the remainder of this Section, take actions reasonably necessary or desirable so that the Investment Banks can publicly or privately place the Securities, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to cause senior management of Holdings and the Borrower to participate in the “roadshow” referred to below. Upon notice by the Investment Banks (a “ Securities Demand ”), at any time and from time to time (but not more than twice (it being understood that an Investment Bank’s proposal may relate to one or more series of Securities)) on or after April 11, 2008 and prior to October 10, 2008, if the Loans have not been repaid in full, after completion of a customary “roadshow”, the Borrower shall cause the issuance and sale of the Securities on terms and conditions including ranking, interest or dividend rate, covenants, optional redemption, yields and redemption prices, as are necessary or appropriate in light of then prevailing market conditions, all as reasonably determined by the Investment Banks, in consultation with the Borrower, and consistent with other similar high-yield debt securities transactions for affiliates of the Sponsor; provided that (i) the blended weighted average total effective yield thereof (together with all Loans and all loans made and/or securities issued under the Senior Bridge Facility) shall not exceed 11.67%; (ii) the maturities thereof shall not be less than ten years; (iii) any such issuance shall be pursuant to a purchase or placement agreement and indenture and related documents which shall contain such terms, conditions and covenants as are mutually agreed by the Investment Banks and the Sponsor; (iv) the Securities shall be issued through a public offering or a Rule 144A or other private placement; and (v) other arrangements with respect to such Securities shall be reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Investment Banks and the Sponsor in light of the then prevailing market conditions.

(b) The Borrower shall prepare a prospectus and/or private placement memorandum or other document to be used in connection with the issuance of the

 

85


Securities (the “ Offering Document ”) which shall include all reasonably available information with respect to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including, without limitation, all reasonably available financial information concerning the Borrower (excluding (other than in a public offering) financial statements required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X and omitting from any financial statements included therein a note with respect thereto) that the Lenders may reasonably request for inclusion in any Offering Document that would typically be included in a public offering or a Rule 144A offering or other private placement and that would enable the Lenders to obtain customary comfort letters from the Borrower’s independent public accountants In addition, the Borrower shall make available all financial information required to be available in order to offer and sell the Securities pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act. To the extent reasonably requested by the Lenders for diligence purposes in connection with the issuance of the Securities or for use in connection with private placements other than a Rule 144A offering, the Borrower shall prepare projections relating to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated under such Offering Document.

(c) The Borrower shall use the Net Proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities to repay the Loans to the extent required by Section 2.04.

SECTION 5.11. Reports and Other Information . Notwithstanding that the Borrower may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, following the Conversion Date, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, without cost to the Administrative Agent (who, at the Borrower’s expense, will furnish by Intralinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available to each Lender):

(a) within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending after the Conversion Date, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for such year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon by the Borrower’s independent auditors, a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Closing Date); it being understood that the Borrower shall not be required to include (i) any consolidating financial information with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower, or any separate financial statements or information for the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower or (ii) except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a), any other adjustment that would be required by any SEC rule, regulation or interpretation, including but not limited to any “push down” accounting adjustment;

(b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Borrower, the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

 

86


Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Closing Date); it being understood that the Borrower shall not be required to include (i) any consolidating financial information with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower, or any separate financial statements or information for the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Borrower or (ii) except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b), any other adjustment that would be required by any SEC rule, regulation or interpretation, including but not limited to any “push down” accounting adjustment, or (iii) quarterly financial statements or other information with respect to any other fiscal quarter ended on or prior to the Conversion Date, or any comparison to any such quarterly period in any such “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; and

(c) within 20 days after the occurrence of an event that would require the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Closing Date) if the Borrower were required to file such reports with the SEC, any such current report; provided , however , that no such current report shall be required to be furnished or made available if the Borrower determines in good faith that such current report is not material to the Lenders.

(d) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing to the Administrative Agent of the information specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, the Borrower shall also (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to post copies of such reports on a nonpublic website to be maintained by the Borrower to which access is given to the Lenders, or (ii) to the extent the Borrower determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner described in the preceding clause after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Lenders, upon their request.

(e) Prior to the disclosure of the annual, quarterly and periodic information required by clauses (a) through (c) above, the Borrower shall notify the Lenders that such information will be made available and direct such Lenders to contact the Borrower to obtain such information. The Borrower shall either post such information to the website referenced above or distribute via electronic mail such information to the Lenders who request to receive such distributions. In addition, the Borrower shall, for so long as any Loans remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, furnish to the Lenders and prospective lenders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(f) If any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower is or becomes a Guarantor, the Borrower may satisfy its obligations under this Section with respect to financial information relating to the Borrower by furnishing financial information relating to such other parent Guarantor; provided that the same are accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent Guarantor, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

87


SECTION 5.12. Additional Guarantees . After the Closing Date, the Borrower shall cause (i) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs any Indebtedness in excess of $25,000,000 (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (15) of the second paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof) and (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within ten (10) Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guarantee, together with an Opinion of Counsel, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Loans and all other obligations under this Agreement on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each Loan Party jointly and severally agrees as to all Loan Parties that from and after the date hereof until the Maturity Date:

SECTION 6.01. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (i) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iii), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation), provided that the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Borrower held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

88


(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (11), (13), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph; provided that the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2007 to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of

 

89


the Borrower and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower after the Closing Date, in each case to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

(d) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received after the Closing Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or interest, return, profits, distribution, income or similar amounts in respect of, Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or other distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

90


(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(2) (A) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3) the redemption, prepayment, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with Section 6.03 hereof so long as (A) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the

 

91


Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) the principal amount, including any accrued and unpaid interest, of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to the Krasny Plan, any management unit purchase agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit agreement, agreement or arrangement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement), provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year (x) on or prior to December 31, 2008, $40,000,000 and (y) thereafter, $50,000,000 (which, in either case, shall increase to $70,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $90,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten Equity Offering by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower); and provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date ( provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 6.03 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

 

92


(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date;

(7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8) the payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Borrower of dividends on such entity’s common stock) following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower after the Closing Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10) other Restricted Payments after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) &75,000,000; and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets;

(11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and purchase of any assets in connection with a Receivables Facility made in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary;

 

93


(12) the repurchase, prepayment, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions for repurchases at the option of holders following changes of control or asset sales; provided that all Loans to be repaid or repurchased in connection with a Change of Control or Asset Sale have been repaid, repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value

(13) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Borrower to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies or the equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication,

(i) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(ii) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof); provided , that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year;

(iii) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v) amounts payable to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(vi) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Borrower related to (1) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful), (2) any Investment otherwise permitted under this section (whether or not successful) and (3) any transaction of the type described in under Section 6.08 hereof;

 

94


(vii) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(viii) amounts to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.08 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (3) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction, (4) any property received by the Borrower shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 6.01 and (5) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by another paragraph of this paragraph (other than pursuant to clause (9) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (11) thereof);

(ix) reasonable and customary fees payable to any directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(x) reasonable and customary indemnities to directors, officers and employee of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, to the extent reasonably attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Borrower; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this Section 6.01 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower);

(15) distributions, by dividends or otherwise, of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

95


(16) cash dividends or other distributions on the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses, including any severance and indemnification obligations or deferred compensation, incurred in connection with the Transactions or this offering, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 6.05 hereof;

(17) any Restricted Payment used to fund (A) the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto, including the payment of up to $53,000,000 to participants in the Krasny Plan within 60 days of the Closing Date, (B) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any existing Equity Interests of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $350,000,000 within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date and (c) the payment of fees and expenses related thereto;

(18) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to any distribution pursuant to clause (15) of this paragraph or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(19) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 6.08 hereof; and

(20) (i) in connection with the operation of the Krasny Plan, (i) tax withholding payments made in cash to the IRS in connection with in-kind withholding for payments to participants in Equity Interests of any indirect or direct parent of the Company and (ii) payments made in cash to the Circle of Service Foundation, Inc. representing the amount of the net tax benefit to the Company as a result of the implementation and continuing operation of the Krasny Plan.

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (6), (8), (10), (12) and (13)(v) and (vi) above, no default which, with the passage of time would be an Event of Default, or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 6.01 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

 

96


As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 6.01 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants of this Agreement.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 6.01 may be in the form of a loan.

SECTION 6.02. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Bridge Loan Documents, the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Bridge Facility or related documents as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Closing Date;

(2) (a) the Exchange Note Indenture, the Exchange Notes and Guarantees (including any notes to be issued in exchange for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and related exchange Guarantees) and (b) the Senior Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Exchange Notes and

 

97


Senior Exchange Note Guarantees (including any notes to be issued in exchange for Senior Exchange Notes pursuant to the Senior Exchange Note Registration Rights Agreement and related exchange guarantees);

(3) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this Section 6.02 on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 6.03 and 6.06 hereof that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof, provided , that the terms of such agreements are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Exchange Note Indenture, the Senior Bridge Facility, the Senior Exchange Note Indenture or this Agreement on the Closing Date;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

 

98


(12) restrictions and conditions by the terms of the documentation governing any Receivables Facility that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement; and

(14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 6.02 hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Loans, in each case as and when due; provided further , however , that with respect to agreements existing on the Closing Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Closing Date.

SECTION 6.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further , that any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the limitations of set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Section 6.03.

 

99


The first paragraph of this Section 6.03 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1) (w) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to this Bridge Facility, (x) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Bridge Facility; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $1,190,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date, (y) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (y) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (A) $900,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 6.04 hereof, less the aggregate principal amount of outstanding obligations under or in respect of any Receivables Subsidiary and (B) (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 65% of the book value of the inventory of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the incurrence by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (z) and then outstanding does not exceed $2,700,000,000 less all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made following the Closing Date pursuant to clause (1) of the third paragraph under Section 6.04 hereof;

(2) (x) the incurrence by the Borrower and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes (including any Guarantees thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Exchange Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (y) the incurrence by the Borrower and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Exchange Notes (including any Senior Exchange Note Guarantees thereof) and any notes to be issued in exchange for the Senior Exchange Notes (including any related guarantee thereof) pursuant to the Senior Exchange Note Registration Rights Agreement;

(3) any Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2) above);

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, construction, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, construction, lease or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter;

 

100


(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, or letters of credit in the nature of security deposit (or similar deposit or security) given to a lessor under an operating lease of real property under which such Person is a lessee; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of Interpretation Number 45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (commonly known as FIN 45) as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)) and (B) in the case of a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7) and (B) if the Borrower or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor with respect to the Loans;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

 

101


(9) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(10) obligations in respect of customs, stay, bid, appeal, performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150,000,000; provided , that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred and outstanding for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 without reliance on this clause;

(12) (x) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Loans substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(13) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 and clauses (2) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) and (19) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, replace or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the earlier of (x) the

 

102


Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, and (y) 90 days after the Stated Maturity of any Loans then outstanding, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness pari passu to the Loans or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Loans or the Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any premium, expenses, costs and fees incurred in connection with such refund, replacement or refinancing);

(14) (i) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided, that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two (2) Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility that is not recourse to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Receivables Undertakings);

(18) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses, former spouses, heirs or family members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies permitted by Section 6.01 hereof;

 

103


(19) Contribution Indebtedness (it being understood that any Contribution Indebtedness issued pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 hereof from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Contribution Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 hereof without reliance on this clause (19));

(20) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Exchange Notes as described in Article VIII of the Exchange Note Indenture;

(21) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(22) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(23) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(24) Indebtedness under (x) the Existing Inventory Financing Agreements and (y) other inventory financing agreements which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (x) and this clause (y), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400,000,000.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.03 in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 6.03, the Borrower will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 6.03, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 6.03 and Section 6.06 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Bridge Facility, the Senior Bridge Facility, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior

 

104


Secured Term Loan Facility outstanding on the Closing Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and any such Indebtedness that was outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of the Closing Date may not later be reclassified. Additionally, all or any portion of any other item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (24) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Loans to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Loans. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or in the definition of Permitted Debt, no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Preferred Stock in reliance on the first paragraph of this Section 6.03 or clause (14) of the definition of Permitted Debt (the “ Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions ”) if the

 

105


amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, when aggregated with the amount of all other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding under such Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, would exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 5.0% of Total Net Tangible Assets of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries; provided , that in no event shall any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (x) existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) assumed in connection with any acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests of a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary (and in the case of clauses (x) and (y), not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or acquisition of minority interests) be deemed to be Indebtedness outstanding under the Limited Non-Guarantor Debt Exceptions for purposes of this paragraph.

SECTION 6.04. Asset Sales . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Borrower (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities other than contingent liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Borrower and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by the applicable creditor(s) in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any assets described in clauses (2) or (3) below, and (iv) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 2% of Total Assets of the Borrower on the date on which such Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

 

106


The Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Asset Sale occurring prior to the Conversion Date shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.04(b)(iii). With respect to any Asset Sale occurring on or after the Conversion Date, within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from such an Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may

(a) apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) (i) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (ii) to reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower of another Restricted Subsidiary) and (iii) to reduce or fulfill Obligations under Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto ( provided that if the Borrower or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Borrower will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Loans);

(2) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other non-current assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(b) enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (a)(1), (2) or (3) above, provided that such binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated, and (y) the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365 day period.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale occurring on or after the Conversion Date not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”; provided that if during such 365-day period the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary

 

107


enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25,000,000, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Lenders and, if required by the terms of any Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Loans and such other Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate principal amount of Loans prepaid with such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Administrative Agent will select the Loans to be prepaid on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

SECTION 6.05. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:

(A) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25,000,000, a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower (and, if any, a majority of the

 

108


disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with the Borrower, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Agreement;

(3) the payment to the Sponsor and any of its officers or Affiliates by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination or indemnification payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment (x) does not increase the amount of fees payable to the Sponsor and (y) is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the Sponsor Management Agreement) or other agreements as in effect on the Closing Date that are entered into in connection with the Transactions and as in effect on the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not, taken as a whole, less advantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(4) payments in respect of employment, severance and any other compensation arrangements with, and fees and expenses paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or any Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of business and made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower with respect to such Affiliate Transaction) in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial

 

109


Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of this first paragraph of this Section 6.05;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement (which are permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph of this Section 6.05), but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) that are disclosed in Schedule 6.05 hereto, including with additional parties that may be added subsequent to the Closing Date and any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including Holdings and its Subsidiaries), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

(10) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Permitted Investor, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Borrower (other than a Subsidiary);

(11) any transaction permitted by Section 6.08 hereof;

(12) any transaction with a Receivables Subsidiary effected as part of a Receivables Facility;

(13) the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses;

(14) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to each other pursuant to tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Holdings and its subsidiaries on customary terms (including, without limitation, transfer pricing initiatives); and

(15) transactions among Foreign Subsidiaries for tax planning and tax efficiency purposes.

 

110


SECTION 6.06. Liens . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness unless the Loans are equally and ratably secured with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Loans if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien that is granted to secure the Loans or the Guarantees under this Section 6.06 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Loans or such Guarantee under this Section 6.06.

SECTION 6.07. Limitation on Business Activities . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 6.08. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(i) The Borrower may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

(A) (a) the Borrower is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(B) the Successor Company (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(D) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period either (i) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 6.03 hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company

 

111


and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(E) each Guarantor (except if it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (2) above shall apply) shall have confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3), (4) and (5) above will not be applicable to: (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Guarantor; (b) the Borrower merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction; and (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Foreign Subsidiary; provided that if the Foreign Subsidiary so consolidating, merging or transferring all or part of its properties and assets is a Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, such Foreign Subsidiary shall, substantially simultaneously with such merger, transfer or disposition, terminate its Guarantee and otherwise be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) For purposes of this Section 6.08, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, which properties and assets, if held by the Borrower instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower.

(iv) The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Borrower under this Agreement, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Loans.

(v) In connection with any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower contemplated by this Section 6.08, the Borrower shall expressly assume the obligations under this Agreement and shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such documentation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, evidencing such succession together with an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower contemplated by this Section 6.08 and such documentation in respect thereto complies with this Section 6.08 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the successor entity, subject to the customary exceptions.

 

112


SECTION 6.09. Change of Control .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Lender shall have the right to require that the Borrower prepay such Lender’s Loans at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment, in accordance with the terms contemplated in Section 6.09(b).

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Borrower shall mail a notice to each Lender by first class mail with a copy to the Administrative Agent (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) stating:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 6.09 and that all Lenders electing to have Loans prepaid will be prepaid by the Borrower;

(2) the prepayment date, which will be no earlier than five Business Days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date );

(3) that any Loan which a Lender does not elect to have prepaid will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Borrower defaults in the prepayment pursuant to this Section 6.09, all Loans that Lenders elect to have prepaid will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(6) the instructions, as determined by the Borrower, consistent with this Section, that a Lender must follow in order to have its Loans prepaid.

(c) Lenders electing to have Loans prepaid shall be required to give notice of such election, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Administrative Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the prepayment date. Lenders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Administrative Agent receives not later than one Business Day prior to the prepayment date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Lender, the principal amount of the Loan with respect to which a prepayment election was made and a statement that such Lender is withdrawing his election to have such Loan prepaid.

 

113


(d) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(e) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Borrower will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 6.09 and prepays all Loans subject to prepayment and for which the applicable Lenders’ prepayment election is not withdrawn pursuant to clause (c) herein.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Prior to the Conversion Date, the Events of Default set forth in Section 7.01 and the related provision in Section 7.02 shall apply. On and after the Conversion Date, the Events of Default and the related provisions set forth in such Sections shall be deemed, without notice to, consent of or any action by any Person, to have been replaced by the Events of Default set forth in Section 7.03 and the related provisions set forth in Section 7.04 (which, in each case, shall not apply prior to the Conversion Date). Section 7.06 shall apply from the date hereof until the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Loan Obligations have been fulfilled in accordance with this Agreement).

If a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Conversion Date, the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph shall not affect any such Default or Event of Default (or the actions or circumstances necessary to cure any such Default or Event of Default) and any notices given or cure periods commenced prior to such date with respect to any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed given or commenced as of the actual dates thereof for all purposes.

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default Prior to Conversion Date . Prior to the Conversion Date (subject to the immediately preceding paragraph), each of the following events referred to in any of clauses (a) through (k) inclusive of this Section 7.01 shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Initial Loan, or (ii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Initial Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Bridge Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 5.02 or 5.04(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Article VI; or

 

114


(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 7.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Bridge Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after receipt by the Borrower of written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein, in any other Bridge Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Acceleration. Any default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness existed prior to the Closing Date or is created thereafter, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

115


(g) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $100,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(h) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination, withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) Invalidity of Bridge Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Bridge Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 6.08) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Loan Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Bridge Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Bridge Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Loan Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Bridge Loan Document.

SECTION 7.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default Prior to Conversion Date . If any Event of Default under Section 7.01 occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and

 

116


(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under applicable Law.

provided that upon the occurrence of an entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 7.03. Events of Default Following Conversion Date . Following the Conversion Date, each of the following events referred to in clause (a) through (h) inclusive of this Section 7.03 shall constitute an “Event of Default”.

(a) Non-Payment of Principal . The Borrower defaults in the payment of the principal of any Extended Loan, when the same becomes due and payable, whether at the due date thereof, upon acceleration or otherwise; or

(b) Non-Payment of Interest . The Borrower defaults in any payment of interest or other costs on any Extended Loan payable hereunder or with respect to any other Bridge Loan Document, when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; or

(c) Specific Covenants . Any Loan Party fails to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above) in any Bridge Loan Document, and such failure continues for a period of 60 days (or 120 days in the case of Section 5.11) after receipt of written notice given by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Extended Loans; or

(d) Cross-Acceleration . Any default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness existed prior to the Closing Date or is created thereafter, if both:

(i) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding; or

 

117


(e) Judgments . The Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Inability to Pay Debt, Etc. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

(g) Adjudication of Bankruptcy . A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in a proceeding in which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or for all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

 

118


(iii) orders the liquidation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(h) Invalidity of Guarantees . The Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Agreement or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Agreement.

SECTION 7.04. Remedies Upon Event of Default Following Conversion Date . (a) If any Event of Default under Section 7.03 (other than of a type specified in Section 7.03(f) or (g)) occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Extended Loans may declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document to be immediately due and payable; provided that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of (i) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Borrower and the Representative with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities. Upon the effectiveness of the declaration referred to in this clause (a), such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

(b) If any Event of Default under Section 7.03(f) or (g) occurs, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document shall automatically become immediately due and payable, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent annually a statement regarding compliance with this Agreement, and, within five Business Days upon becoming aware of any Default, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a statement specifying such Default.

SECTION 7.05. Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries . Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default has occurred under clauses (f) or (g) of Section 7.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that is not a Material Subsidiary (it being agreed that all Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to

 

119


in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).

SECTION 7.06. Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Sections 7.02 or 7.04 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Loan Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.04 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them);

Second , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 9.05 and amounts payable under Article II), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Loans and ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Fifth , to the payment of all other Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Loan Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders on such date.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 8.01. Appointment and Authorization of Agents . (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

120


Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Bridge Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Bridge Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) The bank serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 8.02. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Administrative Agent (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

SECTION 8.03. Liability of Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or Participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to

 

121


inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes.

SECTION 8.04. Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Bridge Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Article IV, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 8.05. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Bridge Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required

 

122


Lenders in accordance with Article VII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 8.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent or Agent-Related Person hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents and the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 8.07. Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Bridge Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 8.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any

 

123


Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 8.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture, the Exchange Notes or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 8.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Loan Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.08. Agents in their Individual Capacities . JPMCB and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and its Affiliates as though JPMCB were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, JPMCB or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, JPMCB shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include JPMCB in its individual capacity.

SECTION 8.09. Successor Agents . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent at any time upon notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, which resignation shall be effective upon the earlier of (a) the date that is 30 days after such notice and (b) the appointment of a successor agent as provided in this paragraph. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(f) or Section 7.03(f) or (g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent”, shall mean such successor administrative agent and the retiring

 

124


Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII and Sections 9.04 and 9.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Bridge Loan Documents. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.10. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Loan Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.06(d) and 9.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.06(d) and 9.04.

 

125


Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Loan Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.11. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent”, “sole bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 8.12. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents . (a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Bridge Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Bridge Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Bridge Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to the Loans, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Bridge Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Loans shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Loans and to perform such duties with respect to such Loans, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Bridge Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental

 

126


Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article VIII and of Sections 9.04 and 9.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Amendments, Etc . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document (including any waiver of a Default or Event of Default), and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless, in this case of this Agreement, in writing signed by the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Guarantors, or, in the case of any other such Bridge Loan Document, in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties party thereto, in each case, with the consent of the Required Lenders. Each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood that a waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.05 or 2.06 or any fees hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest, the Applicable Margin or the Conversion Spread specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to clause (i)

 

127


of the second succeeding proviso to this Section 9.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) extend the Conversion Date or the Maturity Date, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(e) place additional restrictions on the right to exchange Extended Loans for Exchange Notes or modify the rate of such exchange without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(f) change any provision of the Exchange Note Indenture that requires (or would require if any Exchange Notes were outstanding) the approval of all holders of Exchange Notes without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(g) change any provision of this Section 9.01, the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”, Section 2.11(h), Section 2.12 or Section 7.06 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(h) other than as provided under Section 10.06, release all of substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender;

(i) change the currency in which any Loan is denominated without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan; or

(j) amend the definition of the term “Interest Period” so as to permit intervals in excess of three months without regard to availability to all Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document and (ii) Section 9.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the expiration of the Commitment of such Lender may not be postponed without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.01, the Administrative Agent, without the consent of the Required Lenders, may, but shall have no obligation to, amend Section 2.06(a)(iii) of this Agreement to reflect in percentage terms the Total Cap in effect from time to time.

 

128


The Administrative Agent will provide to the Trustee a copy of each amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.01, guarantees and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such Guarantee or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, no amendment or waiver of any provision of the Exchange Note Indenture shall be effective without the consent of the Lenders and the holders of Exchange Notes pursuant to the terms of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 of the Exchange Note Indenture.

SECTION 9.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies . (a)  General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (1) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (2) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (3) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (4) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of

 

129


Section 9.02(c)), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Bridge Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

SECTION 9.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Bridge Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

SECTION 9.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP and one local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Arrangers and each Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Bridge Loan Documents, the

 

130


Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all Attorney Costs of counsel to the Administrative Agent). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable, in the case of Section 9.04(a), and all other documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in Section 2.06(d) and this Section 9.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Loan Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 9.04 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party or Guarantor fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9.05. Indemnification by the Borrower . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, trustees, investment advisors and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment or Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee or (y) a material breach of the Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials

 

131


obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 9.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be paid within ten Business Days after demand therefor; provided , however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 9.05. The agreements in this Section 9.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Loan Obligations.

SECTION 9.06. Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.

SECTION 9.07. Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 9.07(g), (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(h) or (v) by way of assignment in accordance with Section 9.07(b) (and any

 

132


other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 9.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of, until the Conversion Date, the Borrower, if any assignment will result in the Initial Lenders holding less than 50.1% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Initial Loans; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or (f) or Section 7.03(a), (b), (f) or (g), as applicable, has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (A) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or (f) or Section 7.03(a), (b), (f) or (g), as applicable, has occurred and is continuing and (B) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(2) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(3) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts (as defined in the Administrative Questionnaire) to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including federal and state securities laws.

 

133


(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.08, 2.09 and 2.10 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its promissory note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a promissory note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 9.07(e).

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower (but subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent), sell participations (“ Participations ”) to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a Participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents and the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Bridge Loan Documents and the Exchange Note Indenture and the Exchange Notes; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to

 

134


Section 9.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 9.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 (subject to the requirements of Section 9.15), 2.08 and 2.09 (through the applicable Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 9.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 3.12 as though it were a Lender.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.08, 2.09 or 2.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the Participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the Participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its promissory note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing prior to the Closing Date by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Sections 2.08, 2.09 or 2.10, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Bridge Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

135


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the promissory note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the promissory note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 9.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Bridge Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Bridge Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

SECTION 9.08. Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information and to not use or disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 9.07(g) or 9.07(i), counterparty to a Hedging Obligation, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.08; (h) to any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender; (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender); or (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document, or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document, or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents, or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes, the Commitments, and the Borrowing. For the purposes of this Section 9.08, “ Information ” means all information received from any Loan Party or its Affiliates or its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their subsidiaries or their business, other than any such information that is publicly

 

136


available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or is delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.02 hereof.

EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION 9.08 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR AFFILIATES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE LOAN PARTIES OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE LOAN PARTIES AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 9.09. Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Loan Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made a demand under this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document and although such Loan Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owning by such Lender or its Affiliates to or for the credit or the

 

137


account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Section 9.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent and such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.10. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Bridge Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Bridge Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Loan Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 9.11. Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Bridge Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Bridge Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier.

SECTION 9.12. Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Bridge Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Bridge Loan Document, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Bridge Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

 

138


SECTION 9.13. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Bridge Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Borrowing, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Loan Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

SECTION 9.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Bridge Loan Documents, the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.15. Tax Forms . (a) (i) Each Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ Foreign Lender ”, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include reference to the Administrative Agent if it is not a “United States person”) shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date which is ten Business Days after the Closing Date (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed, properly completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Bridge Loan Document) or such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, and in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming such an exemption under Section 881(c) of the Code, a certificate that establishes in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is not (i) a “bank” as defined in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (ii) a 10-percent stockholder within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or (iii) a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower with the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, (A) promptly submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States Laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and

 

139


the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Bridge Loan Document, in each case, (1) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence expires or becomes obsolete, (2) after the occurrence of a change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (3) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (B) promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(ii) Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Foreign Lender under any of the Bridge Loan Documents, shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in either case, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Foreign Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Foreign Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to United States federal withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Foreign Lender is required to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Foreign Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Foreign Lender.

(iii) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount or any indemnity payment under Section 2.10 to (A) any Foreign Lender if such Foreign Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.15(a), or (B) any U.S. Lender if such U.S. Lender shall have failed to satisfy the provisions of Section 9.15(b); provided that (i) if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this or Section 9.15(b), as applicable, on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Bridge Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 9.15(a) or Section 9.15(b) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 2.10 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable Law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Bridge Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate and (ii) nothing in this Section 9.15(a) shall relieve

 

140


the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.10 in the event that the requirements of 9.15(a)(ii) have not been satisfied if the Borrower is entitled, under applicable Law, to rely on any applicable forms and statements required to be provided under this Section 9.15 by the Foreign Lender that does not act or has ceased to act for its own account under any of the Loan Documents.

(iv) The Administrative Agent may deduct and withhold any taxes required by any Laws to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Bridge Loan Documents.

(b) Each Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ U.S. Lender ” which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include reference to the Administrative Agent if it is a “United States person”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower two duly signed, properly completed copies of IRS Form W-9, or any successor thereto, certifying that such U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent. If such U.S. Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to such U.S. Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable backup withholding tax imposed by the Code.

SECTION 9.16. GOVERNING LAW . (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED THEREIN).

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

 

141


SECTION 9.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY BRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 9.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 9.18. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor Party hereto and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not have the right to assign their rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 6.08.

SECTION 9.19. [Reserved].

SECTION 9.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Bridge Loan Documents or the Exchange Note Indenture or the Exchange Notes (to the extent such right or remedy is granted pursuant to the Agreement) (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 9.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 9.21. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower and the Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the Guarantors and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the Guarantors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

142


SECTION 9.22. Agent for Service of Process . The Borrower agrees that promptly following request by the Administrative Agent it shall cause each Material Foreign Subsidiary to appoint and maintain an agent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to receive service of process in New York City on behalf of such Material Foreign Subsidiary.

ARTICLE X

Guarantees

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees . (a) Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Lender and to the Administrative Agent and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of the Loan Obligations when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Bridge Loan Documents and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other Loan Obligations (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of acceptance of its Guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default on the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents or any other agreement; (iv) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) except as set forth in Section 10.06, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender in favor of the Borrower or any other person.

(d) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 10.01(f) and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation,

 

143


impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement, the other Bridge Loan Documents or any other agreement, by (ii) any recession, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any thereof, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor. The Administrative Agent and the other Lenders may, at their election, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Guarantor or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Guarantor, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor, as the case may be.

(f) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and each other Lender, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Agreement and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Lenders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(g) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Bridge Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Agreement are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

144


(h) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender or the Administrative Agent upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any Guarantor or otherwise.

(i) In furtherance of the foregoing clauses (a) through (h) and not in limitation of any other right which any Lender or the Administrative Agent has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Guarantor to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

(j) Each Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article VII for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VII, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.

(k) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Section.

(l) Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Guarantor’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 10.02. [Intentionally Reserved] .

 

145


SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article X shall be, subject to Section 10.06, binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Agreement and in the other Bridge Loan Documents shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 10.06. Release of Guarantor . Each Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under this Article X (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.07) upon:

(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, in each case made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement;

(b) the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement; or

(c) the release or discharge of (i) the guarantee by such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) such Guarantor’s obligations under any Ineligible Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor, if any, that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, other than in the case of clause (i), a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; and

 

146


(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with.

SECTION 10.07. Contribution . Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Agreement to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 10.08. Confirmation of Guarantee . Each Guarantor, by its execution of this Agreement, hereby confirms and ratifies that all of its obligations as a Guarantor shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations as amended by this Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Bridge Facility.

ARTICLE XI

Subordination

SECTION 11.01. Agreement To Subordinate . The Borrower and the Guarantors agree, and each Lender agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Loans and the Guarantees shall be subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XI, to the prior payment of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Guarantors and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Loans and the Guarantees shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Guarantors, respectively, and shall rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Guarantors; and only Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Loans and the Guarantees in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article XI shall be subject to Section 11.12 hereof.

SECTION 11.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Borrower upon (i) a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or (ii) bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Borrower or its property:

(1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness (including

 

147


interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the Lenders are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Loans; and

(2) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Lenders would be entitled but for this Article XI shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.

If a distribution is made to Lenders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Lenders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 11.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower . The Borrower or any Guarantor shall not pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Loans if either of the following (a “ Payment Default ”) occurs: (a) any Obligation on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower is not paid in full in cash when due; or (b) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that the Borrower shall be entitled to pay the Loans without regard to the foregoing if the Borrower and the Administrative Agent receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing and so long as, on the date or dates the respective amount were paid into trust, such payments were made with respect to the Loans without violating the subordination provisions described herein.

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Borrower shall not repay the Loans for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent at least two (2) Business Days prior to any such payment in accordance with Section 11.09 hereof of (with a copy to the Borrower) written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice at least two (2) Business Days prior to any such payment in accordance with Section 11.09 hereof; (ii) because the Non-Payment Default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

 

148


Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 11.03), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower and the related Guarantors shall be entitled to resume repayments on the Loans after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. The Loans shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of Non-Payment Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is delivered to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan shall be entitled to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further , however , that in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 365-day period, and there must be at least 186 days during any consecutive 365-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section 11.03, no Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness and that was the basis for the initiation of such Blockage Notice shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness unless such Non-Payment Default has been waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose). So long as there shall remain outstanding Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan, a Blockage Notice with respect to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan may only be given by the Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If a repayment, deposit, purchase, redemption or other retirement of any Loan is made to or for the benefit of Lenders that due to the subordination provisions of this Agreement should not have been made, such Lenders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 11.04. Acceleration of Payment of Loans . If repayment of the Loans is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the

 

149


acceleration; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article XI. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower is outstanding, neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may repay the Loans until five (5) Business Days after the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may repay the Loans only if this Agreement otherwise permits payment at that time.

SECTION 11.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over . If a distribution is made to Lenders that because of this Article XI should not have been made to them, the Lenders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 11.06. Subrogation . After all Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower is paid in full and until the Loans are repaid in full, the Lenders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article XI to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Lenders of the Loans is not, as between the Borrower and Lenders, a payment by the Borrower on such Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 11.07. Relative Rights . This Article XI defines the relative rights of Lenders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower. Nothing in this Agreement shall:

(1) impair, as between the Borrower and Lenders, the obligation of the Borrower, which is absolute and unconditional, to repay principal of and interest on the Loans in accordance with their terms; or

(2) prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower to receive distributions otherwise payable to Lenders.

SECTION 11.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Borrower . No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Loans shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Borrower or by its failure to comply with this Agreement.

SECTION 11.09. Rights of Administrative Agent . (a) Notwithstanding Section 11.03, the Administrative Agent shall continue to make payments on the Loans and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that under this Article XI that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such payment, the Administrative Agent receives written notice satisfactory to it that such payments are prohibited by this Article XI. The Borrower, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower shall be entitled to give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice; provided that any such notice from the Representative shall be accompanied by an incumbency certificate.

 

150


(b) The Administrative Agent in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower with the same rights it would have if it were not the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XI with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article IX shall deprive the Administrative Agent of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XI shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Administrative Agent under or pursuant to Section 8.07 hereof.

SECTION 11.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative . Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower, such Person shall be entitled to make such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any).

SECTION 11.11. Article XI Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate . The failure to make a repayment of the Loans by reason of any provision in this Article XI shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article XI shall have any effect on the right of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent to accelerate the maturity of the Loans.

SECTION 11.12. Administrative Agent Entitled To Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XI, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Administrative Agent or to the Lenders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Borrower, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XI. In the event that the Administrative Agent determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XI, the Administrative Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XI, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Administrative Agent may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Section 8.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article XI.

 

151


SECTION 11.13. Administrative Agent to Effectuate Subordination . Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Lenders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower as provided in this Article XI and appoints the Administrative Agent as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 11.14. Administrative Agent Not Fiduciary for Lenders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Lenders or the Borrower or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XI or otherwise.

SECTION 11.15. Reliance by Lenders of Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower on Subordination Provisions . Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the extension of the Loans, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

 

152


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement


By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement and confirms that the obligations of the Borrower under said Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement as amended by said Amendment and Restatement shall constitute "Guaranteed Obligations" under Section 10.1 of said Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement. By its signature below, the undersigned hereby confirms that all of its obligations under Section 10.1 of said Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement shall continue unchanged and in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to this Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:   Barbara A. Klein
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Asst. Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement


CDW ASIA HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ann B. Kerns

Name:   Ann B. Kerns
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement


DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David Mayhew

Name:   David Mayhew
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ STEPHEN CAYER

Name:   STEPHEN CAYER
Title:   DIRECTOR

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement


LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Frank P. Turner

Name:   Frank P. Turner
Tide:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Gene Martin

Name:   Gene Martin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT NO. 1

AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of April 2, 2008 to the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 (the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”) among VH MergerSub, Inc. (“ Merger Sub ” and, prior to the Merger, the “ Borrower ”), an Illinois corporation to be merged with and into CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“ CDW ” or the “ Company ” and, after the Merger, the “ Borrower ”), VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the Lenders party thereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Lenders wish to amend the Bridge Loan Agreement in certain respects, and accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Amendment No. 1 and not otherwise defined are used herein as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement (as amended hereby).

Section 2. Amendments . Effective as provided in Section 5 hereof, the Bridge Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

2.01. References in the Bridge Loan Agreement (including references to the Bridge Loan Agreement as amended hereby) to “this Agreement” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “hereby”, “herein” and “hereof”) shall be deemed to be references to the Bridge Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

2.02. Section 1.01 of the Bridge Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definitions in their entirety: “ Additional Cap ”, “ Cap Designation Letter ”, “ Qualifying Bookrunner ” and “ Unused Additional Cap ”.

2.03. Section 2.06(a)(iii) of the Bridge Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), but subject to Section 2.06(b), the per annum interest rate borne by the Loans shall not exceed 12.535% (the “ Total Cap ”) per annum.

Section 3. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants (it being understood that, for purposes of the representations and warranties made in the Bridge Loan Documents on the Closing Date and on the date hereof, such representations and warranties shall be construed as though the Transactions have been consummated) to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders that (a) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Bridge Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (b) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.


Section 4. Confirmation of Guarantee . Each Guarantor, by its execution of this Agreement, hereby confirms and ratifies that all of its obligations as a Guarantor shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations as amended by this Amendment No. 1.

Section 5. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . The amendments set forth in Section 2 hereof shall become effective on the date upon which each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) Amendment No. 1 . This Amendment No. 1 shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. In addition, each of the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered its confirmation and consent provided for on the signature pages hereto.

(b) Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the date hereof, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the date hereof, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Bridge Loan Document.

Section 6. Miscellaneous . Except as herein provided, the Bridge Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment No. 1 by signing any such counterpart. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Klein

Name:   Barbara A. Klein
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael C. Moravec

Name:   Michael C. Moravec
Title:   Managing Director

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ann B. Kerns

Name:   Ann B. Kerns
Title:   Vice President

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Henry F. D’Alessandro

Name:   Henry F. D’Alessandro
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David Mayhew

Name:   David Mayhew
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cayer

Name:   Stephen Cayer
Title:   Director


VH HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW GOVERNMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

BERBEE INFORMATION NETWORKS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

CDW ASIA HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary


CDW CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

FORESIGHT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary

Exhibit 10.9

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of October 12, 2007, is made by and between CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ”), Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDP ”) and Providence Equity Partners L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ PEP ”, and together with MDP, the “ Advisors ”).

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, the Company desires to obtain certain management and consulting services from the Advisors and the Advisors desire to perform such services for the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.     Appointment of Advisors . The Company appoints the Advisors and the Advisors accept appointment on the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement as advisors to the Company, its direct and indirect subsidiaries and its direct and indirect parent companies (collectively, the “ CDW Group ”), including any other corporations or other entities hereafter formed or acquired by any member of the CDW Group to engage in any business. The parties expressly acknowledge that (i) MDP is an affiliate of Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP V-A ”), Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP V-C ”), and Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP Executive ” and, together with MDCP V-A and MDCP V-C, the “ MDP Sponsors ”), (ii) PEP is an affiliate of Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PEP VI ”) and Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PEP VI-A ”, together with PEP VI, the “PEP Sponsors,” and together with the MDP Sponsors, the “ Sponsors ”) and (iii) the Sponsors are equityholders in the Company’s ultimate parent company, CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”). Additionally, the parties expressly acknowledge that principals of the Sponsors currently serve as members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and/or members of the board of directors (or board of managers, as applicable) of the other companies in the CDW Group. It is understood that the Advisors’ rights and obligations hereunder shall be independent of the relationship between the Company and the Sponsors and the respective boards of directors (or managers, as applicable) of the Company and the other members of the CDW Group, and that, in performing its services hereunder, the Advisors are not acting in the capacity of equityholders of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or members of the board of directors (or managers, as applicable) of the Company or any other member of the CDW Group.

2.     Board of Directors Supervision . The activities of the Advisors to be performed under this Agreement shall be subject to the supervision of the Board and subject to reasonable policies not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement adopted by the Board and in effect from time to time. Where not required by applicable law or regulation, the Advisors shall not require the prior approval of the Board to perform their duties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Advisors shall not have the authority to bind the Company or


any other member of the CDW Group, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to create an agency relationship between the Company or any other member of the CDW Group and the Advisors.

3.     Services of the Advisors . Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law or regulation, the Advisors shall render or cause to be rendered management, consulting and financial services to the Company and the other members of the CDW Group as requested from time to time by the Board and agreed to by the Advisors, which services may include advice and assistance concerning any and all aspects of the operations, planning and financing of the Company and the other members of the CDW Group and conducting relations on behalf of the Company or the other members of the CDW Group with accountants, attorneys, financial advisors and other professionals. The Advisors shall provide and devote to the performance of this Agreement such employees, affiliates and agents of the Advisors as the Advisors shall deem appropriate to the furnishing of the services hereunder. In addition, the Advisors shall, as requested by the Board and agreed to by the Advisors, render advice and expertise in connection with any acquisitions or dispositions undertaken by the Company or the other members of the CDW Group.

4.     Reimbursement of Expenses; Independent Contractor . All obligations or expenses incurred by the Advisors in the performance of their duties under this Agreement shall be for the account of, on behalf of, and at the expense of the Company, and all such expenses shall be promptly reimbursed by the Company. The Advisors shall not be obligated to make any advance to or for the account of the Company or any other member of the CDW Group or to pay any sums, except out of funds held in accounts maintained by the Company or any other member of the CDW Group, nor shall the Advisors be obligated to incur any liability or obligation for the account of the Company or any other member of the CDW Group. The Company shall reimburse the Advisors by wire transfer of immediately available funds for any amount paid by the Advisors, which shall be in addition to any other amount payable to the Advisors under this Agreement. The Advisors shall be independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to (i) create a partnership or joint venture between the Company or any other member of the CDW Group and the Advisors, (ii) cause the Advisors to be responsible in any way for the debts, liabilities or obligations of the Company or any other party, or (iii) cause the Advisors or any of their employees, partners or members to be officers, employees or agents of the Company or any other member of the CDW Group.

5.     Other Activities of Advisors; Investment Opportunities . The Company acknowledges and agrees that neither the Advisors nor any of the Advisors’ employees, officers, directors, affiliates or associates (collectively, the “ Advisors Group ”) shall be required to devote full time and business efforts to the duties of the Advisors specified in this Agreement, but instead shall devote only so much of such time and efforts as the Advisors reasonably deem necessary. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that members of the Advisors Group are engaged in the business of investing in, acquiring and/or managing businesses for their own account, for the account of their affiliates and associates and for the account of other unaffiliated parties, and understands that the Advisors plan to continue to be engaged in such business (and other business or investment activities) during the term of this Agreement. The Advisors make no representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the services to be provided by the Advisors Group. Except as the Advisors may otherwise agree in writing after the date

 

2


hereof: (a) each member of the Advisors Group shall have the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly (i) engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the members of the CDW Group or (ii) do business with any client or customer of the members of the CDW Group; (b) no member of the Advisors Group shall be liable to any member of the CDW Group for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any such activities or of such member’s participation therein; and (c) in the event that any member of the Advisors Group acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for any member of the CDW Group, on the one hand, and such member of the Advisors Group, on the other hand, or any other person or entity, no member of the Advisors Group shall have any duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company or any other member of the CDW Group, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no member of the Advisors Group shall be liable to any member of the CDW Group for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that any member of the Advisors Group directly or indirectly pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity, or does not present such opportunity to any member of the CDW Group. In no event will any member of the Advisors Group be liable to any member of the CDW Group for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or in respect of any liabilities relating to any third party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise) other than for claims relating to the services which may be provided by the Advisors hereunder (subject to Section 8 hereof).

6.     Compensation of Advisors .

(a)     In consideration of the management, consulting and financial services to be rendered, the Company will pay to the Advisors an annual base management and consulting fee in cash in the aggregate amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (the “ Consulting Fee ”), to be allocated among the Advisors as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, payable in advance in equal quarterly installments on the 1 st business day of each calendar quarter in each year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Consulting Fee for the remainder of 2007 shall be Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and shall be paid by the Company to the Advisors (to be allocated among the Advisors as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto) on the date hereof. The next quarterly installment of the Consulting Fee is due and payable by the Company on January 1, 2008. The payment by the Company of the Consulting Fee hereunder is subject to the applicable restrictions contained in the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ debt financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the payment of any installment of the Consulting Fee, such Consulting Fee installment shall accrue and the Company shall make such installment payment as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions, plus pay interest thereon from the due date of such installment before giving effect to such restriction to the date of payment at an interest rate of 10% per annum. If the Company or other members of the CDW Group acquire or enter into any additional business operations after the date of this Agreement (each, an “ Additional Business ”), the Board and the Advisors will, prior to the acquisition or prior to entering into the business operations, in good faith, determine whether and to what extent the Consulting Fee should be increased as a result thereof. Any increase will be evidenced by a written supplement to this Agreement signed by the Company and each of the Advisors.

 

3


(b)     Additionally, at the time of any equity or debt financing for Holdings, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries that occurs after the date hereof and that is provided by either or both of the Sponsors or their respective affiliates, the Company shall pay to one or both of the Advisors (as applicable) in cash a placement fee equal to four percent (4%) of the gross amount of any equity financing provided by such Sponsor or its affiliates and two and a half percent (2.5%) of the gross amount of any debt financing provided by such Sponsor or its affiliates.

(c)     Any payment pursuant to this Section 6 shall be made in cash by wire transfer(s) of immediately available funds to or among one or more accounts as designated from time to time by the Advisors to the Company in writing.

7.     Term . This Agreement shall commence effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until the date on which none of the Sponsors nor any of their respective affiliates hold directly or indirectly any equity securities of Holdings or its successors. In addition, the Advisors may terminate this Agreement at any time upon written notice to the Company, such termination to be effective upon the Company’s receipt of such written notice. No termination of this Agreement, whether pursuant to this Section 7 or otherwise, shall affect the Company’s obligations with respect to the fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Advisors in rendering services hereunder and not reimbursed by the Company as of the effective date of such termination. In addition, the provisions of Sections 8 , 9 , 17 and 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and remain binding and in effect.

8.     Liability . No member of the Advisors Group (including any person or entity acting for or on behalf of the Advisors) shall be liable for any mistakes of fact, errors of judgment, or losses sustained by the Company or any other members of the CDW Group or for any acts or omissions of any kind (including acts or omissions of the Advisors), except to the extent caused by intentional misconduct of the Advisors as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

9.     Indemnification of Advisors . The Company and the other members of the CDW Group hereby agree to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Advisors and their present and future officers, directors, affiliates, employees and agents (“ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, claims, liabilities, suits, costs, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from their performance of services hereunder. The Company and the other members of the CDW Group further agree to reimburse the Indemnified Parties on a monthly basis for any cost of defending any action or investigation (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), subject to an undertaking from such Indemnified Party to repay the Company if such party is determined not to be entitled to such indemnity.

10.     Assignment . Without the consent of the Advisors, the Company shall not assign, transfer or convey any of its rights, duties or interest under this Agreement, nor shall it delegate any of the obligations or duties required to be kept or performed by it hereunder. The Advisors shall not assign, transfer or convey any of their rights, duties or interest under this Agreement, nor shall they delegate any of their obligations or duties required to be kept or performed under this Agreement, except that the Advisors may transfer their rights and delegate their obligations hereunder to (i) their respective affiliates or (ii) to each other.

 

4


11.     Notices . All notices, demands, or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (i) delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) telecopied to the recipient (with hard copy sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if telecopied before 5:00 p.m. Chicago, Illinois time on a business day, and otherwise on the next business day, (iii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) received via electronic mail by the recipient (with hard copy sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if received via electronic mail before 5:00 p.m. Chicago, Illinois time on a business day, and otherwise on the next business day after such receipt. Such notices, demands, and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient indicated below:

 

If to the Company:    CDW Corporation
   200 N. Milwaukee Avenue
   Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061
   Facsimile: (847) 968-0336
   Telephone: (847) 465-6000
   Electronic Mail:
   Attention: Chief Executive Officer
If to the Advisors:    Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P.
   Three First National Plaza
   38th Floor
   Chicago, Illinois 60602
   Facsimile: (312) 895-1056
   Telephone: (312) 895-1000
   Electronic Mail: mtresnowski@MDCP.com
   Attention: General Counsel
   with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :
   Kirkland & Ellis LLP
   200 East Randolph Drive
   Chicago, IL 60601
   Facsimile: (312) 861-2200
   Telephone: (312) 861-2000
   Electronic Mail: eswan@kirkland.com;
                               mpaley@kirkland.com
   Attention:       Edward T. Swan, P.C.
                          Michael D. Paley, Esq.
   Providence Equity Partners L.L.C.
   50 Kennedy Plaza
   18th Floor
   Providence, RI 02903
   Facsimile: (401) 751-1790

 

5


   Telephone: (401) 751-1700
   Electronic Mail: m.dominguez@provequity.com
   Attention: Glenn Creamer
                     Michael Dominguez
   with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :
  

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

Telephone: (212) 310-8773

Electronic Mail:

Attention: David Duffell

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

12.     Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed, and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

13.     No Waiver . The failure by any party to exercise any right, remedy or elections herein contained or permitted by law shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future exercise of such right, remedy or election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies that any party may have at law, in equity or otherwise upon breach of any term or condition of this Agreement, shall be distinct, separate and cumulative rights and remedies and no one of them, whether exercised or not, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any other right or remedy.

14.     Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or modified only with the prior written consent of the Company and each of the Advisors.

15.     Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters herein contained and any agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to effect any change or modification, in whole or in party, unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change or modification is sought.

16.     Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Illinois or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois.

 

6


17.     MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE COMPANY) HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.

18.     Successors . This Agreement and all the obligations and benefits hereunder shall inure to the successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

19.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.

20.     Confidentiality . The Company may not disclose the terms of this Agreement except as may be required by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s or its affiliates’ securities are traded.

*        *        *         *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Management Services Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:   /s/ John A. Edwardson
Name:   John A. Edwardson
Title:   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
MADISON DEARBORN PARTNERS V-B, L.P.

By: Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P.

Its: General Partner

By: Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Its: General Partner

By:   /s/ Benjamin D. Chereskin
Name:   Benjamin D. Chereskin
Title:   Managing Director
PROVIDENCE EQUITY PARTNERS L.L.C.
By:   /s/ Glenn M. Creamer
Name:   Glenn M. Creamer
Title:   Senior Managing Director

[Signature Page to Management Services Agreement]


Schedule 1

 

Advisor    Allocation Percentage
Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P.    53.02%
Providence Equity Partners L.L.C.    46.98%

Exhibit 10.10

REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 12, 2007, by and among VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct part of the Company (the “ LLC ”), Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP V-A ”), Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP V-C ”), Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP Executive ” and collectively with MDCP V-A and MDCP V-C, “ MDCP ”), Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PEP-VI ”), Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PEP-VI-A ” and together with PEP-VI, “ PEP ”), and each of the other Persons listed on the Other Securityholders Schedule attached hereto (each, an “ Other Securityholder ” and collectively, the “ Other Securityholders ”). MDCP and PEP are together referred to herein as the “ Investors ” and individually as an “ Investor ”. MDCP, PEP and the Other Securityholders are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securityholders ” and individually as a “ Securityholder .” Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 11 hereof.

WHEREAS, each of the Securityholders is a member of the LLC;

WHEREAS, to facilitate an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company under the Securities Act, the Securityholders contemplate the dissolution and liquidation of the LLC (the “ Dissolution ”) pursuant to Section 14.1 of the LLC’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated the date hereof, between the Securityholders and other parties thereto (the “ LLC Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, alternatively the board of managers of the LLC may elect to form a corporation and reorganize or recapitalize the LLC (the “ Reorganization ”) to facilitate an initial public offering of equity securities of the corporate successor to the LLC following the Reorganization; and

WHEREAS, the Company, the LLC and the Securityholders desire to enter into this Agreement to provide for registration rights for the Securityholders following the Reorganization or Dissolution, as applicable.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

1. Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration . At any time after the IPO, each of the holders of a majority of the MDCP Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the PEP Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S–1 or any similar long–form registration (a “ Long–Form Registration ”), or on Form S–3 (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) or any similar short–form registration (a “ Short–Form Registration ”), if available. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 1(a) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations .” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Except as set forth in Section 1(d) below, within ten days after receipt of any such written request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the holders’ receipt of the Company’s notice.


(b) Long–Form Registrations . Subject to Section 1(a) above, each of the holders of a majority of the MDCP Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the PEP Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request four (4) Long–Form Registrations, in each case with respect to which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses (as defined in Section 7 below); provided that the aggregate offering value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Long–Form Registration must equal at least $200 million. A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Long–Form Registrations until it has become effective, and no Long–Form Registration shall count as one of the permitted Long–Form Registrations unless the party requesting such registration is able to register and sell at least 75% of their Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration; provided that, in any event, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a permitted Long–Form Registration whether or not it has become effective and whether or not such registration is counted as one of the permitted Long–Form Registrations.

(c) Short–Form Registrations . In addition to the Long–Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1(b) , each of the holders of a majority of the MDCP Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the PEP Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses; provided that the aggregate offering value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Short–Form Registration must equal at least $50 million. Demand Registrations shall be Short–Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use Form S–3 or any other applicable short form. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make Short–Form Registrations on Form S–3 available for the resale of Registrable Securities.

(d) In connection with any proposed underwritten resale of Registrable Securities (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”) which is pursuant to a shelf registration (as described in Section 6(b) below) (a “ Shelf Registration ”), each Securityholder agrees, in an effort to conduct any such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in the most efficient and organized manner, to coordinate with the other holders of Registrable Securities prior to initiating any sales efforts and cooperate with the other holders of Registrable Securities as to the terms of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, including, without limitation, the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be sold and the number of Registrable Securities to be sold by each holder of Registrable Securities. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to all Securityholders whose Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf Registration of the receipt of a request from another Securityholder whose Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf Registration of a proposed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down under and pursuant to the Shelf Registration and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, will provide such Securityholders a period of two business days to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, subject to the terms negotiated by and applicable to the initiating Securityholders and subject to the priorities set forth in Section 2(c) as if the subject Underwritten Shelf Take-Down was being effected pursuant to a Demand Registration. All such Securityholders electing to be included in an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 1(h) on the same terms and conditions as apply to any other selling securityholders

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities that are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company shall include in such

 

2


registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities that are not Registrable Securities, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 90 days following the effective date of any previous Demand Registration or any previous registration in which the holders of Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2 hereof in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities to be included, unless the Investors consent to waiving the restrictions of this Section 1(f) and instruct the Company to proceed with a Demand Registration.

(g) Black Out Period . If the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith determines that the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement in connection with any requested Demand Registration would be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect any material contemplated acquisition, divestiture, registered primary offering or other financing or material transaction, or would require disclosure of facts or circumstances which disclosure would be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect any material contemplated acquisition, divestiture, registered primary offering or other financing or material transaction, then the Company may delay such registration or effectiveness or suspend the effectiveness of any registration hereunder so long as the Company is still pursuing the transaction that allowed such delay (it being agreed that the Company may not delay requested registrations or delay or suspend effectiveness pursuant to this clause on more than two occasions during any 360 consecutive days and not for more than an aggregate of 90 days during any 360 consecutive days); provided, however, in such event the holders of Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. The time period regarding the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement set forth in Section 6(b) hereof shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days by which any registration statement is delayed or effectiveness is suspended.

(h) Selection of Underwriters . The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in any Demand Registration shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the Demand Registrations.

(i) Other Registration Rights . Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities, options or rights convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the MDCP Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the PEP Registrable Securities.

2. Piggyback Registrations .

(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than (i) in the IPO (for which all holders of Registrable Securities are entitled to piggyback rights, but which rights are addressed in Section 4 below rather than this Section 2 ), (ii) pursuant to a Demand Registration (for which all holders of Registrable Securities are entitled to piggyback rights, but which rights are addressed in Section 1 above rather than this Section 2 ), (iii) pursuant to a registration on Form S–4 or S–8 or any successor or similar forms or (iv) pursuant to a Underwritten Shelf Takedown (for which holders of Registrable Securities are entitled to piggyback rights, but which rights are addressed in Section 1(d) above rather than this Section 2 ), and provided the

 

3


registration form to be used by the Company may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), whether or not for sale for its own account, the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to the provisions of this Section 2 , shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after such holders’ receipt of the Company’s notice.

(b) Piggyback Expenses . In all Piggyback Registrations, the Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company.

(c) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, all of the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates, and (iii) third, the other securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such other securities on the basis of the number of such other securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates.

(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (it being understood that secondary registrations on behalf of holders of Registrable Securities are addressed in Section 1 above rather than in this Section 2(d) ), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, all of the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates, and (iii) third, the other securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such other securities on the basis of the number of such other securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates.

(e) Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

(f) Withdrawal by Company . If, at any time after giving notice of its intention to register any of its securities as set forth in Section 2(a) and before the effective date of such registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine, for any reason, not to register such securities, the Company may, in its sole discretion, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and thereupon shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities or any other securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith as provided in this Agreement).

 

4


(g) Other Registrations . If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1 or pursuant to this Section 2 , and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S–8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least 180 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

3. S-8 Registration . Promptly following the IPO, without limiting any rights of the holders of such Other Registrable Securities under Sections 1 , 2 or 4 of this Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) to register securities offered to its employees or directors pursuant to any written option, purchase, savings, bonus appreciation, profit-sharing, incentive or similar plan, or a written compensation contract, including any individually negotiated agreement.

4. IPO .

(a) IPO Registration . The IPO shall be an underwritten offering, and the Company shall not include in the IPO any securities that are not Registrable Securities or primary shares of the Company without the prior written consent of each Investor (for so long as such Investor continues to hold Investor Registrable Securities constituting at least 20% of all Registrable Securities held by Securityholders at such time).

(b) Right to Piggyback . If the Company elects to include Registrable Securities in the IPO, the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to the provisions of this Section 4 , shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after such holders’ receipt of the Company’s notice.

(c) Priority . If the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in the IPO exceeds the number which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company shall include in such registration, (i) first, all of the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares Registrable Securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates, and (iii) third, the other securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such other securities on the basis of the number of such other securities owned by each such holder and its Affiliates; provided , however , if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in the IPO by employees or officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries exceeds the number which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the cutbacks provided for in clause (ii) above may be done on a non-pro rata basis.

(d) Expenses . In the IPO, the Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company.

 

5


5. Holdback Agreements .

(a) No holder of Registrable Securities shall engage in any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) (a “ Sale Transaction ”) of any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities, (i) in the case of an IPO, during the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of the IPO, unless the underwriters managing the offering agree in writing, or (ii) in all cases other than an IPO, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration, in each case in which Registrable Securities are included (the “ Holdback Period ”), except as part of such registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8, unless the underwriters managing the offering agree in writing. If (i) the Company issues an earnings release or other material news or a material event relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries occurs during the final 17 days of any Holdback Period or (ii) prior to the expiration of any Holdback Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning upon the expiration of such Holdback Period, then to the extent necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering required or contemplated hereunder to comply with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), such Holdback Period shall be extended until 18 days after the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or event, as the case may be (such period referred to herein as the “ Holdback Extension ”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or any of its equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such Holdback Period and any applicable Holdback Extension.

(b) The Company (i) shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during such period of time (not to exceed 180 days in connection with the IPO or 90 days in all other cases (subject to, in each case, extension for any applicable Holdback Extension)) as may be determined by the underwriters managing such underwritten registration) following the effective date of the IPO, any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing, and (ii) shall cause each holder of at least 5% (on a fully-diluted basis) of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) and each officer and director of the Company to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any such securities during such period (subject to any Holdback Extension), except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted, unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing.

6. Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of Investor Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

 

6


(b) notify each holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days or such earlier date as all of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder have been sold or transferred pursuant to such registration statement and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided that in the case of a shelf registration under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cause such registration statement to remain effective for a period ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which all Investor Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to such registration statement, (ii) the date as of which the holders of Investor Registrable Securities (assuming such holders are Affiliates of the Company) are able to sell all of the Investor Registrable Securities then held by them within a ninety-day period in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (iii) the third anniversary of the effective date of such registration statement.

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

(e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, (i) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company shall as promptly as practicable (subject to the Company’s rights pursuant to Section 1(g) ) prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Upon the receipt by any seller of Registrable Securities of the notice described in (ii) and (iii) above (in each case, a “ Suspension Notice ”), such holder will discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until (i) such holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus, or (ii) such holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the prospectus (in each case, the “ Recommencement Date ”).

 

7


Each holder receiving a Suspension Notice shall be required to either (i) destroy any prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently dated prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice to the Recommencement Date;

(f) prepare and file promptly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and notify such holders of Registrable Securities prior to the filing of, such amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, when any event has occurred as a result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, in case any such holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter for any such holders is required to deliver a prospectus at a time when the prospectus then in circulation is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare promptly upon request of any such holder or underwriter such amendments or supplements to such registration statement and prospectus as may be necessary in order for such prospectus to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and the provisions of Section 6(e) ;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(i) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of Investor Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, participation in “road shows,” investor presentations and marketing events and effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

(j) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(k) take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with the IPO, any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

8


(l) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(m) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any equity securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use its reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(n) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(o) in the case of an underwritten offering, obtain one or more cold comfort letters, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities being sold in such registered offering reasonably request (provided that such Investor Registrable Securities constitute at least 10% of the securities covered by such registration statement); and

(p) in the case of an underwritten offering, provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

7. Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne by the Company, and the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if none are so listed, on a securities exchange or the NASD automated quotation system (or any successor or similar system).

(b) In connection with the IPO, each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration and the reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel for each of the Investors solely with respect to any legal opinion, power of attorney, custody agreement or similar documentation entered into in connection with the offering.

 

9


(c) To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder will pay those Registration Expenses allocable to the registration of such holder’s securities so included, and any Registration Expenses not so allocable will be borne by all sellers of securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of each seller’s securities to be so registered.

8. Indemnification .

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, agents and employees and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, together with reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), to which such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise (including to any third party), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, are based upon, are caused by, or result from (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained (A) in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) in any application or other document or communication (in this Section 8 , collectively called an “ Application ”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration statement under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such holder and each such director, officer, agent or employee and controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of, is based upon, is caused by, or results from (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein, other than information prepared and furnished to the Company by such holder in the course of such holder’s duties as an officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such holder with the number of copies of the same requested from the Company by such holder.

(b) In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, together with reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), to which such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise (including to any third party), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, are based upon, are caused by, or result from (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

10


(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim (in which case the indemnified party will have the right to retain its own counsel, with reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by the indemnifying party), permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent, if requested by the indemnified party, shall not be unreasonably withheld by the indemnifying party). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim (in which case the indemnified party will have the right to retain its own counsel, with reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by the indemnifying party).

(d) The indemnifying party shall not, except with the approval of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to each indemnified party of a release from all liability arising from, related to or with respect to such claim or litigation without any non de minimis payment or consideration provided by such indemnified party.

(e) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, agent, employee or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Company’s securities with respect to which the indemnification hereunder is applicable.

(f) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 from the indemnifying party is unavailable to or unenforceable by the indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party with respect to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified parties; provided, however, that no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. If indemnification is available under this Section 8 , the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Section 8 , without regard to the relative fault of the indemnifying party or indemnified party or any other equitable consideration provided for in this Section 8(f) .

 

11


(g) The Company and the sellers of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the sellers of Registrable Securities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(f) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses referred to in Section 8(f) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8 , no seller of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 any amount in excess of the sum of (i) any amounts paid pursuant to Section 8(b) above and (ii) the net proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement filed pursuant hereto.

9. Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, and (iii) completes and executes any other documents reasonably required by the underwriters in connection with such underwritten offering.

10. LLC Public Offering . In the event of a Reorganization for purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of the equity securities of the corporate successor to the LLC (the “ New Corporation ”), then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such New Corporation, and the LLC or the Company, as applicable, shall cause such New Corporation to comply with such New Corporation’s obligations under this Agreement.

11. Definitions .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, as constituted on the date hereof and any stock into which any such Common Stock shall have been changed or any stock resulting from any reclassification of any such Common Stock.

Entity ” means any partnership, corporation, association, cooperative, joint stock company, trust, limited liability company, business trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization and governmental entity (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).

IPO ” means the initial sale in an underwritten public offering of any class of equity securities of the Company (or any successor thereto) registered under the Securities Act.

Investor Registrable Securities ” shall mean the MDCP Registrable Securities and the PEP Registrable Securities.

MDCP Registrable Securities ” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, (i) any shares of Common Stock issued or distributed in respect of units of the LLC issued to MDCP and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or a Subsidiary of either the LLC or the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a dividend, split, distribution, conversion or in connection with a combination of securities, recapitalization, merger,

 

12


consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular MDCP Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be MDCP Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in force) under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of MDCP Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire such MDCP Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

Other Registrable Securities ” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, (i) any shares of unrestricted Common Stock issued or distributed in respect of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units of the LLC issued to any Other Securityholder, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or a Subsidiary of either the LLC of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a dividend, split, distribution, conversion or in connection with a combination of securities, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Other Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Other Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in force) under the Securities Act.

PEP Registrable Securities ” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, (i) any shares of Common Stock issued or distributed in respect of units of the LLC issued to PEP and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or a Subsidiary of either the LLC or the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a dividend, split, distribution, conversion or in connection with a combination of securities, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular PEP Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be PEP Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in force) under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of PEP Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire such PEP Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

Person ” means any individual or Entity, and the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of such individual or Entity.

Registrable Securities ” means, collectively, the MDCP Registrable Securities, the PEP Registrable Securities and the Other Registrable Securities.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any successor U.S. federal laws then in force.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any successor U.S. federal laws then in force.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Entity, any other Entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Entity or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of

 

13


that Entity or a combination thereof, or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Entity or one or more Subsidiaries of that Entity or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, an Entity or Entities shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Entity or Entities shall be allocated a majority of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing member or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

12. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its equity securities that is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its equity securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or that would materially and adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split, or a combination of shares).

(c) Remedies . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or the holders of Registrable Securities unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and each of the Investors (in each case for so long as such Investor continues to hold Investor Registrable Securities constituting at least 5% of all Registrable Securities held by Securityholders at such time); provided that no such amendment or modification that would materially and adversely affect holders of one class or group of Registrable Securities in a manner different than holders of any other class or group of Registrable Securities shall be effective against the holders of such class or group of Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities of such class or group materially and adversely affected thereby. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition.

(e) Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.

 

14


(f) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(h) Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(i) Governing Law . The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(j) Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein, and the other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(k) Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to a recipient at the address indicated on the attached MDCP Schedule , PEP Schedule or Other Securityholders Schedule , as applicable, and to the Company and the LLC at the addresses indicated below:

If to the Company :

VH Holdings, Inc.

c/o CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0336

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

15


If to the LLC :

CDW Holdings LLC

c/o CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0336

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

in each case with copies to, which will not constitute notice to the Company or the LLC, to :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Facsimile: (312) 895-1001

Attention:  Benjamin D. Chereskin

        George A. Peinado

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Facsimile: (401) 751-1790

Attention: Glenn Creamer

       Michael Dominguez

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention:  Edward T. Swan, P.C.

        Michael D. Paley

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Facsimile:  (401) 278-4701

Attention:  David Duffell

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

* * * * *

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

VH HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Benjamin D. Chereskin

Name:

 

Benjamin D. Chereskin

Its:

 

Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Registration Agreement


CDW HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

/s/ John A. Edwardson

Name:

 

John A. Edwardson

Its:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Registration Agreement


MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS V-A, L.P.

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Benjamin D. Chereskin

Name:

 

Benjamin D. Chereskin

Its:

 

Managing Director

 

MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS V-C, L.P.

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Benjamin D. Chereskin

Name:

 

Benjamin D. Chereskin

Its:

 

Managing Director

 

MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS V EXECUTIVE-A, L.P.

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Benjamin D. Chereskin

Name:

 

Benjamin D. Chereskin

Its:

 

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Registration Agreement


MDCP CO-INVESTORS (CDW), L.P.

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Mark B. Tresnowski

Name:

 

Mark B. Tresnowski

Its:

 

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Registration Agreement


PROVIDENCE EQUITY PARTNERS VI L.P.

By:

 

Providence Equity GP VI L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Providence Equity Partners VI LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Glenn Creamer

Name:

 

Glenn Creamer

 

PROVIDENCE EQUITY PARTNERS VI-A L.P.

By:

 

Providence Equity GP VI L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Providence Equity Partners VI LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Glenn Creamer

Name:

 

Glenn Creamer

 

PEP CO-INVESTORS (CDW), L.P.

By:

 

Providence Equity GP VI, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Providence Equity Partners VI LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Glenn Creamer

Name:

 

Glenn Creamer

 

Signature Page to Registration Agreement


/s/ Dennis Berger

Dennis Berger

/s/ Douglas Eckrote

Douglas Eckrote

/s/ John Edwardson

John Edwardson

/s/ Mark Gambill

Mark Gambill

/s/ Christine Leahy

Christine Leahy

/s/ Paul Shain

Paul Shain

/s/ James Shanks

James Shanks

/s/ Jonathan Stevens

Jonathan Stevens

 

Signature Page to Registration Agreement


MDCP SCHEDULE

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention:    Benjamin D. Chereskin

            George A. Peinado

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention:    Benjamin D. Chereskin

            George A. Peinado

Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention:    Benjamin D. Chereskin

            George A. Peinado


PEP SCHEDULE

Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention:    Glenn Creamer

            Michael Dominguez

Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention:    Glenn Creamer

            Michael Dominguez


OTHER SECURITYHOLDERS SCHEDULE

If to the following Other Securityholder :

MDCP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P.

c/o Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Facsimile: (312) 895-1001

Attention: Benjamin D. Chereksin

         George A. Peinado

With copies to, which will not constitute notice to such Other Securityholder :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.

         Michael D. Paley

         Michael D. Belsley

If to the following Other Securityholder :

PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P.

c/o Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Facsimile: (401) 751-1790

Attention: Glenn Creamer

         Michael Dominguez

With copies to, which will not constitute notice to such Other Securityholder :

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Facsimile: (401) 278-4701

Attention: David Duffell

If to the following Other Securityholder :

John Edwardson

301 Sheridan Road

Winnetka, IL 60093


With copies to, which will not constitute notice to such Other Securityholder :

Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz, P.C.

222 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60601

Facsimile: (312) 609-5005

If to the following Other Securityholders :

James Shanks

2280 Churchill

Libertyville, IL 60048

Paul Shain

717 Hidden Cove Road

Madison, WI 53717

Douglas Eckrote

4484 Normandy Court

Long Grove, IL 60047

Christine Leahy

904 Glencoe Drive

Glencoe, IL 60022

Dennis Berger

433 South Monroe Street

Hinsdale, IL 60521

Jonathan Stevens

14760 Creekside Path

Green Oaks, IL 60048

Mark Gambill

607 East Belle Avenue

Whitefish Bay, WI 53217

In each case with copies to, which will not constitute notice to the Other Securityholders above :

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

227 West Monroe Street

Suite 4400

Chicago, IL 60606

Facsimile:    (312) 984-7700

Attention:     Mark A. Harris

Exhibit 10.11

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

2007 INCENTIVE EQUITY PLAN

1. Purpose of Plan . This 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”) of CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), adopted by the Board of the Company on October 12, 2007, for employees, managers, consultants and advisers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is intended to advance the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those persons who have a substantial responsibility for their management and growth with additional incentives by allowing such persons to acquire an equity interest in the Company and thereby encouraging them to contribute to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and, in the case of employees, to remain in their employ. The availability and offering of Class B Common Units and Class A Common Units under the Plan also is intended to increase the Company and its Subsidiaries’ ability to attract and retain individuals of exceptional managerial talent upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth, and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries depends. The Plan is intended to be a compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act and, unless and until the Class B Common Units and Class A Common Units are publicly traded, the issuance of Class B Common Units and Class A Common Units pursuant to the Plan is intended to qualify for the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 701.

2. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or under common control with such Person.

Board ” means the Board of Managers of the Company.

Class A Common Units ” has the meaning given to such term in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Class B Common Units ” has the meaning given to such term in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Committee ” means the committee of the Board which may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Committee, if so created by the Board, shall be composed of three or more managers as appointed from time to time to serve by the Board, or such other number of managers as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

Common Units ” means, collectively, the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units.

Limited Liability Company Agreement ” means the Company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, among the Members of the Company set forth therein, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.


Members ” means the members of the Company as set forth from time to time on Exhibit A to the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Participants ” means present and future employees, managers, consultants or advisers of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as such persons may be selected in the sole discretion of the Committee.

Sponsors ” means, collectively (i) Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (ii) Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iii) Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (iv) Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and (v) Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity of which shares of stock or other equity interest having a majority of the general voting power in electing the board of managers (or other applicable governing body) are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company either directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Unitholders Agreement ” means the Unitholders Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, among the Company and holders of the Units signatories thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Units ” has the meaning given to such term in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

3. Common Units .

(a) Grant or Sale of Common Units . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant without consideration or to sell to any Participant any Common Units at any time prior to the termination of this Plan in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Committee. Common Units granted or sold under this Plan shall be subject to such terms and evidenced by agreements as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee (each an “ Employee Incentive Agreement ”). Participants receiving grants or purchasing Common Units pursuant to this Plan may be required, as a condition to such grant or purchase, to become a party to the Limited Liability Company Agreement and any other agreement or arrangement as determined by the Committee (which such determination may include joining the Unitholders Agreement). Employee Incentive Agreements shall not contain provisions regarding protection against future dilution of the Common Units granted or sold thereunder; provided that Employee Incentive Agreements may contain equitable adjustments related to interest splits, interest distributions, recapitalizations and similar events.

 

- 2 -


(b) Limitation on Aggregate Number of Class B Common Units . The number of Class B Common Units which may be granted or sold under the Plan shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 250,000.00 Units; provided that , to the extent any Class B Common Units expire or are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner, or if any Class B Common Units are repurchased by the Company or Sponsors or any of their Affiliates, then such Class B Common Units shall again be available for issuance and sale under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that if for any reason the Committee shall not have been appointed by the Board, all authority and duties of the Committee under the Plan shall be vested in and exercised by the Board. The Committee shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (i) to interpret the terms of this Plan and (ii) to determine the rights of any person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Committee or the Board. Each action of the Committee or the Board shall be binding on all Participants.

5. Taxes . The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold (or secure payment from any Participant in lieu of withholding) the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any amount payable and/or Common Units issuable under this Plan, and the Company may defer such payment or issuance unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

6. Rights of Participants . Nothing in this Plan or in any Employee Incentive Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time (with or without cause), nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiaries or Affiliates for any period of time or to continue his or her present (or any other) rate of compensation. No person shall have a right to be selected as a Participant or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant.

7. Amendment, Suspension, and Termination of Plan . The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time and may amend it from time to time in such respects as the Board or the Committee may deem advisable; provided that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Members of the Company to the extent such approval is required by law, agreement or the rules of any exchange upon which the Common Units are listed, and no such amendment, suspension, or termination shall impair the rights of Participants under outstanding Employee Incentive Agreements without the consent of the Participants affected thereby, except to the extent provided for in any such Employee Incentive Agreement. No Common Units shall be issued hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plan.

8. Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee, the members of the Board and the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Common Units issued hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such

 

- 3 -


settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding; provided that any such Board or Committee member shall be entitled to the indemnification rights set forth in this Section 8 only if such Board or Committee member has acted in good faith and in a manner that such Board or Committee member reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful, and further provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding a Board or Committee member shall give the Company written notice thereof and an opportunity, at the Company’s own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Board or Committee member undertakes to handle and defend such action, suit or proceeding on his own behalf.

*     *     *     *     *

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.12

FORM OF

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

(EXECUTIVE)

CLASS A COMMON UNIT [PURCHASE AND EXCHANGE] AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS A COMMON UNIT [PURCHASE AND EXCHANGE] AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 11 hereof.

[WHEREAS, Investor is the holder of certain shares of common stock of CDW, as set forth on Schedule A-1 attached hereto (the “ Exchange Shares ”);

WHEREAS, Investor desires to exchange the Exchange Shares for Class A Common Units of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to effect an exchange of the Exchange Shares for Class A Common Units, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the LLC Agreement, Investor has agreed to exchange the Exchange Shares for such Class A Common Units; and

WHEREAS, Investor also desires to purchase additional Class A Common Units of the Company for cash, and the Company has agreed to sell such additional Class A Common Units to Investor.]

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. [Exchange of Class A Common Units .

(a) The Company has authorized the issuance to Investor, in exchange for the Exchange Shares, the number of Class A Common Units of the Company indicated in the column labeled “Number of Exchanged Units” on Schedule A-1 hereto, and upon surrender by the Investor of the Exchange Shares (and the certificate(s), if any, representing such Exchange Shares accompanied by duly executed stock powers) free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, hereby issues to Investor the number of Class A Common Units of the Company indicated in the column labeled “Number of Exchanged Units” on Schedule A-1 hereto pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Class A Common Units acquired by the Investor in exchange for the Exchange Shares pursuant to this Section 1(a) shall constitute “ Exchanged Units .”


(b) Without in any way limiting the representations and warranties contained herein, each of the parties hereto intends that the exchange transaction contemplated by Section 1(a) qualify as part of an exchange of property for an interest in a partnership under Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each of the parties hereto shall prepare and file all tax returns in a manner consistent with such treatment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Investor hereby agrees and acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates is making any representations with respect to any tax, economic or legal consequences of the exchange transaction contemplated by Section 1(a) , and the Investor agrees to accept the tax and legal consequences of the exchange transactions contemplated by Section 1(a) .]

2. [Sale and Purchase of Class A Common Units .

(a) The Company has authorized the sale and issuance to Investor of, and hereby sells and issues to Investor, the number of Class A Common Units of the Company indicated on Schedule A-2 hereto at a price per Class A Common Unit of $          for an aggregate purchase price set forth on Schedule A-2 (the “ Purchase Price ”), pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Class A Common Units purchased pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall constitute “ Purchased Units ” and together with the Exchanged Units, the “ Units .”

(b) Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made on the date hereof (the “ Closing Date ”) by means of any combination of a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Purchase Price. The sale and issuance of the Purchased Units is conditioned on the receipt in full of the Purchase Price by the Company on the Closing Date.]

3. [Purchase and Exchange] Terms .

(a) Investor, intending to be legally bound, hereby irrevocably exchanges the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and subscribes for and purchases and accepts the Purchased Units, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth herein. By execution of this Agreement, Investor acknowledges that the Company is relying upon the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of Investor contained herein in complying with its obligations under the Securities Act and similar state securities laws. Investor acknowledges that it is a condition to the Company’s issuance of the Units that Investor become a party to the LLC Agreement and Unitholders Agreement simultaneous with the execution of this Agreement.

(b) Until the earlier to occur of a Sale of the Company and an IPO, any certificates evidencing Units shall be held by the Company for the benefit of Investor and the other holder(s) of Units, if any. Any certificates evidencing Units held by Investor or Investor’s Permitted Transferee shall be delivered by Investor to the Company, together with appropriate irrevocable unit powers undated and duly executed in blank sufficient to transfer title thereto upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company or otherwise upon a repurchase of such Units hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, the Company shall either (i) return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing the Units, together with unit powers previously delivered by Investor, or (ii) deliver to the record holders of the Units all proceeds received by the Company from the transfer of the Units in connection with a Sale of the Company. Upon the occurrence of an IPO or a Section 351 Transaction, the Company shall

 

2


return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing the Units, together with unit powers previously delivered by Investor. At the request of Investor, the Company shall provide to Investor the number of Units held by Investor and copies of certificates representing such Units.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As a material inducement to Investor to enter into this Agreement, exchange the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and purchase the Purchased Units, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Investor that:

(a) Organization . The Company is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Authorization; No Breach . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein will not result in the breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or conflict with, or cause any acceleration of any other obligation of the Company.

(c) Capital of the Company . As of the date hereof, the outstanding equity interests of the Company consist of              Class A Common Units, including the Units issued pursuant to this Agreement, and              Class B Common Units of the Company. The Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its equity interests, except pursuant to the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement, the Registration Agreement, this Agreement and any Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement, Class A Common Unit Purchase Agreement, Class A Common Unit Exchange Agreement, Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement or Deferred Unit Agreement executed by the Company on the date hereof. All of the Company’s outstanding Common Units, including the Units issued hereunder, are validly issued.

5. Investor’s Representations and Warranties . In connection with the exchange of the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and the purchase and sale of the Purchased Units hereunder, Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) Investor’s Investment Representations . Investor hereby represents that he, she or it is acquiring the Units to be acquired by him, her or it hereunder for his, her or its own account with the present intention of holding such securities for investment purposes and that he, she or it has no intention of selling such securities in a public distribution in violation of the federal securities laws or any applicable state or foreign securities laws. Investor acknowledges that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws and that the Units will be issued to Investor in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign statutes and in reliance on Investor’s representations and agreements contained herein and in the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement.

 

3


(b) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Investor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both) result in a violation or breach of, conflict with, cause increased liability or fees, or require approval, consent or authorization under (i) any Legal Requirements applicable to Investor or (ii) any contract to which Investor is a party or by which Investor or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected.

(c) Other Representations and Warranties of Investor . Investor hereby further represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) Investor is an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(ii) Investor acknowledges that this Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Units have been issued hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company and Investor;

(iii) Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Units to be acquired by him, her or it hereunder and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company (including access to the Company’s Certificate of Formation, the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement and an Offering Summary (including exhibits thereto)) as Investor may have requested in making his, her or its decision to invest in the Units being issued hereunder;

(iv) Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and/or has, by reason of his or her business and financial experience and the business and financial experience of those retained by him or her such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of holding the Units such that Investor is sophisticated as contemplated by Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Securities Act;

(v) Investor is able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity of an investment in the Company and is able to bear the risk of loss of his, her or its entire investment in the Company, and Investor fully understands and agrees that he, she or it may have to bear the economic risk of his, her or its purchase for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state or foreign nation and, therefore, cannot be resold, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under the applicable securities laws of certain states or foreign nations or unless an exemption from such registration is available;

(vi) Investor acknowledges that the Units are subject to the restrictions contained in the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement, and Investor has received and reviewed a copy of the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement;

 

4


(vii) Investor will not sell or otherwise transfer Common Units without registration under the Securities Act (and any applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws) or an exemption therefrom, and provided there exists such a registration or exemption, any transfer of Common Units by Investor or subsequent holders of Common Units will be in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement;

(viii) Investor acknowledges that any certificate representing Common Units shall include such legend(s) as the Company determines are necessary or advisable;

(ix) Investor has all requisite legal capacity and authority and all material authorizations necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which Investor is a party and the exchange of the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and the purchase of the Purchased Units hereunder have been duly authorized by Investor;

(x) Investor has relied on the advice of, or has consulted with, only his, her or its own legal, financial and tax advisors and the determination of Investor to acquire the Units pursuant to this Agreement has been made by Investor independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such acquisition or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company which may have been made or given by any other Person (including all Persons acquiring Common Units on the date hereof) or by any agent or employee of such Person and independent of the fact that any other Person has decided to become a unitholder of the Company;

(xi) Investor is not acquiring the Units as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, internet publication or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the internet or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a Person not previously known to Investor in connection with investments in securities generally;

(xii) Investor is a resident of the state of                      ;

(xiii) Investor acknowledges that neither the issuance of the Units to Investor nor any provision contained in this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Unitholders Agreement shall entitle Investor to remain in the employment of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate Investor’s employment at any time; and

(xiv) Investor acknowledges that, except as required by applicable law, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to Investor, and Investor shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries.

6. Compensatory Arrangements . This Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Units have been issued hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company or its Subsidiaries and Investor, and pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Plan.

 

5


7. Restrictions on Transfers . The Class A Common Units are subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Unitholders Agreement.

8. Community Property . If, as of the date hereof, Investor is lawfully married and Investor’s address or the permanent residence of Investor’s spouse is located in a community property jurisdiction, Investor’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company on the Closing Date the Consent in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

9. Additional Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Restrictive Legend . Any certificates representing the Class A Common Units shall bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, CERTAIN REPURCHASE PROVISIONS, AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A CLASS A COMMON UNIT PURCHASE AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND INVESTOR DATED AS OF                      , A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE.”

(b) Opinion of Counsel . No holder of Class A Common Units may Transfer any Class A Common Units (except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act) without first delivering to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company that registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law is not required in connection with such transfer.

(c) Holdback . The Class A Common Units are subject to the holdback provisions set forth in Section 6 of the Unitholders Agreement.

10. Repurchase Option .

(a) The Class A Common Units (whether held by Investor or one or more of Investor’s Transferees, other than the Company and the Investors) will be subject to repurchase, in each case by the Company and the Institutional Investors pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10 (the “ Repurchase Option ”).

(b) In the event of (i) a termination of Investor’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries (A) by the Company for Cause or (B) by Investor as a result of his/her resignation (other than upon retirement or resignation due to Disability or for Good Reason) on or prior to the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (a “ Resignation ”)), (ii) a material violation, within the three-year period following Investor’s termination of employment, by Investor of any agreement between Investor and the Company or any of its

 

6


Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) (collectively, “ Restrictive Covenants ”) or (iii) Investor becoming employed by, performing services for, or otherwise becoming associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (any such action being referred to herein as “ Competitive Activity ”), first the Company and then the Institutional Investors shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all or any portion of the Class A Common Units. The Company hereby agrees to consider reasonably and promptly any request by Investor for a good faith determination of the application of the “Restrictive Covenants” and the definition of “Competitive Activity” set forth above to specific proposed activities of Investor and to be bound by such determination with respect to such proposed activities.

(c) The price per Class A Common Unit to be paid shall be as follows: (1) in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause or the violation of any Restrictive Covenant, the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Unit as of the date of repurchase and (B) the Original Cost of such Class A Common Unit; and (2) in the case of Investor’s Resignation or where Investor is engaging in Competitive Activity that does not violate any Restrictive Covenant, the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Unit as of the date of repurchase; provided, however, if a holder of Class A Common Units receives a repurchase price per Class A Common Unit equal to the Fair Market Value thereof pursuant to this clause (2) but during the three-year period following Investor’s termination of employment Investor materially violates any Restrictive Covenant applicable to him or her, then the holder of such Class A Common Units shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to (x) the positive difference, if applicable, between the Fair Market Value received by such holder per each such Class A Common Unit and the corresponding Original Cost for each such Class A Common Unit multiplied by (y) the number of Class A Common Units with respect to which the holder of Class A Common Units received Fair Market Value pursuant to this Section 10(c) ; provided further, however, that any obligation arising under the foregoing proviso may be offset against any other amounts due to such holder by the Company under any promissory note received by the Investor in consideration of the repurchase of such Class A Common Units.

(d) The Company may elect to repurchase all or any portion of the Class A Common Units (the “ Available Common Units ”) by delivery of written notice (a “ Company Repurchase Notice ”) to Investor (and any other holders of Class A Common Units) within 90 days after (i) Investor’s Separation Date or (ii) the date on which the Company first became aware of an event described in Section 10(b)(ii) or 10(b)(iii) above, as applicable (the “ Repurchase Notice Period ”). The Company Repurchase Notice shall set forth the number of Class A Common Units to be acquired and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.

(e) If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Available Common Units, then the Institutional Investors shall be entitled to repurchase all or any portion of the Available Common Units that were not repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 10(d) above (the “ Remaining Common Units ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that it will not purchase all of the Available Common Units, but in any event within 60 days after the beginning of the Repurchase Notice Period corresponding to such

 

7


Available Common Units, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Available Units Notice ”) to each Institutional Investor setting forth the number of Remaining Common Units. The Institutional Investors may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Common Units by giving written notice to the Company within 30 days after the Available Units Notice has been delivered to the Institutional Investors by the Company (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Available Units Notice is delivered). If the Institutional Investors elect to purchase an aggregate amount of Remaining Common Units in excess of the amount of Remaining Common Units specified in the Available Units Notice, then the Remaining Common Units shall be allocated among the Institutional Investors on a pro rata basis according to the number of Class A Common Units owned by each Institutional Investor on the date of the Available Units Notice. Any Institutional Investor may condition its election to purchase such Remaining Common Units on the election of one or more other Institutional Investors to purchase Remaining Common Units. As soon as practicable, and in any event within 10 days after the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the date the Available Units Notice is delivered to the Institutional Investors pursuant to this Section 10(e) (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Available Units Notice is delivered), the Company shall deliver a further Repurchase Notice (the “ Investor Repurchase Notice ”) to the holders of such Remaining Common Units setting forth the number of Remaining Common Units to be acquired and the time and place for the closing of the transaction. At the time the Company delivers the Investor Repurchase Notice to the holders of such Remaining Common Units, the Company shall also deliver written notice to each Institutional Investor setting forth the number of Class A Common Units such Institutional Investor is entitled to purchase and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Class A Common Units by the Company (including pursuant to Section 10(k) below) shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Act, as amended, or any successor statute and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements.

(g) Upon delivery of the full consideration for the Class A Common Units at the closing of a repurchase pursuant to this Section 10 (including delivery of any subordinated promissory note pursuant to Section 10(i) ), the holder of such Class A Common Units from whom such securities are to be purchased shall cease to have any rights as a holder of such securities, and such securities shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof and the purchaser thereof shall be deemed the owner (of record and beneficially) and holder(s) of such securities, whether or not the certificate representing such Class A Common Units has been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(h) Any election by the Company or the Institutional Investors (or any of their designees) to purchase Class A Common Units pursuant to this Section 10 shall be revocable by such Person (with respect to all or any portion of the Class A Common Units elected to be purchased) at any time prior to the closing of such purchase, without any liability whatsoever to such Person in respect of the rights and obligations in this Section 10 ; provided, however, that upon a revocation such Person’s right to repurchase Class A Common Units under this Section 10 shall terminate.

 

8


(i) If the Company elects to purchase all or any portion of such Class A Common Units hereunder, then, within 150 days following the Separation Date, the Company shall pay for such Class A Common Units, at the Company’s option, (i) only in the event the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt financing agreements restrict the Company from repurchasing such Class A Common Units, with a subordinated promissory note of the Company, which subordinated promissory note shall (x) bear interest at the prime rate (as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, electronic edition) (compounded calendar quarterly and which shall be payable annually in cash unless otherwise prohibited), (y) have all principal payments due promptly following such time as the Company’s debt financing agreements permit the Company to make such repurchase in cash (but in no event later than the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of such promissory note) and prior to the payment of any dividends or other distributions on any of the Company’s equity securities, and (z) be subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to the holders of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ indebtedness for borrowed money (but only to the extent required by the terms of such indebtedness), (ii) by certified check or wire transfer of funds, (iii) by delivery of a number of shares of common stock of VH Holdings having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate repurchase price for such Class A Common Units (the “ Repurchase Shares ”); provided that, in the event any Repurchase Shares are issued, promptly following the closing of the repurchase transaction, the Company shall direct VH Holdings and VH Holdings shall accordingly redeem, and the holder of such Repurchase Shares shall sell to VH Holdings, all of the Repurchase Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate repurchase price for the Class A Common Units (or the portion thereof previously assigned to the Repurchase Shares), which amount shall be paid in cash unless the conditions of clause (i) of this Section 10(i) shall have been met, in which case, such amount may be paid through the issuance of a subordinated promissory note of VH Holdings containing and subject to the same terms as provided in clause (i) of this Section 10(i) , or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. If an Institutional Investor elects to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Common Units hereunder, such Institutional Investor shall pay for such Class A Common Units by certified check or wire transfer of funds.

(j) The provisions of this Section 10 will terminate with respect to all Class A Common Units upon the consummation of a Sale of the Company or other transaction that reduces the Institutional Investors’ Class A Common Units to less than 10% of their Class A Common Units acquired on the date hereof; provided that the Company’s and the Institutional Investor’s rights to repurchase Class A Common Units as a result of Investor’s Resignation shall terminate upon an IPO (or earlier by its terms as set forth in Section 10(b)(i)(B) ).

(k) Within 90 days of Investor’s death or Disability, Investor or his/her legal representative(s) may make a one-time election by written notice to cause the Company to repurchase additional Class A Common Units in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (A) a number of Class A Common Units having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to $500,000 on the date of repurchase and (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Class A Common Units held by Investor at the time of Investor’s death or Disability. All repurchases pursuant to this Section 10(j) shall be made in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 10(h) above with respect to repurchases by the Company. For purposes of this Section 10(k) , Fair Market Value shall be determined solely by the Board in good faith, shall be final and binding upon Investor, and shall not be subject to any right of appraisal otherwise provided for in the definition of Fair Market Value for other purposes under this Agreement; provided, however, that upon receipt of

 

9


the Board’s good faith determination of Fair Market Value, Investor and his/her legal representative(s) shall have the right, within 10 days of receipt of the Fair Market Value Determination, to revoke its election to cause the Company to repurchase additional Class A Common Units under this Section 10(k) , which revocation shall be final, binding and irrevocable.

11. Definitions .

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq. , as it may be amended from time to time, and including any successor statute.

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board ” means the Board of Managers of the Company.

[“ Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Investor and the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Investor’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of his or her position, or (ii) Investor’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) Investor’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Investor at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) Investor’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability or (v) a material violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity as defined in Section 10(b) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant), non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Investor is bound under any agreement between Investor and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Investor in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Investor’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.] 1

 

 

1

This definition of “ Cause ” is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

 

10


[“ Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement.] 2

CDW ” shall mean CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company following the consummation of the Merger.

Class A Common Units ” shall mean the Units issued to Investor hereunder and units of the Company’s equity or other capital interests issued with respect to such Units by way of a split, combination, distribution or other recapitalization.

Class B Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Competitor ” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to, and in competition with, any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of Investor’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Investor, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of such business. Investor will be deemed to have knowledge of a business if Investor received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information (as defined below) regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but is not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

Confidential Information ” shall mean any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors, except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any unauthorized act or omission by Investor, (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that Investor give prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order or (c) is authorized to be used or disclosed by Investor in the course of his or her duties as an executive employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

 

2

This definition of “ Cause ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

11


[“ Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Investor and the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean Investor’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively his/her duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Investor’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Investor (or Investor’s personal representative) or the Company provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements for a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.] 3

[“ Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement.] 4

[“ Employment Agreement ” means that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between CDW and Investor.] 5

Fair Market Value ” of any Class A Common Unit, shall mean, as of any date, the fair market value of such equity security, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority interests), as determined in accordance with the following procedure. Initially, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board acting in good faith. Upon request, the Company will provide to Investor strictly for use in determining whether to seek an appraisal its calculation of Fair Market Value and a description of the methodology and metrics utilized by the Company in making such determination. If Investor believes that the amount determined by the Board to be the Fair Market Value of a Class A Common Unit is less than the amount that Investor believes to be the Fair Market Value of a Class A Common Unit and the aggregate amount in dispute exceeds $50,000, Investor may elect to direct the Company to obtain an appraisal of the Fair Market Value of a Class A Common Unit, which appraisal shall be prepared by a qualified independent appraiser, mutually selected by the Company and Investor. If the Company and Investor are unable to agree on such appraiser, they shall each select a qualified independent appraiser, and the two such appraisers shall select a third qualified independent appraiser who has not provided any services to any of the Company, any Institutional Investor or Investor within twenty-four months preceding the engagement for such appraisal, which third appraiser shall prepare the determination of Fair Market Value. Such election must be in writing and given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after Investor receives the Board’s determination

 

 

3

This definition of “ Disability ” is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

4

This definition of “ Disability ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

5

This definition of “ Employment Agreement ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

12


of Fair Market Value. The determination of the appraiser shall be a final and binding determination of Fair Market Value. If such appraiser determines Fair Market Value to be 105% or more of the Fair Market Value determined by the Board, then the Company shall pay the cost of all such appraisers. If such appraiser determines the Fair Market Value to be less than 105% of the Fair Market Value determined by the Board, then Investor shall pay the cost of all such appraisers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the foregoing procedure has resulted in the receipt of an appraisal of Class A Common Units from a qualified independent appraiser within 6 months prior to the date on which the Fair Market Value determination is to be made by the Board hereunder and if the Board’s good faith determination of Fair Market Value is greater than or equal to the amount reflected in such prior appraisal, Investor shall not have any right to seek an appraisal hereunder.

Family Group ” shall mean, with respect to a Person who is an individual, such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

[“ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Investor and the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean if Investor resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) the Company reduces the amount of Investor’s base salary or cash bonus opportunity (it being understood that the Board shall have discretion to set the Company’s and the Investor’s personal performance targets to which the cash bonus will be tied), (ii) the Company adversely changes Investor’s reporting responsibilities, titles or office as in effect as of the date hereof or reduces his/her position, authority, duties, responsibilities or status materially inconsistent with the positions, authority, duties, responsibilities or status Investor then holds, (iii) any successor to the Company in a Sale of the Company does not expressly assume any material obligation of the Company to Investor under any agreement or plan pursuant to which Investor receives benefits or rights, or (iii) the Company changes Investor’s place of work to a location more than 50 miles from Investor’s present place of work.] 6

[“ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement.] 7

Institutional Investors ” shall mean MDCP and PEP, in each case so long as such Person holds any Class A Common Units.

 

 

6

This definition of “ Good Reason ” is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

7

This definition of “ Good Reason ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

13


Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

IPO ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Legal Requirement ” shall mean any law, treaty, statute, code, ordinance, decree, administrative order, constitution, permit, directive, policy, standard, rule, building, zoning, subdivision, health and safety and other land use laws, regulation, or requirement of any government entity and all judicial, quasi-judicial, administrative, quasi-administrative and arbitral judgments, orders (including injunctions) decisions or awards of any government entity, including general principles of common law, civil law and equity, in each case having the force of law and binding on Investor, any property or his assets.

LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, by and among the Company and the Company’s unitholders.

MDCP ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Merger ” shall mean the merger of Merger Sub into CDW, as contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 29, 2007, by and among the CDW, VH Holdings and Merger Sub.

Merger Sub ” shall mean VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation.

Original Cost ” shall mean, with respect to a Class A Common Unit, $          .

PEP ” means, collectively, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P. and Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Sale ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Unitholders Agreement.

Registration Agreement ” shall mean that certain Registration Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, VH Holdings and other parties thereto.

Sale of the Company ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) at least 51% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default,

 

14


breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings or CDW shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets); provided , that an IPO shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Section 351 Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation ” means Investor ceasing to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Separation Date ” means the date on which Investor ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries due to a Separation.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Transfer ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Unitholders Agreement ” means that certain Unitholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, between the Company and certain of its unitholders.

VH Holdings ” means VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) Whenever this Agreement requires a calculation of Common Units held by the Institutional Investors such calculation shall aggregate the number of Common Units held by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MDCP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and their Affiliates.

12. Miscellaneous .

(a) Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Common Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Unitholders Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Common Units as the owner of such Common Units for any purpose.

 

15


(b) Irrevocability: Binding Effect on Successors and Assigns . Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws, the purchase hereunder is irrevocable, that Investor is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement or any agreements of Investor hereunder, and that this Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement and such other agreements shall survive the death or disability of Investor and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns. If Investor is more than one person, the obligations of Investor hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein contained shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and assigns.

(c) Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties . All covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(d) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(e) Complete Agreement . This Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(g) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(h) No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

16


(i) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(j) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(k) Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

(l) Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company, Investor and the Institutional Investors.

(m) Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the state in which the Company’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

(n) Third-Party Beneficiary . The Company and Investor acknowledge that each of the Institutional Investors is an express third party beneficiary under this Agreement and that the Institutional Investors can enforce the provisions of this Agreement intended for their benefit.

(o) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Permitted Transferees to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that they are not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that their property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry,

 

17


proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(p) Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be personally delivered, sent by telecopy with original to follow by overnight courier service, by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the addresses indicated below:

Notices to the Company :

CDW Holdings LLC

c/o CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Attention: John A. Edwardson

Facsimile: 847-968-0336

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Attention:     Benjamin D. Chereskin

Facsimile:     312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention:     Glenn Creamer

           Michael Dominguez

Facsimile:     401-751-1790

and

 

18


Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

  Facsimile: (312) 861-2200
  Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.
    Michael D. Paley

Notices to MDCP :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

  Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin
  Facsimile: 312-895-1001

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

  Facsimile: (312) 861-2200
  Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.
    Michael D. Paley, Esq.

Notices to PEP :

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: Glenn Creamer
    Michael Dominguez
  Facsimile: 401-751-1790

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: David Duffell
  Facsimile: 401-278-4710

 

19


Notices to Investor :

See Schedule A

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

 

                                                                         
Facsimile:                                                       
Attention:                                                       

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or, if sent by telecopy the day of receipt, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail (return receipt requested) and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

13. [ Financial Statements and Other Information . Any of the provisions of Section 8 of the Unitholders Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and in addition to Investor’s rights to information under Sections 8(a)(ii) and (iii) thereof, the Company shall deliver to Investor (so long as Investor and his Permitted Transferees continue to hold at least 50% of the shares of Common Units held by Investor on the date hereof):

(a) within 30 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, an annual budget prepared on a monthly basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (displaying anticipated statements of income and cash flows and balance sheets); and

(b) any other information reasonably requested by Investor.

Investor acknowledges and agrees that if he ceases employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and thereafter becomes employed by, performs services for, or otherwise becomes associated with (as an employee, officer, director, consultant, investor or otherwise) a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, neither Investor nor its Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to any information under this Section 13 and this Section 13 shall thereafter terminate and be of no further force and effect.] 8

*  *  *  *   *

 

 

8

This Section 13 is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement on the date first written above.

 

CDW HOLDINGS LLC
By:    
Name:  
Its:  
 

 

Signature Page to Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement


Schedule A-1

Exchanged Units

 

Investor Name and Address

 

Number of Exchange

Shares

 

Number of

Exchanged Units

 

Total Value of

Exchanged Units

     


Schedule A-2

Purchased Units

 

Investor Name and Address

 

Number of Class A

Common Units

 

Price Per Class A

Common Unit

 

Total Purchase Price

Exhibit 10.13

FORM OF

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

(MANAGEMENT)

CLASS A COMMON UNIT [PURCHASE AND EXCHANGE] AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS A COMMON UNIT PURCHASE AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 12 hereof.

[WHEREAS, Investor is the holder of certain shares of common stock of CDW, as set forth on Schedule A-1 attached hereto (the “ Exchange Shares ”);

WHEREAS, Investor desires to exchange the Exchange Shares for Class A Common Units of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to effect an exchange of the Exchange Shares for Class A Common Units, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the LLC Agreement, Investor has agreed to exchange the Exchange Shares for such Class A Common Units; and

WHEREAS, Investor also desires to purchase additional Class A Common Units of the Company for cash, and the Company has agreed to sell such additional Class A Common Units to Investor.]

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. [Exchange of Class A Common Units .

(a) The Company has authorized the issuance to Investor, in exchange for the Exchange Shares, the number of Class A Common Units of the Company indicated in the column labeled “Number of Exchanged Units” on Schedule A-1 hereto, and upon surrender by the Investor of the Exchange Shares (and the certificate(s), if any, representing such Exchange Shares accompanied by duly executed stock powers) free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, hereby issues to Investor the number of Class A Common Units of the Company indicated in the column labeled “Number of Exchanged Units” on Schedule A-1 hereto pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Class A Common Units acquired by the Investor in exchange for the Exchange Shares pursuant to this Section 1(a) shall constitute “ Exchanged Units .”


(b) Without in any way limiting the representations and warranties contained herein, each of the parties hereto intends that the exchange transaction contemplated by Section 1(a) qualify as part of an exchange of property for an interest in a partnership under Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each of the parties hereto shall prepare and file all tax returns in a manner consistent with such treatment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Investor hereby agrees and acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates is making any representations with respect to any tax, economic or legal consequences of the exchange transaction contemplated by Section 1(a) , and the Investor agrees to accept the tax and legal consequences of the exchange transactions contemplated by Section 1(a) .]

2. [ Sale and Purchase of Class A Common Units .

(a) The Company has authorized the sale and issuance to Investor of, and hereby sells and issues to Investor, the number of Class A Common Units of the Company indicated on Schedule A-2 hereto at a price per Class A Common Unit of $          for an aggregate purchase price set forth on Schedule A-2 (the “ Purchase Price ”), pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Class A Common Units purchased pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall constitute “ Purchased Units ” and together with the Exchanged Units, the “Units.”

(b) Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made on the date hereof (the “ Closing Date ”) by means of any combination of a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Purchase Price. The sale and issuance of the Purchased Units is conditioned on the receipt in full of the Purchase Price by the Company on the Closing Date.]

3. [Purchase and Exchange] Terms .

(a) Investor, intending to be legally bound, hereby irrevocably exchanges the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and subscribes for and purchases and accepts the Purchased Units, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth herein. By execution of this Agreement, Investor acknowledges that the Company is relying upon the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of Investor contained herein in complying with its obligations under the Securities Act and similar state securities laws. Investor acknowledges that it is a condition to the Company’s issuance of the Units that Investor become a party to the LLC Agreement simultaneous with the execution of this Agreement.

(b) Until the earlier to occur of a Sale of the Company and an IPO, any certificates evidencing Units shall be held by the Company for the benefit of Investor and the other holder(s) of Units, if any. Any certificates evidencing Units held by Investor or Investor’s Permitted Transferee shall be delivered by Investor to the Company, together with appropriate irrevocable unit powers undated and duly executed in blank sufficient to transfer title thereto upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company or otherwise upon a repurchase of such Units hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, the Company shall either (i) return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing the Units, together with unit powers previously delivered by Investor, or (ii) deliver to the record holders of the Units all proceeds received by the Company from the transfer of the Units in connection with a Sale of the Company. Upon the occurrence of an IPO or a Section 351 Transaction, the Company shall return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing the Units, together with unit powers previously delivered by Investor. At the request of Investor, the Company shall provide to Investor the number of Units held by Investor and copies of certificates representing such Units.

 

2


4. Representations and Warranties of the Company . As a material inducement to Investor to enter into this Agreement, exchange the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and purchase the Purchased Units, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Investor that:

(a) Organization . The Company is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Authorization; No Breach . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein will not result in the breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or conflict with, or cause any acceleration of any other obligation of the Company.

(c) Capital of the Company . As of the date hereof, the outstanding equity interests of the Company consist of              Class A Common Units, including the Units issued pursuant to this Agreement, and              Class B Common Units of the Company. The Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its equity interests, except pursuant to the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement, the Registration Agreement, this Agreement and any Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement, Class A Common Unit Purchase Agreement, Class A Common Unit Exchange Agreement, Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement or Deferred Unit Agreement executed by the Company on the date hereof. All of the Company’s outstanding Common Units, including the Units issued hereunder, are validly issued.

5. Investor’s Representations and Warranties . In connection with the exchange of the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and the purchase and sale of the Purchased Units hereunder, Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) Investor’s Investment Representations . Investor hereby represents that he, she or it is acquiring the Units to be acquired by him, her or it hereunder for his, her or its own account with the present intention of holding such securities for investment purposes and that he, she or it has no intention of selling such securities in a public distribution in violation of the federal securities laws or any applicable state or foreign securities laws. Investor acknowledges that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws and that the Units will be issued to Investor in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign statutes and in reliance on Investor’s representations and agreements contained herein and in the LLC Agreement.

(b) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Investor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both) result in a violation or breach of,

 

3


conflict with, cause increased liability or fees, or require approval, consent or authorization under (i) any Legal Requirements applicable to Investor or (ii) any contract to which Investor is a party or by which Investor or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected.

(c) Other Representations and Warranties of Investor . Investor hereby further represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) Investor is an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(ii) Investor acknowledges that this Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Units have been issued hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company and Investor;

(iii) Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Units to be acquired by him, her or it hereunder and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company (including access to the Company’s Certificate of Formation, the LLC Agreement and an Offering Summary (including exhibits thereto)) as Investor may have requested in making his, her or its decision to invest in the Units being issued hereunder;

(iv) Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and/or has, by reason of his or her business and financial experience and the business and financial experience of those retained by him or her such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of holding the Units such that Investor is sophisticated as contemplated by Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Securities Act;

(v) Investor is able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity of an investment in the Company and is able to bear the risk of loss of his, her or its entire investment in the Company, and Investor fully understands and agrees that he, she or it may have to bear the economic risk of his, her or its purchase for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state or foreign nation and, therefore, cannot be resold, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under the applicable securities laws of certain states or foreign nations or unless an exemption from such registration is available;

(vi) Investor acknowledges that the Units are subject to the restrictions contained in the LLC Agreement, and Investor has received and reviewed a copy of the LLC Agreement;

(vii) Investor will not sell or otherwise transfer Common Units without registration under the Securities Act (and any applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws) or an exemption therefrom, and provided there exists such a registration or exemption, any transfer of Common Units by Investor or subsequent holders of Common Units will be in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement;

 

4


(viii) Investor acknowledges that any certificate representing Common Units shall include such legend(s) as the Company determine are necessary or advisable;

(ix) Investor has all requisite legal capacity and authority and all material authorizations necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the LLC Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which Investor is a party and the exchange of the Exchange Shares for the Exchanged Units and the purchase of the Purchased Units hereunder have been duly authorized by Investor;

(x) Investor has relied on the advice of, or has consulted with, only his, her or its own legal, financial and tax advisors and the determination of Investor to acquire the Units pursuant to this Agreement has been made by Investor independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such acquisition or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company which may have been made or given by any other Person (including all Persons acquiring Common Units on the date hereof) or by any agent or employee of such Person and independent of the fact that any other Person has decided to become a unitholder of the Company;

(xi) Investor is not acquiring the Units as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, internet publication or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the internet or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a Person not previously known to Investor in connection with investments in securities generally;

(xii) Investor is a resident of the state of                      ;

(xiii) Investor acknowledges that neither the issuance of the Units to Investor nor any provision contained in this Agreement or the LLC Agreement shall entitle Investor to remain in the employment of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate Investor’s employment at any time; and

(xiv) Investor acknowledges that, except as required by applicable law, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to Investor, and Investor shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries.

6. Compensatory Arrangements . This Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Units have been issued hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company or its Subsidiaries and Investor, and pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Plan.

 

5


7. Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Transfer of Securities . No holder of Class A Common Units (other than the Institutional Investors or the Company (to which the restrictions on Transfer in this Section 7 shall not apply)) shall Transfer any interest in Class A Common Units without the prior written consent of the Institutional Investors except Transfers (i) to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof, (ii) in connection with a Sale of the Company or in connection with a Section 351 Transaction, (iii) in a Public Sale (following an IPO) or (iv) to the Company or the Institutional Investors in connection with the exercise of any repurchase right vested in the Company or the Institutional Investors.

(b) Permitted Transfers . The restrictions set forth in Section 7(a) shall not apply to any Transfer of Class A Common Units by Investor (i) in the event of Investor’s death, pursuant to will or applicable laws of descent or distribution, (ii) to such Person’s legal guardian (in case of any mental incapacity) or (iii) to or among his or her Family Group; provided that the restrictions contained in this Agreement will continue to be applicable to the Class A Common Units after any Transfer pursuant to this Section 7(b) . At least 15 days prior (other than in the case of Transfers pursuant clauses (i) or (ii) above, in which case as promptly as practical following such Transfer) to the Transfer of Class A Common Units pursuant to this Section 7(b) , the Transferee(s) will deliver a written notice to the Company, which notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the identity of such Transferee. Any Transferee of Class A Common Units pursuant to a Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(b) is herein referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no party hereto shall avoid the provisions of this Agreement or the LLC Agreement by (i) making one or more Transfers to one or more Permitted Transferees and then disposing of all or any portion of such party’s interest in any such Permitted Transferee or (ii) Transferring the securities of any entity holding (directly or indirectly) Class A Common Units and (B) if the Board determines that the Transfer of Class A Common Units to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 7(b) would have an adverse effect on the Company, including by causing the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Board may prohibit any such Transfer pursuant to this Section 7(b) .

(c) Termination of Restrictions . The restrictions set forth in this Section 7 shall continue with respect to each Class A Common Unit until the earlier to occur of an IPO or a Sale of the Company.

8. Community Property . If, as of the date hereof, Investor is lawfully married and Investor’s address or the permanent residence of Investor’s spouse is located in a community property jurisdiction, Investor’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company on the Closing Date the Consent in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

9. Additional Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Restrictive Legend . Any certificates representing the Class A Common Units shall bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, CERTAIN REPURCHASE PROVISIONS, AND CERTAIN OTHER

 

6


AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A CLASS A COMMON UNIT PURCHASE AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND INVESTOR DATED AS OF                      , A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE.”

(b) Opinion of Counsel . No holder of Class A Common Units may Transfer any Class A Common Units (except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act) without first delivering to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company that registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law is not required in connection with such transfer.

(c) Holdback . In connection with an IPO, the holders of Class A Common Units shall enter into any holdback, lockup or similar agreement requested by the underwriters managing such IPO; provided, however, that no such holder shall be required to enter into an agreement that is more restrictive than that of any other holder.

(d) Transfer of Class A Common Units . Prior to the Transfer of any Class A Common Units (other than pursuant to a Public Sale or a Sale of the Company or in a Section 351 Transaction) to any Person, the Transferring holder of Class A Common Units subject to this Agreement shall cause the prospective Transferee to be bound by this Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Company and the other unitholders of the Company a counterpart of or joinder to the LLC Agreement as a condition to the effectiveness of such Transfer. Upon the execution and delivery of such counterpart or joinder by such Person, subject to the requirements of the LLC Agreement, such Person’s acquired Class A Common Units shall be “Class A Common Units” under this Agreement.

10. Repurchase Option.

(a) The Class A Common Units (whether held by Investor or one or more of Investor’s Transferees, other than the Company and the Investors) will be subject to repurchase, in each case by the Company and the Institutional Investors pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10 (the “ Repurchase Option ”).

(b) In the event of (i) a termination of Investor’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason, (ii) the violation by Investor of any agreement between Investor and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) (collectively, “ Restrictive Covenants ”) or (iii) Investor becoming employed by, performing services for, or otherwise becoming associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, first the Company and then the Institutional Investors shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all or any portion of the Class A Common Units. The Company hereby agrees to consider reasonably and promptly any request by Investor for a good faith determination of the application of the “Restrictive Covenants” set forth above to specific proposed activities of Investor and to be bound by such determination with respect to such proposed activities.

 

7


(c) The price per Class A Common Unit to be paid shall be as follows: (1) in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause or the violation of any Restrictive Covenant, the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Unit as of the date of repurchase and (B) the Original Cost of such Class A Common Unit; and (2) in the case of a termination of Investor’s employment for any other reason, the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Unit as of the date of repurchase; provided, however, if a holder of Class A Common Units receives a repurchase price per Class A Common Unit equal to the Fair Market Value thereof pursuant to this clause (2) but Investor subsequently violates any Restrictive Covenant applicable to him or her, then the holder of such Class A Common Units shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to (x) the positive difference, if applicable, between the Fair Market Value received by such holder per each such Class A Common Unit and the corresponding Original Cost for each such Class A Common Unit multiplied by (y) the number of Class A Common Units with respect to which the holder of Class A Common Units received Fair Market Value pursuant to this Section 10(c) ; provided further, however, that any obligation arising under the foregoing proviso may be offset against any other amounts due to such holder by the Company under any promissory note received by the Investor in consideration of the repurchase of such Class A Common Units.

(d) The Company may elect to repurchase all or any portion of the Class A Common Units (the “ Available Common Units ”) by delivery of written notice (a “ Company Repurchase Notice ”) to Investor (and any other holders of Class A Common Units) within 90 days after (i) Investor’s Separation Date or (ii) the date on which the Company first became aware of an event described in Section 10(b)(ii) or 10(b)(iii) above, as applicable (the “ Repurchase Notice Period ”). The Company Repurchase Notice shall set forth the number of Class A Common Units to be acquired and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.

(e) If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Available Common Units, then the Institutional Investors shall be entitled to repurchase all or any portion of the Available Common Units that were not repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 10(d) above (the “ Remaining Common Units ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that it will not purchase all of the Available Common Units, but in any event within 60 days after the beginning of the Repurchase Notice Period corresponding to such Available Common Units, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Available Units Notice ”) to each Institutional Investor setting forth the number of Remaining Common Units. The Institutional Investors may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Common Units by giving written notice to the Company within 30 days after the Available Units Notice has been delivered to the Institutional Investors by the Company (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Available Units Notice is delivered). If the Institutional Investors elect to purchase an aggregate amount of Remaining Common Units in excess of the amount of Remaining Common Units specified in the Available Units Notice, then the Remaining Common Units shall be allocated among the Institutional Investors on a pro rata basis according to the number of Class A Common Units owned by each Institutional Investor on the date of the Available Units Notice. Any Institutional Investor may condition its election to purchase such Remaining Common Units on the election of one or more other Institutional

 

8


Investors to purchase Remaining Common Units. As soon as practicable, and in any event within 10 days after the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the date the Available Units Notice is delivered to the Institutional Investors pursuant to this Section 10(e) (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Available Units Notice is delivered), the Company shall deliver a further Repurchase Notice (the “ Investor Repurchase Notice ”) to the holders of such Remaining Common Units setting forth the number of Remaining Common Units to be acquired and the time and place for the closing of the transaction. At the time the Company delivers the Investor Repurchase Notice to the holders of such Remaining Common Units, the Company shall also deliver written notice to each Institutional Investor setting forth the number of Class A Common Units such Institutional Investor is entitled to purchase and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Class A Common Units by the Company (including pursuant to Section 10(k) below) shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Act, as amended, or any successor statute and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Common Units hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled to make, the time periods provided in this Section 10 shall be suspended, and the Company may make such repurchases at the applicable purchase price therefor, as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions.

(g) Upon delivery of the full consideration for the Class A Common Units at the closing of a repurchase pursuant to this Section 10 (including delivery of any subordinated promissory note pursuant to Section 10(i) ), the holder of such Class A Common Units from whom such securities are to be purchased shall cease to have any rights as a holder of such securities, and such securities shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof and the purchaser thereof shall be deemed the owner (of record and beneficially) and holder(s) of such securities, whether or not the certificate representing such Class A Common Units has been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(h) Any election by the Company or the Institutional Investors (or any of their designees) to purchase Class A Common Units pursuant to this Section 10 shall be revocable by such Person (with respect to all or any portion of the Class A Common Units elected to be purchased) at any time prior to the closing of such purchase, without any liability whatsoever to such Person in respect of the rights and obligations in this Section 10 .

(i) If the Company elects to purchase all or any portion of such Class A Common Units hereunder, then, within 150 days following the Separation Date, the Company shall pay for such Class A Common Units, at the Company’s option, (i) only in the event the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt financing agreements restrict the Company from repurchasing such Class A Common Units, with a subordinated promissory note of the Company, which subordinated promissory note shall (x) bear interest at the prime rate (as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, electronic edition) (compounded calendar quarterly and which shall be payable annually in cash unless otherwise prohibited), (y) have all principal payments due promptly following such time as the Company’s debt financing agreements permit the Company to make such repurchase in cash (but in no event later than the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of such promissory note) and prior to the

 

9


payment of any dividends or other distributions on any of the Company’s equity securities, and (z) be subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to the holders of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ indebtedness for borrowed money (but only to the extent required by the terms of such indebtedness), (ii) by certified check or wire transfer of funds, (iii) by delivery of a number of shares of common stock of VH Holdings having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate repurchase price for such Class A Common Units (the “ Repurchase Shares ”); provided that, in the event any Repurchase Shares are issued, promptly following the closing of the repurchase transaction, the Company shall direct VH Holdings and VH Holdings shall accordingly redeem, and the holder of such Repurchase Shares shall sell to VH Holdings, all of the Repurchase Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate repurchase price for the Class A Common Units (or the portion thereof previously assigned to the Repurchase Shares), which amount shall be paid in cash unless the conditions of clause (i) of this Section 10(i) shall have been met, in which case, such amount may be paid through the issuance of a subordinated promissory note of VH Holdings containing and subject to the same terms as provided in clause (i) of this Section 10(i) , or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. If an Institutional Investor elects to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Common Units hereunder, such Institutional Investor shall pay for such Class A Common Units by certified check or wire transfer of funds.

(j) The provisions of this Section 10 will terminate with respect to all Class A Common Units upon the consummation of a Sale of the Company or other transaction that reduces the Institutional Investors’ Class A Common Units to less than 10% of their Class A Common Units acquired on the date hereof; provided that the Company’s and the Institutional Investor’s rights to repurchase Class A Common Units as a result of Investor’s resignation shall terminate upon an IPO.

11. Sale of the Company .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Section 11 , if the Institutional Investors (so long as the Institutional Investors collectively continue to hold at least 51% of the outstanding Class A Common Units) (the “ Approving Holders ”) approve a Sale of the Company (and, in the case of any sale or other company transaction which requires the approval of the managers of a Delaware manager-managed limited liability company pursuant to applicable Delaware law, the Board shall have approved such Sale of the Company) (the “ Approved Sale ”), and the Institutional Investors invoke the provisions of this Section 11 by written notice to the holders of Class A Common Units, the holders of Class A Common Units shall vote for (to the extent permitted to vote thereon), consent to and raise no objections against such Sale of the Company or the process by which such transaction was arranged. If the Sale of the Company is structured as a (i) merger or consolidation, each holder of Class A Common Units or other equity securities or interests shall waive any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation or (ii) sale of Company Units or other equity securities or interests, each holder of Class A Common Units or other equity securities or interests shall sell and surrender all of such holder’s Class A Common Units or other equity securities or interests and rights to acquire Class A Common Units or other equity securities or interests on the terms and conditions approved by the Approving Holders and the Board (to the extent such approval is required by applicable Delaware law). Each holder of Class A Common Units or other equity securities or interests shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Sale of the Company, including without limitation, executing a sale

 

10


contract pursuant to which each holder of Company Units will: (i) severally (but not jointly), on a pro rata basis as determined in accordance with Section 11(d) below, give the same indemnities as the Approving Holders for representations and warranties regarding the Company and its assets, liabilities and business and for covenants of the Company (collectively, the “ Company Indemnities ”) and (ii) solely on behalf of such holder, make such representations, warranties, covenants and give such indemnities concerning such holder and the Company Units or other equity securities or interests (if any) to be sold by such holder (collectively, the “ Unitholder Obligations ”) as may be also applicable to all other holders of Company Units and the Company Units to be sold by such other parties set forth in any agreement approved by the Institutional Investors and the Board (to the extent required by applicable Delaware law); provided that: (A) the pro rata share of a holder of Company Units for any amounts payable in connection with any claim under the Company Indemnities by the purchaser(s) in such Sale of the Company transaction (any such amount payable, an “ Indemnity Loss ”) shall be determined in accordance with Section 11(d) below, and (B) if any holder of Company Units pays for more than such holder’s pro rata share (as determined in accordance with Section 11(d) below) of an Indemnity Loss (such amount, the “ Loss Overpayment ”), then each other holder of Company Units shall simultaneously contribute to such holder an amount equal to such other holder’s allocable share (based upon such holder’s pro rata share, as determined in accordance with Section 11(d) below, of the Indemnity Loss) of such Loss Overpayment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no holder of Company Units shall be required to agree to be liable for Indemnity Losses in an amount in the aggregate greater than the total consideration received by such holder in connection with such Sale of the Company.

(b) In the event that a Sale of the Company involves a sale of less than all of the Company Units, each holder of Company Units shall be required to sell his, her or its Company Units in such Sale of the Company, subject to complying with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11 . The number of Company Units which shall be sold by each holder of Company Units participating in such Sale of the Company shall be equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of Company Units owned by such holder multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Company Units being sold by the Institutional Investors in such sale and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Company Units owned by the Institutional Investors at the time of such sale.

(c) Investor’s obligation to participate in a Sale of the Company is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) upon consummation of the Sale of the Company, Investor shall receive the proceeds from such sale in accordance with the terms of Section 11(d) below, and if the holders of any class of Company Units are given an option as to the form of consideration to be received, all holders of each class of Company Units shall be given the same option subject to Section 11(d) below; provided that the condition that each holder is provided with the same option to receive the same form of consideration as set forth above shall be deemed satisfied even if certain holders elect to receive, to the exclusion of others, securities of the acquiring Person or any of its Affiliates or a mix of such securities and cash, so long as each holder of the same class of Company Units receives the same amount of value per Company Unit of each class, whether in cash or such securities, as the Board shall determine in good faith after review of all facts and circumstances it deems relevant, as of the closing of such Sale of the Company.

 

11


(d) In the event a Sale of the Company occurs (whether under this Section 11 or otherwise), each holder of Company Units shall receive in exchange for the Company Units held by such holder an amount equal to such amount that such holder would have received in respect of such holder’s Company Units if the aggregate consideration (after satisfaction or assumption of all debts and liabilities) from such Sale of the Company had been distributed by the Company in a complete liquidation of the Company in accordance with (including, without limitation, in the order of priority as set forth in) the terms of the LLC Agreement (and, if less than all of the Company Units of the Company are included in such transaction, then the allocation of such aggregate net consideration shall be determined as if the Company Units included in such transaction were all of the Company Units of the Company then outstanding and the Company distributed the aggregate consideration in a complete liquidation on that basis, and, for purposes of this Section 11(d) , the terms of the LLC Agreement shall be interpreted consistently with this assumption) (such amount is referred to herein as the “ Sale Proceeds Amount ”). The allocable share of each holder of Class A Common Units of any Indemnity Loss shall be an amount equal to the amount by which such holder’s Sale Proceeds Amount would have been reduced had the aggregate consideration from such Sale of the Company been distributed by the Company in accordance with the sentence immediately foregoing after deducting from such aggregate consideration the aggregate amount of such Indemnity Loss. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 with respect to the Unitholder Obligations, each holder of Company Units shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the distribution of the aggregate consideration from such Sale of the Company as requested by the Board.

(e) Each holder of Class A Common Units shall bear such holder’s pro rata share (based upon the aggregate consideration received by each holder of Company Units in such sale) of the expenses incurred in connection with a Sale of the Company (whether under this Section 11 or otherwise) to the extent such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all holders of Company Units and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. For purposes of this Section 11(e) , expenses incurred in exercising reasonable efforts to take all necessary actions in connection with the consummation of the Sale of the Company shall be deemed to be for the benefit of all holders of Company Units. Expenses incurred by any holder of Company Units on such holder of Company Units’ own behalf shall not be considered expenses of the transaction and shall be the responsibility of such holder of Company Units.

(f) The provisions of this Section 11 shall terminate upon the consummation of an IPO.

12. Definitions .

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq. , as it may be amended from time to time, and including any successor statute.

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

12


Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board ” means the Board of Managers of the Company.

Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Investor and the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Investor’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of his or her position, or (ii) Investor’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) Investor’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Investor at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) Investor’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability, or (v) a material violation by Investor of any of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ written policies or the violation by Investor of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (vi) a violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Investor is bound under any agreement between Investor and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Investor in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Investor’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

CDW ” shall mean CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company following the consummation of the Merger.

Class A Common Units ” shall mean the Units issued to Investor hereunder and units of the Company’s equity or other capital interests issued with respect to such Units by way of a split, combination, distribution or other recapitalization.

Class B Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Company Units ” means (i) any Common Units (including any vested Class B Common Units) purchased or otherwise acquired by any unitholder, (ii) any unvested Class B Common Units, (iii) any Common Units issued or issuable directly or indirectly upon the exercise or exchange of any securities purchased or otherwise acquired by any unitholder which are convertible into or exchangeable for the Company Units described in clause (i) (including pursuant to options to purchase Company Units granted by the Company), and (iv) any Common Units issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the Common Units referred to in

 

13


clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above by way of unit distribution or unit split or in connection with a combination of units, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization (including any equity securities issued in connection with the conversion of the Company from a limited liability company to a corporation as contemplated in Section 14.1 of the LLC Agreement or otherwise). As to any particular securities constituting Company Units hereunder, such securities shall cease to be Company Units when they have been sold in a Public Sale in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Competitor ” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to, and in competition with, any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of Investor’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Investor, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of such business. Investor will be deemed to have knowledge of a business if Investor received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information (as defined below) regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but is not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

Confidential Information ” shall mean any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors, except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any unauthorized act or omission by Investor, (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that Investor give prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order or (c) is authorized to be used or disclosed by Investor in the course of his or her duties as an executive employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Investor and the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean Investor’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively his/her duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Investor’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Investor (or Investor’s personal representative) or the Company provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements for a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

 

14


Fair Market Value ” of any Class A Common Unit, shall mean, as of any date, the fair market value of such Class A Common Unit, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority interests), as determined in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that in the case of a Sale of the Company, the Fair Market Value of each Class A Common Unit shall be the price per Class A Common Unit in such transaction, as solely determined by the Board.

Family Group ” shall mean, with respect to a Person who is an individual, such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

Institutional Investors ” shall mean MDCP and PEP, in each case so long as such Person holds any Class A Common Units.

Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

IPO ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Legal Requirement ” shall mean any law, treaty, statute, code, ordinance, decree, administrative order, constitution, permit, directive, policy, standard, rule, building, zoning, subdivision, health and safety and other land use laws, regulation, or requirement of any government entity and all judicial, quasi-judicial, administrative, quasi-administrative and arbitral judgments, orders (including injunctions) decisions or awards of any government entity, including general principles of common law, civil law and equity, in each case having the force of law and binding on Investor, any property or his assets.

LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, by and among the Company and the Company’s unitholders.

MDCP ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Merger ” shall mean the merger of Merger Sub into CDW, as contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 29, 2007, by and among the CDW, VH Holdings and Merger Sub.

Merger Sub ” shall mean VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation.

 

15


Original Cost ” shall mean, with respect to a Class A Common Unit, $          .

PEP ” means, collectively, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P. and Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Sale ” means any sale of Company Units (i) to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (other than Rule 144(k) prior to an IPO) under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) effected through a broker, dealer or market maker.

Registration Agreement ” shall mean that certain Registration Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, VH Holdings and other parties thereto.

Sale of the Company ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) at least 51% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings or CDW shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets); provided , that an IPO shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Section 351 Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation ” means Investor ceasing to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Separation Date ” means the date on which Investor ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries due to a Separation.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Transfer ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

 

16


Unitholders Agreement ” means that certain Unitholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, between the Company and certain of its unitholders.

VH Holdings ” means VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) Whenever this Agreement requires a calculation of Common Units held by the Institutional Investors such calculation shall aggregate the number of Common Units held by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MDCP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and their Affiliates.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Common Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement or the LLC Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Common Units as the owner of such Common Units for any purpose.

(b) Irrevocability: Binding Effect on Successors and Assigns . Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws, the purchase hereunder is irrevocable, that Investor is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or any agreements of Investor hereunder, and that this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and such other agreements shall survive the death or disability of Investor and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns. If Investor is more than one person, the obligations of Investor hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein contained shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and assigns.

(c) Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties . All covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(d) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

17


(e) Complete Agreement . This Agreement, the LLC Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(g) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(h) No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(j) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(k) Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

(l) Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company, Investor and the Institutional Investors.

(m) Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the state in which the Company’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

 

18


(n) Third-Party Beneficiary . The Company and Investor acknowledge that each of the Institutional Investors is an express third party beneficiary under this Agreement and that the Institutional Investors can enforce the provisions of this Agreement intended for their benefit.

(o) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Permitted Transferees to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that they are not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that their property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(p) Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be personally delivered, sent by telecopy with original to follow by overnight courier service, by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the addresses indicated below:

Notices to the Company :

CDW Holdings LLC

c/o CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

  Attention: John A. Edwardson
  Facsimile: 847-968-0336

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

 

19


Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

  Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin
  Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: Glenn Creamer
     Michael Dominguez
  Facsimile: 401-751-1790

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

  Facsimile: (312) 861-2200
  Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.
    Michael D. Paley

Notices to MDCP :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

  Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin
  Facsimile: 312-895-1001

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

  Facsimile: (312) 861-2200
  Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.
    Michael D. Paley, Esq.

 

20


Notices to PEP :

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention:     Glenn Creamer

                       Michael Dominguez

Facsimile: 401-751-1790

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: David Duffell

Facsimile: 401-278-4710

Notices to Investor :

See Schedule A

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

227 West Monroe Street, Suite 4400

Chicago, IL 60606

Facsimile: (312) 984-7700

Attention: Mark A. Harris

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or, if sent by telecopy the day of receipt, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail (return receipt requested) and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

*    *    *    *    *

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement on the date first written above.

 

CDW HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Its:  
 

 

 

Signature Page to Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement


Schedule A-1

Exchanged Units

 

Investor Name and Address

 

Number of Exchange Shares

 

Number of Exchanged Units

   Total Value of Exchanged Units
      
      


Schedule A-2

Purchased Units

 

Investor Name and Address

 

Number of Class A Common Units

 

Price Per Class A Common Unit

 

Total Purchase Price

Exhibit 10.14

FORM OF

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

(EXECUTIVE)

CLASS B COMMON UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS B COMMON UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of ____________, by and between CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ____________ (“ Executive ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein or in the LLC Agreement (as defined below) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section 9 hereof.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Issuance of Class B Common Units .

(a) Issuance . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company will issue to Executive, and Executive will accept from the Company, ____________ of the Company’s Class B Common Units, without any consideration paid, or any other Capital Contribution (as defined in the LLC Agreement) made or deemed made, by or on behalf of Executive in respect thereof, subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement (as defined below) and the Company’s 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Class B Common Units granted hereunder are referred to herein as “ Executive Units .” Each Executive Unit shall have a Participation Threshold equal to the Liquidation Value of a Class A Common Unit on the date hereof (which is $___ per Class A Common Unit) and shall be designated as Series ___ Class B Common Units (in accordance with Section 3.5(b) of the LLC Agreement).

(b) Conditions to Issuance . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees, as a condition to the effectiveness of the issuance of the Executive Units hereunder, that the Executive Units issued hereunder to Executive shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ LLC Agreement ”), the Unitholders Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Unitholders Agreement ”) and the Company’s Registration Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Registration Agreement ”), in each case to which Executive is already a party. By execution hereof, Executive acknowledges that the Company is relying upon the accuracy and completeness of the representations contained herein in complying with its obligations under applicable securities laws.

(c) Tax Election . Executive shall make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and shall deliver the executed Section 83(b) election to the Company for filing with the Internal Revenue Service within five days following the date hereof.


(d) Possession of Certificates . Until the earlier to occur of a Sale of the Company and an IPO, any certificates evidencing Executive Units shall be held by the Company for the benefit of Executive and the other holder(s) of Executive Units, if any. Any certificates evidencing Executive Units held by Executive or Executive’s Permitted Transferee shall be delivered by Executive to the Company, together with appropriate irrevocable unit powers undated and duly executed in blank sufficient to transfer title thereto upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company or otherwise upon a repurchase of such Executive Units hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, the Company shall either (i) return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing Vested Units (as defined in Section 2(a) below), together with unit powers previously delivered by Executive, or (ii) deliver to the record holders of the Executive Units all proceeds received by the Company from the transfer of the Vested Units in connection with a Sale of the Company. Upon the occurrence of an IPO or a Section 351 Transaction, the Company shall return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing Vested Units, together with unit powers previously delivered by Executive.

(e) Executive Representations and Warranties . In connection with the grant of the Executive Units hereunder, Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) The Executive Units to be acquired by Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be acquired for Executive’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, or any applicable state securities laws, and the Executive Units shall not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws;

(ii) This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which Executive is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which Executive is subject;

(iii) Executive is an officer or executive or director-level employee of the Company and of CDW, is sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Executive Units; and

(iv) Executive is able to bear the economic risk of the Executive Units for an indefinite period of time because the Executive Units have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

(v) Executive has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Executive Units and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as he or she has requested. Executive has reviewed, or has had an opportunity to review, the following documents: (A) the LLC Agreement; (B) the Unitholders Agreement; and (C) the Registration Agreement in connection with the receipt of the Executive Units hereunder.

 

2


(f) Additional Acknowledgements . As an inducement to the Company to issue the Executive Units to Executive and as a condition thereto, Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

(i) [Subject to the terms of Executive’s Employment Agreement, neither] 1 [Neither] 2 the issuance of the Executive Units to Executive nor any provision contained in this Agreement shall entitle Executive to remain in the employment of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate Executive’s employment at any time; and

(ii) Except as expressly set forth in the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement, the definition of “Fair Market Value” in Section 9 herein or as required by applicable law, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to Executive, and Executive shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries at any time prior to, upon or in connection with the repurchase of Executive Units upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or as otherwise provided hereunder.

(g) Compensatory Arrangements; Rule 701 Exemption . The Company and Executive hereby acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Executive Units have been issued hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company and Executive, and pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Plan. Each of the Executive Units granted hereunder is intended to qualify for an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 701 (the “ Exemption ”) and under similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws. In the event that any provision of the Plan or this Agreement would cause the Executive Units granted hereunder to not qualify for the Exemption, Executive and the Company agree that this Agreement shall be deemed automatically amended to the extent necessary to cause the Executive Units to qualify for the Exemption.

2. Vesting of Units .

(a) General . Each of the Executive Units issued hereunder shall be subject to vesting as set forth in this Section 2 . Executive Units which have become vested pursuant to this Section 2 are referred to herein as “ Vested Units ,” and Executive Units which have not become Vested Units are referred to herein as “ Unvested Units .”

 

1

This language is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

2

This language is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Richards, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

 

3


(b) Vesting . The Executive Units shall vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing ____________ and continuing through ____________ if, and only if, Executive is, and has been, continuously (except [, for purposes of clause (i),] 3 for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies) (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a manager or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries (a “ Manager ”) or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant as contemplated by or described in Rule 701, in each case from the date of this Agreement through and including such date. The number of Vested Units shall not increase after Executive ceases to be an employee of or after termination of Executive’s services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in the event Executive ceases to be employed by or provide services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries due to Executive’s death or Disability, an additional portion of the Executive Units, equal to the amount that would vest over a period of one (1) year, will vest on the date of death or Disability.

(c) Acceleration of Vesting on Sale of the Company . Immediately prior to a Sale of the Company, all Executive Units which have not yet become Vested Units shall immediately vest and become Vested Units, if, and only if, Executive is, and has been continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies) since the date hereof employed or providing services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701 promulgated under the Act) to the Company or its Subsidiaries as of such date.

(d) Cancellation of Executive Units .

(i) If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and the services Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company and all of its Subsidiaries terminate for any reason, all Unvested Units shall be automatically cancelled on the date of termination without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company or any holder of any of the Unvested Units.

(ii) All Vested Units shall also be automatically cancelled without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company or any holder of any of the Vested Units if Executive’s employment with the Company and all of its Subsidiaries and the services Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company and all of its Subsidiaries are terminated for Cause or if during the three-year period

 

3

This language is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

4


following Executive’s termination of employment, Executive materially violates any agreement between Executive and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity (as defined in any Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement between Executive and the Company dated as of the date hereof) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant), non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property).

3. Repurchase Option .

(a) Repurchase of Vested Units on Termination of Employment or Services . If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and the services that Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company [and all] 4 [or any] 5 of its Subsidiaries terminate for any reason other than Cause (including, without limitation, as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, or as a result of Executive’s retirement or resignation), first the Company and then the Institutional Investors shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all or any portion of the Vested Units at a price per unit equal to Fair Market Value of such Executive Unit as of the date of repurchase; provided, however, if Executive Units are repurchased at Fair Market Value pursuant to this Section 3(a) but during the three-year period following Executive’s termination of employment Executive materially violates any agreement between Executive and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity (as defined in any Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement between Executive and the Company dated as of the date hereof) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant), non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property), then Executive shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to the Fair Market Value of each such Executive Unit as of the date of repurchase; provided, further, however, that any obligation arising under the foregoing proviso may be offset against any other amounts due to Executive by the Company under any promissory note received in consideration of the repurchase of such Executive Units.

(b) Repurchase Procedure for the Company . The Company may elect to repurchase all or any portion of the Executive Units (the “ Available Executive Units ”) pursuant to Section 3(a) by delivery of written notice (a “ Company Repurchase Notice ”) to Executive (and any other holder of Executive Units) within 90 days after the Date of Termination for any Executive Units vested more than six months and one day prior to the Date of Termination (or in the case of Executive Units vested less than six months and one day prior to the Date of Termination, no earlier than six months and one day, and no later than 241 days, after the Date of Termination) (the “ Repurchase Notice Period ”). The Company Repurchase Notice shall set forth the number of Executive Units to be acquired and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.

 

4

This language is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

5

This language is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Richards, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

 

5


(c) Repurchase Procedure for the Institutional Investors . If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Available Executive Units, then the Institutional Investors shall be entitled to repurchase all or any portion of the Available Executive Units that were not repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) above (the “ Remaining Executive Units ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that it will not purchase all of the Available Executive Units, but in any event within 60 days after the beginning of the Repurchase Notice Period corresponding to such Available Executive Units, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Remaining Executive Units Notice ”) to each Institutional Investor setting forth the number of Remaining Executive Units and the purchase price for the Remaining Executive Units. The Institutional Investors may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Executive Units by giving written notice to the Company within 30 days after the Remaining Executive Units Notice has been delivered to the Institutional Investors by the Company (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Remaining Executive Units Notice is delivered). If the Institutional Investors elect to purchase an aggregate amount of Remaining Executive Units in excess of the amount of Remaining Executive Units specified in the Remaining Executive Units Notice, then the Remaining Executive Units shall be allocated among the Institutional Investors on a pro rata basis according to the amount of Common Units owned by each Institutional Investor on the date of the Remaining Executive Units Notice. Any Institutional Investor may condition its election to purchase such Remaining Executive Units on the election of one or more other Institutional Investors to purchase Remaining Executive Units. As soon as practicable, and in any event within the 30 day period beginning on the date the Remaining Executive Units Notice is delivered to the Institutional Investors pursuant to this Section 3(c) (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Remaining Executive Units Notice is delivered), the Company shall deliver a further repurchase notice (the “ Investor Repurchase Notice ”) to the holders of such Remaining Executive Units setting forth the number of Remaining Executive Units to be acquired pursuant to such Institutional Investor election, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the respective Institutional Investors for such Remaining Executive Units and the time and place for the closing of the transaction. At the time the Company delivers such Investor Repurchase Notice to the holders of such Remaining Executive Units, the Company shall also deliver written notice to each Institutional Investor setting forth the amount of Executive Units such Institutional Investor is entitled to purchase, the aggregate consideration to be paid therefor, and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

(d) Restrictions on Repurchases . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Executive Units by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Act, and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements.

(e) Deemed Repurchase . Upon delivery of the full consideration for the Executive Units at the closing of a repurchase pursuant to this Section 3 (including delivery of any subordinated promissory note pursuant to Section 3(g) ), then from and after such time, the holder of such Executive Units from whom such securities are to be purchased shall cease to have any rights as a holder of such securities, and such securities shall be deemed purchased in

 

6


accordance with the applicable provisions hereof and the purchaser thereof shall be deemed the owner (of record and beneficially) and holder(s) of such securities, whether or not the certificate representing such Executive Units has been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(f) Revocation of Election . Any election by the Company or the Institutional Investors (or any of their designees) to purchase Executive Units pursuant to this Section 3 shall be revocable by such Person (with respect to all or any portion of the Executive Units elected to be purchased) at any time prior to the closing of such purchase, without any liability whatsoever to such Person in respect of the rights and obligations in this Section 3 ; provided, however, that upon a revocation such Person’s right to repurchase Executive Units under this Section 3 shall terminate.

(g) Manner of Payment . If the Company elects to purchase all or any portion of such Executive Units, including Executive Units held by one or more of Executive’s Transferees, then, within 30 days following the delivery of the Company Repurchase Notice or, in the event Executive challenges the determination of Fair Market Value as provided for in the definition thereof in Section 9 , within 15 days following such final determination, the Company shall pay for such Executive Units, at the Company’s option, (i) only in the event the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt financing agreements restrict the Company from repurchasing such Executive Units, with a subordinated promissory note of the Company, which subordinated promissory note shall (x) bear interest at the prime rate (as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, electronic edition) (compounded calendar quarterly and which shall be payable annually in cash unless otherwise prohibited), (y) have all principal payments due promptly following such time as the Company’s debt financing agreements permit the Company to make such repurchase in cash (but in no event later than the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of such promissory note) and prior to the payment of any dividends or other distributions on any of the Company’s equity securities and (z) be subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to the holders of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ indebtedness for borrowed money (but only to the extent required by the terms of such indebtedness), (ii) by certified check or wire transfer of funds, (iii) by delivery of a number of shares of common stock of VH Holdings having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate repurchase price for such Executive Units (the “ Repurchase Shares ”); provided that, in the event any Repurchase Shares are issued, promptly following the closing of the repurchase transaction, the Company shall direct VH Holdings and VH Holdings shall accordingly redeem, and the holder of such Repurchase Shares shall sell to VH Holdings, all of the Repurchase Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate repurchase price for the Executive Units (or the portion thereof previously assigned to the Repurchase Shares), which amount shall be paid in cash unless the conditions of clause (i) of this Section 3(g) shall have been met, in which case, such amount may be paid through the issuance of a subordinated promissory note of VH Holdings containing the same terms as provided in clause (i) of this Section 3(g) , or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. If an Institutional Investor elects to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Executive Units, such Institutional Investor shall pay for such Executive Units by certified check or wire transfer of funds within 30 days following the delivery of the Investor Repurchase Notice or, in the event Executive challenges the determination of Fair Market Value as provided for in the definition thereof in Section 9 , within 15 days following such final determination.

 

7


(h) Termination of Repurchase Options . The provisions of this Section 3 shall terminate with respect to all Executive Units upon the first to occur of (i) the consummation of an IPO or (ii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company, except if, following such event, Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the services Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are terminated for Cause or within three years after the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive materially violates any agreement between Executive and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity (as defined in any Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement between Executive and the Company dated as of the date hereof) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant), non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) in favor of the Company or its Subsidiaries (or any new parent entity of CDW or VH Holdings) by which Executive is bound (whether contained in this Agreement or any other agreement), then the repurchase rights under Section 3 shall again apply to the repurchase of the Executive Units as if the date of such event were the Date of Termination for purposes of this Section 3 ; provided, however, that no such repurchase may occur after any transaction that reduces the Institutional Investors’ Class A Common Units to less than 10% of the Class A Common Units acquired as of the date hereof.

4. Restrictions on Transfer . The Executive Units are subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Unitholders Agreement.

5. Additional Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Restrictive Legend . Any certificates representing the Executive Units shall bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, CERTAIN REPURCHASE PROVISIONS, AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A CLASS B COMMON UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE DATED AS OF ____________, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE.”

(b) Opinion of Counsel . No holder of Executive Units may Transfer any Executive Units (except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act) without first delivering to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company that registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law is not required in connection with such transfer.

(c) Holdback . The Executive Units are subject to the holdback provisions set forth in Section 6 of the Unitholders Agreement.

 

8


6. [Intentionally Deleted]

7. Noncompete, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality . [Executive acknowledges that he is subject to certain covenants regarding noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality, as set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Employment Agreement, the terms of which, as well as the terms of Section 13 of the Employment Agreement (respecting arbitration) insofar as Section 13 applies to those covenants thereunder, are incorporated herein by reference.] 6 [Executive acknowledges that in the course of his/her employment with or provision of services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or its Subsidiaries, Executive has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and that Executive’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries. Executive also acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the Noncompetition Period, and that should Executive leave the Company and work for a Competitor during the Noncompetition Period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that Executive would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information. For these and other reasons, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests.

(a) Noncompete . In consideration for the issuance of the Executive Units and other good and valuable consideration, Executive agrees not to become employed by, perform services for, form, develop, or otherwise become associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during Executive’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for eighteen months after the termination of Executive’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Noncompetition Period ”). For purposes of this Section 7 , “Competitor” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to and in competition with any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of Executive’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Executive, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of the operations of such business or received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information as defined in Section 7(e) regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

 

6

This language constitutes Section 7 of Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

9


(b) Nonsolicitation . Executive further agrees that during the Noncompetition Period Executive shall not (i) in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit any CDW Employee or induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) on behalf of any Competitor, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Vendor or CDW Customer.

(c) Exceptions . Nothing in this Section 7 shall prohibit Executive from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) an owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(d) Extension. Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that Executive not perform the activities described in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) for the full Noncompetition Period, Executive agrees that the Noncompetition Period provided in Section 7 shall be extended for any time during which Executive breaches this Agreement, such that Executive does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 7.

(e) Reformation . If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 7 , a court or an arbitrator holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. This Agreement shall not authorize a court or arbitrator to increase or broaden any of the restrictions in this Section 7 .

(f) Confidentiality . Other than as required in the ordinary course of Executive’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and except as specifically authorized by the Board or Executive’s direct supervisor, Executive shall not at any time make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors (“ Confidential Information ”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission by Executive or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that Executive gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of Executive’s employment or service (including service as a manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Executive shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which Executive may then possess or have under his/her control (together with all copies thereof).

 

10


(g) Acknowledgements . Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Executive under the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, and in consideration of (i) employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or retention to provide services (including service as a manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7 do not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Exeuctive’s ability to earn a living. In addition, Executive acknowledges (i) that the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including Executive), it is expected that the Company or its Subsidiaries will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the United States, and (iii) as part of Executive’s responsibilities, Executive will be conducting business throughout the United States in furtherance of the Company’s business and its relationships. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of this Section 7 outweighs any potential harm to Executive of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical scope.

(h) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 7 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“CDW Customer” means (i) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from CDW or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (ii) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, Executive submitted or assisted in the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to any Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company.

“CDW Employee” means any person who was an officer, manager-level or other key employee or any material group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates either (i) at any time within 3 months of the prohibited contact; or (ii) at any time within 3 months of Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

 

11


“CDW Vendor” means any person or entity that provided goods or services to CDW or otherwise did business with the Company at any time within a two-year period prior to Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.] 7

8. Remedies . The parties hereto (and the Investors as third party beneficiaries hereof) shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto (and the Institutional Investors as third party beneficiaries hereof) may, in their sole discretion, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

9. Definitions .

(a) The following terms, as used in this Agreement, have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq. , as it may be amended from time to time, and including any successor statute.

Affiliate ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Board ” shall mean the board of managers of the Company.

[“ Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement.] 8

[“ Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Executive and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Executive’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of Executive’s position, or (ii) Executive’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) Executive’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Executive at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) Executive’s

 

7

This language constitutes Section 7 of the agreement with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Richards, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

8

This definition of “ Cause ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

12


conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability or (v) a material violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Executive is bound under any agreement between Executive and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.] 9

CDW ” means CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company and indirect, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

Class A Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Class B Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Date of Termination ” shall mean, as applicable, (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary, the effective date of termination as specified in the written notice from the Company or such Subsidiary to Executive terminating Executive’s employment, (ii) if Executive terminates his/her employment, the date the Company or any Subsidiary receives notice from Executive terminating his/her employment (or if later, the effective date of such termination as reflected in such notice), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated other than pursuant to (i) or (ii), then the date determined in good faith by the Board, (iv) the date the services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) Executive provided to the Company or any Subsidiary terminated, or (v) the effective date upon which Executive ceases to be a manager.

[“ Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.] 10

[“ Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean Executive’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Executive’s duties and

 

9

This definition of “ Cause ” is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Richards, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

10

This definition of “ Disability ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

13


obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Executive’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Executive or Executive’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.] 11

[“ Employment Agreement ” means that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, by and between CDW LLC (f/k/a CDW Corporation) and Executive.] 12

Executive Units ” shall mean the Class B Common Units issued to Executive hereunder and units of the Company’s equity or other capital interests issued with respect to such Class B Common Units by way of a split, combination, distribution or other recapitalization.

Fair Market Value ” of the Executive Units shall mean the fair market value of such unit, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority interests), as determined in accordance with the following procedure. Initially, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board acting in good faith. Upon request, the Company will provide Executive, strictly for use in determining whether to seek an appraisal, its calculation of Fair Market Value and a description of the methodology and metrics utilized by the Company in making such determination. If Executive believes that the amount determined by the Board to be the Fair Market Value of the Executive Unit is less than the amount that Executive believes to be the Fair Market Value of such Executive Unit and the resulting amount in dispute exceeds $50,000, Executive may elect to direct the Company to obtain an appraisal of the Fair Market Value of such Executive Unit, which appraisal shall be prepared by a qualified independent appraiser, mutually selected by the Company and Executive. If the Company and Executive are unable to agree on such appraiser, they shall each select a qualified independent appraiser, and the two such appraisers shall select a third qualified independent appraiser who has not provided any services to any of the Company, any Institutional Investor or Executive, within twenty-four months preceding the engagement for such appraisal, which third appraiser shall prepare the determination of Fair Market Value. Executive’s election to challenge the Board’s determination must be in writing and given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after Executive receives the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value. The determination of the appraiser shall be the final and binding determination of Fair Market Value. If such appraiser determines Fair Market Value to be 105% or more of the Fair Market Value determined by the Board, then the Company shall pay the cost of all such appraisers. If such appraiser determines the Fair Market Value to

 

11

This definition of “ Disability ” is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy, Mr. Richards, Mr. Stevens and Ms. Ziegler.

12

This definition of “ Employment Agreement ” is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

14


be less than 105% of the Fair Market Value determined by the Board, then Executive shall pay the cost of all such appraisers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the foregoing procedure has resulted in the receipt of an appraisal of Class B Common Units from a qualified independent appraiser within 6 months prior to the date on which the Fair Market Value determination is to be made by the Board hereunder and if the Board’s good faith determination of Fair Market Value is greater than or equal to the amount reflected in such prior appraisal, Executive shall not have any right to seek an appraisal hereunder.

Family Group ” shall mean, with respect to a Person who is an individual, such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

IPO ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Institutional Investors ” shall mean, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Providence Equity Partners VI A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Sale ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Unitholders Agreement.

Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

Sale of the Company ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) at least 51% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings or CDW shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets); provided, that an IPO shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Section 351 Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

 

15


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Transfer ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Unit ” means an interest in the Company’s capital, income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses and the right to vote (if any) on certain Company matters if and as provided in the LLC Agreement or the Act. Initially, the Units shall be comprised of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units.

Unitholders Agreement ” means that certain Unitholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, between the Company and certain of its unitholders.

VH Holdings ” means VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) Whenever this Agreement requires a calculation of Common Units held by the Institutional Investors such calculation shall aggregate the number of Common Units held by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MDCP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and their Permitted Transferees (as such term defined in the Unitholders Agreement).

10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be personally delivered, sent by telecopy with original to follow by overnight courier service, by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the addresses indicated below:

Notices to the Company :

VH Holdings, Inc.

c/o CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: 847-968-0336

 

16


with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin

                  George Peinado

Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: Glenn Creamer

                  Michael Dominguez

Facsimile: 401-751-1790

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Facsimile: 312-862-2200

Attention: Michael D. Paley

and

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: David Duffell

Facsimile: 401-278-4710

 

17


Notices to the Institutional Investors :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin

                  George Peinado

Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: Glenn Creamer

                  Michael Dominguez

Facsimile: 401-751-1790

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Facsimile: 312-862-2200

Attention: Michael D. Paley

and

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: David Duffell

Facsimile: 401-278-4710

Notices to Executive :

To the Executive’s address on file with the Company

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or, if sent by telecopy the day of receipt, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail (return receipt requested) and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

18


11. General Provisions .

(a) Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Executive Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or the Unitholders Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Executive Units as the owner of such Executive Units for any purpose.

(b) Irrevocability: Binding Effect on Successors and Assigns . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under applicable federal and state securities laws, that Executive is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement or any agreements of Executive hereunder, and that this Agreement and such other agreements shall survive the death or disability of Executive and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns (including subsequent holders of Executive Units).

(c) Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties . All covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(e) Complete Agreement . This Agreement [and the Employment Agreement] 13 , those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

13

This language is included in Mr. Edwardson’s agreement.

 

19


(g) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(h) No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their collective mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any person. The term “including” as used herein shall be by way of example, and shall not be deemed to constitute a limitation of any term or provision contained herein. Each defined term used in this Agreement has a comparable meaning when used in its plural or singular form.

(i) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(j) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(k) Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

(l) Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of Executive and the Company; provided that no provision of Sections 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 or of this Section 11(l) (or the definitions used in any of the foregoing sections) may be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Institutional Investors.

(m) Community Property . If Executive is lawfully married as of the date hereof and Executive’s address or the permanent residence of Executive’s spouse is located in a community property jurisdiction, Executive’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company on the date hereof the Consent in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

(n) Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the state in which the Company’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

 

20


(o) Third-Party Beneficiary . The Company and Executive acknowledge that each of the Institutional Investors is a third-party beneficiary under this Agreement and that the Institutional Investors can enforce the provisions of this Agreement intended for their benefit.

(p) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Permitted Transferees to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that they are not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that their property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

* * * * *

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement on the date first written above.

 

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

By:    
Name:  

John A. Edwardson

Its:  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     

Signature Page to Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement

Exhibit 10.15

FORM OF

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

(MANAGEMENT)

CLASS B COMMON UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS B COMMON UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Executive ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein or in the LLC Agreement (as defined below) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section 9 hereof.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Issuance of Class B Common Units .

(a) Issuance . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company will issue to Executive, and Executive will accept from the Company,              of the Company’s Class B Common Units, without any consideration paid, or any other Capital Contribution (as defined in the LLC Agreement) made or deemed made, by or on behalf of Executive in respect thereof, subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement (as defined below) and the Company’s 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Class B Common Units granted hereunder are referred to herein as “ Executive Units .” Each Executive Unit shall have a Participation Threshold equal to the Liquidation Value of a Class A Common Unit on the date hereof (which is $          per Class A Common Unit) and shall be designated as Series      Class B Common Units (in accordance with Section 3.5(b) of the LLC Agreement).

(b) Conditions to Issuance . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees, as a condition to the effectiveness of the issuance of the Executive Units hereunder, that the Executive Units issued hereunder to Executive shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ LLC Agreement ”) to which Executive is already a party. By execution hereof, Executive acknowledges that the Company is relying upon the accuracy and completeness of the representations contained herein in complying with its obligations under applicable securities laws.

(c) Tax Election . Executive shall make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and shall deliver the executed Section 83(b) election to the Company for filing with the Internal Revenue Service within five days following the date hereof.


(d) Possession of Certificates . Until the earlier to occur of a Sale of the Company and an IPO, any certificates evidencing Executive Units shall be held by the Company for the benefit of Executive and the other holder(s) of Executive Units, if any. Any certificates evidencing Executive Units held by Executive or Executive’s Permitted Transferee shall be delivered by Executive to the Company, together with appropriate irrevocable unit powers undated and duly executed in blank sufficient to transfer title thereto upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company or otherwise upon a repurchase of such Executive Units hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, the Company shall either (i) return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing Vested Units (as defined in Section 2(a) below), together with unit powers previously delivered by Executive, or (ii) deliver to the record holders of the Executive Units all proceeds received by the Company from the transfer of the Vested Units in connection with a Sale of the Company. Upon the occurrence of an IPO or a Section 351 Transaction, the Company shall return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing Vested Units, together with unit powers previously delivered by Executive.

(e) Executive Representations and Warranties . In connection with the grant of the Executive Units hereunder, Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) The Executive Units to be acquired by Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be acquired for Executive’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, or any applicable state securities laws, and the Executive Units shall not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws;

(ii) This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which Executive is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which Executive is subject;

(iii) Executive is an officer or executive or director-level employee of the Company and of CDW, is sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Executive Units; and

(iv) Executive is able to bear the economic risk of the Executive Units for an indefinite period of time because the Executive Units have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

(v) Executive has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Executive Units and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as he or she has requested. Executive has reviewed, or has had an opportunity to review, the LLC Agreement in connection with the receipt of the Executive Units hereunder.

 

2


(f) Additional Acknowledgements . As an inducement to the Company to issue the Executive Units to Executive and as a condition thereto, Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

(i) Neither the issuance of the Executive Units to Executive nor any provision contained in this Agreement shall entitle Executive to remain in the employment of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate Executive’s employment at any time; and

(ii) Except as expressly set forth in the LLC Agreement or as required by applicable law, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to Executive, and Executive shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries at any time prior to, upon or in connection with the repurchase of Executive Units upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or as otherwise provided hereunder.

(g) Compensatory Arrangements; Rule 701 Exemption . The Company and Executive hereby acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Executive Units have been issued hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company and Executive, and pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Plan. Each of the Executive Units granted hereunder is intended to qualify for an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 701 (the “ Exemption ”) and under similar exemptions under applicable state securities laws. In the event that any provision of the Plan or this Agreement would cause the Executive Units granted hereunder to not qualify for the Exemption, Executive and the Company agree that this Agreement shall be deemed automatically amended to the extent necessary to cause the Executive Units to qualify for the Exemption.

2. Vesting of Units .

(a) General . Each of the Executive Units issued hereunder shall be subject to vesting as set forth in this Section 2 . Executive Units which have become vested pursuant to this Section 2 are referred to herein as “ Vested Units ,” and Executive Units which have not become Vested Units are referred to herein as “ Unvested Units .”

(b) Vesting . The Executive Units shall vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing                      and continuing through                      if, and only if, Executive is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies) (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a manager or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries (a “ Manager ”) or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant as contemplated by or described in Rule 701, in each case from the date of this Agreement through and including such date. The number of Vested Units shall not increase after Executive ceases to be an employee of or after termination of Executive’s services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its

 

3


Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in the event Executive ceases to be employed by or provide services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries due to Executive’s death or Disability, an additional portion of the Executive Units, equal to the amount that would vest over a period of one (1) year, will vest on the date of death or Disability.

(c) Acceleration of Vesting on Sale of the Company . Immediately prior to a Sale of the Company, all Executive Units which have not yet become Vested Units shall immediately vest and become Vested Units, if, and only if, Executive is, and has been continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies) since the date hereof employed or providing services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701 promulgated under the Act) to the Company or its Subsidiaries as of such date.

(d) Cancellation of Executive Units .

(i) If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and the services Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company and all of its Subsidiaries terminate for any reason, all Unvested Units shall be automatically cancelled on the date of termination without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company or any holder of any of the Unvested Units.

(ii) All Vested Units shall also be automatically cancelled without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company or any holder of any of the Vested Units if Executive’s employment with the Company and all of its Subsidiaries and the services Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company and all of its Subsidiaries are terminated for Cause or if Executive violates any agreement between Executive and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property).

3. Repurchase Option .

(a) Repurchase of Vested Units on Termination of Employment or Services . If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and the services that Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminate for any reason other than Cause (including, without limitation, as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, or as a result of Executive’s retirement or resignation), first the Company and then the Institutional Investors shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all or any portion of the Vested Units at a price per unit equal to Fair Market Value of such Executive Unit as of the date of repurchase; provided, however, if Executive Units are repurchased at the Fair Market Value thereof pursuant to this Section 3(a) but Executive violates any agreement between Executive and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property),

 

4


then Executive shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to the Fair Market Value of each such Executive Unit as of the date of repurchase; provided, further, however, that any obligation arising under the foregoing proviso may be offset against any other amounts due to Executive by the Company under any promissory note received in consideration of the repurchase of such Executive Units.

(b) Repurchase Procedure for the Company . The Company may elect to repurchase all or any portion of the Executive Units (the “ Available Executive Units ”) pursuant to Section 3(a) by delivery of written notice (a “ Company Repurchase Notice ”) to Executive (and any other holder of Executive Units) within 90 days after the Date of Termination for any Executive Units vested more than six months and one day prior to the Date of Termination (or in the case of Executive Units vested less than six months and one day prior to the Date of Termination, no earlier than six months and one day, and no later than 241 days, after the Date of Termination) (the “ Repurchase Notice Period ”). The Company Repurchase Notice shall set forth the number of Executive Units to be acquired and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.

(c) Repurchase Procedure for the Institutional Investors . If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Available Executive Units, then the Institutional Investors shall be entitled to repurchase all or any portion of the Available Executive Units that were not repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) above (the “ Remaining Executive Units ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that it will not purchase all of the Available Executive Units, but in any event within 60 days after the beginning of the Repurchase Notice Period corresponding to such Available Executive Units, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Remaining Executive Units Notice ”) to each Institutional Investor setting forth the number of Remaining Executive Units and the purchase price for the Remaining Executive Units. The Institutional Investors may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Executive Units by giving written notice to the Company within 30 days after the Remaining Executive Units Notice has been delivered to the Institutional Investors by the Company (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Remaining Executive Units Notice is delivered). If the Institutional Investors elect to purchase an aggregate amount of Remaining Executive Units in excess of the amount of Remaining Executive Units specified in the Remaining Executive Units Notice, then the Remaining Executive Units shall be allocated among the Institutional Investors on a pro rata basis according to the amount of Common Units owned by each Institutional Investor on the date of the Remaining Executive Units Notice. Any Institutional Investor may condition its election to purchase such Remaining Executive Units on the election of one or more other Institutional Investors to purchase Remaining Executive Units. As soon as practicable, and in any event within the 30 day period beginning on the date the Remaining Executive Units Notice is delivered to the Institutional Investors pursuant to this Section 3(c) (but no later than the end of the Repurchase Notice Period if no Remaining Executive Units Notice is delivered), the Company shall deliver a further repurchase notice (the “ Investor Repurchase Notice ”) to the holders of such Remaining Executive Units setting forth the number of Remaining Executive Units to be acquired pursuant to such Institutional Investor election, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the respective Institutional Investors for such Remaining Executive Units and the time and place for the closing of the transaction. At the time the Company delivers such Investor Repurchase Notice to the holders of such Remaining Executive Units, the Company shall also deliver written notice to

 

5


each Institutional Investor setting forth the amount of Executive Units such Institutional Investor is entitled to purchase, the aggregate consideration to be paid therefor, and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

(d) Restrictions on Repurchases . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Executive Units by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Act and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Executive Units hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled to make, the time periods provided in this Section 3 shall be suspended, and the Company shall make such repurchases at the applicable purchase price therefore following the lapse of such restrictions.

(e) Deemed Repurchase . Upon delivery of the full consideration for the Executive Units at the closing of a repurchase pursuant to this Section 3 (including delivery of any subordinated promissory note pursuant to Section 3(g) ), then from and after such time, the holder of such Executive Units from whom such securities are to be purchased shall cease to have any rights as a holder of such securities, and such securities shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof and the purchaser thereof shall be deemed the owner (of record and beneficially) and holder(s) of such securities, whether or not the certificate representing such Executive Units has been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(f) Revocation of Election . Any election by the Company or the Institutional Investors (or any of their designees) to purchase Executive Units pursuant to this Section 3 shall be revocable by such Person (with respect to all or any portion of the Executive Units elected to be purchased) at any time prior to the closing of such purchase, without any liability whatsoever to such Person in respect of the rights and obligations in this Section 3 .

(g) Manner of Payment . If the Company elects to purchase all or any portion of such Executive Units, including Executive Units held by one or more of Executive’s Transferees, then, within 90 days following the delivery of the Company Repurchase Notice, the Company shall pay for such Executive Units, at the Company’s option, (i) only in the event the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt financing agreements restrict the Company from repurchasing such Executive Units, with a subordinated promissory note of the Company, which subordinated promissory note shall (x) bear interest at the prime rate (as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, electronic edition) (compounded calendar quarterly and which shall be payable annually in cash unless otherwise prohibited), (y) have all principal payments due promptly following such time as the Company’s debt financing agreements permit the Company to make such repurchase in cash (but in no event later than the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of such promissory note) and prior to the payment of any dividends or other distributions on any of the Company’s equity securities, and (z) be subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to the holders of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ indebtedness for borrowed money (but only to the extent required by the terms of such indebtedness), (ii) by certified check or wire transfer of funds, (iii) by delivery of a number of shares of common stock of VH Holdings having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate repurchase price for such Executive Units (the “ Repurchase Shares ”); provided that, in the event any Repurchase Shares are issued, promptly following the closing of the repurchase transaction, the Company shall direct VH Holdings and VH Holdings shall accordingly redeem, and the holder of such

 

6


Repurchase Shares shall sell to VH Holdings, all of the Repurchase Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate repurchase price for the Executive Units (or the portion thereof previously assigned to the Repurchase Shares), which amount shall be paid in cash unless the conditions of clause (i) of this Section 3(g) shall have been met, in which case, such amount may be paid through the issuance of a subordinated promissory note of VH Holdings containing and subject to the same terms as provided in clause (i) of this Section 3(g) , or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. If an Institutional Investor elects to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Executive Units, such Institutional Investor shall pay for such Executive Units by certified check or wire transfer of funds.

(h) Termination of Repurchase Options . The provisions of this Section 3 shall terminate with respect to all Executive Units upon the first to occur of (i) the consummation of an IPO or (ii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company, except if, following such event, Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the services Executive provides (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are terminated for Cause or Executive violates any non competition, non solicitation or confidentiality covenants in favor of the Company or its Subsidiaries (or any new parent entity of CDW or VH Holdings) by which Executive is bound (whether contained in this Agreement or any other agreement), then the repurchase rights under this Section 3 shall again apply to the repurchase of the Executive Units as if the date of such event were the Date of Termination for purposes of this Section 3 ; provided, however, that no such repurchase may occur after any transaction that reduces the Institutional Investors’ Class A Common Units to less than 10% of the Class A Common Units acquired as of the date hereof.

4. Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Transfer of Executive Units . The holders of Executive Units shall not Transfer any interest in any Executive Units, except pursuant to (i) a Public Sale (following an IPO), (ii) a Sale of the Company or in connection with a Section 351 Transaction, (iii) the provisions of Section 3 above or (iv) the provisions of Section 4(b) below.

(b) Certain Permitted Transfers . The restrictions set forth in this Section 4 shall not apply with respect to any Transfer of Vested Units made (i) in the event of the death of such holder of Executive Units, by will or pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution, (ii) to such Person’s legal guardian (in case of any mental incapacity) or (iii) among such Person’s Family Group (each such Transfer, a “ Permitted Transfer ”); provided that the restrictions contained in this Agreement will continue to be applicable to the Executive Units after any Transfer pursuant to Section 4(b) . At least 15 days prior (other than in the case of Transfers pursuant clauses (i) or (ii) above, in which case as promptly as practical following such Transfer) to the Transfer of Executive Units pursuant to this Section 4(b) , the Transferee(s) will deliver a written notice to the Company, which notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the identity of such Transferee. Any Transferee of Executive Units pursuant to a Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(b) is herein referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no party hereto shall avoid the provisions of this Agreement or the LLC Agreement by (i) making one or more Transfers to one or more Permitted Transferees and then disposing of all or any portion of such party’s interest in any such Permitted

 

7


Transferee or (ii) Transferring the securities of any entity holding (directly or indirectly) Executive Units, and (B) if the Board determines that the Transfer of Executive Units to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 4(b) would have an adverse effect on the Company, including by causing the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Board may prohibit any such Transfer pursuant to this Section 4(b) .

(c) Termination of Restrictions . The restrictions set forth in this Section 4 shall continue with respect to each Executive Unit until the earlier to occur of an IPO or a Sale of the Company.

5. Additional Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Restrictive Legend . Any certificates representing the Executive Units shall bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, CERTAIN REPURCHASE PROVISIONS, AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A CLASS B COMMON UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE DATED AS OF                      , A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE.”

(b) Opinion of Counsel . No holder of Executive Units may Transfer any Executive Units (except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act) without first delivering to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company that registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law is not required in connection with such transfer.

(c) Holdback . In connection with an IPO, the holders of Executive Units shall enter into any holdback, lockup or similar agreement requested by the underwriters managing such IPO; provided, however, that no such holder shall be required to enter into an agreement that is more restrictive than that of any other holder.

(d) Transfer of Executive Units . Prior to the Transfer of any Executive Units (other than pursuant to a Public Sale or a Sale of the Company or in a Section 351 Transaction) to any Person, the Transferring holder of Executive Units subject to this Agreement shall cause the prospective Transferee to be bound by this Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Company and the other unitholders a counterpart of or joinder to the LLC Agreement as a condition to the effectiveness of such Transfer. Upon the execution and delivery of such counterpart or joinder by such Person, subject to the requirements of the LLC Agreement, such Person’s acquired Executive Units shall be “Executive Units” under this Agreement.

 

8


6. Sale of the Company .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Section 6 , if the Institutional Investors (so long as the Institutional Investors collectively continue to hold at least 51% of the outstanding Class A Common Units) (the “ Approving Holders ”) approve a Sale of the Company (and, in the case of any sale or other company transaction which requires the approval of the managers of a Delaware manager-managed limited liability company pursuant to applicable Delaware law, the Board shall have approved such Sale of the Company) (the “ Approved Sale ”), and the Institutional Investors invoke the provisions of this Section 6 by written notice to the holders of Executive Units, the holders of Executive Units shall vote for (to the extent permitted to vote thereon), consent to and raise no objections against such Sale of the Company or the process by which such transaction was arranged. If the Sale of the Company is structured as a (i) merger or consolidation, each holder of Executive Units or other equity securities or interests shall waive any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation or (ii) sale of Company Units or other equity securities or interests, each holder of Executive Units or other equity securities or interests shall sell and surrender all of such holder’s Executive Units or other equity securities or interests and rights to acquire Executive Units or other equity securities or interests on the terms and conditions approved by the Approving Holders and the Board (to the extent such approval is required by applicable Delaware law). Each holder of Executive Units or other equity securities or interests shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Sale of the Company, including without limitation, executing a sale contract pursuant to which each holder of Company Units will: (i) severally (but not jointly), on a pro rata basis as determined in accordance with Section 6(d) below, give the same indemnities as the Approving Holders for representations and warranties regarding the Company and its assets, liabilities and business and for covenants of the Company (collectively, the “ Company Indemnities ”) and (ii) solely on behalf of such holder, make such representations, warranties, covenants and give such indemnities concerning such holder and the Company Units or other equity securities or interests (if any) to be sold by such holder (collectively, the “ Unitholder Obligations ”) as may be also applicable to all other parties holders of Company Units and the Company Units to be sold by such other parties set forth in any agreement approved by the Investors and the Board (to the extent required by applicable Delaware law); provided that : (A) the pro rata share of a holder of Company Units for any amounts payable in connection with any claim under the Company Indemnities by the purchaser(s) in such Sale of the Company transaction (any such amount payable, an “ Indemnity Loss ”) shall be determined in accordance with Section 6(d) below, and (B) if any holder of Company Units pays for more than such holder’s pro rata share (as determined in accordance with Section 6(d) below) of an Indemnity Loss (such amount, the “ Loss Overpayment ”), then each other holder of Company Units shall simultaneously contribute to such holder an amount equal to such other holder’s allocable share (based upon such holder’s pro rata share, as determined in accordance with Section 6(d) below, of the Indemnity Loss) of such Loss Overpayment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no holder of Company Units shall be required to agree to be liable for Indemnity Losses in an amount in the aggregate greater than the total consideration received by such holder in connection with such Sale of the Company.

(b) In the event that a Sale of the Company involves a sale of less than all of the Company Units, each holder of Company Units shall be required to sell his, her or its Company Units in such Sale of the Company, subject to complying with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6 . The number of Company Units which shall be sold by each holder of

 

9


Company Units participating in such Sale of the Company shall be equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of Company Units owned by such holder multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Company Units being sold by the Institutional Investors in such sale and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Company Units owned by the Institutional Investors at the time of such sale.

(c) Executive’s obligation to participate in a Sale of the Company is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) upon consummation of the Sale of the Company, Executive shall receive the proceeds from such sale in accordance with the terms of Section 6(d) below, and if the holders of any class of Company Units are given an option as to the form of consideration to be received, all holders of such class of Company Units shall be given the same option subject to Section 6(d) below; provided that the condition that each holder is provided with the same option to receive the same form of consideration as set forth above shall be deemed satisfied even if certain holders elect to receive, to the exclusion of others, securities of the acquiring Person or any of its Affiliates or a mix of such securities and cash, so long as each holder of the same class of Company Units receives the same amount of value with respect to each per Company Unit of such class, whether in cash or such securities, as the Board shall determine in good faith after review of all facts and circumstances it deems relevant, as of the closing of such Sale of the Company; and (ii) all holders of then currently exercisable rights to acquire Company Units (including Company Units that become (or would become) vested and exercisable in connection with a Sale of the Company) shall be given an opportunity to exercise such rights (including by means of a “cashless exercise” if provided in the agreement and/or company benefit plan pursuant to which such rights were granted) prior to the consummation of the Sale of the Company and participate in such sale as holders of Company Units.

(d) In the event a Sale of the Company occurs (whether under this Section 6 or otherwise), each holder of Company Units shall receive in exchange for the Company Units held by such holder an amount equal to such amount that such holder would have received in respect of such holder’s Company Units if the aggregate consideration (after satisfaction or assumption of all debts and liabilities) from such Sale of the Company had been distributed by the Company in a complete liquidation of the Company in accordance with (including, without limitation, in the order of priority as set forth in) the terms of the LLC Agreement (and, if less than all of the Company Units of the Company are included in such transaction, then the allocation of such aggregate net consideration shall be determined as if the Company Units included in such transaction were all of the Company Units of the Company then outstanding and the Company distributed the aggregate consideration in a complete liquidation on that basis, and, for purposes of this Section 6(d) , the terms of the LLC Agreement shall be interpreted consistently with this assumption) (such amount is referred to herein as the “ Sale Proceeds Amount ”). The allocable share of each holder of Executive Units of any Indemnity Loss shall be an amount equal to the amount by which such holder’s Sale Proceeds Amount would have been reduced had the aggregate consideration from such Sale of the Company been distributed by the Company in accordance with the sentence immediately foregoing after deducting from such aggregate consideration the aggregate amount of such Indemnity Loss. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6 with respect to the Unitholder Obligations, each holder of Company Units shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the distribution of the aggregate consideration from such Sale of the Company as requested by the Board.

 

10


(e) Each holder of Executive Units shall bear such holder’s pro rata share (based upon the aggregate consideration received by each holder of Company Units in such sale) of the expenses incurred in connection with a Sale of the Company (whether under this Section 6 or otherwise) to the extent such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all holders of Company Units and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. For purposes of this Section 6(e) , expenses incurred in exercising reasonable efforts to take all necessary actions in connection with the consummation of the Sale of the Company shall be deemed to be for the benefit of all holders of Company Units. Expenses incurred by any holder of Company Units on such holder of Company Units’ own behalf shall not be considered expenses of the transaction and shall be the responsibility of such holder of Company Units.

(f) The provisions of this Section 6 shall terminate upon the consummation of an IPO.

7. Noncompete, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality . Executive acknowledges that in the course of his/her employment with or provision of services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company or its Subsidiaries, Executive has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and that Executive’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries. Executive also acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the Noncompetition Period, and that should Executive leave the Company and work for a Competitor during the Noncompetition Period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that Executive would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information. For these and other reasons, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests.

(a) Noncompete . In consideration for the issuance of the Executive Units and other good and valuable consideration, Executive agrees not to become employed by, perform services for, form, develop, or otherwise become associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during Executive’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for twelve months after the termination of Executive’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Noncompetition Period ”). For purposes of this Section 7 , “Competitor” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to and in competition with any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of Executive’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Executive, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of the operations of such business or received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information as defined in Section 7(e) regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only

 

11


representative of the Company’s current Competitors but not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

(b) Nonsolicitation . Executive further agrees that during the Noncompetition Period Executive shall not (i) in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit any CDW Employee or induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) on behalf of any Competitor, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Vendor or CDW Customer.

(c) Exceptions . Nothing in this Section 7 shall prohibit Executive from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) an owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(d) Extension . Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that Executive not perform the activities described in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) for the full Noncompetition Period, Executive agrees that the Noncompetition Period provided in Section 7 shall be extended for any time during which Executive breaches this Agreement, such that Executive does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 7 .

(e) Reformation . If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 7 , a court or an arbitrator holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. This Agreement shall not authorize a court or arbitrator to increase or broaden any of the restrictions in this Section 7 .

(f) Confidentiality . Other than as required in the ordinary course of Executive’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and except as specifically authorized by the Board or Executive’s direct supervisor, Executive shall not at any time make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors (“ Confidential Information ”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission by Executive or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that Executive gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of Executive’s employment or service (including service as a manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Executive shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which Executive may then possess or have under his/her control (together with all copies thereof).

 

12


(g) Acknowledgements . Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Executive under the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, and in consideration of (i) employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or retention to provide services (including service as a manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7 do not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Exeuctive’s ability to earn a living. In addition, Executive acknowledges (i) that the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including Executive), it is expected that the Company or its Subsidiaries will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the United States, and (iii) as part of Executive’s responsibilities, Executive will be conducting business throughout the United States in furtherance of the Company’s business and its relationships. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of this Section 7 outweighs any potential harm to Executive of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical scope.

(h) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 7 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“CDW Customer” means (i) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from CDW or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (ii) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, Executive submitted or assisted in the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to any Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of Executive’s employment with the Company.

“CDW Employee” means any person who was an officer, manager-level or other key employee or any material group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates either (i) at any time within 3

 

13


months of the prohibited contact; or (ii) at any time within 3 months of Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

“CDW Vendor” means any person or entity that provided goods or services to CDW or otherwise did business with the Company at any time within a two-year period prior to Executive’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

8. Remedies . The parties hereto (and the Investors as third party beneficiaries hereof) shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto (and the Institutional Investors as third party beneficiaries hereof) may, in their sole discretion, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

9. Definitions .

(a) The following terms, as used in this Agreement, have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq. , as it may be amended from time to time, and including any successor statute.

Affiliate ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Board ” shall mean the board of managers of the Company.

Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between Executive and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Executive’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of Executive’s position, or (ii) Executive’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) Executive’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Executive at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability, or (v) a material violation by Executive of any of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ written policies or the violation by Executive of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (vi) a violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Executive is bound under any agreement between Executive and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted

 

14


to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

CDW ” means CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company and indirect, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

Class A Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Class B Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Company Units ” means (i) any Common Units (including any vested Class B Common Units) purchased or otherwise acquired by any unitholder, (ii) any unvested Class B Common Units, (iii) any Common Units issued or issuable directly or indirectly upon the exercise or exchange of any securities purchased or otherwise acquired by any unitholder which are convertible into or exchangeable for the Company Units described in clause (i) (including pursuant to options to purchase Company Units granted by the Company), and (iv) any Common Units issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the Common Units referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above by way of unit distribution or unit split or in connection with a combination of units, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization (including any equity securities issued in connection with the conversion of the Company from a limited liability company to a corporation as contemplated in Section 14.1 of the LLC Agreement or otherwise). As to any particular securities constituting Company Units hereunder, such securities shall cease to be Company Units when they have been sold in a Public Sale in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Date of Termination ” shall mean, as applicable, (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary, the effective date of termination as specified in the written notice from the Company or such Subsidiary to Executive terminating Executive’s employment, (ii) if Executive terminates his/her employment, the date the Company or any Subsidiary receives notice from Executive terminating his/her employment (or if later, the effective date of such termination as reflected in such notice), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated other than pursuant to (i) or (ii), then the date determined in good faith by the Board, (iv) the date the services (including service as a Manager, advisor or consultant as contemplated by and described in Rule 701) Executive provided to the Company or any Subsidiary terminated, or (v) the effective date upon which Executive ceases to be a manager.

Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean Executive’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Executive’s

 

15


position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Executive or Executive’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any successor U.S. federal laws then in force.

Executive Units ” shall mean the Class B Common Units issued to Executive hereunder and units of the Company’s equity or other capital interests issued with respect to such Class B Common Units by way of a split, combination, distribution or other recapitalization.

Fair Market Value ” of any Executive Unit, shall mean, as of any date, the fair market value of such Executive Unit, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority interests), as determined in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that in the case of a Sale of the Company, the Fair Market Value of each Executive Unit shall be the price per Executive Unit in such transaction, as solely determined by the Board.

Family Group ” shall mean, with respect to a Person who is an individual, such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

IPO ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Institutional Investors ” shall mean, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Providence Equity Partners VI A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Sale ” means any sale of Company Units (i) to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (other than Rule 144(k) prior to an IPO) under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) effected through a broker, dealer or market maker.

 

16


Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

Sale of the Company ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) at least 51% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings or CDW shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets); provided, that an IPO shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Section 351 Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Transfer ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the LLC Agreement.

Unit ” means an interest in the Company’s capital, income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses and the right to vote (if any) on certain Company matters if and as provided in the LLC Agreement or the Act. Initially, the Units shall be comprised of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units.

VH Holdings ” means VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) Whenever this Agreement requires a calculation of Common Units held by the Institutional Investors such calculation shall aggregate the number of Common Units held by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MDCP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and their Affiliates.

10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be personally delivered, sent by telecopy with original to follow by overnight courier service, by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the addresses indicated below:

 

17


Notices to the Company :

VH Holdings, Inc.

c/o CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

  Attention: Chief Executive Officer
  Facsimile: 847-968-0336

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

  Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin
     George Peinado
  Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: Glenn Creamer
     Michael Dominguez
  Facsimile: 401-751-1790

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

  Facsimile: 312-862-2200
  Attention: Michael D. Paley

and

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: David Duffell
  Facsimile: 401-278-4710

 

18


Notices to the Institutional Investors :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

  Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin
     George Peinado
  Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: Glenn Creamer
     Michael Dominguez
  Facsimile: 401-751-1790

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

  Facsimile: (312) 862-2200
  Attention: Michael D. Paley

and

Weil, Gotshal and Manges

50 Kennedy Plaza, 11th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

  Attention: David Duffell
  Facsimile: 401-278-4710

Notices to Executive :

To Executive’s address on file with the Company

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or, if sent by telecopy the day of receipt, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail (return receipt requested) and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

19


11. General Provisions .

(a) Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Executive Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement or the LLC Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Executive Units as the owner of such Executive Units for any purpose.

(b) Irrevocability: Binding Effect on Successors and Assigns . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under applicable federal and state securities laws, that Executive is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement or any agreements of Executive hereunder, and that this Agreement and such other agreements shall survive the death or disability of Executive and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns (including subsequent holders of Executive Units).

(c) Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties . All covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(e) Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(h) No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their collective mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any person. The term “including” as used herein shall be by way of example, and shall not be deemed to constitute a limitation of any term or provision contained herein. Each defined term used in this Agreement has a comparable meaning when used in its plural or singular form.

 

20


(i) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(j) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(k) Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

(l) Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of Executive and the Company; provided that no provision of Sections 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 or of this Section 11(l) (or the definitions used in any of the foregoing sections) may be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Institutional Investors.

(m) Community Property . If Executive is lawfully married as of the date hereof and Executive’s address or the permanent residence of Executive’s spouse is located in a community property jurisdiction, Executive’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company on the date hereof the Consent in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

(n) Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the state in which the Company’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

(o) Third-Party Beneficiary . The Company and Executive acknowledge that each of the Institutional Investors is a third-party beneficiary under this Agreement and that the Institutional Investors can enforce the provisions of this Agreement intended for their benefit.

(p) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Permitted Transferees to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim

 

21


that they are not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that their property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

*   *   *   *   *

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement on the date first written above.

 

CDW Holdings LLC
By:  

 

Name:   John A. Edwardson
Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Name]

Signature Page to Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement

Exhibit 10.16

FORM OF

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

(EXECUTIVE)

DEFERRED UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 12, 2007, between CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Name» (“ Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to use the amount (if any) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto of his or her balance under the CDW Computer Centers, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ DCP ”) to acquire the right to receive the number of deferred Class A Common Units indicated on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ DCP Deferred Units ”);

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to use the amount (if any) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto of his or her award under the 2007 Senior Management Incentive Plan (the “ SMIP Award ”) to acquire the right to receive the number of deferred Class A Common Units indicated on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ SMIP Deferred Units ”);

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to use the amount (if any) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto of his or her special cash bonus in lieu of a 2007 equity award (the “ Special Bonus Award ”) to acquire the right to receive the number of deferred Class A Common Units indicated on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ Special Bonus Deferred Units ”); and

WHEREAS, the DCP Deferred Units, the SMIP Deferred Units, and the Special Bonus Deferred Units are collectively referred to herein as the “ Deferred Units ” and are subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, the Company and the Investor hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Deferred Units

(a) Grant of DCP Deferred Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants, effective as of the date hereof, to the Investor              DCP Deferred Units, each of which represents the right to receive, subject to the terms of this Agreement, one Class A Common Unit.

(b) Grant of SMIP Deferred Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants, effective as of the date hereof, to the Investor              SMIP Deferred Units, each of which represents the right to receive, subject to the terms of this Agreement, one Class A Common Unit.


(c) Grant of Special Bonus Deferred Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants, effective as of the date hereof, to the Investor              Special Bonus Deferred Units, each of which represents the right to receive, subject to the terms of this Agreement, one Class A Common Unit.

2. Accounts

(a) Investor Accounts . The Company will establish a separate notional account (the “ Deferred Unit Account ”) for the Investor and will record in such account the aggregate number of Deferred Units granted to the Investor under this Agreement and any distributions made with respect to such Deferred Units as provided in Section 4 . Such Deferred Unit Account will designate the number of such Deferred Units that are DCP Deferred Units, SMIP Deferred Units or Special Bonus Deferred Units, as the case may be.

(b) Corporate Adjustments .

(i) In the event that the Board determines that any distribution (in the form of Class A Common Units, other securities or other property), recapitalization, unit split, reverse unit split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, conversion of Holdings from a limited liability company to a corporation, change of control or exchange of Class A Common Units or other securities of Holdings, or other transaction or event involving Holdings or Class A Common Units (each a “ Company Event ”) affects the Deferred Units such that an adjustment is necessary or appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Agreement, the Board shall equitably adjust any or all of the number of Class A Common Units or other securities (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to the Deferred Units or take such other action as the Board determines to be appropriate to preserve the value, rights and benefit of any affected Deferred Units granted hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to provide the Investor with any rights to an adjustment in respect of the Deferred Units in the event Holdings issues additional Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement), warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units in Holdings, including without limitation in accordance with Section 3.5 of the LLC Agreement.

(ii) If Holdings enters into or is involved in any Company Event, the Board may, prior to such Company Event and effective upon such Company Event, take such action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, replacing Deferred Units with substitute awards in respect of the Class A Common Units, other securities or other property of the surviving entity or any affiliate of the surviving entity on such terms and conditions, including without limitation, as to the number of securities or amount of property, pricing and value of such securities or property or otherwise, which shall substantially preserve the value, rights and benefits of any affected Deferred Units granted hereunder as of the date of the consummation of the Company Event.

(iii) Upon receipt by the Investor of any such substitute awards (or payment) as a result of any such Company Event, the Investor’s Deferred Units shall be thereupon cancelled without the need for obtaining the consent of the Investor. Any actions or determinations of the Board under this Section 2(b) need not be uniform with respect to all holders of Deferred Units.

 

2


(c) Charge to Investor Deferred Compensation Account . The amount credited to the Investor’s account under Section 6.1 of the DCP will be decreased by the amount indicated on Schedule A attached hereto as being used to acquire the DCP Deferred Units.

(d) Charge to Investor SMIP Award . The amount of the SMIP Award otherwise payable to the Investor shall be decreased by the amount indicated on Schedule A attached hereto as being used to acquire the SMIP Deferred Units.

(e) Charge to Investor Special Bonus Award . The amount of the Special Bonus Award otherwise payable to the Investor shall be decreased by the amount indicated on Schedule A attached hereto as being used to acquire the Special Bonus Deferred Units.

3. Vesting .

(a) DCP Deferred Units . The DCP Deferred Units shall be fully vested as of the date hereof.

(b) SMIP Deferred Units . The SMIP Deferred Units shall vest only if the Investor remains employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through December 31, 2007. If the Investor’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason on or before December 31, 2007, the SMIP Deferred Units will be immediately cancelled, and the Investor shall immediately forfeit all rights and interests to such SMIP Deferred Units. In the event that the amount of the SMIP Award otherwise payable to the Investor is less than the amount necessary to purchase the total number of SMIP Deferred Units issued to Investor hereunder, the Investor shall immediately forfeit the excess number of SMIP Deferred Units and any distributions that may have been made on such forfeited Units.

(c) Special Bonus Deferred Units . Subject to the remainder of this Section 3(c) , the Special Bonus Deferred Units shall vest only if the Investor remains employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through December 31, 2007. If the Investor forfeits his or her right to receive the Special Bonus Award or if the Investor would have forfeited his or her right to receive the Special Bonus Award if the Investor had not elected to participate hereunder, in each case, as a result of such Investor’s termination of employment prior to December 31, 2007 or otherwise, the Special Bonus Deferred Units will be immediately cancelled, and the Investor shall immediately forfeit all rights and interests to such Special Bonus Deferred Units. In the event that the amount of the Special Bonus Award otherwise payable to the Investor is less than the amount necessary to purchase the total number of Special Bonus Deferred Units issued to Investor hereunder, the Investor shall immediately forfeit the excess number of Special Bonus Deferred Units and any distributions that may have been made on such forfeited Units.

4. Cash Distribution Rights . The Investor shall be entitled to receive all cash distributions paid with respect to the Class A Common Units underlying the Deferred Units, provided that any such distribution will be subject to same vesting requirements as the underlying Deferred Unit and shall be credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account by the

 

3


Company on behalf of the Investor, to be paid (by the Company or by VH Holdings) only at the time the underlying Deferred Unit is settled pursuant to Section 5 . Any such cash distributions shall be notionally invested in accounts or other programs to be offered by the Board at its reasonable discretion.

5. Settlement

(a) General . Upon the earliest to occur (the “ Settlement Date ”) of (i) a Sale which also constitutes a change in control event within the meaning of Code § 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) the date that is 30 days following Investor’s Separation from Service with the Company (or, if Code § 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) applies to the Company and the Investor is a Key Employee immediately prior to such termination, the date that is six months following such termination) and (iii) the [3rd/5th] anniversary of the date hereof, the Investor shall, subject to Section 2(b)(i) , receive a distribution of the amounts credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account, including all distributions credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account pursuant to Section 4 with respect to such Deferred Units. On or before any Settlement Date, the Investor shall become a party to the LLC Agreement, the Unitholders Agreement and a Class A Common Unit Purchase Agreement (or equivalent agreement with respect to other securities or property, if applicable) (the “ Unit Purchase Agreement ”) in form and substance reasonably consistent with such agreements in effect on or about the date hereof. Except as set forth herein, all distributions hereunder shall be made in kind with respect to securities and other property credited to a Investor’s Deferred Unit Account.

(b) Cash in Lieu of Property . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Settlement Date is by reason of Section 5(a)(ii) (a Separation from Service) then in lieu of delivering shares of Class A Common Units or other securities or property credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account in respect of all or a portion of the Deferred Units, the Company may deliver to the Investor an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Units or such other securities or property; provided that the Company may exercise such right only if (i) the Company or its Subsidiaries terminate the Investor’s employment for Cause or (ii) before the third anniversary of the date hereof, the Investor resigns his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than (A) for Good Reason, (B) due to Disability or (B) due to the Investor’s retirement).

(c) Settlement in Stock of VH Holdings . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in lieu of delivering shares of Class A Common Units or other securities or property credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account in respect of all or a portion of the Deferred Units, the Company or VH Holdings may deliver shares of stock of VH Holdings having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Units or such other securities or property as of the date that such shares, securities or property would otherwise be delivered.

6. Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Subject to Section 6(b) , Investor shall be required to remit in cash to the Company all required withholding amounts associated with settlement of the Deferred Units, as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion. Subject to applicable law, Investor agrees that the Company may satisfy withholding obligations from any source of funds available to the Company and otherwise payable to Investor, including salary or bonus payments.

 

4


(b) Withholding Arrangements . Notwithstanding Section 6(a) and subject to the procedures specified by the Company from time to time, the Investor may satisfy all or part of the tax withholding obligations in connection with a Deferred Unit or the settlement thereof by (a) having the Company withhold Class A Common Units or other securities or property credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account otherwise deliverable pursuant to Section 5 , or (b) delivering to the Company already-owned Class A Common Units having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, provided such Class A Common Units shall have been held by the Investor for at least six months; and provided further that this Section 6(b) shall not apply to Investor if the Settlement Date is a Separation from Service that occurs on account of (i) a resignation by the Investor for a reason other than (A) for Good Reason or (B) due to the Investor’s retirement or (ii) a termination of Investor by the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause.

7. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Board . The Board shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer this Agreement and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) interpret and construe this Agreement, (ii) adopt such rules as it deems necessary or appropriate for the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement, (iii) interpret, amend or revoke any such procedures or rules, (iv) correct any technical defect(s) or technical omission(s), or reconcile any technical inconsistency(ies), in this Agreement, and (v) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to this Agreement or as the Board deems necessary or advisable to administer this Agreement provided that such actions will be taken in a manner reasonably consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Actions of the Board . The actions of the Board shall be taken in accordance with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement. The Board’s determinations need not be uniform with respect to all holders of Deferred Units, and may be made selectively among holders of Deferred Units, whether or not such holders of Deferred Units are similarly situated; provided that such actions will be taken in a manner reasonably consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Delegation by the Board . The Board in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide in accordance with the LLC Agreement may delegate all or any part of its authority and powers under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement.

 

5


8. Investor’s Representations and Warranties . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Deferred Units and the settlement of Deferred Units hereunder, Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) Investor’s Investment Representations . Investor hereby represents that he or she is acquiring the Deferred Units and the underlying Class A Common Units hereunder for his or her own account with the present intention of holding such securities for investment purposes and that he or she has no intention of selling such securities in a public distribution in violation of the federal securities laws or any applicable state or foreign securities laws. Investor acknowledges that the Deferred Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws and that the Deferred Units will be issued to Investor in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign statutes and in reliance on Investor’s representations and agreements contained herein and in the LLC Agreement.

(b) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Investor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both) result in a violation or breach of, conflict with, cause increased liability or fees, or require approval, consent or authorization under (i) any Legal Requirements applicable to Investor or (ii) any contract to which Investor is a party or by which Investor or any of his or her properties or assets may be bound or affected.

(c) Other Representations and Warranties of Investor . Investor hereby further represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) Investor is an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(ii) Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Deferred Units to be acquired by him or her hereunder and has had full access to such other information concerning Holdings and the Company (including access to the LLC Agreement) as Investor may have requested in making his or her decision to invest in the Deferred Units being issued hereunder;

(iii) Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and/or has, by reason of his or her business and financial experience and the business and financial experience of those retained by him or her such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of holding the Deferred Units such that Investor is sophisticated as contemplated by Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Securities Act;

(iv) Investor is able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity of an investment in Holdings and the Company and is able to bear the risk of loss of his or her entire investment in Holdings and the Company, and Investor fully understands and agrees that he or she may have to bear the economic risk of his or her purchase for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the Deferred Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state or foreign nation and, therefore, cannot be resold, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under the applicable securities laws of certain states or foreign nations or unless an exemption from such registration is available;

 

6


(v) Investor acknowledges that any Class A Common Units issued upon settlement of the Deferred Units shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement, and Investor has received and reviewed a copy of the LLC Agreement and the Unitholders Agreement;

(vi) Investor has all requisite legal capacity and authority and all material authorizations necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby to which Investor is a party and the purchase of the Deferred Units hereunder have been duly authorized by Investor;

(vii) Investor has relied on the advice of, or has consulted with, only his or her own legal, financial and tax advisors and the determination of Investor to acquire the Deferred Units pursuant to this Agreement has been made by Investor independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such acquisition or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings and the Company which may have been made or given by any other Person or by any agent or employee of such Person;

(viii) Investor is not acquiring the Deferred Units as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, internet publication or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the internet or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a Person not previously known to Investor in connection with investments in securities generally;

(ix) Investor is a resident of the state of                      ;

(x) Investor acknowledges that neither the issuance of the Deferred Units to Investor nor any provision contained in this Agreement or the LLC Agreement shall entitle Investor to remain in the employment of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate Investor’s employment at any time; and

(xi) Investor acknowledges that, except as required by applicable law, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to Investor, and Investor shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries.

9. Compensatory Arrangements . This Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Deferred Units have been issued and sold hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company or its Subsidiaries and Investor.

 

7


10. Definitions .

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to a Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board ” means the Board of Managers of Holdings.

Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Investor’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of his or her position, or (ii) Investor’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) Investor’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Investor at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) Investor’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability or (v) a material violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity (as defined in that certain Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Investor and Holdings) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant), non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Investor is bound under any agreement between Investor and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Investor in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Investor’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

Class A Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Units ” shall mean the Deferred Units and any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the Deferred Units pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 5 , including without limitation Class A Common Units.

Company ” shall mean CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean Investor’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury,

 

8


physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively his/her duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Investor’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Investor (or Investor’s personal representative) or the Company provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements for a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

Fair Market Value ” of any property (including any Common Unit), shall mean, as of any date, the fair market value of such property, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of any securities and minority interests), as determined in accordance with the following procedure. Initially, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board acting in good faith. Upon request, the Company will provide to Investor strictly for use in determining whether to seek an appraisal its calculation of Fair Market Value and a description of the methodology and metrics utilized by the Company in making such determination. If Investor believes that the amount determined by the Board to be the Fair Market Value is less than the amount that Investor believes to be the Fair Market Value and the aggregate amount in dispute exceeds $50,000, Investor may elect to direct the Company to obtain an appraisal of the Fair Market Value, which appraisal shall be prepared by a qualified independent appraiser, mutually selected by the Company and Investor. If the Company and Investor are unable to agree on such appraiser, they shall each select a qualified independent appraiser, and the two such appraisers shall select a third qualified independent appraiser who has not provided any services to any of the Company, any Institutional Investor or Investor within twenty-four months preceding the engagement for such appraisal, which third appraiser shall prepare the determination of Fair Market Value. Such election must be in writing and given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after Investor receives the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value. The determination of the appraiser shall be a final and binding determination of Fair Market Value. If such appraiser determines Fair Market Value to be 105% or more of the Fair Market Value determined by the Board, then the Company shall pay the cost of all such appraisers. If such appraiser determines the Fair Market Value to be less than 105% of the Fair Market Value determined by the Board, then Investor shall pay the cost of all such appraisers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the foregoing procedure has resulted in the receipt of an appraisal of Class A Common Units from a qualified independent appraiser within 6 months prior to the date on which the Fair Market Value determination is to be made by the Board hereunder and if the Board’s good faith determination of Fair Market Value is greater than or equal to the amount reflected in such prior appraisal, Investor shall not have any right to seek an appraisal hereunder.

Good Reason ” shall mean if Investor resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) the Company reduces the amount of Investor’s base salary or cash bonus opportunity (it being understood that the Board shall have discretion to set the Company’s and the Investor’s personal performance targets to which the cash bonus will be tied), (ii) the Company adversely changes Investor’s reporting responsibilities, titles or office as in effect as of the date hereof or reduces his/her position, authority, duties, responsibilities or status materially inconsistent with the

 

9


positions, authority, duties, responsibilities or status Investor then holds, (iii) any successor to the Company in a Sale does not expressly assume any material obligation of the Company to Investor under any agreement or plan pursuant to which Investor receives benefits or rights, or (iii) the Company changes Investor’s place of work to a location more than 50 miles from Investor’s present place of work.

Holdings ” means CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Institutional Investors ” shall mean MDCP and PEP, in each case so long as such Person holds any Class A Common Units.

Key Employee ” means a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code, without regard to paragraph (5) thereof.

Legal Requirement ” shall mean any law, treaty, statute, code, ordinance, decree, administrative order, constitution, permit, directive, policy, standard, rule, building, zoning, subdivision, health and safety and other land use laws, regulation, or requirement of any government entity and all judicial, quasi-judicial, administrative, quasi-administrative and arbitral judgments, orders (including injunctions) decisions or awards of any government entity, including general principles of common law, civil law and equity, in each case having the force of law and binding Investor, or any of his or her property or assets.

LLC Agreement ” shall mean Holdings’ Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, by and among Holdings and Holdings’ unitholders.

MDCP ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

PEP ” means, collectively, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P. and Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Sale ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) at least 51% of the equity securities of Holdings entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of Holdings’ assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings or the Company shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of Holdings’ assets); provided , that an IPO (as defined in the LLC Agreement) shall not constitute a Sale of the Company (as defined in the LLC Agreement).

 

10


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” under Code § 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation Date ” means the date on which Investor ceases to be employed by or otherwise provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries due to a Separation from Service.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning given in Section 5 .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any event of default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Transfer ” means to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law).

Unitholders Agreement ” means that certain Unitholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, between Holdings and certain of its unitholders.

VH Holdings ” means VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

11. Miscellaneous

(a) Restrictions on Transfers; Transfers in Violation of Agreement . The Deferred Units are not Transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be Transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift or

 

11


otherwise) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution to the estate of the Investor upon the Investor’s death. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Deferred Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Deferred Units as the owner of such Deferred Units for any purpose.

(b) Irrevocability: Binding Effect on Successors and Assigns . Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws, the purchase hereunder is irrevocable, that Investor is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement or the LLC Agreement, or any agreements of Investor hereunder, and that this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and such other agreements shall survive the death or Disability of Investor and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns. If Investor is more than one person, the obligations of Investor hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein contained shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and assigns.

(c) Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties . All covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) No Rights as Unitholder . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 4 , no Investor (nor any beneficiary) shall have any of the rights or privileges of a unitholder or member of Holdings with respect to any Deferred Units (or settlement thereof), unless and until certificates representing Class A Common Units in settlement of Deferred Units shall have been issued and recorded on the records of Holdings or its transfer agents or registrars.

(e) No Corporate Action Restriction . The existence of this Agreement and/or the Deferred Units granted hereunder shall not limit, affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Board or the unitholders or shareholders of Holdings or the Company to make or authorize (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in Holdings’ or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s capital structure or business, (b) any merger, consolidation or change in the ownership of the Holdings, Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, (c) any issue of bonds, debentures, capital, preferred or prior preference stocks ahead of or affecting Holdings’, the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s capital stock or the rights thereof, (d) any dissolution or liquidation of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, (e) any sale or transfer of all or any part of Holdings’, the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s assets or business, or (f) any other similar act or proceeding by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. No Investor, beneficiary or any other person claiming through the Investor shall have any claim against the Board, Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any employees, officers, unitholders, shareholders or agents of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, solely as a result of any such action.

 

12


(f) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(g) Complete Agreement . This Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(i) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(j) No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(k) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(m) Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13


(n) Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Investor.

(o) Third-Party Beneficiary . No person or entity not a party hereto shall have any interest herein or be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to create any rights enforceable by any other person or third party.

(p) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its permitted Transferees to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that they are not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that their property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(q) Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

(r) Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be personally delivered, sent by telecopy with original to follow by overnight courier service, by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the addresses indicated below:

Notices to the Company :

CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 847-968-0336

 

14


with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin

Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: Glenn Creamer

                 Michael Dominguez

Facsimile: 401-751-1790

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.

                 Michael D. Paley

Notices to Investor :

See Schedule A

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

227 West Monroe Street, Suite 4400

Chicago, IL 60606

Facsimile: (312) 984-7700

Attention: Mark A. Harris

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or, if sent by telecopy the day of receipt, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail (return receipt requested) and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

*     *     *     *     *

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement on the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION

By:

   

Name:

 
Its:  
 
[Investor]


Schedule A

 

Investor Name and Address

   Source of
Deferred Unit
Amount
   Amount Used
From Source
   Type of
Deferred Unit
   Number of
Deferred Units
Issued

«Name»

   DCP    $ _______    DCP Deferred
Units
   _______
   SMIP Award    $ _______    SMIP
Deferred Units
   _______
   Special Bonus
Award
   $ _______    Special Bonus
Deferred Units
   _______
   Total Amount
Invested
   $ _______    Total
Deferred
Units Issued
   _______

Exhibit 10.17

FORM OF

CDW HOLDINGS LLC

(MANAGEMENT)

DEFERRED UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 12, 2007, between CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Name» (“ Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to use the amount (if any) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto of his or her balance under the CDW Computer Centers, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ DCP ”) to acquire the right to receive the number of deferred Class A Common Units indicated on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ DCP Deferred Units ”);

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to use the amount (if any) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto of his or her award under the 2007 Senior Management Incentive Plan (the “ SMIP Award ”) to acquire the right to receive the number of deferred Class A Common Units indicated on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ SMIP Deferred Units ”);

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to use the amount (if any) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto of his or her special cash bonus in lieu of a 2007 equity award (the “ Special Bonus Award ”) to acquire the right to receive the number of deferred Class A Common Units indicated on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ Special Bonus Deferred Units ”); and

WHEREAS, the DCP Deferred Units, the SMIP Deferred Units, and the Special Bonus Deferred Units are collectively referred to herein as the “ Deferred Units ” and are subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, the Company and the Investor hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Deferred Units

(a) Grant of DCP Deferred Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants, effective as of the date hereof, to the Investor              DCP Deferred Units, each of which represents the right to receive, subject to the terms of this Agreement, one Class A Common Unit.

(b) Grant of SMIP Deferred Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants, effective as of the date hereof, to the Investor              SMIP Deferred Units, each of which represents the right to receive, subject to the terms of this Agreement, one Class A Common Unit.


(c) Grant of Special Bonus Deferred Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants, effective as of the date hereof, to the Investor [              ] Special Bonus Deferred Units, each of which represents the right to receive, subject to the terms of this Agreement, one Class A Common Unit.

2. Accounts

(a) Investor Accounts . The Company will establish a separate notional account (the “ Deferred Unit Account ”) for the Investor and will record in such account the aggregate number of Deferred Units granted to the Investor under this Agreement and any distributions made with respect to such Deferred Units as provided in Section 4 . Such Deferred Unit Account will designate the number of such Deferred Units that are DCP Deferred Units, SMIP Deferred Units or Special Bonus Deferred Units, as the case may be.

(b) Corporate Adjustments .

(i) In the event that the Board determines that any distribution (in the form of Class A Common Units, other securities or other property), recapitalization, unit split, reverse unit split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, conversion of Holdings from a limited liability company to a corporation, change of control or exchange of Class A Common Units or other securities of Holdings, or other transaction or event involving Holdings or Class A Common Units (each a “ Company Event ”) affects the Deferred Units such that an adjustment is necessary or appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Agreement, the Board shall equitably adjust any or all of the number of Class A Common Units or other securities (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to the Deferred Units or take such other action as the Board determines to be appropriate to preserve the value, rights and benefit of any affected Deferred Units granted hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to provide the Investor with any rights to an adjustment in respect of the Deferred Units in the event Holdings issues additional Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement), warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units in Holdings, including without limitation in accordance with Section 3.5 of the LLC Agreement.

(ii) If Holdings enters into or is involved in any Company Event, the Board may, prior to such Company Event and effective upon such Company Event, take such action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, replacing Deferred Units with substitute awards in respect of the Class A Common Units, other securities or other property of the surviving entity or any affiliate of the surviving entity on such terms and conditions, including without limitation, as to the number of securities or amount of property, pricing and value of such securities or properties or otherwise, which shall substantially preserve the value, rights and benefits of any affected Deferred Units granted hereunder as of the date of the consummation of the Company Event.

(iii) Upon receipt by the Investor of any such substitute awards (or payment) as a result of any such Company Event, the Investor’s Deferred Units shall be thereupon cancelled without the need for obtaining the consent of the Investor. Any actions or determinations of the Board under this Section 2(b) need not be uniform with respect to all holders of Deferred Units.

 

2


(c) Charge to Investor Deferred Compensation Account . The amount credited to the Investor’s account under Section 6.1 of the DCP will be decreased by the amount indicated on Schedule A attached hereto as being used to acquire the DCP Deferred Units.

(d) Charge to Investor SMIP Award . The amount of the SMIP Award otherwise payable to the Investor shall be decreased by the amount indicated on Schedule A attached hereto as being used to acquire the SMIP Deferred Units.

(e) Charge to Investor Special Bonus Award . The amount of the Special Bonus Award otherwise payable to the Investor shall be decreased by the amount indicated on Schedule A attached hereto as being used to acquire the Special Bonus Deferred Units.

3. Vesting .

(a) DCP Deferred Units . The DCP Deferred Units shall be fully vested as of the date hereof.

(b) SMIP Deferred Units . The SMIP Deferred Units shall vest only if the Investor remains employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through December 31, 2007. If the Investor’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason on or before December 31, 2007, the SMIP Deferred Units will be immediately cancelled, and the Investor shall immediately forfeit all rights and interests to such SMIP Deferred Units. In the event that the amount of the SMIP Award otherwise payable to the Investor is less than the amount necessary to purchase the total number of SMIP Deferred Units issued to Investor hereunder, the Investor shall immediately forfeit the excess number of SMIP Deferred Units and any distributions that may have been made on such forfeited Units.

(c) Special Bonus Deferred Units . Subject to the remainder of this Section 3(c) , the Special Bonus Deferred Units shall vest only if the Investor remains employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through December 31, 2007. If the Investor forfeits his right to receive the Special Bonus Award or if the Investor would have forfeited his right to receive the Special Bonus Award if the Investor had not elected to participate hereunder, in each case, as a result of such Investor’s termination of employment prior to December 31, 2007 or otherwise, the Special Bonus Deferred Units will be immediately cancelled, and the Investor shall immediately forfeit all rights and interests to such Special Bonus Deferred Units. In the event that the amount of the Special Bonus Award otherwise payable to the Investor is less than the amount necessary to purchase the total number of Special Bonus Deferred Units issued to Investor hereunder, the Investor shall immediately forfeit the excess number of Special Bonus Deferred Units and any distributions that may have been made on such forfeited Units.

4. Cash Distribution Rights . The Investor shall be entitled to receive all cash distributions paid with respect to the Class A Common Units underlying the Deferred Units, provided that any such distribution will be subject to same vesting requirements as the underlying Deferred Unit and shall be credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account by the

 

3


Company on behalf of the Investor, to be paid (by the Company or by VH Holdings) only at the time the underlying Deferred Unit is settled pursuant to Section 5 . Any such cash distributions shall be notionally invested in accounts or other programs to be offered by the Board at its reasonable discretion.

5. Settlement

(a) General . Upon the earliest to occur (the “ Settlement Date ”) of (i) a Sale which also constitutes a change in control event within the meaning of Code § 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) the date that is 30 days following Investor’s Separation from Service with the Company (or, if Code § 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) applies to the Company and the Investor is a Key Employee immediately prior to such termination, the date that is six months following such termination) and (iii) the [3rd/5th] anniversary of the date hereof, the Investor shall, subject to Section 2(b)(i), receive a distribution of the amounts credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account, including all distributions credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account pursuant to Section 4 with respect to such Deferred Units. On or before any Settlement Date, the Investor shall become a party to the LLC Agreement and a Class A Common Unit Purchase Agreement (or equivalent agreement with respect to other securities or property, if applicable) (the “ Unit Purchase Agreement ”) in form and substance reasonably consistent with such Agreements in effect on or about the date hereof. Except as set forth herein, all distributions hereunder shall be made in kind with respect to securities and other property credited to a Investor’s Deferred Unit Account.

(b) Cash in Lieu of Property . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Settlement Date is by reason of Section 5(a)(ii) (a Separation from Service) then in lieu of delivering shares of Class A Common Units or other securities or property credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account in respect of all or a portion of the Deferred Units, the Company may deliver to the Investor an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Units or such other securities or property.

(c) Settlement in Stock of VH Holdings . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in lieu of delivering shares of Class A Common Units or other securities or property credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account in respect of all or a portion of the Deferred Units, the Company or VH Holdings may deliver shares of stock of VH Holdings having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of such Class A Common Units or such other securities or property as of the date that such shares, securities or property would otherwise be delivered.

6. Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Subject to Section 6(b) , Investor shall be required to remit in cash to the Company all required withholding amounts associated with settlement of the Deferred Units, as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion. Subject to applicable law, Investor agrees that the Company may satisfy withholding obligations from any source of funds available to the Company and otherwise payable to Investor, including salary or bonus payments.

 

4


(b) Withholding Arrangements . Notwithstanding Section 6(a) and subject to the procedures specified by the Company from time to time, the Investor may satisfy all or part of the tax withholding obligations in connection with a Deferred Unit or the settlement thereof by (a) having the Company withhold Class A Common Units or other securities or property credited to the Investor’s Deferred Unit Account otherwise deliverable pursuant to Section 5 , or (b) delivering to the Company already-owned Class A Common Units having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, provided such Class A Common Units shall have been held by the Investor for at least six months; and provided further that this Section 6(b) shall not apply to Investor if the Settlement Date is a Separation from Service that occurs on account of (i) a resignation by the Investor for any reason or (ii) a termination of Investor by the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause.

7. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Board . The Board shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer this Agreement and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) interpret and construe this Agreement, (ii) adopt such rules as it deems necessary or appropriate for the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement, (iii) interpret, amend or revoke any such procedures or rules, (iv) correct any technical defect(s) or technical omission(s), or reconcile any technical inconsistency(ies), in this Agreement, and (v) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to this Agreement or as the Board deems necessary or advisable to administer this Agreement provided that such actions will be taken in a manner reasonably consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Actions of the Board . The actions of the Board shall be taken in accordance with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement. The Board’s determinations need not be uniform with respect to all holders of Deferred Units, and may be made selectively among holders of Deferred Units, whether or not such holders of Deferred Units are similarly situated; provided that such actions will be taken in a manner reasonably consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Delegation by the Board . The Board in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide in accordance with the LLC Agreement may delegate all or any part of its authority and powers under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement.

8. Investor’s Representations and Warranties . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Deferred Units and the settlement of Deferred Units hereunder, Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) Investor’s Investment Representations . Investor hereby represents that he or she is acquiring the Deferred Units and the underlying Class A Common Units hereunder for his or her own account with the present intention of holding such securities for investment purposes and that he or she has no intention of selling such securities in a public distribution in violation of the federal securities laws or any applicable state or foreign securities laws. Investor acknowledges that the Deferred Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or

 

5


applicable state or foreign securities laws and that the Deferred Units will be issued to Investor in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign statutes and in reliance on Investor’s representations and agreements contained herein and in the LLC Agreement.

(b) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Investor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both) result in a violation or breach of, conflict with, cause increased liability or fees, or require approval, consent or authorization under (i) any Legal Requirements applicable to Investor or (ii) any contract to which Investor is a party or by which Investor or any of his or her properties or assets may be bound or affected.

(c) Other Representations and Warranties of Investor . Investor hereby further represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) Investor is an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(ii) Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Deferred Units to be acquired by him or her hereunder and has had full access to such other information concerning Holdings and the Company (including access to the LLC Agreement) as Investor may have requested in making his or her decision to invest in the Deferred Units being issued hereunder;

(iii) Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and/or has, by reason of his or her business and financial experience and the business and financial experience of those retained by him or her such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of holding the Deferred Units such that Investor is sophisticated as contemplated by Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Securities Act;

(iv) Investor is able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity of an investment in Holdings and the Company and is able to bear the risk of loss of his or her entire investment in Holdings and the Company, and Investor fully understands and agrees that he or she may have to bear the economic risk of his or her purchase for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the Deferred Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state or foreign nation and, therefore, cannot be resold, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under the applicable securities laws of certain states or foreign nations or unless an exemption from such registration is available;

(v) Investor acknowledges that any Class A Common Units issued upon settlement of the Deferred Units shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the LLC Agreement, and Investor has received and reviewed a copy of the LLC Agreement;

 

6


(vi) Investor has all requisite legal capacity and authority and all material authorizations necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby to which Investor is a party and the purchase of the Deferred Units hereunder have been duly authorized by Investor;

(vii) Investor has relied on the advice of, or has consulted with, only his or her own legal, financial and tax advisors and the determination of Investor to acquire the Deferred Units pursuant to this Agreement has been made by Investor independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such acquisition or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings and the Company which may have been made or given by any other Person or by any agent or employee of such Person;

(viii) Investor is not acquiring the Deferred Units as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, internet publication or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the internet or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a Person not previously known to Investor in connection with investments in securities generally;

(ix) Investor is a resident of the state of              ;

(x) Investor acknowledges that neither the issuance of the Deferred Units to Investor nor any provision contained in this Agreement or the LLC Agreement shall entitle Investor to remain in the employment of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate Investor’s employment at any time; and

(xi) Investor acknowledges that, except as required by applicable law, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to Investor, and Investor shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries.

9. Compensatory Arrangements . This Agreement has been executed and delivered, and the Deferred Units have been issued and sold hereunder, in connection with and as a part of the compensation and incentive arrangements between the Company or its Subsidiaries and Investor.

10. Definitions .

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to a Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

7


Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board ” means the Board of Managers of Holdings.

Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Investor’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of his or her position, or (ii) Investor’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) Investor’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Investor at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) Investor’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability, or (v) a material violation by Investor of any of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ written policies or the violation by Investor of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (vi) a violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non competition, non solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Investor is bound under any agreement between Investor and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Investor in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Investor’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

Class A Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the LLC Agreement.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Units ” shall mean the Deferred Units and any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the Deferred Units pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 5 , including without limitation Class A Common Units.

Company ” shall mean CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Disability ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean Investor’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively his/her duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Investor’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the

 

8


reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Investor (or Investor’s personal representative) or the Company provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements for a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

Fair Market Value ” of any property (including any Common Unit), shall mean, as of any date, the fair market value of such property, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority interests), as determined in good faith by the Board.

Holdings ” means CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Institutional Investors ” shall mean MDCP and PEP, in each case so long as such Person holds any Class A Common Units.

Key Employee ” means a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code, without regard to paragraph (5) thereof.

Legal Requirement ” shall mean any law, treaty, statute, code, ordinance, decree, administrative order, constitution, permit, directive, policy, standard, rule, building, zoning, subdivision, health and safety and other land use laws, regulation, or requirement of any government entity and all judicial, quasi-judicial, administrative, quasi-administrative and arbitral judgments, orders (including injunctions) decisions or awards of any government entity, including general principles of common law, civil law and equity, in each case having the force of law and binding Investor, or any of his or her property or assets.

LLC Agreement ” shall mean Holdings’ Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, by and among Holdings and Holdings’ unitholders.

MDCP ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

PEP ” means, collectively, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P. and Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Sale ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) at least 51% of the equity securities of Holdings entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation,

 

9


reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of Holdings’ assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings or the Company shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of Holdings’ assets); provided , that an IPO (as defined in the LLC Agreement) shall not constitute a Sale of the Company (as defined in the LLC Agreement).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” under Code § 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation Date ” means the date on which Investor ceases to be employed by or otherwise provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries due to a Separation from Service.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning given in Section 5 .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any event of default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Transfer ” means to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law).

VH Holdings ” means VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

10


11. Miscellaneous

(a) Restrictions on Transfers; Transfers in Violation of Agreement . The Deferred Units are not Transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be Transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift or otherwise) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution to the estate of the Investor upon the Investor’s death. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Deferred Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Deferred Units as the owner of such Deferred Units for any purpose.

(b) Irrevocability: Binding Effect on Successors and Assigns . Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws, the purchase hereunder is irrevocable, that Investor is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement or the LLC Agreement, or any agreements of Investor hereunder, and that this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and such other agreements shall survive the death or Disability of Investor and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns. If Investor is more than one person, the obligations of Investor hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein contained shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and assigns.

(c) Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties . All covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) No Rights as Unitholder . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 4 , no Investor (nor any beneficiary) shall have any of the rights or privileges of a unitholder or member of Holdings with respect to any Deferred Units (or settlement thereof), unless and until certificates representing Class A Common Units in settlement of Deferred Units shall have been issued and recorded on the records of Holdings or its transfer agents or registrars.

(e) No Corporate Action Restriction . The existence of this Agreement and/or the Deferred Units granted hereunder shall not limit, affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Board or the Unitholders or shareholders of Holdings or the Company to make or authorize (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in Holdings’ or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s capital structure or business, (b) any merger, consolidation or change in the ownership of the Holdings, Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, (c) any issue of bonds, debentures, capital, preferred or prior preference stocks ahead of or affecting Holdings’, the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s capital stock or the rights thereof, (d) any dissolution or liquidation of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, (e) any sale or transfer of all or any part of Holdings’, the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s assets or business, or (f) any other similar act or proceeding by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. No Investor, beneficiary or any other person claiming through the Investor shall have any claim against the Board, Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any employees, officers, unitholders, shareholders or agents of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, solely as a result of any such action.

 

11


(f) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(g) Complete Agreement . This Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(i) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(j) No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(k) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(m) Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12


(n) Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Investor.

(o) Third-Party Beneficiary . No person or entity not a party hereto shall have any interest herein or be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to create any rights enforceable by any other person or third party.

(p) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its permitted Transferees to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that they are not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that their property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(q) Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

(r) Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be personally delivered, sent by telecopy with original to follow by overnight courier service, by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the addresses indicated below:

Notices to the Company :

CDW Corporation

200 North Milwaukee

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 847-968-0336

 

13


with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P.

Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P.

Three First National Plaza

Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Attention: Benjamin D. Chereskin

Facsimile: 312-895-1001

and

Providence Equity Partners VI L.P.

Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P.

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Attention: Glenn Creamer

                  Michael Dominguez

Facsimile: 401-751-1790

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

Attention: Edward T. Swan, P.C.

                  Michael D. Paley

Notices to Investor :

See Schedule A

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice) :

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

227 West Monroe Street, Suite 4400

Chicago, IL 60606

Facsimile: (312) 984-7700

Attention: Mark A. Harris

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or, if sent by telecopy the day of receipt, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail (return receipt requested) and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

*     *     *     *     *

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement on the date first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Its:  
 
[Investor]  


Schedule A

 

Investor Name and Address

   Source of
Deferred Unit
Amount
   Amount
Used

From
Source
   Type of
Deferred Unit
   Number
of

Deferred
Units

Issued

«Name»

   DCP    $_______    DCP Deferred
Units
   _______
   SMIP Award    $_______    SMIP
Deferred Units
   _______
   Special Bonus
Award
   $_______    Special Bonus
Deferred Units
   _______
   Total Amount

Invested

   $_______    Total

Deferred

Units Issued

   _______

Exhibit 10.18

FORM OF

COMPENSATION PROTECTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on                  and is effective as of                      (the “Effective Date”) by and between CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”), and                      (the “Executive”).

For and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Accrued Obligations” means, as of the Date of Termination, the sum of (1) the Executive’s base salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (2) the amount of any bonus, annual incentive compensation, deferred compensation and other cash compensation accrued by the Executive as of the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid and (3) any vacation pay, expense reimbursements and other cash entitlements accrued by the Executive as of the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid. For the purpose of this Section 1(a), amounts shall be deemed to accrue ratably over the period during which they are earned, but no discretionary compensation shall be deemed earned or accrued until it is specifically approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee in accordance with the applicable plan, program or policy.

(b) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between the Executive and the Company or any subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean one or more of the following: (i) the Executive’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of his/her position, or (ii) the Executive’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) the Executive’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of the Executive at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability or (v) a material violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition (other than a competitive activity that does not violate any such non-competition covenant as set forth in any agreement whereby Executive acquires Class A Common Units of CDW Holdings), non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which the Executive is bound under any


agreement between the Executive and the Company and its subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

(e) “CDW Holdings” means CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

[(f) “Change in Control” means the closing of the merger of VH MergerSub, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“MergerSub”), with and into the Company (the “Merger”), pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 29, 2007 (the “Merger Agreement”), among the Company, MergerSub and VH Holdings.] 1

(g) “Company” means CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, and its successors and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the consummation of a transaction initiated by the Company involving the formation of a direct or indirect holding company of the Company for any internal legal or business purpose in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company become the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such holding company in substantially the same proportions, all references to the “Company” herein shall be deemed to be references to the new holding company.

(h) “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been appointed, the Board.

(i) “Date of Termination” means (1) the date of the Executive’s separation from service, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or (2) if the Executive’s employment by the Company terminates by reason of death, the date of death of the Executive.

(j) “Effective Date” means                      .

(k) “Good Reason” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement between the Executive and the Company or any subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean, without the written consent of the Executive, any one or more of the following: (i) the Company reduces the amount of the Executive’s base salary or cash bonus opportunity (it being understood that the Board shall have discretion to set the Company’s and the Executive’s personal performance targets to which the cash bonus will be tied), (ii) the Company adversely changes the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles or office as in effect as of the date hereof or reduces his/her position, authority, duties, responsibilities or status materially inconsistent with the positions, authority, duties, responsibilities or status the Executive then holds, (iii) any successor to the Company or CDW Holdings in any merger, consolidation or transfer of assets, as described in Section 9, does not expressly assume any material obligation of the Company to the Executive under any

 

 

1

This definition is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy and Mr. Stevens.

 

2


agreement or plan pursuant to which the Executive receives benefits or rights, or (iv) the Company changes the Executive’s place of work to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s present place of work.

(l) “LLC Agreement” shall mean the Limited Liability Company Agreement of CDW Holdings, dated as of October 12, 2007, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, by and among CDW Holdings and its unitholders.

[(m) “Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(f).] 2

[(n) “Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(f).] 3

(o) “Noncompetition Agreement” means the Noncompetition Agreement in the form of Exhibit A .

(p) “Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(q) “Qualifying Termination” means termination of the Executive’s employment (1) by reason of the discharge of the Executive by the Company other than (A) for Cause, (B) the Executive’s death or (C) the Executive’s absence from the Executive’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis for at least 180 consecutive days as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, or (2) by reason of the resignation of the Executive for Good Reason within six (6) months after an event constituting Good Reason.

(r) “Severance Period” means the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the second anniversary of the Date of Termination.

(s) “Termination Year Bonus” means the annual incentive bonus which would have been earned by the Executive under the Company’s Senior Management Incentive Plan or any comparable successor plan if (i) the Executive had remained employed by the Company for the full fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs or such later date as may be required for the Executive to be entitled to receipt of the bonus and (ii) in the event that a portion of such bonus is based upon the Executive’s satisfaction of personal performance targets, goals and objectives, the Executive had satisfied such personal performance targets, goals and objectives at target.

(t) “VH Holdings” means VH Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

2. [Intentionally Deleted]

 

 

2

This definition is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy and Mr. Stevens.

3

This definition is included in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy and Mr. Stevens.

 

3


3. Payments Upon a Qualifying Termination .

(a) In the event of a Qualifying Termination, and provided the Executive executes a general release agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “Release Agreement”) within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination and has not revoked the Release Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Executive, in consideration of the general release set forth in Section 2 of the Release Agreement, the obligations of the Executive contained in the Noncompetition Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the following benefits:

(1) Payment of an amount equal to (i) the Termination Year Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs during which the Executive was employed by the Company and the denominator of which is 365, less (ii) any amounts previously paid to the Executive in respect of such Termination Year Bonus during such fiscal year, such amount to be payable on the same basis and at the same time as if the Executive’s employment with the Company had continued (or at such other time as required by Section 10 hereof);

(2) Continuation during the Severance Period (or at such other time as required by Section 10 hereof) in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices of salary replacement amounts equal to the Executive’s highest annual base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies in effect during the 12-month period prior to the Date of Termination;

(3) Payment of an aggregate bonus replacement amount equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the Executive’s Termination Year Bonus, such aggregate amount to be payable in two equal installments, the first of which shall be made on the first anniversary of the Date of Termination and the second of which shall be made on the second anniversary of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Termination Year Bonus is not calculable at the time a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Section 3(a)(3), such payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the Termination Year Bonus is so calculated (or at such other time as required by Section 10 hereof);

(4) Continuation, for the Severance Period, of medical, dental, disability, accident, life and similar insurance coverage on terms comparable to those which would have been provided if the Executive’s employment with the Company had continued for that time, with the payment for such insurance coverage to be made on the same basis as if the Executive’s employment with the Company had continued for that time; provided, however, that the Company’s obligation to provide each such type of insurance coverage shall cease as of the date that the Executive becomes eligible for such type of insurance coverage under a plan or agreement of a subsequent employer. Each Executive shall be obligated to notify the Company of such Executive’s eligibility for insurance coverage under a plan or agreement of a subsequent employer on or before the date that such eligibility commences. The Company may determine that it is not reasonably practicable to provide a type of comparable insurance coverage required by this Section 3(a)(4) for reasons other than cost, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the amount

 

4


necessary for the Executive to acquire comparable coverage and shall gross-up Executive for any taxes Executive may owe on such reimbursement, with such reimbursement and gross-up payment to be made no later than 90 days following the Company’s receipt of appropriate documentation from the Executive, but in no event later than end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. The Company’s obligation to make any such reimbursements or gross-up payments for expenses not already incurred by the Executive shall cease at such time as the Executive becomes eligible under a plan or agreement of a subsequent employer for the type of insurance coverage for which the Executive is being compensated; and

(5) Outplacement services for a period of two years after the Date of Termination with a firm selected by the Company, to commence within a reasonable time following the Date of Termination. Payments pursuant to this Section 3(a)(5) shall not exceed $20,000 in the aggregate for such two (2) year period and shall be made directly to such outplacement firm upon submission of proper documentation to the Company.

(b) If the employment of the Executive is terminated by the Company, the Company shall pay the Executive all Accrued Obligations within 15 days following the Date of Termination; provided, however, that any portion of the Accrued Obligations which consists of bonus, deferred compensation or annual incentive compensation shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan as applicable to the Executive.

(c) If the Executive breaches any of the covenants in the Noncompetition Agreement, including any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or confidentiality covenants contained therein, (i) the Executive’s entitlement to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(a) shall be null and void, (ii) all rights to receive or continue to receive severance payments and benefits shall thereupon cease and (iii) the Executive shall immediately repay to the Company all amounts theretofore paid to, and the value of all benefits theretofore received by, the Executive pursuant to Section 3(a). The foregoing shall not limit any other rights or remedies the Company may have existing in its favor, including injunctive relief.

4. Nonqualifying Termination of Employment . If the employment of the Executive shall terminate for any reason other than a Qualifying Termination, then the Company shall pay to the Executive all Accrued Obligations (including, in the case of death or disability, prorated annual incentive bonus (based on the target bonus under the Company’s Senior Management Incentive Plan or any successor plan for the fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs), through and including the effective date of the Executive’s termination of employment in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or at such other time as required by Section 10 hereof); provided, however, that any portion of the Accrued Obligations that consists of bonus, deferred compensation or annual incentive compensation shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan as applicable to the Executive. In addition, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by retirement under a retirement plan of the Company or by resignation of the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Executive may, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, be awarded a pro rata cash bonus for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

 

5


5. Certain Additional Payments by the Company [Resulting from the Change in Control] 4 .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company or its Affiliated companies to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 5) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code [as a result of (x) the Change in Control or (y)] 5 in connection with the first transaction resulting in a change in control of a successor corporation of CDW Holdings or of VH Holdings or the Company following an initial public offering of shares of common stock of a successor corporation of CDW Holdings or of Holdings or the Company, or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(a), if it shall be determined that the Executive is entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the Executive, after taking into account the Payments and the Gross-Up Payment, would not receive a net after-tax benefit of at least $100,000 (taking into account both income taxes and any Excise Tax) as compared to the net after-tax proceeds to the Executive resulting from an elimination of the Gross-Up Payment and a reduction of the Payments, in the aggregate, to an amount (the “Reduced Amount”) such that the receipt of Payments would not give rise to any Excise Tax, then no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the Payments, in the aggregate, shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 5, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required pursuant to this Section 5 and the amount of any such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the Company’s public accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change in ownership or control, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and

 

 

4

Additional payments resulting from the Change in Control are addressed in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy and Mr. Stevens.

5

Additional payments resulting from the Change in Control are addressed in the agreements with Mr. Berger, Mr. Eckrote, Ms. Leahy and Mr. Stevens.

 

6


expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 5, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable taxes are payable. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it shall furnish the Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on the Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any good faith determination pursuant to this Section 5 by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 5(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable taxes are payable.

(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

(1) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(2) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(3) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(4) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income

 

7


tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided further , that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further , that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive, and receives, any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 5(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 5(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

6. Withholding Taxes . The Company may withhold from all payments due to the Executive (or the Executive’s beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to withhold therefrom. The Company may also reduce the amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof to satisfy the Executive’s required contributions for the insurance coverage being provided hereunder.

7. Termination of Agreement . (a) This Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and shall expire on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that the term of this Agreement shall be extended automatically for one additional year as of each annual anniversary of the Effective Date, commencing with the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (each, a “Renewal Period”) unless this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7(b) or, if earlier, Executive’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not retroactively impair or otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Executive which have arisen prior to the date of such expiration.

 

8


(b) The Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion at any time during a Renewal Period, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the amendment or termination of this Agreement, which amendment or termination shall not become effective until the date fixed by the Board for such amendment or termination, which date shall be at least one (1) year after notice thereof is given by the Company to the Executive; provided, that an amendment which is not adverse to the interests of the Executive shall take effect immediately.

8. Scope of Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to entitle the Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates. Any amount paid pursuant to Sections 3 or 5 shall be paid in lieu of any other amount of severance relating to salary, incentive compensation or other bonus continuation to be received by the Executive from the Company or its Affiliates upon termination of employment of the Executive under any employment, employee benefit or severance plan or agreement, policy or similar arrangement of the Company or its Affiliates in effect as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8 shall affect the Executive’s rights with respect to any equity ownership interest in the Company. If the Company or any of its Affiliates are obligated by law to pay severance pay, notice pay or other similar benefits, or if the Company or any of its Affiliates are obligated by law to provide advance notice of separation (“Notice Period”), then the payments made pursuant to Sections 3 or 5 shall be reduced by the amount of any such severance, notice pay or other similar benefits, as applicable, and by the amount of any severance pay, notice pay or other similar benefits received during any Notice Period.

9. Successors; Binding Agreement .

(a) This Agreement shall not be terminated by any merger or consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. In the event of any such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets are transferred. In the event of the consummation of a transaction initiated by the Company involving the formation of a direct or indirect holding company of the Company for any internal legal or business purpose in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company become the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such holding company in substantially the same proportions, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon such holding company.

(b) The Company agrees that concurrently with any merger, consolidation or transfer of assets referred to in Section 9(a), it will cause any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume, by written instrument delivered to the Executive (or the Executive’s beneficiary or estate), all of the obligations of the Company hereunder. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets shall be a breach of this Agreement and, if such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall

 

9


entitle the Executive to compensation and other benefits from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive’s employment were terminated by reason of a Qualifying Termination. For purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such merger, consolidation or transfer becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

(c) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive shall die while any amounts would be payable to the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons appointed in writing by the Executive to receive such amounts or, if no person is so appointed, to the Executive’s estate.

10. Section 409A Compliance . This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that avoids the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code (“ 409A Penalties ”). In the event the terms of this Agreement would subject the Executive to 409A Penalties, the Company and the Executive shall cooperate diligently to amend the terms of the Agreement to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible, without adversely affecting the intended benefits hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if on the Date of Termination (i) the Company is a publicly traded corporation and (ii) the Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent any amount payable under this Agreement constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, that under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Termination, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (i) the six-month anniversary of the Date of Termination or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death.

11. Notices . (a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five days after deposit in the United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (1) if to the Executive, to the home address of the Executive on the most current Company records and if to the Company, to CDW LLC, 200 North Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, IL 60061 attention General Counsel with a copy to Thomas A. Cole, Sidley Austin LLP, 1 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603 and a copy to Michael D. Paley, Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60654 and a copy to Mark A. Harris, McDermott, Will & Emery LLP, 227 West Monroe Street, Suite 4400, Chicago, IL 60606 or (2) to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(b) A written notice of the Executive’s Date of Termination by the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific provision in this Agreement applicable to such termination, if any, (ii) to the extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for the application of such provision to the termination of the Executive’s employment and (iii) specify the termination date (which date shall be not less than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the

 

10


Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

12. Full Settlement; Resolution of Disputes . (a) The Company’s obligation to make any payments provided for in Sections 3 or 5 of this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations thereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others, except as provided in Section 3(c). In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of Sections 3 or 5 of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment, except as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Any dispute or controversy between the Company and the Executive arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Any arbitration shall be held before a single arbitrator who shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the Company and the Executive, unless the parties are unable to agree to an arbitrator, in which case the arbitrator will be selected under the procedures of the AAA. In connection with the appointment of an arbitrator, the AAA will give the parties a list of no less than 15 potential arbitrators to strike and number in order of preference in accordance with AAA procedures. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of competent jurisdiction could order or grant, including, without limitation, the issuance of an injunction. However, either party may, without inconsistency with this arbitration provision, apply to any court otherwise having jurisdiction over such dispute or controversy and seek interim provisional, injunctive or other equitable relief until the arbitration award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved. Except as necessary in court proceedings to enforce this arbitration provision or an award rendered hereunder, or to obtain interim relief, neither a party nor an arbitrator may disclose the existence, content or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that this Agreement evidences a transaction involving interstate commerce. Notwithstanding any choice of law provision included in this Agreement, the United States Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration provision. The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Chicago, Illinois or such other location to which the parties may agree. The Company shall pay the costs of any arbitrator appointed hereunder.

13. Employment with Affiliates or Subsidiaries . Employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any Affiliate of the Company or any corporation or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

11


14. Governing Law; Validity . The interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principle of conflicts of laws. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified or waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. Failure by the Executive or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any agreement with respect to any equity ownership interest in the Company owned by the Executive, the rights of, and benefits payable to, the Executive, the Executive’s estate or the Executive’s beneficiaries pursuant to this Agreement are in addition to any rights against, or benefits payable by, third parties (i.e. Persons other than the Company or any of its Affiliates), to the Executive, the Executive’s estate or the Executive’s beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and the Executive has executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

CDW LLC
By:  

 

 

John A. Edwardson

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

 

Signature Page to Compensation Protection Agreement

Exhibit 10.19

CDW CORPORATION

COMPENSATION PROTECTION PLAN

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

The CDW Corporation Compensation Protection Plan (the “Plan”), as originally adopted effective December 10, 2002, and thereafter amended and restated effective August 10, 2005, hereby is amended and restated effective January 1, 2009.

This Plan is intended to provide qualifying Participants (as defined in Section 2) whose employment with the Company (as defined in Section 1) has been involuntarily terminated under the circumstances described herein with specified severance pay and benefits in accordance with the provisions set forth below.

1. Definitions . As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Accrued Obligations” means, as of the Termination Date, the sum of (1) the Participant’s base salary through the Termination Date to the extent not theretofore paid and (2) any compensation previously deferred by the Participant (together with any interest and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Cause” means:

(1) the Participant’s refusal to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of the Participant’s position, or (2) the Participant’s commission of an act materially detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (3) the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (4) the Participant’s commission of any act of theft, fraud, dishonesty or breach of trust involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (5) the Participant’s commission of a felony or (6) any breach by the Participant of one or more covenants contained in the Noncompetition Agreement, or (7) the material violation by the Participant of any of the Company’s written policies or the violation by the Participant of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Committee” means the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board.

(f) “Company” means CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, and its successors and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the consummation of a transaction initiated by the Company involving the formation of a direct or indirect holding company of the Company for an internal legal or business purpose in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company become the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such holding company in substantially the same proportions, all references to the “Company” herein shall be deemed to be references to the new holding company.


(g) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in Section 8(k) of this Plan.

(h) “Noncompetition Agreement” means the Noncompetition Agreement in the form of Exhibit A .

(i) “Nonqualifying Termination” means termination of the Participant’s employment under any of the following circumstances: (1) a termination for Cause, (2) a termination due to the Participant’s death, (3) a termination due to the Participant’s absence from the Participant’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis for at least 180 days out of any 12-month period as a result of the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness; (4) a termination due to the retirement of the Participant; (5) a termination of employment by the Participant; (6) the transfer of the Participant’s employment to a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; (7) the divestiture by the Company of the subsidiary, division or operation that employs the Participant and the continuance, or offer, of employment by the new or acquiring entity of cash compensation no less favorable to the Participant in the aggregate as in effect immediately prior to such disposition or of such other terms and conditions acceptable to the Participant; or (8) a termination of employment of a Participant under circumstances which entitle the Participant to receive salary and bonus replacement pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Transitional Compensation Plan or a Transitional Compensation Agreement with the Company.

(j) “Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 2 of this Plan.

(k) “Plan Administrator” means any person or committee, including any officer or employee of the Company, designated by the Committee and having the authority determined by the Committee.

(l) “Severance Period” means the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Termination Date.

(m) “Termination Date” with respect to a Participant means the date on which the Participant separates from service, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(n) “Termination Year Bonus” means the annual incentive bonus which would have been earned by the Participant under the Company’s Senior Management Incentive Plan or any comparable successor plan if the Participant had remained employed by the Company for the full fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs.

2. Participation . A “Participant” shall be any person who is employed by the Company and who, after recommendation by the Committee, is approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, as a participant in this Plan. No Participant shall be a participant or have any rights hereunder unless the Participant signs an acknowledgment in the form of Exhibit B and the Noncompetition Agreement, within 30 days after the Board approves his or her participation in this Plan or within such later time as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. For purposes of this Plan, employment with the Company shall include employment with any

 

2


corporation or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

3. Severance Benefits . (a) If the employment of a Participant is terminated by the Company, other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, and the Participant executes a general release agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Release Agreement”) within 60 days of the Termination Date and has not revoked the Release Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Participant, in consideration of the general release set forth in Section 2 of the Release Agreement, the obligations of the Participant contained in the Noncompetition Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the following benefits:

(1) Payment of an amount equal to (i) the Termination Year Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs during which the Participant was employed by the Company and the denominator of which is 365, less (ii) any amounts previously paid to the Participant in respect of such Termination Year Bonus during such fiscal year, such amount to be payable on the same basis and at the same time as if the Participant’s employment with the Company had continued (or at such other time as required by Section 7 hereof);

(2) Continuation during the Severance Period (or at such other time as required by Section 7 hereof) in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices of salary replacement amounts equal to the Participant’s base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date;

(3) Payment of an aggregate bonus replacement amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Termination Year Bonus, such aggregate amount to be payable at the end of the Severance Period (or at such other time as required by Section 7 hereof); provided, however, that if the Termination Year Bonus is not calculable at the time a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Section 3(a)(3), such payment shall be made within 30 days after the Termination Year Bonus is so calculated (or at such other time as required by Section 7 hereof);

(4) Continuation, for the Severance Period, of medical, dental, accident and life insurance coverage on terms comparable to those which would have been provided if the Participant’s employment with the Company had continued for that time, with the payment for such insurance coverage to be made on the same basis as if the Participant’s employment with the Company had continued for that time; provided, however, that the Company’s obligation to provide each such type of insurance coverage shall cease as of the date that the Participant becomes eligible for such type of insurance coverage under a plan or agreement of a subsequent employer. Each Participant shall be obligated to notify the Company of such Participant’s eligibility for insurance coverage under a plan or agreement of a subsequent employer on or before the date that such eligibility commences. The Company may determine that it is not reasonably practicable to provide a type of comparable insurance coverage required by this Section 3(a)(4) for reasons

 

3


other than cost, in which event the Company shall reimburse the Participant for the excess, if any, of (i) the amount necessary for the Participant to acquire comparable coverage over (ii) the amount, if any, that the Participant would have paid for such coverage if it had been provided by the Company, and the Company shall gross-up the Participant for any taxes the Participant may owe on such reimbursement. Any such reimbursement and gross-up payment shall be made not later than 90 days after the date on which the Participant submits to the Company all required documentation evidencing the reimbursable expense or tax payment, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred or tax obligation paid. The Company’s obligation to make any such reimbursements or gross-up payments shall cease at such time as the Participant becomes eligible under a plan or agreement of a subsequent employer for the type of insurance coverage for which the Participant is being compensated; and

(5) Outplacement services for a period of two years after the Termination Date with a firm selected by the Company, to commence within a reasonable time following the Termination Date. Payments pursuant to this Section 3(a)(5) shall not exceed $20,000 in the aggregate for such two-year period and shall be made directly to such outplacement firm upon submission of proper documentation to the Company.

(b) If the employment of a Participant is terminated by the Company, the Company shall pay the Participant all Accrued Obligations within 15 days following the Termination Date; provided, however, that any portion of the Accrued Obligations which consists of bonus, deferred compensation or annual incentive compensation shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan as applicable to the Participant.

(c) If a Participant breaches any of the covenants in the Noncompetition Agreement, including any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or confidentiality covenants contained therein, (i) the Participant’s entitlement to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(a) shall be null and void, (ii) all rights to receive or continue to receive severance payments and benefits shall thereupon cease and (iii) the Participant shall immediately repay to the Company all amounts theretofore paid to, and the value of all benefits theretofore received by, the Participant pursuant to Section 3(a). The foregoing shall not limit any other rights or remedies the Company may have existing in its favor, including injunctive relief.

4. Plan Administration; Claims Procedure .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The duties and authority of the Committee under this Plan shall include (i) the interpretation of the provisions of this Plan, (ii) the adoption of any rules and regulations which may become necessary or advisable in the operation of this Plan, (iii) the making of such determinations as may be permitted or required pursuant to this Plan (including the characterization of a Participant’s termination under this Plan), and (iv) the taking of such other actions as may be required for the proper administration of this Plan in accordance with its terms. Any decision of the Committee with respect to any matter within the authority of the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and each Participant, former Participant, beneficiary, and each person claiming under or through any Participant or

 

4


beneficiary. Any action taken by the Committee with respect to any one or more Participants shall not be binding on the Committee as to any action to be taken with respect to any other Participant. Each determination required or permitted under this Plan shall be made by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Any Participant whose employment has terminated who believes that he or she is entitled to receive benefits under this Plan, including benefits other than those initially determined by the Committee (or, if applicable, the Plan Administrator) to be payable, may file a claim in writing with the Committee (or, if applicable, the Plan Administrator), specifying the reasons for such claim. The Committee (or, if applicable, the Plan Administrator) shall, within 90 days after receipt of such written claim (unless special circumstances require an extension of time, but in no event more than 180 days after such receipt), send a written notification to the Participant as to the disposition of such claim. Such notification shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and in the event that such claim is denied in whole or in part, shall (i) state the specific reasons for the denial, (ii) make specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) provide a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) set forth the procedure by which the Participant may appeal the denial of such claim. The Participant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may request a review of the denial of any such claim or portion thereof by making application in writing to the Committee (or, if applicable, the Plan Administrator) within 60 days after receipt of such denial. Such Participant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may, upon written request to the Committee (or, if applicable, the Plan Administrator), review any documents pertinent to such claim, and submit in writing issues and comments in support of such claim. Within 60 days after receipt of a written appeal (unless special circumstances require an extension of time, but in no event more than 120 days after such receipt), the Committee (or, if applicable, the Plan Administrator) shall notify the Participant of the final decision with respect to such claim. Such decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall state the specific reasons for such decision and make specific references to the pertinent Plan provision on which the decision is based.

(c) The Committee is empowered, on behalf of this Plan, to engage accountants, legal counsel and such other persons as the Committee deems necessary or advisable for the performance of its duties under this Plan. The functions of any such persons engaged by the Committee shall be limited to the specified services and duties for which they are engaged, and such persons shall have no other duties, obligations or responsibilities under this Plan. Such persons shall exercise no discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting the administration of this Plan. All reasonable fees and expenses of such persons shall be borne by the Company.

5. Withholding Taxes; Authorized Deductions . The Company shall withhold from all payments due under this Plan to each Participant (or his or her beneficiary or estate) all taxes which, by applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to withhold therefrom. The Company may also reduce the amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof to satisfy the Participant’s required contributions for the insurance coverages being provided hereunder.

 

5


6. Amendment and Termination .

(a) The Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the amendment or termination of this Plan, which amendment or termination shall not become effective until the date fixed by the Board for such amendment or termination, which date, in the case of an amendment which would be adverse to the interests of any Participant or in the case of termination, shall be at least 180 days after notice thereof is given by the Company to the Participants in accordance with Section 8(j) hereof.

(b) The Board may, at any time, remove a Participant from participation in this Plan. Any such removal shall take effect no earlier than 180 days after the date notice of such removal is given to the Participant.

7. Section 409A Compliance . This Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that avoids the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code (“409A Penalties”). The Company may amend the terms of the Plan to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible, without adversely affecting the intended benefits hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, if on the Termination Date (i) the Company is a publicly traded corporation and (ii) the Participant is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent any amount payable under this Plan constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, that under the terms of this Plan would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of the Termination Date, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (i) the six-month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death.

8. General Provisions .

(a) Except as otherwise provided below in this Section 8(a), any amount paid pursuant to this Plan shall be paid in lieu of any other amount of severance relating to salary, short-term incentive compensation or other bonus continuation to be received by the Participant upon termination of employment of the Participant under any severance plan, policy or arrangement of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, all rights of a Participant under any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Participant is entitled to severance payments and benefits under the Company’s Transitional Compensation Plan or a Transitional Compensation Agreement with the Company, such Participant shall receive payments and benefits under the Transitional Compensation Plan or a Transitional Compensation Agreement, as the case may be, and no payments shall be made or benefits provided hereunder to such Participant.

(b) If the Company is obligated by law to pay severance pay, notice pay or other similar benefits, or if the Company is obligated by law to provide advance notice of separation (“Notice Period”), then any payments hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any such severance pay, notice pay or other similar benefits, as applicable, and by the amount of any severance pay, notice pay or other similar benefits received during any Notice Period.

 

6


(c) This Plan shall not be funded. No Participant entitled to benefits hereunder shall have any right to, or interest in, any specific assets of the Company.

(d) Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of giving a receipt therefor shall be deemed paid when paid to such person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company, the Plan Administrator and all other parties with respect thereto. If a Participant shall die while any amounts would be payable to the Participant under this Plan had the Participant continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to such person or persons appointed in writing by the Participant to receive such amounts or, if no person is so appointed, to the estate of the Participant.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by law, it is intended that the payments, benefits and rights of any Participant shall be free from any claim of any creditor and all such payments, benefits and rights shall be free from attachment, garnishment, trustee’s process or any other legal or equitable process available to any creditor of such Participant. Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Participant under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner; and no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective.

(f) Neither the adoption of this Plan, nor any amendment hereof, nor the payment of any benefits, nor any other actions taken in respect of this Plan, shall be construed as giving any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and all Participants shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if this Plan had not been adopted.

(g) This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties, including each Participant, present and future, and any successor to the Company or one of its subsidiaries. This Plan shall not be terminated by any merger or consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. In the event of any such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets, the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon the surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets are transferred. In the event of the consummation of a transaction initiated by the Company involving the formation of a direct or indirect holding company of the Company for an internal legal or business purpose in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company become the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such holding company in substantially the same proportions, the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon such holding company.

(h) The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of this Plan and shall not be employed in the construction of this Plan.

 

7


(i) If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

(j) All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when (i) delivered personally or by overnight courier to the last known address of a Participant in the records of the Company or (ii) when delivered or mailed by United States mail, first class, postage prepaid, addressed to the intended recipient at his, her or its last known address in the records of the Company.

(k) This Plan was originally adopted effective December 10, 2002 (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in effect unless and until terminated by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such expiration shall not retroactively impair or otherwise adversely affect the rights of any Participant which have arisen prior to the date of such expiration.

(l) This Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois (without regard to principles of conflicts of laws) to the extent not preempted by Federal law, which shall otherwise control.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 17 th day of December, 2008.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:   /s/ John A. Edwardson
  John A. Edwardson
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

9

Exhibit 10.20

FORM OF

NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

This Noncompetition Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of                      between CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), and                      (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are currently engaged in the business of marketing and selling multi-branded information technology products (including hardware and peripherals, software and accessories) and services (including comprehensive and integrated solutions) to business, government, education and healthcare customers and consumers, it being acknowledged that the scope of the Company’s business will evolve over time;

WHEREAS, the Employee acknowledges that in the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, the Employee has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, as further described in Section 2 below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the Employee’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, the Employee acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the restricted period described in Section 1(a) below, and that should Employee leave the Company and work for a competitor during restricted period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that Employee would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information, and Employee therefore agrees that the restrictions in this Agreement are necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has approved a Compensation Protection Agreement with the Employee (the “CPA”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the Employee being entitled to become a party to the CPA, the Employee is required to execute this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, in the CPA and in the overall employment relationship between the Company and the Employee, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation . (a) The Employee agrees that for the period commencing on the date on which the Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries terminates for any reason (the “Termination Date”) and ending on either (i) the eighteen month anniversary of the Termination Date if the Employee is eligible, as of the Termination Date, to receive severance payments pursuant


to Section 3 of the CPA, or (ii) the twelve-month anniversary of the Termination Date if the Employee is not eligible, as of the Termination Date, to receive any such payments, the Employee will abide by the restrictions contained in Sections 1(a)(1) and 1(a)(2).

(1) The Employee will not except as part of his authorized duties as an employee of the Company engage in, participate in, form, or develop any Business (as defined in Section 1(a)(3)) being conducted or planned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries as of the Termination Date in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is conducting such Business or plans to conduct such Business as of the Termination Date. The restriction contained in this Section 1(a)(1) shall apply to the Employee engaging in, participating in, forming or developing any such Business either directly or indirectly through any person, firm, corporation, partnership or other enterprise, or as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, investor, employee or consultant thereof, or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing restriction, but by way of illustration of its application, the Employee will not become an officer, director, stockholder, partner, investor, employee or consultant of any of the corporations or other enterprises set forth in Schedule I hereto (including any affiliate of such corporations or other enterprises), it being acknowledged that (i) Schedule I is only a representative list of the Company’s current competitors and is not intended to include all of the Company’s current competitors and (ii) new competitors of the Company may emerge over time.

(2) The Employee will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit any CDW Employee or otherwise induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) in connection with any business to which the restriction contained in Section 1(a)(l) applies, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Customer or any of its subsidiaries.

(3) For purposes of Section 1(a)(1), “Business” shall mean any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries if the Employee, while employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of such business. The Employee will be deemed to have knowledge of a Business if the Employee received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information (as defined in Section 2) regarding such Business.

(4) For purposes of Section 1(a)(2), a “CDW Employee” shall include any person that was employed by CDW or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates either: (a) at any time within three months of the prohibited contact; or (b) at any time within three months of the Termination Date. A “CDW Customer” shall include (a) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from CDW or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to Employee’s termination (for

 

2


whatever reason) from the Company or (b) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to the Employee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, the Employee submitted or assisted with the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of the Employee’s employment with the Company.

(b) Nothing in this Section 1 shall prohibit the Employee from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) a passive owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as the Employee has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(c) If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 1, a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law.

(d) Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that Employee not perform the activities described in this Section 1 for the full amount of time provided in Section 1(a), Employee agrees that the restricted period described in Section 1(a) shall be extended for any time during which Employee breaches this Agreement, such that Employee does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 1(a).

2. Confidentiality . The Employee shall not, at any time during the Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or thereafter, make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to the competitors of the Company or to the competitors of any of its subsidiaries (the information in clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to herein as “Confidential Information”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission of the Employee, or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that the Employee gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Employee shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, electronic files computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information

 

3


which the Employee may then possess or have under the Employee’s control (together with all copies thereof). Employee must return all Confidential Information to the Company, whether it is (i) a hard copy document; (ii) on a work, home, or laptop computer; (iii) on a blackberry, PDA, iPhone, or cell phone; or (iv) on an external hard drive, thumb drive, or any other piece of external media that permits the storage of information.

3. Intellectual Property . The Employee shall not, at any time, have or claim any right, title or interest in any trade name, patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, intellectual property, methodologies, technologies, procedures, concepts, ideas or other similar rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates and shall not have or claim any right, title or interest in or to any material or matter of any kind prepared for or used in connection with the business or promotion of the Company or any of its affiliates, whether produced, prepared or published in whole or in part by the Employee or by the Company or any of its affiliates. All Intellectual Property that is conceived, devised, made, developed or perfected by the Employee, alone or with others, during the Employee’s employment that is related in any way to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ business or is devised, made, developed or perfected utilizing equipment or facilities of the Company or its affiliates shall be works for hire and become the sole, absolute and exclusive property of the Company. If and to the extent that any of such Intellectual Property should be determined for any reason not to be a work for hire, the Employee hereby assigns to the Company all of the Employee’s right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property. At the reasonable request and expense of the Company but without charge to the Company, whether during or at any time after the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall cooperate fully with the Company and its affiliates in the securing of any trade name, patent, trademark, copyright or intellectual property protection or other similar rights in the United States and in foreign countries, including without limitation, the execution and delivery of assignments, patent applications and other documents or papers. In accordance with the Illinois Employee Patent Act, 765 ILCS 1060, the Employee is hereby notified by the Company, and understands, that the foregoing provisions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of the Company or any of its affiliates was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) to the business of the Company or (B) to the Company’s or any of its affiliate’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

4. Enforcement . The parties hereto agree that the Company and its subsidiaries would be damaged irreparably in the event that any provision of Section 1, 2 or 3 of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms or were otherwise breached and that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such nonperformance or breach. Accordingly, the Company and its successors and permitted assigns shall be entitled, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, to an injunction or injunctions to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of such provisions and to enforce such provisions specifically (without posting a bond or other security). The Employee submits himself or herself to the personal

 

4


jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois in any action by the Company to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. Employee will reimburse the Company for all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any action to enforce this Agreement if Company prevails on any material issue involved in such dispute.

5. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when (i) delivered personally or by overnight courier to the following address of the other party hereto (or such other address for such party as shall be specified by notice given pursuant to this Section) or (ii) sent by facsimile to the following facsimile number of the other party hereto (or such other facsimile number for such party as shall be specified by notice given pursuant to this Section), with the confirmatory copy delivered by overnight courier to the address of such party pursuant to this Section:

If to the Company, to:

CDW LLC

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention: Michael D. Paley, Esq.

If to the Employee, to last known address of the Employee in the records of the Company.

6. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement or the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties, written or oral, which may have related in any manner to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that Employee recognizes that he or she may have entered into entirely separate agreements with the Company or its subsidiaries or

 

5


affiliates that contain restrictive covenants (such as non-competition and non-solicitation promises), and Employee agrees that he or she will be bound to both the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement and the restrictive covenants contained in any other agreement that he or she has signed with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

8. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be enforceable by the Employee and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and by the Company and its successors and assigns. In the event of the consummation of a transaction initiated by the Company involving the formation of a direct or indirect holding company of the Company for an internal legal or business purpose in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company become the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such holding company in substantially the same proportions, all references to the “Company” herein shall be deemed to be references to the new holding company.

9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

10. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by the written agreement of the Company and the Employee, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.

11. Employee Acknowledgment . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained herein are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and to prevent damage or loss to the Company and its subsidiaries. The Employee further acknowledges that adhering to the restrictions contained herein will not unduly restrict his or her post-employment opportunities or otherwise impose an undue burden upon him or her.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first written above.

 

CDW LLC
By:  

 

  John A. Edwardson
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
EMPLOYEE

 

Signature Page to Noncompetition Agreement

Exhibit 10.21

FORM OF

NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

This Noncompetition Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of              , 20      between CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), and                              (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are currently engaged in the business of marketing and selling multi-branded information technology products (including hardware and peripherals, software and accessories) and services (including comprehensive and integrated solutions) to business, government, education and healthcare customers and consumers, it being acknowledged that the scope of the Company’s business will evolve over time;

WHEREAS, the Employee acknowledges that in the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, the Employee has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, as further described in Section 2 below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the Employee’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, the Employee acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the restricted period described in Section 1(a) below, and that should Employee leave the Company and work for a competitor during restricted period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that Employee would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information, and Employee therefore agrees that the restrictions in this Agreement are necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests;

WHEREAS, the Employee has been approved as a participant in the Company’s Compensation Protection Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the Employee being entitled to participate in the Plan, the Employee is required to execute this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, in the Plan and in the overall employment relationship between the Company and the Employee, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

1. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation . (a) The Employee agrees that for the period commencing on the date on which the Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries terminates for any reason (the “Termination Date”) and ending on the twelve-month anniversary of the Termination Date, the Employee will abide by the restrictions contained in Sections 1(a)(1) and 1(a)(2).


(1) The Employee will not except as part of his authorized duties as an employee of the Company engage in, participate in, form, or develop any Business (as defined in Section 1(a)(3)) being conducted or planned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries as of the Termination Date in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is conducting such Business or plans to conduct such Business as of the Termination Date. The restriction contained in this Section 1(a)(1) shall apply to the Employee engaging in, participating in, forming or developing any such Business either directly or indirectly through any person, firm, corporation, partnership or other enterprise, or as an officer, director, stockholder, partner, investor, employee or consultant thereof, or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing restriction, but by way of illustration of its application, the Employee will not become an officer, director, stockholder, partner, investor, employee or consultant of any of the corporations or other enterprises set forth in Schedule I hereto (including any affiliate of such corporations or other enterprises), it being acknowledged that (i) Schedule I is only a representative list of the Company’s current competitors and is not intended to include all of the Company’s current competitors and (ii) new competitors of the Company may emerge over time.

(2) The Employee will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit any CDW Employee or otherwise induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) in connection with any business to which the restriction contained in Section 1(a)(l) applies, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Customer or any of its subsidiaries.

(3) For purposes of Section 1(a)(1), “Business” shall mean any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries if the Employee, while employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of such business. The Employee will be deemed to have knowledge of a Business if the Employee received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information (as defined in Section 2) regarding such Business.

(4) For purposes of Section 1(a)(2), a “CDW Employee” shall include any person that was employed by CDW or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates either: (a) at any time within three months of the prohibited contact; or (b) at any time within three months of the Termination Date. A “CDW Customer” shall include (a) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from CDW or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to Employee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (b) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to the Employee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, the Employee submitted or assisted with the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of the Employee’s employment with the Company.

 

2


(b) Nothing in this Section 1 shall prohibit the Employee from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) a passive owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as the Employee has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(c) If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 1, a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law.

(d) Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that Employee not perform the activities described in this Section 1 for the full amount of time provided in Section 1(a), Employee agrees that the restricted period described in Section 1(a) shall be extended for any time during which Employee breaches this Agreement, such that Employee does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 1(a).

2. Confidentiality . The Employee shall not, at any time during the Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or thereafter, make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to the competitors of the Company or to the competitors of any of its subsidiaries (the information in clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to herein as “Confidential Information”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission of the Employee, or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that the Employee gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Employee shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, electronic files computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which the Employee may then possess or have under the Employee’s control (together with all copies thereof). Employee must return all Confidential Information to the Company, whether it is (i) a hard copy document; (ii) on a work, home, or laptop computer; (iii) on a blackberry, PDA, iPhone, or cell phone; or (iv) on an external hard drive, thumb drive, or any other piece of external media that permits the storage of information.

 

3


3. Intellectual Property . The Employee shall not, at any time, have or claim any right, title or interest in any trade name, patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret , intellectual property, methodologies, technologies, procedures, concepts, ideas or other similar rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates and shall not have or claim any right, title or interest in or to any material or matter of any kind prepared for or used in connection with the business or promotion of the Company or any of its affiliates, whether produced, prepared or published in whole or in part by the Employee or by the Company or any of its affiliates. All Intellectual Property that is conceived, devised, made, developed or perfected by the Employee, alone or with others, during the Employee’s employment that is related in any way to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ business or is devised, made, developed or perfected utilizing equipment or facilities of the Company or its affiliates shall be works for hire and become the sole, absolute and exclusive property of the Company. If and to the extent that any of such Intellectual Property should be determined for any reason not to be a work for hire, the Employee hereby assigns to the Company all of the Employee’s right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property. At the reasonable request and expense of the Company but without charge to the Company, whether during or at any time after the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall cooperate fully with the Company and its affiliates in the securing of any trade name, patent, trademark, copyright or intellectual property protection or other similar rights in the United States and in foreign countries, including without limitation, the execution and delivery of assignments, patent applications and other documents or papers. In accordance with the Illinois Employee Patent Act, 765 ILCS 1060, the Employee is hereby notified by the Company, and understands, that the foregoing provisions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of the Company or any of its affiliates was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) to the business of the Company or (B) to the Company’s or any of its affiliate’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

4. Enforcement . The parties hereto agree that the Company and its subsidiaries would be damaged irreparably in the event that any provision of Section 1, 2 or 3 of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms or were otherwise breached and that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such nonperformance or breach. Accordingly, the Company and its successors and permitted assigns shall be entitled, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, to an injunction or injunctions to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of such provisions and to enforce such provisions specifically (without posting a bond or other security). The Employee submits himself or herself to the personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois in any action by the Company to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. Employee will reimburse the Company for all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any action to enforce this Agreement if Company prevails on any material issue involved in such dispute.

5. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when (i) delivered personally or by overnight courier to the following address of the other party hereto (or such other

 

4


address for such party as shall be specified by notice given pursuant to this Section) or (ii) sent by facsimile to the following facsimile number of the other party hereto (or such other facsimile number for such party as shall be specified by notice given pursuant to this Section), with the confirmatory copy delivered by overnight courier to the address of such party pursuant to this Section:

If to the Company, to:

CDW LLC

200 North Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention: Michael D. Paley, Esq.

If to the Employee, to last known address of the Employee in the records of the Company.

6. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement or the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties, written or oral, which may have related in any manner to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that Employee recognizes that he or she may have entered or will enter into entirely separate agreements with the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates that contain restrictive covenants (such as non-competition and non-solicitation promises), and Employee agrees that he or she will be bound to both the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement and the restrictive covenants contained in any other agreement that he or she has signed or will sign with the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

8. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be enforceable by the Employee and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and by the Company and its successors and assigns. In the event of the consummation of a

 

5


transaction initiated by the Company involving the formation of a direct or indirect holding company of the Company for an internal legal or business purpose in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company become the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such holding company in substantially the same proportions, all references to the “Company” herein shall be deemed to be references to the new holding company.

9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

10. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by the written agreement of the Company and the Employee, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.

11. Employee Acknowledgment . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained herein are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and to prevent damage or loss to the Company and its subsidiaries. The Employee further acknowledges that adhering to the restrictions contained herein will not unduly restrict his or her post-employment opportunities or otherwise impose an undue burden upon him or her.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CDW LLC
By:  

 

  John A. Edwardson
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
EMPLOYEE

 

Signature Page to Noncompetition Agreement

Exhibit 10.22

CDW

RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT PLAN

(Effective March 10, 2010)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE

SECTION 1

      1

Establishment and Purpose

   1

SECTION 2

      1

Definitions

   1

2.1

   Beneficiary    1

2.2

   Board    1

2.3

   Company    1

2.4

   Compensation Committee    1

2.5

   Debt Pool    2

2.6

   Disability    2

2.7

   Effective Date    2

2.8

   Fair Market Value    2

2.9

   Interest Payment Date    3

2.10

   Maximum Amount    3

2.11

   Participant    3

2.12

   Payment Event    3

2.13

   Plan    3

2.14

   RDU    3

2.15

   Replacement Assets    3

2.16

   Reserve Pool    3

2.17

   Sale of the Company    4

2.18

   Section 409A    4

2.19

   Senior Subordinated Debt    4

2.20

   Taxes    4

SECTION 3

      4

Participation

   4

SECTION 4

      5

Principal Component

   5

4.1

   Description of Principal Component    5

4.2

   Payment Events    5

4.3

   Payment Form    5

SECTION 5

      6

Interest Component

   6

5.1

   Description of Interest Component    6

5.2

   Payment Timing    6

5.3

   Payment Eligibility    7

5.4

   Payment Form    7

 

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          PAGE

SECTION 6

      7

Vesting

   7

SECTION 7

      8

Impact of Restructuring, Recapitalization, Refinancing and Prepayment

   8

SECTION 8

      9

Forfeiture and Recoupment

   9

SECTION 9

      9

Other Terms and Conditions

   9

9.1

   Administration    9

9.2

   Amendment and Termination of the Plan    9

9.3

   Payments to Beneficiaries    10

9.4

   Withholding    10

9.5

   Funding    10

9.6

   Expenses    10

9.7

   No Obligation    11

9.8

   No Assignment; Resolution of Disputes    11

9.9

   Severability    11

9.10

   Legal Document    11

9.11

   Section 409A    12

9.12

   Governing Law, Venue, Waiver of Jury Trial    12

 

- ii -


CDW

RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT PLAN

(Effective as of March 10, 2010)

SECTION 1

Establishment and Purpose

CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”), hereby establishes the CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of March 10, 2010. The Company intends the Plan to provide benefits to key senior leaders of the Company and its subsidiaries that generally track the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 2.8) of, and the associated interest earned with respect to, $28.5 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Debt (as defined in Section 2.19).

SECTION 2

Definitions

The following words and phrases as used in this Plan have the following meanings:

 

2.1 Beneficiary

Subject to such rules and procedures as may be adopted by the Company with respect to designating Beneficiaries, the term “Beneficiaries” means, in the following order of priority, (1) the Participant’s surviving spouse, (2) in the event the Participant is not married at the time of his or her death, the Participant’s surviving lineal descendants (on a pro rata basis), and (3) in the event the Participant is not survived by any lineal descendants, the Participant’s estate.

 

2.2 Board

The term “Board” means the Board of Managers of the Company.

 

2.3 Company

The term “Company” means CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company.

 

2.4 Compensation Committee

The term “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.


2.5 Debt Pool

The term “Debt Pool” means a hypothetical pool consisting of $28.5 million principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Debt, or Replacement Assets in accordance in Section 7.

 

2.6 Disability

The term “Disability” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company or any subsidiary or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean the Participant’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively the Participant’s duties and obligations to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, if applicable based on the Participant’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either the Participant or the Participant’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

 

2.7 Effective Date

The term “Effective Date” means March 10, 2010.

 

2.8 Fair Market Value

The “Fair Market Value” of any asset constituting cash or cash equivalents shall be equal to the amount of such cash or cash equivalents. The Fair Market Value of any asset constituting marketable securities shall be the average, over a period of 21 days consisting of the date of valuation and the 20 consecutive business days prior to that date, of the average of the closing prices of the sales of such securities on the primary securities exchange on which such securities may at that time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such exchange at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the Nasdaq System as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the Nasdaq System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over the counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization. The Fair Market Value of any assets other than cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities shall be the fair value of such assets, as determined in good faith by the Board, which determination shall take into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority discounts), including, without limitation, the application of the priority of distributions described in the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited

 

- 2 -


Liability Agreement, any appraisal or other valuation of such assets by the Company or any party related to the Company. Upon written request of Participants holding at least a majority of the outstanding RDUs (i.e., excluding the Reserve Pool) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value, the Board shall retain a qualified independent appraiser, mutually selected by the Company and the Participant holding the largest number of RDUs, to determine the Fair Market Value of any assets other than cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities. The determination of the appraiser shall be a final and binding determination of Fair Market Value.

 

2.9 Interest Payment Date

The term “Interest Payment Date” means each April 15th and October 15th between January 2012 and the date of a Payment Event.

 

2.10 Maximum Amount

The term “Maximum Amount” means the maximum of 28,500 RDUs that may be issued under the Plan.

 

2.11 Participant

The term “Participant” means an officer who is participating in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.

 

2.12 Payment Event

The term “Payment Event” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2.

 

2.13 Plan

The term “Plan” means the CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.14 RDU

The term “RDU” means restricted debt unit, which represents the right to receive payments as provided in the Plan. The RDUs shall consist of a principal component and an interest component.

 

2.15 Replacement Assets

The term “Replacement Assets” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.

 

2.16 Reserve Pool

The term “Reserve Pool” means those RDUs that, as of any particular date of determination, are not assigned or granted to any Participant, including previously granted RDUs that have been forfeited due to a Participant’s termination of employment or otherwise.

 

- 3 -


2.17 Sale of the Company

The term “Sale of the Company” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any person(s) or a group of related persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (1) at least 51% of the equity securities of CDW Holdings LLC entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board of Managers of CDW Holdings LLC (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of CDW Holdings LLC’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (2) all or substantially all of CDW Holdings LLC’s assets determined on a consolidated basis (and, for such purpose, a sale of at least 51% of the equity securities, determined by vote or value, of either VH Holdings, Inc. or the Company shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of CDW Holdings LLC’s assets); provided, however, that an IPO shall not constitute a Sale of the Company. The terms Affiliates, Institutional Investors, and IPO shall have the same definition as in the CDW Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of March 10, 2010.

 

2.18 Section 409A

The term “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.

 

2.19 Senior Subordinated Debt

The term “Senior Subordinated Debt” shall mean loans issued under and exchange notes issued in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 and as amended as of April 2, 2008 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified).

 

2.20 Taxes

The term “Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.4.

SECTION 3

Participation

The Compensation Committee shall designate those officers who shall be Participants hereunder and the number of RDUs to be granted to each Participant. The number of RDUs available for issuance under the Plan shall not exceed the Maximum Amount. The Compensation Committee may make grants of RDUs only to the extent the total number of RDUs outstanding does not exceed the Maximum Amount.

 

- 4 -


SECTION 4

Principal Component

 

4.1 Description of Principal Component

 

  (a) General.

The principal component of a Participant’s RDUs will represent a fractional interest in the Fair Market Value of the Debt Pool. Each Participant’s fractional interest shall be determined by dividing such Participant’s number of RDUs by 28,500. Participants shall vest in the principal component of their RDUs according to the vesting rules set forth in Section 6.

 

  (b) Treatment of Unissued RDUs (Reserve Pool).

Immediately prior to December 31, 2014 or an earlier Payment Event, all RDUs in the Reserve Pool shall be allocated to Participants who are then employed with the Company or its subsidiaries pro rata according to each Participant’s number of RDUs at such time. All such allocated RDUs shall be fully vested immediately but the principal component of such RDUs shall be paid as provided in Section 4.2.

 

4.2 Payment Events

Payment of the principal component of a Participant’s vested RDUs shall be made upon the earlier of the following (the “Payment Events”):

 

  (a) October 12, 2017; or

 

  (b) A Sale of the Company that also is a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A; provided, however , that payments due upon a Sale of the Company shall be made no later than 20 calendar days following the Sale of the Company.

 

4.3 Payment Form

As determined by the Compensation Committee in good faith, payments under this Section 4 with respect to each Participant shall be made in cash in an amount equal to, or in unrestricted marketable securities that have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and that have a Fair Market Value equal to, the Fair Market Value of each such Participant’s fractional interest in the principal component of the Debt Pool (calculated pursuant to Section 4.1).

 

- 5 -


SECTION 5

Interest Component

 

5.1 Description of Interest Component

 

  (a) General.

The interest component of a Participant’s RDUs shall consist of semi-annual cash payments equal to a pro rata share (based on number of RDUs held by a Participant) of the interest payable on the Debt Pool (which shall be the interest payable on the Senior Subordinated Debt, or, if Section 7 applies, the interest, dividend or other equivalent periodic payment on the Replacement Assets). Interest shall begin accruing on March 10, 2010, but shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.2 below.

 

  (b) Reserve Pool.

Interest attributable to RDUs held in the Reserve Pool shall be accumulated in the Reserve Pool. To the extent the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, has not allocated interest accumulated in the Reserve Pool in conjunction with an RDU grant, immediately prior to December 31, 2014 or an earlier Payment Event, such interest shall be allocated in the same manner as RDUs are allocated on that date pursuant to Section 4.1; provided, however, that if no RDUs remain in the Reserve Pool on that date, the unallocated previously accumulated interest attributable to earlier periods shall be allocated to Participants who are then employed with the Company or its subsidiaries pro rata according to each Participant’s number of RDUs held at such time.

 

5.2 Payment Timing

 

  (a) General.

Unless and until a Payment Event occurs, eligible Participants (as defined in Section 5.3) shall be paid their share of the interest component semi-annually in the payroll periods that include the Interest Payment Dates; provided, however, that any and all interest payments payable through December 2011 shall accrue and be paid to eligible Participants in January 2012, subject to Section 5.3 herein. If a Payment Event occurs between Interest Payment Dates, Participants shall receive a pro rata interest payment for the period ending on the Payment Event date.

 

- 6 -


  (b) Reserve Pool.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, accumulated interest allocated to Participants pursuant to Section 5.1(b) shall be paid on the Payment Event.

 

5.3 Payment Eligibility

A Participant who is, on an Interest Payment Date, and has been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (b) serving as a member of the Board of Directors or Board of Managers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (“Director”), through such Interest Payment Date, shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest component due on that date with respect to the vested and unvested RDUs that have been granted to that Participant. Subject to Section 8 and unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s RDU award agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason, then (1) the Participant shall continue to receive interest component payments with respect to vested RDUs, and (2) the Participant’s right to receive interest component payments with respect to unvested RDUs shall terminate. Subject to Section 8 and unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s RDU award agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason between Interest Payment Dates, that Participant shall receive a pro rata interest payment with regard to unvested RDUs for the period ending on the date of that Participant’s termination from employment.

Subject to Section 8 and unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s RDU award agreement: (1) a Participant who is, on December 31, 2011, and has been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) serving as a Director), through December 31, 2011, shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest that has accrued on that Participant’s vested and unvested RDUs pursuant to Section 5.2(a); and (2) if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason on or before December 31, 2011, that Participant shall forfeit the right to any interest that has accrued pursuant to Section 5.2(a).

 

5.4 Payment Form

Payment of the interest component shall be in cash or such other form of periodic payments or distributions (if any) associated with Replacement Assets as provided in Section 7.

SECTION 6

Vesting

A Participant becomes vested in his or her RDUs according to the vesting schedule in the Participant’s RDU award agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the Participant’s RDU award agreement, immediately following a Participant’s termination of employment or service as a Director, any unvested RDUs (and any interest payments associated with those RDUs pursuant to Section 5 following the date of termination) shall be forfeited and all forfeited RDUs shall be returned to the Reserve Pool.

 

- 7 -


SECTION 7

Impact of Restructuring, Recapitalization, Refinancing and Prepayment

If a restructuring, recapitalization or refinancing with regard to the entire tranche of Senior Subordinated Debt (or with regard to only a portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt but on a pro rata basis across the entire tranche of Senior Subordinated Debt) occurs in a manner that does not trigger a Payment Event, the Debt Pool (or the equivalent pro rata portion of the Debt Pool if such transaction is with regard to less than the entire tranche), shall be deemed to be replaced with a hypothetical pool of assets equivalent to the assets that would be received by the holders of $28.5 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Debt (the “Replacement Assets”), and Participants shall be eligible to receive (i) periodic payments with respect to such pool equivalent to the interest, dividends or other periodic payments associated with the Replacement Assets, which amounts shall be payable at the time specified in Section 5.2, and (ii) upon a Payment Event, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Replacement Assets as of the date of such Payment Event.

If the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) is prepaid (i.e., the Senior Subordinated Debt is paid off using available cash and not replaced with alternative indebtedness or equity) in full or prepaid in part on a pro rata basis across the entire tranche of Senior Subordinated Debt:

(a) The Debt Pool or Replacement Assets, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be replaced (in whole or, in the case of a partial pro rata prepayment, on an equivalent pro rata basis) with cash equal to the amount of such prepayment: provided that any prepayment premium that would be associated with the $28.5 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) shall be treated as principal hereunder and shall be allocated pro rata according to each Participant’s number of RDUs and paid on a Payment Event; and

(b) If so determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, the Compensation Committee and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer may in good faith choose an interest rate at which the cash value of Participants’ RDUs (or prepaid portion thereof) will earn interest on and after the date the Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) is prepaid, and such accumulated interest shall be payable on a Payment Event.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any transaction constituting a prepayment, or an exchange or similar transaction, in each case with regard to only a portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt and that is on a non-pro rata basis, there shall be no change to the Debt Pool.

 

- 8 -


If at any time the holders of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause such Senior Subordinated Debt (or Replacement Assets) to be redeemed or sold in a transaction with an unrelated party, the Compensation Committee shall determine, in good faith, whether and to what extent it shall be in the best interests of the Participants to have the hypothetical assets in the Debt Pool or the Replacement Assets be deemed to have been sold or redeemed in such transaction, with any such deemed proceeds being paid to the Participants or reinvested on the Participants’ behalf in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above. Any such Compensation Committee determination shall be made simultaneously with the actual consummation of the relevant transaction.

SECTION 8

Forfeiture and Recoupment

In the event of Wrongful Conduct (as defined in the Participant’s RDU award agreement), (1) all RDUs held by a Participant (whether or not vested, and including any interest payments not yet paid pursuant to Section 5.2) shall automatically be cancelled without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company; and (2) the Participant shall repay to the Company any amounts paid to the Participant with respect to the RDUs (including without limitation payments pursuant to the interest component described in Section 5) at any time during the 24-month period prior to the Participant’s termination of employment and at any time after the Participant’s termination of employment. A Participant may only accept an RDU grant if the Participant consents to and authorizes the Company and its subsidiaries to deduct from any amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or its subsidiaries, any amounts the Participant owes under this Section (subject to any restrictions set forth in Section 409A).

SECTION 9

Other Terms and Conditions

 

9.1 Administration

The general administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out the provisions of the Plan shall be placed in the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall have the powers set forth in the Plan and the complete discretionary power to interpret its provisions. Any decisions of the Compensation Committee shall be final and binding on all persons with regard to the Plan.

 

9.2 Amendment and Termination of the Plan

The Company may amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time for any reason, with or without advance notice; provided, however, that a Participant’s RDU award agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated without the written consent of the Participant; provided, further, that the Plan shall not be amended, modified or terminated in any manner adverse to the Participants as a group without the written consent of

 

- 9 -


Participants (1) holding more than two-thirds of the outstanding RDUs (i.e., excluding the Reserve Pool) and (2) representing at least a majority of the Participants under the Plan, provided, however, that no consideration was provided in connection with the consent or in replacement or partial replacement of the benefits under the Plan unless provided to all Participants ratably; and provided, further, that the Plan shall not be amended, modified or terminated in any manner adverse to a Participant that is discriminatory as compared to the other Participants without the written consent of such Participant. For purposes of the foregoing, if a Participant is deceased, his or her Beneficiaries shall collectively vote in place of the deceased Participant. No amendment or termination of the Plan may accelerate a scheduled payment unless permitted by Treasury regulations section 1.409A-3(j)(4), nor may any amendment permit a subsequent deferral unless such amendment complies with the requirements of Treasury regulations section 1.409A-2(b).

 

9.3 Payments to Beneficiaries

In the event of the death of a Participant prior to the date of payment in full of any portion of a principal or interest component due to the Participant hereunder, any amounts payable in connection with this Plan shall thereafter be made to the Participant’s Beneficiaries.

 

9.4 Withholding

The Company or its subsidiaries may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this Plan or otherwise such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation (“ Taxes ”). In the event that any RDU or interest payment is settled or paid in property other than cash, as a condition to the receipt of such payment the Participant shall be required to pay in cash, or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Company (including, without limitation, authorizing withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant), an amount sufficient to satisfy any Taxes; provided, however, that payments under Section 4.3 that are made in marketable securities shall be eligible for net settlement to satisfy any Taxes with respect to such payments.

 

9.5 Funding

The Company’s promise to pay benefits hereunder shall at all times remain unfunded as to the Participant. The Company shall not be required to fund or otherwise segregate assets to be used for payment of benefits under the Plan.

 

9.6 Expenses

The Company shall bear all expenses incurred by it in administering the Plan but shall not be responsible for taxes or other expenses incurred by Participants related to the Plan.

 

- 10 -


9.7 No Obligation

Neither the Plan nor any RDU granted hereunder shall create any obligation on the part of the Company to continue any other award plans or policies or to establish or continue any other programs, plans or policies of any kind. Neither the Plan nor any RDU grant made pursuant to the Plan shall give any Participant or other employee any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company or by any subsidiary or affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by which a Participant is employed to terminate such Participant’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, nor shall the Plan nor any RDU grant made hereunder create a contract of employment.

 

9.8 No Assignment; Resolution of Disputes

No right or interest in any RDU granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, except to Beneficiaries as permitted under the Plan, and no right or interest of any Participant in any RDU granted hereunder shall be subject to any lien, claim, encumbrance, obligation or liability of such Participant. The foregoing shall also apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order meets the requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code as determined by the Compensation Committee. Any payments required under the Plan during a Participant’s lifetime shall be made only to the Participant. In the event any conflicting demands are made upon the Company with respect to any payments due as a result of the Plan, provided that the Company shall not have received prior written notice that said conflicting demands have been finally settled by court adjudication, arbitration, joint order or otherwise, the Company shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiaries any and all amounts it determines to be due hereunder and thereupon the Company shall stand fully relieved and discharged of any further duties or liabilities under the Plan.

 

9.9 Severability

In the event that any provisions of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

9.10 Legal Document

This Plan constitutes a legal document which governs all matters involved with its interpretation and administration and supersedes any writing, presentation or representation, whether written or oral, inconsistent with its terms.

 

- 11 -


9.11 Section 409A

Payments under the Plan shall be treated as exempt from or compliant with Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. To the extent payments under the Plan are subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the Plan shall at all times be interpreted and administered so that it is consistent with Section 409A notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. To the extent that any provision in the Plan is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments under the Plan shall not incur any additional tax within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(1)(B). Accordingly, and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Plan would fail to comply with Section 409A, then the Compensation Committee shall be empowered to take in good faith any actions necessary so as to administer the Plan in good faith compliance with Section 409A. In no event shall the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed in the Participant by Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.

 

9.12 Governing Law, Venue, Waiver of Jury Trial

The Plan and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Illinois (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under any state’s conflict of laws principles). Any legal action involving benefits claimed or legal obligations relating to or arising under this Plan may be filed only in state or Federal District Court in the city of Chicago, Illinois. NO PARTICIPANT SHALL BE ENTITLED TO THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS PLAN OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed on this 10th day of March, 2010.

 

CDW LLC
/s/ John A. Edwardson
By:   John A. Edwardson
Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 10.23

FORM OF

CDW RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT PLAN

(EXECUTIVE)

RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT GRANT NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

To :                                  (referred to herein as “Grantee” or “you”)

CDW LLC (the “Company”) is pleased to confirm that you have been granted Restricted Debt Units (“RDUs”), as defined in the CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “Plan”), effective March 10, 2010 (the “Grant Date”).

1. Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . To be eligible to receive the RDUs, you must sign this Restricted Debt Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (this “Agreement”) and return it by March 29, 2010. By signing this Agreement, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions herein and in the Plan, and you further acknowledge and agree that the RDUs do not confer any legal or equitable right (other than those rights constituting the RDUs themselves) against the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against the Company.

2. Grant of RDUs . Subject to the restrictions, limitations, terms and conditions specified in the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby grants you as of the Grant Date                                  RDUs. The RDUs represent a fractional share of a hypothetical pool (the “Debt Pool”) of $28.5 million principal amount of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt or Replacement Assets, each as defined in the Plan. Your fractional share of the Debt Pool is              % (calculated by dividing the number of RDUs you have been granted by the 28,500 RDUs available for issuance under the Plan).

3. Vesting . Subject to the exceptions outlined below in Paragraphs 3(a) and 3(b), you shall become vested in your RDUs daily on a pro rata basis over the three-year period commencing on January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014 if, and only if, you are and have been continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any its subsidiaries; or (b) serving as a member of the Board of Directors or Board of Managers (a “Director”) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. You shall become fully vested in your RDUs upon a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Plan) if you are then employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. If your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason, you shall forfeit any unvested RDUs (and any interest payments associated with those RDUs following such date of termination). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the following exceptions apply to this Paragraph 3:

 

  A. Termination Due to Death or Disability . Upon termination of employment or service as a Director due to death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), you shall receive (1) the vested percentage through your termination date determined pursuant to the schedule above in Paragraph 3; and (2) accelerated vesting on an additional 20% of your RDUs (vested percentage plus accelerated vesting capped at 100%).

 

  B. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason . Upon a termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in your Compensation Protection Agreement, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time (the “CPA”)), you shall receive the vested percentage through your termination date as if vesting had been daily on a pro rata basis over the five-year period commencing on January 1, 2010 and continuing through December 31, 2014.


4. Interest Component Payment Eligibility . As long as you are, on an Interest Payment Date, and have been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (b) serving as a Director through such Interest Payment Date, you shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest component due on that date with respect to your vested and unvested RDUs. Subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, if your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason, (x) you shall continue to receive interest component payments with respect to vested RDUs; and (y) your right to receive interest component payments with respect to unvested RDUs shall terminate. Subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, if your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason between Interest Payment Dates, you shall receive a pro rata interest payment with respect to unvested RDUs for the period ending on such termination date.

Subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, (a) if you are, on December 31, 2011, and have been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (i) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) serving as a Director through December 31, 2011, you shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest that has accrued on your vested and unvested RDUs pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan; and (b) if your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason on or before December 31, 2011, you shall forfeit the right to any interest that has accrued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, upon a termination due to death or Disability (as defined in the Plan) or termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the CPA), you shall receive interest that has accrued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan with respect to your vested and unvested RDUs up to and including the date of your termination and such interest only with respect to your vested RDUs from the date of your termination through December 31, 2011, with payment for such accrued interest in January 2012.

5. Forfeiture and Recoupment . In the event of Wrongful Conduct, as defined below, (a) all RDUs held by you (whether or not vested, and including any interest payments not yet paid) shall automatically be cancelled without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company; and (b) you shall repay to the Company any amounts paid to you with respect to the RDUs (including without limitation payments pursuant to the interest component) at any time during the 24-month period prior to your termination of employment or service as a Director and at any time after your termination of employment or service as a Director. By accepting the RDUs, you consent to and authorize the Company and its subsidiaries to deduct from any amounts payable to you by the Company or its subsidiaries any amounts you owe under this Paragraph 5.

“Wrongful Conduct” shall exist if: (a) your employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries is terminated for Cause, as defined in your CPA; or (b) during the three-year period following the termination of your employment or service as a Director, you materially violate any agreement between yourself and the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property).

6. Conformity with the Plan . The RDUs are subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. By your acceptance of this Agreement, you agree to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement and the Plan. Any capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan.

 

2


7. Consent to Venue, Waiver of Jury Trial . Any legal action involving benefits claimed or legal obligations relating to or arising under this Agreement or the Plan may be filed only in state or Federal District Court in the city of Chicago, Illinois. BY ACCEPTING THE RDUS, YOU AGREE THAT YOU WILL NOT BE ENTITLED TO THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THE PLAN OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

8. Confidentiality . You agree that you will not disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement to any other employees of the Company or third parties with the exception of your accountants, attorneys, or spouse, and shall ensure that none of them discloses such existence or terms to any other person, except as required to comply with legal process.

*         *         *

The undersigned hereby acknowledges, accepts, and agrees to all terms and provisions of the foregoing Agreement.

 

   
Grantee
   
Date

 

3

Exhibit 10.24

FORM OF

CDW RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT PLAN

(MANAGEMENT)

RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT GRANT NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

To : [NAME] (referred to herein as “Grantee” or “you”)

CDW LLC (the “Company”) is pleased to confirm that you have been granted Restricted Debt Units (“RDUs”), as defined in the CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “Plan”), effective March 10, 2010 (the “Grant Date”).

1. Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . To be eligible to receive the RDUs, you must sign this Restricted Debt Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (this “Agreement”) and return it by March 29, 2010. By signing this Agreement, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions herein and in the Plan, and you further acknowledge and agree that the RDUs do not confer any legal or equitable right (other than those rights constituting the RDUs themselves) against the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against the Company.

2. Grant of RDUs . Subject to the restrictions, limitations, terms and conditions specified in the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby grants you as of the Grant Date [NUMBER] RDUs. The RDUs represent a fractional share of a hypothetical pool (the “Debt Pool”) of $28.5 million principal amount of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt or Replacement Assets, each as defined in the Plan. Your fractional share of the Debt Pool is [PERCENT] (calculated by dividing the number of RDUs you have been granted by the 28,500 RDUs available for issuance under the Plan).

3. Vesting . Subject to the exceptions outlined in this Paragraph 3, you shall become vested in your RDUs daily on a pro rata basis over the three-year period commencing on January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014 if, and only if, you are and have been continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any its subsidiaries; or (b) serving as a member of the Board of Directors or Board of Managers (a “Director”) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. You shall become fully vested in your RDUs upon a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Plan) if you are then employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. If your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason, you shall forfeit any unvested RDUs (and any interest payments associated with those RDUs following such date of termination). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, upon termination of employment or service as a Director due to death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), you shall receive (x) the vested percentage through your termination date determined pursuant to the schedule above; and (y) accelerated vesting on an additional 20% of your RDUs (vested percentage plus accelerated vesting capped at 100%).

4. Interest Component Payment Eligibility . As long as you are, on an Interest Payment Date, and have been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (b) serving as a Director through such Interest Payment Date, you shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest component due on that date with respect to your vested and unvested RDUs. Subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, if your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason, (x) you shall continue to receive interest component payments with respect to vested RDUs; and (y) your right to receive interest component payments with respect to unvested RDUs shall terminate. Subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, if your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason between Interest Payment Dates, you shall receive a pro rata interest payment with respect to unvested RDUs for the period ending on such termination date.


Subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, (a) if you are, on December 31, 2011, and have been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (i) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) serving as a Director through December 31, 2011, you shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest that has accrued on your vested and unvested RDUs pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan; and (b) if your employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason on or before December 31, 2011, you shall forfeit the right to any interest that has accrued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, subject to Paragraph 5 hereof, upon a termination due to death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), you shall receive interest that has accrued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan with respect to your vested and unvested RDUs up to and including the date of your termination and such interest only with respect to your vested RDUs from the date of your termination through December 31, 2011, with payment for such accrued interest in January 2012.

5. Forfeiture and Recoupment . In the event of Wrongful Conduct, as defined below, (a) all RDUs held by you (whether or not vested, and including any interest payments not yet paid) shall automatically be cancelled without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company; and (b) you shall repay to the Company any amounts paid to you with respect to the RDUs (including without limitation payments pursuant to the interest component) at any time during the 24-month period prior to your termination of employment or service as a Director and at any time after your termination of employment or service as a Director. By accepting the RDUs, you consent to and authorize the Company and its subsidiaries to deduct from any amounts payable to you by the Company or its subsidiaries any amounts you owe under this Paragraph 5.

“Wrongful Conduct” shall exist if: (a) your employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries is terminated for Cause, as defined in your Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time; or (b) during the three-year period following the termination of your employment or service as a Director, you violate any agreement between yourself and the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property).

6. Conformity with the Plan . The RDUs are subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. By your acceptance of this Agreement, you agree to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement and the Plan. Any capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan.

7. Consent to Venue, Waiver of Jury Trial . Any legal action involving benefits claimed or legal obligations relating to or arising under this Agreement or the Plan may be filed only in state or Federal District Court in the city of Chicago, Illinois. BY ACCEPTING THE RDUS, YOU AGREE THAT YOU WILL NOT BE ENTITLED TO THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THE PLAN OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

 

2


8. Confidentiality . You agree that you will not disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement to any other employees of the Company or third parties with the exception of your accountants, attorneys, or spouse, and shall ensure that none of them discloses such existence or terms to any other person, except as required to comply with legal process.

*         *         *

The undersigned hereby acknowledges, accepts, and agrees to all terms and provisions of the foregoing Agreement.

 

   
Grantee
   
Date

 

3

Exhibit 12.1

CDW CORPORATION

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(unaudited)

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     Year ended December 31,    Period from
January 1,
2007 to
          Period from
October 12,
2007 to
    Year ended December 31,     Six Months ended
June 30,
 

(dollars in millions)

   2005    2006    October 11,
2007
          December 31,
2007
    2008     2009     2009     2010  

Computation of earnings:

                        

Income (loss) before income taxes and adjustment for (income) loss from equity investees

   $ 433.0    $ 414.4    $ 286.4         $ (58.8   $ (1,777.2   $ (461.2   $ (360.9   $ (7.4

Distributed income (loss) from equity investees

     —        —        —             —          —          —          —          —     

Fixed charges

     3.8      5.0      4.6           105.8        397.3        413.1        212.5        209.5   
                                                                  

Total earnings

   $ 436.8    $ 419.4    $ 291.0         $ 47.0      $ (1,379.9   $ (48.1   $ (148.4   $ 202.1   
                                                                  

Computation of fixed charges:

                        

Interest on debt obligations

   $ —      $ —      $ —           $ 91.1      $ 351.8      $ 389.3      $ 200.8      $ 196.5   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     —        —        —             13.4        38.6        16.2        7.9        9.0   

Portion of rent expense representative of interest (1)

     3.8      5.0      4.6           1.3        6.9        7.6        3.8        4.0   
                                                                  

Total fixed charges

   $ 3.8    $ 5.0    $ 4.6         $ 105.8      $ 397.3      $ 413.1      $ 212.5      $ 209.5   
                                                                  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     115x      84x      63x             (2)         (2)         (2)         (2)         (2)  
                                    

 

(1) Imputed interest on operating leases is estimated to be approximately one-third of rent expense.
(2) For the period from October 12, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, earnings available for fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $58.8 million, $1,777.2 million, $461.2 million, $360.8 million, and $7.3 million, respectively.

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

        

Jurisdiction of Organization

CDW LLC      Illinois
CDW Finance Corporation      Delaware
CDW Technologies, Inc.      Wisconsin
CDW Direct, LLC      Illinois
CDW Government LLC      Illinois
CDW Logistics, Inc.      Illinois

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 26, 2008, except for Note 14 and Note 15, as to which the date is September 1, 2010, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of CDW Corporation, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

September 7, 2010

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 3, 2010, except for Note 16 and Note 20, as to which the date is September 1, 2010, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of CDW Corporation, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

September 7, 2010

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER

THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of

a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota

 

  55402

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

  (Zip Code)

Raymond S. Haverstock

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, MN 55107

(651) 495-3911

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

CDW Corporation *

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

 

 

 

Delaware

 

  26-0273989

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois

 

  60061

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

  (Zip Code)

11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 Series B

11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 Series B

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 Series B

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

*Co-registrants Listed on the next page

 

 

 


Exact Name of Additional Registrants*

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Number
   Jurisdiction of
Formation
   I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.

CDW LLC

   5961    Illinois    36-3310735

CDW Finance Corporation

   5961    Delaware    90-0600013

CDW Technologies, Inc.

   5961    Wisconsin    39-1768725

CDW Direct, LLC

   5961    Illinois    36-4530079

CDW Government LLC

   5961    Illinois    36-4230110

CDW Logistics, Inc.

   5961    Illinois    38-3679518

 

* The address for each of the additional registrants is CDW Corporation, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061. The name, address and telephone number of the agent for service for each of the additional registrants is Christine A. Leahy, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of CDW Corporation, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, telephone: (847) 465-6000.

 

2


FORM T-1

 

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

 

  a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

 

  b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

 

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

 

Items 3-15 Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

 

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 

  1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

 

  2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.*

 

  3. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.*

 

  4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

 

  5. A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

 

  7. Report of Condition of the Trustee as of June 30, 2010 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.
** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-166527 filed on May 5, 2010.

 

3


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of St. Paul, State of Minnesota on the 2nd of September, 2010.

 

By:   /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
 

Raymond S. Haverstock

Vice President

 

By:   /s/ Joshua Hahn
 

Joshua Hahn

Assistant Vice President

 

4


Exhibit 6

CONSENT

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Dated: September 2nd, 2010

 

By:   /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
 

Raymond S. Haverstock

Vice President

 

By:   /s/ Joshua Hahn
 

Joshua Hahn

Assistant Vice President

 

5


Exhibit 7

U.S. Bank National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

Exhibit 7

As of 6/30/2010

($000’s)

 

     6/30/2010

Assets

  

Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions

   $ 5,021,509

Securities

     46,751,442

Federal Funds

     4,344,927

Loans & Lease Financing Receivables

     182,237,162

Fixed Assets

     5,440,512

Intangible Assets

     13,006,313

Other Assets

     21,662,778
      

Total Assets

   $ 278,464,643

Liabilities

  

Deposits

   $ 191,033,345

Fed Funds

     11,079,681

Treasury Demand Notes

     0

Trading Liabilities

     437,280

Other Borrowed Money

     32,340,366

Acceptances

     0

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

     8,129,967

Other Liabilities

     7,450,842
      

Total Liabilities

   $ 250,471,481

Equity

  

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries

   $ 1,704,554

Common and Preferred Stock

     18,200

Surplus

     12,636,872

Undivided Profits

     13,633,536
      

Total Equity Capital

   $ 27,993,162

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

   $ 278,464,643

 

 

To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of the date hereof, the above financial information is true and correct.

 

U.S. Bank National Association
By:   /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
  Vice President

Date: September 2nd, 2010

 

6

Exhibit 99.1

Form of

Letter of Transmittal

Offers to Exchange

11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, which have been registered under the

Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAK5 and ISIN US12513GAK58)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAA7 and ISIN US12513GAA76)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAD7 and ISIN USU1253FAD79)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAA3 and ISIN USU1253FAA31)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAL3 and ISIN US12513GAL32)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAB5 and ISIN US12513GAB59)

and

11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, which have been

registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all outstanding 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due

2015

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAN9 and ISIN US12513GAN97)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAD1 and ISIN US12513GAD13)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAE52 and ISIN USU1253FAE52)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAB1 and ISIN USU1253FAB14)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAP4 and ISIN US12513GAP49)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAE9 and ISIN US12513GAE98)

and

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B, which have been

registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAR0 and ISIN US12513GAR02)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAG4 and US12513GAG47)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAF2 and ISIN USU1253FAF28)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAC9 and ISIN USU1253FAC96)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAS8 and ISIN US12513GAS84)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAH2 and ISIN US12513GAH20)

of

CDW LLC AND CDW FINANCE CORPORATION

 

1


THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON         , 2010 (THE “ EXPIRATION DATE ”), UNLESS EXTENDED BY CDW LLC AND CDW FINANCE CORPORATION IN THEIR SOLE DISCRETION.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:

U.S. Bank National Association

 

By Registered Mail or Overnight

Carrier:

 

Facsimile Transmission:

(for eligible institutions only)

  By Hand Delivery:

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

  (651) 495-8145  

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

 

Confirm by Telephone:

(800) 934-6802

 

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this Letter of Transmittal via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated         , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), of CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation (together, the “Issuers”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together describe the Issuers’ offers (the “Exchange Offers”) to exchange (i) up to $890,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Issuers, for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes”), of the Issuers, (ii) up to $316,974,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, of the Issuers, for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”), of the Issuers and (iii) up to $721,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, of the Issuers, for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”), of the Issuers.

The terms of the applicable Exchange Notes and the applicable Outstanding Notes are identical in all respects, except that, because the offers of the Exchange Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act, the Exchange Notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions, registration rights or the related provisions for increased interest if we default under the applicable registration rights agreement.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

Your bank or broker can assist you in completing this form. The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent.

 

2


The undersigned has checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offers.

Please read the entire Letter of Transmittal and the prospectus carefully before checking any box below.

List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES

 

Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes :

Name(s) And Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please Fill In)

  

Certificate
Number(s)*

  

Aggregate
Principal
Amount
Represented**

  

Principal
Amount
Tendered**

        
        
        
        

Total principal amount of Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes

        

 

Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes :

Name(s) And Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please Fill In)

  

Certificate
Number(s)*

  

Aggregate
Principal
Amount
Represented**

  

Principal
Amount
Tendered**

        
        
        
        

Total principal amount of Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes

        

 

Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes :

Name(s) And Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please Fill In)

  

Certificate
Number(s)*

  

Aggregate
Principal
Amount
Represented**

  

Principal
Amount
Tendered**

        
        
        
        

Total principal amount of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes

        

 

3


*

Need not be completed by holders delivering by book-entry transfer (see below).

**

Outstanding Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in minimum denominations of U.S.$2,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, except for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, which may be tendered in minimum denominations of U.S.$1.00 and any integral multiple thereof. All Outstanding Notes held shall be deemed tendered unless a lesser number is specified in this column. See Instruction 4.

Holders of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

Please read this entire Letter of Transmittal carefully before completing the boxes below.

 

¨

Check here if certificates for tendered Outstanding Notes are enclosed herewith.

 

¨

Check here if tendered Outstanding Notes are being delivered by book-entry transfer made to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent with the DTC and complete the following:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                            

Account Number with DTC:                                                                                                                                                                

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                  

 

¨

Check here if you tendered by book-entry transfer and desire any non-exchanged notes to be returned to you by crediting the book-entry transfer facility account number set forth above.

Use of Guaranteed Delivery

(See Instruction 1)

To be completed only if tendered notes are being delivered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery previously sent to the Exchange Agent. Complete the following (please enclose a photocopy of such notice of guaranteed delivery):

Name of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                                    

Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                                                                                                                                

Date of Execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                         

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                            

If Delivered By Book-Entry Transfer, Complete The Following:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                    

Account Number at DTC:                                                                                                                                                                             

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                           

 

4


Broker-Dealer Status

 

¨

Check here if you are a broker-dealer that acquired your tendered notes for your own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Note: signatures must be provided below

 

5


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offers, the undersigned hereby tenders to CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation (together, the “Issuers”) the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including, if the Exchange Offers are extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuers all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned to cause the Outstanding Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Issuers will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Issuers and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuers of their obligations under the Senior Registration Rights Agreement or Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable, each dated as of October 10, 2008, among CDW Corporation, the note guarantors named therein and the lenders party thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Issuers shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Exchange Offers are subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offers—Conditions.” As a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuers), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuers may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers. In addition, the Issuers may amend the Exchange Offers at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under “Exchange Offers—Conditions” occur.

Tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the Prospectus and in the instructions attached hereto will, upon the Issuers’ acceptance for exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuers upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offers. Under circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuers may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Outstanding Notes.

By tendering Outstanding Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned represents that (1) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (2) the undersigned is not engaging in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes, (3) the undersigned does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, (4) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of CDW LLC or CDW Finance Corporation within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (5) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a Prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a Prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, the undersigned is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

6


Any holder of Outstanding Notes using the Exchange Offers to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its interpretive letter with respect to Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) or similar interpretive letters and (ii) must comply with the registration and Prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.

Certificates for all Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for tendered Outstanding Notes and any Outstanding Notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, and registered in the name of the undersigned, shall be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

The undersigned, by completing the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” above and signing this letter, will be deemed to have tendered the Outstanding Notes as set forth in such box.

 

7


PLEASE SIGN HERE

(To Be Completed By All Tendering Holders of

Outstanding Notes Regardless of Whether Outstanding Notes

Are Being Physically Delivered Herewith, unless an Agent’s Message

Is Delivered in Connection with a Book-Entry Transfer of Such Outstanding Notes)

This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If the signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of such person’s authority to so act. See Instruction 5 below.

If the signature appearing below is not of the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, then the registered holder(s) must sign a valid power of attorney.

 

X  

 

X  

 

Signature(s) of Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory

 

Dated  

 

  

 

Name(s)  

 

 

Capacity  

 

Address  

 

Including Zip Code

  

 

 

Area Code and Telephone No.  

 

Please Complete Substitute Form W-9 Herein

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (If required — see Instructions 2 and 5 below)

Certain Signatures Must be Guaranteed by a Signature Guarantor

 

 

 

(Name of Signature Guarantor Guaranteeing Signatures)

 

 

 

(Address (including zip code) and Telephone Number (including area code) of Firm)

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

(Printed Name)

 

 

 

(Title)

 

Dated  

 

  

 

8


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 through 7)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Outstanding Notes in a principal amount not tendered are to be issued in the name of, or Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers are to be issued in the name of, someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal or issued to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” within this Letter of Transmittal.

 

Issue:  

¨   Exchange Notes     ¨   Outstanding Notes

(Complete as applicable)

 

Name  

 

(Please Print)

 

Address  

 

(Please Print)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number

(See Substitute Form W-9 Herein)

Credit Outstanding Notes not tendered, but represented by certificates tendered by this Letter of Transmittal, by book-entry transfer to:

 

¨  

The Depository Trust Company

¨  

 

¨  

Account Number

 

 

Credit Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers by book-entry transfer to:

¨

 

The Depository Trust Company

¨

 

 

¨

 

Account Number

 

 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 through 7)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Outstanding Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” within this Letter of Transmittal.

 

Deliver:   

¨   Exchange Notes     ¨   Outstanding Notes

(Complete as applicable)

 

Name  

 

(Please Print)

 

Address  

 

(Please Print)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Is this a permanent address change:

 

¨   Yes

    

¨   No (check one box)

 

9


INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions

of the Exchange Offers

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Outstanding Notes. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Outstanding Notes if certificates representing such Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith, or, unless an agent’s message is utilized, if delivery of such certificates is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by DTC, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering.” For a holder to properly tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by these Instructions, or a properly transmitted agent’s message in the case of a book entry transfer, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the expiration date, and either (1) certificates representing such Outstanding Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address, or (2) such Outstanding Notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the Prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” and a book-entry confirmation must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date. A holder who desires to tender Outstanding Notes and who cannot comply with procedures set forth herein for tender on a timely basis or whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures discussed below.

The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Outstanding Notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, holders should use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow for sufficient time to ensure delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers. Holders may request their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to effect these transactions for such holder. Holders should not send any Outstanding Note, Letter of Transmittal or other required document to the Issuers.

If a holder desires to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers and (1) certificates representing such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit such holder’s Letter of Transmittal, certificates representing such Outstanding Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, such holder may nevertheless tender such Outstanding Notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” are followed. Pursuant to such procedures, (1) the tender must be made by or through an eligible guarantor institution (as defined in Instruction 2 below), (2) a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Issuers herewith, or an agent’s message with respect to a guaranteed delivery that is accepted by the Issuers, must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date, and (3) the certificates for the tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC as described in the Prospectus) together with a Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

2. Guarantee of Signatures . Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or by an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (banks; brokers and dealers; credit unions; national securities exchanges; registered securities associations; learning agencies; and savings associations) unless the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are tendered (1) by a registered holder of Outstanding Notes (or by a participant in DTC whose

 

10


name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such Outstanding Notes) who has not completed any of the boxes entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions,” on the Letter of Transmittal, or (2) for the account of an “eligible guarantor institution.” If the Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the person who signed the Letter of Transmittal or if Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be returned to, or are to be issued to the order of, a person other than the registered holder or if Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder, then the signature on this Letter of Transmittal accompanying the tendered Outstanding Notes must be guaranteed as described above. Beneficial owners whose Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee must contact such broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee if they desire to tender Outstanding Notes. See “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus.

3. Withdrawal of Tenders . Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, tenders of Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal of tendered Outstanding Notes to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. Any such notice of withdrawal must (1) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, (2) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes (unless such Outstanding Notes were tendered by book-entry transfer) and the aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes, and (3) be signed by the holder of such Outstanding Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Outstanding Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees), or be accompanied by (i) documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the name of the person withdrawing such Outstanding Notes, and (ii) a properly completed irrevocable proxy authorizing such person to effect such withdrawal on behalf of such holder. If the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon written or facsimile notice of such withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected.

Any permitted withdrawal of Outstanding Notes may not be rescinded. Any Outstanding Notes properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offers. However, properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

4. Partial Tenders . Tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be accepted only in principal amounts of at least U.S.$2,000 and in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, except for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, which may be tendered in minimum denominations of U.S.$1.00 and any integral multiple thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of any Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount tendered in the last column of the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” herein. The entire principal amount represented by the certificates for all Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Outstanding Notes held by the holder is not tendered, certificates for the principal amount of Outstanding Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Outstanding Notes tendered and accepted will be sent (or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, returned by credit to the account at DTC designated herein) to the holder unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal (see Instruction 6), promptly after the expiration date.

5. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures . If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of certificates without alteration, enlargement or change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC whose name is shown as the owner of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing the owner of the Outstanding Notes.

If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any tendered Outstanding Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary accompanying documents as there are different names in which certificates are held.

 

11


If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder, and the certificates for any principal amount of Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be issued (or if any principal amount of Outstanding Notes that is not tendered is to be reissued or returned) to or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, credited to the account of DTC of the registered holder, and Exchange Notes exchanged for Outstanding Notes in connection with the Exchange Offers are to be issued to the order of the registered holder, then the registered holder need not endorse any certificates for tendered Outstanding Notes nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case (including if this Letter of Transmittal is not signed by the registered holder), the registered holder must either properly endorse the certificates for Outstanding Notes tendered or transmit a separate properly completed bond power with this Letter of Transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on such Outstanding Notes, and, with respect to a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Outstanding Notes, exactly as the name(s) of the participant(s) appear(s) on such security position listing), with the signature on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by a signature guarantor or an eligible guarantor institution, unless such certificates or bond powers are executed by an eligible guarantor institution. See Instruction 2.

Endorsements on certificates for Outstanding Notes and signatures on bond powers provided in accordance with this Instruction 5 by registered holders not executing this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution. See Instruction 2.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates representing Outstanding Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

6. Special Issuance and Special Delivery Instructions . Tendering holders should indicate in the applicable box or boxes the name and address to which Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or Exchange Notes exchanged for Outstanding Notes in connection with the Exchange Offers are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer-identification number of the person named must also be indicated. If no instructions are given, Outstanding Notes not tendered will be returned to the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered. For holders of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, Outstanding Notes not tendered will be returned by crediting the account at DTC designated above.

7. Taxpayer Identification Number and Substitute Form W-9 . Each tendering holder is required to provide the Exchange Agent with its correct taxpayer identification number, which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number, the holder may be subject to backup withholding and a U.S.$50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a refund may be obtained. Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional instructions.

To prevent backup withholding, each holder tendering Outstanding Notes must provide such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number by completing the Substitute Form W-9, certifying that the taxpayer identification number provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a taxpayer identification number), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Outstanding Notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for information on which tax payer identification number to report.

The Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with its obligation regarding backup withholding.

8. Transfer Taxes . The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, required to be paid by the Issuers in connection with the exchange of the Outstanding Notes for the Exchange Notes. If, however, Exchange Notes, or Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered, or if a transfer

 

12


tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the Outstanding Notes in connection with the Exchange Offers, then the amount of any transfer tax (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of the transfer taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

9. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Outstanding Notes . Any holder whose Exchange Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

10. Irregularities . All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of any tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the procedures described in the Prospectus and the form and validity of all documents will be determined by the Issuers, in their sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers reserve the absolute right, in their sole discretion, to reject any or all tenders of any Outstanding Notes determined by them not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of the Issuers’ counsel, be unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the absolute right, in their sole discretion, to waive or amend any of the conditions of the Exchange Offers or to waive any defect or irregularity in the tender of any particular Outstanding Notes, whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other tenders. The Issuers’ interpretations of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including, without limitation, the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) shall be final and binding. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Unless waived, any irregularities in connection with tenders must be cured within such time as the Issuers shall determine. None of the Issuers, the Exchange Agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in such tenders or will incur any liability to holders for failure to give such notification. Tenders of such Outstanding Notes shall not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless such holders have otherwise provided herein, promptly following the expiration date.

11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies . Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offers.

IMPORTANT: This Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (together with certificates for Outstanding Notes and all other required documents) or a notice of guaranteed delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

13


PAYER’S NAME: U.S. Bank National Association

 

SUBSTITUTE

FORM W-9

   Part 1 — PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY OR BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW   
     

 

Social Security

Number(s)

OR

Employer Identification

Department of the

Treasury Internal

     

Number(s)

 

Revenue Service

  

PART 2 CERTIFICATION Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify that

 

(1)     The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

  

Part 3 —

 

Awaiting TIN   ¨

Payer’s Request For

Taxpayer Identification

Number (“TIN”)

  

(2)     I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

  

 

CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS — You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you receive another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

  

DATE

 

 

 

NAME (please print)

 

 

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable cash payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a taxpayer identification number to the payer and that, if I do not provide my taxpayer identification number within sixty days, such retained amounts shall be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding.

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

  

DATE

 

 

 

NAME (please print)

 

 

 

14


NOTE:

FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND A U.S.$50 PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

 

15


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER FOR THE PAYEE (YOU) TO GIVE THE PAYER. —

Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.

 

SECURITY FOR THIS

TYPE OF ACCOUNT:

  

GIVE THE SOCIAL

NUMBER OF

  

EMPLOYER FOR THIS

TYPE OF ACCOUNT:

  

GIVE THE

IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER OF

1.

     Individual    The individual   

6.

   Sole proprietorship    The owner(1)

2.

     Two or more individuals (joint account)    The actual owner of the combined account or, if individual funds, the first on the account(1)   

7.

   A valid trust, estate or pension trust    The legal entity(4)

3.

     Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)    The minor(2)   

8.

   Corporate    The corporation

4.

 

a.

   The usual revocable savings trust account trustee(1)    The grantor (grantor is also trustee)   

9.

   Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization account    The organization
 

b.

   So-called trust account that is not a legal owner(1)    The actual or valid trust under state law   

10.

   Partnership    The partnership

5.

     Sole proprietorship    The owner(1)   

11.

   A broker or registered nominee    The broker or nominee
          

12.

   Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments    The public entity

 

(1)

List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.

(2)

Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.

(3)

You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).

(4)

List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

 

16


Obtaining A Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt From Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from withholding include:

 

 

An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).

 

 

The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing.

 

 

An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

 

A foreign government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

 

 

A corporation.

 

 

A financial institution.

 

 

A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

 

 

A real estate investment trust.

 

 

A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).

 

 

An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

 

A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or who is listed in the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporate Secretaries, Inc., Nominee List.

 

 

A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

 

A foreign central bank of issue.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:

 

 

Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.

 

 

Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.

 

 

Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.

 

 

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 

 

Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.

Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:

 

 

Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

 

 

Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under Section 852).

 

 

Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

 

 

Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.

 

 

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 

 

Mortgage interest paid to you.

Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.

EXEMPT PAYEES DESCRIBED ABOVE MUST FILE FORM W-9 OR A SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 TO AVOID POSSIBLE ERRONEOUS BACKUP WITHHOLDING. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” IN PART II OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE OF INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE — Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold up to 28% of taxable interest, dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

 

17


Penalties

(1) FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . — If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING . — If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. — Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

 

18

Exhibit 99.2

Form of

Instructions to Registered Holder and/or

Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant

from Beneficial Owner

of

CDW LLC

CDW Finance Corporation

11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAK5 and ISIN US12513GAK58)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAA7 and ISIN US12513GAA76)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAD7 and ISIN USU1253FAD79)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAA3 and ISIN USU1253FAA31)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAL3 and ISIN US12513GAL32)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAB5 and ISIN US12513GAB59)

11.50%/12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAN9 and ISIN US12513GAN97)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAD1 and ISIN US12513GAD13)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAE52 and ISIN USU1253FAE52)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAB1 and ISIN USU1253FAB14)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAP4 and ISIN US12513GAP49)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAE9 and ISIN US12513GAE98)

and

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAR0 and ISIN US12513GAR02)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAG4 and US12513GAG47)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAF2 and ISIN USU1253FAF28)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAC9 and ISIN USU1253FAC96)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAS8 and ISIN US12513GAS84)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAH2 and ISIN US12513GAH20)

To Registered Holders and/or Participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated             , 2010, of CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation (together, the “Issuers”) and accompanying letter of transmittal, that together constitute the Issuers’ offers to exchange (i) up to $890,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Issuers, for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes”) of the Issuers, (ii) up to $316,974,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.50%


/ 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, of the Issuers, for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”) of the Issuers and (iii) up to $721,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, of the Issuers, for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes and Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”), of the Issuers.

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book-entry transfer facility participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the exchange offers with respect to the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount for each series) :

U.S. $                         of Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes

U.S. $                         of Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes

U.S. $                         of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes

With respect to the exchange offers, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box) :

 

  ¨ TO TENDER ALL of the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

  ¨ TO TENDER the following Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of outstanding notes to be tendered (if any)) :

U.S. $                         of Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes

U.S. $                         of Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes

U.S. $                         of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes

 

  ¨ NOT TO TENDER any Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the letter of transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (1) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the applicable exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (2) the undersigned is not engaging in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes, (3) the undersigned does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, (4) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of CDW LLC or CDW Finance Corporation within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (5) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations. If any Holder or any other person, including the undersigned, is an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of us, or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the notes to be acquired in the applicable exchange offer, the Holder or any other person, including the undersigned: (i) may not rely on applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection

 

2


with any resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes, the undersigned is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned acknowledges that if an executed copy of this letter of transmittal is returned, the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes held for the undersigned’s account will be tendered unless otherwise specified above.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (1) owns such Outstanding Notes tendered and is entitled to tender such Outstanding Notes, and (2) has full power and authority to tender, sell, exchange, assign and transfer such tendered Outstanding Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Issuers will acquire good and marketable title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction of any kind.

 

 

SIGN HERE

 
  Name of beneficial owner(s) (please print):      
  Signature(s):      
  Address:      
  Telephone Number:      
  Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number:      
  Date:      

 

 

3

Exhibit 99.3

Form of

Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

to Tender for Exchange of

11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, which have been registered under the

Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAK5 and ISIN US12513GAK58)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAA7 and ISIN US12513GAA76)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAD7 and ISIN USU1253FAD79)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAA3 and ISIN USU1253FAA31)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAL3 and ISIN US12513GAL32)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAB5 and ISIN US12513GAB59)

and

11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B, which have been

registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all outstanding 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAN9 and ISIN US12513GAN97)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAD1 and ISIN US12513GAD13)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAE52 and ISIN USU1253FAE52)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAB1 and ISIN USU1253FAB14)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAP4 and ISIN US12513GAP49)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAE9 and ISIN US12513GAE98)

and

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B, which have been

registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017

Rule 144A Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAR0 and ISIN US12513GAR02)

Rule 144A Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAG4 and US12513GAG47)

Regulation S Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAF2 and ISIN USU1253FAF28)

Regulation S Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP U1253FAC9 and ISIN USU1253FAC96)

IAI Increasing Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAS8 and ISIN US12513GAS84)

IAI Fixed Rate Notes (CUSIP 12513GAH2 and ISIN US12513GAH20)

of

CDW LLC AND CDW FINANCE CORPORATION

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2010 (THE “ EXPIRATION DATE ”), UNLESS EXTENDED BY CDW LLC AND CDW FINANCE CORPORATION IN THEIR SOLE DISCRETION.


The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:

U.S. Bank National Association

 

By Registered Mail or Overnight

Carrier:

 

Facsimile Transmission:

(for eligible institutions only)

  By Hand Delivery:

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

  (651) 495-8145  

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

 

Confirm by Telephone:

(800) 934-6802

 

For any questions regarding this notice of guaranteed delivery or for any additional information, you may contact the exchange agent by telephone at (800) 934-6802, or by facsimile at (651) 495-8145.

Delivery of this notice of guaranteed delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this notice of guaranteed delivery via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Registered holders of outstanding 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of 11.00% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior Exchange Notes”), registered holders of 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015 (together with the guarantees thereof the “Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of 11.50% / 12.25% Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes due 2015, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes”), and registered holders of outstanding 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of 12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017, Series B (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), may use this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers (as defined below) if: (1) their Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (2) they cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of Outstanding Notes into the account of the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company), the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (3) they cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission or mail to the Exchange Agent. See “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” in the prospectus dated             , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), which together with the related Letter of Transmittal constitutes the “Exchange Offers” of CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation.

 

2


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Outstanding Notes listed below:

 

Certificate Number(s) (If  Known) of Outstanding
Notes or if Outstanding Notes will be Delivered by
Book-Entry Transfer at the Depositary Trust
Company, Insert Account No.
 

Title of Securities (i.e.,
Senior Exchange Notes,

Senior PIK Election

Exchange Notes or

Senior Subordinated

Exchange Notes)

 

Aggregate Principal

Amount Represented

 

Aggregate Principal

Amount Tendered*

       
             
* Must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, except for Outstanding Senior PIK Election Exchange Notes, which may be tendered in minimum denominations of U.S.$1.00 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

3


PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

 

   

Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory:

 

                                                                                         

 

                                                                                         

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                        

 

                                                                                         

 

                                                                                         

 

    

Date:                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                         

 

                                                                                         

 

Area Code and Telephone No.:                            

 

 

 

 

 

 

This notice of guaranteed delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for notes or on a security position listing as the owner of notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

 

Please print name(s) and address(es):

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                  

 

                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

 

4


DO NOT SEND NOTES WITH THIS FORM. NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR PROPERLY TRANSMITTED AGENT’S MESSAGE.

THE GUARANTEE BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED

 

 

GUARANTEE

(Not To Be Used for Signature Guarantee)

 

The undersigned, an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees that the notes to be tendered hereby are in proper form for transfer (pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under “Exchange Offers— Guaranteed Delivery Procedures”), and that the exchange agent will receive (a) such notes, or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, and (b) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution hereof.

 

The eligible guarantor institution that completes this form must communicate the guarantee to the exchange agent and must deliver the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, and notes, or a book-entry confirmation in the case of a book-entry transfer, to the exchange agent within the time period described above. Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such eligible guarantor institution.

 

Name of Firm:                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                

 

Title:                                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

                                                                                                                                                                                (Zip Code)

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                     

 

Dated:                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

5